BOSTON
PUBLIC
LIBRARY
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Boston Public Library
http://www.archive.org/details/commonwealthofma1979mass
I
(re
/w^
Massachusetts Register
^TAT^~ni:b£
Published in 1978 by
Paul Guzzi , Secretary of the Commonwealth
Dear Friends,
pvne^cl»r&K)^s■ types r-
I am pleased to publish the new official Code of
Massachusetts Regulations. The new Code is the first complete
set of state regulations published in a consistent style and format
and distributed publicly. I want to thank the Cabinet Secretaries
and regulatory agency staff members for their cooperation in the
major effort of editing, proofing, reviewing and publishing these
regulations.
State regulations increasingly affect the lives of
Massachusetts citizens and the operation of businesses in this state.
The new Code of Massachusetts Regulations is intended to inform people
about state requirements and agency procedures, so they can exercise
their rights under the law. My office, in cooperation with other
government agencies, has made a special effort to distribute the Code
to key libraries and other public offices across the state. Reference
copies are also available at the Bookstore and the State Library in
the State House.
I hope the citizens of Massachusetts, members of the legal
community, professional and business people will find the new Code
useful .
Sincerely yours,
Paul Guzzi
Secretary of the Commonwealth
¥ C 6 X
Supplement to the
Code of Massachusetts Regulations
Go{f
VOLUME NUMBER: "|8
SUPPLEMENT NUMBER: 1
SUPPLEMENT PERIOD: JANUARY 2, 1978 JO JULY 1, 1979
DATE: JULY 1, 1979
Published by Michael Joseph Connolly, Secretary of State
INSTRUCTIONS
9 This supplement contains new pages for the Code of Massachusetts Regulations that replace or add
pages to reflect amendments during the supplement period.
• Instructions for opening and closing the binder are in the front of every volume.
• Using the list below, remove, replace or add pages as indicated. Page numbers of the supplement cor-
respond to the pages of each volume.
• Old pages that have been removed may be destroyed.
• Initial this supplement cover sheet and insert it at the end of the volume.
REMOVE these pages
Number Date
1 - 792 1/1/78
793 - 871 8/1/78
INSERT these pages
Number
1 - 655
NOTE: THESE SUPPLEMENT PAGES ENTIRELY
ARE THE "THIRD EDITION" OF THR
WHICH BECAME EFFECTIVE JUNE 1
HOWEVER, THE "SECOND EDITION"
PUBLISHED IN THE CODE DATED 1,
DECEMBER 31, 1979.
REMOVE these pages INSERT these pages
Number Date Number
REPLACE VOLUME 18 OF THE CODE, AND
MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
1979.
OF THE BUILDING CODE AS ORIGINALLY
1/78 REMAINED IN EFFECT UNTIL
Supplemented on
.by
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of. Contents
Page
ARTICLE 1 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
29
Section
100.
0
Section
101.
0
Section
102.
0
Section
103.
0
Section
104
0
Section
105.
0
Section
106
0
Section
107
0
Section
108
0
Table 1-
■1:
Section
109
0
Section
110
0
Section
111
0
Section
112
0
Seciton
113
0
Section
114
0
Section
115
0
Section
116
0
Section
117
0
Section
118
0
Section
119
0
Section
120
.0
Section
121
0
Section
122
0
Section
123
.0
Section
124
0
Section
125
0
Section
126
.0
Section
127
.0
Section
128
.0
Section
129
.0
Scope
Matters covered
Ordinary repairs
Installation of service equipment
Maintenance
Change in existing use
Alterations and repairs
Building department
Duties and powers of the building official and
the state inspector
Required minimum inspections and certification
for specified use groups
Rules and regulations
Variances
Inspection
Right of entry
Application for permit
Permits
Conditions of permit
Demolition of buildings
Removal of buildings
Fees
Fee computation
Certificate of use and occupancy
Posting buildings
Violations
Stop-work order
Unsafe buildings - survey board
Emergency measures
Board of appeals
Construction materials safety board
Controlled construction
Validity
29
30
31
31
31
32
32
33
35
37
38
39
39
4*
42
44
46
46
47
47
47
47
49
49
50
51
52
53
59
60
62
ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS
63
Section 200.0
Section 201.0
Section 202.0
Scope
General definitions
Use group classification
63
63
82
1/1/78
Vol. 18-1
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS (continued)
Section
203
.0
Table 2-
-1:
Section
204
.0
Table 2-
-2:
Table 2-
-3:
Section
205
0
Section
206
0
Table 2-
-4:
Section
207
0
Section
208
0
Section
209
0
Section
210
0
Section
211
0
Section
212
0
Section
213
0
Section
214
0
Section
215
0
Section
216
0
Section
217
•o
Section
218
0
Table 2-
■5:
Table 2-
■6:
Use group A, high hazard buildings 82
Use group A, high hazard uses 83
Use group B, storage buildings 84
Use group B-l , storage uses - moderate hazard 84
Use group B-2 , storage uses - low hazard 85
Use group C, mercantile buildings 85
Use group D, industrial buildings 85
Use group D, industrial uses 86
Use group E. business buildings 86
Use group F, assembly buildings 87
Use group H, institutional buildings 88
Use group L, residential buildings 88
Use group M, miscellaneous uses 90
Doubtful use classification 90
Mixed use and occupancy 90
Construction classification 91
Type 1, fireproof construction 92
Type 2 , noncombustible construction 92
Type 3 , exterior masonry wall construction 92
Type 4, frame construction 94
Fireresistance ratings of structural elements 95
in hours
Height limitations (upper figure : stories and feet 97
above grade) and area limitations (lower figure: area
in square feet per floor per story) of buildings
facing on one street or public space not less than
thirty (30) feet wide
ARTICLE 3 GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
101
Section
300
0
Section
301
0
Section
302
0
Section
303
0
Section
304
0
Section
305
.0
Scope
Fire district subdivisions
General fire district provisions
Restrictions of fire district No.
Restrictions of fire district No.
Restrictions outside fire limits
101
102
102
102
104
105
1/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 3 GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS (continued)
Section
306
0
Section
307
0
Table 3-
■1:
Section
308
0
Section
309
0
Section
310
0
Section
311
0
Section
312
0
Section
313
.0
Section
314
0
Section
315
0
Section
316
.0
Section
317
0
Existing buildings 105
General area and height limitations 106
Percent reduction in the area limits of Table 2-6 106
Area exceptions 107
Unlimited areas 107
Height exceptions 108
Street encroachments 108
Permissible street projections 109
Permissible yard and court encroachments 111
Special and temporary projections 111
Awnings and canopies 111
Subdivision of attic spaces 113
Temporary structures 113
ARTICLE 4 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
Section
400
0
Section
401
0
Section
402
0
Section
403
0
Table 4-
-1:
Table 4-
-2;
Section
404
0
Section
405
0
Section
406
0
Table 4-
-3:
Section
407
0
Section
408
0
Section
409
0
Section
410
0
Section
411
0
Section
412
0
Section
413
0
Section
414
0
Section
415
0
Section
416
.0
Section
417
0
Scope 115
Definitions 116
Explosion hazards 118
Volatile flammables 119
Capacity of outside underground tanks for 120
volatile flammable liquids
Capacity of outside aboveground tanks for 121
volatile flammable liquids
Existing buildings 121
Liquefied petroleum gases 122
Pyroxylin plastics 123
Exposure distance for pyroxylin storage buildings 125
Use and storage of flammable film 126
Use and storage of combustible fibers 130
Combustible dusts, grain processing and storage 131
Paint and spray booths 132
Dry cleaning establishments 134
Private garages 136
Public garages 136
Motor fuel service stations 139
Motor vehicle repair shops 139
Places of public assembly 140
Public assembly other than theaters 147
1/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 4 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table bi-
section
Section
Section
Section
(780 CMR
Section
418.0: Amusement parks
419.0: Stadiums and grandstands
420.0: Tents and other temporary structures
421.0: Radio and television towers
422.0: Swimming pools
423.0: Open parking structures
■4: Height and limitation for open parking structures
424.0: Group residence in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts
425.0: Covered malls
426.0: Nursing homes, rest homes, charitable homes for
the aged, convalescent homes and hospitals
427.0: Day care centers (H-2)
: 428.0 through 459.0: Reserved)
460.0: Schoolhouse buildings
Reference Standards - Article 4
148
149
149
150
150
152
153
154
157
158
159
161
172
ARTICLE 5
LIGHT AND VENTILATION
175
Section 500.0
Section 501.0
Section 502.0
Section 503.0
Section 504.0
Section 505.0
Section 506.0
Section 507.0
Section 508.0
Figure 5-1:
Section 509.0:
Section 510.0;
Section 511.0:
Section 512.0:
Scope
Definitions
Plans and specifications
Standards of natural light
Standards of natural ventilation
Ventilation of institutional buildings for forced
detention
Existing buildings
Standards of artificial light
Standards of mechanical ventilation
Minimum outside air requirements for ventilation
and air-conditioning
Ventilation of special spaces
Ventilation of shafts other than elevator and
dumbwaiter hoistways
Industrial buildings with unpierced enclosure wal"
Courts
175
175
175
176
177
178
178
179
179
180
182
185
186
186
1/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 5 LIGHT AND VENTILATION (continued)
Section 513.0
Section 514.0
Section 515.0
Section 516.0
Obstruction of courts and yards
Fire emergency ventilating system
Fire ventilation of open wells
Window cleaning safeguards
Reference standards for article 5
187
188
189
190
191
ARTICLE 6 MEANS OF EGRESS
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table 6
Section
Table 6
Section
Table 6
Section
Section
Section
600.0
601.0
602.0
603.0
604.0
605.0
606.0
■1:
607.0
■2:
608.0
-3:
609.0
610.0
611.0
Section 612.0
Section 613.0
Table 6-4:
Section 614.0
Section 615.0
Section 616.0
Table 6-5:
Table 6-6:
Section 617.0:
Section 618.0:
Scope
Definitions
Plans and specifications
Use and occupancy requirements
Air-conditioned buildings
Existing buildings
Occupancy load
Floor area allowance per occupant
Types and location of exitways
Maximum length of exitway access travel (feet)
Capacity of exits
Capacity per unit egree width
Number of exitways
Exitway access passageways and corridors
Grade passageways and lobbies used as an exitway
element
Means of egress doorways
Revolving exitway doors
Minimum clear doorway widths
Horizontal exits
Exitway ramps
Interior exitway stairways
Door construction
Minimum standards for staorway and enclosure
construction
Access to roof
Smokeproof stairway enclosure
193
193
193
195
195
196
196
197
198
199
200
200
200
2 0 i
202
202
203
205
207
208
208
209
210
211
214
214
1/1/78
Vol. 18-5
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 6 MEANS OF EGRESS (continued)
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
619
620
621
622
623
624
Exterior exitway stairways
Moving exitway stairways
Fire escapes
Slidescapes
Exitway signs and lights
Exitway lights
Reference standards for article 6
218
219
220
221
222
222
224
ARTICLE 7 STRUCTURAL AND FOUNDATION LOADS AND STRESSES
225
Section
700
0
Section
701
0
Section
702
0
Section
703
0
Section
704
0
Section
705
0
Section
706
0
Section
707
0
Table 7-
-1:
Section
708
0
Table 7-
-2:
Section
709
0
Section
710
0
Section
711
0
Table 7-
-3:
Section
712
0
Section
713
.0
Section
714
.0
Section
715
.0
Section
716
.0
Section
717
.0
Section
718
.0
Table 7-
-3A:
Table 7-
-3B
Scope 225
Definitions 225
Design safe load 226
Test safe load 227
Design live load 227
Design dead load 227
Existing buildings 228
Unit live loads 228
Minimum uniformly distributed live loads 229
Concentrated loads 232
Concentrated loads 232
Impact loads 233
Special loads 234
Roof loads 234
Minimum roof live loads 235
Snow load 236
Wind load 236
Wind on vertical surfaces 2 37
Wind load on roofs 239
Wind loads on signs , tanks and radio towers ,
chimneys and other building appurtenances 241
Overturning and sliding 241
Earthquake Load 242
Horizontal force factor "K" for buildings or 246
other structures
Horizontal force factor "C" for parts or portions 249
of buildings or other structures
1/1/78
Vol. 18-6
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 7 STRUCTURAL AND FOUNDATION LOADS AND STRESSES (continued)
Section 719.0
Section 720.0
Section 721.0
Section 722.0
Section 723.0
Table 7-4:
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
724.0
725.0
726.0
727.0
728.0
729.0
730.0
731.0
732.0
733.0
734.0
735.0
736.0
737.0
738.0
739.0
740.0
741.0
742.0
Section 743.0
Section 744.0
Section 745.0
Section 746.0
Section 747.0
Section 748.0
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2a
Figure 7-2b
Figure 7-2c
Figure 7-3a
Combined loading 260
Live load reduction 260
Allowable working stresses 261
Light weight metals 261
Bearing value of soils 261
Presumptive bearing capacity of foundation 262
materials
Subsurface explorations 267
Bearing test and settlement analyses 267
Allowable foundation pressure 269
Spread foundations 270
Footing design 271
Timber footings (deleted) 272
Steel grillages 272
Unreinforced concrete footings 272
Masonry unit footings 272
Reinforced concrete footings 273
Floating foundations 273
Pile foundations 273
Corrosion protection 275
Allowable pile loads 275
Timber piles 278
Precast concrete piles 280
Cast-in-place concrete piles 281
Concrete filled pipe piles 284
Concrete-filled pipe with steel core (drilled 285
in caissons)
Structural steel piles 286
Composite piles 287
Special piles and caissons 287
Lateral support 287
Foundation piers 288
Design requirements for floodplains and coastal high 289
hazard areas
Map of design snow load 290
Design snow loads 291
Simple gable and hip roofs 292
Simple arch and curved roofs 293
Valley areas of two-span and miltiple series sloped 294
or curved roofs
1/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 7 STRUCTURAL AND FOUNDATION LOADS AND STRESSES (continued)
Figure 7-3b:
Figure 7-4
Figure 7-5
Figure 7-6
Figure 7-7
Figure 7-8 :
Figure 7-9:
Figure 7-10:
Lower level of multi-level roofs (when upper
roof is part of same building or on an adjacent
building not more than 5 feet away)
Roofs subject to snow loads from sliding
Map of design wind load zones
Glass thickness
Penetration resistance requirements for medium and
find sands subjected to earthquakes for safety
against liquefaction
Permissible thicknesses and depths of soils that are
susceptible to liquefaction
Determination of soil factor S
Design response spectrum
Reference standards for article 7
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
ARTICLE 8 PART A MATERIAL AND TESTS
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
800.0
801.0
802.0
803.0
804.0
805.0
806.0
807.0
808.0
809.0
810.0
811.0
812.0
813.0
814.0
815.0
816.0
817.0
818.0
819.0
820.0
Scope
Definitions
Basic classification of construction materials
Tests
Conditions of acceptance
Approvals
Masonry construction units
Brick units
Structural clay tile units
Glazed masonry units
Concrete units
Gypsum units
Structural glass block units
Architectural terra cotta
Natural stone
Cast stone
Mortar for masonry
Concrete aggregates
Ready-mix concrete
Structural wood glues
Interior lathing and plastering
305
305
306
309
309
311
312
312
312
313
313
313
314
315
315
315
315
315
317
318
319
319
1/1/78
Vol. 18 -
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 8 PART A MATERIAL AND TESTS (continued)
Section 821.0
Section 822.0
Section 823.0
Section 824.0
Section 825.0
Section 826.0
Exterior lathing and stucco
Plastering materials
Plaster bases
Fiber boards
Plywood
Wallboards and sheathing
ARTICLE 8 PART B STEEL, MASONRY, CONCRETE GYPSUM AND LUMBER
CONSTRUCTION
Section 827.0: Structural steel construction
Section 828.0: Formed steel construction
Section 829.0: Open web steel joists
Section 830.0: Reinforcing steel
Section 831.0: Cast steel construction
Section 832.0: Cast iron construction
Section 833.0: Special steels
Section 834.0: Light weight metal alloys
Section 835.0: Masonry wall construction
Section 836.0: Bonding of walls
Section 837.0: Lateral bracing of walls
Section 838.0: Chases and recesses in bearing walls
Section 839.0: Corbeled and projected masonry
Section 840.0: Bearing on hollow unit walls
Section 841.0: Plain concrete
Section 842.0: Reinforced concrete
Section 843.0: Structural cinder concrete
Section 844.0: Short span floor filling
Section 845.0: Concrete-filled pipe columns
Section 846.0: Pneumatic concrete
Section 847.0: Minimum concrete dimensions
Section 848.0: Reinforced gypsum concrete
Section 849.0: Reinforced brickwork
Section 850.0; Reinforced hollow block construction
Section 851.0: Lumber and timber construction
Section 852.0: Heavy timber type construction
Section 853.0: Wood frame construction
Section 854.0: Stress skin panels
Section 855.0: Structural glued laminated timber and built-up
wood construction
320
321
321
322
323
324
325
325
326
327
327
328
328
329
330
330
330
331
332
332
333
333
334
334
334
335
335
336
336
337
337
337
339
340
344
345
1/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 8 - PART C BUILDING ENCLOSURES, WALLS AND WALL THICKNESS
346
Section 856.0: Enclosure walls 346
Section 857.0: Protection of wall openings 347
Table 8-1: Requirements for glass panels subject to impact 347
loads
Section 858.0: Fire access panels 348
Section 859.0: Structural glass block walls 349
Section 860.0: Wall facings and veneers 350
Section 861.0: Structural glass veneers 351
Section 862.0: Thin stone and tile veneers 351
Section 863.0: Metal veneers 352
Section 864.0: Plastic veneers 352
Section 865.0: Thickness of solid masonry walls 352
Section 866.0: Thickness of panel walls 352
Section 867.0: Thickness of parapet walls 353
Section 868.0: Foundation walls 353
Section 869.0: Retaining walls 355
Section 870.0: Isolated piers 356
Section 871.0: Waterproofing 356
Section 872.0: Ratproofing 356
Section 873.0: Protection against decay and termites 357
Section 874.0: Fire protection and firestopping 359
Section 875.0: Thermal insulating materials 360
Reference standards for article 8 - Parts A, B, C 362
ARTICLE 9 FIRERESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
373
Section 900.0
Section 901.0
Section 902.0
Section 903.0
Table 9-1:
Section 904.0
Table 9-2:
Scope
Definitions
Fire hazard classification
Fireresistance tests
Fire grading of use groups
Flameresistance tests
Flame-spread rating
373
373
376
377
377
380
381
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 10
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 9 FIRERESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS (continued)
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table 9-
Section
Section
905.0
906.0
907.0
908.0
909.0
910.0
911.0
912.0
913.0
914.0
915.0
916.0
917.0
918.0
919.0
920.0
921.0
922.0
•3:
923.0
924.0
Section 925.0
Section 926.0
Section 927.0
Section 928.0
Special fireresistive requirements 381
Enclosure walls 384
Fire wall and party walls 385
Fire wall openings 387
Fire partitions 388
Fireresistive partitions 389
Vertical shafts and hoistways 390
Wall lintels 391
Beams and girders 392
Columns 394
Trusses 396
Exterior opening protectives 397
Fire doors 398
Fire windows and shutters 400
Wired glass 401
Fireresistive requirements for plaster 402
Firestopping 402
Interior finish and trim 403
Interior finish requirements 403
Application of interior finish 406
Combustible materials permitted in floor construction 407
of Type 1 and Type 2 buildings
Decorative material restrictions 408
Exterior trim restrictions 408
Roof structures 409
Roof coverings 412
Reference standards for article 9 414
ARTICLE 10 CHIMNEYS, FLUES AND VENT PIPES
417
Section 1000.0
Section 1001.0
Section 1002.0
Scope
Definitions
Plans and specifications
417
417
418
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 11
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 10 CHIMNEYS, FLUES AND VENT PIPES (continued)
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table 10
1003.0
1004.0
1005.0
1006.0
1007.0
1008.0
1009.0
1010.0
1011.0
1012.0
1013.0
1014.0
1015.0
1016.0
1017.0
-1:
Table 10-2:
Section 1018.0:
Performance test and acceptance criteria
Kinds of chimneys
Appliances requiring chimneys
Existing buildings
Factory-built chimneys
Masonry chimneys
Metal chimneys
Chimney connector (smokepipes)
Vent systems
Fireplaces
Cupola chimneys
Fuel-fired incinerator chimneys
Miscellaneous incinerator flues
Duct and pipe shafts
Construction of metal ducts and vents
Metal duct and vent construction , other than
dwellings
Ducts for dwellings
Spark arrestors
Reference standards for article 10
419
419
419
420
421
421
423
425
426
429
430
430
431
431
431
432
432
434
435
ARTICLE 11
HEATING EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES - MOUNTING,
CLEARANCES AND CONNECTIONS
436
Section 1100.0
Section 1101.0
Section 1102.0
Section 1103.0
Section 1104.0
Section 1105.0
Section 1106.0
Scope
Definitions
Plans and specifications
Boilers and unfired pressure vellels
Smoke abatement
Industrial heating appliance classification
Fireresistance requirements for heat appliance
foundations
436
437
437
438
438
438
439
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 12
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 11 HEATING EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES - MOUNTING,
CLEARANCES AND CONNECTIONS (continued)
Section 1107.0
Section 1108.0
Section 1109.0
Section 1110.0
Section 1111.0
Section 1112.0
Table 11-1:
Section 1113.0:
Section 1114.0:
Section 1115.0:
Section 1116.0:
Section 1117.0:
Section 1118.0:
Section 1119.0:
Section 1120.0:
Section 1121.0:
Section 1122.0:
Section 1123.0:
Section 1124.0:
Section 1125.0:
Section 1126.0:
Section 1127.0:
Section 1128.0:
Section 1129.0:
Section 1130.0;
Section 1131.0:
Section 1132.0:
Section 1133.0:
Section 1134.0:
Table 11-2:
Table 11-3:
Section 1135.0:
Mounting exceptions for heat appliances 440
Mounting exceptions for house heating appliances 441
Mounting exceptions for restaurant appliances 442
Mounting exceptions for domestic appliances 442
Side and top clearances 443
Clearance exceptions 443
Reduced wall and ceiling clearances 444
Boiler rooms
Ash pits and bins 445
Steam and hot water pipes 446
Heating panels 447
Hot and cold air ducts 447
Warm air heating systems 449
Central recirculating systems 451
Flammable vapor systems 451
Unit heaters 451
Floor furnaces 452
Industrial furnaces and power boilers 453
Unfired pressure vessels 454
Restaurant cooking appliances 454
Hot water supply heaters 455
Oil burners 456
Drying rooms 456
Non-fuel-fired incinerators 456
Fuel-fired incinerators 456
Miscellaneous refuse incinerators 458
Refuse chutes 458
Refuse vaults 458
Blower and exhouse systems 458
Thickness of steel sheet exhaust ducts in U.S. 458
standard gage
Clearance of exhause ducts in inches 458
Dust , stock and refuse conveyor systems 458
Reference standards for article 11 460
1/1/78
Vol. 18
13
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 12 FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE-EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
461
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table 12
Table 12
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Table 12
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1200.0
1201.0
1202.0
1203.0
1204.0
1205.0
1206.0
-1:
-2:
1207.0
1208.0
1209.0
1210.0
1211.0
1212.0
-3:
1213.0
1214.0
1215.0
1216.0
1217.0
1218.0
Scope
Definitions
Plans and specifications
Acceptance tests
Periodic inspections and tests
Existing buildings and fire service equipment
Wet standpipe requirements
Conditions requiring standpipes
Minimum standpipe size
Standpipe wate supplies
Dry standpipe fire lines
First-aid standpipe fire lines
Horizontal fire lines
Pier and wharf protection
Automatic sprinkler systems
Conditions requiring sprinklers
Sprinkler water supplies
Dry pipe automatic systems
Non-automatic sprinkler systems
Special fire protection
Manual fire-extinguishing equipment
Fire alarm systems
Reference standards for article 12
461
461
463
464
465
466
467
467
467
469
470
471
471
472
472
474
475
479
479
480
481
481
485
ARTICLE 13 PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS
487
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1300.0
1301.0
1302.0
1303.0
1304.0
1305.0
1306.0
1307.0
1308.0
Scope
Plans, specifications and special permits
Tests
Inspection
Existing buildings
Protection of public and workmen
Excavations
Regulation of lots
Retaining walls and partition fences
487
487
487
488
488
489
490
491
491
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 14
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 13 PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS (continued)
Section 1309.0
Section 1310.0
Section 1311.0
Section 1312.0
Section 1313.0
Section 1314.0
Section 1315.0
Storage of materials
Removal of waste material
Protection of adjoining property
Scaffolds
Stairways and ladders
Fire hazards
Disputes
491
492
492
492
493
493
493
ARTICLE 14 SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAY STRUCTURES
495
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1400.0
1401.0
1402.0
1403.0
1404.0
1405.0
1406.0
1407.0
1408.0
1409.0
1410.0
1411.0
1412.0
1413.0
1414.0
1415.0
Scope
Definitions
Plans, specifications and permits
Exemptions
Unsafe and unlawful signs
Maintenance and inspection
Existing signs
Registration and identification
General requirements for all signs
Ground signs
Roof signs
Wall signs
Projecting signs
Marquee signs
Miscellaneous and temporary signs
Illuminated signs
Reference standards for article 14
495
495
497
497
498
499
499
500
500
501
501
502
502
502
503
503
505
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 15
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 15 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND FIXTURES
507
ARTICLE 16 ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, ESCALATOR, AND MOVING
WALK REGULATIONS
509
ARTICLE 17 PLUMBING, DRAINAGE AND GAS PIPING
511
ARTICLE 18
AIR CONDITIONING, REFRIGERATION AND MECHANICAL
VENTILATION
513
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
Section
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806.0
1807.0
1808.0
1809.0
1810.0
1811.0
1812.0
Scppe
Definitions
Plans , specifications and permits
Tests
Inspection and certificates
Operation and maintenance
Existing buildings and isntallations
Use of refrigerants
Heating and cooling equipment
Plumbing and water connections
Automatic fire doors and dampers
Inlet and outlet openings
Ducts , linings and coverings
Reference standards for article 18
513
513
514
515
515
516
516
516
518
518
518
518
519
521
ARTICLE 19
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES
523
Section 1900.0
Section 1901.0
Section 1902.0
Section 1903.0
Scope
Definitions
Certification
Reciprocity
523
524
525
525
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 16
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 19
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES (continued)
Section 1904.0
Section 1905,
Section 1906.
Section 1907.0:
Section 1908.0:
Inspection
Mobile homes
Manufactured buildings and building components
other than mobile homes
Suspension and revocation of certification
Appeals procedure
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS, AND
MOBILE HOMES
526
527
527
528
528
Part I.
Section 1
Section 1
Section 2
Forward
General
Administration
Title
Definitions
Scope
Administration and Enforcement
Authorization of Third Party Inspections
Approvals and Compliance
Time and Manufacture
Retroactive Changes
Amendments
Compliance Assurance Programs
Approval
Suitability
Requisites
Notification of Disapproval
Approval - evidence
Approval - report
Approval - proposed
Compliance Assurance Program
529
530
530
530
530
532
532
532
532
532
533
533
533
533
533
534
534
534
534
534
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 17
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 19
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES (continued)
Part I
Section 3
Section 4
Certification
Manufacturers Data Plate
Labels
Records of Labels
Attachment of labels
Suspension and revocation
Variations of certified units
Inspection by State Enforcement Agencies or
Their Agents
Inspection of facilities
Inspection according to compliance assurance
programs
Inspection of damaged components
Monitoring inspection agency
534
535
536
537
537
537
538
539
539
539
539
539
Section 5 Local Enforcement Agency Procedures and Inspections 540
Permit application 540
Inspection of site preparation and service connections54i
Compliance with Instructions 541
Disposition of noncomplying units 541
Certificates of Occupancy 542
Reporting of Violations to Department of Public 542
Safety
Section 6
Fees
Deposit for application to the Commission
Establishment of fees
542
542
542
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 18
780 CMR STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 19 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES (continued)
Part 1
Section 7
Notification of Changes in Name, Address,
Ownership or Location
Notification by Manufacturers
Notification by Inspection Agencies
542
542
543
Section 8
Proprietary Inforamtion
543
Part II
Requirements for Submission of Building Systems
and Compliance Assurance Programs
Section 9 Building Systems
General Requirements
Required Construction Details
Section 10 Compliance Assurance Programs
Organization Requirements
Materials Control
Production Control
Finished Product Control
Installation Control
Permission for Inspections
Inspections by State Enforcement Agencies
544
544
544
545
548
548
549
549
549
550
550
550
Part III Approval of Inspection Agencies
Section 11 Requirements for Submission
Articles of Incorporation
Bylaws
Business Affiliations of Members
Stock Ownership
Certifications
551
551
551
551
551
551
1/1/78
Vol. 18
19
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 19
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES (continued)
Part III Section 11 (continued)
Experience of Directors
Experience of Employees
Organization Chart
Number and Location of Personnel
Employees Training Programs
Employee Supervision
Non-employees Relationships
Products Evaluated
Frequency Capability
States Approved In
Certification of Competency
551
551
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
Section 12 Procedures for Approving Inspection Agencies
Qualifications
Suitability of Application
Approvals
553
553
553
553
Section 13 Suspension and Revocations
Grounds
Procedures
553
553
553
Part IV Reciprocity
Section 14 Procedures for Granting Reciprocity to Another
Jurisdiction
Evaluation
Method of Extending Reciprocity
Rejections
555
555
555
555
Section 15 Proceudres for Reciprocity Certifying Manufactured
Buildings, Building Components or Mobile Homes.
556
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 20
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 19 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES (continued)
Part IV
Section 16
Part V
Section 17
Suspension and Revocation
Appeals
Hearings
556
557
Part VI Schedule of Fees
Section 18 Establishment
Compliance Assurance Programs
Third Party Inspection Agencies
Annual Renewal Fees
Labels
557
557
557
557
557
ARTICLE 20 LIGHT-TRANSMITTING PLASTIC CONSTRUCTION
559
Section 2000.0;
Section 2001.0;
Section 2002.0;
Seciton 2003.0;
Section 2004.0;
Table 20-1:
Section 2005.0
Section 2006.0
Section 2007.0
Section 2008.0
Section 2009.0
Scope 559
Definitions 559
Design and installation 560
Glazing of unprotected openings 560
Exterior wall panels 561
Area limitation and separation requirements for 562
plastic wall panels
Roof panels 562
Skylight assemblies 563
Light-diffusing systems 564
Partitions 565
Bathroom accessories 565
Reference standards for article 20 566
ARTICLE 21 BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS 567
Section 2100.0;
Table 2100-1:
Figure 1100-1:
Section 2101.0;
Building Planning
Glazing Requirements
Stair detail
Foundations
568
569
571
573
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 21
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 21
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE AND TWO- FAMILY
DWELLINGS (continued)
Table 2101-1:
Table 2101-2:
Section 21021
Figure 2102-1:
Figure 2102-2:
Table 2102-1:
Table 2102-2:
Table 2102-3:
Table 2102-4:
Table 2102-5:
Figure 2102-3:
Section 2103
0
Table 2103-1
Table 2103-2
Table 2103-3
Table 2103-4
Table 2103-5
Table 2103-6
Table 2103-7
Figure 2103-1:
Table 2103-8:
Section 2104.0
Table 2104-1
Minimum thickness and allowable depth of
unbalanced fill for unreinforced masonry and
concrete basement walls where unstable soil or
ground water conditions do not exist
Reinforcement required for basement walls subjected
to not more than 30 pounds per square foot equivalent
fluid pressure
Wall construction
Structural framing details
Wall framing details
Fastener schedule for structural members
Maximum allowable spans for headers supporting
wood fram walls
Plywood wall sheathing
Allowable span for masonry walls between lateral
supports
Allowable span for masonry and steel lintels
supporting masonry walls
Anchorage requirements for masonry walls located
where wind loads are less than 30 P.S.F.
Wall covering
Maximum spacing cf supports for lath
Maximum spacing of fasteners for support of lath
Thickness of plaster
Gypsum plaster proportions
Portland cement plaster
Application of gypsum wallboard
Weather-resistant siding attachment
Masonry veneered wall
Allowable span for lintels supporting masonry
veneer
Floors
Allowable spans for floor joists
574
575
578
580
581
582
584
585
587
588
590
597
598
599
601
602
603
604
605
607
610
611
612
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 22
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 21
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE AND TWO-FAMILY
DWELLINGS (continued)
Table 2104-2
Table 2104-3
Table 2104-4
Table 2104-5
Table 2104-6:
Table 2104-7:
Figure 2104-1:
Section 2105.0
Table 2105-1
Table 2105-2
Table 2105-3
Table 2105-4
Table 2105-5
Table 2105-6
Table 2105-7
Table 2105-8
Table 2105-9
Table 2105-10
Table 2105-11
Table 2105-12
Table 2105-13
Table 2105-14
Table 2105-15
Table 2105-16
Table 2105-17
Table 2105-18
Table 2105-19
Table 2105-20
Figure 2105-1
Section 2106.0
Allowable spans for floor joists
Allowable span for girders supporting one floor only
Allowable span for girders
Allowable spans for plywood floor and roof
sheathing continuous over two or more spans and
face grain perpendicular to supports
Minimum thickness for plywood combination
subfloorunderlayment plywood continuous over two or
more spans and face grain perpendicular to supports
Minimum thickness of floor sheathing
Floor construction details
Roof-ceiling construction
Allowable spans for ceiling joists
Allowable spans for ceiling joists
Allowable spans for ceiling joists
Allowable spans for ceiling joists
Allowable spans for low or high slope rafters
Allowable spans for low or high slope rafters
Allowable span for low or high slope rafters
Allowable spans for low or high slope rafters
Allowable span for low or high slope rafters
Allowable span for low or high slope rafters
Allowable span for low slope rafters
Allowable span for low slope rafters
Allowable span for low slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Allowable span for high slope rafters
Required purlin size based on rafter span
Roof and support framing
Roof coverings
612
614
615
616
618
618
619
620
622
623
624
625
626
628
630
632
634
636
638
640
642
644
646
648
650
652
654
656
656
657
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 23
780 CMR:
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 21
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE AND TWO-FAMILY
DWELLINGS (continued)
Table 2106-1:
Section 2107.0:
Figure 2107-1:
Table 2107-1:
Section 2108.0:
Section 2109.0:
Table 2109-1:
Table 2109-2:
Section 2110.0:
Table 2110-1:
Section 2111.0:
Section 2112.0:
Section 2113.0:
Section 2114.0:
Table 2114-1:
Table 2114-2:
Table 2114-3:
Section 2115,
0:
Sectxon 2116.0:
Section 2117.0:
Roof coverings 662
Chimneys and fireplaces 663
Fireplace construction details 664
Minimum flue area for masonry chimneys 665
connected to fireplaces
Mechanical, definitions 667
Equipment general 670
Standard installation clearances heat-producing 672
appliances
Maximum reduced clearances (inches) with specified 675
forms of protection
Combustion air 677
Appliance room combustion air requirements in cold 678
climates (tight construction)
Warm-air furnaces 679
Vented decorative appliances , floor furnaces , vented 682
wall furnaces and vented room heaters
Venting of appliances 684
Ducts 687
Gages or metal ducts and plenums used for comfort 688
heating or cooling for a dwelling unit
Insulation of ducts 688
Metal duct supports 689
Comfort cooling 690
Absorption units and absorption systems for 691
comfort cooling and comfort heating
Fuel supply systems 692
Reference standards for article 21 693
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 24
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued)
Page
ARTICLE 22 ENERGY CONSERVATION
Section 2200.0
Section 2201.0
Section 2202.0
Section 2203.0
Table 22-1:
Section 2204.0
Table 22-2 :
Table
22-3:
Table
22-4:
Table
22-5:
Table
22-6:
Table
22-7:
Table
22-8:
Table
22-9:
Table
22-10:
Section 2205.0
Section 2206.0
Scope 705
Administrative 705
Definitions 707
Design Conditions 712
Design Temperatures and Degree Days 712
Domponent Design 713
Maximum U values of walls, roof /ceilings , and
floors for residential buildings of section 2204.24 715
Maximum overall Uo values of walls , roof and
floors for buildings of section 2204.25 716
Temperature differences for use with
equation 2 718
Allowable air infilitration rates 719
Minimum COP for heat pumps , heating mode 728
Minimum EER and COP for electric heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system equipment 728
Minimum COP for electrically driven heating,
ventilating and air conditioning system components 728
Minimum COP for heating, ventilating and air
conditioning system heat operated cooling
equipment 728
Minimum pipe insulation 728
Building design by systems analysis 734
Building utilizing solar, geothermal, wind, or
other non-depletable energy sources as alternative
designs 736
Reference standards for article 22 737
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 25
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
Table of Contents (continued) Page
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A ACCREDITED AUTHORITIVE AGENCIES 739
APPENDIX B ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE STANDARDS 755
APPENDIX C MATERIAL STANDARDS 763
APPENDIX D STRUCTURAL UNIT TEST STANDARDS 771
APPENDIX E STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY TEST STANDARDS 773
APPENDIX F DURABILITY TEST STANDARDS 774
APPENDIX G FIRE TEST 2ND FLAME SPREAD TEST STANDARDS 776
APPENDIX H FIRE PROTECTION STANDARDS 777
APPENDIX I UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN PURPOSES 778
APPENDIX J UNIT WORKING STRESSES FOR ORDINARY MATERIALS 781
APPENDIX K SPECIALIZED CODES 786
APPENDIX L LIST OF AGENCIES AND DEPARTMENTS ON THE TECHNICAL 790
CODE COUNCIL
SUPPLEMENT CONTAINING AMENDMENTS IN EFFECT ON AUGUST 1, 1978 793
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 26
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
780 CMR 2.00: THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE*
The promulgation of this Code is a major step forward in the formulation
of a building regulatory system, which will have an impact on both the public
and private sectors.
This system will consist of the promulgation and maintenance of this state-
wide, mandatory uniform building code applicable to all buildings and structures;
the establishment of a state mechanism for the approval of all new construction
materials, devices and techniques; the establishment of a mechanism for state
inspection and certification of manufactured buildings, building components
and mobile homes; the training and certification of all building code officials;
and the coordination of all state agencies having a direct or indirect bearing
on this Code through the Technical Code Council whose function is to prevent
problems of overlapping jurisdictions and fragmentation of administration.
More significantly, however, this system places the state on record as a
proponent of technological change in an industry whose impact is both profound
and pervasive on every citizen of the Commonwealth. Through the implementation
of this system, the State will fulfill a most important obligation — that
of promoting an improved quality of life in the most cost-efficient manner
possible.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The promulgation of the State Building Code and the establishment of the
building regulatory system cound not have been accomplished without the
passage of St. 1972, C. 802, which had received full bi-partisan support from
Governor Francis W. Sargent, Senate President Kevin B. Harrington, Speaker
of the House David M. Bartley, members of the General Court, as well as that
of Richard E. McLaughlin, Secretary of the Executive Office of Public Safety.
* Editor's Note: THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE
was published as 780 CMR: 2.00 in the Code of Massachusetts Regulations
on December 15, 1978. The Building Code has been granted an exception from
the standard organization and numbering requirements for the Code of
Massachusetts Regulations given in 950 CMR 20.00. This was done because of
widespread public use and acceptance of the Building Code in its present format.
The basic Building Code contains all regulations promulgated and filed with
the State Secretary up to January 9, 1975, as well as ARTICLE 22 BUILDING
CODE PROVISIONS FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION, which was filed August 1, 1977 and
became effective January 1, 1978. Article 22 has been placed within the basic
Building Code following page 702 of Article 21. All other amendments to 780
CMR 2.00 have been placed in a supplement, which can be found at the end of
the basic Building Code. This supplement contains all amendments not in the
basic Building Code which were in effect on August 1, 1978.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 27
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
SPECIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The preparation of this document was financed in part through a grant
from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development under the provisions
of Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954, as amended.
Building Officials and Code Administrators, Inc.
A substantial portion of this Code has been copied with permission of
the copyright proprietors, from the BOCA Basic Building Code/1970, Fifth
Edition (copyrighted by the Building Officials Conference of America, Inc.)
and the BOCA Basic Building Code Accumulative Supplement 1973 (copyrighted
by the Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc.).
City of Boston Building Department
Richard R. Thuma, Building Commissioner
Technical Code Council
Francis S. Harvey, P.E.
JOINT COMMITTEE ON SEISMIC DESIGN CRITERIA
Massachusetts Section, American Society of Civil Engineers;
Boston Society of Civil Engineers
Dr. Howard Simpson, Chairman
Simpson, Gumpertz and Heger
Charles A.J. Theodore
State Building Code Commission
George H. Brattin
Portland Cement Association
John Brennan
LeMessurier Associates, Inc.
Gonzalo Castro
Geotechnical Engineers, Inc.
Professor C. Allin Cornell
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Staniflaw J.B. Gawlinski
Maurice A. Reidy Engineers
Professor Myle J. Holley, Jr.
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Clifford Kaye
U.S. Geological Survey
Dr. Edward B. Kinner
Haley & Aldrich, Inc.
Dr. Kenneth Leet
Northeastern University
Reverend Daniel Linehan
Weston Observatory
Donald E. Reed
Haley & Aldrich, Inc.
Maurice A. Reidy, Jr.
Maurice A. Reidy Engineers
Peter Riordan
Goldberg-Zoino & Associates
Richard W. Souza
Souza & True, Inc.
Professor Kentaro F. Tsutsumi
Tufts University, Dept. of Civil Engineering
Professor Merit P. White
University of Massachusetts
Department of Civil Engineering
Professor Robert V. Whitman
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Dr. Othar Zaldastani
Nichols Morton & Zaldastani
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 28
ARTICLE 1
ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
SECTION 100.0 SCOPE
100.1 TITLE: These regulations shall be known as the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts State Building Code hereinafter referred to as the
Basic Code. In accordance with C. 802, of the Acts of 1972 as amend-
ed, these regulations shall control; a) the construction, reconstruc-
tion, alteration, repair, demolition, removal, inspection, issuance
and revocation of permits or licenses, installation of equipment,
classification and definition of any building or structure and use
or occupancy of all buildings and structures and parts thereof or
classes of buildings and structures and parts thereof; b) the
rehabilitation and maintenance of existing buildings; c) the
standards or requirements for materials to be used in connection
therewith, including but not limited to provisions for safety, in-
gress and egress, energy conservation and sanitary conditions;
d) the establishment of reasonable fees for the issuance of licenses
and permits in connection therewith; except as such matters are
otherwise provided for in the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated,
or in the rules and regulations authorized for promulgation under
the previsions of the Basic Code.
100.2 APPLICATION OF REFERENCES: Unless otherwise specifically
provided in the Basic Code, all references to article or section
numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by number,
shall be construed to refer to such article, section or provision
of the Basic Code.
100.3 CODE REMEDIAL: The Basic Code shall be construed to secure
its expressed intent which is to insure public safety, health and
welfare insofar as they are affected by building construction,
through structural strength, adequate egress facilities, sanitary
conditions, equipment, light and ventilation and fire safety; and
in general, to secure safety to life and property and community
from all hazards incident to the design, erection, repair, removal,
demolition or use and occupancy of buildings, structures, or prem-
ises. The intent of the Basic Code is also to effect the establish-
ment of uniform standards and requirements for construction and
construction materials, compatible with accepted standards of en-
gineering and fire prevention practices and public safety; the
adoption of modern technical methods, devices and improvements which
may reduce the cost of construction without affecting the health,
safety, and security of the occupants or users of buildings; the
elimination of restrictive, obsolete, conflicting and unnecessary
building regulations and requirements which may increase the cost
of construction and maintenance over the life of the building, or
W78 Vol. 18
29
structural strength, adequate egress facilities, sanitary conditions,
equipment,' light and ventilation, and fire safety of existing
buildings and structures or buildings and structures under con-
struction. The Commission and the Department of Public Safety shall
be notified in writing within seven (7) working days of any action
taken under this section.
101.3 ZONING RESTRICTIONS: When the provisions herein specified
for structural strength, adequate egress facilities, sanitary
conditions, equipment, light and ventilation, and fire safety
conflict with the local zoning by-laws or ordinances, the Basic
Code shall control the erection or alteration of buildings.
SECTION 102.0 ORDINARY REPAIRS
Ordinary repairs to buildings and structures may be made without
application or notice to the building official; but such repairs
shall not include the cutting away of any wall, partition or
portion thereof, the removal or cutting of any structural beam or
bearing support, or the removal or change of any required means of
egress, or rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting the
exitway requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include addition
to, alteration of, replacement or relocation of any standpipe,
water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent
or similar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work
affecting public health or general safety.
SECTION 103.0 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE EQUIPMENT
When the installation, extension, alteration or repair of an
elevator, moving stairway, mechanical equipment, refrigeration, air
conditioning or ventilating apparatus, plumbing, gas piping,
electric wiring, heating system or any other equipment is specifi-
cally controlled by the provisions of the Basic Code or the approved
rules, it shall be unlawful to use such equipment until a certi-
ficate of approval has been issued therefor by the building offi-
cial or other municipal or state agency having jurisdiction.
SECTION 104.0 MAINTENANCE
All buildings and structures and all parts thereof shall be main-
tained in a safe and sanitary condition. All service equipment,
means of egress, devices and safeguards which are required by the
Basic Code in a building or structure shall be maintained in good
working order. Any requirement necessary for the safety of the
occupants thereof, not specifically covered by the Basic Code shall
be determined by the building official.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 _ 31
104.1 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY: The owner, as defined in article 2,
or his designated agent shall be responsible for the safe and
sanitary maintenance of the building or structure and its exit-
way facilities at all times, unless otherwise specifically pro-
vided in the Basic Code.
SECTION 105.0 CHANGE IN EXISTING USE
105.1 CONTINUATION OF EXISTING USE: The legal use and occupancy
of any structure existing on January 1, 1975, or for which it had
been heretofore approved, may be continued without change, except
as may be specifically covered in the Basic Code or as may be
deemed necessary by the building official for the general safety
and welfare of the occupants and the public.
105.2 CHANGE IN USE AND OCCUPANCY: It shall be unlawful to make
any change in the use or occupancy of any structure or parts there-
of without the building official having issued a certificate of
use and occupancy indicating that such structure complies with
the provisions of the Basic Code for the proposed new use or occu-
pancy and that such change does not result in any greater hazard to
public safety or welfare.
105.3 PART CHANGE IN USE: If a portion of the building is changed
in occupancy or to a new use group and that portion is separated
from the remainder of the building with the required vertical and
horizontal fire division complying with the fire grading in table
9-1, then the construction involved in the change shall be made to
conform to the requirements of the Basic Code for the new use and
occupancy and the existing portion shall be made to comply with
the exitway requirements of the Basic CoH.e.
105.4 REESTABLISHMENT OF A PRIOR USE: After an approved change
of use has been made to a building or parts thereof, the reestab-
lishment of a prior use that is not legal to a new building or
parts thereof of the same type of construction, is prohibited unless
all the applicable provisions of the Basic Code have been met.
SECTION 106.0 ALTERATIONS & REPAIRS
Except as provided in this section, existing buildings or struc-
tures when altered or repaired as herein specified shall be made
to conform to the full requirements of the Basic Code for new
buildings:
106.1 ALTERATIONS EXCEEDING FIFTY PERCENT: If alterations or
repairs are made within any period of twelve (12) months, costing
in excess of fifty (50) percent of the physical value of the build-
ing; or
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 32
106.2 DAMAGES EXCEEDING FIFTY PERCENT: If the building is damaged by
fire or any other cause to an extent in excess of fifty (50) percent of
the physical value of the building before the damage was incurred.
106.3 ALTERATION UNDER FIFTY PERCENT: If the cost of alterations or
repairs described herein is between twenty-five (25) and fifty (50)
percent of the physical value of the building, the building official
shall determine to what degree the portions so altered or repaired shall
be made to conform to the requirements for new buildings:
106. A ALTERATION UNDER TWENTY-FIVE PERCENT: If the cost of alterations
or repairs described herein is twenty-five (25) percent or less of the
physical value of the building, the building official shall permit the
restoration of the building to its condition previous to damage or
deterioration with the same kind of materials as those of which the
building was constructed; provided that such construction does not
endanger the general safety and public welfare and complies with the
provisions of article 9 in respect to existing roofs.
106.5 PHYSICAL VALUE: In applying the provisions of this section, the
physical value of the building, at the option of the owner, shall be
based on the assessed value of the building as recorded in the assessor's
office of the municipality or on the basis of the current replacement
cost of the building less physical deterioration, provided that satisfactory
evidence of the current replacement cost less physical deterioration is
submitted to the building official for his approval.
SECTION 107.0 BUILDING DEPARTMENT
107.1 BUILDING COMMISSIONER OR INSPECTOR OF BUILDINGS: The building
department shall have an administrative chief responsible for the
administration and enforcement of the Basic Code who shall be known as
the building commissioner or inspector of buildings.
107.11 LOCAL INSPECTOR: The local inspector shall assist the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings in the performance of his duties
and shall also be responsible for the enforcement of the Basic Code.
107.12 ALTERNATE INSPECTOR: An alternate inspector of buildings may be
appointed to act in the disability of the inspector of buildings in case
of illness, absence, or conflict of interest. The alternate inspector
shall meet the qualifications of section 107.4.
107.2 APPOINTMENT: The chief administrative officer of each city or
town shall employ and designate an inspector of buildings or building
commissioner, as well as such other local inspectors as are reasonably
necessary. The inspector of buildings or building commissioner shall
report directly and be solely responsible to the appointing authority.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 _ 33
107.3 OTHER PERSONNEL: The building commissioner or inspector
of buildings may appoint such other personnel as shall be nec-
essary for the administration of the Basic Code and as authorized
by the appointing authority.
107.4 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BUILDING COMMISSIONER OR INSPECTOR
OF BUILDINGS: Each building commissioner or inspector of build-
ings shall have had at least five (5) years of experience in
the supervicion of building construction or design or in the
alternative a four-year undergraduate degree in a field related
to building construction or design. In addition, such persons
shall have had general knowledge of the accepted requirements
for building construction, fire prevention, light, ventilation
and safe exits; and a general knowledge of other equipment and
material essential for safety, comfort, and convenience of the
occupants of the building or structure; plus whatever require-
ments of experience and knowledge that are deemed necessary
by the municipality.
107.5 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE LOCAL INSPECTOR: Each local in-
spector shall have had at least five (5) years of experience
in the supervision of building construction or design or. in
the alternative a two-year associate degree in a field related
to building construction or design. In addition, such persons
shall have a general knowledge of the quality and strength of
building materials; a general knowledge of the accepted re-
quirements for building construction; fire prevention, light,
ventilation and safe exits; and materials essential for safety,
comfort, and convenience of the occupants of a building or
structure; plus whatever requirements of experience and knowl-
edge that are deemed necessary by the municipality.
107.6 CERTIFICATION: The Department of Community Affairs shall
offer a certification program for building officials and shall
issue a certificate to those who satisfactorily complete said
program.
107.6 TRAINING: The Department of Community Affairs shall
offer a continuing educational program designed to assist all
building officials and state inspectors in executing their
responsibilities as defined herein. Regular attendance at
these programs shall be required of all building officials and
state inspectors and no building official or state inspector who
attends such course of instruction shall lose any reights rela-
tive to compensation or vacation time.
107.8 RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYLOYEES : No full-time building
commissioner, inspector of buildings, or full-time local in-
spector as defined herein shall be engaged in, or directly or
indirectly connected with, the furnishing of labor, materials
or appliances for the construction, alteration or maintenance
of a building or structure, or the preparation of plans or of
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 34
specifications therefor, unless he is the owner of the building or
structure; nor shall any officer or employee associated with the building
department engage in any work which conflicts with his official duties
or with the interests of the department.
107.9 RELIEF FROM PERSONAL LIABILITY: Insofar as the law allows,
while acting for the municipality, the building official, charged
with the enforcement of the Basic Code shall not be deemed personally
liable in the discharge of his official duties.
SECTION 108.0 DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE BUILDING OFFICIAL AND
THE STATE INSPECTOR
108.1 THE BUILDING OFFICIAL: The building commissioner or inspector of
buildings and the local inspector shall enforce all the provisions of
the Basic Code and any other applicable state statutes, rules and regulations,
or ordinances and by-laws, and act on any question relative to the mode
or manner of construction, and the materials to be used in the construction,
reconstruction, alteration, repair, demolition, removal, installation of
equipment, and the location use, occupancy, and maintenance of all
buildings and structures, including any building or structure owned by
any authority, except as may otherwise be specifically provided for by
statutory requirements or as herein provided.
108.11 APPLICATIONS AND PERMITS: The building official shall receive
applications and issue permits for the construction, reconstruction,
alteration, repair, demolition, removal, and installation of equipment,
and inspect the premises for which such permits have been issued and
enforce compliance with the Basic Code provisions.
108.12 BUILDING NOTICES AND ORDERS: The building official shall issue
all necessary notices or orders to remove illegal or unsafe conditions,
to require the necessary safeguards during construction, to require
adequate exitway facilities in new and existing buildings and structures,
and to insure compliance with all the code requirements for the safety,
health and general welfare of the public.
108.13 NEW MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION: The building official
shall accept duly authenticated reports from the Commission on all new
materials and methods of construction proposed for use which are not
specifically provided for in the Basic Code. Wherever there is insufficient
evidence that any material or method of construction conforms to the
requirements of the Basic Code or there is insufficient evidence to
substantiate claims for alternative materials or construction, the
building official may require tests meeting the functional requirements
of the Basic Code, and such tests shall be conducted by a laboratory
and/or personnel approved by the Commission. The costs of all such
tests or other investigations required under these provisions shall be
paid by the applicant.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 35
108.131 TEST RESULTS: Copies of the results of all such tests shall be
forwarded to the Commission within ten (10) days and shall be kept on
file in the permanent records of the building department.
108.132 RETESTING: The Commission may require tests to be repeated, if
at any time there is reason to believe that material or construction no
longer conforms to the requirements on which its approval was based.
108.14 INSPECTIONS: The building official shall make all the required
inspections, or he may accept reports of inspections from a qualified
registered professional engineer or architect or others certified by the
Commission, and all reports of such inspections shall be in writing; or
the building official may engage such expert as he may deem necessary to
report upon unusual technical issues that may arise.
108.15 INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION - SPECIFIED USE GROUPS: The building
official shall periodically inspect and certify buildings and structures
or parts thereof in use groups F, H, L-l, and L-2, according to Table 1-1.
No certificate of inspection as herein specified shall be issued until
an inspection is made certifying that the building or structure, or parts
thereof, complies with all the applicable requirements of the Basic
Code, and until the fee is paid as specified on Table 1-1. A copy of
said certificate shall be kept posted as specified in section 121.2.
108.16 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: The building commissioner or inspector
of buildings shall have the authority to formulate administrative pro-
cedures necessary to uniformly administer and enforce the Basic Code,
provided that such procedures do not conflict with the rules and regu-
lations promulgated by the Commission in the Basic Code or pursuant
thereto.
108.17 DEPARTMENT RECORDS: The building official shall keep in a
public place and open to public inspection during normal working hours
official records of applications received, permits and certificates
issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, variances grated, and
notices and orders issued. File copies of all papers in connection wii
building operations shall be retained in the official records so long i
the building or structure to which they relate remains in existence.
108.18 REPORTS: The building official shall submit the following
reports:
a) to the Department of Community Affairs on a form provided by
said department a report of the building permit activity for
the month;
b) to the chief administrative officer of the municipality a
written statement of all permits and certificates issued, fees
collected, inspections made, and notices and orders issued for
the year;
Vi/vs Vol. 18
36
CO
w
o
O
o
o
in
in
in
m
in
o
o
m
O
o
O
o
w
in
m
m
m
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
m
m
CM
m
m
m
m
fa
.-i
CO
U
CO
CO
CO
to
CO
pO
CO
CO
i-i
Ij
u
u
CO
z
01
co
CO
CO
CO
01
o
>.
0)
01
0)
01
>,
l-l
>,
>>
>s
>!
H
01
OJ
<
>
o
o
o
o
>
CJ
>,
P>>
>-.
►.
>.
>i
>.
^
•rl
>
9
>>
»
»
>,
•l-l
H
i—i
i—i
i— <
i-i
r-l
i-i
i—l
<4-l
4-1
4-1
■—I
OJ
OJ
r-l
14-1
fa
i—l
i—l
M
to
CO
«
to
CO
CO
CO
CO
O
>1
&
CO
>.
>i
CO
0
H
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4-1
u
3
u
l-i
3
OJ
as
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
01
0)
C
0)
01
C
C
<
£
£
3
<
B
3
5
53
>
fa
>
fa
C
<
>
fa
>
fa
c
<
a.
33
4)
>%
Si
>>
X "4-1
01
i—i
■-I
i—i
4J O
4-1
CO
i-i
i—i
i-l
CO
z
to
to
to
O 0)
S cj
o
3
3
3
4-1 CJ
01 -H
M
C
C
C
e
C >w
H
>.
c
5
C
U CO
i-l
u
i—i
<
<
<
O 3
X 4-1
w
X
1
i
I
•rl (0
CJ l-l
PLI
OJ
•1-1
•rl
•i-l
I-l CO
CO 01
co
c
e
6
g
P-i 1-1
0) CJ
z
o
01
0)
0)
M
s
co
CO
co
J
60
c
•rl
>!
>>
-o
u
l-i
CO O
4-1
01
0)
u <•
C
CO
c
c
0)
O
"O
0)
01
4-1 60
•i-l
o
cj
CJ
C C
4-1
CO
w
CO
0)
CO
to
01
/—•,
0) -rl
CJ 4-J
CO
0)
CJ
4J
C
1
T3
(0
•d
CO
CO
CO
l-l
4-1
0>
CJ
c
0) 0)
3
c
c
0> 01
3
CO
C TJ
CJ
01
•v
CJ CO
to
60 U
O • -~s
CO
60 U
V
O O
0)
3
to c
tO 4J
u o
•rl O O
CO o_i
u
r-l
•i-l g
l-l
4-1
o
4)
4J CO
to o
4-1 4-1 O
0)
4-1 to
to
4J g
CO
CO
>* to
60
CO 0>
r-l -0*
CO 01 <t
(30
CO 01
■—I
u
co 5
>!
u
-4 U
«
X
1-1
01
CO
X
•H
o
oi u
4-1
01
0)
X 0)
oj
•u H
6 K
u » u
0-1
4J H
1
u o
•r4
X
M
g Cu
03
3
•H 0)
o to 0»
CO
3
o
CJ CO
CO
CJ
O
"O
O 01
to >
0> r-l >
0 0>
CO
o
0) v»-
C
cfl
g
CO CT\
01
X
X -ri
O
l-i CO o
x
X -rl
«*
H
0)
0)
co <r
OJ
oj
U >
T3
c
4-1
4J >
T3
-3
1—1
l-i
CO
T3
CO
>1
■r-i
•rl O
C 60
-■rl (U
i-l
•i-l o
C
60
« U
X
o
T3
01
OJ
I—l
3
3 S
to C
use
T— 1 tl -■— 1
3
t* a
CO
c
CO OJ
§
cw c
c
•I-l
•l-l
•,-<
•I-l
r-l CJ
o
I-l
O (0
>r4
CJ
CO
g
to
CO u
i-l 11 0J
CO
OJ
i—l
r-l
CO
CO
XI CO
CO JJ to
X
CO
tfl «
T5
CO O
l-l
a
fa
3 "O
X "O
3
-o
X CO
C
01 CM
4J
CO
CO
I
-I O
- o
i—i
o
1—1
/— >
CO
CO
CJ
CO
CJ
r-l
•r4
M
CJ g
m n E
CJ
g
0) co
CO
0)
4-1
CO
CO C
0)
c
01
4J
01
l-i u g
o
l-i C
co
X
CO
i—i
r-l 0)
B!
H
4J
to
>
4J 5
3 0) 5
CO o
4-1
o
3 -H
4)
CJ
"O
o
a oi
o
3
4)
o
X O
OJ 00 U
0) -*
X
CJ
S B
1—1
u
c
o
a
1
I
S
u
60 U
CJ c u
U
60
u
3
CO
X
-4 OJ
1
1
P-i
OJ
M
•r-l CO
01 0) CO
o-i 60
•H
CO
01 01
I-l
X
l-i
CJ
r-l 0)
1
I
5
to
C
Z '«-'
rJ O S-/
CO c
Z
^-^
hJ 4J
o
o
O
CO
<U X
I-l
i-l
1
i
o
4)
•1-1
0) -rl
to
CO
a!
X
4-1
1
1
X J->
1
1
1
I
i
1
c
c
r-l
i-o
o
H
a
1
1
H CO
1
1
1
i
i
I
o
•l-l
o
•l-l
CO
•rl
CO
•H
w
>-.
o
>>
>>
>-> O y.
>i
>">
>,
Jr,
>>
>>
OJ
4J
OJ
OJ
CO
r-4
1—1
r-l g CO
■—1
1—1
l-l
r-i
i-l
3
3
C
C
&
X
X
XI
X g CO
X
X
X
X
X
X
OJ
4-1
01
0)
e
o
e
g
gooi
g
g
g
§
CO-
••-I
•rl
•o
•a
0)
O /-S
0)
01
B U-J
0)
0)
OJ
OJ
OJ
•l-l
•i-i
co
o o
to
CO
CO CJ
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
co
co o
Do
CO
CO CO I-l
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
CO
c
c
0)
0)
<
w«*
<!
<!
< v_/ O
<
<
<
<
<
<
r-l
M
oi
oi
<
pa
<
m
1-1
r-l
CM
CO
r-l
r-l
CM
en
<t
in
v£>
r~-
i—l
CM
!-H
CM
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
X
33
J
rJ
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 37
c) to the Commission and Department of Public Safety reports
on decisions regarding the matters not covered as speci-
fied in section 101.22; and
d) to the assessors of the municipality reports on permits
issued as specified in section 114.11.
108.2 THE STATE INSPECTOR: In every city and town the Basic
Code sh?ll be enforced by the state inspector as to any struc-
tures or buildings or parts thereof that are owned by the Com-
monwealth or any departments, commissions, agencies, or authori-
ties of the Commonwealth. The state inspector shall have as
to such buildings and structures all the powers of a building
commissioner or inspector of buildings.
108.21 OTHER RESPONSIBILITIES: The state inspector may review
any order or decision of the building official. He shall super-
vise the enforcement of the Basic Code, make periodic reviews
of all building inspection practices of the local building de-
partment, make recommendations for improvements of such practices,
and report in writing his findings- to the building official.
108.22 REVIEW BY THE COMMISSIONER: The Commissioner of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety shall
establish districts which shall be supervised by a state inspec-
tor of the Division of Inspection. The Commissioner may review,
on his own initiative or on the application of any state inspec-
tor, any action or refusal or failure of action by any building
official the result of which does not comply with the uniform
implementation of the Basic Code; and may reverse, modify or
annul, in whole or in part, such action except with respect to
the specialized codes, provided that no order or action of the
Commissioner shall reverse, modify, annul, or contravene any
order, action, determination, interpretation or any decision by
the Commission or the State Building Code Appeals Board.
108.22 RETORTS: The state inspector shall file with the Commis-
sion reports of his periodic reviews and recommendations for
improvements of building inspection practices. The format and
due dates for these reports shall be determined by the Commission.
SECTION 109.0 RULES AND REGULATIONS
109.1 RULE MAKING AUTHORITY: Under authority granted by Chapter
802, Acts of 1972, as amended, the Commission is empowered in
the interest of public safety, health and general welfare, to
adopt and promulgate rules and regulations to interpret and
implement the provisions of the Basic Code to secure the intent
thereof and to establish applicable requirements due to local
climatic or other conditions.
X/l/78 Vol. 18
109.11 LICENSING OF CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS: Effective January 1,
1976, any individual directly supervising persons engaged in construc-
tion, reconstruction, alterations, repairs, removal or demolition
involving the structural elements of buildings and structures shall be
licensed according to the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Commission entitled "RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR LICENSING CONSTRUCTION
SUPERVISORS." No city or town shall be prohibited from requiring such
licensing of construction supervisors from January 1, 1975 through
December 31, 1975.
109.12 LICENSING OF LABORATORIES AND TEST PERSONNEL: The Commission
shall issue rules and regulations for the licensing of individuals,
laboratories, and firms responsible for the testing of materials,
devices and methods of construction, as provided in section 127.1.
109.13 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS: The Commission shall issue rules and
regulations pursuant to article 19 governing manufactured buildings and
building components.
109.14 MOBILE HOMES: The commission shall issue rules and regulations
pursuant to article 19 governing mobile homes.
109.2 ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: In the absence of approved rules,
the regulations, specifications and standards listed in the appropriate
article or in the appendices shall be deemed to represent accepted
engineering practice with respect to the material, equipment, system or
method of construction therein specified.
109.3 AMENDMENTS AND PROMULGATION OF RULES: Any person may propose
amendments to the Basic Code. Public hearings shall be held in the city
of Boston in May and October of each year, and at such other times and
places as the Commission may determine, to consider petitions for such
amendments. Amendments adopted by the Commission shall be binding and
have the full force and effect of law in all cities and towns.
SECTION 110.0 VARIANCES
When there are practical difficulties involved in carrying out struc-
tural or mechanical provisions of the Basic Code, the board of appeals
may allow a variance or a modification from such provisions as applied
for by the owner as provided in section 126.0, provided that the decision
of the board shall not conflict with the general objectives of the Basic
Code and its enabling legislation and provided that no decision shall be
considered by any person or agency as a precedent for future decisions.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 39
111.1 PRELIMINARY INSPECTIONS: Before issuing a permit, the build-
ing official may examine or cause to be examined all buildings,
structures and sites for which an application has been filed for
a permit to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, remove, demolish
or change the use thereof.
111.2 NEW BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
111.21 INSPECTION: The building official shall make all required
inspections as specified in the provisions of the Basic Code and
he shall conduct such inspections from time to time during and
upon completion of the work for which he has issued a permit; and
he shall maintain a record of all such examinations and inspec-
tions and of all violations of the Basic Code. In conjunction
with specific construction projects the building official may
designate specific inspection points in the course of construc-
tion that require the contractor or builder to give the building
official twenty-four (24) hours notice prior to the time when those
inspections need to be performed. The building official shall make
the inspection within forty-eight (48) hours after such notification.
111.3 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS
111.31 PLANT INSPECTION: Inspection of all manufactured build-
ings, building components, and mobile homes at the plant shall
be performed by a third party which shall be certified and ap-
proved by the Commission and monitored by the Department of
Public Safety as specified in article 19 and the rules and regu-
lations pursuant thereto.
111.32 SITE INSPECTION: Inspection of all manufactured build-
ings, building components, and mobile homes at the installa-
tion site shall be made by the building official as specified
in article 19 and the rules and regulations pursuant thereto.
111.4 EXISTING BUILDINGS.
111.41 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS: The building commissioner or in-
spector of buildings shall develop plans for the systematic
periodic inspection of all existing buildings and structures
and shall cause such buildings and structures to be periodically
or otherwise inspected as specified in section 108.15 and section 121.4,
for compliance with the Basic Code.
111.42 CHANGES OF OCCUPANTS: Before any building or part thereof,
except multi-family and one and two-family dwellings (use groups
L-2 and L-3), is re-occupied, the building official shall be
notified by the owner. The building may be inspected and when
in compliance with the Basic Code the building official shall
re-certify the building or structure.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 40
111. A3 CHANGES OF OCCUPANTS -DWELLING UNITS: When any dwelling unit is
vacated, the building official shall be so notified by the owner before
the unit is re-occupied within any twelve-month period. Upon the
determination of the building official, said dwelling unit may be inspected
to determine if said unit conforms to the Basic Code. A dwelling unit
shall be inspected with three (3) working days from the date of notification
or it shall be deemed to be approved for occupancy. Nothing in this
section is intended to require an owner to so notify the building official
where another vacancy occurs within a twelve-month period of a prior
notification.
111.5 FINAL INSPECTION: The owner or his authorized representative
shall notify the building official upon completion of the building or
structure or part thereof. Prior to the issuance of the certificate of
use and occupancy required in section 120.0, a final inspection shall be
made and all violations of the approved plans and permit shall be noted
and the holder of the permit shall be notified of any discrepancies.
111.6 INSPECTION SERVICES: The building official may accept the written
report of inspections from a qualified registered professional engineer
or architect or others certified by the Commission; and such inspection
report shall specify but not be limited to any violation of the requirements
of the Basic Code in respect to egress requirements, floor load, fire
grading, occupancy load and use of the buildings.
SECTION 112.0 RIGHT OF ENTRY
In the discharge of his duties, the building official shall have the
authority to enter at any reasonable hour any building, structure or
premises in the municipality to enforce the provisions of the Basic
Code.
If any owner, occupant, or other person refuses impedes, inhibits,
interferes with, restricts, or obstructs entry and free access to every
part of the structure, operation or premise where inspection authorized
by the Basic Code is sought, the building official, or state inspector
may:
a) seek in a court of competent jurisdiction a search warrant so
as to apprise the owner, occupant or other person concerning
the nature of the inspection and justification for it and may
seek the assistance of police authorities in presenting said
warrant and/or
b) revoke or suspend any license, permit or other permission reg-
ulated under the Basic Code where inspection of the structures,
operation or premises is sought to determine compliance with
the Basic Code.
112.1 OFFICIAL BADGE: The Commission may adopt a badge of office for
building officials 'hich shall be displayed for the purpose of identification.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 41
112.2 MUNICIPAL COOPERATION: The assistance and cooperation of police,
fire, and health departments and all other municipal officials shall be
available to the building official as required in the performance of his
duties .
SECTION 113.0 APPLICATION FOR PERMIT
113.1 WHEN PERMIT IS REQUIRED: It shall be unlawful to construct,
enlarge, alter, remove or demolish a building, or change the occupancy
of a building from one use group to another; or to install or alter any
equipment for which provision is made or the installation of which is
regulated by the Basic Code, without first filing an application with
the building official in writing and obtaining the required permit
therefor; except that ordinary repairs as defined in section 102 which
do not involve any violation of the Basic Code shall be exempt from this
provision.
113.2 FORM OF APPLICATION: The application for a permit shall be
submitted in such form as the building official may prescribe and shall
be accompanied by the required fee as prescribed in section 118.0.
113.3 BY WHOM APPLICATION IS MADE: Application for a permit shall be
made by the owner, as defined in article 2, of the building or structure.
The full names and addresses of the owner, applicant, and of the responsible
officers, if the owner is a corporate body, shall be stated in the
application.
113.4 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The application shall contain a general
description of the proposed work, its location, the use and occupancy of
all parts of the building or structure and of all portions of the site
or lot not covered by the building; and shall state whether or not fire
extinguishing equipment, plumbing, water piping, gasfitting, heating or
electrical work is involved, the estimated cost of such work including
the general work, and such additional information as may be required by
the building commissioner or inspector of buildings. The building
commissioner or inspector of buildings may require the facts contained
in each application to be certified by the applicant under oath.
113.5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The application for the permit shall
be accompanied by not less than three (3) copies of specifications and
of plans drawn to scale, with sufficient clarity and detail dimensions
to show the nature and character of the work to be performed. When
quality of materials is essential for conformity to the Basic Code,
specific information shall be given to establish such quality; and in no
case shall the code be cited or the term "legal" or its equivalent be
used as a substitute for specific information. The building official
may waive the requirement for filing plans when the work involved is of
a minor nature.
All plans filed with the building official shall include but not be
limited to:
a) the accurate locations and dimension of all means of egress from
fire and an occupancy schedule of persons for all occupiable
spaces.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 42
b) the method and amount of ventilation and sanitation.
c) the methods of fire stopping as required in this code.
d) schedules and details indicating compliance of interior trim
and finish with provisions of article 9.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 43
113.51 STRUCTURES SUBJECT TO CONTROL: In those structures subject
to control as required in section 128.0, affidavits must be submitted
with the permit application, that the individuals and testing labora-
tories responsible for carrying out the duties of section 128.0 have
been licensed and registered by the Commission through the provisions
of sections 800. A, 800.41 and 800.42.
113.6 PLOT PLAN: There shall also be filed a plot plan showing to
scale the size and location of all the new construction and all exist-
ing structures on the site, distances from lot lines and the establish-
ed street grades; and it shall be drawn in accordance with an accurate
boundary line survey. In the case of demolition, the plot plan shall
show all construction to be demolished and the location and size of
all existing buildings and construction that are to remain on the site
or plot. The plot plan shall not be changed except as specified in
section 115.4.
113.7 ENGINEERING DETAILS: The building official may require ade-
quate details of structural, mechanical and electrical work, includ-
ing computations, stress diagrams and other essential technical data
to be filed. All such plans and computations shall bear the Mass-
achusetts seal of registration of the qualified registered profes-
sional engineer or architect.
113.8 AMENDMENTS TO APPLICATION: Subject to the limitations of
section 113.9, no amendments or revisions to a plan or other records
accompanying the same may be made until the proposed changes have been
filed with and approved by the building official; and such approved
amendments shall be deemed part of the original application and shall
be filed therewith.
113.9 TIME LIMITATION OF APPLICATION: An application for a permit
for any proposed work shall be deemed to have been abandoned six (6)
months after date of filing, unless such application has been dili-
gently prosecuted or a permit shall have been issued; except that
for reasonable cause the building official may grant one or more
extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding ninety (90)
davs each.
SECTION 114.0 PERMITS
114.1 ACTION ON APPLICATION: The building commissioner or inspec-
tor of buildings shall examine or cause to be examined all applica-
tions for permits and amendments thereto within thirty (30) days
after filing. Before a permit is granted for the excavation or for
the erection of any building or structure, a written statement shall
be furnished by the owner from a town or city engineer as to the
established grades. If the application or the plans do not conform
to the requirements of the Basic Code or of all pertinent laws, he
shall reject such application citing the specific sections of the
Basic Code or pertinent law. If he is satisfied that the proposed
work conforms to the requirements of the Basic Code and all pertinent
law applicable thereto, he shall issue a permit.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 44
114.11 REPORT TO ASSESSORS: The building official shall give to
the assessors of the municipality written notice of the granting by
him of permits for the construction of any buildings or for the
removal or demolition or for any substantial alteration or addition
thereto. Such notice shall be given within seven (7) days after
the granting of each permit, and shall state the name of the person
to whom the permit was granted and the location of the building to
be constructed, altered, demolished or removed.
114.2 EXPIRATION OF PERMIT: Any permit issued shall become invalid
unless the work authorized by it shall have been commenced within
six (6) months after its issuance in which case it shall be deemed
abandoned, or if the work authorized by such permit is suspended for
a period of one (1) year after the time the work is commenced; pro-
vided that, for cause, one or more extensions of time, for periods
not exceeding ninety (90) days each, may be allowed in writing by
the building commissioner or inspector of buildings. For purposes
of this section, any permit issued shall not be considered invalid,
if such suspension or abandonment is due to a court order prohibit-
ing such work as authorized by such permit. Provided however, in
the opinion of the building commissioner, inspector of buildings
or state inspector, the person so prohibited by such court order,
adequately defends such action before the court.
114.3 PREVIOUS APPROVALS: Nothing in the Basic Code or the rules
and regulations pursuant thereto shall affect any building permit
lawfully issued, or any building or structure lawfully begun in
conformance with such permit, before the effective date of the Basic
Code in a city or town, provided, that work under such a permit is
commenced within six months after its issue, and that such work,
whether under such permit or otherwise lawfully begun, proceeds in
good faith continuously to completion so far as is reasonably prac-
ticable under the circumstances.
114.4 SIGNATURE TO PERMIT: The building commissioner or inspector
of buildings shall affix his signature to every permit.
114.5 APPROVED PLANS: If approved by him the building commissioner
or inspector of buildings or supervisor of plans of the Division of
Inspection of the Department of Public Safety shall stamp and endorse
in writing the plans submitted in accordance with section 113.5; two
sets of such stamped and endorsed plans shall be retained and he shall
not allow the removal of any such plans and specifications from the
department except in his sole discretion for the purposes of examina-
tion by another municipal or state department; the other set of plans
shall be kept at the building site, open to inspection of the build-
ing commissioner, inspector of buildings, Commissioner of the Depart-
ment of Public Safety or their authorized representative, at all
reasonable times.
114.6 REVOCATION OF PERMITS: The building official may revoke a
permit or approval issued under the provisions of the Basic Code in
case any false statement or misrepresentation of fact in the appli-
cation of the plans on which the permit or approval was based.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 45
114.7 APPROVAL IN PART: When application for a permit to erect or
add to a building or other structure has been filed, as required in
section 113.5, and pending issuance of such permit, the building
official may at his discretion issue a special permit for the foun-
dations or any other part of a building or structure. The holder
of such a special permit may proceed at his own risk without assur-
ance that a permit for the entire structure will be granted.
114.8 POSTING OF PERMIT: A copy of the building permit provided
by the building department shall be kept in view and protected from
the weather on the site of operations open to public inspection dur-
ing the entire time of prosecution of the work and until the certi-
ficate of occupancy shall have been issued. The building permit
shall serve as an inspection record card to allow the building offi-
cial conveniently to make entries thereon regarding inspection of
the work.
114.9 NOTICE OF START: At least twenty-four (24) hours' notice of
start of work under a building permit shall be given to the building
official .
SECTION 115.0 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT
115.1 COMPLIANCE WITH CODE: The permit shall be a license to pro-
ceed with the work and shall not be construed as authority to violate,
cancel or set aside any of the provisions of the Basic Code, except
as specifically stipulated by modification or legally granted varia-
tion in accordance with section 126.0.
115.2 COMPLIANCE WITH PERMIT: All work shall conform to the stamp-
ed or endorsed application and plans for which the permit has been
issued and any approved amendments thereto.
115.3 COMPLIANCE WITH PLOT PLAN: All new work shall be located
strictly in accordance with the approved plot plan.
115.4 CHANGE IN PLOT PLAN: No lot or plot shall be changed, in-
creased or diminished in area from that shown on the official plot
plan, as specified in section 113.6, unless a revised plan showing
such changes accompanied by the necessary affidavit of owner or
applicant shall have been filed and approved; except that such re-
vised plot plan will not be required if the change is caused by
reason of an official street opening, street widening or other pub-
lic improvement.
SECTION 116.0 DEMOLITION OF BUILDINGS
116.1 SERVICE CONNECTIONS: Before a building can be demolished or
removed, the owner or agent shall notify all utilities having ser-
vice connections within the building such as water, electric, gas,
Vol. 18 - 46
1/1/78
sewer and other connections. A permit to demolish or remove a build-
ing shall not be issued until a release is obtained from the utili-
ties, stating that their respective service connections and appur-
tenant equipment, such as meters and regulators, have been removed
or sealed and plugged in a safe manner.
SECTION 117.0 REMOVAL OF BUILDINGS
117.1 LOT REGULATION: When a building or structure has been demol-
ished or removed and no building operation has been projected or
approved, the vacant lot shall be filled with non-organic fill, grad-
ed and maintained in conformity with adjacent grades. The lot shall
be maintained free from the accumulation of rubbish and all other
unsafe or hazardous conditions which endanger the life or health of
the public; provisions shall be made to prevent the accumulation of
water or damage to any foundations on the premises or the adjoining
property; and the necessary retaining walls and fences shall be
erected in accordance with the provisions of article 13.
SECTION 118.0 FEES
No permit shall be issued to begin work for new construction, al-
teration, removal, demolition or other building operation until the
fees prescribed by municipal ordinance or by-law shall have been paid
to the city or town collector or other municipal agency authorized to
collect such fees.
118.1 SPECIAL FEES: The payment of the fee for the construction,
alteration, removal or demolition and for all work done in connec-
tion with or concurrently with the work contemplated by a building
permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the permit from
the payment of other fees that may be prescribed by law or ordinance
for water taps, sewer connections, electrical and plumbing permits,
erection of signs and display structures, marquees or other appurte-
nant structures, or fees for inspections, certificates of use and
occupancy or other privileges or requirements, both within and with-
out the jurisdiction of the building department.
SECTION 119.0 FEE COMPUTATION
The permit fees shall be computed according to the fee schedule
and procedures adopted in the municipality.
SECTION 120.0 CERTIFICATE OF USE AND OCCUPANCY
120.1 NEW BUILDINGS: No building hereafter erected shall be used
or occupied in whole or in part until the certificate of use and
occupancy shall have been issued by the building official. The
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 47
certificate shall not be issued until all the work has been completed
in accordance with the provisions of the approved permits and of the
applicable codes for which a permit is required, except as provided
in section 120.4.
120.2 BUILDINGS HEREAFTER ALTERED: No building hereafter enlarged,
extended or altered to change the use group classification, the fire-
grading, the maximum live load capacity, or the occupancy load capac-
ity, in whole or in part, and no building hereafter altered for which
a certificate of use and occupancy has not been heretofore issued,
shall be occupied or used until the certificate shall have been issued
by the building official, certifying that the work has been completed
in accordance with the provisions of the approved permits and of the
applicable codes for which a permit is required. Any use or occupancy,
which was not discontinued during the work of alteration, shall be dis-
continued within thirty (30) days after the completion of the altera-
tion unless the required certificate is issued by the building offi-
cial.
120.3 EXISTING BUILDINGS: Upon written request from the owner of
an existing building, the building official shall issue a certificate
of use and occupancy, provided there are no violations of law or
orders of the building official pending, and it is established after
inspection and investigation that the alleged use of the building has
heretofore existed. Nothing in the Basic Code shall require the re-
moval, alteration or abandonment of, or prevent the continuance of
the use and occupancy of a lawfully existing building, unless such
use is deemed to endanger public safety and welfare.
120.4 TEMPORARY OCCUPANCY: Upon the request of the holder of a
permit, the building official may issue a temporary certificate of
occupancy for a building or structure, or part thereof, before the
entire work covered by the permit shall have been completed, pro-
vided such portion or portions may be occupied safely prior to full
completion of the building without endangering life or public wel-
fare, and provided that the agencies having jurisdiction for permits
issued under other applicable codes are notified of the decision to
issue a temporary certificate.
120.5 CONTENTS OF CERTIFICATE: The certificate shall certify com-
pliance with the provisions of the Basic Code and the purpose for
which the building or structure may be used in its several parts;
and shall be issued by the building official within ten (10) days
after final inspection, provided that the provisions of the approved
permits and of the applicable codes for which permits are required
have been met. For use groups A, B, C, D and E the certificate of use
and occupancy shall specify; the use group, in accordance with the
provisions of article 2, the fire grading as defined in article 2
and table 9-1, the maximum live load on all floors as prescribed in
article 7, the occupancy load in the building and all parts thereof
as defined in article 2 and article 6, and any special stipulations
and conditions of the building permit.
VI /78 Vol. 18
48
SECTION 121.0 POSTING BUILDINGS
121.1 POSTED USE AND OCCUPANCY: A suitably designed placard ap-
proved by the building official shall be posted by the owner on
all floors of every building and structure and part thereof de-
signed for high hazard, storage, mercantile, industrial or business
use (use groups A, B, C, D, and E) as defined in article 2. Said
placard shall be securely fastened to the building or structure in
a readily visible place, stating: the use group, the fire grading,
the live load and the occupancy load.
121.2 POSTED OCCUPANCY LOAD: A suitably designed placard approved
by the building official shall be posted by the owner of every build-
ing and structure and part thereof designed for use as a place of
public assembly or as an institutional building for harboring people
for penal, correctional, educational, medical or other care of treat-
ment, or as residential buildings used for hotels, lodging houses,
boarding houses, dormitory buildings, multiple-family dwellings (use
groups F, H, L-l and L-2). Said placard shall designate the maximum
occupancy load.
121.3 REPLACEMENT OF POSTED SIGNS: All posting signs shall be fur-
nished by the owner and shall be of permanent design; they shall not
be removed, or defaced and, if lost, removed or defaced, shall be
immediately replaced.
121.4 PERIODIC INSPECTION FOR POSTING: The building official shall
periodically inspect all existing buildings and structures except
one and two-family dwellings for compliance with the Basic Code in
respect to posting; or he may accept the report of such inspections
from a qualified registered engineer or architect or others certified
by the Commission; and such inspections and reports shall specify
any violation of the requirements of the Basic Code in respect to
the posting of floor load, fire grading, occupancy load and use group
of the building.
SECTION 122.0 VIOLATIONS
122.1 NOTICE OF VIOLATION: The building official shall serve a
written notice of violation or order on the owner, as defined in
article 2, or the person responsible when in violation of any of
the provisions of the Basic Code. Such notice or order shall di-
rect the discontinuance of the illegal action or condition and the
abatement of the violation.
122.12 NOTICE OR ORDERS - SERVICE AND CONTENT: Every notice or
order authorized by the Basic Code shall be in writing, and shall
be served on the person responsible:
1/1/78 „ ,
Vol. is - 49
a) personally, by any person authorized by the building official:
or
b) by any person authorized to serve civil process by leaving
a copy of the order or notice at his last and usual place
of abode; or
c) by sending him a copy of the order by registered mail, return
receipt requested, if he is within the Commonwealth; or
d) if his last and usual place of abode is unkown or outside
the Commonwealth, by posting a copy of the order or notice
in a conspicuous place on or about the premises in violation
and by publishing it for at least three (3) out of five (5) consecu-
tive days in one or more newspapers of general circulation where-
in the building or premises affected is situated.
122.2 PROSECUTION OF VIOLATION: If the notice of violation is
not complied with within thirty (30) days after service, unless
otherwise provided in the Basic Code, the building official may
institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in equity in a
court of competent jurisdiction to restrain, correct or abate
such violation or to require the removal or termination of the
unlawful use of the building or structure in violation of the
provisions of the Basic Code or of the order or direction made
pursuant thereto; or
122.3 VIOLATION PENALTIES: A person who shall violate a provision
of the Basic Code shall be punishable by a fine of not more than
one thousand dollars ($1,000) or by imprisonment for not more than
one year, or both, for each violation. Each day during which any por-
tion of a violation continues shall constitute a separate offense.
122.4 ABATEMENT OF VIOLATION: The imposition of the penalties
herein prescribed shall not preclude the building official from
instituting appropriate action to prevent unlawful construction
or to restrain, correct or abate a violation, or to prevent
illegal occupancy of a building, structure or premises or to stop
an illegal act, conduct, business or use of a building or structure
in or about any premises.
SECTION 123.0 STOP-WORK ORDER
123.1 NOTICE TO OWNER: Upon notice from the building official
that any work on a building or structure is being prosecuted con-
trary to the provisions cf the Basic Code or in an unsafe or dan-
gerous manner, such work shall be immediately stopped. The stop-
work order shall be in writing and shall be served on the owner,
as defined in article 2, or on the person responsible as provided
in section 122.12; and shall state the conditions under which work
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 50
may be resumed; provided, however, that in instances where immediate
action is deemed necessary for public safety or in the public in-
terest, the building official may require that work be stopped upon
verbal order.
123.11 POSTING: A stop-work notice shall be posted in a conspic-
uous place on the job site and can only be removed by the building
official.
123.2 UNLAWFUL CONTINUANCE: Any person who shall continue any
work in or about the job site after having been served with a
stop-work order, except such work as he is directed to perform to
remove a violation or unsafe conditions, shall be liable to pro-
sectution as provided in section 122.0.
SECTION 124.0 UNSAFE BUILDINGS - SURVEY BOARD
124.1 DUTIES OF BUILDING OFFICIAL - UNSAFE BUILDINGS: The build-
ing official, immediately upon being informed by report or other-
wise that a building or other structure or anything attached there-
to or connected therewith is dangerous to life or limb or that any
building in that city or town is unused, uninhabited or abandoned,
and open to the weather, shall inspect the same; and he shall forth-
with in writing notify the owner as provided in section 122.12,
as defined in article 2, to remove it or make it safe if it appears
to him to be dangerous, or to make it secure if it is unused, unin-
habited or abandoned and open to the weather. If it appears that
such structure would be especially unsafe in case of fire, it shall
be deemed dangerous within the meaning hereof, and the building
official may affix in a conspicuous place upon its exterior walls
a notice of its dangerous condition, which shall not be removed
or defaced without authority from him.
124.2 REMOVAL OR MAKING STRUCTURE SAFE - PUTTING UP FENCE: Any
person so notified shall be allowed until twelve o'clock noon
of the day following the service of the notice in which to begin
to remove such structure or make it safe, or to make it secure,
and he shall employ sufficient labor speedily to make it safe
or remove it or to make it secure; but if the public safety so
requires and if the mayor or selectmen so order, the building
official may immediately enter upon the premises with the necessary
workmen and assistants and cause such unsafe structure to be made
safe or demolished without delay and a proper fence put up for
the protection of passersby, or to be made secure.
124.3 FAILURE TO REMOVE OR MAKE STRUCTURE SAFE, SURVEY BOARD,
SURVEY, REPORT: If an owner, as defined in article 2, of such un-
safe structure refuses or neglects to comply with the require-
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 51
ments of such notice within the specified time limit, and such structure
is not made safe or taken down as ordered, therein, a careful survey
of the premises shall be made by a board consisting; in a city, of
a city engineer, the head of the fire department, as such term is
defined in Section 1 of Chapter 148 of the Massachusetts General Laws
Annotated, as amended, and one disinterested person to be appointed
by the building official; and, in a town, of a surveyor, the head
of the fire department and one disinterested person to be appointed
by a building official. In the absence of any of the above officers
or individuals, the mayor or selectmen shall designate one or more
officers or other suitable persons in place of the officers so named
as members of said board. A written report of such survey shall be
made, and a copy thereof served on such owner.
SECTION 125.0 EMERGENCY MEASURES
125.1 REMOVAL OF DANGEROUS OR ABANDONED STRUCTURES: If such survey
report as outlined in section 124.0, declares such structure to be
dangerous or to be unused, uninhabited or abandoned, and open to the
weather, and if the owner, as defined in article 2, continues such
refusal or neglect the building official shall cause it to be made
safe or taken down or to be made secure, and, if the public safety
so requires, said building official may at once enter the structure,
the land on which it stands or the abutting land or buildings, with
such assistance as he may require, and secure the same, and may remove
and evict, under the pertinent provisions of Chapter 239 of the
Massachusetts General Laws Annotated as amended or otherwise,
any tenant or occupant thereof, and may erect such protection for
the public by proper fence or otherwise as may be necessary, and for
this purpose may close a public highway. In the case of such demolition,
the said building official shall cause such lot to be levelled to
conform with adjacent grades by a non-organic fill. The costs and
charges incurred shall constitute a lien upon the land upon which
the structure is located and shall be enforced in an action of contract,
and such owner shall for every day's continuance of such refusal or
neglect after being so notified, be punished by a fine in accordance
with section 122.3. The provisions of the second paragraph of
Section 3A of Chapter 139 of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated
as amended, relative to liens for such debt and the collection of
claims for such debt, shall apply to any debt referred to in this
section, except that the said building official shall act hereunder
in place of the mayor or board of selectmen. During the time such
order is in effect, it shall be unlawful to use or occupy such structure
or any portion thereof for any purpose.
125.2 REMEDY OF PERSON ORDERED TO REMOVE A DANGEROUS STRUCTURE OR
MAKE IT SAFE: An owner, as defined in article 2, aggrieved by such
order may have the remedy prescribed by Section 2 of Chapter 139 of
the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated as amended; provided, that
no provision of said Section 2 shall be construed so as to hinder,
delay or prevent the building official acting and proceeding under
section 125.1; and provided, further, that this section shall not
1/1/73 Vol. 18 - 52
prevent the city or town from recovering the forfeiture provided in
said section 125.1 from the date of the service of the original notice,
unless the order is annulled by the jury.
SECTION 126.0 BOARD OF APPEALS
126.1 STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD: Whoever is aggrieved by
an interpretation, order, requirement, direction or failure to act
under the Basic Code by any agency or official of the city, town or
region, or agency or official of the State charged with the adminis-
tration or enforcement of the Basic Code or any of its rules or regu-
lations, excepting any specialized codes, may appeal directly to the
State Building Code Appeals Board as provided in section 126.
Whoever is aggrieved by an interpretation, order, requirement,
direction or failure to act under the Basic Code by any agency or
official of a city, town or region charged with the administration or
enforcement of the Basic Code or any of its rules and regulations,
excepting any specialized codes, may appeal directly to the State
Building Code Appeals Board or may appeal first to a local or regional
appeals board and then to the State Building Code Appeals Board as
provided in section 126.
In the event an appeal is taken directly to the State Building Code
Appeals Board from an interpretation, order, requirement or direction,
said appeal shall be filed as specified in section 126.31, with the
State Building Code Appeals Board no later than forty-five (45) days
after the service of notice thereof of the interpretation, order,
requirement or direction.
In the event the appeal is taken directly to the State Building Code
Appeals Board for the failure to act , the appeal shall be taken no
later than forty-five (45) days after a request to act has been made
by the aggrieved person in writing and served to the appropriate
building official or chief administrative officer of the state or
local agency which fails to act.
If the aggrieved person elects to appeal before the local or regional
board, he shall not be allowed to enter such appeal with the State
Building Code Appeals Board until such time as the said local or
regional board renders a decision, unless the reason for appeal to
the State Building Code Appeals Board is the failure of the local or
regional board to act.
126.2 MEMBERSHIP
126.21 THREE MEMBER PANEL: The State Building Code Appeals Board
(hereinafter referred to in section 126 as the Board) shall consist
of the membership of the State Building Code Commission. The chairman
of the Commission shall be chairman of the Board. The chairman of the
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 53
Board may designate any three (3) members of the Board to act as a
three (3) member panel to hold any public hearing under section 126,
and to hear testimony and take evidence. The chairman of the Board
shall select one (1) of the three (3) members to act as chairman
of the said three (3) member panel. If a three (3) member panel is so
designated, the three (3) member panel shall act as the appeals board
and render a decision as provided in section 126.
126.22 CLERK: The Executive Secretary of the Commission shall desig-
nate one (1) of the staff of the Commission to act as Clerk to the
Board. The Clerk shall keep a detailed record of all decisions and
appeals and a docket book on file with the name of each appeal properly
indexed and the disposition of the appeal. Said docket book shall be
open to public inspection at all times during normal business hours.
126.23 QUORUM: A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum if
the appeal is heard by the entire Board. If the appeal is heard by
a three (3) member panel, two (2) members shall constitute a quorum.
126.3 APPEALS PROCEDURE FOR STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD
126.31 ENTRY: Appeals shall be entered on forms provided by the
Commission and shall be accompanied by an entry fee of fifty dollars
($50) or such other amounts as may be determined by the Commission
from time to time.
The appeal shall be signed by the appellant or his attorney or
agent and shall note the name and address of the person or agency in
whose behalf the appeal is taken and the name of the person and
address wherein service of notice for the appellant is to be made.
The appeal shall also state in detail the interpretation, order,
requirement, direction or failure to act which are the grounds of the
appeal as well as the particular section or sections of the Basic
Code which are involved in the appeal and the reasons the appellant
advances supporting the appeal.
A copy of the appeal shall be served in accordance with section
122.12 by the appellant on the person or state, regional or local
agency from whose action or inaction the appeal is taken, on or before
entry of the appeal. A return of service under oath shall be filed
with the Board forthwith by the appellant.
126.32 STAY OF PROCEEDINGS: Entry of an appeal shall stay all pro-
ceedings in furtherance of the action or failure to act appealed
from, unless the state, regional or local agency or any person charged
with the administration or enforcement of the Basic Code or any of its
rules or regulations presents evidence and the Board or a three (3) mem-
ber panel or a single member of the Board appointed by the chairman for
said purpose, finds that upon the evidence presented a stay would
involve imminent peril to life or property. In such an event, stay
of all proceedings shall be waived or the Board or three (3) member panel
or single member may order such other action necessary to preserve
public safety.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 54
Before waiving the stay of proceedings, the Board or three (3) member
panel or single member of the Board appointed by the chairman for
said purpose, shall hold a hearing and give the appellant and state,
regional or local agency or any person claiming that a stay would
involve imminent peril to life or property, notice in writing of the
hearing not less than twenty-four (24) hours before said hearing.
126.33 DOCUMENTS: Upon entry, the Clerk shall request in writing
from the state, city, regional or town officer in charge of the
matter on appeal, a copy of the record and all other papers and docu-
ments relative to the appeal to be transmitted forthwith to the
Board. Said state, city, regional or town officer shall upon receipt
of the request of the board transmit forthwith all the papers and
documents and a copy of the record relating to the matter on appeal.
126.34 HEARINGS: The chairman of the Board shall fix a convenient
time and place for a public hearing. Said hearings shall be held
not later than thirty (30) days after the entry of such appeal, unless
such time is extended by agreement with the appellant. Any such party
may appear in person or by agent or attorney at such hearing. The
chairman or clerk shall give notice of the time and place of said
hearing to all parties to the hearing and to anyone else requesting
notice in writing at least ten (10) days prior thereto. Failure to
hold a public hearing within thirty (30) days shall not affect the
validity of the appeal or any decision rendered. The board or three (3)
member panel in its hearings conducted under this section shall not
be bound by strict rules of evidence prevailing in courts of law or
equity.
126.4 DECISIONS
126.41 VOTES REQUIRED: If the appeal is conducted by a three (3) membe:
panel, then the concurrence of two (2) of the three (3) members holding
the public hearing shall be required. If the appeal is conducted by
the entire board, then a majority vote of those hearing the case shall
be required.
126.42 STANDARD: The board or a three (3) member panel may vary the
application of any provision of this Code to any particular case when
in the opinion of the board or a three (3) member panel, the enforcement
of the Code would do manifest injustice, provided that the board or
three-member panel finds that the decision to grant a variance shall
not conflict with the general objectives set forth in Section 18 of
Chapter 23B of the General Laws of the Commonwealth or with the
general objectives of the Basic Code.
126.43 TIME FOR DECISION: The board shall within thirty (30) days
after such hearing, unless such time is extended by agreement of the
parties, issue a decision or order reversing, affirming or modifying
in whole or in part the order, interpretation, requirement, direction
or failure to act which is the subject matter of the appeal.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 55
Failure to render a decision within thirty (30) days shall not
affect the validity of any such decision or appeal.
Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be sent by the Clerk
to all parties to the appeal and anyone requesting in writing a
copy of the decision.
126.44 CONTENTS OF DECISION: All decisions shall be in writing and
state findings of fact, conclusions and reasons for decisions. Every
decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each member and shall be
signed by each member voting. No decision shall be considered by any
person or agency as a precedent for future decisions.
126.45 ADDITIONAL POWERS: The board or a three (3) member panel may
impose in any decision, limitations both as to time and use, and a
continuation of any use permitted may be conditioned upon compliance
with future amendments to the Basic Code.
126.5 ENFORCEMENT: Upon receipt of the decision of the Board or a
three (3) member panel, the parties to the appeal shall take action
forthwith to comply with the decision unless a later time is specified
in the decision.
126.6 APPEALS FROM STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD: Any person
aggrieved by a decision of the State Building Code Appeals Board may
appeal to a court of law or equity in conformance with Chapter 30A,
Section 14 of the General Laws.
126.7 LOCAL OR REGIONAL BOARD OF APPEALS: Whoever is aggrieved by
an interpretation, order, requirement, direction or failure to act
under the Basic Code by any agency or official of a city, region or
town charged with the administration or enforcement of the Basic Code
or any of its rules and regulations may appeal first to the appeals
board in that city, region or town and then to the State Building Code
Appeals Board as provided in section 126.
In the event an appeal is taken from an interpretation, order,
requirement or direction, said appeal shall be filed with the local
or regional appeal board no later than forty-five (45) days after the
service of notice thereof of the interpretation, order, requirement
or direction.
In the event the appeal is taken for the failure to act, the appeal
shall be taken no later than forty-five (45) days after a request to act
has been made by the aggrieved person in writing and served to the
appropriate building official or chief administrative officer of the
city, regional or town agency which fails to act.
126.8 LOCAL AND REGIONAL BOARD OF APPEALS
126.81 MEMBERSHIP: Any building code board of appeals duly established
by ordinance or by-law or otherwise in a city, region or town and in
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 56
existence on January 1, 1975, shall qualify as a local board of appeals
under section 126 notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein. However, the procedure and rights for appeals for such board
of appeals shall be governed by this Code.
If a city, region or town has not duly established by ordinance
or by-law or otherwise a local or regional building code appeals board
by January 1, 1975, said city, region or town may establish a local or
regional board of appeals, hereinafter referred to as the local board
of appeals, consisting of five (5) members appointed by the chief
administrative officer of the city, region or town: one (1) member ap-
pointed for five (5) years, one (1) for four (4) years, one for three
(3) years, one for two (2) years and one to serve for one (1) year; and
thereafter each new member to serve for five (5) years or until his
successor has been appointed.
126.82 QUALIFICATIONS OF LOCAL BOARD MEMBERS: Each member of a local
board of appeals established under section 126.81 shall have had at
least five (5) years experience in the construction, alteration,
repair and maintenance of building and building codes. At least one
(1) member shall be a registered structural or civil professional
engineer and one (1) member a licensed professional architect.
126.83 CHAIRMAN OF LOCAL OR REGIONAL BOARD: The board shall select
one (1) of its members to serve as chairman, and the building official
shall designate a person from the department to serve as secretary to
the board, who shall keep a detailed record of all proceedings on file
in the said building department.
126.84 ABSENCE OF MEMBERS: During the absence of a member of a local
board of appeals for reason of disability or disqualification, the
chief administrative officer of the city, region or town shall desig-
nate a substitute who shall meet the qualifications as outlined in
section 126.82.
126.85 QUORUM: A quorum shall be three (3) members, but when five
(5) qualified members are not present to consider a specific appeal,
either the appellant or appellee may request a postponement of the
hearing.
126.86 PROCEDURES: Entry of appeals shall be governed by section
126.31 excepting that the city, region or towns may set their own
entry fee.
Upon notice of entry of appeal the local building commissioner or
inspector of buildings shall transmit a copy of the record and all
the papers and documents to the local board of appeals.
Entry of an appeal shall stay all proceedings in furtherance of
the action or failure to act appealed from, unless the building com-
missioner or inspector of buildings certifies in writing to the local
Vl/78 Vol. is - 57
board of appeals that a stay would Involve Imminent peril to life or
property. Notice in writing of such certification by the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings shall be given the appellant
at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the hearing. In such an
event a hearing on such stay shall be given first priority and be the
first matter heard by the local board of appeal at its next scheduled
meeting. The hearing on the appeal shall be held as soon as possible
thereafter in accordance with section 126.87.
The local board of appeal may establish its own rules for procedure
not established herein or not inconsistent with this Code or the
enabling legislation creating a statewide building code.
126.87 HEARINGS: All hearings shall be public and notice of said
hearings shall be advertised in a newspaper of general circulation
in the city, region or town in which the appeal is taken, at least
ten (10) days before said hearing. Notice of the hearing, setting
forth the date and time of said hearing shall be mailed by the local
board of appeals to all parties and all those who requested notice
in writing at least fourteen (14) days before said hearing. Said
hearings shall be held not later than thirty (30) days after the
entry of such appeal, unless such time is extended by agreement with
the appellant. This section as it pertains to notice shall not apply
to hearings on a stay as provided in section 126.86.
126.88 DECISIONS OF LOCAL BOARDS: A concurring vote of a majority
of all the members shall be required for any decision. The local appeals
board may vary the application of this Code to any particular case when
in its opinion the enforcement of this Code would do manifest injustice,
provided that the decision of the board shall not conflict with the
general objectives of the state building code or any of its enabling
legislation. The local board of appeal may impose in any decision,
limitations both as to time and use, and a continuation of any use
permitted may be conditioned upon compliance with future amendments
to the Basic Code.
126.89 TIME FOR DECISION: The board shall within thirty (30) days
after such hearing, unless such time is extended by agreement of the
parties, issue a decision or order reversing, affirming or modifying
in whole or in part the order, interpretation, requirement, direction
or failure to act which is the subject matter of the appeal.
Failure to render a decision within thirty (30) days shall not
affect the validity of any such decision or appeal.
Notice of and a copy of the decision shall be sent by the clerk to
all parties to the appeal and to anyone requesting in writing a copy
of the decision.
126.90 CONTENTS OF DECISION: All decisions shall be in writing and
state findings of fact, conclusions and reasons for the decisions.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 58
Every decision shall indicate thereon the vote of each member and shall
be signed by each member voting. Any decision shall not be considered
by any person or agency as a precedent for future decisions.
126.91 ENFORCEMENT OF DECISION: If said decision is approved by the
State Building Code Appeals Board, all parties to the appeal shall take
immediate action in accordance with the decision of the local board
unless the person aggrieved by such decision appeals to the State Building
Code Appeals Board as provided in section 126.
126.92 COPY OF DECISION: A copy of any decision by a local board of
appeals shall be transmitted to the State Building Code Appeals Board
within ten (10) days after the rendering of such decision. If the State
Building Code Appeals Board disapproves of the said decision of the
local board, it may on its own motion, appeal from the local appeals
board's decision according to section 126 and call for a hearing de
novo.
If the State Building Code Appeals Board does not notify the local
board in writing within forty-five (45) days from the date of the local
board's decision, the said decision shall be deemed approved; provided
that the decision shall not conflict with the general objectives of the
state building code and any of its enabling legislation.
126.93 REVIEW: Any person, including the State Building Code Appeals
Board, aggrieved by a decision of the local board of appeals, whether or
not a previous party to the decision, or any municipal officer or
official board of the municipality, may not later than forty-five (45)
days after the mailing of the decision of the local board, apply to the
State Building Code Appeals Board for a hearing de novo before the state
board, in accordance with the regulations contained in section 126.
SECTION 127.0 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD
127.1 RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR LICENSING: The commission shall issue
rules and regulations for the examination and licensing, and the revocation
of licenses of individuals, laboratories and firms responsible for the
inspection, control, testing and quality of materials, devices and
methods of construction. Said rules and regulations shall require that
all testing equipment and procedures shall comply with standards issued
by the American Society for Testing and Materials, provided that such
standards shall not conflict at any time with any rules and regulations
established by and for the said commission.
127.11 CONSTITUTION OF THE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD: There
shall be a board under the control of the commission called the Construction
Materials Safety Board, hereafter in section 127 called the board, which
shall consist of nine (9) members, one (1) of whom shall be a member of
the commission who shall be ex officio and a voting member of the
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 59
board, and eight (8) members to be appointed by the chairman of the
commission: one of whom shall be a registered professional engineer who
is a structural engineer; one of whom shall be a registered architect;
one of whom shall be a representative of a Commercial Testing Labora-
tory; one of whom shall be a representative of a Public Testing Labora-
tory; two of whom shall be representatives from the construction in-
dustry; one of whom shall be a member of a university faculty engaged in
research and teaching in structural materials; and one of whom shall be
a member of a university faculty engaged in research and teaching in the
area of theoretical and applied mechanics.
127.12 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD: The board will review
applications for registration for licensing of individuals and lab-
oratories responsible for the inspection, control and testing of con-
struction materials and report to the State Building Code Commission
their recommendations. The board will collect information and review
cases where disciplinary action against an existing license, whether an
individual, laboratory or firm, has been proposed, and make recommenda-
tions to the State Building Code Commission. The commission will issue
applications, receive payment of registration and licensing fees, and
maintain records for the efficient dispatch of the duties of the board.
The board shall submit to the commission reports from time to time as
requested by the commission, but at least annually.
127.2 TESTING AND EVALUATION GROUP: The State Building Code Commission
shall establish and maintain a Testing and Evaluation Group, who will
have the responsibility of administering and directing, under the super-
vision of the commission, the testing and controls for evaluating
individual applicants and laboratories wishing to become registered and
licensed as required under section 128.9.
127.3 ACTIVITIES REQUIRING LICENSES
127.31 CONCRETE TESTING: On and after the first day of January 1975,
no person shall engage in the activities of field testing, plant testing
or field inspection of concrete unless such person is licensed to do so
by the commission. Any person who violates the provisions of this
section, any person who falsifies or counterfeits a license issued by
the board, or any person who fraudulently issues or accepts such a
license shall be punished as provided in section 122.0 of this Code. The
commission shall require strict adherence to the standards of the
American Society for Testing and Materials, Designation E-329, entitled
"Recommended Practice for Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete
and Steel as Used in Construction."
128.0 CONTROLLED CONSTRUCTION
128.1 STRUCTURES SUBJECT TO CONTROL: Structures and/or parts thereof
which fall within the categories below shall be subject to control as
provided in this section:
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 60
CATEGORIES
one-story structures with a story height of twenty-five (25)
feet or more
four (4) or more floors of framed construction
more than two (2) levels of shored concrete framework
piles, caissons, pressure-injected footings
underpinnings
f) temporary shoring or sheeting ten (10) feet or more in height
masonry bearing walls four (4) stories or more in height
h) structures using post-tensioned concrete
i) four (4) stories or more of precast concrete
retaining walls ten (10) feet or more in total height
bridges, quays and wharfs.
128.2 WAIVER OF STRUCTURAL PLANS: The examination of structural plans
and specifications of structures and/or parts thereof which fall within
the categories listed in section 128.1 may be waived by the building
official when such plans and specifications are submitted by a qualified
registered professional engineer. In such case they shall be accom-
panied by an affidavit stating that the registered professional engineer
has supervised the preparation of the structural design contract docu-
ments, and that such documents conform to all provisions of this Code
and legal rules adopted under its provisions.
128.3 WAIVER OF STRUCTURAL FIELD EXAMINATION: If required by the
building official, the detailed department field inspection of those
parts of plans and specifications submitted under the provisions of
section 128.2 shall be performed by a qualified registered profes-
sional engineer. Such qualified registered professional engineer
shall submit an affidavit stating that the structure shall be built
under his observation or. that of his qualified designated represen-
tative and In accordance with the approved contract documents and
furthermore, that he will review and approve all working drawings
for the construction. Such qualified registered professional engineer
or representative shall certify that the construction is in sub-
stantial accordance with the drawings and specifications submitted
under sections 128.2 and 128.3.
128.4 BUILDING OFFICIAL RESPONSIBILITY: Nothing contained in this
section shall have the effect of waiving or limiting the building
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 61
official's authority to enforce the Code with respect to examination
of plans and field inspections.
128.5 REPORTS: The engineer retained under the provisions of section
128.3 shall submit progress reports to the building official at least
weekly. Such reports will terminate upon the completion of the work
on the structural elements, submitted in the structural drawings
subject to section 128.3 and the exterior enclosure of such structural
elements.
128.6 QUALIFICATIONS: The registered professional engineer shall be
approved by the building official as qualified by experience in the
specific field of construction involved in the building project under
consideration.
128.7 PERMIT PROCEDURE: Structures and parts thereof included in
the listing of section 128.1 shall be subject to the permit procedures
of section 113.51.
128.8 LICENSING OF CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISORS: Construction supervisors
operating under the provisions of section 128.0 shall be subject to
licensing according to the rules and regulations promulgated by the
Commission as provided in section 109.11.
128.9 LICENSING OF LABORATORIES AND TEST PERSONNEL: Laboratories
and test personnel operating under the provisions of section 128.0
shall be subject to licensing according to the rules and regulations
promulgated by the Commission as provided in section 109.12.
SECTION 129.0 VALIDITY
The provisions of this Code are severable, and if any of its pro-
visions shall be held unconstitutional or otherwise invalid by any
court of competent jurisdiction, the decision of such court shall
not affect or impair any of the remaining provisions.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 62
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS
SECTION 200.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the classification of
all buildings as to use group and type of construction; and the def-
inition of all terms relating thereto in the Commonwealth of Mass-
achusetts.
200.1 APPLICATION OF TERMS: The terms herein defined shall be used
to interpret all the applicable provisions of the Basic Code. Defi-
nitions of technical terms relating to specific structural and means
of egress requirements and to the installation of mechanical, elec-
trical and service equipment are included in the respective articles.
200.2 APPLICATION OF OTHER LAWS: Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to nullify any provisions of the zoning by-law or ordinance of
any municipality in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts insofar as those
provisions deal exclusively with those powers of regulating zoning
granted by the provisions of Chapter 40A and 41 of the Massachusetts
General Laws Annotated, as amended.
SECTION 201.0 GENERAL DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following terms shall, for
the purpose of the Basic Code, have the meaning indicated in this
section.
201.1 TENSE, GENDER AND NUMBER: Words used in the present tense
include the future; words used in the masculine gender include the
feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and
the plural the singular.
201.2 TERMS NOT DEFINED: Where terms are not defined, they shall
have their ordinarily accepted meanings or such as the context may
Imply. Any terms relating to Elevators, Dumbwaiters and Escalators
shall have their meaning as defined by Regulations ELV-1 and ELV-2
of the Department of Public Safety of the Commonwealth of Massachu-
setts. Any terms relating to plumbing and electrical wiring shall
have their terms as defined by the Regulations of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts pertaining to plumbing and electrical wiring.
ABUT: to touch or be contingent.
ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: that which conforms to accepted prin-
ciples, tests or standards of nationally recognized technical or
scientific authorities.
Vl/78 Vol. 18
63
ACCESSORY STRUCTURE: a building the use of which is incidental to
that of the main building and which is located on the same lot.
ACCESSORY USE: a use incidental to the principal use of a building
as defined or limited by the provisions of the local zoning laws.
ACCREDITED AUTHORITATIVE AGENCIES: (see appendix A).
ADDITION: an extension or increase in floor area or height of a
building or structure.
AIR CONDITIONING: (see section 1801.0).
AIR DUCT: (see section 1801.0).
AIRPLANE HANGAR: (see section 401.0).
AISLE: a clear and unobstructed passageway through a room.
ALLEY: a secondary thoroughfare less than thirty (30) feet in width
dedicated for the public use of vehicles and pedestrians affording
access to abutting property.
ALTERATION: change in or addition to a building which reduces the
means of exit or fire resistance or changes its structural support,
use or occupancy.
ALTERNATE INSPECTOR: a person appointed to act in the absence of the
inspector of buildings in case of illness, disability, or conflict
of interest, (see section 107.12)
AMUSEMENT DEVICE: a device or structure, open to the public, by which
individuals are conveyed or moved in an unusual manner for diversion,
APARTMENT: a dwelling unit as defined in this Code.
APPROVED: approved by the Commission, the building official or other
authority having jurisdiction.
APPROVED COMBUSTIBLE PLASTIC: (see section 1401.0).
APPROVED MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND METHODS: approved by the Commission
or by an agency approved by the Commission.
APPROVED PLASTIC: (see section 2001.0).
APPROVED RULES: those rules approved by the State Building Code
Commission unless otherwise specified.
APPURTENANT STRUCTURE: a device or structure attached to the ex-
terior or erected on the roof of a building designed to support
service equipment or used in connection therewith, or for adver-
tising or display purposes, or other similar uses.
ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA: (see section 801.0).
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 64
AREA (BUILDING) : the maximum horizontally projected areas of the
building at or above grade, exclusive of court and vent shafts.
AREA (FLOOR) : the useable area of each story of a building or por-
tion thereof, within surrounding exterior walls, (see section 601.0).
AREAWAY: (form of construction). An uncovered subsurface space ad-
jacent to a building.
ASHLAR FACING: (see section 801.0).
ASHLAR MASONRY: (see section 801.0).
ATTIC: the space between the ceiling beams of the top habitable story
and the roof rafters.
-HABITABLE ATTIC: a habitable attic is an attic which has a stairway
as a means of access and egress and in which the ceiling area at a
height of seven and one-third (7-1/3) feet above the attic floor is
not more than one-third (1/3) the area of the floor next below.
AUTOMATIC: a device or system which has the capability of providing
a predetermined function when predetermined conditions exist.
AUTOMATIC COLLAPSIBLE REVOLVING DOOR: (see section 601.0).
AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0).
AUTOMATIC FIRE DOOR: (see section 901.0).
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD: (see section 1201.0).
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0).
AUTOMATIC WATER SUPPLY SOURCE: (see section 1201.0).
BASEMENT: a portion of the building partially underground, but hav-
ing less than half its clear height below the grade plane (see cellar)
BASIC CODE: the State Building Code of the Commonwealth of Massa-
chusetts, also referred to as this Code.
BAY: (Part of a structure). The space between two (2) adjacent piers
or mullions or between two (2) adjacent lines of columns.
BAY WINDOW: a window projecting beyond the wall line of the building
and extending down to the foundations.
BILLBOARD: (see section 1401.0).
BOILER: (see section 1101.0).
BRICK: (see section 801.0).
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 65
BUILDING: (see structure) A structure enclosed within exterior
walls or firewalls, built, erected and framed of a combination
of any materials, whether portable or fixed, having a roof, to
form a structure for the shelter of persons, animals or property.
For the purpose of this definition, "roof" shall include an
awning or any similar covering, whether or not permanent in nature.
The word "building" shall be construed where the context requires
as though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof."
BUILDING (EXISTING) : any structure erected or one for which a legal
building permit has been issued prior to the adoption of the Basic
Code.
BUILDING COMMISSIONER: The administrative chief of the building
department in a municipality who is charged with the adminis-
tration and enforcement of the Basic Code. See also inspector of
buildings. (see section 107.1)
BUILDING COMPONENT: (see section 1901.0)
BUILDING DEPARTMENT: The person, body, agency, department or office
of any municipality charged with the administration and enforce-
ment of the Basic Code.
BUILDING OFFICIAL: The officer or other designated authority charged
with the administration and enforcement of the Basic Code. Building
official as used herein includes the building commissioner or the
inspector of buildings and the local inspector.
BUILDING LINE: The line established by law, beyond which a building
shall not extend, except as specifically provided by law.
BUILDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT: The mechanical, electrical and elevator
equipment, including piping, wiring, fixtures and other accessories,
which provide sanitation, lighting, heating, ventilation, fire-
fighting and transportation facilities essential for the habitable
occupancy of the building or structure for its designated use and
occupancy.
BUILDING SITE: The area occupied by a building or structure, in-
cluding the yards and courts required for light and ventilation,
and such areas that are prescribed for access to the street.
BUILDING SYSTEM: (see section 1901.0)
BUTTRESS: (see section 801.0)
CELLAR: The portion of the building partially underground, having
half or more than half of its clear height below the grade plane.
1/1/78 V01" 18 - 66
CENTRAL STATION SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
CERAMIC SURFACE UNIT: (see section 801.0)
CERTIFICATE OF USE AND OCCUPANCY:. The certificate issued by the
building official which permits the use of a building in accordance
with the approved plans and specifications and which certifies com-
pliance with the provisions of law for the use and occupancy of the
building in its several parts, together with any special stipula-
tions or conditions of the building permit.
CERTIFICATION: (see section 1901.0)
CHANGE OF USE: An alteration by change of use in a building hereto-
fore existing to a new use group which imposes other special provisions
of law governing building construction, equipment or means of egress.
CHIMNEY: (see section 1001.0)
CHIMNEY CONNECTOR: (see section 1001.0)
CLASSROOM: A room with desks or equivalent used for group instruction
purposes for ten (10) or more students. For the purpose of the
provisions contained in section 460.0, libraries, study halls,
science laboratories, shops, domestic science rooms and typing rooms
shall be considered classrooms for the number of students indicated
in the occupancy schedule.
CLAY MASONRY UNIT: (see section 801.0)
CLOSED SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
COMBUSTIBLE: (see section 901.0)
COMBUSTIBLE (MATERIAL): (see section 901.0)
COLD-FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION: (see section 801.0)
COMBINATION OF MUNICIPALITIES: Any two or more cities and/or towns
who have agreed to combine in order to share costs necessary for
the administration and enforcement of the Basic Code in the said
cities and/or towns.
COMBINATION SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
COMBUSTIBLE FIRE DAMPER: (see section 901.0)
COMMENCED: Any physical action begun on the job site for the purposes
of construction, for which a building permit is required.
COMMISSION: (see State Building Code Commission)
COMMON HALLWAY: (see section 601.0)
COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAM: (see section 1901.0)
CONCRETE: (see section 801.0)
W78 vol. 18
67
CONCRETE BRICK: (see section 801.0)
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT: (see section 801.0)
CONFLAGRATION HAZARD: (see section 901.0)
CONTROLLED CONSTRUCTION: (see sections 128.0 and 701.0)
CONTROLLED MATERIALS: (see sections 701.0 and 722.0)
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: The construction machinery, tools, derricks,
hoists, scaffolds, platforms, runways, ladders and all material
handling equipment safeguards and protective devices used in
construction operations.
CONSTRUCTION OPERATION: The erection, alteration, repair, renovation,
demolition or removal of any building or structure; and the exca-
vation, filling, grading and regulation of lots in connection
therewith.
CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR: Any individual directly supervising persons
engaged in construction, reconstruction, alterations or repairs
involving the structural elements of buildings and structures.
CORRIDOR: (see passageway, section 601.0)
COURT: (see section 501.0)
CURB LEVEL: The elevation of the street curb as established in accor-
dance with law.
-BUILDING OR WALL HEIGHT: The elevation of the street grade opposite
the center of the wall nearest to and facing the street lot line.
-EXCAVATIONS: The elevation of the street grade nearest to the point
of excavation.
DAY CARE CENTER: Any facility operated on a regular basis whether
known as a day nursery, nursery school, kindergarten, child play
school, progressive school, child development center, or pre-
school, or known under any other name, which receives children not
of common parentage under seven (7) years of age or under sixteen
(16) years of age if such children have special needs for non-
residential custody and care during part or all of the day sep-
arata from their parents. Day care center shall not include:
any part of a public school system; any part of a private,
organized educational system unless the services of such system
are primarily limited to kindergarten, nursery or related pre-
school services; a Sunday school conducted by a religious
2/1/78 Vol. 18 - 68
institution; a facility operated by a religious organization where
children are cared for during short periods of time while persons
responsible for such children are attending religious services;
a family day care home, as defined by section nine (9) of chapter
28A of the MGLA as amended; an informal cooperative arrangement
among neighbors or relatives; or the occasional care of children
with or without compensation therefor.
DELUGE SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
DISPLAY SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
DISPLAY SURFACE: (see section 1401.0)
DOORWAY: The clear width of the opening protected by a door, subject
to the width reduction provisions of this Code.
DRAFT HOOD: (see section 1001.0)
DRAFT REGULATOR: (see section 1001.0)
DUCT: (see section 1001.0)
DWELLINGS :
-ONE-FAMILY DWELLING: A building containing one (1) dwelling unit
with not more than three (3) lodgers or boarders. L-3 Use Group.
-TWO-FAMILY DWELLING: A building containing two (2) dwelling units
with not more than three (3) lodgers or boarders per dwelling unit.
L-3 Use Group.
-MULTI-FAMILY APARTMENT HOUSE: Any building or portion thereof used
as a multiple dwelling for the purpose of providing three (3) or
more separate dwelling units with shared means of egress. L-2
Use Group.
-BOARDING HOUSE, TOURIST HOME: A building arranged or used for
lodging, with or without meals, by more than three (3) lodgers or
boarders. L-l Use Group.
-LODGING HOUSE: Any building or portion thereof arranged or used for
lodging by more than three (3) lodgers or boarders and where cooking
or sanitary facilities may be provided. L-l Use Group.
-DORMITORY: A space in a unit where group sleeping accommodations are
provided, with or without meals, for persons not members of the same
family group, in one room, or in a series of closely associated
rooms under joint occupancy and single management, as in college
dormitories, fraternity houses, military barracks and ski lodges.
Use Group L-l.
Vl/78 Vol. 18
69
-HOTEL: Any building containing six (6) or more guest rooms intended
or designed to be used, or which are used, rented or hired out to be
occupied or which are occupied for sleeping purposes by guests.
Use Group L-l.
DWELLING UNIT: One or more rooms arranged for the use of one (1) or
more individuals living together as a single housekeeping unit,
with cooking, living, sanitary and sleeping facilities.
ESCALATOR: (see section 601.0)
EXISTING BUILDING: A building erected prior to the adoption of the
Basic Code, or one for which a legal building permit has been issued.
EXITWAY: (see section 601.0)
EXITWAY ACCESS: (see section 601.0)
EXITWAY DISCHARGE: (see section 601.0)
EXITWAY DISCHARGE COURT: (see section 401.0)
EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION: (see section 217.0)
FIRE AREA: The floor area enclosed and bounded by fire walls or exterior
walls of a building to restrict the spread of fire.
FIRE DAMPER: (see section 1801.0)
FIRE DISTRICTS: The territories defined and limited by the provisions
of the Basic Code for the restriction of types of construction.
FIRE DIVISION: (see section 901.0)
FIRE DOOR: (see section 901.0)
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY: (see section 901.0)
FIRE DRILL: (see section 1201.0)
FIRE GRADING: (see sections 202, 901, 902 and Table 9-1)
FIRE HAZARD: (see section 901.0)
FIRE LIMITS: (see section 301.0)
FIRE PARTITION: (see section 901.0)
FIRE PREVENTION: (see section 901.0)
FIRE PROTECTION: (see section 901.0)
Vol. 18 - 70
1/1/78
FIRE SAFETY: (see section 901.0)
FIRE SEPARATION: (see section 901.0)
FIRE TOWER: Smokeproof tower (see section 601.0)
FIRE WALL: (see section 901.0)
FIRE WINDOW: (see section 901.0)
FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION: (see section 215.0)
FIRERESI STANCE: (see section 901.0)
FIRERES I STANCE RATING: (see section 901.0)
FIRERESISTIVE PARTITION: (see section 901.0)
FIRERETARDANT CONSTRUCTION: (see section 901.0)
FIRERETARDANT LUMBER: (see section 901.0)
FLAME SPREAD: (see section 901.0)
FLAME SPREAD RATING: (see section 901.0)
FLAMERES I STANCE: (see section 901:0)
FLAMMABLE: (see section 401.0)
FLAMMABLE FILM: (see section 401.0)
FLEXIBLE TUBING: (see section 1001.0)
FLOOR AREA, GROSS: (see section 601.0)
FLOOR AREA, NET: (see section 601.0)
FLOOR FILL: (see section 801.0)
FLOOR FILLING: (see section 801.0)
FLOOR FINISH: (see section 801.0)
FLOOR FURNACE: (see section 1101.0)
FLUE: (see section 1001.0)
FORCED AND INDUCED DRAFT FUEL BURNING APPLIANCES: (see section 1001.0)
FORMED STEEL: (see section 701.0)
FOUNDATION WALL: (see section 701.0)
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 71
FOYER: (see section 401.0)
FRAME CONSTRUCTION: (see section 218.0)
FUEL OIL: (see section 401.0)
GARAGE: (see section 401.0)
GAS VENTS: (see section 1001.0)
GRADE: A reference plane representing the average of finished ground
level adjoining the building at all exterior walls.
GRADE BEAM: A beam of masonry, reinforced concrete or structural steel
incased in concrete at or below grade that receives the load from the
superstructure and transmits it to the foundation.
GRADE HALLWAY: (see section 601.0)
GRANDSTAND: (see section 401.0)
GROUND SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
GROUP RESIDENCE: (see section 433.1)
HABITABLE ROOM: (see section 501.0)
HALLWAY, GRADE: (see section 601.0-Grade hallway)
HALLWAY, COMMON: (see section 60 1 . 0-Comraon hallway)
HAZARD: (Low, moderate, high, see section 901.0).
HEAD OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT: The chief executive officer of the fire
department in a city, town or fire district having such an officer,
otherwise the fire commissioner, board of fire commissioners or fire
engineers, or commissioner of public safety; and in towns not having
a fire department, the chief engineer, if any, otherwise the chairman
of the board of selectmen. The words "head of the fire department"
shall be construed, where the content allows, as though followed
by the words "or person delegated by him."
HEATING APPLIANCES: (see section 1101.0)
HEIGHT, BUILDING: The vertical distance from the grade to the highest
point of the roof. When a building faces more than one street the
height shall be measured from the average of the grade at the center
line of each street front.
-COURT: The vertical distance from the lowest level of the court to
the mean height of the top of the enclosing walls.
-STORY: The vertical distance from top to top of two (2) successive
tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces; and, for the topmost
story, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling
joists, or, where there is no ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 72
-WALL: The vertical distance from the foundation wall or other
immediate support of such wall to the top of the wall.
HEREAFTER: After the time that the Basic Code becomes effective.
HERETOFORE: Before the time that the Basic Code became effective.
HIGH HAZARD USE: (see section 203.0)
HIGH PRESSURE BOILER: (see section 1101.0)
HOLLOW BRICK: (see section 801.0)
HOOD: (see section 1001.0)
HORIZONTAL EXIT: (see section 601.0)
HORIZONTAL FIRE LINE: (see section 1201.0)
INFLAMMABLE: (see Flammable, section 401.0)
INSPECTOR OF BUILDINGS: The administrative chief of the building
department in a municipality who is charged with the administration
and enforcement of the Basic Code. See also building commissioner,
(see section 107.1)
INSTALLATION: (see section 1901.0)
INTERIOR LOT LINE: Any lot line other than one adjoining a street
or public space.
KEROSENE: (see section 401.0)
LABEL: (see section 1901.0)
LIGHT GAUGE STEEL CONSTRUCTION: (see section 701.0)
LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM: (see section 2001.0)
LIMIT CONTROL: (see section 1801.0)
LINTEL: (see section 801.0)
LOAD: (see section 701.0)
LOBBY: (see section 401.0)
LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY: (see section 1901.0)
LOCAL INSPECTOR: A person in a municipality who assists the building
commissioner or inspector of buildings in the performance of his
duties and is charged with the enforcement of the Basic Code,
(see section 107.11)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 73
LOT: A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.
-CORNER LOT: One with two (2) adjacent sides abutting upon streets
or other public spaces.
-INTERIOR LOT: One which faces on one street or with opposite sides
on two (2) streets.
LOT LINE: A line dividing one lot from another, or from a street or
any public place.
LOW HAZARD USE: (see section 204.2)
LOW PRESSURE BOILER: (see section 1101.0)
MANUAL FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
MANUFACTURED BUILDING: (see section 1901.0)
MARQUEE: (see section 1401.0)
MARQUEE SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
MASONRY: (see section 801.0)
MEANS OF EGRESS: A continuous and unobstructed path of travel from
any point in a building or structure to a public space and consists
of three (3) separate and distinct parts: (a) the exitway access,
(b) the exitway, and (c) the exitway discharge; a means of egress
comprises the vertical and horizontal means of travel and shall
include intervening room spaces, doors, hallways, corridors, passage-
ways, balconies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, escalators,
horizontal exits, courts and yards.
MECHANICAL VENTILATION : (see section 1801.0)
MECHANICAL WARM AIR FURNACE: (see section 1101.0)
MEZZANINE: An intermediate floor between the floor and ceiling of any
story, and covering less than thirty-three and one-third (33 1/3)
percent of the floor area immediately below.
MINIMUM HABITABLE ROOM HEIGHT: (see section 501.0)
MINIMUM HABITABLE ROOM SIZE: (see section 501.0)
MOBILE HOME: (see sections 401.0 and 1901.0)
MOBILE HOME SYSTEM: (see section 1901.0)
MODERATE HAZARD USE: (see section 204.1)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 74
MORTAR: (see section 801.0)
MOTEL: A hotel as defined in this Code.
MOTOR FUEL SERVICE STATION: (Oil selling station, Gasoline service
station, section 401.0)
MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR SHOP: (see section 401.0)
MOVING STAIRWAY: (see section 601.0)
MUNICIPALITY: Any city or town in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
The word "municipality" shall be construed, where the context requires,
as though followed by the words "or combination of municipalities."
NOMINAL DIMENSION: (see section 801.0)
NON-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
NONCOMBUSTIBLE BUILDING MATERIAL: (incombustible) (see section 901.0)
NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: (see section 216.0)
NOTICE: (see section 122.12)
OCCUPANCY: The purpose for which a building, or part thereof, is used
or intended to be used.
OCCUPANCY LOAD: The number of individuals normally occupying the
building or part thereof, or for which the exitway facilities have
been designed.
OCCUPANTS: Persons normally located within the building or structure
or part thereof.
OCCUPIABLE ROOM: (see section 501.0)
OCCUPIED: As applied to a building, shall be construed as though
followed by the words "or intended, arranged or designed to be
occupied . "
ONE-SOURCE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
OPEN SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
ORDINARY MATERIALS: (see section 701.0 and 722.0)
ORIEL WINDOW: A window projected beyond and suspended from the wall
of the building or cantilevered therefrom.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 75
OWNER: Every person who alone or jointly or severally with others
(a) has legal title to any building or structure; or (b) has care,
charge, or control of any building or structure in any capacity
including but not limited to agent, executor, executrix, adminis-
trator, administratrix, trustee or guardian of the estate of the
holder of legal title; or (c) lessee under a written letting agree-
ment; or (d) mortgagee in possession; or (e) agent, trustee or
other person appointed by the courts. Each such person is bound
to comply with the provisions of the Basic Code.
PANEL: (part of a structure). The section of a floor or wall comprised
between the supporting frame of two (2) adjacent rows of columns and
girders, or column bands of floor construction.
PANEL WALL: (see wall-skeleton or panel)
PARKING STRUCTURE, OPEN: (see section 401.0)
PARTIAL SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
PARTY WALL: (see section 901.0)
PASSAGEWAY: (see section 601.0-grade hallway)
PENTHOUSE: An enclosed structure above the roof of a building, other
than a roof structure or bulkhead occupying not more than thirty-
three and one-third (33 1/3) percent of the roof area.
PERMIT: An official document or certificate issued by the authority
having jurisdiction authorizing performance of a specified activity.
PERSON: Every individual, partnership, corporation, firm, association,
trustee or group, including a city, town, county, authority or other
governmental unit, owning property or conducting any activity regu-
lated by this Basic Code.
PLACE OF ASSEMBLY: A room or space accommodating fifty (50) or more
individuals for religious, recreational, educational, political,
social or amusement purposes or for the consumption of food and
drink, including all connected rooms or spaces with a common means
of egress and entrance.
PLACE OF OUTDOOR ASSEMBLY: Premises used or intended to be used for
public gatherings of two hundred (200) or more individuals in other
than buildings.
PLASTIC GLAZING: (see section 2001.0)
PLASTIC ROOF PANELS: (see section 2001.0)
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 76
PLASTIC WALL PANEL: (see section 2001.0)
PLENUM CHAMBER: (see section 1801.0)
POLE SIGNS: (see section 1401.0)
POSTED USE AND OCCUPANCY: The posted classification of a building in
respect to use, fire grading, floor load and occupancy load.
POSTED SIGN: The tablet, card or plate which defines the use, occupancy,
fire grading and floor loads of each story, floor or parts thereof for
which the building or part thereof has been approved.
POSTER PANEL: (see section 1401.0)
PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD: (see section 801.0)
PRIMARY MEMBER: (see section 701.0)
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT: (see qualified registered profes-
sional engineer or architect)
PROJECTING SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
PROTECTED CONSTRUCTION: That in which all structural members are con-
structed, chemically treated, covered or protected so that the
individual unit or the combined assemblage of all such units has
the required f ireresistance rating specified for its particular use
or application in table 2-5, and includes protected-frame, protected-
ordinary and protected-noncombustible construction.
PUBLIC PARKING DECKS: (see section 401.0)
PUBLIC SPACE: A legal open space on the premises, accessible to a
public way or street, such as yards, courts or open spaces permanently
devoted to public use which abuts the premises.
PYROXYLIN PLASTIC: (see section 401.0)
QUALIFIED REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT: A registered
professional engineer who is qualified by his experience and training
to perform the work for which he is responsible.
RAISED PLATFORM: A raised portion of floor to be used for simple stage'
purposes that involves a minimum of fire hazard, so located that it
extends not more than eighteen (18) feet behind the probable curtain
line of the proscenium opening and of an area limited to seventeen and
one-half (17.5) percent of the assembly room floor area of 1,550
square feet, whichever is less.
REFRIGERANT: (see "section 1801.0)
REFRIGERATION: (see section 1801.0)
REINFORCED CONCRETE: (see section 801.0)
REINFORCED THERMOSETTING PLASTIC: (see section 2001.0)
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 ~ 77
REMOVAL OF BUILDINGS: The moving of a building or structure from one
site to another.
REPAIR: The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an existing
building for the purpose of its maintenance.
REQUIRED: Shall be construed to be mandatory by provisions of the
Basic Code.
ROOF: The roof slab or deck with its supporting members, not including
vertical supports.
ROOF COVERING: The covering applied to the roof for weather resistance,
f ireresistance or appearance.
ROOF SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
ROOF STRUCTURE: An enclosed structure on or above the roof of any part
of a building.
RUBBLE MASONRY: (see section 801.0)
RUNWAY: (see section 1301.0)
RUPTURE MEMBER: (see section 1801.0)
SCAFFOLD: Any elevated platform which is used for supporting workmen,
materials, or both.
SCHOOLHOUSE: Any building or premise in which a regular course of public
or private instruction is given to not less than ten (10) students
at one time except for rooms in buildings separate from or attached
to churches used for the primary purpose of religious instruction.
SECONDARY MEMBER: (see section 701.0)
SELF-CLOSING: (see section 601.0)
SERVICE EQUIPMENT: (see building service equipment)
SHALL: The term when used in the Basic Code shall be construed as
mandatory.
SHAFT: (see section 901.0)
SLIDESCAPE: (see section 601.0)
SLOW-BURNING PLASTIC: (see check test), (see section 2001.0)
SMOKE DETECTOR: (see section 1801.0)
SMOKEPIPE: (see section 1001.0)
SMOKEPROOF TOWER: (fire tower, see section 601.0)
SMOKESTACK: (see section 1001.0)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 78
SOLID MASONRY UNIT: (see section 801.0)
SPACE HEATER: (see section 1101.0)
SPECIALIZED CODE: All building codes, rules or regulations pertaining
to building construction, reconstruction, alteration, repair or
demolition promulgated by and under the authority of the various
agencies which have been authorized from time to time by the General
Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
SPRINKLERED: (see section 1201.0)
STAGE: (see section 401.0)
STAIRWAY: (see section 601.0)
STANDARD FIRE TEST: (see section 901.0)
STANDPIPE: (see section 1201.0)
STATE BUILDING CODE: The State Building Code and amendments and rules
and regulations thereto as promulgated by the State Building Code
Commission under sections sixteen (16), seventeen (17) and eighteen
(18) of Chapter twenty-three (23)B of the Massachusetts General Laws
Annotated as amended.
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION: The Massachusetts State Building Code
Commission established by section sixteen (16) of chapter twenty-
three (23) B of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated as amended.
STATE INSPECTOR: An employee of the Division of Inspection, State
Department of Public Safety who is charged with administering and
enforcing the Basic Code relative to' any structure or building or
parts thereof that are owned by the Commonwealth or any departments,
commissions, agencies or authorities of the Commonwealth. The
state inspector is also charged with supervising the enforcement
of the Basic Code relative to all buildings and structures other
than those owned by the Commonwealth. (see section 108.2)
STEEL JOIST: (see section 701.0)
STORY: That portion of a building included between the upper surface
of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. (see
also mezzanine)
STORY, FIRST: A story in which the finished floor is nearest to, and
the ceiling of which is six (6) feet or more above the average grade
of the sidewalk or ground adjoining.
1/1/78 v°l- 18 - 79
STREET: A primary thoroughfare or highway thirty (30) feet or more in
width as dedicated or devoted to public use by legal mapping use, or
other lawful means.
STREET LOT LINE: The lot line dividing a lot from a street or other
public space.
STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE: (see section 801.0)
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER: (see section 701.0 and 801.0)
STRUCTURE: A combination of materials assembled at a fixed location
to give support or shelter, such as a building, framework, retaining
wall, tent, reviewing stand, platform, bin, fence, sign, flagpole,
recreational tramway, mast for radio antenna or the like. The word
"structure" shall be construed, where the context requires, as
though followed by the words "or part or parts thereof."
SUPERVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
TECHNICAL CODE COUNCIL: (see section 100.5)
TEMPORARY SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
THEATRE: A building or part thereof in which it is intended to make
a business of the presentation of performances for the entertainment
of spectators, which has a seating capacity of more than four hundred
(400), with a stage which can be used for scenery and other appliances.
(see section 208.1)
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL: (see section 2001.0)
THERMOSETTING MATERIAL: (see section 2001.0)
TILE: (see section 801.0)
TON OF REFRIGERATION: (see section 1801.0)
TRAVEL TRAILERS: (see section 401.0)
TWO-SOURCE SYSTEM: (see section 1201.0)
UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL: (see section 1101.0)
UNIT HEATER: (see section 1101.0)
USE GROUP: The classification of a building or structure based on the
purpose for which it is used.
USE-USED: The purpose for which the building or structure is designed,
used or intended to be used.
VENT: (see section 1001.0)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 80
VENT CONNECTOR: (see section 1001.0)
VENT DUCT: (see section 1801.0)
VENT PIPE (GAS): (see section 1001.0)
VENT SYSTEM: (see section 1001.0)
VENTILATION: (see section 1801.0)
VERTICAL OPENING: An opening through a floor or roof.
VOLATILE FLAMMABLE: (see section 401.0)
WALL: (see also section 801.0 and section 901.0)
-APRON WALL: That portion of a skeleton wall below the sill of a
window.
-BEARING WALL: A wall supporting any vertical load in addition to its
own weight .
-CURTIN WALL: A non-bearing enclosure wall not supported at each story.
-DIVISION WALL: A wall used to divide the floor area of a building
or structure into separate parts for fire protection, for different
uses, for restricted occupancy, or for other purposes specified in
the Basic Code.
-NON- BEARING WALL: A wall which supports no vertical load other than
its own weight.
-PARAPET WALL: That part of any wall entirely above the roof line.
-RETAINING WALL: A wall designed to prevent the lateral displacement
of soil or other material.
-SKELETON OR PANEL WALL: A non-bearing wall supported by each story
on a skeleton frame.
-SPANDREL WALL: That portion of a skeleton wall above the head of a
window or door.
WALL HEATER: (see section 1101.0)
WALL SIGN: (see section 1401.0)
WARM AIR FURNACE: (see section 1101.0)
WATER CURTAIN: (see section 1201.0)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 81
WINDER: (see section 601.0)
WRITING: The term shall be construed to include handwriting, type-
writing, printing, photo-offset or any other form of reproduction
in legible symbols or characters.
YARD: (see section 501.0)
ZONING: The reservation of certain specified areas within a community
or city for building and structures, or use of land, for certain
purposes with other limitations such as height, lot coverage and
other stipulated requirements.
SECTION 202.0 USE GROUP CLASSIFICATION
Every building, structure and space therein shall be classified with
respect to use in one of the following use groups: group A, high
hazard; group B, storage; group C, mercantile; group D, industrial;
group E, business; group F, assembly; group H, institutional; group
L, residential; and group M, miscellaneous buildings.
202.1 FIRE GRADING OF BUILDINGS: All buildings and structures shall
be graded in accordance with the degree of fire hazard of their use.
Such fire hazard may be expressed in terms of hours and fractions of
an hour, fire loading or rate of energy contribution, so long as the
building official can adequately relate such fire hazard to the re-
quirements of this code. In case of doubt the building official may
accept an evaluation of fire hazard from a qualified registered pro-
fessional engineer or architect.
202.2 NEW USES: The building official shall establish by approved
rules the degree of hazard involved and the fire grading of any use
not specifically provided for in this Code, or may require the evalua-
tions of such fire hazard by a qualified registered professional en-
gineer or architect.
SECTION 203.0 USE GROUP A, HIGH HAZARD BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
the high hazard use group which are used for the storage, manufacture
or processing of highly combustible or explosive products or materials
which are likely to burn with extreme rapidity or which may produce
poisonous fumes or explosions; for storage or manufacturing which in-
volves highly corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalies, acids or other
liquids or chemicals producing flame, fume, explosive, poisonous, ir-
ritant or corrosive gases; and for the storage or processing of any
materials producing explosive mixtures of dust or which result in the
division of matter into fine particles subject to spontaneous ignition,
203.1 LIST OF HIGH HAZARD USES: The processes, materials and manu-
factures listed in table 2-1 are indicative of and shall be included
among high hazard uses.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 82
TABLE 2-1 - USE GROUP A, HIGH HAZARD USES
Acetylene gas and gases under pressure of fifteen (15) pounds or
more and in quantities of greater than twenty-five hundred (2500)
cubic feet; including hydrogen, illuminating natural, ammonia,
chlorine, phosgene, sulphur dioxide, methyl oxide and all gases
subject to explosion, fume or toxic hazard.
Artificial flowers and synthetic leather manufacture.
Ammunition, explosives and fireworks manufacture.
Celluloid and celluloid products.
Cereal, feed, flour and grist mills.
Cotton batting and cotton waste processes.
Cotton dressmaking.
Dry cleaning establishments using or storing more than three (3)
gallons of gasoline or other hazardous liquids with a flash point
under seventy-five (75) degrees F., or more than sixty (60) gal-
lons of volatile flammable liquids with flash point between
seventy-five (75) and one hundred and forty (140) degrees F., in a
closed-up tester.
Feather renovating.
Fruit ripening processes.
Grain elevators.
Hydrogenation processes.
Industries employing solids or substances which ignite or produce
flammable gases on contact with water.
Kerosene, fuel, lubricating, or any oil storage with a flash point
under two hundred (200) degrees F.
Match manufacture or storage.
Metal enameling or japanning.
Nitro-cellulose film exchanges and laboratories.
Paint and varnish manufacture.
Paint spraying or dipping, except as specified in sections 213.2 and
302.3.
1/1/78 „ , ,„
Vol. 18 - 83
Petroleum manufacture.
Processing of paper or cardboard in loose form.
Pyroxylin products manufacture and storage.
Rag sorting and storage.
Refrigerating systems using high hazard refrigerants as defined in
article 18.
Shoddy mills.
Shoe polish manufacture.
Smoke houses (industrial) .
Straw goods manufacture or broom corn storage.
Sugar and starch pulverizing mills.
Tar, pitch or resin processing.
Tanneries with enameling or japanning.
Waste paper sorting, shredding, storage or bailing.
SECTION 204.0 USE GROUP B, STORAGE BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified
in the storage use group which are used primarily for the storage
of goods, wares or merchandise, except those that involve highly
combustible or explosive products or materials; including among
others, warehouses, storehouses and freight depots.
204.1 LIST OF MODERATE HAZARD USES: Buildings used for storage of
moderate hazard contents which are likely to burn with moderate
rapidity but which do not produce either poisonous gases, fumes or
explosives, including among others the materials listed in table
2-2, shall be classified in the group B-l storage use group.
TABLE 2-2 - USE GROUP B-l, STORAGE USES - MODERATE HAZARD
Bags, cloth, burlap and paper Linoleum
Bamboo and rattan Livestock shelters
Baskets Lumber yards
Belting, canvas and leather Motor vehicle repair shops
Books and paper in rolls or packs Petroleum warehouses for storage
Boots and shoes of lubricating oils with a flash
Button, including cloth-covered, point of three hundred (300)
pearl or bone degrees F. or higher (See section
905.3).
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 84
Cardboard and cardboard boxes Photo-engraving
Clothing, woolen wearing apparel Public garages and stables
Cordage Silk
Furniture Soap
Furs Sugar
Glue, mucilage, paste and size Tobacco, cigars, cigarettes and snuff
Horn and combs, other than Upholstering and mattress manufacturing
celluloid Wax candles
Leather enameling or japanning
204.2 LIST OF LOW HAZARD USES: Buildings used for the storage of
noncombustible materials, and of low hazard wares that do not ordi-
arily burn rapidly, shall be classified in the B-2 storage use group
unless herein otherwise classified, including among others the ma-
terials listed in table 2-3.
TABLE 2-3 - USE GROUP B-2, STORAGE USES - LOW HAZARD
Asbestos Ivory
Chalk and crayons Metals
Food products Porcelain and pottery
Glass Talc and soapstones
SECTION 205.0 USE GROUP C, MERCANTILE BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
the mercantile use group which are used for display and sales purposes
involving stocks of goods, wares or merchandise incidental to such pur-
poses and accessible to the public; including among others retail
stores, shops and salesrooms and markets. Highly combustible materials
shall be limited to small quantities that do not constitute a high haz-
ard. Where the hazard of the contents is greater than the normal fire
hazard for such use, the building official may require an evaluation by
a qualified registered professional engineer or architect and based on
such evaluation the building commissioner or inspector of buildings may
require compliance with the requirements of high hazard use groups as
established by the provisions of article 4 and tables 2-5 and 2-6.
SECTION 206.0 USE GROUP D, INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof ±a which occupants are
engaged in performing work or labor in fabricating, assembling or pro-
cessing of products or materials shall be classified in the industrial
use group; including among other factories, assembling plants, indus-
trial laboratories and all other industrial and manufacturing uses, ex-
cept those involving highly combustible, flammable or explosive products
and materials of the high hazard use group (use group A).
206.1 LIST OF INDUSTRIAL USES: The processes and manufacturers listed
in table 2-4 shall be indicative of and include the uses permitted in
use group D buildings.
1/1/78
' ' Vol. 18 - 85
TABLE 2-4 - USE GROUP D, INDUSTRIAL USES
Bakeries Glass plants
Boiler works Ice plants
Breweries Leather and tanneries, excluding
Canneries, including food products enameling or japanning
Condensed and powdered milk Millwork and woodworking
manufacture Sugar refineries
Dry cleaning using other than Tenant factories, excluding ladies'
volatile flammable liquids in dresses and other high hazard uses.
cleaning or dyeing operations Textile mills, including canvas,
or other than classified in cotton cloth, bagging, burlap,
table 1 carpets and rags
Electric light plants and power Upholstery and manufacturing shops
houses Water-pumping plants
Electrolytic reducing works
206.2 SPECIAL INDUSTRIAL USES: All buildings and structures designed
to house low hazard industrial processes, including among others the
production and distribution of electric, gas or steam power and roll-
ing mills and foundries, requiring large areas and unusual heights to
accommodate craneways or special machinery and equipment shall be ex-
empt from the height and area limitations of table 2-6.
206.21 CONSTRUCTION: Buildings and structures for such low hazard
industrial uses shall comply with the requirements of section 309.0
except as to height and when constructed of noncombustible (type 2-C)
construction may have balconies and mezzanine floors which do not
exceed two-thirds (2/3) the area of the main floor in any one tier.
206.22 ENCLOSURE WALLS: The enclosure walls of buildings of such
low hazard industrial uses shall be constructed of approved noncom-
bustible and weather resisting materials and when located with a fire
separation of less than thirty (30) feet from interior lot lines of
any other building shall be protected or constructed to provide a
fireresistance rating of not less than two (2) hours.
206.23 FIREFIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT: Special use indus-
trial buildings as herein defined shall comply with the requirements
of article 12 for auxiliary fire extinguishing equipment; except that
the provisions of section 309.0 for automatic sprinkler equipment in
unlimited area buildings may be waived by the building official when
such installations would be detrimental or dangerous to the specific
use and occupancy.
SECTION 207.0 USE GROUP E, BUSINESS BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
the business use group which are used for the transaction of business,
for the rendering of professional services or for other services that
involve stocks of goods, wages or merchandise in limited quantities
for use incidental to office uses or sample purposes; including among
others offices, banks, civic administration activities, professional
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 86
services, testing and research laboratories, radio stations, telephone
exchanges and other similar establishments.
SECTION 208.0 USE GROUP F, ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
the assembly use group which are used or designed for places of assembly
as defined in the Basic Code.
208.1 USE GROUP F-l - THEATRES.
208.11 USE GROUP F-l-A STRUCTURES shall include all theatres and other
buildings used primarily for theatrical or operatic performances and
exhibitions, arranged with a raised stage, proscenium curtain, fixed or
portable scenery or scenery loft, motion picture booth, mechanical
appliances or other theatrical accessories and equipment and provided
with fixed seats.
208.12 USE GROUP F-l-B STRUCTURES shall include all theatres without a
stage and equipped with fixed seats used for motion picture perfor-
mances .
208.2 USE GROUP F-2 STRUCTURES shall include all buildings and places
of public assembly, without theatrical stage accessories, designed for
use as dance halls, night clubs and for similar purposes including all
rooms, lobbies and other spaces connected thereto with a common means of
egress and entrance.
208.3 USE GROUP F-3 STRUCTURES shall include all buildings with or
without an auditorium in which persons assemble for amusement, enter-
tainment or recreation, and incidental motion picture, dramatic, theatrical
or educational presentations, lectures, or other similar purposes,
without theatrical stage other than a raised platform; and principally
used without permanent seating facilities, including art galleries,
exhibition halls, museums, lecture halls, libraries, restaurants other
than night clubs, and recreation centers; and buildings designed for
other similar assembly purposes including passenger terminals.
208.4 USE GROUP F-4 STRUCTURES shall include all buildings used as
churches and for similar religious purposes. Also included are build-
ings used for low density recreation such as swimming pools, tennis and
skating and where there is accommodations of less than 100 spectators.
208.5 USE GROUP F-5 STRUCTURES shall include grandstands, bleachers,
coliseums, stadiums, drive-in theatres, tents and similar structures for
outdoor assembly use and shall comply with the provisions of the Basic
Code for special uses and occupancies, (see article 4).
208.6 USE GROUP F-6 STRUCTURES shall include those buildings, struc-
tures, premises and parts thereof in which a regular course of public or
private instruction is given to not less than ten (10) individuals at
one time. Schools or rooms used for religious instruction which are
under the jurisdiction or administration of a church or other defined
religious body are regulated under Use Group F-4.
F-1B Schoolhouse Use: Schoolhouse structures or parts thereof used
for F-1B assembly shall include all halls without a stage, except for
a raised platform, equipped with fixed seats, and which may be used
1/1/78 Vol .18-87
for motion picture performances.
F-3 Schoolhouse Use: Schoolhouse structures shall include all buildings
with or without an auditorium in which persons assemble for amusement,
entertainment or recreation, and incidential motion pictures, dramatic or
educational presentations, lectures or similar purposes, without a
stage other than a raised platform and principally used without per-
manent seating facilities, including cafeterias and recreation centers;
and buildings designed for other similar assembly purposes.
H Schoolhouse Use: All schoolhouse buildings and structures or parts
thereof shall be classified in the institutional use group in which
people suffering from physical limitations are harbored for medical,
other care or treatment, or in which people are detained for penal or
correctional purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted.
H-l Schoolhouse Use shall include all schoolhouse buildings designed
for the detention of people under restraint, including among others
jails, prisons, reformatories, institutions licensed under the State
Department of Mental Health and similar uses.
H-2 Schoolhouse Use shall include all schoolhouse buildings used for
housing people suffering from physical limitations, including among
others hospitals, sanitariums, infirmaries, orphanages, and institutions
licensed under the State Department of Mental Health, and/or State
Department of Public Welfare, and State Department of Education.
208.7 USE GROUP F-7 STRUCTURES shall include those buildings, struc-
tures, premises and parts thereof which are used to provide a place to
assemble individuals for any use covered by Use Group F, but which
accommodate more than twenty (20) but less than fifty (50) people. Use
Group F-7 structures shall be classified the same as Use Group E.
SECTION 209.0 USE GROUP H, INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
the institutional use group in which people suffering from physical
limitations because of health or age are harbored for medical or other
care or treatment, or in which people are detained for penal or cor-
rectional purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted.
209.1 USE GROUP H-l shall include all buildings designed for the detention
of people under restraint including among others jails, prisons, reformatories
insane asylums and similar uses.
209.2 USE GROUP H-2 shall include all buildings used for housing people
suffering from physical limitations because of health or age, including
among others day nurseries, hospitals, sanitariums, clinics, infirmaries,
orphanages, homes for aged and infirm; and buildings designed for prosecuting
public or civic services and activities of emergency character, including
among others fire houses, police stations and similar uses.
SECTION 210.0 USE GROUP L, RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
All buildings and structures or parts thereof shall be classified in
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 88
the residential use group, in which families or households live or in
which sleeping accommodations are provided for individuals with or
without dining facilities, excluding those that are classified as
institutional buildings.
210.1 USE GROUP L-l: Use Group L-l shall include buildings and spaces
that are primarily occupied for the shelter and sleeping accommodation
of individuals on a day-to-day or week-to-week basis. Such occupancies
shall include hotels, lodging houses, boarding houses and similar
occupancies.
1/1/78 Voi- 18 " 89
210.2 USE GROUP L-2: Use Group L-2 shall include buildings with
three or more dwelling units and other uses intended for living and
sleeping accomodations of families or individuals on a long-term
basis, and which shall include all multiple family dwellings, apart-
ment houses, and dormitories.
210.3 USE GROUP L-3: Use Group L-3 shall include buildings occupied
as one and two-family dwellings. Such buildings shall also include
semi-detached houses which are vertically separated by fire divisions
of the required use group fire grading, and have separate means of
egress directly to the outside which are independent of any other
dwelling unit.
Mobile homes are defined and controlled under the provisions of
article 19.
SECTION 211.0 USE GROUP M, MISCELLANEOUS USES
Structures and buildings of a temporary character and miscellaneous
structures not classified in any specific use group shall be construc-
ted, equipped and maintained to meet the requirements of the Basic
Code commensurate with the fire and life hazard incidental to their
use. Miscellaneous uses shall include all accessory buildings and
structures used as private garages, sheds, fences and similar purposes.
SECTION 212.0 DOUBTFUL USE CLASSIFICATION
When a building or structure is proposed for a use not specifically
provided for in the Basic Code or the classification of which is doubt-
ful, such building or structure shall be included in the use group
which it most nearly resembles in respect to the existing or proposed
life and fire hazard and it shall be so classified by the buildine
official.
SECTION 213.0 MIXED USE AND OCCUPANCY
213.1 TWO OR MORE USES: When a building is occupied for two (2) or
more uses not included in the same use group, one of the following
shall apply:
a) The provisions of the code applying to each use shall apply
to such parts of the building as come within that use group;
and if there are conflicting provisions, the requirements
securing the greater public safety shall apply to the en-
tire building, or
b) The mixed uses shall be completely separated both horizontally
and vertically by fire separation walls and floor-ceiling as-
semblies having a fireresistance rating corresponding to the
highest fire grading prescribed in table 9-1 for the separate
uses. Each part of the building shall be separately classified
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 90
as to use. The most restrictive height and area limitations
in this Code for the mixed uses shall apply to the entire
building, or except as otherwise provided for in this Code, or
c) The mixed uses shall be completely separated by fire walls
having a f ireresistance rating corresponding to the highest
fire grading prescribed in table 9-1 for the separate uses.
Each group shall then comply with the provisions of this
Code applicable to that group.
213.2 INCIDENTAL USES: Where the higher hazard use is supplemental
to the main use of the building and the area devoted to such use is
constructed and segregated by fireresistive construction as required
in article 4, the building shall be classified according to the main
use.
213.3 FIRE DIVISIONS: When mixed uses are completely separated hori-
zontally and vertically from adjoining occupancies by fire divisions
of the highest fire grading prescribed in table 9-1 for the separated
uses, each part of the building shall be separately classified as to
use.
SECTION 214.0 CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION
All buildings, structures, rooms or spaces hereafter altered or
erected shall for the purposes of this Code be classified in one (1) or
a combination of the four (4) construction types herein defined:
Type 1, Fireproof Construction; Type 2, Noncombustible Construction;
Type 3, Exterior Masonry Wall Construction; and Type 4, Frame Con-
struction.
214.1 FALSE DESIGNATION: No building or space shall be designated
a given type of construction unless it conforms to the minimum re-
quire- ents for that type; and it shall be unlawfvl to ?r>3t, or use,
os: designate, ui advertise a building as of a given type of construc-
tion unless it complies with the minimum code requirements for that
type.
214.2 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: When a superior type of construction is
used than the minimum herein required for any specified use, height
and area of the building, nothing in the Basic Code shall be construed
to require full compliance with the specifications for the higher type;
but the designated construction classification of the building shall
be that of the lesser requirement, unless all the requirements for
the higher type are fulfilled.
214.3 MIXED CONSTRUCTION: When two or more types of construction
occur within the same structure which is occupied for only one use
group classification, then any of the types of construction must be
able to satisfy the requirements for the use group. If there is
more than one use occupancy of the structure, then the construction
must be able to satisfy the provisions of section 213.1.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 91
SECTION 215.0 TYPE 1, FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION
Buildings and structures of fireproof construction are those in which
the walls, partitions, structural elements, floors, ceilings, and roofs,
and the exitways are constructed and protected with approved noncombus-
tible materials to afford the fireresistance specified in table 2-5;
except as otherwise specifically regulated by the provisions of article
9. Fireproof buildings shall be further classified as types 1-A and 1-B.
Fire-retardant treated wood may be used as specified in table 2-5 and
section 903.8.
SECTION 216.0 TYPE 2, NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION
Buildings and structures of noncombustible construction are those
in which the walls, partitions, structural elements, floors, ceilings,
and roofs, and the exitways are constructed of approved noncombustible
materials meeting the fireresistive requirements specified in table
2-5, and as further regulated in article 9. Noncombustible buildings
shall be further classified as types 2-A, 2-B, and 2-C.
Fire-retardant treated wood may be used as specified in table 2-5
and section 903.8.
SECTION 217.0 TYPE 3, EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION
Buildings and structures of exterior masonry wall construction are
those in which the exterior, fire and party walls are constructed of
masonry or other approved noncombustible materials, of the required
fireresistance and structural properties; and the floors, roofs, and
interior framing are wholly or partly of wood or of metal or other
approved construction; the fire and party walls are ground supported;
except that girders and their supports carrying walls of masonry shall
be protected to afford the same degree of fireresistance of the walls
supported thereon; and all structural elements have the required fire-
resistance rating specified in table 2-5.
217.1 TYPE 3A: Buildings and structures of heavy timber construction
are those in which fire resistance is attained by placing limitations
on the minimum sizes of wood structural members and on minimum thick-
ness and composition of wood floors and roofs; by the avoidance, or by
the proper protection by firestopping or other acceptable means, of
concealed spaces under floors and roofs; by the use of approved fast-
enings, construction details, and adhesives for structural members;
and by providing the required degree of fire resistance in exterior
and interior walls. (See section 852.0 for construction details.)
COLUMNS: Wood columns may be sawn or glued laminated and shall be
not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in any dimension when «
supporting floor loads and not less than six (6) inches, nominal,
in width and not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in depth when
supporting roof and ceiling loads only.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 92
FLOOR FRAMING: Beams and girders of wood may be sawn or glued lam-
inated and shall be not less than six (6) inches, nominal, in
width and not less than ten (10) inches, nominal, in depth. Framed
or glued laminated arches which spring from the floor line and sup-
port floor loads shall be not less than eight (8) inches, nominal,
in any dimension. Framed timber trusses supporting floor loads
shall have members of not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in
any dimension.
ROOF FRAMING: Framed or glued laminated arches for roof construction
which spring from the floor line or from grade and do not support
floor loads shall have members not less than six (6) inches, nominal,
in width and not less than eight (8) inches, nominal, in depth for
the lower half of the height and not less than six (6) inches, nom-
inal, in depth for the upper half. Framed or glued laminated arches
for roof construction which spring from the top of walls or wall
ebutments, framed timber trusses, and other roof framing which do
not support floor loads, shall have members not less than four (4)
inches, nominal, in width and not less than six (6) inches, nominal,
in depth. Spaced members may be composed of two (2) or more pieces
not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness when blocked
solidly throughout their intervening spaces or when such spaces are
tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate of not less than
two (2) inches, nominal in thickness, secured to the underside of
the members. Splice plates shall be no less than three (3) inches,
nominal in thickness. When protected by approved automatic sprink-
lers under the roof deck, framing members shall be not less than
three (3) inches, nominal, in width.
FLOORING: Floors shall be without concealed spaces and shall be of
sawn or glued laminated plank, splined, or tongue-and-groove, of
not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in thickness covered with
one (1) inch, nominal, dimension tongue-and-groove flooring, laid
crosswise or diagonally, or one-half (h) inch plywood, or one-half
(h) inch particle board; or of planks not less than four (A) in-
ches, nominal, in vridth, set on edge close together and well spiked,
and covered with one (1) ir.ch, nominal, dimension flooring, cr one-
half (J$) inch plywood, or one-half (h) inch particle board.
ROOF DECKING: Roofs shall be without concealed spaces and roof decks
shall be sawn or glued laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove plank,
not less than two (2) inches, nominal, in thickness, one and one-
eighth (1-1/8) inches thick interior plywood (exterior glue) , or of
planks not less than three (3) inches, nominal, in width, set on edge
. close together and laid as required for floors. Other types of deck-
ing may be used if providing equivalent f ireresistance and structural
properties.
BEARING WALLS: Bearing portions of exterior and interior walls shall
be of approved noncombustible material and shall have a fireresistance
rating of not less than two (2) hours.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 93
NON-BEARING WALLS: Nonbearing portions of exterior walls shall be
of approved noncombustible materials except as otherwise noted
and; where a horizontal separation of less than twenty (20) feet
is provided, nonbearing exterior walls shall have a fireresistance
rating of not less than two (2) hours. Where a horizontal separa-
tion of twenty (20) feet to thirty (30) feet is provided, non-
bearing exterior walls shall have a fireresistance rating of not
less than one (1) hour. Where a horizontal separation of thirty
(30) feet or more is provided, no fireresistance rating is required.
Where a horizontal separation of twenty (20) feet or more is pro-
vided, wood columns and arches conforming to heavy timber sizes may
be used externally.
217.2 TYPE 3-B: Structures of type 3-B (ordinary protected) shall
include all exterior masonry wall buildings in which the interior
structural elements are wholly or partly of fire-protected wood of
not less than two (2) inch nominal thickness, or of other approved
protected combustible materials, or of metal protected and insulated
to afford three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance rating where speci-
fied in table 2-5.
217.3 TYPE 3-C: Structures of type 3-C (ordinary unprotected) con-
struction shall include all exterior masonry wall buildings in which
the Interior structural members are of wood of not less than two (2)
inch nominal thickness or consist of other combustible or noncombus-
tible materials with protection of less than three-quarter (3/4)
hour fireresistance rating.
SECTION 218.0 TYPE 4, FRAME CONSTRUCTION
Buildings and structures of frame construction are those in which
the exterior walls, bearing walls, partitions, floor and roof con-
struction are constructed wholly or partly of wood stud and joist
assemblies with a minimum nominal dimension of two (2) inches, or
of other approved combustible materials; with firestopping at all
vertical and horizontal draft openings as regulated in section 874.0,
and in which the structural elements have the required fireresistance
ratings specified in table 2-5. Frame buildings shall be further
classified as types 4-A and 4-B.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 94
(A
g
IS
G
ti
Z
8
•o
V
»»
-v o
3 O
© o
*o
i
O
O O
o
D
o
O
o
c
z
TJ
O
O 4
■9
-»
rt
•J -»
J3
-s
^3f
f-1
m
»n
o
u
H
~z —
H
V
»
t
3
>
a.
«s
o
~
~~
N r.
^ o
-4
■J
a
H
L
O
M
"
O
O O
O
O
O
o
o
2
a
c
e
3
ft)
u
e
bi z
a. o
•a
o
0
r*
o
-
„«
M M
IM »*
H
-I
3
0
9
3
O
N
-
r-t
<?
n
V u
& S
o. e
«9
4*1
«
o
o
-4
<ri
-4
Jj
tn u
^
5
£
J5
s
6
■a-w
^3
o
-
NM
N «
«l
«
=>
0
oc
<J
II
-«
0
M
N
-»
•
o vt
m
9
S
if)
-< 0
5c.
m o.
<M X >■
0 w H
V • t-
II
$
M
•
•
XA
«
CA
•
«
U
|
0)
t
\
|
1
t
■?
•»
op- o
o O
o o
f4 rj
00
fN J5
°
°
o
■ -4
o
o
O
o
e
£
£
- u.
c
o
a
:
— E
0
=
~1
•
*4 0 -<H
• C u
9
—
£
•=
N H
N
«» *»
«ff -*
J=
£
M I
z
c
"
1 "
>J
«*
^ 6»
o
Ul 3
a- g»
ci
u
z
?
r
a
5
4 ^*
o
"■
m f*.
" n
II
■
C
c
"i
-1
r
*-»
« -H
3 BC
<-*
r-i o
Z
j
JS
H
2
J3
2
5 "
o
M
*j •«
55 "t
c
z
•
c
1
rn n
a
c
3 -1
S ^
o
u.
-*
n
n £
a
z
a
■j
o
5
1!
a fi
o
en
~rt
N m
CI m
n
a.
N
"
<=*>
"
m
N
5
m
o
H
8
H
—
£
-
-
-
-
h
c
c
S .,
o
„
CM -*T
<n »a
-J -4
vj
N
N
n
•*
n
"
«
o
^ i
4
*
»
4J C
£ X
c
a
tr
E
*
M
C
fa
c
a
e
■h t
oc
3
t
B 1
-« C
O 2
•
S <fe
-^ 0 <
tea
0
•
e
■ e
91
B
s
a
0=
1
c
c
z
■
m
G o
o
a i
aa <
c t
0
* 1
c o
£ 3
0 5
Y\
l
M 4J 1
< g
v a. «
-h g
O
D. C
5
i
s
1
•
- JS k
m •
g- ?
5|
b
as
V >.
• W
u e
f 8"
«4 W 0
» 0
•
It O O E
&! u--
3 C 0 u
SB
f 8
0 •*-
a v-
V 0
a
-H -
-i ■
e
m
■
: c
•
* «
d m
i '
m i
s
w
o •
1
■
< c
c
*
c
-A
*
(5 C
9J
*H C
^H C
e
u
o.
o-
3
C
■a
3
c
c
0
S
3
C "l
• e •
ID
o 5
*-*
o o
c —
•*4 • '-n
4J V S
■H ■ «l
*> • ■
u 3 •
• b 3
a. h "
u
C • •"
-15
■g53
-^ C -4
DC 0 '
O " »< U
M O u O
d "* S u
-i <j a v
< « a « i
O *-
•H «
u * c
0 X ^H
< 1- -J
A
U
i
J c
■ K
i
S
o
■
>
II
3
Si
9 W
V
! 0
J
a ■
« c
u 1
<
b we
• -o u
= -SI
*4
■
3
3
•
e
0
3 "
u m
W 8
s:
0
■ >h e «<
e o 5
■ B c* •
■ ■* **
£--£
H B »
2
In ■ «H w
*J O 3
Ul
. 2
> -
! w § »i
V S X
^ -HUT
*.» o o c
o o ** ■
»4 L
«.fll
o
0
•
" 8 8C
a >
) C J= c
1 o <-» «
to "
1 C
i
u.
2
! J
B W3
5:5
o
u.
is
l£4
£
-
- "
^ -»
sO
an
»
o
H
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 95
NOTES APPLICABLE TO TABLE 2-5
GENERAL
For special high hazard uses involving a higher degree of fire se-
verity and higher concentration of combustible contents, the firere-
sistance requirements for structural elements shall be increased ac-
cordingly. (See section 400).
SPECIFIC
Note a The fire separation or fire exposure in feet as herein limited
applies to the distance from other buildings on the site, or from an
interior lot line or from the opposite side of a street or other public
space not less than thirty (30) feet wide to the building wall. (See
Definitions, section 901).
Note b Protected exteriors shall be required within the fire limits
in type 2 construction as follows: high hazard uses, two (2) hour fire-
resistance with fire separation up to eleven (11) feet.
Note c One-story buildings of type 2-C construction which do not
exceed three thousand (3000) square feet in area in all use groups
except high hazard assembly and institutional shall be exempt from the
protected exterior wall requirements of table 2-5. (See section 302.4.)
Note d Party walls in type 4 buildings shall be as follows: one and
two-family dwellings, three-quarter (3/4) hour fire resistance. (See
section 907.3) Other uses, except F-6, two (2) hours, but not less than
the fire grading of the use group (See table 9-1) .
z Note e Stair enclosures in all buildings, other than one and two-
family dwellings, which do not exceed three (3) stories or forty (40)
feet in height with an occupancy load of less than forty (40) below and
less than seventy-five (75) above the grade floor shall be of not less
than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance. In buildings of types 3
or 4 construction, such three-quarter (3/4) hour enclosures may be of
combustible construction as provided in section 618.92.
Fire enclosures of exitways, exitway hallways, and stairways in
schoolhouse buildings which do not exceed three (3) stories in height
shall be of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance.
Note f In all buildings, except F-6 use group, in which the roof
framing may be unprotected, roof slabs and decking may be noncombustible
without fire resistance rating except that in buildings not more than
five (5) stories in height, roof decking may be of mill type construction
or of any other materials providing equivalent f ireresistant and struc-
tural properties. (See sections 217 and 915.)
Note g In Type 3A construction members which are of material other
than heavy timber shall have a f ireresistance rating of not less than
three-quarter (3/4) hour.
Note h Fire-Retardant Treated Wood, complying with section 903.72,
may be used as provided in section 903.8.
1/1/76 Vol. 18 - 96
■j'
O
o
o
o
o
O
o
T
O
O
"n
I-,
^n
i iS5
Z
O
H O
o
H O
O
H O
o
H O
o
H O
a.
SB
o
H O
o
H O
O
H O
o .
Z*
Dm
-"
©
H O
o
H O
o
H O
u
l *
-,ST
^.^
~l«
z
z
rg <r
rsi ^
M-»
4 ■»
E
£' S3
o
o
O
o
*» o
o
r- *n
O
"8
e
o
o
•» o
o
H *n
O
o
H O
O
o
o
O
(M O 4»
o
(N O
H P*
o
H *n
O
©
O
>» ©
o
•* o
©
0
O
O
o
-< «n
(M CO
^ -
N H
<M ^H
« -*
-. m
fH GO
H N
^ CO
-h ^j
m w
«
wj e « m
5| 3°S
o
Zs
W CO
o
o
-8
O
O
o
o
H O
o
<r o
o
o
o
o
o
H O
o
o
H O
o
o
H O
o
m o
O
z
©
p
H O
tf) O
o
o
H O
O
O
H O
o
h8
o
h8
5i °
O.
-H *
<m eo
m -.
M *
rst ©*
m ^
M ^
N *
H N
^ CO
fH .£>
H "*
n Ok
tn en
o
O
>» o
t- in
O
"8
H GO
O
■* o
o
t- CM
O
■» o
o
o
in ©
O
H »
O
o
H O
o
■^ o
H »n
o
o
o
-» o
O
-» o
So
e-g
©
©
o
h8
O
m o
O
O
m o
©
o
"8
E
ff»
tN CO
«•*
^ 2
*S
*2
0
a 83'
O
o
H O
o
m O
O
o
m O
o
ft".
O
*n O
O
I- •»
O
o
o
H O
O
*8
o
o
H O
o
-8
o
o «
01
©
o
" o
H O
<Si O
O
m o
©
H CO
O
m o
O
©
«n o
o
©
in o
©
«* r~
»» pH
^i 3
-» 2
«* .H
*n ^
cm r*
m 2
«m «
m 2
««l
en «m
<N 0>
"* W
"* ""
** M
^a
©
o
O
o
e
O
O
O
O
O
o
O
o
o
o
O
O
O
H O
*8
"8
h8
h8
o
p
p
H O
p
H O
o
H ©
o
hS
o
o
H O
h8
o
H O
o
H O
9 w
_i „/
«N 00
m 2
fM on
(m o"
r-. 2
-4 -»*
(M 00
^ tC
<N CO*
tNJ ^H
(SJ —
-H ^1
^ •"■
m o^
m ^
rt 0>
- b
1 5
O
o
o
* O
O
O
"8
o
o
H O
« O
o
o
o
o
O
o
O
o
•41 o
o
o
•J o
. o
o
o
©
m ©
O
H O
O
"8
H ©
O
tn ©
o
H ©
•
Nr*T
•»2
^
*2
<r£
^Si
N^*
n2
««
n2
.■n S
^s
M o>
-<-
*T 12
^2
^» 2
"•,<
■* o
o
vD O
CO o
o
"8
H CO
"*8
•8
m o
O
« o
h8
sD O
« O
©
H CM
*o ©
H r>i
©
— o
©
H CO
"8
ft".
m o
o
H co
1
m2
"si
^S
*3
*s.
r^S
*3
^S
m^*
^S
in rn
nS
-3
■*5
OxS
»a
a.
2
o
-» o
o
/ .
/
/
/
\
/ '
, \
r- O
O
o
o
H O
/' \
r^. O
O
H CO
CO
O
o
\
\
;
;
e
2 ■
2
o o
H 2
IX
\
/ \
'
\
/ ^
y
/
A
X
\
/ \
X
x
s .
e
■
o
u z
M
s
H
■=
•o
■°
•o
«
*£
3
g
m
x
T)
«
Sf
"J
V «
n
_c
"S
>,
>»
1
O
•H
«
•
»
£
g
£
•5
**
H
X
r
J) E
i"
w
Jj
&
.1 S
*0
^
d
a
«
i
C
1
g
1
i
S
o
2
•J
i
►J
S
i
>•
E
O
ft
o
H
o
s
1
1
33
b
g
*
1
2
s
a
<
<
<
as
z
a
s
a
r
<
m
•h
CM
il
H
IN
*n
f
*?
^
m
*H
fj*
7
<
■L
M
u
a
H
Qb
Bh
h
Pu
"
X
SB
i
J
^
z
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 97
NOTES TO TABLE 2-6
GENERAL
For all buildings, except F-6 of type 3B construction, which have more
than twenty-five (25) percent of the building perimeter fronting on a
street or other unoccupied space which is at least thirty (30) feet wide
and has unrestricted accessibility for fire equipment and apparatus, the
tabular area may be increased by two (2) percent for each one (1) percent
of such perimeter excess above the twenty-five (25) percent.
Example: Perimeter = 400 feet
Accessible Perimeter = 300 feet
1. 25% of 400 feet = 100 feet
2. Excess of accessible perimeter
accessible perimeter » 300 feet
25% deduction - 100 feet
Excess of accessible perimeter = 200 feet
3. Percentage of excess = 200 x 100% = 50%
400
4. Increase allowable = 2 x 50% = 100%
A one-hundred (100) percent increase in the tabular area is allowed,
thus doubling the allowable area.
SPECIFIC
Note a In use groups B-l, B-2, C, D, E and F-4, the tabular areas may
be increased two hundred (200) percent for one (1) story buildings and
one hundred (100) percent for buildings over one (1) story in height
when such buildings are equipped with automatic sprinkler systems not
specifically required by law. (See section 308) .
Note b Type 1 buildings permitted unlimited tabular heights and areas
are not subject to special requirements that allow increased heights and
areas for other types of construction.
Note c In use groups B, C, D, E and F-3, isolated buildings of other
than frame construction may be of unlimited areas outside of the fire
limits when not more than one (1) story or eighty-five (85) feet in
height when complying with specific provisions of the Basic Code. (See
section 309).
Note d In use groups B-l, B-2, C, D and E types 1, 2 and 3 construction
may be increased one (1) story but not more than twenty (20) additional
feet in height when equipped with automatic sprinkler systems not
specifically required by law. (See section 310.2).
Note e Church auditoriums of type 3-A construction may be erected to
sixty-five (65) feet in height, and of type 4 construction to forty-five
(45) feet in height.
Note f For exceptions to height and area limitations of high hazard
use buildings, see article 4 governing the specific use. For
.1/1/78 Vol. 18-98
other special fireresistive requirements governing specific uses, see
section 905.
Note g For height and area exceptions covering public parking decks,
see section 905.2.
Note h For height and area exceptions covering petroleum bulk-storage
buildings, see section 905.3.
Note i For exceptions to height of multi-family dwellings of types 2-
B and 3-B construction, see section 905.6
Note j For one (1) story combustible fibre warehouses, see section
408.3.
Note k The tabular area of one (1) story school buildings of use
group F-4 may be increased two hundred (200) percent provided every
classroom has at least one door opening directly to the exterior of the
building. Not less than one-half 0i) of the required exitways from any
assembly room included in such buildings shall also open directly to the
exterior of the building.
Note 1 For exception to area limitations for one (1) story buildings
of type 2, 3-A and 3-B construction, see section 309.11.
Note m The tabular area for 4A construction shall be limited to 6,300
square feet for F-1B, F-3, and F-4 schoolhouse use and to 3,600 square
feet for F-1A schoolhouse use.
Note n The first story in the two (2) story portions of buildings of
this type of construction shall be constructed of the next most fire-
resistive type of construction, i.e., type 2B and 2C. For the purposes
of this table, concrete filled steel tube columns shall be considered to
have the equivalent of a three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance rating.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 99
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 100
ARTICLE 3
GENERAL BUILDING LIMITATIONS
SECTION 300.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the division of the
municipalities of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts into fire districts
and the general limitations of height and area of all buildings here-
after erected, and extensions to existing buildings hereafter altered or
enlarged as affected by the fire and life hazard incident to type of
construction, use group, density of development, exterior exposure and
accessibility of buildings and structures to fire-fighting facilities
and equipment.
SECTION 301.0 FIRE DISTRICT SUBDIVISIONS
For the purpose of control of use and construction of buildings, the
building official may establish limiting districts designated Fire
District No. 1, Fire District No. 2 and Outside Fire Limits under the
legal procedure of the municipalities of the Commonwealth of Massachu-
setts for creating and establishing fire districts.
NOTE A: NUMBER OF FIRE DISTRICTS. - The number of fire dis-
tricts to be established will depend upon the prevailing char-
acter of construction and typical development of the specific
locality. In large cities, two (2) fire districts are gener-
ally desirable while in cities of moderate size and in small
political subdivisions, one fire district may be adequate to
provide for the fire hazard inherent in concentrated commercial
and manufacturing occupancies. The fire district should in-
clude all those areas of the municipality in which buildings
of business, mercantile, industrial, storage and other use
groups of similar fire and conflagration hazard are concen-
trated. If provision is made for only one fire district, the
restrictions herein prescribed for Fire District No. 1 will
be applicable to such district.
301.1 FIRE DISTRICT NO. 1: Fire District No. 1 shall comprise the
areas housing highly congested business, commercial, manufacturing and
industrial uses or in which such uses are developing.
301.2 FIRE DISTRICT NO. 2: Fire District No. 2 shall comprise the
areas housing residential uses (use groups L-l and L-2) , together with
retail stores, business and amusement centers, or in which such uses are
developing.
301.3 OUTSIDE FIRE LIMITS: All other areas not included in Fire
District Nos. 1 and 2 shall be designated as Outside Fire Limits.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 101
SECTION 302.0 GENERAL FIRE DISTRICT PROVISIONS
302.1 CHANGES IN DISTRICTS: Any changes in the boundaries of fire
districts or changes of designation of any area from one fire dis-
trict to another fire district shall be established by the local
municipality.
302.2 OVERLAPPING DISTRICTS: A building or structure located in
more than one fire district shall be deemed to be in that one of the
three districts which contains the major part of the building area;
and in the event of equal distribution in two or more districts, the
limitations of the most restricted district shall apply.
302.3 HIGH HAZARD USES: Except as specifically approved by the
municipal authorities, all buildings of high hazard use (use group
A) shall be prohibited from location in Fire District No. 1. Paint
spray, drying rooms and rooms for similar incidental uses not ex-
ceeding one thousand (1000) square feet in area in industrial build-
ings shall be permitted when enclosed in fireresistive construction
as specified in article 4 for special uses and occupancies and when
segregated by fire divisions of the required fireresistance specified
in table 9-1.
302.31 PROTECTED EXTERIORS: All buildings of type 2 construction
for high hazard uses (use group A) within the fire districts shall
be constructed with walls of two (2) hours fireresistance when lo-
cated within eleven (11) feet of interior lot lines or any buildings
on the same lot.
302.4 NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION EXEMPTIONS: One (1) story build-
ings of type 2-C construction which do not exceed three thousand
(3000) square feet in area in all use groups except high hazard,
assembly and institutional shall be exempt from all protected ex-
terior wall requirements.
302.5 FRAME CONSTRUCTION: No building of frame construction (type
4) shall be erected within the fire districts nor shall such build-
ing or structure be moved from without to within, or from one lot to
another with the fire districts, except as provided in sections 303
and 304; and no building of otherwise lawful construction shall be
extended in height or area within the fire districts by frame con-
struction; except that one-and two-family frame dwellings may be ex-
tended in area by not more than three hundred (300) square feet and
to a height of not more than two and one-half (2%) stories nor more
than thirty-five (35) feet.
302.6 ROOF COVERINGS: All roof coverings shall be constructed of
Class A, Class B or Class C roofings, complying with the provisions
of article 9.
SECTION 303.0 RESTRICTIONS OF FIRE DISTRICT NO. 1
All buildings and structures, and all additions to existing build-
ings and structures, hereafter erected within the boundaries of Fire
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 102
District No. 1 shall be of fireproof (type 1), protected noncombus-
;ible (types 2-A and 2-B) , heavy timber (type 3-A) , or ordinary pro-
tected (type 3-B) construction as defined in article 2 and regulated
in table 2-5; and shall be constructed within the height and area limi-
tations of table 2-6; except as herein provided.
Open parking structures may be constructed as permitted under
section 905.2.
303.1 FENCES: Fences not over six (6) feet in height may be erected
of frame (type 4) construction.
303.2 STORM ENCLOSURES: Storm enclosures may be erected of frame
construction not more than ten (10) feet in height and not more than
three (3) feet wider than the entrance doors which they serve, provided
they do not project more than six (6) feet beyond the building line.
303.3 ACCESSORY BUILDINGS
303.31 OUTBUILDINGS AND PARKING LOT OFFICES: Outbuildings and park-
ing lot offices not more than ten (10) feet in height and one hundred
(100) square feet in area may be erected of frame (type 4) construction
when accessory to one- or two-family dwelling on the same lot or acces-
sory to a lot approved for motor vehicle parking, whan located not less
than six (6) feet from the lot line or any other building.
303.32 GREENHOUSES: Greenhouses and similar structures may be erected
of frame (type 4) construction when accessory to a one- or two-family
dwelling on the same lot and when located not less than six (6) feet
from interior lot lines or any building.
303.4 SHEDS: Sheds open on the long side not more than fifteen (15)
feet in height nor more than five hundred (500) square feet in area
may be erected of frame (type 4) construction when located not less
than six (6) feet from the lot lines.
303.5 BUILDERS' SHANTIES AND REVIEWING STANDS: Temporary builders'
shanties erected in connection with approved building operations,
platforms, reviewing stands, and other similar miscellaneous structures
may be erected of frame (type 4) construction for a limited period of
time as approved by the building official.
303.6 PRIVATE GARAGES: Private garages not more than one (1) story
nor more than fifteen (15) feet in height when accessory to a one-
or two-family dwelling may be erected of protected frame (type 4-A)
construction not more than seven hundred and fifty (750) square feet
in area, or of frame (type 4-B) construction not more than five hun-
dred (500) square feet in area, when located not less than six (6)
feet from interior lot lines or any building.
303.7 BINS, TANKS, TOWERS AND ROOF STRUCTURES
303.71 TIMBER CONSTRUCTION: Coal and material bins, water towers,
tank structures and trestles may be erected of mill type heavy timber
construction with dimensions not less than required for type 3-A con-
struction, not over thirty-five (35) feet in height, when located
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 103
thirty (30) feet from the interior lot lines or any building, except
when located on lot lines along a railroad right of way or waterfront.
303.72 STRUCTURES ON BUILDINGS: Aerial supports not more than twelve
(12) feet in height, water tanks and flag poles may be erected of wood
on buildings, not more than three (3) stories nor more than forty (40)
feet in height, and drip bars in cooling towers may be constructed of
wood.
303.8 MOTOR FUEL SERVICE STATIONS: Gasoline service stations, and
structures of similar business uses, not including high hazard uses,
may be erected of unprotected noncombustible (type 2-C) construction
within the height and area limits of use group E of table 2-6 pro-
vided thay are located less than eleven (11) feet from the lot line
or any building.
303.9 BUS AND PASSENGER TERMINALS: Roofs over parking lots, bus and
passenger terminals may be erected one story and not over twenty (20)
feet in height and not more than eleven thousand (11,000) square feet
in area of noncombustible (type 2-C) construction or of heavy timber
mill (type 3-A) construction.
303.10 STORE FRONTS: Wood veneers of one (1) inch nominal thickness
or exterior grade plywood not less than three-eighths (3/8) inch thick
may be used on store fronts when facing public streets; provided the
veneer does not exceed one (1) story in height and is applied to non-
combustible backing or is furred not to exceed one and five-eighths
(1-5/8) inch and firestopped in accordance with sections 874 and 912.2.
SECTION 304.0 RESTRICTIONS OF FIRE DISTRICT NO. 2
All buildings and structures hereafter erected within the bounda-
ries of Fire District No. 2 shall be fireproof (type 1), noncombusti-
ble (type 2) or exterior masonry wall (type 3) construction as regu-
lated by table 2-5 and shall be constructed within the height and area
limitations of table 2-6; except that all the variations permitted in
Fire District No. 1 shall apply to permissible construction in Fire
District No. 2 with the following additional exceptions:
304.1 DWELLINGS: One and two-family dwellings (use group L-3) may
be erected of protected frame (type 4-A) construction when not less
than three (3) feet from interior lot lines and of unprotected frame
(type 4-B) construction when not less than six (6) feet from interior
lot lines within the height and area limitations of table 2-6. Roof
coverings shall be of Class A, B or C roofings complying with the pro-
visions of article 9.
304.2 VERANDAS: Verandas, balconies, entrance porticos and similar
appurtenant structures on dwellings, not exceeding ten (10) feet in
depth nor projecting more than two (2) feet above the second story
floor beams may be erected of frame (type 4-B) construction provided
they do not extend nearer than five (5) feet to the lot line. When
connected to a similar structure of an adjoining building, they shall
be separated therefrom by walls of two (2) hour fireresistance.
W78 Vol. 18 - 104
304.3 BOAT HOUSFS: Boat houses not more than two (2) stories nor
more than thirty (30) feet in height nor more than one thousand
(1000) square feet in area may be erected of frame (type 4-B) con-
struction.
304.4 EXTERIOR TRIM: Wood cornices and half timbering may be
erected on residence (use group L) and business (use group C, D
and E) buildings; and existing openings in exterior walls of ma-
ronry enclosed buildings (type 3-A. 3-B and 3-C) which are not re-
quired for ventilation or access purposes., may be filled in with
-ood studs, metal lath and stucco or other approved construction
cf eoual f ireresistance.
2ECTI0N 305.0 RESTRICTIONS OUTSIDE FIRE LIMITS
Outside the fire limits, all types of construction exceot as
L.erein specifically prohibited, or r'or which soecial approval is
reauired in connection with high hazard uses and occupancies In
article 4, shall be oermitted within the height and area limita-
tions of table 2-6.
305.1 LOT LINE SEPARATION: In frame construction an exterior wall
erected less than six <6) feet from its adjacent lot line shall be
cf three-quarter (3/M hour fireresistive construction, including
opening protectives except store front and window and door openings
in one- and two-familv dwellings, cut in no case shall such wall be
located less than three (3) feet from interior lot lines.
305.2 ROOF COVERINGS: Roof coverings shall conform to the fire-
resistive requirements for Class A, B, C or non-rated roofings com-
plying with the provisions of sections 903 and 928.
SECTION 306.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
306.1 ALTERATIONS
306.11 LIMITATIONS: Nothing in these provisions shall be deemed
to prohibit alterations within the limitations of section 106.0
provided no unlawful change of use is involved.
306.12 MINOR CHANGES: Changes, alterations or repairs to the in-
terior of a building and to the front facing a street or other
public space may be permitted provided such changes, in the opinion
of the building official, do not increase the size, or the fire
hazard of the building, or endanger the public safety and are not
specifically prohibited by this Code.
306.13 EXISTING PROJECTIONS: No change or enlargement shall be
made to an existing part of a building now projecting beyond the
street lot line or building line where such is established by law,
except in conformity to the provisions of section 312 governing
new construction.
1/1/78 vol. 18 - 105
306.2 INCREASE IN HEIGHT AND AREA: It shall be unlawful to in-
crease the height or area of an existing building or structure unless
it is of a type of construction permitted for new buildings of the
increased height and area and use group within the fire district in
which it is located and as regulated by table 2-6.
306.3 EXISTING EXCESSIVE AREA: Any building heretofore lawfully
approved which exceeds the maximum allowable area specified in table
2-6 may be extended if the addition is separated from the existing
building by an approved fire wall or fire division meeting the re-
quirements of article 9 and table 2-5 and the additional area does
not exceed the limits of table 2-6 for the specific use group and type
of construction.
307.0 GENERAL AREA AND HEIGHT LIMITATIONS
All buildings, structures and parts thereof erected or altered
shall be subject to the requirements of table 2-5 and table 2-6 for
i:he appropriate type of construction and use groups classification
involved subject to any specific modifications ana exceptions allowed
in this code.
207.1 AREA LIMIT: The area limitations specified in table 2-6 shall
apply to all buildings fronting en a street, or public space not
less than thirty (.30) feet in width accessible to a public street.
307.2 HEIGHT LIMIT: The height in feet and number of stories speci-
fied in table 2-6 shall apply to all buildings and to all separate
parts of a building enclosed within lawful fire walls complying with
the provisions of article 9.
307.3 MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS: 3uildings more than one story in height
shall be subject to the area requirements of the table 2-6 and modi-
fied by the following table of factors:
TABLE 3-
-1
PERCENT REDUCTION
IN
THE AREA
LIMITS
OF TABLE 2-6
No.
of
Stories
1A & IB
2A
2B
2C
3A & 3B
3C
4A & 4B
1
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
2
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
3
None
11
20%
20%
20%
20%
20%
4
None
10%
20%
20%
20%
20%
5
None
15%
30%
30%
6
None
20%
40%
40%
7
None
25%
50%
8
None
30%
60%
9
None
35%
70%
10
None
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 106
SECTION 308.0 AREA EXCEPTIONS
The provisions of this section shall modify the area limits of table
2-6 as herein specified. Section 308.1 shall not apply to F-6
use group buildings of type 3B construction.
308.1 STREET FRONTAGE INCREASE: When a building or structure has more
than twenty-five (25) percent of the building perimeter fronting on a
street or other accessible unoccupied space not less than thirty (30)
feet in width leading to a street, the tabular areas may be increased
two (2) percent for each one (1) percent of such excess frontage.
308.2 SPRINKLER INCREASE: When a building is equipped with an approved
one (1) source automatic sprinkler system, unless such sprinkler system
is required by the provisions of article 4 for structures of special use
and occupancy, the tabular values may be increased by two hundred (200)
percent for one (1) story buildings and one hundred (100) percent for
buildings more than one (1) story in height.
308.3 MAXIMUM TOTAL AREA: The maximum total area under the combined
provisions of sections 308.1 and 308.2 shall not exceed three and one-
half (3^) times the tabular area in table 2-6.
SECTION 309.0 UNLIMITED AREAS
309.1 ONE-STORY BUILDINGS: In other than frame construction, the area
of all buildings of assembly (use group F-3) , business, industrial
mercantile and storage use groups not including high hazard uses, which
do not exceed one (1) story or eighty-five (85) feet in height shall not
be limited outside the fire limits; provided the exitway facilities
comply with the provisions of section 604, an automatic sprinkler system
is provided complying with the provisions of section 1212.0 and the
building is isolated as specified in section 309.2 except that a sprink-
ler system shall not be required for buildings of type 2 or type 3A
construction used exclusively for storage of noncombustible material not
packed or crated in combustible material or as exempt by section 206.2
for special industrial uses.
309.11 SCHOOL BUILDINGS: School buildings, use group F-6, shall be
subject to the provisions of Reference Standard F-6, Building Regu-
lations for Schoolhouses , of the State Building Code Commission.
309.2 FIRE SEPARATION: The minimum fire separation on any side of one
(1) story buildings of unlimited area shall be determined by the type of
construction and f ireresistance rating of the exterior wall adjacent
thereto as herein specified:
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 107
Flreresistance
Type of
Construction
Fireresistance
Rating of
Exterior
Bearing Walls
Minimum
Fire
Separation**
rating of bear-
ing & nonbearing
portions of
exterior walls
Minimum
Fire
Separation
2A
2B
2C
2 hr.
3/4 hr.
0 hr.
30 ft.
40 ft.
50 ft.
2 hr.*
3 hr.**
30 ft.
30 ft.
3A
3B
3C
2 hr.
2 hr.
2 hr.
40 ft.
40 ft.
50 ft.
3 hr.**
3 hr.**
4 hr.**
30 ft.
30 ft.
30 ft.
* All exterior wall openings shall be protected with one and one-half
rated approved opening protectives.
** All exterior wall openings shall be protected with three hour rated
approved opening protectives.
*** When the fire separation exceeds the herein specified minimum, the
requirements of Table 2-5, Row 1 (Exterior Walls with Fire Separation of
30 ft. or more: Bearing) shall apply.
SECTION 310.0 HEIGHT EXCEPTIONS
310.1 ROOF STRUCTURES: In applying the provisions of the Basic Code
governing height limits, the following appurtenant structures shall
not be included in the height of the building: roof tanks and their
supports; ventilating, air conditioning and similar building service
equipment; roof structures other than penthouses; chimneys and para-
pet walls not exceeding four (4) feet in height; unless the aggregate
area of such structures including penthouses, exceeds one-third (1/3)
of the area of the roof of the building upon which they are erected.
310.2 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: Except in buildings where automatic
sprinkler equipment is a requirement of article 4 or article 12 for
special uses or occupancies, all structures of fireproof (type 1),
noncombustible (type 2) , and exterior masonry wall (type 3) con-
struction, designed for business, industrial, mercantile, low or
moderate hazard storage uses may be erected one (1) story or twenty
(20) feet higher than specified in table 2-6 when equipped with an
approved one-source automatic sprinkler system.
311.0 STREET ENCROACHMENTS
No part of any building hereafter erected and no additions to an
existing building heretofore erected shall project beyond the lot
lines or beyond the building line when such line is established by
W78 Vol. 18
108
the zoning law or any other statute controlling building construction,
and irrespective of any other allowance for such encroachments, the
following regulations shall apply:
311.1 BELOW GRADE: No part of a building hereafter erected below
grade that is necessary for structural support of the building shall
project beyond the lot lines except that the footings of street walls
or their supports located at least eight (8) feet below grade may pro-
ject not more than twelve (12) inches beyond the street lot line.
311.2 ABOVE GRADE: All projections hereafter permitted beyond the
street lot line or the building lot line above grade shall be so con-
structed as to be readily removable without endangering the safety of
the building.
311.3 PROJECTIONS NECESSARY FOR SAFETY: In any specific application,
the building official may designate by approved rules such architec-
tural features and accessories which are deemed desirable or necessary
for the health or safety of the public and the extent to which they
may project beyond the street lot line or the building line where
such is established by statute, subject to all provisions and re-
strictions that may be otherwise prescribed by law, ordinance or
rule of the authorities having jurisdiction over streets or public
spaces.
311.4 PERMIT REVOCABLE: Any permit granted or permission expressed
or implied in the provisions of the Basic Code to construct a build-
ing so as to project beyond the street lot line or building line
shall be revocable by the municipality at will.
311.5 EXISTING ENCROACHMENTS: Parts of existing buildings and struc-
tures which already project beyond the street lot line or building
line may be maintained as constructed until their removal is directed
by the proper municipal authorities.
SECTION 312.0 PERMISSIBLE STREET PROJECTIONS
Subject to such provisions as may be otherwise prescribed by law
or ordinance, or by rule of the municipal authorities having juris-
diction over streets, highways, and public spaces, the following
projections shall be permitted beyond the street lot line or the
building line, as the case may be:
312.1 MAIN CORNICES OR ROOF EAVES located at least twelve (12) feet
above the curb level shall project not more than three (3) feet;
312.2 BELT COURSES, LINTELS, SILLS, ARCHITRAVES, PEDIMENTS and simi-
lar architectural decorations shall project not more than four (4)
inches when less than ten (10) feet above the curb level, and not
more than ten (10) inches when ten (10) feet or more above the curb
level ;
1/1/73 Vo]- 18 - 109
•312.3 ORNAMENTAL COLUMNS, OR PILASTERS including the bases and mold-
ings which emphasize the main entrance of the building shall project
not more than twelve (12) inches;
312.4 ENTRANCE STEPS shall project not more than twelve (12) inches
and shall be guarded by cheek pieces not less than three (3) feet
high or shall be located between ornamental columns or pilasters;
312.5 ORIEL WINDOWS with the lowest position at least ten (10) feet
above the curb level shall project not more than two and one-half
(2%) feet;
312.6 BALCONIES located at least ten (10) feet above the curb level
shall project not more than three (3) feet except that when the bal-
cony is required in connection with a fire escape or exterior stair-
way as an element of a means of egress, the projection may be increased,
but not to exceed four (4) feet.
312.7 AWNINGS AND MARQUEES.
312.71 AWNINGS: Retractable or fixed awnings shall have clearances
above the grade and shall be installed in accordance with the require-
ments of section 315.
312.72 MARQUEES: For the purpose of this section a marquee shall in-
clude any object or decoration attached to or a part of sai 1 marquee.
PROJECTION AND CLEARANCE - The horizontal clearance between a mar-
quee and the curb line shall be not less than two-thirds (2/3) of
the distance from the property line to the curb shall be not less
than ten (10) feet above the ground or pavement below.
THICKNESS - The maximum height or thickness of a marquee measured
vertically from its lowest to its highest point shall not exceed
three (3) feet when the marquee projects more than two-thirds (2/3)
of the distance from the property line to the curb line and shall
not exceed nine (9) feet when the marquee is less than two-thirds
(2/3) of the distance from the property line to the curb line.
ROOF CONSTRUCTION - The roof or any part thereof may be a skylight
of approved plastics, or wired glass not less than one-fourth (%)
inch thick with no single pane more than eighteen (18) inches wide.
Every roof and skylight of a marquee shall be sloped to downspouts
which shall conduct any drainage from the marquee in a manner not
to spill over the sidewalk.
LOCATION PROHIBITED - Every marquee shall be so located as not to
interfere with the operation of any exterior standpipe or to ob-
struct the clear passage of stairways or exitway discharge from
the building or the installation or maintenance of street lighting.
CONSTRUCTION - A marquee shall be supported entirely from the build-
ing and constructed of noncombustible material. Marquees shall be
designed and constructed to withstand wind of other lateral loads
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 110
and live loads as required in article 7 of this Code. Structured
members shall be protected to prevent deterioration as required
by article 8.
312.8 AWNING COVERS OR BOXES located at least eight (8) feet above
the curb level shall project not more than three (3) feet.
SECTION 313.0 PERMISSIBLE YARD AND COURT ENCROACHMENTS
No part of any building or structure shall extend into side courts,
inner courts or yards required for light and ventilation of habitable
and occupiable rooms by the provisions of article 5, or of the zoning
law or other statutes controlling building construction, except as
hereinafter provided; but in no case shall the encroachment exceed
twenty (20) per cent of the legal area of yard or court required for
light and ventilation purposes.
313.1 ROOF EAVES shall project not more than three (3) feet beyond
the face of the wall.
313.2 STEPS AND ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES: Steps, window sills, belt
courses and similar architectural features, rain leaders and chimneys
shall project not more than two (2) feet beyond the face of the wall.
313.3 EXTERIOR STAIRWAYS AND FIRE ESCAPES: Outside stairways, smoke-
proof tower balconies, fire escapes or other required elements of a
means of egress shall project not more than four (4) feet beyond the
face of the wall.
SECTION 314.0 SPECIAL AND TEMPORARY PROJECTIONS
314.1 ALLEY PROJECTIONS: The permissible projection beyond street
lot lines shall apply in general to building projections into alley-
ways except as may be modified by the local administrative authority
having jurisdiction or by special deed restriction.
314.2 SPECIAL PERMITS: When authorized by special permit, vestibules
and storm doors may be erected for periods of time not exceeding seven
(7) months in any one year, and shall project not more than three (3)
feet nor more than one-fourth Q%) the width of the sidewalk beyond the
street lot line. Temporary entrance awnings may be erected with a
minimum clearance of seven (7) feet to the lowest portion of the hood
or awning when supported on removable steel or other approved noncom-
bustible supports.
SECTION 315.0 AWNINGS AND CANOPIES
315.1 PERMIT: A permit shall be obtained from the building official
for the erection, repair or replacement of any fixed awning, canopy
or hood except as provided in section 315.11, and for any retractable
awning located at the first story level and extending over the public
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 111
styeet or over any portion of a court or yard beside a building ser-
ving as a passage from a required exitway discharge to a public street.
315.11 EXEMPTION FROM PERMIT: No permit shall be required for the
erection, repair or replacement of fixed or retractable awnings in-
stalled on one- and two-family dwellings, unless they project over
public property, or for retractable awnings installed above the first
story or where the awning does not project ober the public street or
over any court or yard serving as a passage from a required exitway
to a public street.
315.2 INSTALLATION OF AWNINGS.
315.21 RETRACTABLE AWNINGS: There shall be a minimum clearance of
seven (7) feet from the sidewalk to the lowest part of the framework
or any fixed portion of any retractable awning, except that the bottom
of the valance of canvas awnings may extend to six (6) feet nine (9)
inches above the sidewalk. Retractable awnings shall be securely
fastened to the building and shall not extend closer than twelve (12)
inches from the curb line. They shall be equipped with a mechanism
or device for raising and holding the awning in a retracted or closed
position against the face of the building.
315.22 FIXED OR PERMANENT AWNINGS: The clearance from the sidewalk
to the lowest part of any fixed or permanent awning shall be the same
as required in section 315.21 for retractable awnings. Fixed or per-
manent awnings installed above the first story shall not project more
than four (4) feet.
315.3 CANOPIES: Canopies shall be constructed of a metal framework,
with an approved covering, attached to the building at the inner end
and supported at the outer end by not more than two (2) stanchions
with braces anchored in an approved manner and placed not less than
two (2) feet in from the curb line. The horizontal portion of the
framework shall be not less than eight (8) feet nor more than twelve
(12) feet above the sidewalk and the clearance between the covering
or valance and the sidewalk shall be not less than seven (7) feet.
The width of canopies shall not exceed eight (8) feet.
315.4 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS OF AWNINGS: Rigid awnings supported in
whole or part by members resting on the ground and used for patio
covers, car ports, summer houses or other similar uses shall comply
with the requirements of section 315.5 for design and structure. Such
structures shall be braced as required to provide rigidity.
315.5 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION: Fixed awnings, canopies and similar
structures shall be designed and constructed to withstand wind or
other lateral loads and live loads as required by article 7 of the
Basic Code with due allowance for shape, open construction and simi-
lar features that relieve the pressures or loads. Structural members
shall be protected to prevent deterioration.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 112
SECTION 318.0 SUBDIVISION OF ATTIC SPACES
The attic spaces of all buildings, except where the roof and attic
are of noncombustible or fireproof construction, shall be subdivided
into areas not exceeding three thousand (3,000) square feet by means
of approved fire stops. When doors or other openings are provided in
such subdividing partitions, they shall be of noncombustible or simi-
larly protected materials and the construction shall be tightly fitted
around all ducts or other assemblies piercing such partitions.
SECTION 317.0 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
Pursuant to a variance granted by the local board of appeals under
the provisions of section 126.0, the building official may issue a
permit for temporary construction as approved by the board of appeals.
Such permits shall be limited as to time of service, cut in no case
shall such temporary construction be permitted for more than one year.
317.1 SPECIAL APPROVAL: All temporary construction shall conform to
structural strength, tire safety, means of egress, light, ventilation
and sanitary requirements of this Code necessary to insure puolic
health, safety and general welfare.
:i7.2 TERMINATION OF APPROVAL: The building official is hereby au-
-.horized to cerminate such special approval and to order che demoli-
tion cf any such construction at his discretion, or as airected bv
the decision of the local board of appeals.
1/1/78 Vol. li
113
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 114
ARTICLE 4
SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 400.0 SCOPE
In addition to the general requirements of the Basic Code governing
the location, construction and equipment of all buildings and structures
and the f ireresistive, height and area limitations of tables 2-5 and 2-6
the provisions of this article shall control all buildings and structures
designed for high hazard uses and occupancies which involve extreme fire,
smoke, explosion or toxic gas risks, and places of assembly in which
people congregate in large numbers and which are susceptible to panic
incidental to crowds. Except as herein specifically provided, the
applicable standards listed in the reference standards of this article
shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this article.
Chemical plants, packing plants, grain elevators, refineries, flour
mills and other special structures may be constructed in accordance
vith the recognized practices and requirements of the specific industry.
The building official may permit such variations from the requirements
of the Basic Code which will secure reasonable and economical construc-
tion with the necessary fire, life and property safeguards. In grant-
ing such variations, due regard shall be given to the isolation of the
structure and fire hazard from and to surrounding property.
^00.1 USES INVOLVING EXPLOSION HAZARDS: The provisions of this arti-
cle shall apply to all uses involving the storage, manufacture, han-
dling or filling of flammable and volatile solids, liquids or gases
which generate combustible and explosive air-vapor mixtures and toxic
gases including nitrocellulose film; pyroxylin plastics; grain and
other combustible dusts and pulverized fuels; combustible fibers;
pyroxylin lacquer-spraying operations; liquefied petroleum gases;
alcohol, ether and gasoline; flammable dusts and residues resulting
from fabrication, grinding and buffing operations, and all other ex-
plosion hazard risks.
400.2 SPECIAL HIGH HAZARDS: When the fire hazard potential exceeds
that which would be considered within the range of fire loading accept-
able for high hazard use, the requirements of table 2-5 may be increased
to provide additional f ireresistance in proportion to the excess fire
loading. Where high hazard uses exceed five (5) stories or sixty-five
(65) feet in height, requirements in excess of those required by table
2-5 may be specified in proportion to the anticipated additional fire
hazard.
400.3 MEANS OF EGRESS: The means of egress for buildings of hazardous
uses and occupancies shall conform to the requirements of article 6,
except as may be modified by more restrictive provisions of this arti-
cle for specific uses.
1/1/78 Vol. 1R - HS
400.4 HEATING AND VENTING: The requirements herein prescribed for
the installation of heating and venting appliances and equipment for
high hazard uses and occupancies shall be construed as supplemental to
the provisions of article 5, 10, 11 and 18.
400.5 LIGHT AND ELECTRIC WIRING: Whenever flash fires and explosion
hazards are involved, all artificial lighting shall be restricted to
incandescent electric lights or other approved lighting with keyless
sockets and dust-tight, vapor-proof globes protected against mechanical
injury. All wiring in vaults or compartments for the storage of highly
flammable materials shall be in metal or other approved conduit com-
plying with the provisions of the Massachusetts State Electrical Code.
400.6 BOILER AND HAZARDOUS EQUIPMENT ROOMS: Boilers and other equip-
ment or devices, including breechings which involve flame or spark pro-
ducing apparatus shall not be exposed to fire or explosive-hazard gases,
vapors or volatile flammable liquids. Such rooms and equipment shall
be segregated by construction of not less than two (2) hour fireresis-
tance except as may be required for specific uses, without openings in
the enclosure walls and with means of direct ingress and egress from
the exterior, or such equipment shall be located in accessory struc-
tures segregated from the main building.
400.7 FIRE-FIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT: All buildings de-
signed for specific hazardous uses shall be protected with approved
automatic sprinkler systems or such other fire-extinguishing and aux-
iliary equipment as herein provided and in accordance with the re-
quirements of article 12.
400.8 SEGREGATION OF STORAGE SPACES: All rooms and spaces used for
the storage of volatile and flammable materials shall be separately
enclosed and segregated with f ireresistive construction as herein
required for specific uses and occupancies.
400.9 RESTRICTED LOCATIONS: No high hazard use may be located with-
in two hundred (200) feet of the nearest wall of a building classi-
fied in a public assembly or institutional use group.
SECTION 401.0 DEFINITIONS
AIRPLANE HANGAR, PRIVATE: a hangar for the storage of four (4) or less
single motor planes and in which no volatile or flammable oil is
handled, stored or kept other than that contained in the fuel storage
tank of the plane.
-PUBLIC: a building for the storage, care or repair of private or
commercial airplanes not included In the term "private airplane
hangar."
1/1/78
vol. is - nr>
EXITWAY DISCHARGE COURT: an exterior unoccupied space which ia open
to the sky for its entire area, located on the same lot with a
theatre or other assembly building which it serves exclusively as
an unobstructed passageway to the street or other public space.
FLAMMABLE: Subject to easy ignition and rapid flaming combustion.
FOYER: the enclosed space surrounding or in the rear of the audi-
torium of a theatre or other place of assembly which is completely
shut off from the auditorium and is used as an assembly or waiting
space for the occupants.
FUEL OIL: a liquid mixture or compound derived from petroleum which
does not emit flammable vapor below a temperature of one hundred
and twenty-five (125) degrees F. in a Tag closed-cup tester.
GARAGE, PRIVATE: a garage for four (4) or less passenger motor
vehicles with no provision for repairing or servicing such vehicles
for profit.
GARAGE, PUBLIC: a building or structure for the storage or parking
of more than four (4) passenger motor vehicles, or more than one
(1) commercial motor vehicle, and in which provision may be made
for the dispensing of gasoline, oil or similar products for the
servicing of such vehicles. Public garages shall be classified
according to their specific use in one (1) of the following groups:
-GROUP 1: a public garage in which provision is made for the care,
storage, repair or painting of motor vehicles.
-GROUP 2: a public garage used exclusively for passenger vehicles
that will accommodate not more nine (9) passengers.
GRANDSTAND: any structure, except movable seating and sectional
benches, intended primarily to support individuals for the pur-
poses of assembly, but shall not apply to the permanent seating
in theatres, churches, auditoriums and similar buildings.
KEROSENE: an oil or liquid product of petroleum which does not emit
a flammable vapor below a temperature of one hundred and fifteen
(115) degrees F. when tested in a Tag closed-cup tester.
LOBBY: the enclosed vestibule between the principal entrance to the
building and the doors to the main floor of the auditorium or as-
sembly room of a theatre or place of assembly or to the main floor
corridor of a business building.
MOBILE HOME: a dwelling unit built on a chassis and containing com-
plete electrical, plumbing and sanitary facilities, and designed to
be installed on a temporary or permanent foundation for permanent
living quarters.
1/1/7H Vo1- 18 - 117
MOTOR FUEL SERVICE STATION: a structure, building or premise or any
portion thereof where a flammable fluid is stored, housed or sold
for supply to motor vehicles.
MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR SHOP: a building, structure or enclosure in
which the general business of repairing motor vehicles is con-
ducted including a public garage.
PARKING STRUCTURE, OPEN: a structure for the parking of passenger
cars wherein two (2) or more sides of such structure are not less
than fifty (50) percent open on each floor or level for fifty (50)
percent of the distance from the floor to the ceiling and wherein
no provision for the repairing of such vehicles is made. Such
open parking structures are not classified as public garages, but
shall comply with the requirements of section 905.2.
PYROXYLIN PLASTIC: any nitro-cellulose product or compound soluble
in a volatile, flammable liquid, including such substances as
celluloid, pyroxylin, fiberloid and other cellulose nitrates (other
than nitro-cellulose film) which are susceptible to explosion
from rapid ignition of the gases emitted therefrom.
STAGE: a partially enclosed portion of an assembly building which is
designed or used for the presentation of plays, demonstrations, or
other entertainment wherein scenery, drops, or other effects may
be installed or used; and where the distance between the top of
the proscenium opening and the ceiling of the stage is more than
five (5) feet; and the stage extends seventeen (17) feet or more
in back of the proscenium arch or there is a gridiron.
TRAVEL TRAILER: a vehicular, portable structure built on a chassis
and designed to be used for temporary occupancy for travel, recre-
ational or vacation use; with the manufacturer's permanent identi-
fication "Travel Trailer," thereon; and when factory equipped
for the road, being of any length provided its gross weight does
not exceed forty-five hundred (4500) pounds, or being of any
weight provided its overall length does not exceed twenty-eight
(28) feet.
SECTION 402.0 EXPLOSION HAZARDS
Every structure, room or space occupied for uses involving explo-
sion hazards shall be equipped and vented with explosion relief
systems and devices arranged for automatic release under predeter-
mined increase in pressure as herein provided for specific uses or
in accordance with approved engineering standards and practice.
402.1 VENTING DEVICES: Venting devices to relieve the pressure re-
sulting from explosive air -vapor mixtures shall consist of windows,
sky-lights, vent flues or releasing roof or wall panels which dis-
charge directly to the open air or to a public place or other unoc-
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - US
cupied space not less than twenty (20) feet in width on the same
lot. Such releasing devices shall be so located that the dis-
charge end shall be not less than ten (10) feet vertically and
twenty (20) feet horizontally from window openings or means of
egress facilities in the same or adjoining buildings or structures.
The exhaust shall always be in the direction of least exposure and
never into the interior of the building.
402.2 AREA OF VENTS: The aggregate clear vent relief area shall
be regulated by the type of construction of the building and shall
be not less than herein prescribed:
Heavy reinforced concrete
frame 1 sq. ft. for 80 cubic feet of volume
Light structural steel
frame and ordinary
construction 1 sq. ft. for 65 cubic feet of volume
Light wood frame
construction 1 sq. ft. for 50 cubic feet of volume
In no case shall the combined area of open windows, pivoted sash
or wall panels arranged to open under internal pressure be less
than ten (10) percent of the area of the enclosure walls, with not
less than fifty (50) percent of the opening arranged for automatic
release.
402.3 CONSTRUCTION OF VENTS: All explosion relief devices shall be
of an approved type constructed of light weight, noncombustible and
corrosion-resistive materials, and .the discharge end shall be pro-
tected with approved screens of not more than three-quarter (3/4)
inch mesh, arranged to blow out under relatively low pressures.
SECTION 403.0 VOLATILE FLAMMABLES
403.1 CONTROL OF USE.
403.11 INSIDE STORAGE: Refer to FPR-4, FPR-8, and FPR-13 for re-
quirements.
403.12 HANDLING: Refer to FPR-4 for requirements.
403.13 CONSTRUCTION OF ENCLOSURES: Process rooms shall be separated
from other uses and occupancies by walls, floors and ceilings of not
less than two (2) hours f ireresistance with one and one-half (1*$)
hour fire doors or the approved labeled equivalent complying with
article 9. The interior door openings shall be provided with
non- combustible sills not less than six (6) inches high and the
room shall be vented as required in section 402. Floors shall be
waterproofed and drained to comply with section 871.
W™ Vol. 18
119
403.14 FIRE PROTECTION: First aid fire appliances, and automatic
sprinklers or other extinguishing equipment shall be provided in
accordance with article 12 and the standards listed in the reference
standards of this article.
403.2 MAIN STORAGE: Main storage system of volatile flammable liq-
uids shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the ap-
plicable standards listed in this article subject to the approval
of the fire official. Any tank greater than ten thousand (10,000)
gallons capacity shall be subject to the provisions of the Depart-
ment of Public Safety Board of Boiler Rules. Such storage may be
either outside underground, outside aboveground, inside underground,
or outside storage house. No above ground bulk storage tank shall
be located less than three hundred (300) feet from any assembly
buildings (use group F) or institutional (use group H) uses.
403.21 OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND SYSTEM: Outside tanks shall be buried
underground below the basement level of adjacent buildings, with
the top of the tanks not less than two (2) feet below grade or with
a reinforced concrete or other approved structural cover not less
than four (4) inches thick and a twelve (12) inch earth cover. The
maximum capacity of such tanks shall be limited by their location
in respect to adjacent buildings which are not an essential part
of the installation and adjacent lot lines as provided in table
4-1.
Table 4-1 - Capacity of Outside Underground Tanks
for Volatile Flammable Liquids
Fire separation in feet Quantity of storage in gallons
50 Unlimited
40 50, 000
30 20,000
25 12,000
20 6,000
10 3,000
When within ten (10) feet of any building not an essential part of
the installation, and the top of the tank is above the lowest floor
of the building, the capacity of the tank shall be not more than five
hundred and fifty (550) gallons.
The capacity of storage of combustible liquids other than volatile
flammable as herein defined shall be restricted to five ,(5) times
the values specified in table 4-1.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 120
403.22 OUTSIDE ABOVEGROUND SYSTEM: Above ground tanks shalj. be
located only outside the fire limits; and the capacity, location,
construction and exposures shall be subject to special approvals
of the building official and the fire official; but in no case shall
the fire separation be less than specified in table 4-2. Tanks
in excess of ten thousand (10,000) gallon capacity shall be subject
to the Department of Public Safety Board of Boiler Rules.
403.23 INSIDE UNDERGROUND SYSTEM: Inside underground tanks shall
be located not less than two (2) feet below the level of the low-
est floor of the building in which located or any other building
within a radius of ten (10) feet of the tank. In no case shall
such tanks be located under the sidewalk or beyond the building
line. It shall be unlawful to cover any tanks from sight until
after inspection and test and written approval of the building
official.
Table 4-2 - Capacity of Outside Aboveground Tanks
for Volatile Flammable Liquids
Fire seperation in feet Quantity of Storage in gallons
50 50, 000
40 30,000
30 24,000
20 12,000
The maximum limit of individual tank capacity shall be not more than five
hundred and fifty (550) gallons and the entire system shall be subject to
special approval of the building and fire officials.
403.24 OUTSIDE STORAGE HOUSE: All outside storage houses shall be
constructed of noncombustible (type 2) construction or better. No
opening shall be permitted in the enclosure walls within eleven
(11) feet of adjoining property lines or with a fire exposure of
less than eleven (11) feet from any building or structure not part
of the installation.
403.25 SPECIAL RESTRICTIONS: The building official may require
greater fire separations or he may limit storage capacities under
severe exposure hazard conditions when necessary for public safety.
SECTION 404.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
404.1 SPECIAL PERMIT FOR EXISTING USES: Any existing hazardous
use which was heretofore authorized by a permit issued under the
provisions of law or the regulations of the fire official may be
continued by special permit provided the continuance of such use
or occupancy does not endanger the public safety.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 121
404.2 EXISTING USE PROHIBITED: No existing building of frame
(type 4) construction which is more than two (2) stories in height
or more than five thousand (5000) square feet in area shall be con-
tinued in use or hereafter occupied for any use which represents
an exceptional hazard with respect to fire or explosion.
404.3 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY.
404.31 CHANGE OF USE: No existing building or structure or part
thereof shall be altered or converted into a place of assembly
unless it complies with all provisions of this Code applicable to
places of public assembly hereafter erected.
404.32 EXISTING USE ALTERED: When an existing building or struc-
ture heretofore used as a place of public assembly is altered and
the cost of such alteration is more than fifty (50) percent of the
physical value of the building as defined in section 106.5, all
provisions of this Code relating to new places of public assembly
shall be complied with. When the cost of such alteration is less
than fifty (50) percent of the physical value of the building,
such alterations shall comply as nearly as is practicable with
the provisions of this Code which govern the arrangement and con-
struction of seats, aisles, passageways, stage and appurtenant
rooms, fire-fighting and extinguishing equipment and the adequacy
of means of egress.
404.33 INCREASE OF OCCUPANCY LOAD: Whenever the occupancy load
of an existing place of public assembly is increased beyond the
approved capacity of its exitways, the building or parts thereof
shall be made to comply in all respects with the requirements for
a new building hereafter erected for such public assembly use.
SECTION 404.4 SWIMMING POOLS
404.41 CHANGE OF USE: No existing pool used for swimming or
bathing or accessory equipment of part thereof shall be altered
or converted for any other use unless it complies with all pro-
visions of this Code applicable to the use intended.
404.42 CONTINUATION OF EXISTING USE: Existing swimming pools
may be continued without change, provided the safety requirements
are observed where required by the building official.
SECTION 405.0 LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GASES
The provisions of this section shall apply to the design, con-
struction, location, installation and operation of propane, butane
and other petroleum gases, normally stored in the liquid state
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 122
under pressure for use in all buildings and structures. Refineries,
tank farms and utility gas plants shall be subject to special ap-
provals in accordance with accepted engineering practice as defined
in the reference standards of this article.
405.1 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: The design,
construction, location, installation and operation of facilities
for propane, butane and other petroleum gases, normally stored
in the liquid state under pressure for use in all buildings and
structures shall be in conformance with the Massachusetts State
Fire Prevention Regulations, FPR-5; the Department of Public
Safety Board of Boiler Rules; and other standards listed in the
reference standards of this article.
SECTION 406.0 PYROXYLIN PLASTICS
The provisions of this section, including the reference standards
of this article shall regulate all buildings, structures and parts
thereof used for the storage, handling or fabrication of pyroxylin
plastics permitted by Massachusetts law whether as raw material,
process, finished product or scrap.
406.1 EXCEPTIONS: The provisions of this section shall not apply
to the manufacture, use or storage of nitro-cellulose film or the
incidental storage of articles manufactured from pyroxylin plastics
offered for sale in mercantile buildings. (See section 205.)
406.2 RESTRICTIONS: No permit for the storage or manufacture of
pyroxylin plastics, except as specified in section 406.1, shall
be issued for a building or structure hereafter erected, altered
or used which is occupied or located as follows :
406.21 PLACE OF ASSEMBLY: Within fifty (50) feet of the nearest
wall of a school, theatre or other place of public assembly;
406.22 RESIDENTIAL BUILDING: As a residential building, use groups
L-l, L-2 or L-3;
406.23 HIGH HAZARD USES: In quantities exceeding one thousand
(1000) pounds in buildings where paints, varnishes or lacquers
are manufactured, stored or kept for sale; or where matches, resin,
oils, hemp, cotton or any explosives are stored or kept for sale;
406.24 OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIALS: Where drygoods, garments or
other materials of a highly flammable nature are manufactured in
any portion of the building above that used for nitro-cellulose
products;
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 12 3
406.25 TENANT FACTORY BUILDING: In quantities exceeding one hun-
dred (100) pounds in any tenant factory building (use Group D) in
which more than five (5) people are employed or likely to congre-
gate on one floor at any one time.
406.3 INSIDE STORAGE: All pyroxylin raw material and products
intended for use in further manufacture shall be stored as herein
provided:
406.31 CABINETS: Quantities of more than twenty-five (25) pounds
and not more than five hundred (500) pounds shall be stored in
approved cabinets constructed of noncombustible materials but in
no case shall the total quantity of storage be more than one
thousand (1000) pounds in any workroom or space enclosed in floors,
walls and ceilings of not less than two (2) hours f ireresistance;
406.32 VAULTS: Quantities of more than one thousand (1000) pounds
and not more than ten thousand (10,000) pounds shall be stored in
vaults enclosed in floors, walls and ceilings of not less than
four (4) hours f ireresistance. The interior storage volume of the
vault shall be not more than fifteen hundred (1500) cubic feet
and the vault shall be constructed vapor and gastight in accordance
with the approved rules, with one and one-half (1*2) hour vapor-tight
fire doors or the approved labeled fire door assembly equivalent
on each side of the door opening. The vault shall be drained and
provided with scuppers.
406.33 TOTE BOXES AND SCRAP CONTAINERS: During manufacture,
pyroxylin materials and products not stored in finished stock
rooms, cabinets or vaults shall be kept in approved covered non-
combustible tote boxes. Scrap and other refuse material shall be
collected in approved noncombustible containers in quantities not
greater than three hundred and fifty (350) pounds and removed at
frequent intervals as directed by the building official with the
approval of the fire official;
406.34 VENTILATION: Each separate compartment in storage vaults
shall be vented directly to the outer air through flues complying
with the requirements of article 10 for low temperature chimneys,
or exterior metal smokestacks, or as otherwise provided in the
approved rules. The vent shall discharge not less than four (4)
feet above the roof of the building or on a street, court or other
open space not less than fifty (50) feet distant from any other
opening in adjoining walls which are not in the same plane, nor
^nearer than twenty-five (25) feet vertically or horizontally to
an exterior stairway, fire escape or exitway discharge. The area
of the vent shall be not less than one (1) square inch for each
seven (7) pounds of pyroxylin stored;
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 124
406.35 STRUCTURAL STRENGTH: The floors, walls, roof and doors of
all vaults, structures or buildings used for the storage or manu-
facture of pyroxylin materials and products shall be designed to
resist an inside pressure load of not less than three hundred (300)
pounds per square foot;
406.36 FIRE PROTECTION: Vaults located within buildings for the
storage of raw pyroxylin shall be protected with an approved auto-
matic sprinkler system capable of discharging one and sixty-six
one-hundredths (1.66) gallons per minute per square feet over the
area of the vault.
406. A ISOLATED STORAGE BUILDINGS: Pyroxylin products in quanti-
ties greater than permitted for interior storage shall be housed
in isolated storage buildings. Such buidings shall be used for no
purpose other than packing, receiving, shipping and storage of
pyroxylin plastics unless otherwise approved by the building official.
406.41 CAPACITY: The maximum storage in any fire area enclosed
in construction of four (4) hours fireresistance shall be not greater
than one hundred thousand (100,000) pounds. The storage capacity
of the building and its separation from lot lines and other build-
ings on the same lot shall be limited as provided in table 4-3.
When equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system comply-
ing with the provisions of article 12 and as herein modified, the
exposure distances may be decreased fifty (50) percent. Such sys-
tems shall be provided with not less than one (1) automatic sprink-
ler head for each thirty-two (32) square feet of protected area.
Table 4-3 - Exposure Distance for Pyroxylin Storage Buildings
Fire separation from lot line
Maximum quantity stored in pounds or other buildings in feet
1,000 40
2,000 50
3,000 60
4,000 70
5,000 80
10,000 100
20,000 125
30,000 150
40,000 160
50,000 180
75,000 200
100,000 225
150,000 250
300, 000 300
1/1/78 vol. 18
125
406.5 FIRE PROTECTION.
406.51 HEATING EQUIPMENT: All radiators, heating coils, piping
and heating apparatus shall be protected with approved noncombust-
ible mesh to maintain a clearance of six (6) inches of all pyroxylin
products from such equipment. All piping and risers within six (6)
feet of the floor shall be insulated with approved noncombustible
covering unless protected with wire guards.
406.52 LIGHTING CONTROL: All lighting shall comply with the pro-
visions of section 400.5 and shall be controlled from panel boards
located outside of storage compartments and vaults.
406.53 STANDPIPES: First-aid standpipes shall be provided for
each five thousand (5000) square feet of floor area equipped with
one and one-half (1^) inch hose, complying with article 12.
406.54 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: All manufacturing and storage spaces
and vaults where required shall be protected with an approved auto-
matic sprinkler system as herein specified and with fire pails and
portable fire extinguishers complying with article 12.
406.55 SPECIAL PROTECTION: Special chemical extinguishers and
other first aid fire appliances shall be provided around motors
and other electrical equipment in accordance with the approved
rules.
SECTION 407.0 USE AND STORAGE OF FLAMMABLE FILM
407.1 PERMIT REQUIRED: No permit for handling, use, storage or re-
covery of flammable film shall be issued for any building located
as specified in section 406.2; except that those restrictions shall
not apply to the screening and projection rooms of theatres and
other places of amusement or instruction. It shall be unlawful to
store, stock or use any nitro-cellulose or other flammable film in
quantities of more than two thousand (2000) feet in length or more
than ten (10) pounds in weight unless approved by the fire official.
All installations shall comply with the applicable standards listed
in the reference standards of this article.
407.2 STORAGE: Other than motion picture projection and rewind
rooms, or as herein specifically exempted, all rooms in which flam-
mable film is stored or handled shall be enclosed in not less than
two (2) hour f ireresistive construction complying with the provisions
of article 9. All film, except when in process or use, shall be
kept in approved closed containers.
407.21 CABINETS: Flammable film in amounts of twenty-five (25)
to one thousand (1000) pounds shall be stored in approved noncom-
bustible cabinets constructed and vented in accordance with the
approved rules. No one cabinet shall contain more than three hundred
and seventy-five (375) pounds. All cabinets with a capacity of more
than seventy-five (75) pounds shall be equipped with not less than one
(1) automatic sprinkler head.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 126
407.22 VAULTS; Flammable film in amounts greater than one thousand
(1000) pounds shall be kept in vaults constructed as provided in
section 406; except that the interior storage volume shall not
exceed seven hundred and fifty (750) cubic feet.
407.23 ROOMS: Unexposed film may be stored in the original approv-
ed shipping cases complying with the rules of the Interstate Com-
merce Commission in rooms equipped with an approved one-source
sprinkler system complying with the provisions of section 406.36.
407.24 VENTILATION: Storage rooms shall be ventilated as speci-
fied in section 406.34 with the vents arranged to open automati-
cally in the event of fire, in accordance with the approved rules.
407.25 LIGHTING: Artificial illumination shall comply with section
400.5 except that other approved forms of lights may be used in film
studios.
407.26 HEATING: All heating equipment and installations shall con-
form to the requirements of section 406.51. The duct systems of
warm air heating and air conditioning systems shall comply with
article 18, and shall be protected with automatic fire dampers to
cut off all rooms in which film is handled from all other rooms and
spaces in the building. The heating of film vaults shall be auto-
matically controlled to a maximum temperature of seventy (70) de-
grees F.
407.27 FIRE PROTECTION: Approved automatic sprinkler systems
shall be provided in all buildings and structures and parts there-
of in which flammable film is stored or handled in amounts of more
than fifty (50) pounds and as herein specifically required, except
in projection booths and rewind rooms conforming to the requirements
of section 407.3 and 407.4.
407.3 PROJECTION ROOMS: Every room for the use and operation of
motion picture projectors hereafter installed as an integral part
of a building shall be enclosed in walls, floor and ceiling of
approved noncombustible materials and construction, as herein pro-
vided.
407.31 CONSTRUCTION OF PROJECTION ROOMS: The size of the room
shall be adequate to accommodate the apparatus and equipment and
permit manual operation, but in no case less than forty-eight (48)
square feet in area and seven (7) feet in height for one projector
and twenty-four (24) square feet for each additional' machine. The
enclosure shall be constructed smoke and vapor-tight of not less
than two (2) hour f ireresistance. Observation and projector
openings shall in no case exceed twelve (12) inches in any dimen-
sion and shall be equipped with automatic metal, or other approved
noncombustible shutters capable of auxiliary manual operation from
the outside.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 127
407.32 MEANS OF EGRESS FROM PROJECTION ROOMS: At least two (2)
means of egress shall be provided, equipped with three-quarter (3/4)
hour self-closing fire doors, or their approved labeled equivalent,
opening outwardly, not less than two and one-half (2%) feet by six
(6) feet in size, unless otherwise approved by the building official.
407.33 VENTILATION OF PROJECTION ROOMS: Ventilation shall be pro-
vided by an approved mechanical system of ventilation, exhausting
either directly to the outdoors or through a noncombustible flue,
which shall be used for no other purpose. The exhaust capacity
shall be not less than fifteen (15) cubic feet nor more than fifty
(50) cubic feet per minute for each arc lamp, plus two hundred (200)
cubic feet per minute for the volume of the room. The ventilation
system may be extended to serve rewind rooms associated therewith,
but shall not be connected In any way with ventilating or air con-
ditioning systems serving other portions of the building. All ven-
tilating flues shall be constructed and installed to comply with
article 18. All fresh air intakes other than direct open air supply
shall be protected with fire shutters arranged to operate automati-
cally with the port shutters.
407.34 LIGHTING CONTROL: Provision shall be made for control of
the auditorium lighting and the emergency lighting systems of
theatres from inside of the booth and from at least one other con-
venient point in the building as required in section 416.8.
407.35 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: Separate compartments of similar con-
struction to the projection booth shall be provided for storage bat-
teries and motor generators, respectively. Ventilation shall be pro-
vided for such compartments; ventilation for the motor compartment
being independent of any other system. The duct from such compart-
ments leading to outdoors shall be constructed of approved acid-
resisting noncombustible material.
407.36 FILM CAPACITY: The film storage capacity of each projection
or rewind room shall be not more than one hundred and twenty-five
(125) pounds.
407.4 REWIND AND AUXILIARY ROOMS: Rewinding of film shall be done
in the booth in accordance with the approved standards or in a spe-
cial rewind room not less than eighty (80) square feet in area con-
structed as provided in this section for the projection room. Spe-
cial auxiliary rooms may be provided for film storage of not more
than one hundred and twenty-five (125) pounds capacity; but the
total storage capacity of projection, rewind and auxiliary rooms
shall be not more than two hundred and fifty (250) pounds.
407.41 TOILET: A toilet room with approved toilet facilities shall be
connected directly with the projection booth.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 128
407.5 TRIAL EXHIBITION ROOMS: Preview rooms shall provide a seat-
ing capacity of not more than one hundred (100) persons, with not
less than two (2) approved means of egress complying with article
6. Such rooms shall be enclosed in three-quarter (3/4) hour fire-
resistive partitions with self-closing fire doors or their approved
labeled equivalent at the openings. All seats shall be permanently
fixed in position and the arrangement shall comply with the require-
ments of section 416.3.
407.6 TEMPORARY MOTION PICTURE INSTALLATIONS: Temporary motion pic-
ture installations shall require a building permit from the building
official and shall be of approved construction.
407.7 MOTION PICTURE STUDIOS.
407.71 CONSTRUCTION: All buildings designed or used as motion pic-
ture studios shall be protected with an approved two-source automatic
sprinkler system complying with the provisions of article 12; except
that the building official may exempt rooms designed for housing
electrical equipment from this requirement when constructed of fire-
proof (type 1) construction.
407.72 SPECIAL ROOMS: Rooms and spaces used as carpenter and repair
shops, dressing rooms, costume and property stage rooms shall be en-
closed in floors, walls and ceilings of not less than two (2) hour
f ireresistive construction.
407.73 TRIM, FINISH AND DECORATIVE HANGINGS: All permanently at-
tached acoustic, insulating and light reflecting materials and tem-
porary hangings on walls and ceilings shall comply with the require-
ments of article 9.
407.74 FILM STORAGE: All film shall be stored as required in sec-
tion 407.2 and no surplus film shall be kept on the studio stage ex-
cept loaded magazines in the cameras and sound recording apparatus.
All extra loaded magazines shall be stored in a separate magazine
room enclosed in two (2) hour f ireresistive construction.
407.8 FILM LABORATORIES: No film laboratories shall be conducted in
other than fireproof (type-A) buildings or structures, equipped through-
out with r.n approved automatic sprinkler system.
407.9 FILM EXCHANGES: All film exchanges and depots shall be housed
in buildings and structures of fireproof (type 1-A) construction
equipped throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system. All
flammable film other than that in process of receipt, delivery or
distribution shall be stored in vaults complying with the requirements
of section 406.32.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 129
SECTION 408.0 USE AND STORAGE OF COMBUSTIBLE FIBERS
The provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings and
structures involving the storage or use of finely divided combustible
vegetable or animal fibers and thin sheets or flakes of such materials
involving a flash fire hazard, including among others cotton, excel-
sior, hemp, sisal, jute, kapok and paper and cloth in the form of
scrap and clippings in excess of one thousand (1000) pounds. All such
uses shall be subject to the Massachusetts State Fire Prevention Regu-
lations, FPR-13, and the following provisions:
408.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: All buildings designed for the
storage of combustible fibers as herein described shall be constructed
within the limits of height and area specified in table 2-6 for high
hazard use (use group A) except as follows:
408.11 SPECIAL LIMITS: No single storage room or space shall be
more than twelve hundred and fifty (1250) square feet in area or more
than twelve thousand five hundred (12,500) cubic feet in volume un-
less of protected noncombustible (type 2-B) or better construction;
408.12 FLOOR LOADS: The floors of all buildings designed for the
storage of combustible fibers shall not be loaded in excess of one-
half (h) the safe load capacity of the floor, nor shall such materials
be piled to more than two-thirds (2/3) of the clear story height;
408.13 SALVAGE DOORS: Every exterior wall shall be provided with a
door to each storage compartment arranged for quick removal of the
contents;
408.14 WALL OPENINGS: All openings in outside walls shall be equipped
with approved fire doors and fire windows complying with article 9;
408.15 ROOF OPENINGS: All skylights, monitors and other roof open-
ings shall be protected with galvanized wire or other approved cor-
rosion-resistive screens with not less than thirty-six (36) meshes to
the square inch or with wired glass in stationary frames;
408.16 BOILER ROOMS: All power and heating boilers and furnaces
shall be located in detached boiler houses or in a segregated boiler
room enclosed in three (3) hour fireresistive construction with direct
entrance from the outside, except that rooms containing gas-fired
heating equipment may have openings into the warehouse protected with
one and one-half (14) hour fire doors or their approved labeled equiva-
lent.
408.2 FIRE PROTECTION: Fire-extinguishing equipment shall be provided
complying with article 12 consisting of casks, pails and portable chemi-
cal extinguishers and standpipes. Where deemed necessary by the fire
official, a system of outside hydrants and hose shall be provided.
W78 Vol. 18 - 130
408.3 OPEN STORAGE: Only temporary open storage of combustible
fibers shall be permitted on the same premises with a fiber ware-
house and shall be kept covered on top and sides with tarpaulins
secured in place. Not more than seven thousand two hundred (7200)
cubic feet of fiber shall be stored in the open; and fire-extinguish-
ing equipment shall be provided as directed by the fire official.
408.4 SPECIAL TREATMENTS: When combustible fibers are packed in
special noncombustible containers or when packed in bales covered
with wrappings to prevent ready ignition, or when treated by approved
chemical dipping or spraying processes to eliminate the flash fire
hazard, the restictions governing combustible fibers shall not apply.
SECTION 409.0 COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS, GRAIN PROCESSING AND STORAGE
The provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings in which
materials producing flammable dusts and particles which are readily
ignitable and subject to explosion hazards are stored or handled, in-
cluding among others, grain bleachers and elevators, malt houses,
flour, feed or starch mills, wood flour manufacturing and manufacture
and storage of pulverized fuel and similar uses. The applicable
standards listed in the reference standards of this article, except
as herein specifically required, shall be deemed to conform to the
requirements of the Basic Code.
409.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS.
409.11 BUILDINGS: All such buildings and structures, unless herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be of fireproof (type 1), non-
combustible (type 2) , or of laminated planks or lumber sizes quali-
fied for heavy timber mill (type 3-A) construction, within the height
and area limits of high hazard uses (use group A) of table 2-6, ex-
cept that when erected of fireproof (type 1-A) construction, the height
and area of grain elevators and similar structures shall be unlimited,
and when of heavy timber (type 3-A) construction, the structure may be
erected to a height of sixty-five (65) feet; and except further that
in isolated areas, the height of type 3-A structures may be increased
to eighty-five (85) feet.
409.12 GRINDING ROOMS: Every room or space for grinding or other
operations producing flammable dust shall be enclosed with floors and
walls of not less than two (2) hour fireresistance when the area is
not more than three thousand (3000) square feet and of not less than
four (4) hour fireresistance when the area is greater than three thou-
sand (3000) square feet.
409.13 CONVEYORS: All conveyors, chutes, piping and similar equip-
ment passing through the enclosures of such rooms or spaces shall be
constructed dirt and vapor tight, of approved noncombustible materials
complying with Massachusetts State Electrical Code.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 131
409.2 EXPLOSION RELIEF: Mesans for explosion relief shall be pro-
vided as specified in section 402, or such spaces shall be equipped
with the equivalent mechanical ventilation complying with article 18.
409.3 GRAIN ELEVATORS: Grain elevators, malt houses and buildings
for similar uses shall not be located within thirty (30) feet of in-
terior lot lines or structures on the same lot, except when erected
along a railroad right of way.
409.4 COAL POCKETS: Coal pockets located less than thirty (30) feet
from interior lot lines or structures on the same lot shall be con-
structed of not less than protected noncombustible (type 2-A) construc-
tion. When more than thirty (30) feet from interior lot lines, or
erected along a railroad right of way, such structures may be built
of lumber sizes qualifying for heavy timer or laminated construction,
provided they are not more than sixty-five (65) feet in height.
SECTION 410.0 PAINT AND SPRAY BOOTHS
The provisions of this section shall apply to the construction, in-
stallation and use of buildings and structures or parts thereof for
the spraying of flammable paints, varnishes and lacquers or other
flammable materials, mixtures or compounds used for painting, varnish-
ing, staining of similar purposes. All such construction and equip-
ment shall comply with the approved rules and the applicable standards
listed in the reference standards of this article.
410.1 LOCATION OF SPRAYING PROCESSES: Such processes shall be con-
ducted in a spraying space, spray booth, spray room or shall be iso-
lated in a detached building or as otherwise approved by the build-
ing official in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
410.2 CONSTRUCTION.
410.21 SPRAY SPACES: All spray spaces shall be ventilated with an
approved exhaust system to prevent the accumulation of flammable mist
or vapors. When such spaces are not separately enclosed, noncombus-
tible spray curtains shall be provided to restrict the spread of fire.
410.22 SPRAY BOOTHS: All spray booths shall be constructed of ap-
proved noncombustible materials equipped with mechanical ventilating
systems.
410.23 SPRAY ROOMS: All spray rooms shall be enclosed in partitions
of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance . Floors
shall be waterproofed and drained in an approved manner. Floor drains
to the building drainage system and the public sewer shall be prohibited.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 132
410.24 STORAGE ROOMS: Spraying materials in quantities of not more
than twenty (20) gallons may be stored in approved cabinets venti-
lated at top and bottom, when in quantities of more than twenty (20)
gallons and not more than one hundred (100) gallons, they may be
stored in approved double-wall noncombustible cabinets vented direct-
ly to the outer air; and all spraying materials in quantities of more
than one hundred (100) gallons shall be stored in an enclosure of not
less than two (2) hour f ireresistance or in a separate exterior stor-
age building. In no case shall such storage be in quantities of more
than two hundred and fifty (250) gallons, except when stored in isolated
storage buildings; and except further that not more than twenty-five (25)
gallons of spraying material shall be stored in buildings in which
exceptionally highly combustible materials are manufactured or stored.
410.3 VENTILATION OF SPRAYING PROCESSES: The ventilation system
shall comply with the provisions of section 402 and shall be adequate
to exhaust all vapors, fumes and residue of spraying material directly
to the outer air. Fresh air shall be admitted to the spraying spaces
in an amount equal to the capacity of the fan in such manner as to
avoid short-circuiting the path of air in the working space and to
provide air movement with a velocity of not less than one hundred (100)
feet per minute at the face of the spray booth. All ducts and vents
shall be constructed and installed to comply with sections 1017 and
1117 and article 18. Unless equipped with approved explosion-proof
motors with nonferrous blade fans, the mechanical exhaust equipment
shall be located outside of spray spaces. Make-up air shall be
supplied from a point outside the spraying or dipping space such that
it will be uncontaminated by the process exhaust fumes.
410.31 VENTILATING: Ventilating ducts shall run directly to the
outer air and be protected with a hood against the weather. Such
ducts shall not terminate within ten (10) feet horizontally of any
chimney outlet, or within twenty (20) feet of any exit or any open-
ing in an adjoining wall.
41C.32 The exhaust system for any spraying, dipping or drying space
shall not be connected to any other ventilating system or be dis-
charged into a chimney or flue used for the purpose of conveying
gases of combustion.
410.4 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: Artificial lighting and electric equip-
ment shall comply with section 400.5.
410.5 FIRE PROTECTION: Sprinkler heads shall be provided in all
spray, dip and immersing spaces and storage rooms and shall be in-
stalled in accordance with accepted engineering practice and the
standards listed in the reference section of article 12. Where
buildings containing spray areas are not equipped with an approved
automatic sprinkler system, the sprinkler heads in booths and other
spray areas and storage rooms may be supplied from the building water
supply when approved by the building official, to comply with the
provisions of section 1213 for partial sprinkler systems.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 _ 133
SECTION 411.0 DRY CLEANING ESTABLISHMENTS
Before any dry cleaning plant is constructed or an existing plant
is remodeled or altered, complete drawings shall be filed showing to
scale the relative location of the dry cleaning area, the boiler room,
finishing department, solvent storage tanks, pumps, washers, drying
tumblers, extractors, filter traps, stills, piping and all other
equipment involving the use of flammable liquid solvents. All dry
cleaning by Immersion and agitation shall be carried on in closed
machines, installed and operated in accordance with the approved
rules and the applicable standards listed in the reference standards
of this article.
411.1 CLASSIFICATION: For the purpose of the Basic Code, all dry
cleaning and dry dyeing establishments shall be classified as fol-
lows:
411.11 HIGH HAZARD: All such establishments shall be classified as
high hazard which employ gasoline or other solvents having a flash
point below seventy-five (75) degrees F. (Tag. closed-cup) in quanti-
ties of more than three (3) gallons, or more than sixty (60) gallons
of flammable solvents with a flash point between seventy-five (75)
and one hurdred and forty (140) degrees F. (Tag. closed-cup).
411.12 MODERATE HAZARD: All such establishments employing less than
three (3) gallons of volatile flammables with a flash point of less
than seventy-five (75) degrees F. or less than sixty (60) gallons of
solvent with a flash point between seventy-five (75) and one hundred
and forty (140) degrees F. (Tag. closed-cup) shall be classified as moder-
ate hazard.
411.13 LOW HAZARD: All such establishments using solvents of other
than volatile flammable liquids or solvents with a flash point more
than one hundred and forty (140) degrees F. (Tag. closed-cup) in cleaning
and dyeing operations shall be classified as low hazard.
411.2 CONSTRUCTION OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS
411.21 HIGH HAZARD: The construction of new high hazard dry clean-
ing plants, and the installation of high hazard dry cleaning estab-
lishments in new locations shall be prohibited.
411.22 MODERATE HAZARD: Moderate hazard dry cleaning plants as here-
in defined may be located in buildings or structures of any type of
construction other than frame (type 4) buildings subject to the fire
district limitations of article 3 and the height and area limitations
for high hazard buildings (use group A) of table 2-6. The room or
space in which such operations are conducted shall be enclosed in not
less than two (2) hour f ireresistive construction with not less than
two (2) means of egress from each dry cleaning or dry dyeing room or
space.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 134
411.23 LOW HAZARD: Low hazard dry cleaning plants shall not be
restricted as to type of building construction within the height
and area limitations for use group E of table 2-6; except that such
uses shall not be located in basements nor in a building used for
public assembly (use group F) or institutional (use group H) pur-
poses.
411.24 ROOF CONSTRUCTION OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS: The roof over
high hazard dry cleaning plants shall be flat without attic or con-
cealed spaces and shall be provided with a pivot type skylight or
other approved vent complying with section 402, arranged to release
outwardly under explosion pressures.
411.25 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS: The floor finish
in high hazard dry cleaning plants shall be constructed of impervious
noncombustible materials with nonsparking surfaces. There shall be
no openings, vaults or pits below the floor.
411.26 EXTERIOR WALLS OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS: Exterior walls of
high hazard dry cleaning plants having a fire separation of less than
thirty (30) feet shall be solid masonry without openings, but in no
case shall more than two (2) sides of the building be enclosed in
blank walls. Opening protectives of exterior doors and windows shall
have not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance or the la-
beled equivalent construction, and the windows shall be pressure-re-
leasing to comply with section 402.
411.27 BASEMENTS OF DRY CLEANING PLANTS: The basements of all build-
ings in which high or moderate hazard dry cleaning establishments are
conducted shall be completely separated from the superstructure with
unpierced floor construction of not less than two (2) hours firere-
sistance. The access to such basements shall be from the exterior
only.
411.3 BOILER ROOM SEPARATION: Boiler rooms and heating equipment
for moderate hazard dry cleaning plants shall be separated from dry-
ing room, dry cleaning and dry dyeing rooms with unpierced walls of
not less than two (2) hours fireresistance; or such boiler rooms
shall be located in a separate building.
411.4 VENTILATION: Mechanical ventilation systems in moderate
hazard plants shall be adequate to effect ten (10) complete air
changes per hour, low hazard dry cleaning establishments shall be
provided with mechanical ventilation adequate to effect four (4)
complete air changes per hour. Exhaust of all process fumes shall
be directly to the outside air.
411.5 SOLVENT STORAGE: All volatile flammable solvents with a flash
point under seventy-five (75) degrees F. (Tag. closed-cup) shall be
stored underground in accordance with the provisions of section 403.
Interior aboveground storage shall be permitted for solvents with a
flash point above seventy-five (75) F. (Tag. closed-cup) provided the ag-
1/1 /?(• Vol. 18 - 135
gregate quantity of such solvent in use in the system and in storage
is not more than five hundred and fifty (550) gallons and the capac-
ity of any individual tank is not more than two hundred and seventy-
five (275) gallons.
411.6 ELECTRIC WIRING AND EQUIPMENT: All electrical equipment and
wiring shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts State
Electrical Code for hazardous locations; and the cylinders and shells
of all washing machines, drying tumblers, drying cabinets, extractors,
and all aboveground storage containers shall be grounded as therein
required.
411.7 FIRE PROTECTION: Every dry cleaning room and dry dyeing room
employing high and moderate hazard solvents shall be protected with
a fire-extinguishing system consisting of approved automatic sprink-
lers, manually controlled steam-blankets, carbon dioxide flooding
systems or other approved fire-extinguishing equipment.
SECTION 412.0 PRIVATE GARAGES
412.1 ATTACHED GARAGES.
412.11 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Private garages, wherever
attached or adjoining a one or two-family dwelling, shall have a
fireresistance rating of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours.
The sills of any door communicating with the dwelling shall be
raised at least four (4) inches above the garage floor. The doors
shall be three-quarter (3/4) hour fire doors complying with article
9 or one and three-quarter (1-3/4) inch solid core wood door.
412.12 MOTELS AND MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Private garages located
above or beneath motels and multi-family dwellings and in which no
gasoline or oil is stored or handled shall be of protected construc-
tion of not less than two (2) hour fireresistance.
412.13 OTHER CONDITIONS: All private garages not falling within the
purview of sections 412.11 and 412.12 attached to or located beneath
a building shall comply with the requirements of section 413.13 for
public garages.
412.2 MEANS OF EGRESS: Where living quarters are located above a
private garage, required means of egress facilities shall be pro-
tected from the garage area with three-quarter (3/4)' hour fireresis-
tive construction.
SECTION 413.0 PUBLIC GARAGES
Public garages shall comply with the applicable requirements of the
following sections. The portions of such buildings and structures in
which gasoline, oil and similar products are dispensed shall comply
1/]/7R Vol_ 18 _ 136
with the requirements of section 414; the portions in which motor
vehicles are repaired shall comply with section 415; and the por-
tions in which paint spraying is done shall comply with the require-
ments of section 410. All garages shall be subject to the provi-
sions of FPR-4.
413.1 CONSTRUCTION: All group one (1) public garages hereafter
erected shall be classified as storage buildings, moderate hazard
(use group B-l) and all group two (2) public garages shall be classi-
fied as storage buildings, low hazard (use group B-2) and shall
be located on the grade floor and shall comply with the requirements
of section 414.
413.11 SPECIAL HEIGHT LIMITATIONS: Public garage buildings shall
comply with the height and area limitations of table 2-6 for the
classification of the use as specified in section 413. Such
heights may be increased one (1) additional story when the building
is equipped with an approved sprinkler system.
413.12 BASEMENTS: The first floor construction of public garages
of all classifications and public hangars with basements shall be
water and vapor proof . Where openings are provided in the floor
they shall be protected by a curb or ramp not less than six (6)
inches high above the floor to avoid the accumulation of explosive
liquids or vapors and prevent them from spilling to the lower
floor. There shall be not less than two (2) means of egress from
such areas, one of which shall be directly to the outside indepen-
dent of the exitways serving other areas of the building.
413.13 MIXED OCCUPANCY: No public garage shall be located with-
in or attached to a building occupied for any other use, unless
separated from such use by walls or floors complying with table
9-1 for fireresistance. Such fire division shall be continuous
and unpierced by openings; except that door openings equipped with
self-closing fire doors complying with article 9 shall be permitted.
In buildings of single occupancy not excluding the area limitations
of table 2-6 doors without fireresistance shall be permitted be-
tween the garage area and salesroom or offices that are operated
in connection with the garage.
413.14 ROOF STORAGE OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND AIRPLANES: The roof of
a public garage shall not be used for the parking or storage of
motor vehicles unless the building is of construction type 1A, IB,
or 2A. When the roof of a building is used for parking or storage
of motor vehicles, it shall be provided with a parapet wall or
guard rail not less than three (3) feet six (6) inches in height
and a wheel guard not less than six (6) inches in height , located
so as to prevent any vehicle from striking the parapet wall or
guard rail. The use of roofs for airplane storage and landing
shall be subject to the approval of the Civil Aeronautics Authority.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 137
413.15 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION AND DRAINAGE: Floors of public garages
and airplane hangars shall be graded to drain through oil separa-
tors or traps to avoid accumulation of explosive vapors in building
drains or sewers as provided in the Massachusetts State Plumbing
Code. The floor finish shall be of concrete or other approved non-
absorbent noncombustible material.
413.2 VENTILATION: All public garages and airplane hangars shall
be provided with mechanical or natural ventilation adequate to
prevent the accumulation of carbon monoxide or exhaust fumes in
excess of one (1) part in ten thousand (10,000) (.01 percent) ex-
plosive limit. The building official may require a test by a
qualified testing laboratory to determine the adequacy. The cost
of such test shall be borne by the owner. The building official
may require certification of the adequacy of the system by a quali-
fied registered professional engineer.
413.21 BELOW GRADE: Public garages below grade shall be equipped
with mechanical ventilation adequate to provide the ventilation re-
quired under section 413.2. The ventilation system shall be oper-
ated at all times the garage areas are occupied by human beings.
413.22 REPAIR SHOPS OR ROOMS: Products of combustion from inter-
nal combustion engines shall be collected directly from the exhaust
and discharged directly to the outside air by means of a positive
induced draft. The discharge from such system shall be located
so as not to create a hazard to adjoining properties, but not less
than eight (8) feet above the adjacent ground level on the exterior
of the building and shall discharge into a yard or court. When
necessary to discharge across a walkway or private thoroughfare,
the discharge opening shall be carried to a height of not less
than twenty-five (25) feet above the ground level or to a distance
four (4) inches above the highest point of the wall of the building
or structure on which it is located.
413.23 PITS: No pits shall be installed in floors below the first;
and pits in first and upper stories shall be provided with mechani-
cal ventilation adequate to provide the ventilation required under
section 413.2. The ventilation system shall be operated at all
times the pits are occupied by human beings.
413.3 SPECIAL HAZARDS: Any process conducted in conjunction with
public garages involving volatile flammable solvents shall be seg-
regated or located in a detached building or structure, except as
provided in section 403 for the storage and handling of gasoline
and other volatile flammables. The quantity of flammable liquids
stored or handled in public garages other than in underground stor-
age and in the tanks of motor vehicles shall be not more than fi^e
(5) gallons in approved safety cans.
1/1/78 Vol- 18 - 138
413.4 HEATING AND PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT: Radiation and heating
coils and pipes located within six (6) inches of the floor shall
be protected with wire mesh or other approved noncombustible shields
of adequate strength; and with asbestos or other insulation on top
of the equipment when located in partitions or near combustible
racks or woodwork.
413.5 BOILER ROOMS OF PUBLIC GARAGES: All heat generating plants
other than approved direct fired heaters shall be located in sep-
arate buildings or shall be separately enclosed within the struc-
ture with solid, water and vapor tight masonry. All rooms housing
boilers, stoves or other heating apparatus shall be cut off from
all other parts of the building with four (4) hour fireresistive
construction with entrance from outside only, and no openings
through the fire division other than those necessary for heating
pipes or ducts.
413.6 SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS: For sprinkler requirements refer to
article 12, table 12-3.
SECTION 414.0 MOTOR FUEL SERVICE STATIONS
414.1 CONSTRUCTION: Buildings and structures used for the storage
and sale of motor fuel oils may be of all types of construction with-
in the height and area limitations of table 2-6 for business (use
group E) buildings and as modified by sections 303 and 304.0. The
canopies and supports over pumps and service equipment when located
less than twenty (20) feet from interior lot lines shall be con-
structed of approved noncombustible materials.
414.11 OPENING PROTECTIVES: All permissible openings in walls with
a fire separation of less than twenty (20) feet shall be protected
with approved fire windows or fire doors complying with article 9,
except doors in such walls to rest rooms.
414.12 BASEMENTS: Motor fuel service stations shall have no cellars
or basements; and when pits are provided they shall be vented as
required in section 413.2.
414.2 GASOLINE STORAGE: All volatile flammable liquid storage
tanks shall be installed below ground and vented as specified in
section 403. Such tanks shall be subject to the approval of the
fire official and comply with the provisions of FPR-4.
SECTION 415.0 MOTOR VEHICLE REPAIR SHOPS
All buildings and structures designed and used for repair and service-
ing motor vehicles, motor boats, airplanes or other motor driven means
of transportation shall be subject to the limitations of tables 2-5 and
2-6 for moderate hazard storage (use group B-l) . Such buildings shall
be used solely for that purpose.
Vol. 18 - 139
1/1/78 voi
415.1 ENCLOSURE WALLS: Exterior walls, when located within six (6)
feet of interior lot lines or other buildings shall have no openings
therein.
415.2 VENTILATION: All rooms and spaces used for motor vehicle re-
pair shop purposes shall be provided with an approved system of mechani-
cal ventilation providing at least four (4) air changes per hour and
meeting the requirements of section 413.2 and article 18.
415.3 FIRE PREVENTION: No open gas flames except heating devices com-
plying with section 413.5, torches, welding apparatus, or other equip-
ment likely to create an open flame, or spark shall be located in a
room or space in which flammable liquids or highly combustible materials
are used or stored.
SECTION 416.0 PLACES OF PUBLIC ASSEMBLY
The provisions of this section shall apply to all places of public
assembly and all parts of buildings and structures classified in the
use group F-l, theatres and in other places of public assembly, use
groups F-2 , F-3, and F-4 , except as specifically exempted in section
417.
416.1 RESTRICTIONS.
416.11 HIGH HAZARD USES: No place of public assembly shall be permit-
ted in a building classified in the high hazard group (use group A) .
416.12 FRAME CONSTRUCTION: No theatre with stage, fly gallery and
rigging loft shall be permitted in a building of frame (type A) con-
struction.
416.13 LOCATION: All buildings used for assembly purposes shall front
on at least one (1) street in which the main entrance and exitway dis-
charge shall be located. The main exitway shall be adequate to accom-
modate one-third (1/3) the total occupant load, but in any case, the
capacity of the main exitway shall be adequate to provide for the total
capacity of all exitway elements which lead to the main exitway.
416.14 TRIM, FINISH AND DECORATIVE HANGINGS: All permanent acoustic,
insulating and similar materials and temporary hangings shall comply
with the flameresistance requirements of article 9. Moldings and
decorations around the proscenium openings shall be constructed en-
tirely of noncombustible material.
416.15 EXISTING BUILDINGS: Nothing herein contained shall prohibit
the alteration of a building heretofore occupied as a place of public
assembly for such continued use provided the occupancy load is not
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 140
increased and seats, aisles, passageways, balconies, stages, appurte-
nant rooms and all special permanent equipment comply with the require-
ments of this article.
416.16 NEW BUILDINGS: No building not heretofore occupied as a place
of public assembly shall hereafter be altered to be so occupied unless
it is made to comply with all the provisions of this article.
416.2 THEATRE MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIREMENTS.
416.21 TYPES OF EXITWAYS: The required exitways from every tier or
floor of a theatre shall consist of grade exitway discharge doors, in-
terior or exterior stairways or horizontal exits which provide direct
access to a street, an exitway discharge court, or unobstructed passage-
way, hallway or lobby leading to a street or open public space. The
number, location and construction of all means of egress facilities
shall comply with the requirements of article 6 and the provisions of
this section.
416.22 NUMBER OF STAIRWAYS IN AUDITORIUM: Each tier above the main
floor of a theatre or other auditorium shall be provided with at least
two (2) interior enclosed stairways which shall be loacted on opposite
sides of the structure with the following exception: stairs serving
the first balcony only or mezzanine thereunder shall not require en-
closures; however, such stairs shall discharge to a lobby on the main
floor. Exitway stairways serving galleries above the balcony shall
lead directly to the street or open public space as provided in sec-
tion 416.21.
416.23 EMERGENCY MEANS OF EGRESS FROM MAIN FLOOR OF AUDITORIUM: In
addition to the main floor entrance and exitway, emergency exitway
discharge doors shall be provided on both sides of the auditorium
which lead directly to a street, or through an exterior passageway to
the street independent of other exitways, or to an exitway discharge
court as defined in this Code.
416.24 EMERGENCY MEANS OF EGRESS FROM BALCONIES AND GALLERIES: Emer-
gency exitways shall be provided from both sides of each balcony and
gallery with direct egress to the street, or to an independent passage-
way, or to an exitway discharge court. There shall be no communication
from any portion of the building to the emergency exitway stairways ex-
cept from the tier for which such exitway is exclusively intended.
416.25 EXITWAY DISCHARGE COURTS: All exitway discharge courts shall be
not less than six (6) feet wide for the first six hundred (600) persons
to be accommodated or fraction thereof, and shall be increased one (1)
foot in width for each additional two hundred and fifty (250) persons.
Such courts shall extend sufficiently in length to include the side and
rear emergency exitways from the auditorium.
416.26 HARDWARE: Refer to section 612.42 for requirements.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 141
416.27 EXITWAY DOORWAY WIDTHS: The maximum width of single exitway
doorways shall be forty-two (42) inches and the minimum width of
double doorways shall be sixty-six (66) inches.
416.28 "EXIT" LIGHTS: All exitway doors shall be marked with illum-
inated "Exit" signs complying with section 624 which shall be kept
lighted at all times during occupancy of the building.
416.3 THEATRE SEATINGS.
416.31 FIXED SEATS: In all theatres and similar places of assembly
except churches, stadiums and reviewing stands, individual fixed seats
shall be provided with an average width of not less than thirty-two
(32) inches apart, back to back, measured horizontally. The clear
unobstructed distance which can be provided for passage between rows
of seats shall be twelve (12) inches.
416.32 NUMBER OF SEATS: Aisles shall be provided so that not more
than seven (7) seats intervene between any seat and the aisle or
aisles, except that the number of seats in a row shall not be limited
when self-raising seats are provided which leave an unobstructed pas-
sage between rows of sieats of not less than eighteen (18) inches in
width leading to side aisle in which exitway doorways are located at
not more than twenty-five (25) foot intervals to the exitway corridor
or exitway discharge court.
416.33 BOX SEATS: In boxes or loges with level floors, the seats
need not be fastened when not more than fourteen (14) in number.
416.34 WHEELCHAIR FACILITIES: Facilities shall be provided for the
handicapped according to the provisions of the reference standards
of this article.
416.4 THEATRE AISLES.
416.41 LONGITUDINAL AISLES: The width of longitudinal aisles at
right angles to rows of seats and with seats on both sides of the
aisle shall be not less than forty-two (42) inches. The width of
the longitudinal aisles with banks of seats on one (1) side only
shall be not less than twenty-four (24) inches.
416.42 CROSS AISLES: When there are twenty-seven (27) or more rows
of seats on the main floor of theatres, cross aisles shall be pro-
vided so that no block of seats shall have more than twenty-two (22)
rows. The width of cross aisles shall be not less than the widest
aisle with which they connect or the width of exitway which they
serve; but no cross aisle shall be less than forty-two (42) inches
wide, or when bordering on means of entrance not less than forty-
eight (48) inches wide. In balconies and galleries of theatres, one
or more cross aisles shall be provided when there are more than ten
(10) rows of seats.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 142
416.43 GRADIENT: Aisles shall not exceed a gradient of one and
three-quarters (1-3/4) inches per foot except where subject to re-
quirements for use of handicapped. No aisles or the main floor may
be stepped.
416.44 BALCONY STEPS: Steps may be provided in balconies and gal-
leries only, and such steps shall extend the full width of the aisle
with treads and risers complying with article 6, which shall be il-
luminated by lights on both sides or by a step light or otherwise
to insure an intensity of not less than one (1) foot candle.
416.45 RAILINGS: Metal or other approved noncombustible railings
shall be provided on balconies and galleries as herein prescribed:
At the facia of boxes, balconies and galleries not less than thirty
(30) inches in height; and not less than thirty-six (36) inches in
height at the foot of steps;
Along cross aisles not less than twenty-six (26) inches in height
except where the backs of the seats along the front of the aisle
project twenty-four (24) inches or more above the floor of the
aisle;
Where seatings are arranged in successive tiers, and the height of
rise between platforms exceeds eighteen (18) inches, not less than
twenty-six (26) inches in height along the entire row of seats at
the edge of the platform.
416.5 THEATRE FOYERS.
416.51 CAPACITY: In every theatre or similar place of public assembly,
not including churches, for theatrical use with stage and scenery loft,
a foyer or lobby shall be provided with a net floor area, exclusive
of stairs or landings, of not less than one and one-half (14) square
feet for each occupant having access thereto . The use of foyers and
lobbies and other available spaces for harboring occupants until
seats become available shall not encroach upon the clear floor area
herein prescribed or upon the required clear width of front exitways.
416.52 EGRESS: When the foyer is not directly connected to the
public street through the main lobby, an unobstructed corridor or
passage shall be provided which leads to and equals in minimum width
the required width of main entrances and exitways.
416.53 GRADIENT: The rear foyer shall be at the same level as the
back of the auditorium and the exitways leading therefrom shall not
have a steeper gradiwnt than one (1) foot in ten (10) feet.
416.54 CONSTRUCTION: The partitions separating the foyer from the
auditorium and other adjoining rooms and spaces of theatres shall
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 143
be constructed of not less than two (2) hour f ireresistance; except
that opening protectives may be constructed of noncombustible ma-
terials without f ireresistance rating.
416.55 WAITING SPACES: Waiting spaces for harboring occupants shall
be located only on the first or auditorium floor. Additional capacity
of exitway shall be provided for the waiting space occupancy based on
an allowance of three (3) square feet for each person.
416.6 THEATRE STAGE CONSTRUCTION.
416.61 STAGE ENCLOSURE WALLS: Every stage hereafter erected or al-
tered for theatrical performances which is equipped with portable or
fixed scenery, lights and mechanical appliances, shall be enclosed
on all sides with solid walls of not less than four (4) hour fire-
resistance, extending continuously from foundation to at least four (4)
feet above the roof. There shall be no window opening in such walls
within six (6) feet of an interior lot line; and all permissible win-
dow openings shall be protected with three-quarter (3/4) hour fire
windows complying with article 9.
416.62 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: The entire stage, except that portion
used for the working of scenery, traps, and other mechanical appa-
ratus for the presentation of the scene, shall be not less than
three (3) hour fireresistive construction. All openings through the
stage floor shall be equipped with tight-fitting, solid wood trap
doors not less than three (3) inches in thickness or other materials
of equal physical and fireresistive properties.
416.63 ROOF AND RIGGING LOFT: The roof over the stage shall be of
not less than three (3) hour fireresistive construction. The rigging
loft, fly galleries and pin rails shall be constructed of approved
noncombustible materials.
416.64 FOOTLIGHTS AND STAGE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT: Footlights and
border lights shall be installed in troughs constructed of noncom-
bustible materials. All electrical equipment shall conform to the
requirements of Massachusetts State Electrical Code, and the switch-
board shall be readily accessible and protected from any potential
damage .
416.65 STAGE, MEANS OF EGRESS: There shall be provided at least
one (1) approved means of egress from each side of the stage lead-
ing to an approved discharge area.
416.66 PROSCENIUM WALL: There shall be no other openings in the
wall separating the stage from the auditorium except the main proscen-
ium opening; two (2) doorways at the stage level, one (1) on each
side thereof; and, where necessary, not more than two (2) doorways to
the musicians' pit from the space below the stage floor. Each such
doorway shall not exceed twenty-one (21) square feet in area and
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 144
shall be protected with approved automatic and self-closing fire
door assemblies complying with article 9 with a combined fireresis-
tance rating of three (3) hours or the approved labeled equivalent.
416.67 PROSCENIUM CURTAIN: Where required, the proscenium opening
shall be protected with an approved automatic f ireresistive and
smoke-tight curtain, or its approved equivalent, designed to resist
an air pressure of not less than ten (10) pounds per square foot
normal to its surface, both inward and outward. The curtain shall
withstand a one-half (%) hour fire test at a temperature of not less
than seventeen hundred (1700) degrees F. without the passage of
flame. The curtain shall be operated by an automatic heat-activated
device to descend instantly and safely and to completely close the
proscenium opening at a rate of temperature rise of fifteen (15) to
twenty (20) degrees F. per minute, and by an auxiliary operating
device to permit prompt and Immediate manual closing of the proscenium
opening .
416.68 STAGE VENTILATION: Metal or other approved noncombustible
ventilators, equipped with movable shutters or sash shall be pro-
vided over the stage, constructed to open automatically and instantly
by approved heat -activated devices, with an aggregate clear area of
opening not less than one-eighth (1/8) the area of the stage. Sup-
plemental means shall be provided for manual operation of the venti-
lator.
416.7 DRESSING AND APPURTENANT ROOMS.
416.71 CONSTRUCTION: Dressing rooms, scene docks, property rooms,
work shops and store rooms and all compartments appurtenant to the
stage shall be of fireproof (type 1) construction and shall be sep-
arated from the stage and all other parts of the building by walls
of not less than three (3) hour fireresistance. No such rooms shall
be placed immediately over or under the operating stage area.
416.72 OPENING PROTECTIVES : No openings other than to trunk rooms
and the necessary doorways at stage level shall connect such rooms
with the stage and such openings shall be protected with one and
one-half (1%) hour self-closing fire doors or the approved labeled
equivalent complying with article 9.
416.73 INTERIOR TRIM: All shelving and closets in dressing rooms,
property rooms or storage rooms shall be constructed of flameresis-
tant materials complying with article 9.
416.74 DRESSING ROOM AND STAGE EXITWAYS : Each tier of dressing
rooms shall be provided with at least two (2) means of egress, one
of which shall lead directly to an exitway corridor , exitway dis-
charge court or street. Exitway stairways from dressing and storage
rooms may be unenclosed in the stage area behind the proscenium wall.
At least one approved exitway shall be provided from each side of
the stage and from each side of the space under the stage, and from
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 145
each fly gallery and from the gridiron to a street, exitway dis-
charge court or passageway to a street. An iron ladder shall be
provided from the gridiron to a scuttle in the stage roof.
416.8 LIGHTING.
416.81 EXITWAYS : During occupancy all exitways in places of assem-
bly shall be lighted to comply with the requirements of section 624.
416.82 AUDITORIUMS: Aisles in auditoriums shall be provided with
general illumination of not less than one-tenth (1/10) foot candles
at the front row of seats and not less than two-tenths (2/10) foot
candles at the last row of seats and the illumination shall be
maintained throughout the showing of motion pictures or other pro-
jections.
416.821 FOYERS AND WAITING SPACES: Foyers and waiting spaces shall
be artificially lighted by electrical means at all times during oc-
cupancy of a place of assembly so as to provide all illumination
of at least five (5) foot candles at the level of the floor and on
the surface of all stairs, steps, ramps, and escalators within the
foyers and waiting spaces.
416.822 OPEN EXTERIOR SPACES: Yards or courts which serve as open
exterior spaces shall be artificially lighted by electrical means
at all times between sunset and sunrise during occupancy of a place
of assembly so as to provide illumination of at least five (5) foot
candles at the level of the floor over at least the required area.
416.83 OTHER PLACES OF PUBLIC ASSEMBLY: All areas and portions of
buildings used as places of public assembly other than theatres
shall be lighted by electric light to provide a general illumina-
tion of not less than one (1) foot candle.
416.84 CONTROL: The lighting of exitways, aisles and auditoriums
shall be controlled from a location inaccessible to unauthorized
persons. Supplementary control shall be provided as specified in
section 407.34 in the motion picture projection room.
416.85 EMERGENCY LIGHTING: In all theatre buildings and similar
structures used for public assembly purposes, all exitways shall
be lighted by means of electricity so arranged and controlled that
the interruption of service on any other circuit inside the build-
ing or structure will not interrupt the required exitway lighting,
including corridors, stairways, foyers, and lobbies.
416.9 FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT: Every theatre
classified in the F-l use group shall be equipped with fire-extin-
guishing equipment complying with the requirements of article 12
and as herein specified.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 146
416.91 SPRINKLER SYSTEM: Approved automatic sprinkler systems com-
plying with the provisions of sections 1212 and 1213 shall be pro-
vided to protect all parts of the building except the auditorium,
foyers and lobbies or in the immediate vicinity of automatic equip-
ment or over dynamos and electric equipment. Such protection shall
be provided over the stage, under the gridiron, under all fly gal-
leries, in dressing rooms over the proscenium opening on the stage
side, under the stage, in all basements, cellars, work rooms, store
rooms, property rooms and in toilet, lounge, and smoking rooms.
416.92 STANDPIPES: Standpipe fire lines complying with the provi-
sions of sections 1206 and 1207 shall be provided with outlets and
hose attachments one on each side of the auditorium in each tier;
one in each mezzanine; one in each tier of dressing rooms; and
protecting each property, store and work room.
416.93 FIRST-AID STANDPIPES: First-aid standpipes complying with
the provisions of section 1209 shall be provided on each side of
the stage. Such standpipes shall be not less than two and one-half
(24) inches in diameter, equipped with one and one-half (1^) inch
hose and three-eighth (3/8) inch nozzles.
416.94 HOSE OUTLETS: A sufficient quantity of hose shall be pro-
vided, equipped with regulation fire department couplings, nozzle
and hose spanner, to reach all areas as specified in article 12.
416.95 FIRST-AID HAND EQUIPMENT: Approved portable two and one-
half (2^) gallon fire extinguishers shall be provided and located
as follows: two (2) on each tier on floor of the stage; one (1)
immediately outside of the motion picture projection room; one
(1) in each dressing room; and one (1) in each work, utility and
storage room. Fire axes and fire hooks shall also be provided as
directed by the fire official; and all fire extinguishers and fire
tools shall be securely mounted on walls in plain view and readily
accessible.
SECTION 417.0 PUBLIC ASSEMBLY OTHER THAN THEATRES
Other places of public assembly including auditoriums, armories,
bowling alleys, broadcasting studios, chapels, community houses,
dance halls, gymnasiums, lecture halls, museums, exhibition halls,
night clubs, restaurants, rinks, roof gardens and similar occupan-
cies and uses shall comply with the general exitway requirements
of article 6 and the applicable requirements of section 416, except
the provisions of sections 416.45 and 416.54 or as herein specifi-
cally exempted. Places of public assembly which are equipped with
a stage, movable scenery, scenery loft and dressing rooms shall
comply with all the requirements of section 418, except use groups
F-l theatres.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 147
417.1 NUMBER OF EXITWAYS: Every tier, floor level and story of places
of public assembly other than theatres, shall be provided with the
number of required exitways herein specified of not less than the
required width complying with article 6 for the occupancy load. The
required exitways shall be remote and independent of each other and
located on opposite sides of the area served thereby.
Minimum Number
Occupancy Load Per Floor of Exitways
Not more than 500 2
501 to 900 3
901 to 1800 4
Over 1800 5
417.2 AISLES WITH FIXED SEATS: All rows of seats shall be individually
fixed or fixed in rigid units between longitudinal aisles complying with
section 416.32 and 416.4 except as provided for chapels and churches in
section 610.3. Where permitted, continuous fixed benches shall comply
with the provisions of section 421.7.
417.3 AISLES WITHOUT FIXED SEATS: Tables and chairs in all rooms and
spaces for assembly use shall provide convenient access by unobstructed
aisles not less than thirty-six (36) inches wide which lead to required
exitways complying with article 6. Tables and chairs shall be so arranged
that the distance from any chair at any table by way of a path between
tables and chairs is not greater than eighteen (18) feet to an aisle
leading to an exitway. The width of the path shall be at least eighteen
(18) inches; except that it may be reduced by one (1) inch for each one
(1) foot that the distance to the aisle is less than eighteen (18) feet,
but may not be reduced to less than twelve (12) inches. Chairs, when
placed with the front edge of the seat on a line with the edge of the
table, shall not protrude into this path. Booths containing up to eight
(8) seats may be used, provided they open directly on an aisle.
417.4 KITCHEN AND SERVICE PANTRIES: Where kitchen and service pantries
are provided, they shall be separately enclosed in partitions, floors
and ceilings of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance,
except for opening protectives; and no required element of exitway shall
pass through such areas.
417.5 BOWLING ALLEYS: The storage and use of all volatile flammable
liquids shall comply with section 403 and the finishing rooms shall be
separately enclosed in two (2) hour f ireresistive construction with
floor finish of concrete or other noncombustible, nonabsorbent material.
417.6 SKATING RINKS: No skating rinks shall be located below the floor
nearest grade.
SECTION 418.0 AMUSEMENT PARKS
All buildings and structures used as part of an amusement park shall
be subject to the provisions of this Code as applicable. Unusual
buildings, structures or devices which require a building permit by the
provisions of this Code but are beyond the normal scope of applicability
of this Code shall be subject to the provisions of section 128.0 and
shall be considered to be within those categories of structures listed
in section 128.1 as subject to control.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 148
418.1 TEMPORARY AMUSEMENT FACILITIES AND DEVICES: Any moving struc-
ture or structure with any moving parts, and any structure, which
in the opinion of the local building official, may represent a poten-
tial danger or hazard, shall have an affadavit submitted by a quali-
fied registered professional engineer that the structure as designed
and constructed is safe for its intended use and he shall provide
certification that the structure has been inspected by a qualified
registered professional engineer within six (6) months and meets all
the requirements necessary to operate safely according to its design
use. Furthermore, a qualified registered professional engineer shall
be responsible for direction of the erection of such structures and
shall certify that they have been erected in compliance with their
design requirements. Any such structure, which is to accommodate
human use in any way, shall be certified for the number of persons
for which it is designed or as may be allowed by the local building
official.
SECTON 419.0 STADIUMS AND GRANDSTANDS
Stadiums and grandstands shall be constructed as required by this
Code and in accordance with the approved rules and the Standard for
Tents and Grandstands Used for Places of Assembly (NFPA 102) listed
in the reference standards of this article.
419.1 RAILS: Every ramp, stairway, deck and tier shall have an ap-
proved protective railing or guard not less than three (3) feet six
(6) inches high on all open sides when three (3) feet or more above
grade level or above any other level occupied by the public. Front
railings of grandstands when the foot rest is more than two (2) feet
above the ground shall be not less than thirty-three (33) inches
high.
419.2 SPACES UNDERNEATH SEATS: Spaces underneath grandstand seats
shall be kept free of all combustible and flammable materials and
shall not be occupied or used for other than exitways; except that
when enclosed in not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistive
construction, the building official may approve the use of such spaces
for other purposes that do not endanger the safety of the public.
SECTION 420.0 TENTS AND OTHER TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
Tents shall be constructed as required by this Code and in accord-
ance with accepted engineering practice and the Standard for Tents,
Grandstands and Air-Supported Structures Used for Places of Assembly
(NFPA 102) listed in the reference standards of this article.
420.1 CONDITIONS OF PERMIT AND LOCATION: Tents and other temporary
structures may be erected for a period as determined by the building
official. Such structures may not be erected within the fire district
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 149
for a period of more than twenty-four (24) hours unless such use Is
reviewed and approved by the fire official, and any such structure
erected within the fire district shall be subject to any conditioa
of use and protection as may be determined by the building official.
420.2 TENT CONSTRUCTION: Tents and other temporary structures shall
be of an approved type and shall have evidence submitted that the
structure satisfies all structural and fire-safety requirements.
420.3 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: No combustible materials shall be per-
mitted under stands or seats at any time. Excessive vegetation shall
not be allowed beneath the stands or seats.
SECTION 421.0 RADIO AND TELEVISION TOWERS
Commercial radio and television towers shall have complete structural
drawings and specifications submitted by a qualified registered pro-
fessional engineer, bearing his seal and signature.
SECTION 422.0 SWIMMING POOLS
422.1 GENERAL: Pools used for swimming or bathing shall be in con-
formity with the requirements of this section; provided, however,
these regulations shall not be applicable to any such pool less than
twenty-four (24) inches deep or having a surface area less than two-
hundred and fif;y (250) square feet. For purposes of this Code, pools
are classified as private swimming pools or public swimming pools, as
defined in section 422.2.
422.2 CLASSIFICATION OF POOLS: Any pool intended to be used primarily
for swimming and designated as being a private pool for the use only
of the occupants of a one- or two-family dwelling shall be designated
a private pool. Any pool intended to be used primarily for swimming
which is not a private pool as defined above shall be classified as a
public pool.
422.3 PLANS AND PERMIT.
422.31 PERMITS: No swimming pool subject to the provisions of this
Code shall be constructed, installed, enlarged, or altered until a
building permit has been obtained from the building official.
422.32 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The application for the permit shall
be accompanied by copies of the specifications and plans drawn to scale.
The plans shall accurately show dimensions and construction of the pool
including vertical elevations and sections showing depth in sufficient
clarity to clearly indicate the nature of the structure and show all
details necessary for conformance with the provisions of this Code.
All plans for public pools must be submitted with the seal and signa-
ture of a qualified registered professional engineer.
l/l/78 Vol. 18 - 150
422.4 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION.
422.41 GENERAL: Pools shall be constructed so as to be water tight and
easily cleaned. They shall provide safe and easy means of egress.
422.42 STRUCTURAL DESIGN: The pool structure shall be engineered and
designed in conformance with the normal engineering practices and subject
to all the provisions of this Code.
422.43 WALL SLOPES: In public swimming pools, which are designed and
constructed subject to the provisions of this Code, the side and end
walls shall be vertical and shall have a safety ledge at the deep end of
the pool, located at a level four (4) feet six (6) inches below the
surface of the water. Safety ledges shall be four (4) inches wide.
422.44 FLOOR SLOPES: In public pools, the slope of the floor on the
shallow side of the transition point between shallow and deep water
shall not be more than five (5) feet deep.
422.45 SURFACE CLEANING: All swimming pools shall be provided with a
recirculating skimming device or overflow gutters to remove scum and
foreign matter from the surface of the water in conformance with Article
VI of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health
Sanitary Code.
422.46 WALKWAYS: All public swimming pools shall have walkways not
less than four (4) feet in width extending entirely around the pool.
Where curbs or sidewalks are used around any swimming pool, they shall
have a nonslip surface for a width of not less than one (1) foot at the
edge of the pool and shall be so arranged to prevent return of surface
water to the pool.
422.47 STEPS AND LADDERS: Steps or ladders may be used as approved
means of egress from swimming pools. At least one (1) approved means of
egress must be provided in any pool constructed subject to the provisions
of this Code. Steps must be nonskid and have the following requirements:
Width ten (10) inches minimum, area two hundred and forty (240) square
inches minimum, risers twelve (12) inches maximum.
In public pools, step holes inserted in the pool wall shall not be
accepted as a required means of egress. All steps and ladders shall
have handrails on both sides extending onto the deck surface adjacent to
the pool. Handrails are not required in private pools where there are
four steps or fewer.
In public pools, approved means of egress must be provided for a
maximum of seventy-five (75) feet of pool perimeter wherever the height
from the bottom of the pool to the ledge or top of the wall exceeds
twelve (12) inches.
422.5 WATER SUPPLY, TREATMENT AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS: All water supply,
treatment and drainage systems shall conform to the requirements of
Article VI of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public
Health Sanitary Code.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 151
422.6 APPURTENANT STRUCTURES
422.61 APPURTENANT STRUCTURES: All appurtenant structures, installa-
tions, and equipment; such as showers, dressing rooms, equipment houses
or other buildings and structures, including plumbing, heating, and
air conditioning, amongst others appurtenant to a swimming pool, shall
comply with all applicable requirements of the Basic Code, the Massa-
chusetts State Plumbing Code, the Massachusetts State Electrical Code,
and Article VI of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of
Public Health Sanitary Code.
422.62 ACCESSORIES: All swimming pool accessories shall be designed,
constructed, and installed so as not to be a safety hazard. Installa-
tions or structures for diving purposes shall be properly anchored to
insure stability, and properly designed and located for maximum safety.
422.7 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
422.71 ELECTRICAL SAFETY: The construction and installation of elec-
trical wiring for equipment in or adjacent to swimming pools, to me-
talic appurtenances in or within five (5) feet of the pool, and to
auxiliary equipment such as pumps, filters, and similar equipment shall
conform to article 680 of the Massachusetts State Electrical Code.
422.72 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS: Pumps, filters, and other mechanical
and electrical equipment for public and semi-public swimming pools
shall be enclosed in such a manner as to be accessible only to autho-
rized persons and not to bathers. Construction and drainage shall be
such as to avoid the entrance and accumulation of water in the vicinity
of electrical equipment.
422.8 GENERAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: Any public swimming pool shall be
enclosed by an impassible four (4) foot high fence with a self- latching
gate or an equivalent enclosure or means of protection from access to
the pool.
SECTION 423.0 OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
Opening parking structures shall be subject to the provisions of
this section, Massachusetts State Fire Prevention Regulation, FPR-4
and NFPA 88 such that those regulations which provide for the greatest
public safety shall apply in any case. In addition, where applicable,
sections 414, 415 and 410 of this Code shall apply
423-. 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Open Structures for the parking of pas-
senger motor vehicles shall be constructed of noncombustible materials
throughout, including structural framing, floors, roofs and walls.
423.11 VEHICLE CAPACITY: Open passenger vehicle parking structures are
those structures used for the parking or storage of passenger motor vehicles
designed to carry not more than nine (9) persons.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 152
423.12 RAMP TYPE STRUCTURES: Ramp type parking structures are
those employing a series of continuously rising floors or a series
of interconnecting ramps between floors permitting the movement of
passenger automobiles under their own power to and from the street
level .
423.13 MECHANICAL TYPE PARKING STRUCTURES: Mechanical type parking
structures employ specially designed parking machines, elevators,
lifts, conveyors, moving cranes, dollies, or other devices for
moving passenger vehicles to and from the street level.
423.2 SEPARATIONS: Parking structures may be erected without
enclosure walls with the following exception: when located within
fifteen (15) feet of interior lot lines a noncombustible enclosure
wall of two (2) hours f ireresistance rating with no openings is
required.
423.3 MEANS OF EGRESS: Refer to section 609.3.
423.4 BASEMENTS: Basements, if used for parking vehicles, shall be
sprinklered in accordance with article 12, and shall comply with the
ventilation requirements of section 415.12.
423.5 HEIGHTS AND AREAS: Heights and areas of open parking structures
shall not exceed the limits in the following table:
TABLE 4-4 HEIGHT AND LIMITATION FOR OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
Type of Construction Height Area
1A, IB, 2A Unlimited Unlimited
2B 100' Unlimited
2C 75' Unlimited
423.51 HORIZONTAL DISTANCE: The horizontal distance from any point
on any level to an exterior wall opening on a street, alley, court-
yard, or any other permanent open space shall not exceed two hundred
(200) feet.
423.52 STREET FRONTAGE INCREASE: The areas of open parking structures
snail be subject to the provisions of section 308.1.
423.6 CURBS AND BUMPERS: Curbs or bumpers of noncombustible materials
shall be provided at the perimeter of each parking tier. Such curbs
or bumpers shall be at least twelve (12) inches high, substantially
anchored, and so located that no part of any motor vehicle will
contact a wall, partition or railing.
1/1/7R Vol. 18 - 153
423.7 RAILINGS: Substantial railings or protective guards of non-
combustible materials shall be provided at the perimeter of all park-
ing tiers; except where exterior walls are provided, and around all
interior floor openings. Such railings or guards shall be at least
three (3) feet six (6) inches high, and shall be designed in accor-
dance with the requirements of article 7.
423.8 FLOOR OPENINGS: Floor openings shall be protected by enclosure
barriers at least six (6) inches high.
SECTION 424.0 GROUP RESIDENCE IN THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
424.1 DEFINITION: A premise, licensed or operated by an agency of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the residential care in any
single building of not more than twelve (12) unrelated persons between
the ages of seven (7) and fifteen (15) inclusive, or up to twenty-five
(25) unrelated persons sixteen (16) years of age or over, as may be
approved by the licensing or operating state agency, who are capable of
self-preservation. The use of such accommodations provided for a group
residence as defined herein shall be considered the same as a normal
single-family residence for the purpose of these regulations and shall
not be construed as being similar to a boarding house, lodging house
or dormitory. These provisions will apply to group residence uses
providing accommodations for the care of not more than twenty-five (25)
individuals.
424.2 NEW AND EXISTING OCCUPANCIES: These regulations apply to exist-
ing buildings, which are to be used as group residences as defined in
section 424.1 of this Code, and to buildings and/or structures herein-
after erected or altered, which are to be used as group residences as
defined in section 424.1 of this Code.
424.21 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Any existing building whose occupancy
is altered for use as a group residency under the provisions of section
424.0 shall have filed with the local building department a complete
set of plans showing in detail all rooms, doors, corridors, windows,
stairs and stairways, hazard vertical openings (section 424.51), and
the location of all fire detection equipment, alarms, and fire sup-
pression equipment.
424.3 HAZARD OF CONTENTS: Any household contents, which represent a
fire hazard greater than that which could be expected of ordinary
household furnishings, shall not be allowed.
424.4 MEANS OF EGRESS: A means of egress shall be a continous path
of travel from any point in a building to the open air outside at
ground level.
424.41 PRINCIPAL MEANS OF EGRESS: There shall be a principal means
of egress normally used by the occupants to leave the building. Under
fire conditions this exit would be the first choice for exiting.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 154
424.42 ESCAPE ROUTE: There shall be a back-up, or escape route, avail-
able to each occupant from any occupied portion of the building to pre-
clude any possibility of entrapment in the event that the principal
means of egress is blocked by fire, smoke or structural collapse. This
escape route shall be so determined as to minimize the likelihood that
it can be deliberately compromised.
424.43 TIME FOR EGRESS: The time taken to accomplish total evacuation
of the building shall not exceed one (1) minute per floor, with a maxi-
mum time of two and one-half (2*5) minutes as determined by and to the
satisfaction of the licensing agency in accordance with Section 9.1 of
9 CHSR S. 51 Title 9 Code of Human Services Regulations, promulgated by
the Executive Office of Human Services of the Commonwealth of Massachu-
setts.
424.44 REQUIREMENTS FOR EGRESS AND ESCAPE ROUTES: All main egress
doors must swing in the anticipated direction of egress or escape
where practicable.
424.5 FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES.
424.51 HAZARDOUS VERTICAL OPENINGS: Hazardous Vertical Openings such
as laundry chutes, dumb waiters, heating plenums or combvstible concealed
spaces shall be enclosed or protected with a minimum of three-eights
(3/8) inch gypsum sheet rock on the side of the expected exposure to
delay the spread of fire and smoke. Automatic detection systems as
specified in Section 6 shall be provided in each space.
424.52 SMOKE SCREENS: For the purposes of this Code a solid bondea
core smokestop wood door with an automatic closer will be acceptable
as a divider in providing two noncrossing, independent, egress routes.
424.53 INTERIOR FINISH: Only Class A and B Interior Finishes shall be
permitted in the principal means of egress (to flame spread of seventy-
five (75)). In the refinishing of any area, materials with a flame spread
rating in excess of two hundred (200) are not allowed.
424.6 ALARM DETECTION SYSTEM: An approved automatic fire/smoke detec-
tor system and alarm system shall be provided.
424.61 TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF DETECTORS:
TYPE LOCATION
Products of Combustion Principal means of egress on each
floor.
Smoke Detectors Living-Dining-Recreation Areas.
Rate of Rise Detectors Boiler Room-Kitchen-Bedroom.
Fixed Temperature Detectors Closets and vent shafts, and con-
cealed spaces.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 155
424.62 TYPES AND LOCATIONS OF ALARMS:
TYPE LOCATION
Manual Sending Each exit of principal means of
egress.*
Manual Sending One outdoor alarm of a type ac-
ceptable to local Fire Depart-
ments; maximum two hundred (200)
feet from building.*
Automatic Connection to Manual From each detector.
*To municipal fire department as
well, wherein practicable.
424.63 ALARM SOUNDING AND VISIBLE DEVICES: Alarm sounding devices shall
be provided of such character and so distributed as to be effectively
heard in every room above all other sounds. Visible alarm devices may be
used only in conjunction with an approved back-up system, and where spe-
cifically approved.
Every alarm sounding device shall be distinctive in pitch and quality
from all other sounding devices.
424.64 MAINTENANCE AND SUPERVISION: Each detector (or system) and alarm
shall be provided with a signal (either visible or audible) to indicate
when it is not capable of functioning according to its designed purpose;
and shall be periodically inspected and certified by the licensing agency.
The entire electrical alarm and detector system circuit shall be designed
so that the disruption of any part of the continuous circuit will set
off an alarm.
424.7 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT: Manually operated fire-fighting equipment
such as hand extinguishers, shall be available to the custodian and other
designated personnel.
424.8 INSPECTION: Inspections shall be made frequently by authorized
inspectors to insure conformance with this Code. The results of such
inspections shall be reported to the licensing agency on a prepared
checklist and signed by the authorized inspector.
424.9 FINAL CERTIFICATION OF OCCUPANT: After preliminary certification
by those qualified certifying personnel as specified in 9 CHSR S.51 Title
9 Code of Human Services Regulations, Section 51, each occupant must be
certified at regular intervals but not less than once every quarter at
the place of proposed residency by the licensing agency.
Vl/78 Vol. 18
156
SECTION 425.0 COVERED MALLS
Covered malls shall be constructed in accordance with one of the follow-
ing options:
425.1 OPTION 1: The covered mall and all buildings connected thereto
shall be treated as a single building and shall be subject to the pro-
visions of this Code for the specific use group and type of construc-
tion;
425.2 OPTION 2: The mall may be considered to be an accessible unoccu-
pied open space that separates the construction into one or more build-
ings if the following requirements are met:
a) the covered mall shall be at least thirty (30) feet in width.
b) the least, unobstructed, horizontal dimension at any place in the
covered mall shall be ten (10) feet.
c) combustible kiosks or other similar structures shall not be loca-
ted within the covered mall .
d) kiosks or similar areas (temporary or permanent) located within the
covered mall shall be provided with approved fire suppression and
detection devices as required by the building official.
e) the minimum horizontal separation between kiosks and similar areas
and buildings connected to the covered mall shall be twenty (20
feet.
f) the covered mall shall be of noncombustlble or type 3A construction.
g) the covered mall and all buildings connected thereto shall be pro-
vided throughout with an approved fire suppression system. The
suppression system in the covered mall shall be independent of the
suppression systems in the buildings connected to the covered mall.
h) multi-level covered malls shall be sufficiently open, so that a
hazardous condition occurring on one level will be readily visible
to occupants on all levels.
i) floor-ceiling assemblies and their supporting columns and beams
within multi-level covered malls shall be of one (1) hour fire-
resistive noncombustible construction.
j) the covered mall shall be provided with break-out panels, skylights
mechanical ventilation or other approved method of providing for
ventilation of products of combustion in case of fire.
k) one-half (%) of the required number of exitways from each tenant
area shall lead to the outside by means other than through the
covered mall.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 157
Exception: Tenant areas less than twenty-five hundred (2500)
square feet in area.
1) exit signs and directional (exit) signs indicating the nonmall
exitways shall be located so as to be easily visible from the
mall-tenant area entrance.
m) exitways from the covered mall shall be located so that the
length of travel from any mall-tenant area entrance to the
exitway shall not exceed two hundred (200) feet.
n) standpipes and hose cabinets shall be provided at two hundred
(200) foot intervals along the covered mall.
SECTION 426.0 NURSING HOMES, REST HOMES, CHARITABLE HOMES FOR THE
AGED, CONVALESCENT HOMES AND HOSPITALS.
Buildings in use group H-2 used as nursing homes, rest homes, charitabL
homes for the aged, convalescent homes and hospitals shall meet the
provisions of NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 1967, the applicable provisions
of the Basic Code and the following provisions:
426.1 MEANS OF EGRESS.
426.11 CORRIDORS: Corridors shall terminate at stairwells or at doors
to grade, except that subsidiary corridors off main corridors, restricted
to service areas (linen closets, janitor closets, bathing areas, beauty
or barber shops, storage, utility rooms, treatment or examining rooms or
offices) may be dead-ended providing they do not extend farther than
thirty (30) feet beyond the exit stair, door or corridor and serve a
total occupant load of not more than ten- (10) persons.
426.12 PATIENT ROOM .EGRESS: Two independent egresses shall be provided
from each patient's room, one of which may be by communicating door or
direct to the outside.
426.13 WARD OR DORMITORY EGRESS: In wards or dormitories with six (6)
or more occupants (patients or boarders) there shall be two (2) egresses,
one of which shall be directly to the outside.
426.14 COMMUNICATING DOORS: Communicating doors in patients' rooms and
the direct- to- the-outside door from wards or dormitories may be omitted
from type 1, 2A or 2B construction.
426.15 STAIRWAYS: Stairs shall be a minimum of four (4) feet between
walls or between walls and balustrades.
426.16 EGRESS DOORS: All designated egress doors shall open in the
direction of egress. Patient bedroom doors may swing in either direction,
providing those swinging into a corridor are recessed and will protrude
not more than five (5) inches into the corridor when opened ninety (90)
degrees.
1/1/7B Vol. 18 - 158
426.17 EGRESS DOOR WIDTHS: Egress doors to the outside shall be forty-
four (44) inches in width. Doors from the patients' rooms to the corridor
shall be three (3) feet eight (8) inches in width. Communicating doors
between rooms shall be a minimum of two (2) feet eight (8) inches in
width.
426.2 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: Nursing homes and convalescent homes
shall be built only of type 1 and 2 construction.
SECTION 427.0 DAY CARE CENTERS (H-2)
Day care centers shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the
Basic Code and the provisions of this section. Day care centers licensed
by the Office of Children shall be subject to compliance with the rules
and regulations of that authority.
427.1 LOCATION
427.11 HIGH HAZARD RESTRICTION: No day care centers may occupy the same
building with or be within two hundred (200) feet of a high hazard
occupancy.
427.12 BASEMENT USE: A basement, as defined in the Basic Code, of a
type 4B construction structure, may not be used for a day care center.
427.2 MEANS OF EGRESS
427.21 FEWER THAN THIRTY (30) CHILDREN: Where the basement is used as
the day care center or part thereof, for fewer than thirty (30) children
there shall be two exitways placed as remote from each other as possible.
One such exitway shall be directly to the outside at grade level and
shall require less than eight (8) feet of vertical travel to reach the
exitway discharge. In such an exitway, where stairs are used, the
stairway may not be enclosed if the vertical travel is less than four
(4) feet. Otherwise, a two (2) hour enclosure is required for the
stairway with a one and one-half (1%) hour self-closing fire door.
427.22 THIRTY (30) OR MOPE CHILDREN: Where the basement is used as the
day care center or part thereof, for thirty (30) or more children, at
least two (2) exitways, placed as remotely as possible from each other,
shall be provided directly to the outside, one (1) of which shall discharge
at ground level.
427.23 EXITWAY REQUIREMENTS: Exitway other than those required by
sections 427.21 and 427.22 shall lead to the primary floor for discharge.
Stairways for such exitways shall have egress doors which are self-
closing and one and one-half (1*$) hours f ireresistance rating.
427.24 EGRESS ON FLOORS OTHER THAN BASEMENT: Each story shall be pro-
vided with not less than two (2) means of egress properly located, and
such additional approved egresses shall be located from the occupied
spaces so that to reach an egress, it will not be necessary to pass
through a common corridor or space.
427.25 EGRESS FROM EACH ROOM: Two (2) approved egresses properly
located shall be provided from each occupied room (one (1) of which may
be by communicating door) leading to two (2) separate exits so arranged
that to reach one it will not be necessary to pass through the common
corridor or space.
1/J//H Vol. 18 - 159
427.26 STAIRWAYS: All required egress stairways shall be enclosed with
not less than one (1) hour fireresistance rating and one (1) hour fire-
resistance self-closing doors unless otherwise specified in this section.
427.27 EGRESS LIGHTING: Egress lighting shall be provided as required
by the building official and in conformance with article 6, including
requirements for emergency lighting.
427.3 DOORWAYS: All exitway doorways shall be at least thirty-six (36)
inches in width. All other doorways shall be at least thirty-two (32)
inches in width.
427.4 HANDRAILS: All required egress stairways shall be provided with
double handrails on both sides, and these shall be continuous including
all runs and platforms and shall be built as follows:
a) the upper rail shall be installed at approximately thirty-three
(33) inches high measured vertically at the face of the riser.
b) the lower rail shall be installed at approximately twenty (20)
inches high measured vertically at the face of the riser.
427.5 HEATERS: Any heaters in spaces occupied by children shall be
separated from the occupied space by partitions, guards, screens, or
other means. Space and unit heaters using combustibles shall be pro-
hibited.
427.6 BOILER ROOMS: Boilers, furnaces or other fire units shall be en-
closed as required in section 1113. No boiler room door shall open into
an occupied area.
427.7 FLOOR AND CEILING PROTECTION: When the occupied floor is above
any usable space, the floor shall have a three-quarter (3/4) hour fire
rating.
1/1/7H
Vol. 18 - 160
SECTION 460.0 SCHOOLHOUSE BUILDINGS
The provisions of this section shall apply to all buildings,
structures and parts thereof which are classified as schoolhouse
buildings as defined in article 2.
460.1 ADMINISTRATIVE
460.11 INCREASE IN BUILDING SIZE: If the building is increased
in floor area or number of stories, the entire building shall be
made to conform with these regulations in respect to means of
egress, fire safety, light and ventilation with the following
exceptions: a) Horizontal additions with fire divisions, and
b) An increase in floor area of ten (10) percent or less for
nonclassroom use--are permitted provided compliance with the area
limitations of Table 2-6 and of section 304 are maintained for
the existing building.
460.12 STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE: All drawings submitted in com-
pliance with section 113 shall be prepared by a registered archi-
tect, a registered surveyor, and/or a registered professional
engineer and shall bear their registration stamp. The first sheet
of their respective drawings shall bear signed statements by them
that the materials and construction indicated conforms to at least
the requirements of this Code.
460.2 SPECIAL USE AND OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
460.21 WELDING
460.211 Welding booths shall be constructed of noncombustible
material and in a manner which will permit escape by slight pressure.
460.212 In a multi-storied building, the floor and ceiling of a
room where welding is being performed shall be of type 1 or type 2
construction.
460.213 Each shop where welding is performed shall have two (2)
individual means of egress not less than three (3) feet wide leading
to separate exits remote from each other. One of these means of
egress shall be direct to the outside and shall be equipped with
an outward swinging, panic equipped escape door. Doors for such
shops shall be constructed of a fire resistant material or be
metal clad. Doors shall be equipped with automatic door closers.
460.214 Walls for shops shall be not less than two (2) hour
noncombustible and constructed of solid masonry or of concrete
blocks with metal wall reinforcement in alternate courses.
460.22 GLASS
460.221 Nonshattering glass, or guard rails or comparable protec-
tion shall be used when glass is installed below a height of
thirty-two (32) inches, except that nonshattering glass or double
1/1/ /H Vol. 18 - 161
guard rails shall be provided below a height of forty-eight (48)
inches in corridors or congregating areas. Guard rails shall be
placed on the exterior if the adjacent outside area is paved.
460.222 In control screens and smoke screens, glass shall be
nonshattering and three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistant.
460.223 Glass used in doors shall comply with the American Nation-
al Standard known as Z97-1 (1966) except where required to be wire
glass to achieve a degree of fireresistance. This section shall
also apply to sliding glass doors, storm doors, shower doors,
bathtub enclosures and fixed glass panels adjacent to entrance
and exit doors which because of their location, size and design
may be mistaken as a means of ingress or egress.
460.224 Each light of safety glazing material installed as required
by section 460.223 shall be permanently labeled by means of etching,
sandblasting or firing of ceramic material to identify the labeler,
whether manufacturer, fabricator or installer, and the nominal
thickness and the type of safety glazing material and the fact that
said material meets the test requirements of section 856.37.
460.23 SANITATION: Design total student population for calculating
sanitation requirements shall be certified by the architect or
owner.
All sanitation requirements shall be those as specified in the
applicable provisions of the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code.
460.231 FACILITIES FOR HANDICAPPED: Sanitation for the handi-
capped shall conform to the Rules and Regulations of the Board
to Facilitate the Use of Public Buildings by the Physically
Handicapped, Form PHR-1, dated December 18, 1968.
460.24 CEILING HEIGHT: Classrooms shall have an average height
of eight (8) feet six (6) inches minimum under the beams or
ceilings. In establishing the average, a minimum of seven (7)
feet shall be used.
460.3 LIGHT AND VENTILATION
460.31 LIGHTING: All rooms, corridors, stairways and exits,
including outside steps, shall be suitably lighted when in use.
460.311 All classrooms used for students below grade 7, and a
minimum of fifty (50) percent of all other classrooms shall be
provided with natural lighting from transparent glass windows in
outside walls. Colleges and universities are excepted from this
requirement.
460.312 Artificial lighting shall be so designed to provide
minimum intensities "maintained" as listed below. Except where
noted, illumination measurements shall be made in a horizontal
plane thirty (30) inches above floor level.
]/l/7B Vol. 18 - 162
460.313 Classrooms, laboratories, study halls, libraries, offices,
shops, combination-use rooms if used as study halls or libraries,
and other instruction areas: 30- foot candles.
460.314 Drafting rooms, sewing rooms and sight-saving classrooms:
50-foot candles.
460.315 Gymnasiums, lunchrooms, playrooms and multi-purpose rooms:
20-foot candles.
460.316 Auditoriums and corridors: 10-foot candles.
460.317 Stairways: 10-foot candles, measured at the edge of the
tread.
460.318 Toilet rooms: 20-foot candles.
460.319 Rooms designed for more than one (1) instructional purpose
shall be illuminated at the highest level required for any of
the activities they are designed to serve.
460.32 LIGHTING FIXTURES: The lighting fixtures in assembly
halls, gymnasiums, and rooms used for instruction or study shall
be of a type which will provide proper illumination. Protection
against accidental breakage shall be provided in any areas used
for physical activities.
460.33 VENTILATION: General mechanical means of ventilation shall
be provided for all schoolrooms with a minimum capacity of twenty-
four (24) cubic feet of standard air per minute for each occupant.
460.331 The air supply shall be taken from a source as free from
dust or other impurities as possible. There shall be at least six
(6) feet between the air intake of any unit and any other exhaust
outlet.
460.332 OUTSIDE AIR: A minimum of ten (10) c.f.m. shall be fresh
outdoor air. The volume of supply air shall be maintained constant
by proper operation of the equipment and shall slightly pressurize
the room. Provision shall be made for the removal of nine (9)
c.f.m. of standard air per student in each room, through openings
located at or near the floor or ceiling, vent ducts, etc., with
proper means to control and regulate same. In determining the
amount of outdoor air to be supplied to a given space, the amount
required per student, together with enough to slightly pressurise
the room and a proportionate amount of make-up air to contribute
to any unsupplied but ventilated areas (corridors, toilet rooms,
etc.) shall be used.
460.333 STUDENT POPULATION: The design total student population
of each area for calculating ventilation requirements in accord-
ance with section 113.5 shall be certified by the architect and
the owner.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 163
460.334 SPECIAL EXCEPTIONS TO VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
460.335 BUILDINGS NOT OCCUPIED: The ventilation system shall
be kept in operation at all times during normal occupancy of the
building or space so used. When a space is not occupied, its
ventilation system may be shut down and its outside air supply
closed.
460.336 COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS: At outdoor air temperatures
below thirty-five (35) degrees F., the minimum outside air require-
ments (508.2) may be reduced progressively to as low as zero (0)
c.f.m. per occupant at a winter outdoor design temperature of zero
(0) degrees or below.
460.337 AIR CONDITIONED CLASSROOMS: Classrooms provided with air
conditioning equipment designed to provide a maximum temperature
of seventy-eight (78) degrees F. at a relative humidity not to ex-
ceed fifty (50) percent when the outside temperature is at ninety-
three (93) F.D.B. and seventy-five (75) degrees F.W.B. , the minimum
outside air requirement of section 508.2 may be reduced to not less
than five (5) cubic feet per minute per occupant during the cooling
cycle. The air to be removed also shall be proportionately reduced.
460.34 VENTILATION OF SPECIAL SPACES
460.341 Lunchrooms, auditoriums, gymnasiums, and locker-shower
rooms: In lunchrooms, auditoriums, gymnasiums, and locker- shower
rooms, the supply of air shall be equivalent to one and one-half
(1 1/2) cubic feet of standard air per minute per .square foot of
floor area, of which one-half (1/2) shall be fresh outdoor air.
The removal of air shall provide a minimum of four (4) air changes
per hour of three-quarter (3/4) cubic feet per minute per square
foot of floor area, whichever is less. Where such rooms, except
those used for lunchrooms, have a ceiling height exceeding fifteen
(15) feet, with a minimum outside wall exposure of forty (40) per-
cent, provisions for the removal of air may be reduced to two (2)
air changes or three-quarter (3/4) cubic feet per minute per square
foot of floor area, whichever is less. Removal of air from the
gymnasiums may be partially taken through the locker and shower
rooms, provided that this air is passed through a heating coil to
raise the temperature of the air to seventy-five (75) degrees F.
460.342 Kitchens: The kitchen areas shall be exhausted separately.
The lunchrooms may be partially exhausted not more than thirty-three
and one-third (33 1/3) percent through the kitchen exhaust system,
provided that the lunchroom air is taken by ducts from near the
floor level at the wall between the kitchen and lunchroom from the
lunchroom side, or through grills near the floor.
460.343 Coat room, wardrobe and locker ventilation: All coat
rooms shall be ventilated through proper ducts provided for this
purpose.
460.344 Classrooms may be vented through wardrobes installed in
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 164
classrooms, provided they are mechanically exhausted.
460 345 Wardrobes shall be provided with permanent inlet open-
ings at or near the floor, equivalent to an opening four (4) inches
high and the full length of the wardrobe.
460 346 in classrooms which have individual, independent mechanical
exhausts or with the classroom exhaust grills located at the floor
of the wardrobes, the wardrobes shall be provided with top and
bottom openings.
460 347 Lockers installed in corridors, locker rooms or other
areas which are not mechanically ventilated shall have doors with
top and bottom openings or grills.
460.348 Chemistry, laboratories, welding shops and automotive
shops ventilation: Every chemistry room shall be provided with
one or more fume cabinets. In lieu thereof, metal vent hoods
shall be placed over each experiment table. Every welding booth
or work bench space shall be provided with a metal hood close to
the work. Every paint spray booth or rooms shall be provided with
a separate direct mechanical exhaust. Every automative shop shall
be provided a special gasoline fume exhaust to remove air from the
lowest part of the floor or pit, and if the floor is provided with
a floor drain, the exhaust shall be from the trap thereof.
If internal combustion engines are to be operated in the shops,
approved gravity or mechanical muffler connections for exhaust
of fumes direct to outside atmosphere shall be provided. All
hoods, cabinets and exhausts shall be connected through suitable
vent ducts to mechanical exhaust fans for removing the fumes and
gases. Where necessary, there shall be bottom vents to provide
a source of air. Proper shut-off dampers and manual controls
shall be provided.
These special vents and ducts shall be separated from and in
addition to the required classroom ventilation. In areas where
there may be noxious gases, one-half (1/2) the classroom exhausts
may be placed on the upper wall.
460.35 TOILET ROOM VENTILATION
460 351 VENTILATION THROUGH WALL OPENINGS: Each water compart-
ment or urinal shall be provided with a proper vent opening into
a duct leading to an exhaust fan or a heated flue, provided that
wall ventilation shall not be permitted for stall urinals. Each
vent opening shall be provided with a substantial "lock type
register, the bottom of which shall be placed not less than twelve
(12) inches from the floor nor more than four (4) feet above the
floor.
As alternative to compartment ventilation, toilet rooms may be
provided with one (1) or more large substantial "lock type
registers on the fixture wall, the bottom of which may be placed
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 165
approximately at the top of the compartment partitions.
The exhaust fan shall have a capacity of sixty (60) cubic feet
of air per minute for each water closet compartment vent, and in
no case of less capacity than shall provide a change of air in the
toilet room eight (8) times an hour. If the total number of com-
partment vents connected to the duct leading to the exhaust fan
or heated flue, rated at sixty (60) cubic feet per minute each,
is not sufficient to accomplish an eight (8) minute air change in
the toilet room, an additional vent opening from the room into the
duct leading to the exhaust fan or heated flue shall be provided.
460.352 DIRECT FIXTURE VENTILATION: When the ventilation of toilet
rooms is effected through local vent openings on water closet and
urinal fixtures, the exhaust therefrom shall be by means of a
mechanical exhaust fan or fans. Each water closet so ventilated
shall have an integral raised vent of not less than eight (8)
square inches net area unobstructed by waterways or connections,
which shall be connected to the fan inlet through a tight sheet
metal duct having a minimum cross-sectional area of twenty (20)
square inches, and enlarging in size eight (8) square inches for
each fixture connected thereto.
Stall urinals shall be ventilated by not less than two (2) inch
inside diameter brass, copper or cast iron vent pipe beneath the
fixture and connecting to the duct, having not less than two (2)
inch tight connections to toilet room vent flues, or through a
vent not less than two (2) inches from beneath an integral hood at
top of the fixture. The ducts leading to the fan inlet shall be
proportioned as in the preceding paragraph.
The mechanical exhaust fan for fixture ventilation shall be
rigidly constructed and quiet in operation, with a capacity of
thirty-five (35) cubic feet of air per minute for each water
closet and urinal fixture, and in no case of less capacity than
will provide a change of air in toilet rooms of six (6) times an
hour. If the total number of fixture vents connected to the duct
leading to the fan rated thirty-five (35) cubic feet of ait per
minute for each fixture is not sufficient to accomplish a ten
(10) minute air change in the toilet room, an additional vent
opening from the room into the duct leading to the fan shall be
provided.
The vent duct shall have a minimum cross-sectional area of
fifty (50) square inches, and shall increase in area forty-two
(42) square inches for each compartment vent connected thereto.
This shall apply to heat-activated gravity systems only.
460.353 Ventilation shall not be directly into a "utility space,"
so called, but the duct to which the vents shall be connected
may be run in such space.
460.354 Individual toilet rooms may be ventilated at the ceilings.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 166
460.355 TOILET ROOM VENT DUCTS; The ducts connecting the local
vents from water closets, urinals, and compartments shall pitch
up sharply from the fixtures and outlets to the toilet room vent-
flue or fan inlet with a minimum rise of one (1) inch to each
foot of run.
460.356 SEPARATION OF TOILET ROOM VENTILATION: All toilet room
ventilation systems shall be distinct and apart from all other
ventilation.
460.357 VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND DISTRIBUTION DUCTS: The mechan-
ical ventilation systems, equipment, and distributing ducts shall
be installed in accordance with the provisions of articles 11 and
18.
460.36 EXISTING SCH00LH0USE BUILDINGS
460.361 UNSAFE CONDITIONS: In all existing rooms or spaces in
which the provisions for light and ventilation do not meet the
requirements of this Code and which in the opinion of the building
official are dangerous to the health and safety of the occupants,
he shall order the required repairs or installation to render the
building or structure in compliance with this Code.
460.362 ALTERATIONS: No schoolhouse building shall hereafter be
altered or rearranged so as to reduce either the size of a room or
the fresh air supply or the amount of available natural light to
less than that required for buildings hereafter erected; or to
create an additional room unless made to conform to the require-
ments of this Code. The building official may permit new rooms
to be of the same height as existing rooms in the same story
unless in his opinion greater provision of artificial light and
ventilation is deemed necessary to insure healthful living
conditions.
460.4 INTERCOMMUNICATING FLOOR LEVELS
Where necessary for the functional design of the building, any
structure other than one classified in occupancy group H-2, may
be permitted to have a maximum of three (3) communicating floor
levels without enclosure or protection between such areas, pro-
vided that there is compliance with all of the conditions pre-
scribed within this section and subject to the' approval of the
building official. The entire area, including all communicating
floor levels, shall be sufficiently open and unobstructed so that
it may be reasonably assumed that the occupants of this area will
be aware that a fire or other dangerous condition exists. The
combined areas of the intercommunicating floor levels shall not
exceed thirty thousand (30,000) square feet.
460.41 ARRANGEMENT: The arrangement of any intercommunicating
floor levels shall comply with the requirements of Table 2-6.
460.42 GRADE: The lowest or next to the lowest level is a level
1/1/78 Vo1" 18 " 167
accessible from the street:, or from outside the building at grade,
with floor level at main" entrance not more than twenty-one (21)
inches above nor more than twelve (12) inches below grade at said
main entrance.
460.43 EXITWAYS: Exitway capacity shall be sufficient to provide
simultaneously for all the occupants of all communicating levels
and areas. All communicating levels in the same fire area shall
be considered as a single floor area for purposes of determination
of required exitway capacity. Each floor level, considered separ-
ately, shall have at least one-half (1/2) of its required exitway
capcity provided by exitways leading directly out of that area
without traversing another communicating floor level or being ex-
posed to the spread of fire or smoke therefrom.
460.44 ENCLOSING WALLS: The enclosing walls of the space created
by the communicating floor levels shall have a f ireresistive
rating of not less than that required for interior exitway stair-
ways as specified in section 618, with approved fire doors or
windows provided in openings therein, all so designed and installed
as to provide a complete barrier to the spread of fire or smoke
through such openings.
406.5 MEANS OF EGRESS: For all areas, spaces or rooms with an
occupancy load of ten (10) or more persons used for instructional
or assembly purposes there shall be at least two independent means
of egress leading to separate exits remote from each other, so
arranged that to reach one it will not be necessary to pass through
a common corridor or space. For the purpose of this section, a
smoke screen barrier shall be construed as effectively dividing a
corridor or space into independent areas.
460.51 DEAD END CORRIDORS: The maximum length of ' travel of a
dead end corridor for classroom buildings shall be thirty (30)
feet with no more than one (1) classroom on each side of the
corridor.
460.52 AISLE AND CORRIDOR WIDTHS: Aisle and corridor widths shall
be as provided for in section 610.3 with the following minimum
total widths:
460.521 Corridors with classrooms on both sides shall have a
clear width of seventy-two (72) inches for four (4) and five (5)
classrooms; eighty- four (84) inches for six (6) and seven (7)
classrooms; and ninety-six (96) inches for eight (8) or more
classrooms.
460.522 Corridors with classrooms on one (1) side shall have a
minimum clear width of seventy-two (72) inches.
460.523 Corridors not over thirty (30) feet in length leading to
no more than two (2) shops or non-classroom spaces, averaging not
more than twenty-five (25) persons per room may be four (4) feet
wide.
l/l/78 Vol. 18 - 168
460.524 Corridors of the lobby type serving as assembly areas
in connection with cafeterias shall have a minimum clear width
of ten (10) feet.
460.525 Corridors providing side exits shall be a minimum clear
width of four (4) feet to a minimum three (3) foot six (6) inch
door, properly marked with exit signs in the main corridor.
460.526 With lockers or coat-hanging spaces along one (1) wall
of the above corridors add twelve (12) inches to the minimum
clear width; along both walls, add twenty-four (24) inches to
the minimum clear width.
460.53 AISLE: When fixed seating is used, the aisle in classrooms
shall be not less than the following widths:
All clear aisles 1 foot 5 inches
Wall aisles next to window 3 feet
Other wall aisles 2 feet 6 inches
460.54 REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS DOORWAYS
460.541 Doors to shops having not more than thirty (30) pupils
and doors to rooms formed by two (2) classrooms connected with a
folding partition may swing in.
460.542 All classroom doors may swing in either direction, pro-
viding those swinging into a corridor are recessed and will protrude
not more than five (5) inches into the corridor when fully open.
460.543 CLASSROOM GRADE EXIT DOORS: A five (5) inch step is per-
mitted where a classroom door opens to the outside, and where a
designated exit is not protected from the weather; otherwise,
the outside platform shall be approximately at floor level.
460.55 STAIRWAYS
460.551 VERTICAL RISE: The height of vertical rise shall not
exceed nine (9) feet between landings and intermediate platforms
460.552 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS: In addition to the provisions of
section 616.4, treads and risers of required stairs shall be so
proportioned that the sum of two (2) risers and a tread, exclusive
of projection of nosing, is not less than twenty-four (24) inches
nor more than twenty-five (25) inches. The height of risers shall
not exceed seven and one-half (7 1/2) inches, and treads, exclusive
of nosing, shall be not less than ten (10) inches wide. Every
tread less than eleven (11) inches wide shall have a nosing, or
effective projection, of approximately one (1) inch over the level
immediately below that tread. The height of the riser shall not
exceed six and one-half (6 1/2) inches and the width of the tread
shall not be less than twelve (12) inches for all exterior entrance
stairways.
Vol. 18 - 169
1/1/78
460.553 SUPPLEMENTAL STAIRWAYS: Monumental stairs, either inside
or outside, may be accepted as required exits if all requirements
for exit stairs are complied with, including required enclosures
and minimum width of tread, except that curved stairs may be
accepted with a radius of twenty- five (25) feet or more at the
inner edges.
460.56 EXITWAY SIGNS AND LIGHTS: Exitway signs and lights shall
conform to the requirements of section 623 except for existing
schoolhouses having means of egress signs reading "EXIT" in red
letters at least five (5) inches high on a white background or
in other approved distinguishable colors, illuminated by an
electric light of not less than twenty-five (25) watts, visible
from the exit approach and supplemented by directional signs in
the access corridors indicating the direction and ways of egress.
Such signs may be internally illuminated with an enclosing
noncombustible case through ruby glass. The letters of internally
illuminated signs shall not be less than four and one-half (4 1/2)
inches high.
460.57 MEANS OF EGRESS LIGHTING
460.571 In auditoriums, multi-purpose rooms and gymnasiums, where
used for assembly purposes, provisions shall be made for control
of general artificial illumination from the rear of the room, the
projection room (if any) and the probable location of a projector.
460.572 EMERGENCY LIGHTING REQUIREMENTS: Emergency lighting
shall be provided for all exits, corridors, passages and stairways.
In addition, emergency lighting shall be required in all gym-
nasiums, auditoriums, multi-purpose rooms, and rooms without
natural lighting. Rooms less than four hundred (400) square feet
of floor area without natural lighting used as service or storage
areas will not require emergency lighting. Emergency lighting
shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of sections
624.4 and 624.41.
460.6 FIRERESISTIVE PARTITIONS
460.61 EXCEPTION: Fireproof Construction - In all buildings and
structures of other than schoolhouse institutional (use group H)
of fireproof (type 1), or of protected noncombustible (type 2)
construction, space and office dividers, not including partitions,
of a single thickness of wood or approved composite panels, and
glass or other approved materials of similar combustible charac-
teristics, may be used to subdivide rooms and spaces, provided
they do not establish a public corridor or a private corridor
serving an occupant load of fifty (50) or more and not exceeding
ten thousand (10,000) square feet between fireresistive or fire
partitions, fire walls and fireresistive floors. Larger areas
may be subdivided with fireretardant wood or with materials of
similar combustible characteristics when complying with section
903.72, but not to exceed fifty (50) percent increase in area.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 170
^60.62 LATCHES AND ASTRAGALS: Latches and astragals for Class C
doors in path of egress may be omitted in use Group F-3 and F-4
occupancies if required to be self-closing. Frames shall be of
steel or metal -covered wood of label construction. Doors shall
be steel, metal-covered core and of label construction.
460.63 FIRE DOORS
460.631 SPECIAL SITUATIONS: Shop and chemistry laboratory doors
shall be Class C doors.
460.632 GLASS PANELS: Wired glass panels shall be permitted in
fire doors within the limitations of section 919 and as herein
specifically prescribed.
460.633 Smoke barriers or screens shall consist of noncombustible
partitions containing or not containing wire glass panels and/or
smoke stop doors conforming to the following: Smoke stop doors
shall be self-closing, swinging doors of metal, metal-covered,
aluminum, or one and three-quarter (1 3/4) inch solid core wood
with clear wire glass panels having an area of at least six
hundred (600) square inches per door; except that in buildings not
over two (2) stories high, smoke stop doors may be of one and
three-eighths (1 3/8) inch solid core wood with clear wire glass
panels, unless the doors are also used as horizontal exits in
which case they shall comply with the provisions of section 917.21
for Class 8 or Class C doors as the exitway may require. Smoke
stop doors shall close the opening completely with only such
clearance as is reasonably necessary for proper operation. Smoke
stop doors shall normally be in the closed position, except that
they may be left open if they are arranged to close automatically
by an approved device meeting the requirements of section 612.44.
460.634 WIRED GLASS: For schoolhouses, the maximum dimension of
twelve (12) inches in section 919.2, the maximum twelve (12) inch
height for Class B door in section 919.4, and the size limitation
of section 919.5 shall not apply.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 171
Reference Standards - Article 4
ANSI PH22.31 1967
APHA 1957
Mass-DPS FPR 2 1963
Mass-DPS FPR 4 1968
Mass-DPS FPR 5 1962
Mass-DPS
Mass-DPS
FPR 6
1948
Mass-DPS
FPR 13
1965
Mass-DPH Article VI
NFPA Vol. 1
NFPA 24
NFPA 30
NFPA 32
NFPA 33
NFPA
NFPA
NFPA
NFPA
34
40
42
43
1969
1969-70
1973
1973
1972
1973
1966
1967
1967
1967
Mass-DPS PHR-1
Motion Picture Safety Film
Swimming Pools and other Public Bathing
Places, Recommended Practice for Design,
Equipment and Operation
Dry-Cleaning and Dry-Dyeing, and the
Keeping, Storage and Use of Cleaning
and Dyeing Fluid in Connection Therewith
Construction and Maintenance of Buildings
or Other Structures Used as Garages and
the Related Storage, Keeping and Use of
Gasoline
Construction, Location, Installation and
Operation of Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Systems, Gas Piping and Appliance Instal-
lations in Buildings
Board of Boiler Rules
Manufacturing and Handling of Plastics
Keeping, Storage, Manufacture or Sale in
Limited Quantities of Flammable Fluids,
Solids, or Gases
Minimum Standards for Swimming Pools
Flammable Liquids
Outside Protection (Yard Piping)
Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
Dry Cleaning Plants
Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Com-
bustible Materials
Dip Tanks Containing Flammable or Com-
bustible Liquids
Cellulose Nitrate Motion Picture Film
Pyroxylin Plastic in Factories, Storage,
Handling and Use
Pyroxylin Plastic in Warehouses, Wholesale
and Retail Store
Rules and Regulations of the Board to
Facilitate the Use of Public Buildings
by the Physically Handicapped
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 172
Reference
NFPA
58
1972
NFPA
59
1968
NFPA
60
1973
NFPA
61A
1962
NFPA
61B
1959
NFPA
61C
1962
NFPA
63
1971
NFPA
64
1959
NFPA
68
1954
NFPA
88
1968
NFPA
90A
1973
NFPA
101
1967,1971
1973
Standards - Article 4
Liquefied Petroleum Gases, Storage and
Handling
Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility Gas
Plants
Pulverized Fuel Systems, Installation and
Operation of
Starch Factories, Prevention of Dust
Explosions in
Terminal Elevators, Prevention of Dust
Explosions
Flour and Feed Mills, Allied Grain Storage
Elevators, Prevention of Dust Explosions
Industrial Plants, Fundamental Principlos
for Prevention of Dust Explosions in
Country Grain Elevators, Prevention of
Dust Ignitions in
Explosion Venting Guide
Garages
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
Life Safety Code
NFPA
102
1972
NFPA
204
1968
NFPA
329
1965
NFPA
654
1963
NFPA
656
1959
NFPA
657
1967
NFPA
701
1969
Tents and Grandstands and Air-Supported
Structures Used for Places of Assembly
Smoke and Heat Venting Guide
Underground Flammable and Combustible Liquid
Tanks, Leakage From
Dust Explosion Prevention in Plastic Industry
Spice Grinding Plants, Prevention of Dust
Ignitions in
Confectionery Manufacturing Plants, Pre-
vention of Dust Explosions in
Flameresistant Textiles and Films, Stnndard
Method of Tests for
1/1/78
vol . ]n - i7i
NON-TEXT PAGE
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 174
ARTICLE 5
LIGHT AND VENTILATION
SECTION 500.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall govern the means of light and
ventilation required in all habitable and occupiable spaces and rooms.
Every building and structure hereafter erected and every building,
room or space which is changed in use shall be constructed, arranged
and equipped to conform to the requirements of this article and the
applicable standards listed in the reference section of this article.
500.1 OTHER REGULATIONS: Nothing In this article shall be construed
to nullify the provisions of the local zoning by-laws or ordinances
or subdivision controls promulgated under authority of Chapter 41, or
Chapter A0A respectively of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated
as amended.
500.2 OTHER STANDARDS: Compliance with the applicable provisions of
the standards listed in the reference section of this article shall be
deemed to meet the requirements of this article, unless otherwise spe-
cifically provided herein.
SECTION 501.0 DEFINITIONS
COURT: an open, uncovered unoccupied space partially or wholly sur-
rounded by the walls of a structure.
-ENCLOSED OR INNER: a court surrounded on all sides by the exterior
walls of a structure or by such walls and an interior lot line.
-OUTER COURT: a court having at least one side thereof opening on
to a street, alley, or yard or other permanent open space.
HABITABLE ROOM: a room or enclosed floor space arranged for living,
eating, and sleeping purposes (not including bathrooms, water
closet compartments, laundries, pantries, foyers, hallways and
other accessory floor spaces).
HABITABLE ROOM, MINIMUM HEIGHT: a clear height from finished floor
to finished ceiling of not less than seven and one-half (7^) feet,
except that in attics and top half-stories the height shall be not
less than seven and one-third (7-1/3) feet over not less than one-
third (1/3) the area of the floor when used for sleeping, study or
similar activity.
HABITABLE ROOM, MINIMUM SIZE: a room with a minimum dimension of
seven (7) feet and a minimum area of seventy (70) square feet,
between enclosing walls or partitions, exclusive of closet and
storage spaces.
Vol. 18. - ]75
1/1/78
OCCUPIABLE ROOM: a room or enclosed space designed for human occu-
pancy in which large numbers of individuals congregate for amuse-
ment, educational, or similar purposes or in which occupants are
engaged at labor; ' and which is equipped with means of egress, light,
and ventilation facilities meeting the requirements of the Basic
Code.
VENTILATION. (See section 1801.0.)
WIDTH.
-INNER COURT: as applied to an inner court, means its least hori-
zontal dimension.
-OUTER COURT: as applied to an outer court, means the shortest
horizontal dimension measured in a direction substantially par-
allel with the principal open end of such court.
YARD: an open unoccupied space on the same lot with a building ex-
tending along the entire length of a street, or rear, or interior
lot line.
SECTION 502.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Plans for all buildings and structures other than one and two-family
and multi-family dwellings, which are designed for human occupancy shall
designate the number of occupants to be accommodated in the various
rooms and spaces and when means of artificial lighting and ventilation
are required, the application shall include sufficient details and
description of the mechanical system to be installed as herein required
or as specified in article 18.
SECTION 503.0 STANDARDS OF NATURAL LIGHT
In the application of the provisions of this article, the standard of
natural light for all habitable rooms, unless otherwise specifically
required by the provisions of article 4 for special uses and occupancies,
shall be based on two hundred and fifty (250) foot candles of illumination
on the vertical plane adjacent to the exterior of the light transmitting
device in the enclpsure wall and shall be adequate to provide an average
illumination of six (6) foot candles over the area of the room at a
height of thirty (30) inches above the floor level.
503.1 WINDOW AND (SKYLIGHTS: All habitable rooms or spaces shall contain
windows, skylights, monitors, glazed doors, transoms, glass block panels
or other light transmitting media opening to the sky or on a public
street, yard or cojurt complying with the provisions of this article.
The light transmitting properties and the area of the devices used shall
be adequate to meet the minimum daylighting requirements specified
herein.
Vol. IS - 176
1/1/78
503.2 WINDOW SIZE: Windows and exterior doors may be used as a
natural means of light and when so used their aggregate glass area
shall amount to not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the floor area
served.
503.3 INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION: In all required exitways, except
in one and two-family dwellings, and wherever natural lighting is
not available, artificial lighting shall be provided to furnish
not less than three (3) foot candles at the floor level of all re-
quired exitways.
503.4 STAIRWAYS AND EXITWAYS IN RESIDENTIAL AND INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS
503.41 WINDOWS: In all multi-family dwellings (use group L-2) and
in institutional buildings for the care or treatment of people (use
group H-2) required interior stairways shall be provided with win-
dows to the outer air having a glass area of not less than ten (10)
square feet which opens on a required street, alley, yard or court,
or with the equivalent source of light for each story through which
the stairway passes; and such additional artificial lighting to pro-
vide the equivalent illumination at all times that the building is
occupied as specified in section 624.0.
503.42 SKYLIGHTS: When the building is not more than three (3)
stories in height, a ventilating skylight of the required area may
be used in lieu of windows.
503.43 HALLWAYS: Hallways shall have at least one window opening
directly on a street or on a required yard or court in each story,
located so that light penetrates the full length of the hallway,
with additional windows for each change of direction of the hallway;
or the equivalent artificial lighting shall be provided. Every re-
cess or return with a depth or length which exceeds twice the width
of the hall, and every corridor separately shut off by a door, shall
be treated as a separate hall in applying the provisions of this
section.
SECTION 504.0 STANDARDS OF NATURAL VENTILATION
Natural Ventilation shall be from unobstructed windows, skylights,
monitors, doors, louvres, jalousies, or other similar openings. Such
openings shall be direct to the sky, public street, space, alley, park,
highway or right of way, or upon a yard, court plaza, or space above
a setback located on the same lot and which complies with the require-
ments of Section 512.
504.1 AREA OF NATURAL VENTILATING OPENINGS: Natural ventilating
openings from habitable spaces shall have a free area when open of
at least 5 percent of the floor area of the space ventilated. The
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 177
occuplable spaces, the free openable area shall be the basis to de-
termine the minimum requirements for supplementary mechanical venti-
lation. Free openable area Is the cross-sectional area at plane of
greatest restriction to air flow, exclusive of screening.
504.2 VENTING OF SPECIAL SPACES
504.21 ALCOVE ROOMS: When alcove rooms open without obstruction into
adjoining rooms, the required window openings to the outer air shall
be based on the combined floor area of room and alcove. No such al-
cove space shall be more than sixty (60) square feet In area and the
opening to the adjoining room shall be not less than eighty (80) per
cent of the superficial area of the dividing wall, unless provided
with separate means of light and ventilation.
504.22 ATTIC SPACES: All attic spaces and spaces between roofs and
top floor ceilings shall be ventilated by not less than two (2) op-
posite windows, louvres, or vents with a total clear area of opening
not less than one-third (1/3) of one (1) per cent of the horizontally
projected roof area.
504.23 CRAWL SPACES: In buildings and structures constructed with-
out basements, In which the first floor construction does not bear
directly on the ground, a space shall be provided under the first floor
not less than eighteen (18) Inches in depth; and such space shall be
vented with screened openings having a clear area of not less than
one-third (1/3) of one (1) per cent of the enclosed building area,
or shall be provided with other means of ventilation approved by the
building official. When floating mat foundations are provided in
accordance with section 734.0, the requirement for ventilation
shall not apply.
SECTION 505.0 VENTILATION OF INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS FOR FORCED
DETENTION
In buildings of the Institutional use group used for enforced deten-
tion, all rooms shall comply with the requirements of this article for
light and ventilation. However, where necessary, alternate means of
complying with these provisions may be approved, providing that it can
be shown that they fulfill all the requirements of these provisions
for light and ventilation as applicable.
SECTION 506.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
506.1 UNSAFE CONDITION: In all existing rooms or spaces in which the
provisions for light and ventilation do not meet the requirements of
this article and which in the opinion of the building official are
dangerous to the health and safety of the occupants, he shall order
the required repairs or installations to render the building or struc-
ture livable for the posted use and occupancy load.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 178
506.2 ALTERATIONS : No building shall hereafter be altered or rear-
ranged so as to reduce either the size of a room, or the fresh air
supply, or the amount of available natural light to less than that
required for buildings hereafter erected; or to create an additional
room unless made to conform to the requirements of section 503. The
building official may permit new rooms to be of the same height as
existing rooms in the same story unless in his opinion greater provision
of artificial light and ventilation is deemed necessary to insure
healthful living conditions.
506.3 UNCOVERED YARD AND COURT AREA: No building shall be hereafter
enlarged, nor shall the lot on which it is located be diminished so
as to decrease the required courts or yards to less than that prescribed
in this article for the lighting and ventilation of new buildings.
SECTION 507.0 STANDARDS OF ARTIFICIAL LIGHT
507.1 ARTIFICIAL LIGHT REQUIREMENTS: Adequate means for providing ar-
tificial light shall be provided In every occupiable space In every
building hereafter erected and in the portions of existing buildings
where alterations are performed.
507.2 MEANS OF EGRESS: Means of egress lighting shall comply with the
requirements of article 6.
507.3 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY: Artificial lighting shall be provided as
required in articles 4 and 6.
507.4 BATHROOMS AND TOILET ROOMS: Artificial lighting of bathrooms
and toilet rooms shall be provided to produce an average of three (3)
foot candles thirty (30) inches above the floor.
SECTION 508.0 STANDARDS OF MECHANICAL VENTILATION
508.1 AREAS REQUIRING MECHANICAL VENTILATION: Mechanical ventilation
shall be provided in all occupiable rooms or spaces where the require-
ments for natural ventilation are not met; in all rooms or spaces,
which because of the nature of their use or occupancy, involve the
presence of dust, fumes, gases, vapors, or other noxious or injurious
impurities, or substances which create a fire hazard; or where required
by the provisions of section 509.0 or articles 4 and 6.
508.2 OUTSIDE AIR: Where mechanical ventilation is required the mini-
mum amount of outside air introduced into any room or enclosed space
shall be at least equal to the amount required by Figure 5-1.
Vol. 18 - 179
1/1/78
MINIMUM OUTSIDE AIR REQUIREMENTS FOR VENTILATION
AND AIR CONDITIONING
":
\a
1
1
T
1
1
-
\
-
- 1
p
-
\
-
\
-
^A
"l
1
1
1
1
1
L
r
508.21 FIGURE 5-1
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
Minimum Outside Air, Cu. Ft. Per Person Per Min.
508.22 CURVE A - VENTILATION ONLY: The values obtained from Curve
A in Figure 5-1 represent the minimum volume of outside air required
for adults quietly occupied. Where the space has mechanical cooling,
the values of Curve A represent the minimum amount of air to be cir-
culated.
a) Values of Curve A shall be increased by twenty-five (25) per
cent for areas in which the occupancies contain or involve:
1) Grade school children
2) Light smoking
3) Food Service
4) Other occupancies involving
air contamination
b) Values of Curve A shall be increased fifty (50) per cent for
areas in which the occupancies contain or involve:
1) Manual labor
2) Sports
3) Dancing
4) Heavy smoking
5) Other occupancies involving heavy
air contamination
c) Values of Curve A shall be increased by an appropriate amount
to remove excess heat or moisture generated by equipment in
the occupied area.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 180
508.23 CURVE B - MECHANICAL COOLING: The values obtained from
Curve B in Figure 5-1 represent the minimum volume of outdoor air
required for adults quietly occupied where adequate control is
maintained over temperature and humidity and where odor removal
apparatus is used if smoking is permitted in the occupied area.
a) Where only part of the above-mentioned controls are
maintained, the values of Curve B must be increased
in accordance with good engineering design and subject
to the approval of the building official.
508.3 MEANS OF EXHAUST: Exhaust may be accomplished by:
a) Forcing leakage through openings communicating directly to
the outdoor air.
b) By drawing the vitiated air from spaces into the return
duct of the system apparatus. When exhaust is to a return
duct, the system apparatus shall be equipped to mix outdoor
and return air under conditions which assure that the mini-
mum amount of outdoor air will never be less than the sum
of the minimum outdoor air ventilation requirements of all
the spaces served by that system.
c) By drawing air into a fan-powered exhaust system discharging
directly to the outdoor air.
508.4 MAKE-UP AIR: Sufficient air to replace the exhaust quantity
shall be admitted to spaces which are under forcible exhaust by one
or by any combination of the following methods:
a) If permitted by this Code, by infiltration through louvres,
registers, or other permanent openings in walls, doors, or
partitions of adjoining spaces where air is supplied in
sufficient excess to meet the requirements of both spaces.
b) By infiltration through natural ventilation openings when the
heating system is properly designed to permit such infiltra-
tion without causing drafts objectionable to the occupants.
c) By other methods acceptable to the building official, and in
conformance with good engineering practice.
d) If permitted by this Code, exhaust may be accomplished by
forcing leakage through permanent openings to adjoining spaces
from which air is removed by method (c) above, provided the
total amount of ventilation of both spaces is not reduced to
less than the amounts required by Figure 5-1 and provided the
space is not of the type from which recirculation of air is
prohibited.
Vol. 18 - 181
1/1/78
508.5 RECIRCULATION: Portions of the fresh air supply required in
thiB section may consist of recirculated air as stated herein, sub-
ject to the prohibited use requirements of section 508.51 and the
allowance for adsorption devices of section 508.6.
508.51 PROHIBITED USE OF RECIRCULATED AIR: The use of the air from
Kitchens, Lavatories, Toilet Rooms, Bathrooms, Rest Rooms, Laboratories
and Garages for recirculation shall be prohibited.
508.52 HABITABLE ROOMS: Recirculation of up to seventy-five (75)
percent of the air supplied may be permitted in habitable rooms except
kitchens, provided the air recirculated does not come from a plenum or
system fed with air returned from habitable rooms in other dwelling
units, or from stairways or common hallways. Recirculation of one-
hundred (100) percent of the air supplied may be permitted if the sys-
tem supplied only a single dwelling unit.
508.53 WORK ROOMS: Recirculation of not more than seventy-five (75)
percent of the air supplied may be permitted in work rooms, provided
the air is free from harmful dusts, fumes, vapors, mists, or gases.
NOTE: Recirculation of air removed by local exhaust systems is pro-
hibited unless the contaminant is removed by an approved method to a
safe limit of concentration. The amount of air supplied to replace
all air exhausted by local exhaust ventilation systems shall be con-
sidered as fresh air in the calculation of the requirements in section
505.31 and 505.32 provided that the air supplied is free from contami-
nation and is from an approved source. This provision also applies to
cold air douches used in hot industries.
508.54 RESTAURANTS AND DINING HALLS: Not more than fifty (50) percent
of the air supplied to restaurants and dining halls shall be recirculated.
508.55 OFFICES AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONAL BUILDING: Not more than
seventy-five (75) percent of the air supplied to offices and public
and institutional buildings shall be recirculated.
508.56 HOSPITALS AND MEDICAL CARE FACILITIES: Hospitals and Medical
Care Facilities may employ recirculated air in compliance with the
approved methods and systems of the reference section of this article.
508.6 USE OF ADSORPTION DEVICES: If recirculation of air is permitted,
the required outdoor air supply may be reduced to to fifty (50) percent,
provided that an equivalent quantity of the recirculated air is passed
through approved adsorption devices. The adsorption material, the
material quantity and the means provided for maintaining the effective-
ness of the absorption devices shall be acceptable to the building
official and in conformance with good engineering practice.
1/1/70 Vol. 18 - 182
a) Improper maintenance - Should absorption devices be improperly
maintained in the opinion of the building official, he may
order their removal. If the adsorption devices are removed
the ventilating system shall not be operated unless it will
supply 100 percent of the outdoor air required by this section
or section 508.0.
b) Test records - The building owner shall continuously maintain
a record showing the manufacturer's recommendation for fre-
quency of tests, the method of making tests, and the results
of periodic tests of the adsorption devices. Such tests shall
be made and certified by an approved agency at least twice
every six months. The records of such tests shall be maintain-
ed for a period of at least two years, and shall be available
for inspection by the building official.
SECTION 509.0 VENTILATION OF SPECIAL SPACES
509.1 KITCHENS: Kitchens shall be ventilated as follows:
a) Kitchens located within dwelling units and having a floor area
of greater than seventy (70) square feet shall have natural
ventilation as prescribed in section 504.0. When the floor
area is seventy (70) square feet or less the kitchen shall be
ventilated by either of the following:
1) Natural means complying with section 504.0.
2) Mechanical means exhausting at least two (2) cfm
of air per square foot of floor area.
b) Kitchens, except those located within dwelling units, and any
spaces where cooking of any kind is done, shall be ventilated
by either of the following:
1) Natural means complying with section 504.0 or
mechanically air-cooled means complying with
Figure 5-1 Section 508.21 and supplemented with
auxiliary mechanical supply and exhaust ventila-
tion adequate to remove the fumes and smoke from
the cooking equipment when operating, in accor-
dance with the provisions of article 18.
2) Non-air-cooled mechanical means exhausting at
least three (3) cfm of air per square foot of
floor area, but in no case less than one-hundred
and fifty (150) cfm.
1/1/7M Vo1- 18 " 183
c) Kitchens, snack bars, or pantries, where the operation consi_»„
of heating or warming previously prepared food that was cooked
elsewhere, or where food is prepared in vending machines, may
be ventilated by either or a combination of the following:
1) Natural ventilation complying with section 504.0.
2) Mechanical ventilation complying with section 508.0.
d) Air shall be exhausted through ducts or chimneys constructed
in accordance with the provisions of articles 10, 11 and 18.
e) Make-up air shall be provided by one of the methods described
in section 508.4.
509.2 BATHROOMS AND TOILET ROOMS: Bathrooms and toilet rooms shall
be ventilated as follows:
a) When ventilated by natural means, the natural ventilation open-
ings shall comply with section 504.0 except:
1) In no case shall the net free area of the ventilation
openings be less than one and one-half (Ik) square feet.
2) In occupancy groups H-l and H-2, the ventilation open-
ings may be to a vent shaft provided that the net free
area of the opening is not less than three (3) square
feet. The vent shaft cross-sectional area shall be
equal to the sum of the required minimum ventilation
openings plus one-fifth (1/5) square foot for every
foot of height but not less than nine (9) square feet
and open to the outer air at the top; or, the vent
shaft may be open at the sides above the roof with
louvres providing net free area equal to the area of
the shaft.
b) By individual vent shafts or ducts constructed of non-combustible
materials with a minimum cross-sectional area of one (1) square
foot plus one-third (1/3) square foot for each additional water
closet or' urinal above two in number. The upper termination of
such ducts shall be equipped with a wind actuated ventilator cap
with throat area equal to the duct area.
c) When a bathroom or toilet room is not ventilated by a natural
ventilation as required by this section, it shall be mechanically
ventilated as follows:
1) Rooms containing only one water closet or urinal shall
be mechanically ventilated by an exhaust system capable
of exhausting at least forty (40) cfm.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 134
2) Rooms containing more than one water closet or
urinal, and any auxiliary spaces such as those
used in hand basins, slop sinks, and locker rooms,
shall be mechanically ventilated by an independent
exhaust system capable of exhausting at least forty
(40) cubic feet of air per minute per water closet
or urinal. The outdoor air supply shall conform
to the requirements of section 508.0.
3) Toilet exhaust systems shall be arranged to expel
air directly to the outdoors.
d) Make-up air shall be provided by one of the methods described
in section 508.4.
509.3 INSIDE LOCKER ROOMS: Inside locker rooms and dressing rooms
for more than one person shall be ventilated at a rate of four changes
of air per hour or as required by Section 508.22, whichever is greater.
509.4 CORRIDORS: Corridors shall have ventilation provisions to
supply outdoor air in conformance to whichever of the following is
greater:
a) For make-up of air exhausted to adjoining spaces. Provisions
for make-up air supply shall conform to Section 508.4.
b) Natural sources complying with Section 504.0 to provide venti-
lating openings equivalent to at least two and one-half (2JJ)
percent of the floor area.
c) In occupancy groups H-l , H-2 and L-2, mechanical supply of at
least one-half (*s) cubic foot of outdoor air per minute per
square foot of floor area.
SECTION 510.0 VENTILATION OF SHAFTS OTHER THAN ELEVATOR AND
DUMBWAITER HOISTWAYS
All enclosed vertical shafts extending through more than two (2)
stories of every building or structure, except elevator or dumbwaiter
hoistways, shall be automatically vented to the outer air as herein
required or as specified in section 911.0.
510.1 EXTENDING TO ROOF: Shaft enclosures extending to the roof shall
be provided with a metal skylight constructed to comply with section
927.2 or with windows of equivalent area or with other approved
automatic means of removing hot air and gases.
510.2 THERMOSTATIC CONTROL: The automatic operation of fire shutters,
skylights and other vent relief devices may be controlled by fusible
links designed to operate at a fixed temperature of not more than one
hundred and sixty (160) degrees F., or by electric or pneumatic opera-
tion under a rapid rise in temperature at a rate of fifteen (15) to
twenty (20) degrees F. per minute or by other approved methods.
Vol. 18 - 185
1/1/78
510.3 NOT EXTENDING TO ROOF: Shaft enclosures not extending to the
roof shall be provided with gas and smoke relief vents or adequate
mechanical means of ventilation in conformity to the provisions of
section 911. A and article 18.
SECTION 511.0 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS WITH UNPIERCED ENCLOSURE WALLS
511.1 AIR CONDITIONING: When light and ventilation yards, courts or
other required open spaces are not provided as herein specified, build-
ings may be erected for industrial and commercial uses within the height
and area limitations of article 3 and table 2-6 when such buildings and
structures are equipped with approved artificial lighting, ventilating
and air conditioning systems furnishing the equivalent light and venti-
lation. The installation of all such systems shall comply with the pro-
visions of article 18.
511.2 FIRE PROTECTION: Buildings and structures without exterior win-
dow openings in all stories which are provided with approved mechanical
ventilating and air conditioning systems shall be equipped with the fire
protection and fire-extinguishing media herein prescribed complying with
the requirements of article 12;
511.21 ACCESS PANELS: Fire Access Panels of the required size and
location shall be installed in the enclosure walls as specified in
section 858.0.
511.22 FIRE ALARMS: Interior Fire Alarm signal systems shall be pro-
vided and maintained as specified in article 12;
511.23 SPRINKLERS: Two-Source Automatic Sprinkler systems with super-
visory service and fire department connections shall be installed to
comply with article 12;
511.24 FIRE-VENTING: The building or structure shall be fire-Vented
as prescribed in section 514.
SECTION 512.0 COURTS
All courts required to serve rooms for light and ventilation purposes
shall comply with the requirements of this section.
512.1 WIDTH OF COURT.
512.11 MINIMUM WIDTH: Every such court shall have a minimum width of
three (3) inches for each foot of height or fraction thereof but not
less than five (5) feet for outer courts and twice these values for
inner courts.
W1* Vol. 18
186
512.12 IRREGULAR COURT WIDTH: In the case of irregular or gore-
shaped courts, the required minimum width of court may be deemed to
be the average width, provided that no such court shall be less than
five (5) feet at any point.
512.2 AREA OF COURT: The cross-sectional area of a required court
shall be not less than one and one-half (1*$) times the square of its
width; nor shall the length of any court be more than twice its width.
512.3 ACCESS TO COURT: A door or other means of access shall be
provided at the bottom of every court that is not otherwise conve-
niently accessible for purposes of cleaning.
512.4 AIR INTAKES TO COURT.
512.41 INNER COURT: Every court serving one or more habitable rooms
that does not open for its full height on one or more sides to a street
or legal yard shall be connected at or near the bottom with a street or
yard by a horizontal intake or passage of f ireresistive construction.
Such intake or passage shall have a cross-sectional area of not less
than twenty-one (21) square feet, and shall remain fully open at both
ends and unobstructed for its full size and length, except that grilles
of noncombustible construction complying with the approved rules may
be permitted at the ends of the intake.
512.42 FIRERESISTANCE: The walls, floors and ceiling of such intakes
or passages shall have a f ireresistance rating of not less than two (2)
hours in buildings of types 1, 2 or 3 construction and not less than
three-quarter (3/4) hour in type 4 construction.
512.5 COURT WALLS: When in the opinion of the building official,
windows facing on courts do not receive adequate direct light by rea-
son of peculiar arrangement or orientation, he may require the walls
to be constructed of light colored masonry, or to be painted and main-
tained a light color to furnish additional reflected light.
512.6 COURT DRAINAGE: The bottom of every court shall be properly
graded and drained to a public sewer or other approved disposal sys-
tem complying with the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code; and shall
be paved with concrete or other non-absorbent material when required
by the building official.
SECTION 513.0 OBSTRUCTION OF COURTS AND YARDS
513.1 PERMISSIBLE PROJECTIONS: Every required court and yard shall
remain unobstructed for its required area and full height, except for
the projections permitted in section 313.0. In residential and
institutional buildings, clothes poles, arbors, garden trellises and
other such accessories shall not be prohibited in the open spaces at
ground level.
Vol. 18 - 187
1/1/78
SECTION 514.0 FIRE EMERGENCY VENTILATING SYSTEM
In all buildings and structures herein required to have fire emer-
gency ventilating systems, the common hallways shall be constructed
with:
a) vertical fire vent stacks and lateral fire vent ducts as here-
in provided, or
b) windows to the outer air, or
c) mechanical ventilating or exhaust systems, or
d) other equivalent approved means for dissipating smoke, heated
air and toxic gases directly to the outer air in the event of
fire.
514.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Fire emergency ventilating systems shall be
provided:
a) in buildings used for H-l and H-2 (institutional) use groups
which :
1) exceed three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in height,
and
2) exceed ten thousand (10,000) square feet in floor area,
and
3) are occupied by more than fifty (50) persons above the
first floor or have more than twenty-five (25) sleep-
ing rooms above the first floor;
b) in buildings used for L-l and L-2 (hotel and apartment house)
use groups which:
1) same as 1 above,
2) same as 2 above,
3) same as 3 above.
c) in all fully enclosed industrial building without provision of
exterior openings for ventilation purposes.
514.2 FIRE VENT DUCTS: When the common hallways and exit ways are
not ventilated by windows opening directly to the outer air as re-
quired in section 503, a system of collecting fire ducts shall be
provided in each story of aggregate size to remove the smoke, hot air
and noxious fumes or gases in event of fire. Each duct shall be not
less than one (1) square foot in area located in the common hallways
with screened openings complying with the approved rules, constructed
as provided for hot air ducts in sections 1019 and 1119.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 188
514.3 THERMOSTATIC OPERATION: When not connected to a vent stack
the inlet openings on each story shall be controlled by automatic
heat-operated devices as required in section 510.2 and in accordance
with the approved rules.
514.4 FIRE VENT STACKS: When the fire ducts do not discharge di-
rectly to the outer air in each story, one or more fire vent stacks
of adequate capacity shall be installed to accommodate the discharge
from the fire duct system in any one floor or enclosed fire area, but
in no case shall any individual stack be less than four (4) square
feet in area, and all stacks shall terminate in an approved automatic
cowl or ventilator outlet above the roof.
514.5 LOCATION OF STACKS: The vent stack shall be located in as
central a position as practicable with respect to the floor area
vented thereby, preferably in the vicinity of vertical shafts, and
shall extend continuously to the roof.
514.6 VENT CONTROL OF STACKS: The vent control of the vertical
stacks shall consist of approved noncombustible dampers, shutters,
or glazed metal sash designed to open outwardly, located not less
than twenty (20) feet distant from window openings or exitway doors
in adjoining walls, and shall be equipped with a thermostatic unit
arranged to open at a predetermined rate of temperature rise in
accordance with the approved rules. Auxiliary mechanical means for
manual operation of all vent controls shall be provided in an accessi-
ble location designated by the building official.
514.7 STACK CONSTRUCTION: The stack enclosure shall be constructed
to be vapor and smoke tight with walls of not less than two (2) hours
f ireresistance, with no openings other than the fire duct inlets and
the top automatic ventilator outlet.
514.8 MECHANICAL EXHAUST SYSTEMS: When mechanical exhaust is required
to operate the emergency ventilating system either in horizontal ducts
or vertical vent stacks, the installation shall be thermostatically
controlled and installed in accordance with the provisions of article
18 and the approved rules.
SECTION 515.0 FIRE VENTILATION OF OPEN WELLS
Unenclosed well openings for moving stairways constructed in accor-
dance with the provisions of ELV-2 and not accepted as a required ele-
ment of an exitway shall be permitted in mercantile buildings when
equipped with an approved two-source supervised automatic sprinkler
system and protected on every floor pierced by the opening with an
approved automatic exhaust system or by other approved methods as here-
in required to prevent the passage of fire, smoke and gases to the
story above.
Vl/78 VQl_ 18
189
515.1 EXHAUST SYSTEM: The approved automatic exhaust system may be
a separate unit or integrated with an approved air conditioning sys-
tem and shall be thermostatically controlled to operate simultaneous-
ly with the detection of fire.
515.11 CAPACITY OF EXHAUST SYSTEM: The exhaust system shall be of
adequate capacity to create a down draft in the open well with suf-
ficient velocity of flow over the entire area of the well opening
under normal conditions of window and door openings in the building.
In air conditioned buildings the system shall operate satisfactorily
to the building official with the normal air conditioning fans shut
off.
515.2 WATER CURTAIN: An approved water curtain with baffles shall
be located to form a continuous water barrier extending from floor
to ceiling on all exposed sides of the well opening. Such water
curtain shall be formed and operated automatically, either with open
sprinklers or spray nozzles or with approved automatic sprinklers,
or other approved thermostatically controlled devices.
515.3 POWER CONTROL: The power lines to all parts of the exhaust
system and fresh air intake shall be furnished from an independent
power supply complying with article 15 and the reference standards
of this article for the control of automatic fire pumps and blower
and exhaust systems.
515.4 AIR CONDITIONED BUILDINGS: The exhaust system herein required,
when installed in an air conditioned building, shall be so arranged so
to automatically stop the operation of the mechanical air conditioning
and ventilating systems and close the dampers of the return air duct
connection in the event of fire.
SECTION 516.0 WINDOW CLEANING SAFEGUARDS
All buildings and structures over fifty (50) feet or four (4) stories
in height, in which the windows are cleaned from the outside, shall be
provided with anchors or other approved safety devices shall be of ap-
proved design, constructed of corrosion-resistive materials securely
attached to the window frames or anchored in the enclosure walls of
the building. Cast iron or cast bronze anchors shall be prohibited.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 190
Reference Standards - Article 5
USHEW HRA-74-4000
Mass-DPH Article II
1969
ASHRAE
1967
ASHRAE
1968
ASHRAE
1969
Maas-DPS ELV-2
1971
General Standards of Construction
and Equipment for Hospital and
Medical Facilities
Minimum Standards of Fitness for
Human Habitation
Guide and Data Book, Handbook of
Fundamentals
Guide and Data Book, Applications
Guide and Data Book, Equipment
Board of Elevator Regulations?
Elevator, Dumbwaiter, Escalator,
and Moving Walk Regulations
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 191
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 192
ARTICLE 6
MEANS OF EGRESS
SECTION 600.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the design, construc-
tion and arrangement of building elements required to insure safe
means of egress from all buildings hereafter erected, and from all
buildings thereafter altered to a new occupancy load, or manner of
use, or inherent fire hazard. Existing buildings and uses shall be
controlled by the provisions of section 605.
600.1 MODIFICATION OF EXITWAY REQUIREMENTS: When strict compliance
with the provisions of the Basic Code is not practical, the build-
ing official may accept alternate means of egress which will ac-
complish the same purpose, by the procedure established in article 1,
section 101.22.
600.2 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS: It shall be unlawful to alter any build-
ing or structure in any manner that will reduce the number of exit-
ways or the capacity of exitways below the requirements of this J fcde
for new buildings of the proposed use and occupancy.
600.3 OTHER STANDARDS: Compliance with the applicable provisions
of the standard listed at the end of this article shall be deemed
to meet the requirements of this article, unless otherwise specific-
ally provided herein.
SECTION 601.0 DEFINITIONS
AUTOMATIC FIRE DOOR: (see section 901.0)
AUTOMATIC COLLAPSIBLE REVOLVING DOOR: a door which is designed, sup-
ported and constructed so that the wings will release and fold back
in the direction of egress under pressure exerted by persons under
panic conditions, providing a legal passageway on both sides of the
door pivot.
COMMON HALLWAY: a common corridor or space separately enclosed which
provides any of the following in any story:
a) common access to the required exitways of the building, or
b) common access for more than one (1) tenant, or
c) common access for more than thirty (30) persons.
DOORWAY: the clear width of the opening protected by a door, subject
to the width reduction provisions of this Code.
ESCALATOR: a moving stairway.
Vol. 18 - 193
1/1/78
EXITWAY: that portion of a means of egress which is separated from
all other spaces of a building or structure by construction or
equipment as required in this Code to provide a protected, un-
obstructed way of travel to the exitway discharge.
EXITWAY ACCESS: exitway access is that portion of a means of egress
which leads to an entrance to an exitway.
EXITWAY DISCHARGE: that portion of a means of egress between termi-
nation of an exitway and a public space with access to a public way
or street.
FIRE DOOR: (see section 901.0)
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY: (see section 901.0)
FIRE WINDOW: (see section 901.0)
FLOOR AREA, GROSS: for the purpose of determining the number of per-
sons for whom exits are to be provided, gross floor area shall be
the floor area within the perimeter of the outside walls of the build-
ing under consideration, with no deduction for hallways, stairs,
closets, thickness of walls, columns, or other features.
FLOOR AREA, NET: for the purpose of determining the nutioer of persons
for whom exits are to be provided, net floor area shall be the actual
occupied area, not including accessory unoccupied areas or thickness
of walls.
GRADE HALLWAY, GRADE LOBBY, GRADE PASSAGEWAY: an enclosed hallway or
corridor that is an element of an exitway, terminating at a street
or an open space or court communicating with a street.
HALLWAY, GRADE: (see grade hallway)
HORIZONTAL EXIT: a way of passage from one building or fire area to
an area of refuge in another building or fire area on approximately
the same level, which affords safety from fire or smoke from the
area of escape and areas communicating therewith.
MEANS OF EGRESS: a continuous and unobstructed path of travel from any
point in a building or structure to a public space and consists of
three (3) separate and distinct parts: (a) the exitway access, (b)
the exitway and (c) the exitway discharge; a means of egress comprises
the vertical and horizontal means of travel and shall include inter-
vening room spaces, doors, hallways, corridors, passageways, balcon-
ies, ramps, stairs, enclosures, lobbies, escalators, horizontal exits,
courts and yards .
MOVING STAIRWAY: escalator.
SELF-CLOSING: as applied to a fire door or other opening protective,
means normally closed and equipped with an approved device which will
insure closing after having been opened for use.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 194
SLIDESCAPE: a straight or spiral chute erected on the interior or
exterior of a building which is designed as a means of human eg-
ress direct to the street or other public space.
SMOKEPROOF TOWER (FIRE TOWER): an interior enclosed stairway, with
access from the floor area of the building either through outside
balconies or ventilated vestibules opening on a street or yard or
open court, and with a separately enclosed direct exitway leading
directly to an exitway discharge at the street or grade floor.
STAIRWAY: one or more flights of stairs and the necessary landings
and platforms connecting them to form a continuous and uninterrupted
passage from one floor to another. A flight of stairs, for the
purposes of this article, must have three (3) or more risers.
WINDER: a step in a winding stairway.
SECTION 602.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
602.1 ARRANGEMENT OF EXITWAYS: The plans shall show in sufficient
detail the location, construction, size and character of all exit-
ways together with the arrangement of aisles, corridors, passage-
ways and hallways leading thereto in compliance with the provisions
of this Code.
602.2 NUMBER OF OCCUPANTS: In other than one and two-family and
multi-family dwellings, the plans and the application for permit shall
designate the number of occupants to be accommodated on every floor,
and in all rooms and spaces when required by the building official.
When not otherwise specified, the minimum number of occupants to be
accommodated by the exitways shall be determined by the occupancy
load prescribed in section 606. The posted occupancy load of the
building shall be limited to that number.
SECTION 603.0 USE AND OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS
603.1 NEW BUILDINGS: Every building and structure and part thereof
hereafter erected shall have the required number of exitways comply-
ing with the requirements of this Code. Exitways in combination
with the exitway access and exitway discharge shall provide a safe
and continuous means of egress to a street or to an open space with
direct access across to a street.
603.2 MIXED OCCUPANCY GROUPS: When a building is classified in more
than one (1) occupancy group, in accordance with the provisions of
article 2, the exitway requirements for the entire building shall be
determined on the basis of the occupancy group having the strictest
exitway requirements; or the exitway requirements for each building
section shall be determined separately; or when places of assembly,
night clubs and rooms and spaces for similar occupancies are provided
in a building section, the exitways shall be adequate for the combined
occupancy tributary thereto.
W?8 Vol. 18 - 195
603.3 MULTIPLE TENANTS: When more than one (1) tenant occupies any
one floor of a building or structure, each tenant shall be provided
with direct access to approved exitways.
603. A BUILDING ACCESS FOR HANDICAPPED: All buildings and parts there-
of classified in use groups C (Mercantile), D (Industrial), E (Business),
F (Assembly), H (Institutional), L-l and L-2 (Residential) shall have
at least one primary entrance accessible to and usable by the handi-
capped. Such entrance shall provide access to a level that makes ele-
vators available in buildings where elevators are provided. Where ramps
are used to comply with this requirement, they shall have a slope not
greater than one (1) in ten (10) and comply with the other provisions
of this article for access to the handicapped.
SECTION 604.0 AIR-CONDITIONED BUILDINGS
604.1 LOCATION OF STAIRWAYS: In all buildings, without exterior win-
dow openings in all stories, that are artificially ventilated and air-
conditioned as provided in section 511, the stairway element of required
exitways shall be located as to be accessible to the fire department
either through the access openings specified in section 858.0 or as
otherwise approved in at least alternate stories of the building.
604.2 EXHAUST DUCTS: No exhaust ducts or vents of air-conditioning
systems shall discharge into stairway or elevator enclosures nor shall
corridors serving as exitway access be used as the return exhaust from
air-conditioned spaces through louvres or other devices in the doors
or partitions enclosing such air-conditioned spaces; unless such pas-
sageways are equipped with approved products of combustion detectors
to automatically stop the supply and exhaust fans and close the louvres
and unless such use is approved by the building official.
SECTION 605.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
605.1 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY: The owner or lessee of every existing
building and structure shall be responsible for the safety of all per-
sons in or occupying such premises with respect to the adequacy of
means of egress therefrom as required by this Code.
605.2 UNSAFE MEANS OF EGRESS
605.21 INADEQUATE EXITWAYS: In any existing building or structure,
not now provided with exitway facilities as herein prescribed for new
buildings and in which the exitways are deemed inadequate for safety
by the building official, such additional provision shall be made for
safe means of egress as he shall order.
605.3 NO CHANGE IN USE: When there is no change in use group or oc-
cupancy load, the minimum exitway requirements shall be as follows:
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 196
605.31 NEW EXITWAYS: If new or altered exitway facilities are in-
stalled or construction, they shall comply with all the requirements
for new buildings.
605.32 EXISTING EXITWAYS: In all buildings (other than one and
two-family dwellings) exceeding three (3) stories or forty (40) feet
in height, or having more than seventy-five (75) occupants above or
more than forty (40) occupants below grade floor, all existing en-
closed stairways shall be enclosed with partitions and opening pro-
tectives of two (2) hour f ireresistance rating complying with article
9; doors shall be self-closing. Existing enclosures of substandard
fireresistive construction shall be covered on the stair side only
with the component materials required for a two (2) hour fireresis-
tive assembly.
605.33 FIRE ESCAPES: In buildings not over five (5) stories or sixty-
five (65) feet in height, fire escapes complying with the require-
ments of section 621 may be accepted as a secondary means of egress
when deemed adequate by the building official and when approved ac-
cess to the street is provided from the termination of the fire escape.
605.4 EXISTING USE CHANGED: In every building or structure in which
there is a change from one use group to another with special require-
ments, or when there is an increase in occupancy load, the exitway
facilities serving the new use and occupancy shall be made to comply
with all the provisions of this article for buildings hereafter erected.
SECTION 606.0 OCCUPANCY LOAD
606.1 DESIGN OCCUPANCY LOAD: In determining required exitway facil-
ities, the number of occupants for whom exitway facilities shall be
provided shall be established by the largest number computed as follows:
606.11 The actual number of occupants for whom each occupied space,
floor, or building, as the case may be, is designed for; or,
606.12 The number of occupants computed at the rate of one (1) oc-
cupant per unit of area as prescribed in table 6-1; or,
606.13 The number of occupants of any space as computed in section
606.11 or 606.12 above plus the number of occupants similarly computed
for all spaces that discharge through space in order to gain access to
an exitway.
606.2 MEZZANINE FLOORS: The occupancy load of a mezzanine floor
discharging through a floor below shall be added to the main floor
occupancy and the capacity of the exits shall be designed for the
total occupancy load thus established.
606.3 ROOFS: Roof areas occupied as roof gardens or for assembly,
storage or other purposes shall be provided with exitway facilities
W78 Vol. 18
197
to accommodate the required occupancy load, but in no case shall there
be less than two (2) approved means of egress for assembly uses from
such roof areas.
606.4 SPECIAL USES: For areas in other use groups not specified in the
Basic Code, the building official shall establish the occupancy load to
be assumed in the design.
606.5 CONFLICTS: When there are special requirements for specific
occupancies and uses in article 4 which differ from general requirements
herein prescribed, such special provisions shall take precedence.
TABLE 6-1 FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCE PER OCCUPANT
USE FLOOR AREA IN SQUARE
FEET PER OCCUPANT
Areas without fixed seats 12 net
Areas with fixed seats (theatres, bleachers, etc.)... 6 net (Note 1)
Areas with fixed seats (restaurants, bars, etc.) 8 net
Standing space 3 net
Bowling alleys, allow five (5) persons for each alley,
including fifteen (15) feet of runway, and for
additional areas 10 net
Business areas 100 gross
Court rooms 40 net
Day nurseries 35 net
Educational (Note 2)
Garages and open parking structures 250 gross
Industrial areas 200 gross
Institutional
Sleeping areas:
Single occupant room 125 net
Multiple occupant room 90 net per
occupant
In-patient areas 240 gross
Kitchens (non-residential) 200 gross
Locker rooms 20 gross
Mercantile, basement and grade floor area 30 gross
Areas on other floors 60 gross
Schoolhouses (Note 3)
Classrooms 20 net
Shops and vocational 50 net
Assembly (conference rooms,
dining rooms, refreshment
areas, exhibit rooms, gyms,
lounges) 15 net
Storage , shipping areas 100 gross
Residential 200 gross
Stages
Performing areas 15 gross
Other areas 50 gross
Storage areas, mechanical equipment room 300 gross
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 198
Note 1: The occupant load for an assembly area having fixed seats
shall be determined by the number of fixed seats installed.
Note 2: Standards for Educational uses are subject to the provisions
of Reference Standard F-6, Building Regulations for School-
houses, of the State Building Code Commission.
Note 3: The capacity or occupant load permitted in a building or
portion thereof may be increased above that specified if the
necessary aisles and exits are provided subject to the approval
of the building official.
SECTION 607.0 TYPES AND LOCATION OF EXITWAYS
All approved exitways, including doorways, passageways, corridors,
hallways, interior stairways, exterior stairways, moving stairways,
smokeproof towers, ramps, horizontal exits, bridges, balconies, fire
escapes and combinations thereof shall be arranged and constructed as
provided herein and in article 9 for fire enclosure requirements.
607.1 ARRANGEMENT: All required exitways shall be so located as to be
visible and readily accessible with unobstructed access thereto and so
arranged as to lead directly to the street or to an area of refuge with
supplemental means of egress that will not be obstructed or impaired by
fire, smoke or other cause.
607.2 SEPARATION OF EXITWAYS: Whenever more than one (1) exitway is
required from any room, space or floor of a building, they shall be
placed as remote from each other as practicable, and shall be arranged
to provide direct access in separate directions from any point in the
area served.
607.3 LENGTH OF TRAVEL: All exitways shall be so located that the
maximum length of exitway access travel, measured from the most remote
point to an approved exitway along the natural and unobstructed line of
travel shall not exceed the distances given in table 6-2; except that in
buildings of residential, mercantile or institutional use groups where
the area is subdivided into rooms or compartments, and the egress travel
in the room or compartment is not greater than fifty (50)* feet, the
distance shall be measured from the exitway access entrance to the
nearest exitway.
* May be increased to 100 feet, in use groups equipped
with automatic sprinklers.
607. A FLOORS BELOW GRADE: In buildings of all use groups the per-
missible length of exitway access travel on any floor more than one (1)
story below grade shall not exceed seventy-five (75) feet.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 199
TABLE 6-2 MAXIMUM LENGTH OF EXITWAY ACCESS TRAVEL (FEET)
USE GROUP
LENGTH
LENGTH WITH FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
High Hazard (A) . .
—
75
Storage (B)
100
150
Mercantile (C) ...
100
150
Industrial (D) ...
150
250
Business (E)
200
300
Assembly (F)
150
200
Institutional (H)
100
200
Residential (L) . .
100
150
SECTION 608.0 CAPACITY OF EXITS
608.1 UNIT OF EXIT WIDTH: The basic whole unit of clear exit width is
twenty-two (22) inches and its whole multiples. The allowance for
excess width of twelve (12) inches to twenty-one (21) inches is one-half
(1/2) unit. (No credit given for excess width less than twelve (12)
inches .
22" to 33" = 1 unit
44" to 55" = 2 units
66" to 77" = 3 units
33" to 43" = 1 1/2 units*
56" to 65" = 2 1/2 units
78" to 87" - 3 1/2 units
*A door 40" in width = 2 units; a single door 33" to 39" =
1 1/2 units; 40" to 44" - 2 units.
608.2 DESIGN CAPACITY ALLOWANCE: Specific modifications: article 4
Means of Computation:
Design Capacity = units of egress width (608.1) x number of
persons per unit egress width (table 6-3) .
TABLE 6-3 CAPACITY PER UNIT EGRESS WIDTH
Without Suppression
With Suppression
System
Syst
em
Number of
Occupants
Number of
Occupants
Stairways
Doors and
Stairways
Doors and
USE GROUP
and Ramps
Corridors
and Ramps
Corridors
High Hazard (A)
__
60
100
Storage (B)
60
100
90
150
Mercantile (C)
60
100
90
150
Industrial (D)
60
100
90
150
Business (E)
60
100
90
150
Assembly (F)
75
100
113
150
Assembly (F-6) (Class-
room areas)
1 or 2 stories
90
100
120
150
3 stories or more
75
100
120
150
Institutional (H)
22
30
33
45
Residential (L)
75
100
113
150
1/1/78
Vol,
200
NOTE: The main exitway of a bowling alley shall be of sufficient
capacity to accommodate fifty (50) percent of the total oc-
cupant load, without regard to the number of aisles which
it serves.
SECTION 609.0 NUMBER OF EXITWAYS
The following general requirements apply to buildings of all use
groups. More restrictive requirements that may be provided in article 4
for special uses and occupancies shall take precedence over the general
provisions of this section.
609.1 MINIMUM NUMBER: Except in one and two-family dwellings, there
shall be two (2) or more approved independent exitways serving every
floor area above and below the grade floor, one (1) of which shall be an
interior enclosed stairway. Exitways in dwellings shall be so arranged
that they may be reached without passing through another living unit.
609.11 EXITWAYS IN RESIDENTIAL USE GROUPS: In all multi-family resi-
dential use groups (L-2) , except as provided in section 609.12, each
apartment shall have access to at least two (2) independent exits which
are remote from each other; such exits shall be so arranged that to
reach either exit it will not be necessary to pass through a public
corridor which serves the other.
609.12 EXITWAYS IN TYPE 1-A, 1-B, 2-A AND 2-B, L-2 USE GROUPS: In
buildings of type 1-A, 1-B, 2-A and 2-B construction a single exitway
shall be permitted for every room, or group of less than four (4) rooms
used for residential occupancy on multi-family floors, provided that
elevator lobbies on all floors except the ground floor are enclosed with
self-closing fire doors, so that no entrance door of any room or apartment
shall be more than fifty (50) feet from the nearest egress or segregating
fire partition. Doors from elevator lobbies, doors in segregating fire
partitions, and doors to stair enclosures, shall not be over two hundred
(200) feet apart. Sleeping facilities shall be limited to not more than
six (6) persons beyond the enclosed stairs. Rooms other than bedrooms
connected with the same living unit may be permitted.
609.2 BASEMENT RECREATION ROOMS: In residential buildings (use group
L-l and L-2), the basements of which are used as playrooms or for similar
recreation purposes, with an occupancy load of twelve (12) or more, such
areas and the exitway shall be enclosed with partitions and ceiling of
not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistive construction. A
direct secondary exit from the basement to streets, yards or courts
leading to the street, shall be acceptable in lieu of the requirement
for an enclosed stairway.
609.3 OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES: Parking structures shall have at least
two (2) or more exitways from each parking tier, except that where
vehicles are mechanically parked, only one (1) exitway need be provided
in structures not exceeding eighty-five (85) feet in height. The maximum
distance from any point on a parking tier to an exitway at that tier
shall be three hundred (300) feet. Ramps used for the movement of
vehicles need not be enclosed and may be considered as required exitways
in structures not exceeding eighty-five (85) feet in height where
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 201
vehicles are attendant parked and in other structures having not less
than two (2) enclosed stairways. The construction of stairways, ramps
and stairway enclosures shall comply with the applicable requirements of
this Code; except that stairways in a structure where vehicles are
attendant parked and the height of the structure does not exceed fifty
(50) feet, or in structures not exceeding eighty-five (85) feet in
height where vehicles are mechanically parked, only one (1) stairway
need be enclosed.
SECTION 610.0 EXITWAY ACCESS PASSAGEWAYS AND CORRIDORS
610.1 ACCESS PASSAGEWAYS: Direct exitway access shall be provided to
required exitways through continuous passageways, aisles or corridors,
conveniently accessible to all occupants and maintained free of ob-
struction.
610.11 TURNSTILES AND GATES: Access through turnstiles, gates, rails
or similar devices shall not be permitted unless such a device is equipped
to readily swing in the exiting direction of travel under a total
pressure of not more than fifteen (15) pounds.
610.2 DEAD ENDS: Exitway access passageways and corridors in all
stories which serve more than one (1) exitway shall provide direct
connection to such exitways in opposite directions from any point in the
corridor, insofar as practicable. In no case shall the length of a dead
end corridor be more than twenty (20) feet except in type 1A and IB the
corridor length may be thirty (30) feet.
610.3 WIDTHS: The unit exit width and occupancy allowance of aisles
and corridors, unless otherwise provided for special uses and occupancies
in article 4, shall be the same as for exitway stairways (table 6-3)
with a minimum total width of forty-four (44). inches in buildings of the
storage, business, industrial and assembly use groups; sixty (60) inches
in mercantile and institutional buildings other than those used for the
movement of beds which shall be ninety-six (96) inches; and seventy-two
(72) inches in church schools; except that in churches and chapels, side
aisles may be one-half (%) the width but in no case less than thirty-two
(32) inches clear.
610.4 OPENING PROTECTIVES: All door assemblies from rooms opening onto
a common corridor, required by table 2-5 to be of three-quarter (3/4)
fireresistive construction, shall be equipped with approved automatic or
self-closing:
a) three-quarter (3/4) hour fire doors; or,
b) one and three-quarter (1-3/4) inch thick solid core wood
doors; or,
c) their approved equivalent.
All door assemblies from rooms opening onto a common corridor, required
by table 2-5 to be of two (2) hour fireresistive construction, shall be
one and one-half (1%) hour fire doors.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 202
SECTION 611.0 GRADE PASSAGEWAYS AND LOBBIES USED AS AN EXITWAY
ELEMENT
611.1 ENCLOSURES OF PASSAGEWAYS: Every required Interior and exterior
exitway element which does not adjoin a street shall be directly con-
nected to the street or to an open court leading to the street by an
enclosed passageway, hallway, lobby or other unobstructed exitway ele-
ment constructed as provided in this section and in section 909.0.
611.2 WIDTH AND HEIGHT: The effective width of the lobby or other
enclosed passageway shall be not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the
aggregate width of all required exitway stairways leading thereto and
all required exitway doorways opening into the passageway. Such passage-
way shall have a minimum width of forty-four (44) inches and a mini-
mum clear ceiling height of eight (8) feet.
611.3 MAXIMUM STAIRWAY LIMITATIONS: Not more than fifty (50) per-
cent of required exitway capacity shall discharge through the same
passageway.
611.4 CONSTRUCTION: The enclosures of grade passageways and lobbies
connecting required means of egress to the street shall be of the
firerated construction required for exitways in table 2-5. All open-
ings which are elements or components of a required means of egress
shall comply with the requirements of article 9 relative to opening
protectives.
When there are accessory uses within the grade passageway or lobby
a fire suppression system will be required.
SECTION 612.0 MEANS OF EGRESS DOORWAYS
The requirements of this section shall apply to all doorways serv-
ing as a component or element of a means of egress; except this
section shall not apply to doorways leading to or from required stair-
ways (see sections 616.6, 618.5, and 619.3).
612.1 NUMBER OF DOORWAYS: Every room with an occupancy load of more
than fifty (50) or which exceeds one thousand five hundred (1500)
square feet in area shall have at least two (2) egress doorways and
the doors shall be hung to swing in the direction of exit travel with-
out obstructing the required width of exitway.
612.11 ENTRANCE AND EGRESS DOORWAYS: Where separate doors are pro-
vided for entrance and egress use, the entrance door shall be clearly
marked "ENTRANCE ONLY" in letters not less than six (6) inches in
height and legible from both inside and outside; unless such doors
are equipped with an emergency release bracket that will disengage
the door operator and permit the door to swing outward under total
pressure of not more than fifteen (15) pounds. Unless so equipped,
doors swinging inward only shall not be accepted as part of the re-
quired egress elements. When doors are operated by mechanical open-
ing device they shall comply with the requirements of section 612.44.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 203
612.2 SIZE OF DOORWAYS: The minimum width of single doorways shall be
thirty-two (32) inches and the maximum width shall be forty-four (44)
inches with the following exception:
Access for the handicapped: In all buildings and parts
thereof subject to the provisions of section 603.4 primary
entrance and access doorways shall be thirty-six (36) in-
ches or greater in width.
When the doorway is subdivided into two (2) or more separate openings,
the minimum clear width of each opening shall be at least thirty-two
(32) inches, and each opening shall be computed separately in deter-
mining the number of required units of exit width.
The minimum clear width of single doorways In one and two-family dwell-
ings and from retail stores and similar spaces on the grade floor to the
street, when not required as access for the handicapped, shall be thirty
(30) inches or greater In width.
The height of doorways shall be at least six (6) feet eight (8) inches.
In applying the provisions of this Code, the normal doorway opening with
the allowance for door jambs as provided in section 612.21 shall be used
for computing the required size doorways.
612.21 DOORWAY WIDTH REDUCTION: Door jambs may project into required
width of an exit door opening not more than one (1) inch for each full
twenty-two (22) inch exit unit.
612.3 LOCATION OF DOORS: The required doorways opening from a room or
space within a building leading to an exitway access shall be located as
remote as practicable from each other.
The distance of exitway access travel from any point in a room or
space to a required exitway door shall not exceed the limitations of
section 607.3 and table 6-2.
612.4 DOOR HARDWARE
612.41 OPERATION: Locks and fastenings on egress doors shall be readily
opened from the inner side without the use of keys. Draw bolts, hooks
and other similar devices shall be prohibited. The locking device must
be of a type that will be readily distinguishable as locked. These
requirements shall apply in any case only during the normal hours of
occupancy.
612.411 LOCKS IN MULTI-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Requirements for locks in
multi-family dwellings are subject to the provisions of section 3R of
Chapter 143 of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated, as amended.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 204
612.42 PANIC PROOF: In rooms of use group F-2 (assembly) with an
occupancy load of more than fifty (50) and in rooms of use groups F~l
and F-3 (assembly) with an occupancy load of more than three hundred
(300), egress doors shall be equipped with approved panic proof latches
or bolts which release under a pressure of fifteen (15) pounds.
612.43 REMOTE CONTROL: In rooms of use group H-l (institutional)
occupied as places of detention, approved releasing devices with remote
control shall be provided for emergency use.
612.44 MECHANICAL OPERATIONS: Except as may be otherwise provided for
openings in fire and fire division walls, all fire doors shall be
self-closing and shall be closed during occupancy of the building or
part thereof, except that fail safe electro-magnetic holders when
activated by approved rate of temperature raise and approved smoke
detection devices located on both sides of the opening and connected
to the central fire alarm stations may be used on all exit and smoke
screen doors in horizontal hallways, exitways and corridors but not on
doors connected to stairwells. Where egress doors are arranged to be
opened by mechanical devices of any kind, they shall be so constructed
that the door may be opened manually and will release under a total
load of not more than fifteen (15) pounds applied in the direction of
exitway travel.
612.5 DOOR CONSTRUCTION: All required egress doors that serve as an
element of an exitway shall be self-closing or automatic fire doors with
approved hardware, except for grade floor exitway discharge doors and
revolving exitway doors as provided for in sections 612.51 and 613.0.
612.51 GRADE EXITWAY DISCHARGE DOORS: Plate glass doors having one
or more unframed edges may be used provided they are constructed of
tempered glass not less than three-quarter (3/4) inches thick. Glass doors
and adjacent lights which may, in the opinion of the building official,
constitute a hazard by virtue of not being readily visible as a barrier,
must be of approved safety glasing material.
SECTION 613.0 REVOLVING EXITWAY DOORS
613.1 LIMITATIONS OF USE
613.11 WHERE PERMITTED: Except in places of use group F (assembly)
with an occupancy load of more than two hundred (200) and in buildings
of use group H (institutional) , approved automatic collapsible revolving
doors when constructed and installed as herein provided shall be accepted
in required exitway doorways from the first floor to the street but not
to exceed fifty (50) percent of the total required grade floor exits.
613.12 PROHIBITED CONSTRUCTION: Braces or other devices that prevent
normal operation of the automatic releasing mechanism shall be prohibited.
613.13 SUPPLEMENTAL EXITS: Approved swinging doors shall be provided
to furnish one-half (*s) the required exitway width in accordance with
the provisions of this article. In any case, there shall be a minimum
of two (2) approved swinging doors provided, one on each side and immediatery
adjacent to the revolving door.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 205
613.2 WIDTH OF PASSAGE
613.21 UNIT EXIT WIDTH: Automatic collapsible revolving doors ap-
proved as an element of a required exitway shall provide a minimum
clear unit exit width of passageway through the vestibule when the
leaves are in a collapsed position.
613.22 MINIMUM DIAMETER: The minimum diameter of approved revolv-
ing doors shall be adequate to provide the required clear exit width
when collapsed, but in no case less than six and one-half (6*5) feet
in diameter.
613.3 SPEED CONTROL: All approved automatic collapsible revolving
doors shall be equipped with an approved speed control governor ad-
justable to safe traffic speed, but in no case more than fifteen
(15) nor less than ten (10) revolutions per minute.
613.4 CONSTRUCTION: All approved automatic collapsible revolving
doors shall be constructed as follows:
613.41 OPERATING MECHANISM: The collapsing mechanism shall be con-
structed of stainless steel or other approved corrosion-resistive
materials;
613.42 USE OF WOOD: Where not otherwise required by the provisions
of article 9, the doors may be constructed of wood or other approved
materials of similar combustible characteristics, providing the con-
struction is at least equivalent to that of a solid core three-quarter
(3/4) hour fire rated door construction;
613.43 FLOOR COVERING: Approved mats of other floor coverings, com-
plying with the provisions of article 9, not more than one-half 0s)
inch thick, may be installed within the enclosure when permanently
secured to the structural flooring and finishing flush with the ad-
jacent floor area;
613.44 GLAZING: The doors shall be glazed with not less than seven
thirty-seconds (7/32) inch plate glass.
613.5 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE: The owner shall be responsible
for the care, operation and maintenance of all revolving door in-
stallations after such doors are placed in operation. The building
official may from time to time, and shall annually between December
first and March first, examine each revolving door within his juris-
diction. If the buidling official finds that any revolving door
fails to comply with the provisions of these regulations, he shall
notify the owner of the changes which are necessary for compliance,
and if the owner fails to make the necessary changes within thirty
(30) days, shall order in writing the removal of the door. Periodic
inspections shall be made by the person or firm responsible for the
installation at intervals of not more than three (3) months and shall
maintain all parts in proper working order.
1/1/78 Vol. is - 206
a
>»
1
3
V (0
6
H 3 J=
s
£
s
s
J
-
•H
60 U U 4-1
«»
vr
-*
sf
vj
»y
X
3 O O "3
«J
«»
«*
»»
sr
«J
J3
•H O O iH
z
CO Q Q 3
iH
>>
x>
00
•a o
•V rH
^4
u
01 sO
0> •
•
0
4J
■u 00
CO
rd 3
rd O
o
CM
CO
r-t o
i-H so
SO
BS Pl.
u
3 i-t
3
o
U 3
^*o
CJ 4-1
o c
3
4-1
X o
CM
— t o
iH O
O
3
H oi
•CM
a a)
CO i-l
•H
■H
o o
CM
CM . JS
i-l O CJ
U (0
CJ 4-1
u
4-1
o
J2
•o o
■J (d
SO U to
05 >s
co oi
0)
ft) rd
33
3 0)
< X>
<: co
CO
T3 D
C-H
•H
o s
i-l -3 CO
x>
> s
•H CN
•u a) cm
tH
*~\
•3 CO
CO
o-o
SO
CO
*o
E
ft)i-(
•
•
ft)
>%
«0 > ••
SO
o
4J
rd ••
o
•H CO
• •a u
• SO
CM
• sO
3 co
l-l u
M
3
U-l O
ft) >.o
ft) C
SM
cu s
3
O
O 0
o o
>>
pi rt-a
Pi o
Oi o
rH
"O -3
<
wj
v^ iH
w -H
id
3
l-i 01
JJ
U
CJ
.. flj
ei
2
SOU
S U
s o
s u
o
Id
CM
CM o o
CM 0)
CM 0)
CO
SO O
o
Q
CO
MQ E
>3- U
«tf CO
<
ro g
%
w
CO
w
•"N
J
to
/- \
1-1
cj
o
z
M
►J
CM
CM
SO
sO
•3
ft)
Wl
1-1
to
►J
VO
SO
CO
3
0)
M
s
4J
cr
I-l
z
a
a
a
oi
o
M
a
o
o
g
u
4J
£
•H
■H
CO
CO
>-<
U
4J
01
UJ CO
l J en
u
j
u
h
O ft)
1-4.
-3-
M u
V
CM
0)
•H
I-l
iH
2 OS
<2 o
to
cn
CO
3
4J 60
rd
SO
o*
l-i 0)
4-1
1 In H
ft)
cd
ft)
W
i I co
g-i
U-l
pi
C U-4
u
►J
1 CM
01
0)
o
pa
►J
pi
Pi
o
U-l
c
<
1 C M
N— /
\^
z
M CO
1-1
H
! 32
*9
b
so
3
s o
CM 0)
m e
SO
>>
C
O
><
o
o
Id
H
CO Z
<
3
4J
o
1-1
Ph
CO CX,
>-
< Id CO
Pi
CO
id
CO
< <
<:
2 cn
8
CO
I-l
X>
>*
CJ
^
ou w
Pi
1-1
4J
<
Q H
2
z^a!
Q
Cs]
CO
M
■A
3
w p
oi Z
o
M W O
3
4J
o
>» X
Oi
o
> w
H
O
CO
rd ft)
»-i
h- 1 ^
Q
OS Pi
M
H
0)
ft)
5
< C/)
5 IE
U O h
X
U iH
H
u >>
H co
O" _,
Ui Pi
Pi o
H
to O
u
In
O 3
3
•h <o
CO w
M
H
O
•H JD
X)
fd 3
U
z
X
CO Z CO
JM
O
U i-l
•H
u u
Oi u
C>4
o
u
>> w Z
<!
Pi
ft) 4J
4J
CO •>-<
o <
<£ CO
3 co
oi W
O CJ
° y
M
<z3
■»
en
4-1 CO
CO
rd
M
H
CJ
SOW
Pi
o
C ft)
ft)
O 4J
Pi
<
Pi a. s
o 2
M
<
M >
>
4-1 CO
Id
H
o
O O In
H
/-s
^— \
•"N
X
►J
u
a o o
CO
CO
■-(
CM
CO
u
1/1/78
Vol. 18
207
SECTION 614.0 HORIZONTAL EXITS
Horizontal exits as herein defined shall be accepted as an approved
element of a required means of egress when complying with the require-
ments of this article. The connection between the areas of refuge as
herein specified may be accomplished by protected openings in a fire
wall, by a vestibule, or by an open-air balcony or bridge.
614.1 OPENING PROTECTIVES: One side of the opening in fire walls or
fire divisions which are required to have a f ireresistance rating of
two (2) hours or more shall be protected with a one and one-half (1%)
hour self-closing fire door, swinging in the direction of exitway
travel, and on the opposite side with an approved automatic fire door
or water curtain. When serving as a dual element of a means of egress,
there shall be adjacent openings with swinging fire doors opening in
opposite directions.
614.2 SIZE OF DOORS: Size of openings in fire walls shall comply
with the provisions of section 908, but in no case shall the width
of one opening used as a required exit be greater than eighty-eight
(88) inches nor shall the area exceed eighty (80) square feet.
614.3 AREA OF REFUGE: The areas connected by the horizontal exit shall
be either public areas or spaces occupied by the same tenant and each
such area of refuge shall be adequate to house the total occupancy load
of both connected areas as provided in table 6-1.
614.4 UNLOCKED DOORS: Horizontal exit doors shall be kept unlocked
and unobstructed whenever the area on either side of the horizontal
exit is occupied.
614.5 EGRESS FROM AREA OF REFUGE
614.51 STAIRWAY EXITWAY: There shall be at least one (1) interior
enclosed stairway of smokeproof tower on each side of the horizontal
exit and any fire area not having a stairway accessible thereto shall
be considered as part of an adjoining section with such stairway; but
in no case shall the length of travel between the horizontal exit and
the required exitway exceed the requirements of section 607.3 and
table 6-2.
614.52 AUXILIARY ELEVATOR: When horizontal exits are provided in
floors located twelve (12) or more stories above grade, the required
stairway shall be supplemented by at least one (1) passenger elevator
complying with section 621, maintained ready for use during normal
occupancy of the building.
SECTION 615.0 EXITWAY RAMPS
Ramps with a gradient of not more than one (1) in ten (10) may be
used as an exitway component and shall comply with all the applicable
requirements of required interior stairways as to enclosure, capacity,
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 208
and limiting dimensions; except in existing buildings and where speci-
fied in article 4 for special uses and occupancies, larger gradients
may be permitted, but in no case greater than one and one-half (14)
in ten (10). For all slopes exceeding one (1) in ten (10) and wherever
the use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be
surfaced with approved non-slip materials. In no case shall ramps re-
quired for the use of handicapped persons have a gradient of more than
one (1) in ten (10).
615.1 HANDRAILS: Ramps required for use by handicapped persons shall
have a handrail on at least one side that is not less than thirty (30)
inches nor more than thirty-three (33) inches in height measured from
the surface of the ramp. Handrails shall be smooth and shall extend
one (1) foot beyond the top and the botton of the ramps and return to
walls or ports at the ends.
615.2 LANDINGS: On ramps required for the use of handicapped persons,
landings shall be provided at all ramp points of turning, entrance,
exitway and doors at a minimum of thirty (30) foot intervals. All land-
ings shall provide a clear distance of forty-two (42) inches from any
door swinging to the ramp. Minimum landing length shall be forty-two
(42) inches and the bottom landing of any ramp or set of ramps and
landings of a straight run shall be a minimum length of seventy-two
(72) inches.
SECTION 616.0 INTERIOR EXITWAY STAIRWAYS
616.1 CAPACITY OF EXITWAY STAIRS: The capacity of stairways and doors
per unit of exit width shall be computed in accordance with section 608.
616.2 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
616.21 WIDTH: All required interior stairways shall be at least forty-
two (42) inches in width except that such width may be reduced to thirty-
six (36) inches in buildings of use group L-3 (one and two-family dwel-
lings) or in exitways from boiler rooms and similar Bervice spaces not
open to the public or in general use by employees.
616.22 HEADROOM: The minimum' headroom in all parts of the stair en-
closure shall be not less than six and two-thirds (6-2/3) feet.
616.23 RESTRICTIONS: No stairways shall reduce in width in the di-
rection of exit travel.
616.3 LANDINGS AND PLATFORMS
616.31 WIDTH: The least dimension of landings and platforms shall be
not less than the required width of stairway.
616.32 VERTICAL RISE: In buildings of use group F (assembly) and use
group H (institutional) occupancy, the height of vertical rise shall
not exceed eight (8) feet between landings and intermediate platforms.
V1/78 Vol. 18 - 309
BS
O
O
os >< o
o <
M 3 CO
oi pS lo
U m u
H < O
X H O
W CO <
»
h
H
O 1
to OS
tH
W M
co a
fu
> <
n cr w
O
H
9 W 0) CT>
O
o co
o -o ru
02
H
X vd 0)
(Xl CO
•a
> 0» AJ rH
W OS
CO
e>j o rH e o
NS
OS •
Nh 01 ll<H
O iJ
rH CXJQ tH AJ
R O
o <
ex <a d u
co H
a co
rH < J > <
n o o
3 -I O
O O Q
SB I
w a.
o P.
5»
< ""J
CO W
•o o
a> .-i
60 Ot
c
■H 0)
5>srH
o
D,lH
e w
on
<C LO CO fn O <
5" .
M M-|
D.rH
a oj
oo o
C
■rl G
60
s o>
tH u
J5
C O
m
CO
l«
•a
ai
c
KS
co 4
S^-
C
O !-«
(0
i-i m
tn
AJ •
a)
CJ <N
rH
eg rH
O
en \o
/■^>
«»
r-l
CO -J-
rH
C •
o n
• co
•H rH
M-l rH
AJ \f>
«i
01 vO
CO
o
C
OS
rH
01 1
•H
w c
a)
CO
>
o
•H
CM
.-1
eg -h
M
• «*
O
U AJ
01
<W •
>
o o
AJ
oj en
a)
O 01
S
OS rH
PS
O CO
s
v-^ \0
OS
O W
O to
a 3
w o
co oS
1/1/78
Vol. 18
210
B
n
on
In
i
c
CM
r-l
p-l
i
•a
►J
.-i
Q
6
(04 II
U SB
PQ Cn
< W
v/
v/ «
»/ v/
CI
Sll
V/
4J D.
o a.
Z cd
4J O.
o a
z cd
v/
o
v/
v/
v/
CM
O -J
cs o
CJ M
H
w erf
CO 5
H
CO
z ^
O CM
U
bu _]
O U
M
Ul H
a, os
>« <
erf
o
H
CO H
w
tn OS U
O O In
v/
o
v/
co
3
I XI
C 5
o o
Z o
o o
Z U
01
3
I X)
c e
o o
z o
to I
u I
C I
0) I
S I
<U I
U I
•H I
3 I
Wl
0>l
l-i I
SI
CI
0) I
cu I
U I
•H I
31
CI
CU I O
U I Z
CU I
U I
•W I
31
cri
21
Xll
•H I
U I
Ul I
31
X I
et
o I
Ul
Xll
•H I
Ul
31
I X I
a e i
O O I
Z V I
L
Cd UX ,H
4-1 O
I '- co
O "O
3 4) <U
4-1 i-i x
T3 3 r-l
u
J3
u -
U)
Cu,
Ul
U
CO
CU
V
JC
X
Ul
4-1
(1)
M
C
3
3
T)
u
u
3
CO
u
co
Cu
U)
Ul
c
Ul
o
c
CU
o
o
X
•H
u
a)
4J
H
•H
TJ
XI
u
c
■H
U
CO
JJ
Cd
in
Cu
3
-H
Xi
0)
«N
e
>
cn
0
•H
O
4-1
■n
Ul
c
U-l
•H
CO
O
Ul
0)
ON
co
M
o
>,
<D
ON
•
cd
P
Ul
3
•H
*
a
u
U-l
^>
o
■H
r~.
■rl
CI
x
CO
4.)
4J
w
•H
01
•H
Ul
U
3
c
V4
U-l
o
CO
O
T)
■H
CU
at
4-i
0)
4J
o
CU
•a
O
CU
>
•H
OJ
CO
•r-l
10
4-1
4-1
u
o
c
Ul
0
u
■H
•H
-n
o.
Ul
c
Tl
Hi
o
0)
01
u
X
■rH
01
•n
U-l
14
n
■H
1-1
•H
m
.-1
O
U-l
cd
0)
a i
X
Cu X
u
Ul
Ul
4-1
3
•H
CO
Ul
3
o
Ul
«d
^H
(it
XI
(J
C
■a
a>
n
--I
<u
CO
0)
r-*
Cu
o
i-l
Cu ^H
c>
a)
O
,u
x
3
tJ
a
H
•O
Ul
Q)
1/1/78
Vol. 13 - 211
In all other buildings, no stairway shall have a height of rise of
more than fifteen (15) risers between landings, nor shall any single
stairway have less than three (3) risers.
616.4 TREADS AND RISERS
616.41 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS: The height of risers and the width of
treads in inches shall be as follows:
1 0
Use Group Maximum Risers Minimum Tread
One and two-family dwellings
(use group L-3)
All stairs with closed risers 8-1/4 inches 9 inches
Stairs with open risers 8-1/4 inches 9 inches
Assembly and Institutional 7-1/2 inches 10 inches
All others 8 inches 9 inches
^•The maximum allowable variation in the height of risers is + one-
quarter (1/4) inches.
^All treads shall have an effective nosing of one (1) inch to one
and one-quarter (1-1/4) inches and shall be the same for the entire
stairway.
616.42 WINDERS: No winders shall be permitted in required exitway
stairways except that in one and two-family dwellings and in orna-
mental stairways not required as an element of an exitway, treads
with a minimum width of four (4) inches and an average width of nine
(9) inches may be permitted.
616.5 STAIRWAY GUARDS AND HANDRAILS: Unless otherwise specifically
provided for in this Code all stairways, except accessory stairways
in one and two-family dwellings, shall have continuous guards and
handrails on both sides, and in addition thereto, stairways required
to be more than eighty-eight (88) inches in width shall have inter-
mediate handrails dividing the stairway into portions not more than
eighty-eight (88) inches wide.
616.51 HANDRAIL DETAILS:
a) handrails may project not more than three and one-half (3%)
inches into the required stair width.
b) handrails shall be not less than thirty (30) inches nor more
than thirty-three (33) inches, measured vertically, above the
nosing of the treads.
c) stairways provided for use by handicapped persons shall have
handrails which shall extend eighteen (18) inches beyond the
top and bottom step if a guard or wall exists. All handrails
covered by this section shall be returned to walls or posts at
the ends of the stairways.
d) handrails shall be designed to support an applied load of two
hundred (200) pounds in any direction at any point.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 212
616.52 GUARD DETAILS:
a) guards shall be not less than thirty (30) inches in height
measured vertically above the nosing of the tread.
b) guards shall be constructed so that the area in the plane of
the guard from the top of the tread to the top of the guard
is subdivided or filled in one of the following methods:
1) a sufficient number of intermediate longitudinal rails
constructed so that the clear distance between rails
(measured at right angles to the rail) does not exceed
ten (10) inches. The bottom rail shall be not more
than ten (10) inches (measured vertically) from the
tread nosing.
2) balusters spaced not more than six (6) inches apart.
3) panels of wire mesh, or expanded metal, or ornamental
grills which provide protection equivalent to that pro-
vided by the intermediate rails or balusters specified
in the two preceeding paragraphs.
4) walls.
5) any combination of the foregoing.
616.6 STAIR EXITWAY DOORS
616.61 WIDTH: The clear width of every exitway doorway to or from
a stairway shall be not less than the number of units of exit width
required for the capacity of the stairway which services the floor
or floor area from which the exitway door leads; but in no case shall
such a doorway width be less than thirty-six (36) inches nominal in
use group L-3 buildings (one and two-family dwellings) and forty-two
(42) inches nominal width in use group E (business buildings) .
616.62 DIRECTION OF SWING: All doors shall swing on a landing in
the direction of exitway travel. When open, stair exitway doors shall
not reduce the width of landings to less than the minimum required
for its capacity and in no case to less than thirty-six (36) inches.
616.63 DOOR CONSTRUCTION: All doorway opening protectives, inclu-
ding the frames and hardware, shall be approved self-closing swing-
ing fire doors complying with article 9 except in one and two-family
dwellings where one and three-quarter (1-3/4) inch solid core wood
doors are permitted.
616.7 SPIRAL STAIRWAYS: Spiral stairways of noncombustible con-
struction may be used as an element of a means of egress from mezza-
nine areas not more than two hundred fifty (250) square feet in area
nor more than one-third (1/3) the area of the floor below. The mini-
mum width shall be twenty- two (22) inches for the accommodation of
not more than ten (10) persons.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 213
616.8 SUPPLEMENTAL STAIRWAYS: Monumental, ornamental, or accessory
stairways shall not be allowed without required enclosures in use
groups D (Industrial) , F (Assembly) , and H (Institutional) , and
structures of type 3B, 3C, 4A, and 4B construction, unless specific-
ally allowed in section 418.22. In all other structures, monumental,
ornamental or accessory stairways extending from the grade floor to
the basement or to the second floor, when not required as an element
of exitway and not connecting more than two (2) adjoining stories,
shall be allowed without enclosures. Monumental, ornamental or ac-
cessory stairways shall be additional to and shall not obstruct or
interfere with required exitways.
616.9 STAIRWAY CONSTRUCTION: Unless herein otherwise provided, all
required interior stairways shall be built entirely of noncombustible
materials with solid risers, treads and landing platforms and all
finish floor surfaces on non-slip noncombustible materials; except
that wood handrails shall be permitted, complying with the require-
ments of section 616.5. In one and two-family dwellings, open
risers may be used.
616.91 STRENGTH: All stairways, platforms, landings and exitways
in other than one and two-family dwellings, shall be adequate to sup-
port a live load of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot.
616.92 MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR STAIRWAY AND ENCLOSURE CONSTRUCTION:
Reference table 6-6.
SECTION 617.0 ACCESS TO ROOF
617.1 BY STAIRWAY: In buildings four (4) stories or more in height
with roofs having a slope of less than twenty (20) degrees, access
to the roof shall be provided by means of a stairway. Where the roof
is used as a roof garden or for other habitable purposes, sufficient
stairways shall extend to it to provide the necessary exitway facilities
from the roof as required for such occupancy.
617.2 ROOF ENCLOSURES: Stairways extending through roofs shall be
enclosed in roof structures of flreresistive construction meeting the
requirements of section 927.
SECTION 618.0 SMOKEPROOF STAIRWAY ENCLOSURE
618.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Al least one (1) of the required exitways shall
be a smokeproof stairway enclosure in buildings over five (5) stories
or over seventy (70) feet in height when one (1) of the following use
groups:
a)
C (Mercantile)
b)
D (Industrial)
c)
E (Business)
d)
F-2, F-3, F-4, F-5, F-6, F-7
than theatres)
e)
H (Institutional)
f)
L-l (Hotel, dormitory)
(Assembly buildings other
1/1/18 Vol. 1?. - 214
618.2 ACCESS: Exitway access to the stairway at each story shall
be through a vestibule or balcony with an unobstructed width not
less than the required stairway width and a minimum dimension of
seventy-two (72) inches in the direction of exit travel.
618.3 DOOR OPENINGS: Door openings from interior spaces to the
vestibule or balcony and from the vestibule or balcony to the stair-
way shall be as required in section 612.2. The doors from interior
spaces to the vestibule shall have a fireresistance rating not less
than one and one-half (1%) hours and shall comply with the require-
ments of section 616.6 for stair exitway doors. The door from the
vestibule to the stairway shall be not less than a one and three-
quarter (1-3/4) inch solid wood door set in a steel frame. Wired
glass may be used in the door not to exceed one hundred (100) square
inches in area and set in a steel frame. Any door assembly must be
fitted to ensure minimal air leakage.
618.4 TERMINAL PASSAGEWAY: The smokeproof enclosure shall termin-
ate at grade level and shall provide egress to the street indepen-
dently of all other exitways. When grade passageways are used, they
shall comply with the requirements of section 611, except that there
shall be no openings therein other than the smokeproof enclosure and
street exit doorways. The passageway walls shall be of four (4) hour
fireresistive construction and the floor and roof of three (3) hour
fireresistive construction.
618.5 CONSTRUCTION: The construction of smokeproof enclosures shall
be of walls with a four (4) hour fireresistive rating without openings
other than the required doorways. The vestibule shall be considered
to be an element of the exitway and shall be constructed in accordance
with the fireresistive requirements of table 2-5. The balcony shall
be constructed in accordance with the fireresistive requirements in
table 2-5 for floor construction.
The stairshaft vestibule or balcony shall be provided with emergency
lighting from an approved independent power source to assure continued
illumination in case of emergency. In buildings over seventy (70) feet
in height, the emergency lighting system may be integrated with the
emergency power system required for fire suppression systems as required
in article 12.
618.51 WINDOWS: All window openings in the exterior wall of the build-
ing, facing on the yard or court within thirty (30) feet below or to th#
side of any access balcony or vestibule shall be protected with three-
quarter (3/4) hour opening protectives complying with article 9.
618.52 DOOR WIDTHS: Door openings from building to vestibules or
balconies and to the stairways shall be not less than forty-four (44)
inches wide. The doors shall be capable of being opened from both
sides without a key, complying with all the requirements of section
616.6 for exitway doors for stairways, except that the fireresistance
rating shall be not less than one and one-half (lh) hours or the ap-
proved labeled equivalent complying with article 9.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 215
618.6 VENTILATION OF SMOKEPROOF STAIRWAY ENCLOSURES: Smokeproof
stairway enclosures shall be ventilated with natural ventilation or
mechanical ventilation meeting the requirements of section 618.7 or
618.8. In buildings over seventy (70) feet in height, ventilation
in exitway stairways must conform to the requirements of article 12.
618.7 SMOKEPROOF STAIRWAY ENCLOSURES BY NATURAL VENTILATION: The
balcony separating the smokeproof enclosure from the interior build-
ing spaces shall have at least one (1) open side adjacent to a street,
alley, or yard with four (4) feet high guard railings across the open
side(s). One open side of the balcony shall have a minimum open area
of sixteen (16) square feet with no dimension less than thirty (30)
inches. Doors must be located so as to be openable in any weather.
There shall be no step between the balcony and the smokeproof stair-
way enclosure.
618.8 SMOKEPROOF ENCLOSURE BY MECHANICAL VENTILATION: The stairshaft
and vestibule shall be provided with a mechanical ventilation system
as specified herein that will be automatically activated on three (3)
or more floors in case of emergency. Buildings over seventy (70) feet
in height shall conform to the requirements for ventilation of arti-
cle 12.
618.81 OPERATION OF VENTILATING EQUIPMENT: Vestibule and stairshaft
mechanical ventilation may be inactive or may operate at reduced lev-
els for normal operations, but when the detectors referred to herein
either fail or are activated, the vestibule and stairshaft mechanical
ventilation system shall operate at the levels specified in sections
618.82 and 618.83. The vestibule ventilation system shall be designed
and activated in accordance with one of the following methods:
Method 1) - TOTAL SYSTEM. Simultaneous operation of all vestibules.
If the vestibule mechanical ventilation system is designed to pro-
vide the ventilation in the vestibules on all floors simultaneously,
a products-of-combustion detector shall be located outside each ves-
tibule so designed that activation or failure of any one of the detec-
tors will simultaneously activate the vestibule ventilation system on
all floors.
Method 2) - ZONED SYSTEM. Simultaneous operation of three or more
vestibules. If the vestibule ventilation system is designed as one
or more zones to provide the simultaneous ventilation in the vesti-
bules for at least a three (3) floor zone, automatic supply and ex-
haust dampers shall be provided in all vestibules in order to obtain
the zoned control of the ventilation as follows:
A smoke detector shall be located outside each vestibule so designed
to open the supply and exhaust duct dampers in the vestibules within
the affected zone three (3) or more floors, and to actuate the stair-
shaft ventilation system in case any detector in the affected zone
either fails or is activated.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 216
618.82 VESTIBULE VENTILATION: The vestibule shall have an emergency
ventilating system providing not less than one (1) air change per
minute supply. The exhaust shall be one hundred fifty (150) percent
of the supply. The supply shall be sufficient to maintain a pressure
of 0.025 inches of water (0.0009 pounds per square inch) above am-
bient with all doors closed.
618.83 STAIRSHAFT VENTILATION: The stairshaft shall be provided with
emergency mechanical supply and exhaust air. There shall be a minimum
of one (1) air change per minute. The supply shall be sufficient to
provide a minimum of 0.05 inches of water column pressure (0.00185
pounds per square inch) above ambient with all doors closed. Supply
air shall be introduced at the level of the grade exitway discharge.
618.84 STANDBY POWER: Mechanical vestibule stairshaft ventilation
systems and detector systems shall be powered by an approved self-
contained generator designed to operate whenever there is a loss of
power in the normal house current. The generator shall be located
in a separate room of two (2) hour fireresistive construction and shall
have a minimum fuel supply to operate the equipment for two (2) hours.
In buildings over seventy (70) feet high, refer to article 12 for re-
quirements for standby power in fire suppression system.
618.85 EMERGENCY LIGHTING: The vestibules and stairshaft shall be
provided with emergency lighting. The standby generator which is in-
stalled for the vestibule and stairshaft mechanical ventilation equip-
ment may be used for the standby emergency lighting power supply. In
buildings over seventy (70) feet high, refer to article 12 for require-
ments for standby power in fire suppression systems.
618.86 FIRE PROTECTION INDICATOR PANEL: A fire protection indicator
panel may be required by the fire official and located as practical
inside the entrance to the smokeproof tbwer stairshaft at grade. Said
panel shall indicate the floor or floors having caused the alarm. Said
panel shall have an overriding manual switch capable of deactivating
the ventilation equipment. For buildings over seventy (70) feet in
height, refe,r to article 12 for fire protection indicator panel re-
quirements .
618.87 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: The fire protection indicator
panel shall have a direct connection to the fire department facilities
if required by the fire official.
618.88 ACCEPTANCE AND TESTING: Before the foregoing equipment is ac-
cepted by the building official, it shall be certified by a qualified
registered professional engineer as being designed and capable of oper-
ating in compliance with these requirements and the equipment shall be
tested and certified by a qualified registered professionsal engineer
that it is operating in compliance with the requirements of this section.
618.89 BUILDING OWNERS' RESPONSIBILITY: The building owner shall have
tested all the equipment referred to in these requirements at least once
every ninety (90) days to ensure that all parts are in operable condition;
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 217
and he shall maintain a log attesting to the results. The log shall
be available for inspection by the building official and the fire
official. Once each year the system shall be inspected, tested and
certified by a qualified registered professional engineer that it is in
condition and capable of operating to meet these requirements.
SECTION 619.0 EXTERIOR EXITWAY STAIRWAYS
619.1 AS REQUIRED EXITWAY: Exterior stairways conforming to the re-
quirements for interior stairways in all respects, except as to en-
closures and except as herein specifically modified, may be accepted
as an element of a required means of egress in buildings not exceeding
five (5) stories or sixty-five (65) feet in height for other than use
group H (institutional) provided there is at least one (1) additional
stairway.
Exterior stairways which are accepted as exitway elements in residen-
tial buildings of use groups L-2 and L-3 shall be relieved from re-
quirements for fire doors, but shall be provided with handrails and
guards as required for interior stairs (section 616.5 and 616.52) and
shall be protected from the weather as required in section 619.2.
619.11 LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT: Exterior stairways may be utilized
where at least one (1) door from each tenant space opens onto a roofed-
over open porch or balcony served by at least two (2) stairways so lo-
cated as to provide a choice of independent, unobstructed means of
egress directly to the grade. Such porches and stairways shall comply
with the requirements for interior exitway stairways as specified in
section 616.0. Porches and balconies shall not be less than four and
one-half (4*s) feet in width. The stairways shall be located remotely
from each other. The maximum travel distance from any tenant space
to the nearest stairway shall be as specified in table 6-2. Porches
and stairways shall be located at least ten (10) feet from adjacent
property lot lines and from other buildings on the same lot unless
openings in such buildings are protected by three-quarter (3/4) hour
f ireresistive doors or windows.
619.2 GUARDS AND CANOPIES: Guards shall be provided on all exposed
sides of required exterior stairways to a height of five (5) feet,
constructed of wire or other noncombustible weather resisting mesh
having a maximum opening of one and one-half (1%) inches. The stair-
way shall be protected by metal or other approved noncombustible
material to the extent necessary to ensure that the stairway remains
in a safe, unobstructed and easily accessible condition in any weather.
619.3 OPENING PROTECTIVES
619.31 DOORS: Except as specified in section 619.1 for residential
buildings, access shall be provided at each story through a three-
quarter (3/4) hour self-closing fire door of the required number of
unit exit widths.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 218
619.32 WINDOWS: In buildings more than three (3) stories in height,
or with an occupancy load of more than seventy-five (75) above or
more than forty (40) below grade, the openings below and within ten
(10) feet horizontally of the stairway shall be protected with ap-
proved three-quarter (3/4) hour automatic fire windows.
619.4 LOCATION
619.41 ACCESS TO STREET: All required exterior stairways shall be
located so as to lead directly to a street or open space with direct
access to a street; or when located on the rear of the building may
lead through a passageway at grade complying with section 611.
619.5 CONSTRUCTION: Exterior stairs shall be constructed entirely
of steel or other approved noncombustible materials with pipe hand-
rails on both sides of stairways and platforms. On buildings of type
3 or type 4 construction, not more than three (3) stories in height,
exterior stairways may be constructed of wood members not less than
two (2) inches in thickness.
619.6 CAPACITY: The capacity of exterior exitway stairways which
are used as a required means of egress are determined by section 608.1.
SECTION 620.0 MOVING EXITWAY STAIRWAYS
620.1 WHEN ACCEPTABLE: Moving stairways of the horizontal non-slip
tread type moving in the direction of egress may be accepted as an ap-
proved exitway element in buildings of all use groups except assembly
and institutional uses, when constructed and approved in accordance
with the requirements of this article and the provisions of ELV-2,
elevator, dumbwaiter, escalator, and moving walk regulations, prom-
ulgated by the Board of Elevator Regulations, of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, Department of Public Safety. When accepted as an ele-
ment of a required means of egress, they shall be enclosed with fire-
resistive partitions as specified in section 616.
620.2 WIDTH: The width shall be not less than forty (40) inches be-
tween guards and the moving tread shall be not less than thirty-six
(36) inches in width, and fifteen and three-quarter (15-3/4) inches
in depth.
620.3 CAPACITY: The occupancy capacity shall be computed as provided
in section 608 for exitway stairways.
620.4 LANDINGS AND PLATFORMS: Landings and platforms shall be pro-
vided at the top and bottom of each unit as required for interior
exitway stairways.
620.5 RAILINGS: Guards shall be surmounted with moving handrails
traveling at the same speed as the stairway.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 219
620.6 EGRESS: Means of egress to the street shall be provided as
specified herein for interior stairways except that in mercantile
buildings completely equipped with a two-source automatic sprinkler
system moving stairways may be accepted for one-third (1/3) the total
required exit capacity when discharging through the main grade floor
area.
620.7 CONSTRUCTION
620.71 NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Only noncombustible materials shall
■be used in the construction of moving stairways accepted as a required
means of egress except for step wheels, handrails, electrical equip-
ment, and wood veneers not more than one twenty-eighth (1/28) inch
thick directly attached to metal or other noncombustible backing with
a nonvolatile and nonflammable cement.
620.72 FIRERESISTANCE: The enclosure shall afford the f ireresistance
required for approved interior exitway stairways as specified in sec-
tion 616.9.
620.73 HEIGHT OF TRAVEL PER UNIT: No single moving stairway unit shall
have a vertical travel height of more than two (2) stories nor more than
thirty-five (35) feet.
SECTION 621.0 FIRE ESCAPES
621.1 WHERE PERMITTED: Fire escapes shall be permitted only by spec-
ial order of the building official, in existing buildings or struc-
tures not exceeding five (5) stories or sixty-five (65) feet in height,
and when more adequate exitway facilities cannot be provided.
621.2 CONSTRUCTION: The fire escape shall be designed to support a
live load of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot and shall be con-
structed of steel or other approved noncombustible materials s except as
specified in sections 621.24 and 621.25. All fire escapes of other
than wood, and any wood fire escape three (3) stories or higher, must
have drawings and specifications submitted by a qualified registered
professional engineer with his seal and signature, which include sup-
porting structures.
621.21 DIMENSIONS: The width of the stairs shall be as specified in
621.22, but in any case shall be at least twenty-two (22) inches wide.
Risers will be not more than eight (8) inches in height and treads
not less than eight (8) inches in depth. Landings shall be a mini-
mum of forty (40) inches wide by thirty-six (36) inches long, located
not more than eight (8) inches below the access window or door.
621.22 CAPACITY: The capacity will provide for the intended occupancy
load as designated by the building official and determined by section
608.1, but in no case may the width be less than twenty-two (22) in-
ches. The width will be adequate to provide for the number of occupants.
1/1/78 Vol. IS - 220
621.23 OPENING PROTECTIVES: Doors and window's along the fire escape
shall be protected with three-quarter (3/4) hour opening protectives
in other than residence buildings of use groups L-2 and L-3.
621.24 OUTSIDE FIRE LIMITS: On buildings not over three (3) stories
nor more than forty (40) feet in height located outside the fire lim-
its, accommodating not more than twenty (20) persons, fire escapes
may be constructed of wood or other approved material of similar com-
bustible characteristics.
621.25 WITHIN FIRE LIMITS: Within Fire District No. 2, fire escapes
may be constructed of wood not less than two (2) inches thick on
buildings of type 3 or type 4 construction which are not more than
three (3) stories in height.
SECTION 622.0 SLIDESCAPES
Slidescapes and safety chutes shall be permitted in buildings of the
high hazard use group and in existing school and institutional build-
ings as emergency means of egress when unusual conditions warrant, as
approved by the building official.
622.1 LOCATION: The arrangement and location of slidescapes shall
conform to this article for means of egress and shall be designated
by exit signs and lights as provided in section 624.
622.2 CONSTRUCTION: All chutes shall be constructed of approved non-
combustible materials with a pitch in the line of travel of not less
than twenty-four (24) nor more than forty- two (42) degrees measured
on the developed circumference of spiral chutes. Straight chutes
shall be not less than twenty-four (24), inches and spiral chutes
not less than twenty-eight (28) inches wide in the clear; nor more
than forty-four (44) inches wide in any case. When erected on the
interior of a building, they shall be enclosed as required in section
616.9 for interior stairways with direct means of egress to the street
or other public space.
622.3 EXTENSION TO ROOF: Where constituting a supplemental means of
egress from roofs, all slidescapes and chutes shall extend to the roof
as required for exitway stairways in section 617.
SECTION 623.0 EXITWAY SIGNS AND LIGHTS
623.1 SIZE AND LOCATION: Except in one- and two-family dwellings
(L-3) , and in exitways serving only three or fewer dwelling units in
L-2 multi-family dwelling uses, all required exitways shall be pro-
vided with exit signs sufficient in number to indicate at any
point in the required exitway the approved direction of egress dis-
charge. Such signs shall incorporate an approved symbol to ensure
understanding by non-English reading people and, if so desired, the
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 221
word "EXIT." Such symbol and lettering shall be at least six (6) inches
in height. Such signs shall have either red outlines on a white background
or the reverse, and shall be made of noncombustible material. All required
exit signs shall be illuminated in conformance with section 623.2. All
types of exit signs must be approved for use in the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts by the State Building Code Commission.
623.2 ILLUMINATION: Lighting of all required "EXIT" signs will be
adequate and of a character to ensure that the signs can be easily read
under normal conditions wherever the building or area served is occupied.
The level of light provided on the exposed face of the sign shall be at
least twenty-five (25) foot candles or the equivalent.
623.21 POWER LEVELS: All "EXITWAY" signs shall be illuminated at all
times when the building or area is occupied, by a power source which can
be sustained at the required level for a period of at least the fire
rating of the exitway at all times and provide power independent of the
failure of any other circuit or source of power. Fire suppression
systems incorporating an independent power source required by article 12
may serve as the independent power source for exitway signs and lights.
SECTION 624.0 EXITWAY LIGHTS
624.1 ARTIFICIAL LIGHTING: In all structures except one and two-family
dwellings, all stairways, exitways and passageways appurtenant thereto
shall be equipped with artificial lighting facilities to provide the
intensity of illumination herein prescribed continuously during the time
that conditions of occupancy of the building require that the exitways
be available. All means of egress in other than one and two-family
dwellings shall be equipped with artificial lighting facilities to
provide the intensity of illumination herein prescribed continuously
during the time that conditions of occupancy of the building require
that the exitways be available. In schoolhouses switches controlling
these facilities shall not be accessible to the public; a key switch
shall be considered meeting this requirement.
624.2 INTENSITY OF ILLUMINATION: The intensity of floor lighting shall
be not less than three (3) foot candles measured at floor level and
maintained everywhere along the required exitway. There shall be ade-
quate overlap of illumination sources to ensure that no area will be
left in darkness due to the failure of a light element.
624.3 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY: In places of assembly for the exhibition of
motion pictures or other projections by means of directed light, the
illumination of floors of exitway access areas may be reduced during
such period of projection to not less than one (1) foot candle.
624.4 INDEPENDENT POWER SOURCE: Emergency lights shall be provided
with a power system ensuring continuous lighting at all times required
in section 624.1 and incorporating a power source which can be sustained
at the level specified in section 624.2 for a period of at least one and
one-half (1^) hours, or as required by section 623.21 for cases in
excess of one and one-half (1%) hours, and provide power at all times
and independently of the failure of any other circuit or source of
power. The independent power source may be the same required by article
12 for fire suppression systems.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 222
624.41 POWER LEVELS: The power system shall be designed to ensure
that whenever the voltage of the normal service falls below fifty (50)
percent of nominal lamp voltage, emergency lighting service is in-
stantly transferred to the independent power source. The service may
be transferred back to the normal supply when that supply can provide
at least eighty (80) percent of the nominal lamp voltage.
624.5 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: The building official may require
that all plans and specifications for emergency lighting be submitted
by a registered professional engineer qualified by background in the
design of such electrical circuits, and such plans and specifications
shall have the seal and signature of the registered professional en-
gineer certifying that the required systems are in compliance with the
requirements of this Code.
1/1/78
Vol.
223
Reference Standards - Article 6
NFPA
101
1967
Life Safety Code
NFPA
101
1967
Life Safety Code
NFPA
101
1973
Life Safety Code
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 224
ARTICLE 7
STRUCTURAL AND FOUNDATION
LOADS AND STRESSES
SECTION 700.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the structural design of
all buildings and structures and their foundations hereafter erected to
insure adequate strength of all parts thereof for the safe support of
all superimposed live and special loads in addition to their own dead
load, without exceeding the allowable stresses or design capabilities
prescribed in this Code or by accepted engineering practice.
SECTION 701.0 DEFINITIONS
CONTROLLED CONSTRUCTION: the construction of a building or structure or
a specific part thereof which has been designated and erected under the
supervision of a licensed or registered engineer or architect using con-
trolled materials as herein defined in compliance with accepted engi-
neering practice under the procedure of section 128.0.
CONTROLLED MATERIALS: materials which are certified by an accredited
authoritative agency as meeting accepted engineering standards for
quality and as provided in sections 722 and 800.
FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION: that type of construction used in floor and
roof systems consisting of integrated units of sheet or strip steel
plates which are shaped into parallel steel ribs or beams with a con-
tinuous connecting flange deck; generally attached to and supported on
the primary or secondary members of a structural steel or reinforced
concrete frame.
FOUNDATION WALL: a wall below the floor nearest grade serving as a sup-
port for a wall, pier, column or other structural part of a building.
LIGHT GAGE STEEL CONSTRUCTION: that type of construction in which the
structural frame consists of studs, floor joists, arch ribs, rafters,
steel decks and other structural elements which are composed and
fabricated of cold-formed sheet or strip steel members less than three-
sixteenths (3/16) inch thick.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 225
LOAD
-DEAD LOAD: the weight of all permanent construction including walls,
floors, roofs, partitions, stairways and of fixed service equipment.
-DURATION OF LOAD: the period of continuous application of a given
load, or the aggregate of periods of intermittent application of
the same load.
-EARTHQUAKE LOAD: the assumed lateral load acting in any horizontal
direction on the structural frame due to the kinetic action of earth-
quakes.
-IMPACT LOAD: the load resulting from moving machinery, elevators,
craneways, vehicles, and other similar forces and kinetic loads.
-LATERAL SOIL LOAD: the lateral pressure in pounds per square foot due
to the weight of the adjacent soil, including due allowance for hydro-
static pressure.
-LIVE LOAD: the weight superimposed by the use and occupancy of the
building, not including the wind load, earthquake load, or dead load.
-WIND LOAD: the lateral pressure on the building or structure in
pounds per square foot due to wind blowing in any direction.
ORDINARY MATERIALS: materials which do not conform to the require-
ments of the Basic Code for controlled materials.
PRIMARY MEMBER: any member of the structural frame of a building or
structure used as a column; grillage beam; or to support masonry
walls and partitions; including trusses, isolated lintels spanning
an opening of eight (8) feet or more; and any other member required
to brace a column of a truss.
SECONDARY MEMBER: any member of the structural framework other than
a primary member including filling-in beams of floor systems.
STEEL JOIST: any secondary steel member of a building or structure
made of hot or cold-formed solid or open-web sections, or riveted or
welded bar, strip or sheet steel members or slotted and expanded or
otherwise deformed rolled sections.
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER: any primary or secondary member of a build-
ing or structure consisting of a rolled steel structural shape other
than formed steel, light gage steel or steel joist members.
SECTION 702.0 DESIGN SAFE LOAD
702.1 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS: The safe load for any structural member or
system of construction shall be determined by accepted engineering an-
alysis except as provided in sections 703 and 803 for tests of assemblies
not capable of analysis.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 226
702.2 CHECK TESTS: When there is reasonable doubt as to the design
capacity of any structural unit or assembly, the building official
may require that tests be made of such unit or assembly under the
supervision of a qualified registered professional engineer. Such
tests shall be made by an approved testing facility and personnel,
and the procedures and results of such tests shall be signed and
stamped by the said designated qualified registered professional
engineer.
SECTION 703.0 TEST SAFE LOAD
703.1 WHEN REQUIRED: When not capable of being accurately analyzed,
any system of construction or structural unit and its connections
shall be subjected to tests prescribed in article 8 or in the test
standards of this article or article 8, or to such other tests which
may be certified by a qualified registered professional engineer as
being acceptable for providing the information required. Any tests
performed shall be conducted as required by the provisions of section
702.2 for testing.
703.2 TEST LOAD: The test load shall be subject to the provisions
of section 804.1 and where applicable, deflections shall be limited
as provided in section 804.2.
SECTION 704.0 DESIGN LIVE LOAD
704.1 REQUIRED LIVE LOAD: The live loads to be assumed in the
design of buildings and structures shall be the greatest load produced
by the intended use and occupancy, but in no case less than the
minimum uniformly distributed unit loads required in section 707 for
specific uses.
704.2 LOADS NOT SPECIFIED: The building official shall approve the
live load for any use not specif icially provided for in Table 7-1.
SECTION 705.0 DESIGN DEAD LOAD
705.1 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: In estimating dead load for the
purposes of structural design, the actual weights of materials shall
be used, but in no case less than the unit dead loads prescribed in
the reference standards of this article.
705.2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT: The weight of all building service equip-
ment including plumbing stacks, heating and air conditioning equipment
and similar fixtures shall be included in the dead load supported by
the structural frame.
1/1/78
Vol. IS - 227
705.3 PARTITION LOAD: In office and other buildings, in which sub-
dividing partitions may be subsequently erected, rearranged or relocated,
provision shall be made to support the actual weight of such partitions
where they occur, or for an equivalent uniform load, which shall be
assumed not less than twenty (20) pounds per square foot of floor area,
in addition to the specified uniformly distributed live load. Provision
for partitions weight shall be made whether or not partitions are shown
on the plans, unless the specified live load exceeds eighty (80) pounds
per square foot.
SECTION 706.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
In the reconstruction, repair, extension or alteration of existing
buildings, the allowable working stresses used in design shall be as
follows :
706.1 BUILDING EXTENDED: When an existing building is altered by an
extension in height or area, all existing structural parts affected by
the addition shall be strengthened where necessary and all new structural
parts shall be designed to meet the requirements for buildings hereafter
erected.
706.2 BUILDING REPAIRED: When repairs are made to the structural
portion of an existing building, and the uncovered structural portions
are found unsound, such parts shall be made to conform to the require-
ments for buildings hereafter erected.
706.3 EXISTING LIVE LOAD: When an existing building heretofore approved
is altered or repaired within the limitations prescribed in sections
106.3 or 106.4, the structure may be designed for the loads and stresses
applicable at the time of erection, provided the public safety is not
endangered thereby.
706.4 POSTED LIVE LOAD: Any existing .building heretofore approved, in
which there is no change in use to a new use group requiring greater
floor loads, may be posted for the originally approved live loads,
provided the building is structurally safe in all its parts and adequate
for its existing use, and the public safety is not endangered thereby.
SECTION 707.0 UNIT LIVE LOADS
The plans for all buildings and structures intended for other than
residential uses shall specify the live and partition loads for which
each floor or part thereof has been designed.
707.1 UNIFORM LIVE LOAD: The minimum uniformly distributed live load
in pounds per square foot shall be as .provided in Table 7-1 and for all
concentrated loads wherever they occur as provided in section 708.
1/1/7(1 Vol. 18 - 228
TABLE 7-1 MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS
OCCUPANCY OR USE
LIVE LOAD (PSF)
Apartments (see Residential)
Armories and drill rooms 150
Assembly halls and other places of assembly:
Fixed seats 60
Movable seats 100
Platforms (assembly) 100
Balcony (exterior) 100
One- and two-family residences only and not exceeding
100 sq. ft. 60
Bowling Alleys, poolrooms, and similar recreational areas 75
Cornices 60
Corridors:
First Floor 100
Other Floors, same as occupancy served except as
indicated
Court Rooms 100
Dance halls and ballrooms 100
Dining rooms and restaurants 100
Dwellings (see Residential)
Elevator Machine Room 150
Fire escapes 100
On multi- or single-family residential buildings only 40
Garages (passenger cars only) 50
For trucks and buses use AASHTO (1) land loads (see
table 7-2 for concentrated load requirements
Grandstands (see Reviewing stands)
Gymnasiums, main floors and balconies 100
Hospitals
Operating rooms, laboratories 60
Private rooms 40
Wards 40
Corridors, above first floor 80
Hotels (see Residential)
Libraries:
Reading rooms 60
Stack rooms (books & shelving at 65 pcf) but not
less than 150
Corridors, above first floor 80
Manufacturing :
Light 125
Heavy 250
Marquees 75
Office Buildings:
Offices 50
Lobbies 100
Corridors, above first floor 80
File and computer rooms require heavier loads based
upon anticipated occupancy
1/1/78
Vol. 13 - 229
TABLE 7-1
OCCUPANCY USE LIVE LOAD (PSF)
Open parking structures (passenger cars only) 50
Penal institutions:
Cell blocks 40
Corridors 100
Residential:
Multi-family houses:
Private apartments 40
Public rooms 100
Corridors 80
Dwellings:
First Floor 40
Second floor and habitable attics 30
Uninhabitable attics (2) 20
Hotels:
Guest rooms 40
Public rooms 100
Corridors serving public rooms 100
Corridors 80
Reviewing stands and bleachers (3) 100
Schoolhouses:
Classrooms 50
Corridors 100
Flexible and open plan areas 100
Sidewalks, vehicular driveways, and yards, subject to
trucking 250
Skating rinks 100
Stairs and exitways 100
Storage warehouse:
Light 125
Heavy 250
Stores:
Retail:
First floor, rooms 100
Upper floors 75
Wholesale 125
Theatres:
Aisles, corridors and lobbies 100
Orchestra floors 60
Balconies 60
Stage floors 150
Yards and terraces, pedestrians 100
1/1 /7H
Vol. 18 - 230
TABLE 7-1
NOTES :
1) American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
2) Live load need be applied to joists or to bottom chords of
trusses or trussed rafters only in those portions of attic
space having a clear height of forty-two (42) inches or more
between joist and rafter in conventional rafter construction;
and between bottom chord and any other member in trussed or
trussed rafter construction. However, joists or the bottom
chords or trusses or trussed rafters shall be designed to
sustain the imposed dead load or ten pounds per square foot
(10 psf) whichever be greater, uniformly distributed over
the entire span.
3) For detailed recommendations, see the Standard for Tents, Grand-
stands and Air-Supported Structures Used for Places of Assem-
bly, NFPA 102, 1971.
4) Deflections for floors in areas of public assembly shall be
limited to 1/360 the span.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 231
707.2 POSTING OF LIVE LOADS: In every building or other structure or
part thereof, used for mechanical, business, industrial or storage
purposes, the design and partition loads shall be marked on plates of
approved design which shall be supplied and securely affixed by the
owner of the building in a conspicuous place in each space t'o which they
relate. Any plates lost, removed or defaced shall be replaced by the
owner.
SECTION 708.0 CONCENTRATED LOADS
Floors of buildings used as specified in Table 7-2 shall be designed
to support the uniformly distributed. live loads prescribed in Table 7-1
or the following concentrated loads in pounds, whichever produces the
greater stresses. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated concen-
tration shall be assumed to occupy an area of two and one-half (2 1/2)
feet square and shall be so located as to produce the maximum stress
conditions in the structural members.
Floors of schoolhouses used as specified in Table 7-2 shall be designed
to support the uniformly distributed live loads prescribed in Table 7-1
following concentrated loads in pounds whichever produces the greater
stresses. Unless otherwise specified, the indicated concentration shall
be assumed to occupy an area of two and one-half (2-1/2) feet square,
and shall be so located as to produce the maximum stress conditions in
the structural members; except that in steel joist construction, bridged
in accordance with the requirements of section 829, the specified
concentration shall be assumed as distributed over three (3) of the
secondary members and each individual joist shall be capable of sustaining
a concentrated load of eight hundred (800) pounds at the panel point.
TABLE 7-2 CONCENTRATED LOADS
LOCATION POUNDS
Elevator machine room grating (on area of 4 square inches) 300
Finish light floor plate construction (on area of 1 square
inch) 200
Garages (1)
Manufacturing and Storage Buildings (2)
Office Floors 2000
Scuttles, skylight ribs and accessible ceilings 200
Sidewalks 8000
Stair treads (on area of 4 square inches at center of tread) 300
Note 1: Floors in garages or portions of buildings used for storage of
motor vehicles shall be designed for the uniformly distributed
live loads of Table 7-1 or for the following concentrated
loads :
a) for passenger cars accommodating not more than nine (9)
passengers, two thousand (2000) pounds acting on an area
of twenty (20) square inches;
b) mechanical parking structures without slab or deck,
passenger cars only, fifteen hundred (1500) pounds
per wheel;
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 232
c) for trucks or buses, maximum wheel load on an area of
twenty (20) square inches.
Note 2: For buildings in which mechanical material handling equipment
will be utilized, the structural floor slab shall be designed
for the actual concentrated loads.
SECTION 709.0 IMPACT LOADS
The live loads specified in section 707 shall be assumed to include
adequate allowance for ordinary impact conditions. Provision shall be
made in the structural design for special uses and loads which involve
vibration and impact forces.
709.1 ELEVATORS: All moving elevator loads shall be increased one
hundred (100) percent for impact and the structural supports shall be
designed within the limits of deflection as specified in the Department
of Public Safety, Board of Elevator Regulations ELV-2.
709.2 MACHINERY: For the purpose of design, the weight of machinery
and moving loads shall be increased as follows, to allow for impact:
TYPE OF MACHINERY PERCENTAGE
Elevator Machinery 100
Light machinery, shaft or motor driven 20
Reciprocating machinery or power driven units 50
Hangers for floors or balconies 33
These percentages shall be increased when so recommended by the manufacturer.
709.3 CRANEWAYS: All craneways shall have their design loads increased
for impact as follows:
a) a vertical force equal to twenty-five (25) percent of the
maximum wheel load;
b) a lateral force equal to twenty (20) percent of the weight
of the trolley and lifted load only, applied one-half (1/2)
at the top of each rail; and
c) a longitudinal force of ten (10) percent of the maximum
wheel loads of the crane applied at top of rail.
709.4 ASSEMBLY STRUCTURES: Grandstands, stadiums and similar assembly
structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal swaying load applied
parallel to the rows of seats, in addition to any wind loads, of not
less than twenty-four (24) pounds per lineal foot of seats per row; and
of not less than ten (10) pounds per lineal foot of seats applied transversely.
1/1/7B
Vol. 18 - 233
SECTION 710.0 SPECIAL LOADS
Provisions shall be made for all special loads herein prescribed and
all other special loads to which the building or structure may be sub-
jected. In addition to the requirements of section 711, the following
requirements shall also apply.
710.1 BELOW GRADE: All retaining walls and other walls below grade
shall be designed to resist lateral soil pressures with due allowance
for hydrostatic pressure and for all superimposed vertical loads.
710.2 HYDROSTATIC UPLIFT: All foundation slabs and other footings
subjected to water pressure shall be designed to resist a uniformly
distributed uplift equal to the full hydrostatic pressure.
710.3 RAILINGS: Railings around stairwells, balconies and other floor
openings, both exterior and interior, shall be designed to resist a load
of at least two hundred (200) pounds applied in any direction at any
point of the top rail, and also a vertical and a horizontal thrust of
fifty (50) pounds per lineal foot applied at the top railing. The
concentrated load and distributed loads need not be assumed to act
concurrently. Railings and guards of grandstands and similar assembly
structures shall be capable of resisting a lateral force of fifty (50)
pounds per lineal foot and sustaining a vertical load of one hundred
(100) pounds per lineal foot.
710.4 CONSTRUCTION LOADS AND ERECTION STRESSES:. Provision shall be
made for temporary construction and wind loads which may occur during
the erection of the building; and all structural members and connections
shall be designed and erected so as to prevent overstressing during
construction.
710.5 The following requirements shall apply only to schoolhouses:
710.51 TEMPERATURE LOADS: The design of enclosed buildings more than
two hundred fifty (250) feet in plan dimension shall provide for the
forces and/or movements resulting from an assumed expansion corresponding
to a change in temperatures of 40° F. For exterior exposed frames, arches
or shells regardless of plan dimensions, the design shall provide for the
forces and/or movements resulting from an assumed expansion and contraction
corresponding to an increase or decrease in temperature of 50° F.
For determining required anchorage for piping, the forces shall be determined
on the basis of temperature variations for the specific service conditions.
Friction forces in expansion bearings shall be considered.
SECTION 711.0 ROOF LOADS
The structural supports of roofs shall be designed to resist wind and
where applicable, snow and earthquake loads in addition to the dead load
of the construction and the appropriate live loads specified in Table 7-1.
711.1 SNOW LOAD as provided in section 712.0.
711.12 WIND LOAD as provided in section 715.0.
711.13 EARTHQUAKE LOAD as provided in section 718.0.
711.2 MINIMUM ROOF LOADS: Ordinary roofs, either flat, pitched or
curved, shall be designed for the live loads as specified in Table 7-3.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 234
TABLE 7-3 MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOADS*
TRIBUTARY LOADED AREA
in SQUARE FEET for ANY
STRUCTURAL MEMBER
ROOF SLOPE 0 to 200 201 to 600 Over 600
Flat or rise less than 4
inches per foot 20 16 12
Arch or dome with rise
less than 1/8 of span
Rise 4 inches per foot to less
than 12 inches per foot 16 14 12
Arch or dome with rise 1/8 of
span to less than 3/8 of span
Rise 12 inches per foot and
greater 12 12 12
Arch or dome with rise 3/8 of
span or greater
*In pound-force per square foot of horizontal projection.
711.3 OVERHANGING EAVES: In other than one and two-family dwellings
and except where framing of overhang is a continuation of the roof
framing, overhanging eaves, cornices and other roof projections shall
be designed for a minimum uniformly distributed live load of sixty
(60) pounds per square foot.
711.4 PONDING: Roofs shall be designed for the maximum possible
depth of water that may be ponded thereon as determined by the relative
levels of roof deck and overflow weirs, scuppers, edges or serviceable
drains in combination with the deflected structural elements.
711.5 SPECIAL PURPOSE ROOFS: When used for incidental promenade
purposes, roofs shall be designed for a minimum live load of sixty
(60) pounds per square foot; and one hundred (100) pounds per square
foot when designed for roof gardens or assembly uses.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 235
711.51 LANDSCAPED ROOFS: Where roofs are to be landscaped, the design
live load shall be the sum of the appropriate uniform live load and the
landscaping load shall be considered as a dead load and shall be
computed on the basis of saturation of the soil.
SECTION 712.0 SNOW LOAD
The basic snow loads to be assumed in the design of buildings or
other structures are given in figure 7-1 of the reference standards
of this article.
712.1 DESIGN SNOW LOAD: The map snow loads of figure 7-1 shall be
used as the basis for deriving design snow loads for all buildings.
Where exceptional conditions can be cited as applying to a particular
region, the snow load requirements may be altered by the building
official upon approval by the State Building Code Commission.
712.2 ROOF SNOW LOADS: The minimum snow loads for the design of
ordinary and multiple series roofs, either flat, pitched or curved,
shall be determined from figures 7-2a, 7-2b, 7-2c, 7-3a, 7-3b, 7-4
as applicable. The analysis incorporating snow loading shall be
based on the conditions providing the most unfavorable loading result.
SECTION 713.0 WIND LOAD
The structural frame of all buildings, signs, tanks or other exposed
structures or parts of structures shall be designed to resist the
horizontal pressures due to wind in any direction, both inwardly and
outwardly, allowing for suction on the leeward side, as provided in
sections 714 to 716 inclusive.
1/1/70
Vol. 18 - 236
713.1 TORSIONAL RESISTANCE: The structural frame of all buildings
and 'structures subjected to wind or other lateral loads shall be
designed to resist the torsional moment due to eccentricity of the
resultant load with respect to the center of rigidity of the structure.
SECTION 714.0 WIND ON VERTICAL SURFACES
The total wind pressures on vertical surfaces of ordinary buildings
and structures to be considered in the design of primary members shall
be in conformity with the following tables:
Exposure A
Height (ft.) Zone 1
Pressure P
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
Less
than 30
10
30
10
50
10
100
12
150
14
200
16
250
18
300
20
350
22
400
23
450
25
500
26
550
27
600
28
650
29
700
30
750
31
800
32
Exposure A:
Cente
Exposure B
Less
than 30
10
30
13
50
16
100
19
150
22
200
23
250
26
300
27
10
10
12
16
18
21
23
26
28
30
31
33
35
36
38
40
41
42
10
12
14
19
23
27
30
33
35
38
40
42
44
46
47
50
52
54
12
14
17
23
27
34
36
40
44
46
49
52
55
58
59
62
65
66
Centers of large cities and very rough, hilly terrain,
Pressure P
13
17
19
25
28
31
34
36
1/1/7"
17
21
21
26
25
31
31
39
36
44
40
50
43
53
45
56
Vol.
18 - 237
Exposure B
Height (ft.) Zone 1
Pressure P
Zone 2
Zoi
38
48
40
51
41
52
43
55
44
56
45
57
47
60
48
61
50
62
51
64
Zone 4
350
28
400
30
450
31
500
32
550
34
600
35
650
36
700
37
750
38
800
39
Exposure B:
Subui
roll:
Exposure C
Less than 30
14
30
21
50
23
100
30
150
33
200
34
250
35
300
36
350
38
400
39
450
40
500
41
550
42
600
43
650
44
700
45
750
46
800
46
59
63
65
66
68
71
74
75
76
80
Suburban areas, towns, city outskirts, wooded areas and
rolling terrain.
Pressure P
20
26
27
35
31
40
36
45
39
51
43
53
47
56
48
58
49
61
51
62
52
63
53
65
54
67
55
69
56
70
57
71
58
72
59
73
34
43
50
57
62
66
68
72
75
76
79
80
83
85
86
87
88
90
Exposure C: Flat open country, open flat coastal belts and grasslands.
Zone 1 consists of the Counties of Berkshire, Franklin, Hampshire
and Hampden.
Zone 2 consists of the County of Worcester.
Zone 3 consists of the Counties of Middlesex, Suffolk, Norfolk,
Plymouth and Bristol.
Zone 4 consists of the Counties of Essex, Barnstable, Dukes and
Nantucket .
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 238
714.1 DISTRIBUTION OF WIND FORCES: The total wind pressure (section
714.0) shall be distributed between opposite walls, two-thirds (2/3) as
normal pressure on the windward side and one-third (1/3) as normal
outward suction on the leeward side. '
714.2 EXTERIOR SECONDARY WALL FRAMING AND WALL PANELS: Internal wind
pressure or suction of thirty (30) percent of the prescribed pressures
in section 714.1 shall be assumed to occur simultaneously with the
external pressures in section 714.3 and 714.4.
714.3 AN EXTERNAL PRESSURE or suction to be considered in the design of
secondary wall framing and wall panels and sheathing and their con-
nections shall be one and one-half (1 1/2) times those in accordance
with section 714.0 except at corners of all walls.
714.4 AT CORNERS OF ALL WALLS, the external suction to be considered in
the design of secondary wall framing and wall panels and sheathing and
their connections shall be two (2) times those in accordance with
section 714.0. The suction shall be assumed to act on a vertical strip
of width one-tenth (1/10) the least width of the building.
714.5 ROOFS OVER N0N- ENCLOSED STRUCTURES: Roofs over non-enclosed
structures shall be designed to resist wind loads in accordance with
standard engineering practice and the reference standards of this
article.
715.0 WIND LOAD ON ROOFS
The external wind pressures and suctions specified in sections 715.1
and 715.2 shall be considered in the design of primary roof framing and
trusses. %
External wind pressures and suctions to be considered in the design
of secondary roof framing, purlins, roof panels and sheathing and their
connections shall be one and one-half (1 1/2) times those determined in
accordance with those sections. Internal pressures to be considered in
the design of secondary roof framing and roof panels and sheathing and
their connections shall be those specified in section 714.2 for wall
elements.
715.1 PITCHED ROOFS: External wind forces on roofs, assumed to be
acting upon primary roof framing members shall be not less than the
following-listed fractions of the values specified in section 714.0, and
shall be based on the average height of the roof eave above grade, the
slope of the roof at the location under consideration and the ratio of
sidewall height to building width.
i/i/vn
Vol. 18 - 239
EXTERNAL WIND PRESSURE ON ROOFS
FLAT
ROOFS
WINDWARD
SLOPE OF ROOFS
LEEWARD SLOPE
Ratio of
Sldewall
Height to
Building
Width
LESS THAN
1:12
1:12 to
4.05:12
405:12
to
6:12
i
6:12 to
12:12
ALL SLOPES
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0 or more
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.60
-.06
-.33
-.49
-.57
-.60
.12
.01
-.20
-.30
-.39
.19
.09
-.06
-.18
-.28
-.50
-.50
-.50
-.50
-.50
For all roof surfaces having a slope greater than 12:12 the same
wind forces as for vertical surfaces shall be assumed.
715.2 CURVED ROOFS: The external wind forces assumed to be acting
upon the primary framing members in the windward quarter of curved
roofs shall be not less than the wind pressure specified in section
714.0 multiplied by the rise-to-span ratio of the entire roof arch,
and shall be considered as acting as an inward acting pressure. An
external suction of not less than seven-tenths (7/10) of the pressure
specified in section 714.0 shall be assumed to be acting upon the
center half of all arch roofs and an external suction of not less
than six-tenths (6/10) of such pressures shall be assumed to be acting
upon the leeward quarter of all such roofs. All wind pressures acting
upon curved roofs shall be considered as acting normal to the chord
of the curved section under consideration.
715.3 TEST DETERMINATION: With the approval of the building official,
wind force on a building may be based on shape coefficients obtained
from wind tunnel tests of models or by other approved methods. Such
shape coefficients shall include the full effect of openings in wall
or roof surfaces. In such cases the velocity pressure "q" to be
used at any height shall be taken as .77 P.
715.4 ANCHORAGE: Roof framing shall be anchored to wall framing and
the walls to foundations so as to resist wind uplift and sliding in
excess of seventy-five (75) percent of the dead load resistance.
715.5 UPLIFT ON EAVES: Overhanging eaves, cornices and other local
projections shall be designed and constructed to withstand an
upward pressure of 1.5 P.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 240
SECTION 716.0 WIND LOADS ON SIGNS, TANK AND RADIO TOWERS, CHIMNEYS
AND OTHER BUILDING APPURTENANCES
Minimum wind pressures to be used in the design of these and other
building appurtenances shall be determined using the value of P as
specified in section 714.0.
716.1 SIGNS AND TOWERS: The wind pressure on ground signs and towers
other than radio and television towers, and their supports or portions
thereof having seventy-five (75) percent or more of solid surface shall
be assumed at 1.2 P and having less than seventy-five (75) percent of
solid surface shall be 1.6 P of net exposed area of the structure
normal to the direction of the wind.
716.2 ROOF STRUCTURES: The wind pressure on roof signs, tank towers,
stacks, chimney and other exposed roof structures with plane surfaces
shall be assumed at 1.6 P applied to the net projected area of the
structure normal to the direction of the wind except as provided in
sections 716.3 and 716.4.
716.3 SHIELDING EFFECT: No shielding effect of one element by another
shall be considered when the distance between them exceeds four (4)
times the projected smallest dimension of the windward element.
716.4 EFFECT OF SHAPE: The wind pressure on circular tanks, stacks
or other circular structures shall be assumed at 0.7 P applied to the
projected area; and for hexagonal or octagonal structures, 1.0 P.
716.41 SPECIAL SHAPES: For special shaped structures such as spheres,
guys, cables, solid girders, the design wind pressure shall be deter-
mined as provided for in section 715.3.
SECTION 717.0 OVERTURNING AND SLIDING
The overturning moment due to the wind load on all structures shall
not exceed seventy-five (75) percent of the moment of stability resulting
from the dead load of the building, unless the building or structure is
anchored to resist the excess overturning moment and the excess horizontal
shear over sliding friction.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 241
SECTION 718.0 EARTHQUAKE LOAD
Provisions of section 718 reflect informed judgments regarding the
probable intensities of future earthquake ground motions in this
region, and their associated probabilities of occurrence. The
objective of these provisions is to protect life safety by limiting
structural failure.
718.1 GENERAL
a) every building or structure and every portion thereof shall
be designed and constructed to resist stresses produced by
lateral forces as provided in this section, except detached
one and two-family dwellings and minor accessory buildings.
Stresses shall be calculated as the effect of a force applied
horizontally at each floor or roof level or to building parts
above the foundation. The force shall be assumed to come
from any horizontal direction.
b) every building or structure and every portion designed and
constructed to resist stresses produced by lateral forces
as provided in this section shall be constructed and in-
spected in accordance with the rules and regulations prom-
ulgated by the State Building Code Commission.
718.2 DEFINITIONS: The following definitions apply only to the
provisions of this section.
BOX SYSTEM: a structural system where the vertical load is carried
by bearing walls and structural framing and where the lateral
stability and lateral force resisting system consists of shear
walls or braced frames.
BRACED FRAME: a vertical truss or its equivalent which is pro-
vided to resist lateral forces in which the members are subjected
primarily to axial stresses.
CLASS A SOIL: includes all the classes of soil and rock enumerated
in section 723.4.
CLASS A SOIL SITE:
a) a site composed exclusively of Class A soil, or
b) a site where Class A soil overlies or includes Class B soil,
provided that the depth below foundation level to the upper-
most Class B soil and the cumulative thickness of Class B
soil meet the criteria in Figure 7-9.
CLASS B SOIL: includes all classes of soil not qualifying as
Class A soil.
CLASS B SOIL SITE: any site which does not meet the criteria for
Class A soil site.
1/1/78 Vol_ 18
242
DUAL BRACING SYSTEM: consists of a moment resisting space frame
and shear walls which meet the following design criteria:
a) the space frame and shear walls shall resist the total lateral
force in accordance with their relative rigidities considering
the interaction of the shear walls and space frame.
b) the shear walls acting independently of the resisting portions
of .the space frame shall resist the total lateral force.
c) the resisting space frame shall have the capacity to resist
not less than twenty-five (25) percent of the total lateral
force.
FOUNDATION LEVEL: the lowest of any of the following:
a) the bottom of any spread or combined footing or foundation
mat;
b) the bottom of any pile cap;
c) the top of any pier or caisson.
LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM: that part of the structural system
to which the total lateral forces prescribed in section 718.4 are
assigned.
LIQUEFACTION: a term used to describe a group of phenomena
occurring in saturated cohesionless sandy and silty soils con-
sisting of a large decrease in effective stress (total stress
minus pore pressure) accompanied by large deformations under
either static or cyclic loading. The term cyclic mobility should
also be included within the scope of the definition of liquefac-
tion.
MOMENT-RESISTING SPACE FRAME: a space frame designed to carry all
vertical loads and in which the members and joints are capable
of resisting design lateral forces by bending moments.
SHEAR WALL: a wall designed to resist lateral forces parallel to
the wall.
SPACE FRAME: a three-dimensional structural system composed of
interconnected members, other than bearing walls, designed to
function as a complete self-contained laterally stable unit with
or without the aid of horizontal diaphragms or floor bracing
systems.
718.3 SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS: The following symbols and notations
apply only to the provisions of this -ection:
C = Numerical coefficient for base shear as specified in section
719.4.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 243
Cp ■ Numerical coefficient as specified in section 718.4 and as
set forth in Table 7-3b.
D = The dimension of the building in feet in a direction parallel
to the applied forces.
D = The plan dimension of the vertical lateral force resisting
system in feet.
Fx ■ Lateral force applied to level i, n, on, respectively.
Fp = Lateral force on the part of the structure and in the direc-
tion under consideration.
F^ = That portion of V considered concentrated at the top of the
structure, at the level n. The remaining portion of the
total base shear V shall be distributed over the height of
the structure including level n according to Formula (18-5).
b£hn
hx = Height in feet above the base to level i, n, or x, respectively
K = Numerical coefficient as set forth in Table 7-3A.
Lev-
el £ = Level of the structure referred to by the subscript i.
Lev-
el n = That level which is uppermost in the main portion of the
structure.
Lev-
el x = That level which is under design consideration.
M = Overturning moment at the base of the building or structure.
Itp = The overturning moment at level x.
N = Total number of stories above exterior grade.
T = Fundamental period of vibration of the building or structure
in seconds in the direction under consideration.
V = Total lateral load or shear at the base.
V = Ft + ? Yi
i = 1
where i = 1 designates first level above the base.
W = Total dead load including the partition loading where appli-
cable.
EXCEPTION: W shall be equal to the total deal load plus
Vol. 18 - 244
twenty-five (25) percent of the floor live load in storage
and warehouse occupancies; the snow load shall also be
included.
w£ = That portion of W which is located at or is assigend to level
vx i or x respectively.
Wp = The weight of a part or portion of a structure.
Yt ■ Total unit weight.
718.4 MINIMUM EARTHQUAKE FORCES FOR STRUCTURES: The provisions
of this section are applicable only to buildings and structures
meeting the requirements of section 718.5. All other buildings
and structures shall be designed in accordance with section 718.7.
718.41 TOTAL LATERAL FORCE: Every structure shall be designed
and constructed to withstand minimum total lateral seismic forces
assumed to act nonconcurrently in the direction of each of the
main axes of the structure in accordance with the following formula:
V = 1/3 KCSW
a) C FACTOR
The value of C shall be determined in accordance with the
following formula:
r = Ml
c yr
For all one and two-story buildings or structures the value
of C shall be not less than 0.10. For other buildings the
maximum value of C need not exceed 0.10.
EXCEPTIONS :
1) C exceeds 0.10 where indicated in Table 7-3b.
2) Buildings or structures which have highly irregular
shapes, large differences In lateral resistance or
stiffness between different stories or other unusual
structural features affecting seismic response shall
be designed in accordance with section 718.7.
T is the fundamental period of vibration of the structure in
seconds in the direction under consideration. Properly
substantiated technical data for establishing the period T
may be submitted. In the absence of such data, the value for
T for buildings shall be determined by the following formula:
0.051^
T-"7T"
1/1/78
Vol. 13 " 245
EXCEPTION: In all buildings in which the lateral force
resisting system consists of a moment-resisting space frame
which resists one hundred (100) percent of the required
lateral forces and which frame is not enclosed by or
adjoined by more rigid elements which would tend to prevent
the frame from resisting lateral forces:
0.10 N
b) K FACTOR
All buildings shall be designed with a horizontal force factor
K = 1 except buildings which have a lateral force resisting
system listed in Table 7-3A.
TABLE 7-3A HORIZONTAL FORCE FACTOR "K" FOR BUILDINGS
OR OTHER STRUCTURES1
TYPE OF ARRANGEMENT OF RESISTING ELEMENTS
VALUE
OF K
Buildings with a box system as defined in section
718.2
1.33
Buildings with a dual bracing system as defined in
section 718.2
0.80
Buildings with a momemt resisting space frame designed
to resist the total required lateral force
0.67
Elevated tanks plus full contents, on four or more
cross-braced legs and not supported by a building^
3.003
Structures other than buildings and other than those
set forth in Table 7- 3b
2.00
Note 1: Where wind load would produce higher stresses, this load
shall be used in lieu of the loads resulting from earth-
quake forces.
Note 2: The minimum value of "KC" shall be 0.12 and the maximum
value of "KC" need not exceed 0.25.
Note 3: The tower shall be designed for an accidental torsion of
five (5) percent as specified in section 718.43. Elevated
tanks which are supported by buildings or do not conform
to type or arrangement of supporting elements as described
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 246
NOTES FOR TABLE 7-3A (continued)
above shall be designed in accordance with section 718.45
i i
-p
c) S FACTOR
using "C„" - 2.
For a Class A soil site, S ■ 1. For a Class B soil site,
S ■ 1.5. Intermediate values of S may be used, if justified
by -the results of adequate studies by a qualified registered
professional engineer.
718.42 DISTRIBUTION OF LATERAL FORCE
a) VERTICAL DISTRIBUTION
The total lateral force V shall be distributed in the height
of the structure in the following manner:
Ft - .004V(^-5T
?t need not exceed 0.15 V and may be considered as 0 for
values /hrt | of 3 or less, and
*«-—
i - 1
EXCEPTION: One and two-story buildings shall have uniform
distribution.
At each level designated as x, the force Fx shall be applied
over the area of the building in accordance with the mass
distribution on that level.
b) HORIZONTAL DISTRIBUTION
Total shear in any horizontal plane shall be distributed to
the various elements of the lateral force resisting system
in proportion to their rigidities considering the rigidity
of the horizontal bracing system or diaphragm.
718.43 HORIZONTAL TORSIONAL MOMENTS: Provisions shall be made for
the increase in shear resulting from the horizontal torsion due to
an eccentricity between the center of mass and the center of rigidity.
Negative torsional shears shall be neglected. Where the vertical
resisting elements depend on diaphragm action for shear distribution
at any level, the shear-resisting elements shall be capable of
resisting a torsional moment assumed to be equivalent to the story
shear acting with an eccentricity of not less than five (5) percent
1/1/78 Vo1' 18 " 24?
of the maximum building dimension at that level.
718.44 OVERTURNING: Every building or structure shall be designed
to resist the overturning effects caused by the wind forces and
related requirements specified in section 717.0 or the earthquake
forces specified in this section, whichever governs.
At any level the incremental changes of the design overturning
moment, in the story under consideration, shall be distributed to
the various resisting elements in the same proportions as the
distribution of the shears in the resisting system. Where other
vertical members are provided which are capable of partially
resisting the overturning moments, a redistribution may be made
to these members if framing members of sufficient strength and
stiffness to transmit the required loads are provided.
Where a vertical resisting element is discontinuous, the over-
turning moment carried by the lowest story of that element shall
be carried down as loads to the foundation.
718.45 LATERAL FORCE ON PARTS OR PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS OR OTHER
STRUCTURES: Parts or portions of buildings or structures and their
anchorage shall be designed for lateral forces in accordance with
the following formula:
Fp = l/3CpWp
The values of Cp are set forth in Table 7-3b unless a greater
value is required by the basic seismic formula V = 1/3 KCSW.
The distribution of these forces shall be according to the gravity
loads pertaining thereto.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 -
TABLE 7-3B HORIZONTAL FORCE FACTOR "C" FOR PARTS OR
PORTIONS OF BUILDINGS OR OTHER STRUCTURES
PART OR PORTION OF BUILDINGS
DIRECTION
OF FORCE
VALUE OF
CP
Exterior bearing and nonbearing walls,
interior bearing walls and partitions,
interior nonbearing walls and parti-
tions over 10 feet in height, mason-
ry or concrete fences over 6 feet
in height
Normal to
flat
surface
0.20
Cantilever parapet and other cantilever
walls, except retaining walls
Normal to
flat
surface
1.00
Exterior and interior ornamentations
and appendages
Any
direction
1.00
When connected to, part of, or housed
within a building: towers, tanks,
towers and tanks plus contents,
storage racks over 6 feet in
height plus contents, chimneys,
smokestacks and penthouses
Any
direction
0.201' 2
When resting on the ground, tank plus
effective mass of its contents
Any
direction
0.10
Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms^
Any
direction
0.10
Connections for exterior panels or for
•elements complying with section
718.64
Any
direction
2.00
Connections for prefabricated struc-
tural elements other than walls, with
force applied at center of gravity
of assembly*
Any
horizontal
direction
0.30
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 249
NOTES FOR TABLE 7-3B
Note 1: When located in the upper portion of any building where
the "tJn/D" ratio is five-to-one (5/1) or greater the value
shall be increased by fifty (50) percent.
Note 2: "Wp" for storage racks shall be the weight of the racks
plus contents. The value of "Cp" for racks over two (2)
storage support levels in height shall be .16 for the
levels below the top two levels.
Note 3: For purposes of determining the lateral force, a minimum
ceiling weight of five (5) pounds per square foot shall
be used.
Note 4: Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms shall be designed
for a minimum value of "Cp" of ten (10) percent applied
to loads tributary from that story unless a greater value
of "Cp" is required by the basic seismic formula
V - 1/3 KCSW.
Note 5: The "Wp" shall be equal to the total load plus twenty-five
(25) percent of the floor live load in storage and ware-
house occupancies.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
250
718.46 LATERAL FORCE ON FOUNDATIONS: Provision shall be made
for transmission of the base shear, acting in any direction, be-
tween structure and soil or rock, by means of
a) lateral soil pressure against foundation walls, footings,
grade beams and pipe caps;
b) lateral soil pressure against piles, piers, or caissons;
c) batter piles, or;
d) side or bottom friction on walls or footings, or;
e) combinations of the foregoing.
Lateral pressure may not be more than one-third (1/3) the passive
pressure. Bottom friction may not be relied upon where a building
overlies Class B soil and is supported upon piles, piers or caissons.
Even if not relied upon to transmit the base shear, foundation walls
shall comply with the provisions of section 713.68.
718.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
718.51 CONCRETE: Design and construction of earthquake resisting
reinforced concrete framing members and their connections shall con-
form to the provisions of section 842.1 and of reference standard
ACI 318-71 (except Appendix A), and to the special requirements of
this section.
a) FLEXURAL MEMBERS OF MOMENT RESISTING SPACE FRAMES
Web reinforcement shall be required throughout the length of
each flexural member. The minimum area of such web reinforce-
ment shall be 0.15 percent of the product of the width of the
web and the spacing of the web reinforcement along the longitudinal
axis of the member.
Where stirrups are used as web reinforcement, the first stirrup
shall be located two (2) inches from the face of the support
and the next six (6) stirrups shall be spaced not over one-
fourth (1/4) of the depth of the member.
Lapped splices located in a region of tension or reversing
8 tress shall be confined by at least two stirrups at each
splice.
b) COLUMNS OF MOMENT RESISTING SPACE FRAMES
The spacing of ties at the ends of tied columns shall not ex-
ceed four (4) inches for a distance equal to the maximum
column dimension but not less than one-sixth (1/6) of the
clear height of the column, nor less than eighteen (18) inches,
from the face of the joint. The first such tie shall be
located two (2) inches from the face of the joint. Joints
1/1 /?8
of exterior and corner columns shall be confined by lateral
reinforcement through the joint. Such lateral reinforcement
shall consist of spirals or ties as required at the ends of
columns.
c) EARTHQUAKE RESISTING SHEAR WALLS AND BRACED FRAMES
Shear walls and braced frames shall be designed by the strength
design method except that the alternate design method of re-
ference standard ACI 318-71 may be used, provided that the
factor of safety in shear is equivalent to that achieved with
the strength design method. The formulas for required strength
U, as provided in reference standard ACI 318-71, shall be modi-
fied to:
U = 1.4 (D + L) + 1.4E
U = 0.9D + 1.4E
except that 2.E shall be used in the calculation of shear
stresses in shear walls of buildings without a moment resist-
ing space frame capable of carrying all vertical loads and
lateral forces.
1) SHEAR WALLS
a) Special vertical boundary elements shall be provided
at the edges of concrete shear walls in buildings with
a dual bracing system as defined in section 718.2.
These elements shall be composed of concrete encased
structural steel elements of A36, A440, A441, A572
(except Grades 60 and 65) or A588 Grades A, B, or C,
or shall be concrete reinforced as required for columns
with special transverse reinforcement as desribed in Item
3) below for the full length of the element. The
boundary vertical elements and such other similar
vertical elements as may be required shall be designed
to carry all the vertical stresses resulting from
the wall loads in addition to tributary dead and live
loads and from the design lateral forces. Horizontal
reinforcing in the walls shall be fully anchored to
the vertical elements.
b) Similar confinement of horizontal and vertical boundaries
at wall openings also shall be provided unless it can
be demonstrated that the unit compressive stresses
at the opening have a load factor two (2) times that
given by the formulae in this subsection for required
strength U.
c) Wall reinforcement required to resist wall shear shall
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 252
be terminated with not less than a ninety (90) de-
gree bend plus a twelve (12) bar diameter extension
beyond the boundary reinforcing at vertical and hori-
zontal end faces of wall sections. Wall reinforce-
ment terminating in boundary columns shall be fully
anchored into the boundary elements.
2) BRACED FRAMES
a) Reinforced concrete members of braced frames subject
primarily to axial stresses shall have transverse
reinforcement as specified in 3) below through the
full length of the member. Tension members shall
additionally meet the requirements for compressive
members.
b) In buildings without a moment resisting space frame
capable of carrying all vertical loads and the total
required lateral force, all members in braced frames
shall be designed for 1.25 times the force determined
in accordance with section 718.4. Connections for
these members are not permitted the thirty-three (33)
percent stress increase for earthquake.
3) TRANSVERSE REINFORCEMENT
Where transverse reinforcement is required by the pro-
visions of this section, the amount of such reinforce-
ment shall be not less than that specified below.
The volumetric ratio of spiral reinforcement shall be
not less than that specified for reinforced concrete
columns, nor less than
0.12 f1 It
c yh
Rectangular hoop reinforcement shall be spaced not more
than four (4) inches apart and shall have a total cross-
sectional area not less than the greater of
A =0.30 s h f* It t (A Ik -1)
sh h c c yh g ch
A .=0.12 s,h V It .
sh h c c yh
Single or overlapping hoops may be provided to meet this
requirement.
Supplementary cross ties of the same size and spacing
as hoops using 135-degree minimum hooks engaging the
periphery hoop and secured to a longitudinal bar may
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 253
be used. Supplementary cross ties or legs of overlapp-
ing hoops shall be spaced not more than fourteen (14)
inches on center transversely.
718.52 STEEL: Design and construction of earthquake resisting
steel framing members and their connections shall conform to the
provisions of section 827 and of reference standard AISC 1969 and
to the special requirements of this section.
a) MOMENT-RESISTING SPACE FRAMES
1) GENERAL
Design and construction of steel framing in moment-resist-
ing space frames shall conform to the provisions of sec-
tion 827.0 and the requirements of this section.
2) DEFINITIONS
a) JOINTS: The joint is the entire assemblage at
the intersections of the members.
b) CONNECTIONS: The connection consists of only those
elements that connect the member to the joint.
3) CONNECTIONS
Each beam or girder moment connection to a column shall
be capable of developing in the beam the full plastic
capacity of the beam or girder,
EXCEPTION: The connection need not develop the full
plastic capacity of the beam or girder if it can be
shown that adequately ductile joint displacement
is provided with a lesser connection.
4) LOCAL BUCKLING
Members in which hinges will form during inelastic dis-
placement of the frames shall comply with the require-
ment for "plastic design sections".
5) SLENDERNESS RATIOS
The effective length "Tel" used in determining the slender-
ness ratio of an axially loaded compression member in the
moment-resisting space frame depends on its own bending
stiffness for the lateral stability of the building,
even if bracing or shear walls are provided.
6) NONDESTRUCTIVE WELDING TESTING
Welded connections between primary members of the moment-
resisting space frame shall be tested by nondestructive
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 254
methods for compliance with the Code and job specifica-
tions. A program for this testing shall be established
by the person responsible for structural design. As a
minimum, this program shall include the following:
a) All complete penetration groove .welds contained in
joints and splices shall be tested one hundred (100)
percent either by ultrasonic testing or by radiography.
EXCEPTION: The nondestructive testing rate for an
individual welder may be reduced to twenty- five
(25) percent subject to the concurrence of the
design engineer of record, provided the reject
rate is demonstrated to be five (5) percent or
less of the welds tested for the welder. A sampl-
ing of at least forty (40) completed welds shall
be made for such reduction evaluation. Reject
rate is defined as the number of welds containing
rejectable defects divided by the number of welds
completed. For evaluating the reject rate of con-
tinuous welds over three (3) feet in length, each
twelve (12) inch increment shall be considered as
one weld. For evaluating the reject rate for continu-
ous welds greater c.han one (1) inch thick, each
six (6) inches of length shall be considered one
(1) weld.
b) Partial penetration groove welds when used in column
splices shall be tested either by ultrasonic testing
or radiography as required by the design engineer of
record.
b) BRACED FRAMES
1) All members in braced frames of K=1.0 and K=1.33 build-
ings shall be designed for 1.25 times the force determined
in accordance with section 718.4. Connections for these
members are not permitted the thirty-three (33) percent
stress increase for earthquake.
718.53 MASONRY: Masonry shall be subject to the provisions and
reference standards of Article 8.
718.54 TIMBER: Design and construction of earthquake resisting
timber structures shall conform to the provisions of section
851 supplemented by the reference standards of Article 8 pertain-
ing to Lumber and Construction and the Timber Construction Manual
(second Edition 1974) by the American Institute of Timber Construc-
tion, and to the requirements of this section.
a) DIAPHRAGMS
Lumber and plywood diaphragms may be used to resist wind
or horizontal earthquake forces.
W78 Vol. 18 - 255
Design of diaphragms shall conform to the accepted engineer-
ing practice as presented in the Timber Construction Manual.
b) Axial and shear forces produced in wood members by wind or
earthquake shall be transferred by positive connections
and adequate anchorage. Uplift or horizontal displacement
of seated connections shall be prevented by positive anchors.
Toenailing or nails subject to withdrawal are not acceptable
for connections resisting such forces or displacements.
Sheathing materials may be used as tension ties provided the
tension force does not provide cross-grain bending or cross-
grain tension in the peripheral members or other framing
members to which the sheathing connects.
718.55 PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION: All structural elements with-
in the structure which are considered to resist seismic forces or
movement and/or are connected so as to participate with the struc-
tural system shall be designed in accordance with the provisions
of this Code in accordance with "Accepted Engineering Practice
Standards" (ACI 318-71 for Precast Concrete). Connections shall
accommodate all design forces and movement without loss of load
carrying capacity of the interconnected members and shall conform
to section 718.57.
718.56 OTHER MATERIALS OR METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION: Materials other
than concrete, steel, clay masonry, concrete block masonry and wood
and structural systems other than structural steel, reinforced
concrete, reinforced masonry, wood frame or heavy timber shall not
be relied on to resist lateral forces and deformations in building
structures unless it can be demonstrated to the building official
that the structure can safely withstand lateral distortion eight
(8) times that computed for the lateral forces specified in sec-
tion 718.4. The building official shall require drawings and cal-
culations submitted by a registered professional engineer to verify
the requirements of this provision.
718.57 CONNECTIONS
a) Connections with transfer forces between members which
resist seismic forces in flexure shall be designed for
the required forces and also shall either:
1) Develop the full plastic moment of the member
OR
2) Be capable of deforming to form a reversible plastic
hinge.
b) Members which are part of the lateral force resisting
system and resist seismic motion by direct axial force
shall have connections designed to develop the axial
capacities of the members.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 256
c) Connections of structural members, which are not part of
the lateral force resisting system, to supporting members
shall be designed to resist the required seismic forces
without reliance on frictional forces.
d) Column splices, base plate anchors and other types of
connections that act primarily in bearing shall be designed
to resist the required forces, and also shall be capable
of resisting the forces resulting from the full seismic
loading combined with two-thirds (2/3) of the dead load
forces acting concurrently.
e) Connections between diaphragms and resisting shear walls
and bracing shall be designed for twice the computed force.
718.6 OTHER DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
718.61 LATERAL FORCE RESISTING SYSTEM: Rigid elements that are
assumed not to be part of the lateral force resisting system may
be incorporated into buildings provided that their effect on the
action of the system is considered and provided for in the design.
718.62 MOMENT RESISTING SPACE FRAMES: Moment resisting space
frames may be enclosed by or adjoined by more rigid elements which
would tend to prevent the space frame from resisting lateral
forces where it can be shown that the action or failure of the
more rigid elements will not impair the vertical and lateral load
resisting ability of the space frame.
718.63 BUILDING SEPARATIONS: All portions of structures shall
be designed and constructed to act as an integral unit in resist-
ing horizontal forces unless separated structurally by a distance
sufficient to avoid contact under deflection from seismic action
or wind forces.
718.64 SETBACKS: Buildings having setbacks wherein the plan
dimension of the tower in each direction is at least seventy-five
(75) percent of the corresponding plan dimension of the lower
part may be considered as a uniform building without setbacks
for the purpose of determining seismic forces.
For other conditions of setbacks the tower shall be designed
as a separate building using the larger of the seismic coefficients
at the base of the tower determined by considering the tower as
either a separate building for its own height or as part of the
overall structure. The resulting total shear from the tower shall
be applied at the top of the lower part of the building which shall
be otherwise considered separately for its own height.
EXCEPTION: Nothing in this subsection shall be deemed to pro-
hibit the submission of properly substantiated technical data
for establishing the lateral design forces by a dynamic analysis
in accordance with section 718.7
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 257
718.65 COMBINED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL FORCES: In computing
the effect of seismic force in combination with vertical loads,
gravity load stresses induced in members by dead load plus de-
sign live load, except roof live load, shall be considered.
718.66 EXTERIOR ELEMENTS: Precast, nonbearing, non- shear wall
panels, parapets, or other elements which are attached to, or en-
close the exterior, shall accommodate movements of the structure
resulting from lateral forces or temperature changes. The concrete
panels or other elements shall be supported by means of poured-in-
place concrete or by mechanical fasteners in accordance with the
following provisions:
a) Connections and panel joints shall allow for a relative
movement between stories of not less than two (2) times
story drift caused by wind or seismic forces; or one
quarter (1/4) inch whichever is greater.
b) Connections shall have sufficient ductility and rotation
capacity so as to preclude fracture of the concrete or
brittle failures at or near welds. Inserts in concrete
shall be attached to, or hooked around reinforcing steel,
or otherwise terminated so as to effectively transfer forces
to the reinforcing steel.
c) Connections to permit movement in the plane of the panel for
story drift may be properly designed sliding connections using
slotted or oversize holes or may be connections which permit
movement by bending of steel.
718.67 MINOR ALTERATIONS: Minor structural alterations may be made
in existing buildings and other structures, but the resistance to
lateral forces shall be not less than that before such alterations
were made, unless the building as altered meets the requirements
of this section of the Code.
718.68 DRIFT: Lateral deflections or drift of a story relative
to its adjacent stories shall be considered in accordance with
accepted practice. Lateral deflection of diaphragms shall be
considered in addition to the deflection of vertical bracing
elements.
Rigid elements that are assumed not to be part of the lateral
force resisting system may be incorporated into buildings provided
that the effect of the action of the system is considered and
provided for in the design. In addition, the effects of the drift
on such rigid elements themselves and on their attachment to the
building structure shall be considered.
718.69 INTERCONNECTIONS OF FOUNDATIONS: Pile, pier and caisson
caps shall be interconnected by ties when the caps overlie Class
B soil. Each tie shall carry by tension or compression a horizontal
force equal to ten (10) percent of the larger pile, pier or caisson
cap loading, unless it can be demonstrated that equivalent restraint
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 258
can be provided by other means. At sites where footings are under-
lain at shallow depths by cohesionless granular soils, the blow
counts of which only slightly exceed the criteria given in Figure
7 -10, adequate consideration shall be given to the lateral and
vertical movements of footings that may occur during the design
earthquake specified in section 718.7.
718.70 RETAINING WALLS: Retaining walls shall be designed to re-
sist at least the superimposed effects of the total static lateral
soil pressure, excluding the pressure caused by any temporary sur-
charge, plus an earthquake force of 0.045rtH2 (Horizontal backfill
surface). Surcharges which are applied over extended periods of
time shall be included in the total static lateral soil pressure
and their earthquake lateral force shall be computed and added
to the force of 0.045ytH2. -The earthquake force from the backfill
shall be distributed as an inverse triangle over the height of the
wall The point of application of the earthquake force from an ex-
tended duration surcharge shall be determined on an individual case
basis If the backfill consists of loose saturated granular soil,
consideration shall be given to the potential liquefaction of the
backfill during the seismic loading.
718 71 DYNAMIC ANALYSIS: Any building or structure is deemed to
have complied with the provisions of section 718 if a qualified
registered engineer determines that there is negligible risk to
life safety if the building or structure experiences an earthquake
with a peak acceleration of 0.12g and a frequency content similar
to that implied by the appropriate response spectrum in Figure 7-10.
A copy of the studies upon which the determination may be based
upon shall be filed with the building official. Such a detcrmina-
tion may be based upon
a) a dynamic analysis, based upon generally acceptable procedures
together with evidence that the building or structure can
safely withstand the computed displacements and distortions;
b) a comparison of the building or structure with similar build-
ings or structures having similar foundations and subsoil con-
ditions, that have withstood a similar actual earthquake;
c) other accepted procedures,
or
Vol. 18 - 259
1/1/78
SECTION 719.0 COMBINED LOADING
The structural frame of all buildings shall be investigated for
the combined effect of lateral and vertical loading and the individual
members of the frame shall be proportioned as follows:
719.1 WITH EARTHQUAKE: For combined stresses due to earthquake load
together with dead, live and snow loads, the allowable working stress
for the structural material may be increased thirty-three and one-
third (33 1/3) percent.
719.2 WITH WIND: For combined stresses due to wind load together
with dead, live and snow loads, the allowable working stress for the
structural material may be increased thirty-three and one-third (33 1/3)
percent.
719.3 MINIMUM SECTION: The section determined for the combined
loadings herein specified shall be compared with that required for
dead, live and snow loads only, and the section of greatest strength
shall determine that to be used in the structure.
SECTION 720.0 LIVE LOAD REDUCTION
In all buildings and structures except places of assembly, the
design live loads may be reduced on columns, piers, walls, trusses,
girders and foundations as herein specified; but in no case shall a
reduction be applied to the roof live load.
720.1 LIVE LOADS 100 POUNDS OR LESS: For live loads of one hundred
(100) pounds or less per square foot, the design live load on any
member supporting one hundred fifty (150) square feet or more may
be reduced at the rate of eight-hundredths (0.08) percent per square
foot of area supported by the members; except that no reduction
shall be made for areas to be occupied as places of public assembly.
The reduction shall exceed neither R as determined by the following
formula, nor sixty (60) percent:
R «= 23 (1 + D/L)
R ■ reduction in percent
D ■ dead load per square foot of an area supported by the member
L ■ design live load per square foot of area supported by the member.
720.2 LIVE LOADS MORE THAN 100 POUNDS: For live loads exceeding
one hundred (100) pounds per square foot, no reduction shall be made,
except that the design live loads on columns may be reduced twenty
(20) percent.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 260
SECTION 721.0 ALLOWABLE WORKING STRESSES
721.1 CONTROLLED MATERIALS: All structures controlled by the provisions
of section 128.0, and all other materials subject to control in the
building regulatory system, shall be identified as to manufacture,
grade, and whatever other specifications as may be necessary to con-
form with the requirements for design and analysis of such controlled
structures or materials.
721.2 ORDINARY MATERIALS: The use of ordinary materials without
selection and without controlled design and supervision, or when the
material is not identified as to strength and stress grade, shall be
limited to the average unit working stresses prescribed in the
reference standards of this article.
721.3 NEW MATERIALS: For materials which are not specifically pro-
vided for in the Basic Code, the working stresses shall be established
by tests as provided in sections 703 and 803.
SECTION 722.0 LIGHT WEIGHT METALS
Aluminum and other light weight metals and their alloys may be
used in the design and construction of buildings and structures only
after special approval of the building official, subject to the
determination of the physical properties by tests as prescribed in
article 8 and in accordance with the provisions of section 834 , and
provided that plans and calculations are submitted by a registered
professional engineer or architect.
SECTION 723.0 BEARING VALUE OF SOILS
All applications for permits for the construction of new buildings
or structures, and for the alteration of a permanent structure which
require changes in foundation loads and distribution, shall be
accompanied by a statement describing soil in all bearing strata,
including sufficient records and data to establish their character,
nature and load bearing capacity. Such records shall be certified
by a qualified registered professional engineer or architect.
723.1 SATISFACTORY FOUNDATION MATERIALS: Satisfactory bearing strata
to provide structural support shall be considered to include the
following, provided they are of a standard consistent with engineering
applications: natural strata of rock, gravel, sand, inorganic silt,
inorganic clay, or combinations of these materials. Compacted fills
when designed and placed under the supervision of a qualified registered
professional engineer or architect and certified by him as meeting the
design requirements, may be accepted by the building official. Other
conditions of unsatisfactory bearing materials which are altered under
W78 Vol_ 18
261
the supervision of a qualified registered professional engineer or arch-
tect and certified by him as meeting the design requirments may be
accepted by the building official. Sites involving medium and fine
sands, inorganic silt and compacted fills ane subject to the additional
special requirements in section 723.3.
723.11 LOADING INTERACTION: Wherever bearing strata are subject to
interaction from other loadings or strata reactions, such conditions
shall be incorporated in the evaluation of the design bearing capacity
of the support strata.
723.12 BEARING CAPACITY FOR LIGHT WEIGHT STRUCTURES: Light weight
structures and accessory structures such as garages and sheds may be
founded on normally unacceptable bearing strata, providing such material
is certified by a qualified registered professional engineer or architect
as being satisfactory for the intended use.
723.13 PROTECTION OF BEARING STRATA: Bearing strata which may be
adversely affected by conditions within the structure, such as evapora-
tion and shrinkage due to excess heat, shall be adequately protected.
723.2 BEARING VALUES: The maximum pressure on soils under foundations
shall not exceed values specified in table 7-4, except when determined
in accordance with the provisions of section 725.0 or when modified by
specific sections of this article.
TABLE 7-4 PRESUMPTIVE BEARING CAPACITY OF FOUNDATION MATERIALS
CLASS OF MATERIAL** TONS PER SQUARE FOOT*
1. Massive crystalline bedrock including
granite, diorite, gneiss, trap rock, and
dolomite (hard limestone) 60
2. Foliated rock including limestone, schist
and slate in sound condition 40
3. Sedimentary rock including hard shales,
sandstones, and thoroughly cemented
conglomerates 20
4. Soft or broken bedrock* (excluding shale)
and soft limestone 20
5. Compacted, partially cemented gravels,
and sand and hardpan overlying rock 10
6. Gravel, well-graded sand and gravel mixtures 6
7. Loose gravel, compact coarse sand 4
Loose coarse sand and sand and gravel
'xtures and compact fine sand (confined) 2
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 262
TABLE 7-4 (cont.)
9. Loose medium sand (confined) X
10. Loose fine sand (+)
(+)
11. Hard clay 4
12. Medium stiff clay, stiff varved silt 2 (t)
13. Soft clay, soft broken shale 1 (t)
14. Soft inorganic silt, preloaded material,
shattered shale, or any natural deposit of
unusual character not provided for herein (+)
(+)
15. Disturbed bed varved silt
16. Compacted granular fill +
(2-5+)
* The allowable bearing pressure given in this section, or when
determined in accordance with the provisions of section 727
will assure that the soils will be stressed within limits that lie
safely below their strength. However, such allowable bearing
pressure for Classes 9 to 12, inclusive, do not assure that the
settlements will be within the tolerable limits for a given
structure.
t Alternatively, the allowable bearing pressure shall be computed
from the unconfined compressive strength of undisturbed samples,
and shall be taken as 1.50 times that strength for round and
square footings, and 1.25 times that strenth for footings with
length-width ratios of greater than four (4) ; for intermediate
ratios interpolation may be used.
+ Value to be fixed by the building official in accordance with
+ sections 725.0 and 726.0.
** The allowable bearing pressure may be increased by one-third (1/3).
723.21 CLASSIFICATION OF BEARING MATERIALS: The terms used in this
section shall be interpreted in accordance with generally accepted
engineering nomenclature. In addition, the following more specific
definitions are used for bearing materials in the area:
a) ROCKS
SHALE: a soft, fine-grained sedimentary rock.
SLATE: a hard, fine-grained metamorphic rock of sedimentary
origin.
CONGLOMERATE: a hard, well-cemented metamorphic rock consisting
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 263
of fragments ranging from sand to gravel and cobbles set in
a fine-grained matrix (locally known as Puddingstone) .
b) GRANULAR MATERIALS
GRAVEL: a mixture of mineral grains at least seventy (70) percent
(by weight) of which is retained on a No. 4 mesh sieve and
possessing no dry strength.
SAND: a mixture of mineral grains at least seventy (70) percent
(by weight) of which passes a No. 4 mesh sieve and which contains
not more than fifteen (15) percent (by weight) passing a No.
200 mesh sieve.
COARSE SAND: a sand at least fifty (50) percent (by weight) of
which is retained on a No. 20 mesh sieve.
MEDIUM SAND: a sand at least fifty (50) percent (by weight) of
which passes a No. 20 mesh sieve and at least fifty (50)
percent (by weight) is retained on a No. 60 mesh sieve.
FINE SAND: a sand at least fifty (50) percent (by weight) of
which passes a No. 60 mesh sieve.
WELL-GRADED SAND AND GRAVEL: a mixture of mineral grains which
contains between twenty-five (25) percent and seventy (70)
percent (by weight) passing a No. 4 mesh sieve, between ten
(10) and forty (40) percent (by weight) passing a No. 20 mesh
sieve, and containing not more than eight (8) percent (by
weight) passing a No. 200 mesh sieve.
c) COHESIVE MATERIALS
GLACIAL TILL: a very dense, heterogeneous mixture ranging from
very fine material to coarse gravel and boulders and generally
lying over bedrock. It can be identified from geological
evidence and from the very high penetration resistance encoun-
tered in earth boring and sampling operations.
CLAY: a fine-grained, inorganic soil possessing sufficient
dry strength to form hard lumps which cannot readily be pul-
verized by the fingers.
HARD CLAY: an inorganic clay requiring picking for removal,
a fresh sample of which cannot be molded by pressure of the
fingers.
MEDIUM CLAY: an inorganic clay which can be removed by spading,
a fresh sample of which can be molded by a substantial pressure
of the fingers.
SOFT CLAY: an inorganic clay, a fresh sample of which can be
molded with slight pressure of the fingers.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 ~ 264
INORGANIC SILT: a fine-grained inorganic soil consisting chiefly
of grains which will pass a No. 200 mesh sieve and possessing
sufficient dry strength to form lumps which can easily be
pulverized with the fingers.
NOTE: Dry strength is determined by drying a wet pat of soil
and breaking it with the fingers.
d) COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL: a fill consisting of gravel, sand-
gravel mixtures, coarse or medium sand, crushed stone, or slag,
containing not more than eight (8) percent (by weight) passing
a No. 200 mesh sieve and having no plasticity, shall be con-
sidered satisfactory bearing material when compacted in nine
(9) inch thick layers, measured before compaction, with adjust-
ment of water content as necessary to achieve required compaction
by applying to each layer a minimum of four (4) coverages
of one of the following:
1) a vibratory roller with a steel drum with minimum weight
of two (2) tons with a speed not exceeding one and one-
half (1 1/2) miles per hour;
2) a rubber-tired roller having four (4) wheel abreast and
weighted to a total load of not less than thirty-five (35)
tons;
3) with the treads of a crawler type tractor with total load
of not less than thirty-five (35) tons;
4) other types of materials, compaction equipment, and
procedures as may be approved by the building official
on the basis of sufficient evidence that they will achieve
compacted fills having satisfactory properties.
The building official will require a competent inspector,
qualified by experience and training and satisfactory to him,
to be on the project at all times while fill is being placed
and compacted. The inspector shall make an accurate record
of the type of material used, including grain-size curves,
thickness of lifts, type of compacting equipment and number of
coverages, the use of water and other pertinent data.
Whenever the building official or the inspector questions
the suitability of a material, or the degree of compaction
achieved, bearing tests shall be performed on the compacted
material in accordance with the requirements of section 725.0.
A copy of all these records and test data shall be filed with
the building official.
e) PRELOADED MATERIALS
1) The building official may allow the use of certain otherwise
unsatisfacoty natural soils and uncompacted fills for the
support of one (1) story structures, after these materials
have been preloaded to effective stresses not less than one
hundred and fifty (150) percent of the effective stresses
which will be induced by the structure.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 265
2) The building official may require the loading and unloading
of a sufficiently large area, conducted under the direction
of a competent engineer, approved by the building official,
who shall submit a report containing a program which will
allow sufficient time for adequate consolidation of the
material, and an analysis of the preloaded material and of
the probable settlements of the structure.
723.3 LIQUEFACTION: The earthquake liquefaction potential of saturated
medium and fine sands shall be evaluated on the basis of figures 7-7 and
7-8. If the standard penetration resistances, N, in all strata of
medium and fine sand lie above the applicable curve in figure 7-7, the
sands at the site shall not be considered subject to liquefaction. If
strata not meeting the above criterion exist, but if the total thickness
of these non-complying strata and the depth to the top of the uppermost
of the non-complying stratum meet the requirements in figure 7-8 the
site shall also be satisfactory from the standpoint of liquefaction.
For pressure-injected footings, the ten (10) foot thickness of soil
immediately below the bottom of the driven shaft shall not be considered
subject to liquefaction.
Compacted granular fills shall not be considered subject to lique-
faction provided they are systematically compacted to at least ninety-
three (93) percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance
with laboratory test designation ASTM D1557, or a relative density of at
least sixty (60) percent in the case of granular soil having less than
ten (10) percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve.
For sites not meeting the above criteria, and for sites involving
saturated inorganic non-plastic silts, studies by a qualified registered
professional engineer shall be made to determine that the structure
loads can be safety supported. Such studies might include:
a) detailed investigations to establish that the soils at the site
are actually not subect to liquefaction during the design earth-
quake as specified in section 718.7.
b) providing foundations that will not fail if liquefaction occurs.
c) replacing or densifying the liquefaction susceptible soils such
that liquefaction will not occur.
723.4 CLASS A AND CLASS B SOILS: For purposes of determining earth-
quake forces as specified in sections 718.4 and 718.7 Class A soil
includes the following classes from Table 7-4: massive igneous rocks
and conglomerate; slate, shale in sound conditions, glacial till;
gravel or well-graded sand and gravel, if dense to very dense; coarse
sand, if dense to very dense; medium sand, if dense to very dense; fine
sand, if dense to very dense; medium and hard clay; and compacted granular
fill provided that fill soils are systematically compacted throughout
under the continuous inspection by a qualified registered professional
engineer.
1/1/78 VQl- 18 - 266
SECTION 724.0 SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS
724.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Borings, tests, drill holes, core borings or any
combination shall be required for all structures except the following
unless specifically required by the building official;
a) one and two-family dwellings and their accessory buildings.
b) structures less than 35,000 cubic feet in gross volume.
The borings or tests shall be adequate in number of depth and so
located to accurately define the nature of any subsurface material
necessary for the support of the structure.
When it is proposed to support the structure directly on bedrock, the
building official shall require rock cores or core borings to be made
into the rock, or shall require other evidence satisfactory to prove
that the structure shall be adequately founded on bedrock.
724.2 SOIL SAMPLES AND BORINGS REPORTS: Samples of the strata penetra-
ted in test borings or test pits, representing the natural disposition
and conditions at the site, shall be available for examination of the
building official. Wash or bucket samples shall not be accepted.
Duplicate copies of the results obtained from all completed and uncom-
pleted borings plotted to a true relative elevation and to scale and of
all test results or other pertinent soil data shall be filed with the
building official.
SECTION 725.0 BEARING TEST AND SETTLEMENT ANALYSES
Whenever the allowable bearing pressure on bearing materials, or the
load bearing capacity of single piles or groups of piles is in doubt,
the building official may require load tests and/or settlement analyses
to be made at the expense of the applicant and the results analyzed
under the direction of a qualified registered professional engineer.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 267
725.1 APPROVAL OF TEST METHOD: The apparatus and procedure used shall
be approved by the building official before they are used. A complete
record of the test results together with a soil profile shall be filed
by the qualified registered professional engineer who shall have a
fully-qualified representative on the site during all test operations.
725.2 LOADING EQUIPMENT: The load shall be applied by direct weight or
by means of a recently-calibrated jack. Each load shall be maintained
constant for the required period with an accuracy of plus or minus three
(3) percent.
725.21 AREA: For bearing materials of classes 1 to 5 inclusive, the
load area shall be not less than one (1) square foot and for other
classes, not less than four (4) square feet.
725.3 LOADING PROCEDURE: The application of the test load shall be in
steps equal to not more than one-half (h) the contemplated design load,
to at least twice the contemplated design load, except as provided in
section 725.7. The unloading shall be in at least two (2) steps: to
the design load and then to zero (0) load. During the loading cycle the
contemplated design load and twice the contemplated design load shall be
maintained constant for at least twenty-four (24) hours and until the
rate of settlement or rebound does not exceed two hundredths (.02) of an
inch per twenty-four hours. The load for all other load steps including
the zero (0) load at the end of the test shall be maintained constant
for a period of not less than four (4) hours. Sufficient readings for
each load step shall be made to define properly the time-deflection
curve.
725.4 MEASUREMENTS: Observation of vertical movement shall be made so
that the data will accurately define the progress of vertical displace-
ment during the test.
725.5 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SOIL BEARING TESTS: Bearing tests
shall be applied at the elevations of the proposed bearing surfaces of
the structure; except that the load may be applied directly on the
surface of compacted granular material, class 14. The excavation
immediately surrounding an area to be tested shall be made no deeper
than one (1) foot above the plane of application of the test. The test
plate shall be placed with uniform bearing. For the duration of the
test, the material surrounding the test area shall be protected ef-
fectively against evaporation and frost action.
725.6 DETERMINATION OF DESIGN LOAD: The proposed design load shall be
allowed provided that the requirements of section 725 are fulfilled and
the settlements under the design load and twice the design load do not
exceed three-eighths (3/8) of an inch and one (1) inch, respectively.
725.7 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PILE LOAD TESTS: A single pile shall
be load tested to not less than twice the design load. When two (2) or
more piles are to be tested as a group, the total load shall be not less
than one and one-half (1^) times the design load for the group.
Provided that the load-settlement curve shows no sign of failure and pro-
vided that the permanent settlement of the top of the pile after removal
1/1/78 Vol_ 18 _ 268
of all load at the completion of the test does not exceed one-half (h)
inch, the maximum design load shall be the load allowed in this part for
the type of pile or one-half (4) of the maximum applied load, whichever
is less.
Whenever the soil conditions are such that substartial driving resist-
ance and/or significant support of the pile test load is derived from
soil strata overlying the intended bearing stratum this support shall be
removed or the results of the pile test shall be analyzed so as to
evaluate the actual support furnished by the bearing stratum.
725.8 APPLICATION OF PILE LOAD TEST RESULTS: The results of the load
test can be applied to other piles within the area of substantially
similar sub-soil conditions as that for the test pile; and providing the
performance of the test pile has been satisfactory and the remaining
piles are of the same type, shape and size as the test pile; and are
installed using the same methods and equipment and are driven into the
same bearing strata as the load tested pile to an equal or greater
penetration resistance.
725.9 SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS: Whenever a structure is to be supported by
medium or soft clay (materials of classes 11 and 12) or other materials
which may be subject to settlement or consolidation, the settlements of
the structure and of neighboring structures due to consolidation shall
be given careful consideration, particularly if the subsurface material
or the loading is subject to extensive variation. The building official
may require a settlement analysis to be made by a qualified registered
professional engineer in case the live and dead loads of the structure,
as specified in this article, minus the weight of the excavated material,
induce a maximum stress greater than three hundred (300) pounds per
square foot at midheight of the underlying soft clay layer.
725.91 SETTLEMENT ANALYSIS COMPUTATIONS: The settlement analysis will
be based on a computation of the new increase in stress that will be
induced by the structure and realistically appraised live loads, after
deducting the weight of excavated material under which the clay was
fully consolidated. The effects of fill loads within the building area
or fill and other loads adjacent to the building shall be included in
the settlement analysis. The appraisal of the live loads may be based
on surveys of actual live loads of existing buildings with similar
occupancy. The soil compressibility shall be determined by a qualified
registered professional engineer and approved by the building official.
SECTION 726.0 ALLOWABLE FOUNDATION PRESSURE
The maximum allowable pressures on foundation materials shall be in
accordance with section 723.0 and as modified herein.
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 269
726.1 ROCK FOUNDATIONS: Where subsurface explorations at the project
site indicate variations or doubtful characteristics in the structure of
the rock upon which it is proposed to construct foundations, a sufficient
number of borings shall be made to a depth of not less than ten (10)
feet below the level of the footings to provide assurance of the sound-
ness of the foundation bed and its bearing capacity.
726.2 BEARING PRESSURE ON ROCK: The tabulated bearing pressures for
rocks of Classes 1 and 3, inclusive, shall apply where the loaded area
is on the surface of sound rock. Where the loaded area is below such
surface these values may be increased ten (10) percent for each foot of
additional depth, but shall not exceed three (3) times the tabulated
values.
726.3 BEARING PRESSURES FOR CLASSES 4 TO 9, INCLUSIVE: The allowable
bearing pressures for materials of Classes 4 to 9, inclusive, may exceed
the tabulated values by five (5) percent for each foot of depth of the
loaded area below the minimum required in section 727 but shall not
exceed twice the tabulated values. For areas of foundations smaller
than three (3) feet in least lateral dimension, the allowable design
bearing pressures shall be one-third (1/3) of the allowable bearing
pressures multiplied by the least lateral dimension in feet.
726.4 BEARING PRESSURES ON CLAY: The tabulated bearing pressures for
Classes 10 to 12, inclusive, shall apply only to pressures directly
under individual footings, walls, and piers; and in case structures are
founded on or are underlain by deposits of these classes, the total load
over the area of any one bay or other major portion of the structure,
minus the weight of all materials removed, divided by the area, shall
not exceed one-half (h) the tabulated bearing pressures.
726.5 VERTICAL PRESSURES: The computed vertical pressure at any level
beneath a foundation shall not exceed the allowable bearing pressures
for the material at that level. Computation of the vertical pressure in
the bearing materials at any depth below a foundation shall be made on
the assumption that the load is spread uniformly at an angle of sixty
(60) degrees with the horizontal; but the area considered as supporting
the load shall not extend beyond the intersection of sixty (60) degree
planes of adjacent foundations.
726.6 DISTURBANCE OF BEARING MATERIALS: Whenever the bearing materials
are disturbed from any cause, for example, by the inward or upward flow
of water and/or by construction activities, the extent of the disturbance
shall be evaluated by a registered professional engineer and appropriate
remedial measures taken, satisfactory to the building official.
SECTION 727.0 SPREAD FOUNDATIONS
Except when erected upon sound bedrock or when protected from frost,
foundation walls, piers and other permanent supports of all buildings
and structures shall extend a minimum of four (4) feet below finished
grade; except as provided in section 727.21. Spread footings of adequate
s-s-ie shall be provided when necessary to properly distribute the load
wi~..JLn the allowable bearing pressure of the soil.
1/1/78
Vol. IS - 270
727.1 DEPTH OF SPREAD FOUNDATIONS: The bottom surface of any footing
resting on material of classes 4 to 15, inclusive, shall be at least
eighteen (18) inches below the lowest ground surface or the surface of a
floor slab bearing directly on the soil immediately adjacent to the
footing.
727.2 LIGHT STRUCTURES: One-story structures without masonry walls and
not exceeding eight hundred (800) square feet in area may be founded on
a layer of satisfactory bearing material not less than three (3) feet
thick, which is underlain by highly compressible material, provided that
the stresses induced in the unsatisfactory material by the live and dead
loads of the structure and the weight of any new fill, within or adjacent
to the building area, will not exceed two hundred and fifty (250) pounds
per square foot.
727.21 GRADE BEAMS: Grade beams of all structures may extend not more
than two (2) feet below the adjoining surface exposed to natural freezing
if the underlying soil to a depth of at least four (4) feet beneath the
surface, and extending at least four (4) feet outside the building is
sand, gravel, cinders, or other granular materials containing nor more
than five (5) percent (by weight) passing a No. 200 mesh sieve.
727.22 ISOLATED FOOTINGS: Footings on granular soil of classes 5 to 16
inclusive in table 7-4 shall be so located that the line drawn between
the lower edges of adjoining footings shall not have a steeper slope
than thirty (30) degrees with the vertical, unless the material supporting
the higher footing is braced or retained or otherwise laterally supported
in an approved manner .
SECTION 728.0 FOOTING DESIGN
728.1 DESIGN LOADS: The loads to be used in computing the pressure
upon bearing materials directly underlying foundations shall be the live
and dead loads of the structure, as specified in section 820 including
the weight of the foundations and of any immediately overlying material,
but deducting from the resulting pressure per square foot the total
weight of a one (1) square foot column of soil, including the water in
its voids, which extends from the lowest immediately adjacent surface of
the soil to the bottom of the footing, pier or mat. Foundations shall
be constructed so as to resist the maximum probable hydrostatic pressures.
728.2 PRESSURE DUE TO LATERAL LOADS: Where the pressure on the bearing
material due to wind or other lateral loads is less than one-third (1/3)
of that due to dead and live loads, it may be neglected in the founda-
tion design. Where this ratio exceeds one-third (1/3), foundations
shall be so proportioned that the pressure due to combined dead, live,
wind loads, and other lateral loads shall not exceed the allowable
bearing pressures by more than one-third (1/3).
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 271
728.3 EARTHQUAKE LOADS: Special provision shall be made in the founda-
tion design to comply with the provisions of section 718.
728.4 VIBRATORY LOADS: Where machinery or other vibrations may be
transmitted through the foundations, consideration shall be given in the
design of the footings to prevent detrimental disturbances of the soil.
728.5 ECCENTRIC LOADS: Eccentricity of loadings in foundations shall
be fully investigated, and the maximum pressure on the basis of straight-
line distribution shall not exceed the allowable bearing pressures.
SECTION 729.0 TIMBER FOOTINGS (DELETED)
SECTION 730.0 STEEL GRILLAGES
Structural steel grillage foundations shall have at least six (6)
inches of concrete cover below the bottom of the steel and shall have at
least four (4) inches of concrete cover above the steel and between the
sides of the steel and the adjacent soil.
SECTION 731.0 UNREINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTINGS
731.1 CONCRETE STRENGTH: Concrete in unreinforced foundation footings
shall be so proportioned as to develop an ultimate compressive strength
of not less than two thousand (2,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-
eight (28) days.
731.2 PLACEMENT: No concrete for foundations shall be poured through
water. When placed under or in the presence of water, the concrete
shall be deposited by approved and properly operated equipment which
insures minimum segregation of the mix and negligible turbulence of the
water.
731.3 DIMENSIONS: In unreinforced concrete footings, the edge thick-
ness shall be not less than twelve (12) inches for footings on soil or
rock; except for wood frame buildings up to two (2) stories in height,
these thicknesses may be reduced to eight (8) inches.
731.4 PROTECTION: Concrete footings shall be protected from freezing
during construction and for a period of not less than five (5) days
thereafter, and in no case shall water be allowed to flow through the
deposited concrete.
SECTION 732.0 MASONRY UNIT FOOTINGS
732.1 DIMENSIONS: Masonry unit footings shall be laid in type M or S
mortar complying with section 816 and the depth shall be not less
Vol. 18 - 272
1/1/78
than twice the projection beyond the wall, pier or column; and the
width shall be not less than eight (8) inches wider than the wall
supported thereon.
732.2 OFFSETS: The maximum offset of each course in brick, foundation
walls stepped up from the footings shall be one and one-half (1 1/2)
inches if laid in single courses, and three (3) inches if laid in
double courses.
SECTION 733.0 REINFORCED CONCRETE FOOTINGS
733.1 DESIGN: Reinforced concrete foundations shall comply with
section 842 and the applicable, reference standards therein listed
for the design of reinforced concrete.
733.2 PILE CAPS: The minimum distance from the edge of the cap to
the nearest pile surface shall be six (6) inches and there shall be
at least two (2) inches of concrete between the top of the pile and
the steel reinforcement of the cap. The pile caps shall extend not
less than three (3) inches below the pile cutoff.
733.3 PROTECTION: When the concrete is deposited directly against
the ground, the reinforcement shall have a minimum cover of three
(3) inches, at all other surfaces of foundation concrete, the rein-
forcement shall have a minimum cover of two (2) inches.
SECTION 734.0 FLOATING FOUNDATIONS
The design of floating foundations shall include a settlement
analysis in accordance with the provisions of section 725.9.
SECTION 735.0 PILE FOUNDATIONS
735.1 SITE INVESTIGATION: In addition to the provisions of section
724.0, the building site shall be investigated for all conditions
which might promote deterioration of pile foundations, and approved
protective measures meeting the requirements of section 736.0 shall
be taken to prevent corrosion or other destructive action from
deleterious conditions.
735.2 SPACING: The minimum center-to-center spacing of piles shall
be not less than twice the average diameter of a round pile, nor less
than one and three-quarter (1 3/4) times the diagonal dimension of a
rectangular pile. When driven to or penetrating into rock, the
spacing shall be not less than twenty-four inches . When receiving
principal support from end-bearing on materials other than rock or
through frictional resistance, the spacing shall be not less than
thirty (30) inches.
Vol. 18 - 273
1/1/78
735.3 WALLS: All piles in wall foundations shall be staggered about
the center line of the wall at a minimum distance of one-half (1/2)
the top diameter therefrom. A foundation wall restrained laterally
so as to ensure stability both during and after construction may be
supported by a single row of piles.
735.4 ISOLATED COLUMNS: An isolated column when supported by piles
shall rest upon not less than three (3) piles, at least one (1) of
which is offset; except that for one (1) story buildings an isolated
column may rest upon two (2) piles when its axis is not more than
one and one-half (1 1/2) inches off the line connecting the centers of the
two (2) piles; or upon a single pile when other than wood or wood-
composite piles are used and its axis is not more than one and one-
half (1 1/2) inches off the center of the pile, provided the top of
the pile is laterally supported.
735.5 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS: Piles of uniform cross section shall have
a minimum outside nominal dimension of ten (10) inches except as pro-
vided in section 739.2. Tapered concrete piles shall have a minimum
butt diameter at cutoff of twelve (12) inches and a diameter of not
less than eight (8) inches measured one (1) foot above the tip.
735.6 SPLICES: Splices shall be avoided insofar as practicable.
Where used, splices shall be such that the resultant vertical and
lateral loads at the splices are adequately transmitted. Splices
shall be so constructed as to provide and maintain true alignment
and position of the component parts of the pile during installation
and subsequent thereto. The ends of each section of steel pipe or
other steel elements shall be cut perpendicular to the axis and
bearing surfaces shall be true-fitted with milled or ground faces
or by flame cutting or other approved method . Splices shall develop
one hundred (100) percent of the strength of pile section in what-
ever state of stress.
735.7 JETTING: Jetted piles shall be driven to the required load
resistance as determined by the application of the approved pile
driving formula in section 737.21, after the flow of jet water has
stopped.
735.8 PRECAUTIONS: When piles have been damaged in driving, or
driven in locations and alignment other than those indicated on the
plans, or that have capacities less than required by the design,
the affected pile groups and pile caps shall be investigated and
if necessary, the pile groups or pile caps shall be redesigned or
additional piles shall be driven to replace the defective piles.
Piles shall be driven to embedment in the supporting stratum, as
determined by borings.
735.9 PILE HEAVE: Adequate provision shall be made to observe pile
heave, and where heaving of one-half (1/2) inch or more occurs,
corrective measures shall be taken to ensure that the pile is
adequate for its design use.
Vol. 18 - 274
1/1/78
735.10 RECORDS: The owner shall engage a competent Inspector, quali-
fied by experience and training and satisfactory to the building
official to be present at all times while piles are being driven
and to inspect all work in connection with the piles. The inspector
shall make an accurate record of the material and the principal dimen-
sions of each pile, of the weight and fall of the ram, the type, size,
and make of hammer, the number of blows per minute, the energy per
blow, the number of blows per inch for the last six (6) inches of
driving, together with the grades at point and cutoff. A copy of
these records shall be filed in the office of the building official.
SECTION 736.0 CORROSION PROTECTION
Where boring records, previous experience, or site investigations
indicate any condition which might promote deterioration or possible
deleterious action on pile materials due to soil constituents, changing
water levels or other causes, such pile materials shall be adequately
protected as stated herein.
736.1 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENTS: The preservative treatment of timber
piles shall comply with the provisions of section 738.0 and the
reference standards of this article.
736.2 STEEL AND STEEL-CONCRETE PILES: At locations where steel and
steel-concrete piles will be in contact with any material which is
corrosive to the steel, one of the following procedures shall be used
for protection, or any other method which will satisfy the requirements
of the building official:
a) remove all objectionable material.
b) effectively protect the steel surface from pile cutoff grade
to a grade fifteen (15) feet below the bottom of the objec-
tionable material by means of :
1) cathodic protection as approved by the building official; or
2) an approved encasement of not less than three (3) inches
of dense concrete; or
.3) an effective protective coating subject to the approval
of the building official; or
4) providing an excess thickness of one-eighth (1/8) inch
beyond design requirements on all exposed surfaces.
SECTION 737.0 ALLOWABLE PILE LOADS
The allowable load on piles shall be determined by the applicable
formulas complying with accepted engineering practice and as stated
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 275
herein. The maximum load capacity shall be limited by the supporting
capacity as obtained from bearing upon or embedment in bearing materials
as defined in sections 723 and 726, but in no case shall the load
exceed the capacity of the pile designed in accordance with the pro-
visions of section 737.1 and the requirements of article 8 for the
construction materials involved.
737.1 LATERAL SUPPORT OF AXIALLY LOADED PILES: The length of a pile
below the ground surface shall be considered as a plain column with
continuous lateral support. The length above the ground surface shall
be designed as an unsupported column in accordance with the provisions
of section 746 .
737.2 DETERMINATION OF ALLOWABLE LOAD: In the absence of capacities
based on load tests, except for the type of piles covered in sections
740.2 and 742.0, the load on a single pile shall not exceed the higher
of the two (2) values determined in accordance with sections 737.2
and 737.22, nor the maximum loads on piles as provided in section
737.23.
737.21 DRIVING FORMULA:
a) Where the design load capacity of the pile does not exceed
fifty (50) tons, the allowable load may be computed by means
of the following driving formula:
R = 2E/(S + C)
where
R = allowable pile load in pounds
E = energy per blow in foot pounds
S = penetration of last blow or average penetration of
last few blows experienced in inches
C = Constant equal to 1.0 for drop hammer and 0.1 for
steam or air hammer .
b) When the design load capacity of a pile exceeds fifty (50)
tons the required driving resistance shall be increased
above that required by the driving formula in section 737.21a,
based on load tests or past experience under similar conditions,
c) The value of "s" must be determined with the hammer operating
at one hundred (100) percent of the rated number of blows per
minute for which the hammer is designed.
d) Any driving resistance developed in strata overlying the
bearing material shall be discounted.
e) If the driving of the pile has been interruped for more than
one (1) hour, the value of "s" shall not be determined until
Vol. 18 - 276
1/1/78
the pile is driven at least an additional twelve (12) inches,
except when it encounters refusal on or in a material of
classes 1 to 5 inclusive.
f) When the constant tapered portion of a pile, including a timber
pile, is driven through a layer of gravel, sand or hard clay
(classes 6 to 10 inclusive, and class 14) exceeding five (5)
feet in thickness, and through an underlying soft stratum, the
bearing capacity shall not be determined in accordance with the
driving formula, unless jetting is used during the entire
driving of the tapered portion of the pile through the layer
of gravel, sand, hard clay or class 14 material, or unless a
hole is pre-excavated through said layer for each pile.
737.22 FRICTION FORMULA IN CLAY: The allowable load on a pile stopped
in inorganic clay may be based on a friction value of five hundred (500)
pounds per square foot of embedded pile surface for a design load not
to exceed twenty-two (22) tons, or on a friction value determined from
pile load tests. The embedded length shall be the length of the pile
below the surface of the inorganic clay, or below the surface of
immediately-overlying satisfactory bearing material. The area of
embedded pile surface shall be computed by multiplying the embedded
length by the perimeter of the smallest circle or polygon that can be
circumscribed around the average section of the embedded length of
the pile. The method of determining the allowable load described in
this paragraph shall not be used for a pile in which the drive-pipe
is withdrawn or for piles which are driven through the clay to or
into firmer bearing materials.
In case these piles are in clusters the allowable load shall be
computed for the smaller of the following two (2) areas: (1) the
sum of the embedded pile surfaces of individual piles; (2) the area
obtained by multiplying the perimeter of the polygon circumscribing
the cluster at the surface of the satisfactory bearing material by
the average embedded length of pile.
737.23 JACKED PILES: The allowable load on a single pile installed
by jacking shall not exceed one-half (1/2) the load applied to the
pile at the completion of jacking, provided that the final load is
kept constant for a period of four (4) hours and that the settlement
during that period does not exceed one-twentieth (1/20) of an inch.
737.3 NEGATIVE FRICTION: Where a pile or a group of piles is placed
in subsiding fill or soil, the effect of the downward frictional forces
shall be given consideration in the design.
737.4 LIMITING LOAD: Where weaker materials underlie the bearing
material into which the piles are driven, the allowable pile load
shall be limited by the provision that the vertical pressures in such
underlying materials produced by the loads on all piles in a foundation
shall not exceed the allowable bearing pressures of such materials as
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 277
established by analysis, applying accepted principles of soil mechanics.
Piles or pile groups shall be assumed to transfer their loads to the
underlying materials by spreading the load uniformly at an angle of
sixty (60) degrees with the horizontal, starting at a polygon circum-
scribing the piles at the top of the satisfactory bearing material in
which they are embedded; but the area considered as supporting the load
shall not extend beyond the intersection of the sixty (60) degree planes
of adjacent piles or pile groups.
737.41 PILE LOAD LIMITATION: The allowable load on a pile shall not be
limited to the load obtained by multiplying its point area by the allowable
bearing pressure given in section 723.0.
737.42 LIQUEFACTION DURING EARTHQUAKE: The requirements of section
723.3 shall be considered in the design of pile foundations. If pile
tips lie above soil which does not meet the criteria in figures 7-7 and
7-8, special studies shall be made by a qualified registered professional
engineer or architect to ensure safety during the design earthquake
specified in section 718.7.
SECTION 738.0 TIMBER PILES
738.1 SPECIES: Piles shall be of type I species, type II species or
other species approved for such use by the building official.
a) type I species shall include southern yellow pine, oak,
Douglas fir and other woods of similar strength and physical
characteristics.
b) type II species shall include Norway pine, spruce and other
woods of similar strength and physical characteristics.
738.2 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: The quality of all round timber piles
shall at least conform to class A and B, round timber piles listed in
the reference standards of this article.
Round timber piles shall be cut above the ground swell, have a continuous
taper from the point of butt measurement to the tip and be free from
decay, red heart or insect attack. All knots and limbs shall be trimmed
or smoothly cut flush with the surface of the pile or swell surrounding
the knot. A straight line from the center of the butt to the center of
the tip shall lie entirely within the body of the pile. The axis of a
wood pile shall not deviate from a straight line more than one (1) inch
for each ten (10) feet of length. Short crooks shall not deviate more
than two and one-half (2 1/2) inches in five (5) feet. Spiral grain
shall not exceed one-half (1/2) of a complete twist in any twenty (20)
feet of length; unsound or cluster knots are prohibited and splits and
shakes are limited.
738.3 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS:
a) piles shall be of adequate size to resist the applied loads
without having to endure compressive stress parallel with
the grain in excess of the following:
1) six hundred (600) pounds per square inch for type I species
of wood or four hundred twenty-five (425) pounds per square
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 278
I
inch for type II species of wood on the pile cross section
located at the surface of the bearing stratum for piles
driven into materials of classes 6 through 10.
2) three hundred sixty (360) pounds per square inch for type I
species of wood or two hundred fifty-five (255) pounds per
square inch for type II species of wood on the pile cross
section at the tips of piles driven to bearing on materials
of classes 1 through 5.
b) the piles shall measure at least six (o) inches in diameter at
the tip and at least ten (10) inches in diameter at the cutoff,
with these measurements being taken under the bark.
c) all piles shall be driven in one (1) piece except as provided
in section 744.0 for composite piles.
738.4 CUTOFF: The tops of all timber piles shall be cut off in a
horizontal plane; and if not treated by an approved preservative process,
the cutoff shall be below mean low water level or lowest ground water
level, and shall be subject to the building official's approval. He may
require the owner to install and maintain in good condition at least one
(1) ground water observation well within the building, which shall be
accessible to the building official.
738.5 TREATED PILES: Timber piles pressure-treated with creosote or
creosote-coal-tar solution, and conforming to the requirements of this
section, may be cut off above permanent ground water J.evel when used for
the support of buildings not exceeding two (2) stories in height.
738.51 TREATMENT: Creosoted wood piles of southern yellow pine,
Douglas fir, red oak or Norway pine shall be creosoted under pressure in
accordance with the reference standards of this article to a final net
retention of not less than twenty (20) pounds per cubic foot of creosote
for piles exposed to sea water and not less than twelve (12) pounds of
creosote per cubic foot for piles for other normal exposure. The tops of
such piles at cutoff shall be given three (3) coats of hot creosote,
followed by a coat of coal-tar pitch; and the cutoff shall be made in
sound wood and be encased not less than three (3) inches in the concrete
pile cap.
738.52 CERTIFICATION: Before any treated piles are driven, the building
official shall be furnished with certification by a licensed testing
laboratory, certifying that piles were free of decay, were properly
peeled and otherwise prepared before treatment; and that the method of
treatment, the chemical composition and the amount of retention of the
preservative conform to the requirements of this section.
738.6 MAXIMUM LOAD ON WOOD PILES: The load on a wood pile shall not
exceed the allowable load specified in section 737. For timber piles
driven into material of classes 6 through 10, the area at the surface
1/1/~?8 Vol. 18 - 279
of the bearing stratum shall be used to compute the allowable load.
The maximum load on a timber pile shall not exceed thirty-five (35)
tons .
738.7 PRECAUTIONS IN DRIVING: To avoid damage to the pile, the size
of the hammer shall be such that the driving energy in foot-pounds
per blow shall not exceed numerically the point diameter of the pile
in inches multiplied by fifteen hundred (1500) . The total driving
energy in foot-pounds for six (6) inches of penetration shall for all
types of hammers be numerically no greater than the point diameter in
inches times thirty-two thousand (32,000) for type I species of wood
or times twenty-two thousand (22,000) for type II species of wood.
For the last inch of penetration, the energy in foot-pounds shall not
exceed numerically the point diameter in inches multiplied by six
thousand (6,000). In any case, driving shall be stopped immediately
when abrupt high resistance to penetration is encountered. Any sudden
decrease in driving resistance shall be investigated with regard to
the possibility of breakage of the pile; and if such sudden decrease
in driving resistance cannot be correlated to boring data, and if the
pile cannot be removed for inspection, it shall be considered adequate
reason for rejection of the pile.
SECTION 739.0 PRECAST CONCRETE PILES
739.1 CONCRETE STRENGTH: No precast concrete pile shall be driven
before the concrete has attained a compressive strength of not less
than four thousand (4,000) pounds per square inch based on tests of
cylinders cast from the same batches and cured under the same con-
ditions as the pile concrete. These piles shall be so proportioned,
cast, cured, handled and driven as to resist without significant
cracking the stresses induced by handling and driving as well as by
loads.
739.2 DESIGN: The piles shall be designed and reinforced in accor-
dance with the applicable reinforced concrete regulations cited in
section 842.0. If for any reason the pile is injured, or the rein-
forcement is exposed, its use shall be condemned. The lateral
reinforcement at both ends of the pile shall be spaced sufficiently
close to resist impact stresses due to driving and in no case more
than three (3) inches on center. When driven to or into bearing
materials of classes 1 to 5 inclusive, or through materials containing
boulders, they shall have metal tips of approved design. The minimum
lateral dimension of a precast concrete pile shall be ten (10) inches.
739.3 LIMITATION OF LOAD: The load on a precast concrete pile shall
not exceed the allowable load specified in section 737 nor twenty-
five (25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day strength of the concrete,
but not exceeding twelve hundred (1200) pounds per square inch. For
prestressed concrete piles twenty-five (25) percent of the effective
prestress in "he concrete after losses shall be deducted from twenty-
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 280
five (25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day strength or twelve
hundred (1200) pounds, whichever is less, in computing the maximum pile
load.
739.4 PROTECTION: A minimum covering of two (2) inches of concrete
shall be provided over all reinforcements, except that for piles to be
exposed to sea water and other severe environments, a three (3) inch
protective covering shall be furnished in the zone of such exposure.
739.5 MINIMUM SPACING: The minimum spacing center-to-center of precast
concrete piles shall be two and one-half (2 1/2) times the square root
of the cross-sectional area at the butt.
739.6 SPLICES: One splice shall be permitted in precast concrete
piles.
SECTION 740.0 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PILES
In this section a distinction is made between poured-concrete piles
and compacted-concrete piles. A poured-concrete pile is formed by
pouring concrete into a driven casing that is permanently installed in
the ground. A compacted-concrete pile is formed by placing concrete
having a zero (0) slump, in small batches, and compacting each batch.
All cast-in-place concrete piles shall be so made and placed as to
ensure the exclusion of all foreign matter and to secure a well-formed
unit of full cross-section. The minimum strength of concrete for cast-
in-place piles shall be three thousand (3000) pounds per square inch.
While placing the concrete the casing or drive-pipe shall contain not
more than three (3) inches of water.
740.1 POURED CONCRETE PILES
740.11 DESIGN: The shape of the pile may be cylindrical, or conical,
or a combination thereof, or it may be a succession of cylinders of
equal length, with the change in diameter of adjoining cylinders not
exceeding one (1) inch.
740.12 LOADING: The load on poured-concrete piles shall not exceed the
allowable load specified in 737 nor twenty-five (25) percent of The
twenty-eight (28) day strength of the concrete, but not exceeding eleven
hundred (1100) pounds per square inch, when applied to the cross-sectional
area computed on the 'following bases:
a) For metal-cased piles driven to and into materials of classes
1 to 4 inclusive, using the diameter measured one (1) foot
above the point, except that when the rock is immediately
overlain by a bearing stratum consisting of one (1) or a
combination of bearing materials of classes 5, 6 and 7,
using the diameter at the surface of the bearing stratum.
1/l/78 Vol. is - 281
b) For metal-cased piles, driven through compressible materials
including classes 11, 12, 13 and 15 and into a bearing stratum
consisting of one (1) or a combination of bearing materials of
classes 5 to 10 inclusive, using the diameter at the surface
of the bearing stratum.
740.13 INSTALLATION: Immediately before filling with concrete, the
inside of the casing shall be thoroughly cleaned to the bottom and
subjected to a visual examination. The casing shall be subject to the
following limitations:
a) the diameter shall not vary more than twenty (20) percent
from the specified value;
b) the point of the casing shall not deviate more than ten (10)
percent of the length of the pile from the design alignment;
and
c) the casing shall not deviate by more than four (4) percent of
the length of the casing from the straight line connecting the
mid-points of the ends of the casing. Any other condition
which may affect the design performance shall be duly noted
and evaluated subject to the requirements of the building
official. No casing or drive-pipe shall be filled with concrete
until all casings or drive-pipes within a radius of seven (7)
feet, or within the heave range, whichever is greater, have
been driven to the required resistance.
740.2 COMPACTED CONCRETE PILES
740.21 LOADING: The load on compacted concrete piles shall be limited
by the provisions of section 737.41 except that the circumscribing
polygon shall start at the junction of the shaft and the enlarged base,
and the bearing area shall be taken at planes six (6) feet or more below
said junction; and the allowable load on a compacted concrete pile
shall not exceed one hundred twenty (120) tons.
740.22 INSTALLATION: The installation of such piles shall fulfill the
following-listed requirements:
a) The drive-pipe used for installing the piles shall be not less
than twenty (20) inches outside diameter for piles which have
an allowable load of eighty-five (85) tons or greater, and not
less than sixteen (16) inches outside diameter for piles which
have an allowable load of less than eighty-five (85) tons.
For loads less than fifty (50) tons, smaller drive casings
may be used subject to the approval of the building official.
b) The enlarged base of the pile shall be formed on or in bearing
materials of classes 1 to 9 inclusive. The class 9 material
(fine sand) shall have a maximum of six (6) percent by weight
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 282
finer than the No. 200 mesh sieve and shall be non-plastic.
c) The concrete in the base shall have a minimum compressive
strength at twenty-eight (28) days of four thousand (4,000)
pounds per square inch, shall be of zero (0) slump, and
shall be placed in batches not to exceed five (5) cubic feet
in volume.
d) The last batch of concrete shall be driven into the enlarged
base with not less than twenty-five (25) blows, each of not
less than one hundred and forty thousand (140,000) foot pounds.
For lower allowable loads, the required number of blows on
the last batch shall vary in proportion to the allowable load.
On the basis of test data, and subject to approval by the
building official, the hammer blow energy may be reduced, in
which case the number of blows on the last batch shall vary
inversely with the energy delivered per blow.
e) During injection of the last five (5) cubic feet the level of
concrete in the drive casing shall be not more than six (6)
inches above the bottom of the casing.
f) As the drive-pipe is being withdrawn, not less than two (2)
blows of at least forty thousand (40,000) foot-pounds each
shall be applied to compact each batch of concrete in an
uncased shaft.
g) An uncased shaft shall not be formed through inorganic clay
or inorganic silt unless a hole is made through such soil by
a non-displacement method, at least equal to the inside diameter
of the drive-pipe unless the individual piles are located more
than nine (9) feet apart and outside the heave range. Com-
pacted concrete piles shall have cased shafts when spaced
closer than nine (9) feet apart and when installed through
inorganic clay or inorganic silt.
h) An uncased shaft shall not be formed through peat or other
organic soils.
i) The permanent metal casing shall be fastened to the enlarged
base in such a manner that the two (2) will not separate. The
concrete may be placed in the metal casing in the same manner
as for poured-concrete piles. No metal casing shall be filled
with concrete until after all piles within a radius of at least
nine (9) feet have been driven. The stresses in metal-cased
shafts shall not exceed eleven hundred (1100) pounds per
square inch on the concrete, and in addition, nine-thousand
five hundred (9,500) pounds per square inch on the steel
casing, provided that its wall thickness is at least two-
tenths (2/10) of an inch. When required by soil conditions,
allowance shall be made for corrosion as specified in
section 738.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 283
740.23 SPACING: The center-to-center spacing of piles shall be not
less than three (3) times the shaft diameter and not less than three
and one-half (3 1/2) feet.
SECTION 741.0 CONCRETE-FILLED PIPE PILES
741.1 INSTALLATION: Immediately before filling with concrete, the
inside of the casing shall be thorough cleaned to the bottom and
subjected to a visual inspection. The casing shall be subject to
the following limitations :
a) the diameter shall not vary more than twenty (20) percent
from the specified value;
b) the point of the casing shall not deviate more than ten (10)
percent of the length of the pile from the design alignment;
and
c) the casing shall not deviate by more than six (6) percent of
the length of the casing from the straight line connecting
the mid-points of the ends of the casing. Any other condition
which may affect the design performance shall be duly noted
and evaluated subject to the requirements of the building
official. Concrete shall not be placed through water; except
that the building official may approve the use of a properly
operated tremie or pumped concrete in still water, provided
the pipe is proven to be free of other material.
741.2 STEEL PIPE: All steel pipe shall conform to the applicable
standards listed in the reference standards of this article for
welded and seamless steel pipe and tubes, and for hot-rolled carbon
steel sheets. The yield point used in the design of steel casings
shall be that of the fabricated element as determined by test .
741.3 DESIGN: The load on concrete-filled pipe piles shall not
exceed the allowable load determined in accordance with section 737,0,
nor a load computed on the basis of stress in concrete at twenty-five
(25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day strength, but not exceeding
eleven hundred (1100) pounds per square inch, and stress in the steel
at nine thousand (9,000) pounds per square inch; nor shall the load
carried by the steel on this basis exceed one-half (1/2) the total
load on the pile.
741.4 MINIMUM THICKNESS: The minimum wall thickness of all load-
bearing pipe, tubes and shells shall be one-tenth (1/10) inches.
When required by soil conditions, allowance shall be made for cor-
rosion as specified in section 736.
741.5 SPLICES: All splices of the steel section shall be welded to
one hundred (100) percent of the strength of the pipe and otherwise
shall comply with section 735.6 and shall be designed to insure true
Vol. 18 - 284
1/1/78
alignment of the pipe and uniform transmission of load from one (1)
pipe length to another.
SECTION 742.0 CONCRETE-FILLED PIPE WITH STEEL CORE
(DRILLED-IN-CAISSONS)
742.1 CONSTRUCTION: These units shall consist of a shaft section
of concrete-filled pipe extended to and firmly seated in bedrock
of classes 1 or 2 with an uncased socket drilled into the bedrock
which is filled with cement grout. The steel core shall be centered
in the shaft and shall extend through the cement grout to the bottom
of the socket.
742.2 STEEL SHELL: The steel shell shall be seamless or welded
steel pipe with a minimum yield point of thirty-three thousand
(33,000) pounds per square inch, fitted with an approved cutting shoe
and structural cap, or with other approved means of transmitting the
superstructure load. The minimum diameter for drilled caissons shall
be twenty-four (24) inches and minimum shell thickness five-sixteenths
(5/16) inches. Steel shall be protected under the conditions specified
in section 738. Splices shall be welded to develop one hundred (100)
percent of the strength of the pipe.
742.3 CONCRETE FILL: The concrete fill of caissons shall be con-
trolled concrete with a minimum compressive strength of four thousand
(4,000) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days. It shall
be so placed that it shall fill completely the space between the
steel core and the pipe. In case the socket cannot be kept free
from inflow of water, the pipe shall be filled to its top with clean
water before placing the cement grout. The details of the design
and installation, including the cleaning and inspection of the socket,
the placement of concrete under water or in the dry, the method of
centering the steel core, and all other phases of the work shall be
submitted to the building official for approval.
742.4 ROCK SOCKET: A socket, approximately the inside diameter of
the pipe, shall be made in bedrock of classes 1 or 2 to a depth that
will assure load transfer when computed for a bearing on the bottom
surface of the socket in accordance with sections 725 and 728 acting
together with a bond stress on the perimeter surface of the socket
of one hundred (100) pounds per square inch. Before placement of
concrete the socket and pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned and the rock
inspected by a qualified registered professional engineer.
742.5 STEEL CORE: The steel core shall consist of a structural
steel member. The mating ends of the sections shall be spliced so
to safely withstand the stresses to which they may be subjected.
The minimum clearance between structural core and shell shall be
two (2) inches. When such cores are installed in more than one (1)
length, they shall be assembled to develop the full compressive
strength of the section.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 285
742.6 DRIVING PRECAUTIONS: No drilled caissons shall be driven more
than two (2) percent of the length out of plumb.1
742.7 SPACING: The minimum center-to-center spacing shall be not
less than two and one-half (2 1/2) times the outside diameter of the
steel shell.
742.8 ALLOWABLE LOAD: The load on concrete-filled pipe piles with
steel cores shall not exceed the allowable load determined in accor-
dance with the provisions of section 744.4 nor that computed on the
basis of eleven hundred (1100) pounds per square inch on the area of
the concrete plus nine thousand (9,000) pounds per square inch on th<
net area of the steel pipe plus sixteen thousand (16,000) pounds per
square inch on the area of the steel core.
SECTION 743.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL PILES
743.1 STEEL: Steel sections may be of any type of steel permitted
by the provisions of the reference standards of this article.
a) Rolled structural steel piles shall be of H form, with flange
projection not exceeding fourteen (14) times the minimum
thickness of metal in either flange or web and with total
flange width at least eighty-five (85) percent of the depth
of the section. No section shall have p. nominal thickness of
metal less than four-tenths (4/10) inch, nor a nominal depth
in the direction of the web of less than eight (8) inches.
b) The use of built-up sections or sections of other than H
form will be permitted if the several components of the section
are adequately connected to develop the strength of the adjacent
components and if the ratio of width to thickness of the com-
ponent pares does not exceed the values for conventional H
sections.
c) The tips of all steel H piles having a thickness of metal less
than five-tenths (5/10) inches which are driven to end bearing
on rock of class 1 through 3 by an impact hammer, shall be
reinforced. The installation of all steel H piles by impact
hammer to end bearing on rock of classes 1 through 3 shall be
conducted so as to terminate driving directly when the pile
reaches refusal on the rock surface.
d) Structural caps shall be rigidly attached to the pile section
and shall be designed to transfer the full load into the piles;
except that when the pile extends into the footing sufficiently
to develop the full load by bond, or to permit the use of
mechanical devices to develop the full load by shear, structural
caps shall not be required.
743.2 SPLICES: If piles are spliced, the splice shall develop one
hundred (100) percent of the strength of the section.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 2£S
743.3 PROTECTION: Structural steel piles shall be protected under the
conditions specified in section 736 or due alldwance shall be made for
corrosion as therein specified.
743. A ALLOWABLE LOAD: The load on such piles* shall not exceed the
allowable load determined in accordance with section 737, nor a load
based on stress of eleven thousand (11,000) pounds per square inch on
the cross-section.
SECTION 744.0 COMPOSITE PILES
744.1 DESIGN: A composite pile shall consist of a combination of not
more than two (2) of any of the different types of piles provided for in
this part. The pile shall fulfill the requirements for each type, and
in addition the provisions of this section. The requirements of section
740.13 shall apply to the entire length of a pipe-shell composite pile.
744.2 LIMITATION OF LOAD: The allowable load on composite piles shall
be that allowed for the weaker of the two (2) sections. For wood-com-
posite piles the allowable load shall not exceed eighty (80) percent of
that allowed for the wood section alone. Wood-shell composite piles
shall not be used for support of buildings exceeding two (2) stories in
height.
744.3 SPLICES: Splices between concrete sections and steel or wood
sections shall be designed to prevent separation of the sections both
before and after the concrete portion has set, and to insure the align-
ment and transmission of the total pile load. Splices shall be designed
to resist uplift due to upheaval during driving of adjacent piles and
shall develop the full compressive strength and not less than fifty (50)
percent of the strength in tension and bending of the weaker section.
744.4 SPACING: The center- to-center spacing shall be governed by the
larger of the spacings required in this part for the types composing the
pile.
SECTION 745.0 SPECIAL PILES AND CAISSONS
Types of piles or caissons not specifically covered by the provisions
of this Code may be permitted subject to the approval of the building
official, provided sufficient test data, design and construction infor-
mation are filed by a qualified registered professional engineer certi-
fying that the pile or caisson installation is adequate to fulfill the
design requirements.
SECTION 746.0 LATERAL SUPPORT
746.1 SURROUNDING MATERIALS: Any soil other than water or fluid soil
including strata of soil not meeting the criterion in figure 7-7,
shall be deemed to afford sufficient lateral support to permit the
1/1/78 Vol. 1. - 287
design of any type of pile as a short column. When piles are driven
through soil which will be removed Subsequent at the completion of the
foundation, the resistance offered by such material shall not be con-
sidered to contribute to the lateral supporting capacity.
746.2 COLUMN ACTION: The portion of a pile or pier that is not later-
ally supported shall be designed as a column in accordance with section
842 and taking into consideration the conditions of end fixity.
SECTION 747.0 FOUNDATION PIERS
A foundation pier is here defined as a structural member which
extends to a satisfactory bearing material, and which may be constructed
in an excavation that afterwards is backfilled by an approved method, or
by filling the excavation with concrete, or which may be built by
sinking an open or pneumatic caisson.
747.1 MANNER OF CONSTRUCTION: The manner of construction shall be by
non-displacement methods and shall permit inspection of the bearing
material in place.
747.2 BASE ENLARGEMENT: The bases of foundation piers may be enlarged
by spread footings, pedestals or belled bottoms.
747.21 BELLED BASES: Bell-shaped bases shall have a minimum edge
thickness of four (4) inches. The bell roof shall slope not less than
sixty (60) degrees with the horizontal unless the base is designed in
accordance with section 841 or 842.
747.3 DESIGN OF PIERS: Foundation piers may be designed as concrete
columns with continuous lateral support. The unit compressive stress in
the concrete at the least cross section shall not exceed twenty-five
(25) percent of the twenty-eight (28) day strength of the concrete nor
eleven hundred (1100) pounds per square inch.
747.31 When the center of the cross section of a foundation pier at any
level deviates from the resultant of all forces more than one-sixtieth ,
(1/60) of its height, or more than one-tenth of its diameter, it shall '
be reinforced as provided in section 842. The restraining effect of the
surrounding soil may be taken into account.
747.4 PLACEMENT: With approval of the building official, concrete may
be placed through still water by means of a properly operated tremie or
pumped concrete.
747.5 INSPECTION: The owner shall engage a competent inspector,
qualified by experience and training and satisfactory to the building
official, to be present at all times while foundation piers are being
installed, to inspect and approve the bearing soil and the placing of
the concrete. The inspector shall make a record of the type of
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 283
I
bearing soil upon which the pier rests, of the dimensions of the pier,
and of the class of concrete used in its construction. A copy of these
records shall be filed in the office of the building official.
SECTION 748.0 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS FOR FLOODPLAINS AND COASTAL HIGH
HAZARD AREAS
748.1 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: Where a structure is located in an area
designated by the authority having jurisdiction as a floodplain area or
coastal high hazard area, such a structure shall be designed to retain
its structural integrity and stability for the anticipated flood con-
ditions and to minimize flood damage. Any such structure, including one
and two-family dwellings, shall have plans submitted by a registered
professional engineer or architect showing only those provisions neces-
sary in the construction of the structure to meet the following perfor-
mance requirements:
a) structures shall be anchored to prevent movement or collapse.
b) approved flood resistant materials and equipment shall be used.
c) coastal high hazard area structures must be anchored to piles
and have space below lowest floor free of construction.
d) non-residential structures built with any occupiable space below
the level designated by the authority having jurisdiction as the
one hundred (100) year flood level, shall be designed to be
floodproof .
748.2 ELEVATION OF STRUCTURES IN FLOODPLAINS: The building official
shall maintain for public inspection and furnish upon request a record
of elevations in relation to mean sea level, of the lowest floor (in-
cluding cellar as defined in the Basic Code) of all new or substantially
altered structures located in the special flood hazard areas. Where the
lowest floor is below grade on one or more sides, the elevation of the
floor immediately above shall also be provided.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 289
I*
Y
R AO-i*
! 4
<
o
_J
I-
o
o
u.
u
<
o °
z z <r>
w ~ <r
Q.
•-, ; v
O
(0
UJ
Q
(0
o
z
o
0-
1/1/78
"•a,
Vol. 18 - 290
ANGLE
SLOPE
DESIGN SNOW LOAD (lbs/ft2)
MAP SNOW LOAD (lbs/ ft2)
25
30
35
0-20
20-30
30-40
40-50
50-60
60-70
70-90
FLAT TO 4/12
4/12 TO 7/12
7/12 TO 10/12
10/12 TO 14/12
14/12 TO 20/12
20/12 TO 33/12
33/12 TO VERTICAL
25
25
20
15
10
5
0
30
30
24
18
12
6
0
35
35
28
21
14
7
0
FIGURE 7 -2a
DESIGN SNOW LOADS
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 291
CASE I
CASE II
FOR ANGLES > 20
USE CASES I & II
SIMPLE GABLE AND HIP ROOFS
ANGLE
SLOPE
CASE I
CASE II
MAP SNOW LOAD (lbs/ft*)
25
30
35
25
30
35
DESIGN SNOW LOAD (
lbs/ft2)
0-20
FLAT to 4/12
25
30
35
N/A
N/A
N/A
20 -30
4/12 to 7/12
25
30
35 .
25
30
35
30 - 40
7/12 to 10/12
20
24
28
25
30
35
40 - 50
10/12 to' 14/12
15
18
21
20
23
26
50 - 60
14/12 to 20/12
10
12
14
12
15
18
60 - 70
20/12 to 33/12
5
6
7
8
11
14
70 - 90
33/12 to vertical
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/1/78
FIGURE 7 -2b
Vol. 13 - 292
t ._
SIMPLE ARCH AND CURVED ROOFS
CASE I
— r — r — ; — i — : — r — i — I
USE
_1_
MAP SNOW LOAD
i>
CASE II
/i 1 !
USE
4-
L 1/9 *
W— 1/ £ P"
FOR
Jk i
USE CASE
I
ONLY
FOR
t 10
USE
CAS
E
I
AND II
2 X MAP SNOW LOAD
FIGURE 7 -2c
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 293
\0 <L(*<2o£
CASE I
CASE II
CASE I
CASE II
CASE III
CASE I
■IN-
CASE II
■a M<
H. to
DESIGN
SNOW LOAD
MAP SNOW LOAD
1°
1 s
5 X MAP
SNOW LOAD
1.5 X MAP SNOW LOAD
1 S
5 X MAP
SNOW LOAD
CASE III
VALLEY AREAS OF TWO- SPAN
AND MULTIPLE SERIES SLOPED OR CURVED ROOFS
ANGLE
SLOPE
CASE I
MAP SNOW LOAD (lbs/ft? )
25
30
35
DESIGN SNOW LOAD (lbs/ft2)
0 to 10
FLAT to 2/12
25
30
35
10 to 20
2/12 to 4.5/12
25
30
35
20 to 30
4.5/12 to 7/12
25
30
35
30 to 40
7/12 to 10/12
25
30
35
40 to 50
10/12 to 14/12
20
24
28
50 to 60
14/12 to 20/12
10
12
14
60 to 70
20/12 to 33/12
5
6
7
70 to 90
33/12 to vertical
0
0
0
1/1/78
FIGURE 7-3a
Vol. 18 - 294
-+4.S' *■
h
DESIGN
SNOW LOAD
JSL
«W**H H
L
DESIGN SNOW LOAD
h
10 h
H f
LOWER LEVEL OF MULTI-LEVEL ROOFS
(WHEN UPPER ROOF IS PART OF SAME BUILDING OR
ON AN ADJACENT BUILDING NOT MORE THAN 5 FEET AWAY)
MAP SNOW LOADS (lbs/ft2)
25
30
35
W
IN FEET
H
IN FEET
DESIGN £
INOW LOAD
(lbs/ft2)
0 - 1.5
25
30
35
10
1.5 - 2.0
30
30
35
10
2.0 - 2.5
38
38
38
10
2.5 - 3.0
45
45
45
10
3.0 - 3.5
53
53
53
10
3.5 - 4.0
60
60
60
10
4.0 - 4.5
70
70
70
10
4.5 - 5.0
75
75
75
10
5.0 - 6.0
75
90
90
W = 2h
6.0 - 15.0
75
90
105
W = 2h
15.0
75
90
105
30
FIGURE 7 -3b
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 295
Design for:
1. UPPER ROOF LOAD AS REQUIRED FOR LOADS
APPLICABLE TO SINGLE -LEVEL ROOFS
PLUS
2. LOWER ROOF LOAD AS REQUIRED FOR LOADS
APPLICABLE TO MULTI -LEVEL ROOFS
PLUS
UPPER ROOF
LOWER
ROOF
3. 50% OF UPPER ROOF LOAD CONSIDERED AS
LOADED ONTO LOWER ROOF DUE TO SLIDING
LOAD FROM
SLIDING SNOW
DRIFT LOAD
MAP SNOW LOAD
ROOFS SUBJECT TO SNOW LOAD
FROM SLIDING
FIGURE 7-4
1/1/78
Vol. 18
296
-I J
# ' i? j
-I
(0
Id
Z
o
N
O
<
o
-I
e>
CO
LJ
O
1/1/78
**»
j 3
Vol. 18 - 297
Required Nominal Thickness of Glass
200
160
120
100
m
ha
<
o
E
3
E
'*
«■
10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Modified Design Wind Load (Pounds per Square Foot)
This chart is based on minimum thicknesses allowed in Federal
Specification DD-G-451D
Design Factor - 2.5 figure 7-6
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 298
Standard Penetration Resistance
blows/ft
10
20
30
e
20
40
60
80
100
0\
Not Susceptible
to Liquefaction
20
Susc
to Li
eptible
quefac
40\
tion
Dep
60
/
>th to
vmd wa
eet
gro
inf
ter \\
FIGURE 7-7
Penetration Resistance Requirements for
Medium and Fine Sands Subjected to Earthquakes for
Safety Against Liquefaction
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 299
Is
►J «
25
« «
• u
n •
• o
C m
5 i
*J o
O •«
Cb «
«
If
6C
50 -
40
30
20
10
1
Permissible
N<
5t Pern
lissibl
3
0 10 20 3C 40 50
Thickness of Liquefaction-Susceptible Soils, ft
FIGURE 7-8
Permissible thicknesses and depths of
soils that are susceptible to lique-
faction.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
300
o
H
Q
160
14C
120
100
BO
60
40
20
Clas
"Soil
S=
s A
Site
1 y
1 i
Class
Soil S
S=l.
ite
5
/
.-
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 14C 160
Thickness of Class B Soil, ft
FIGURE 7-9
Determination of Soil Factor S
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 301
FUNDAMENTAL PERIOD OF STRUCTURE - seconds
FIGURE 7-10 DESIGN RESPONSE SPECTRUM
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 302
s.S
NOUVtfaiHDDV ivaioads
Reference Standards - Article 7
AASHO
ASCE
ASTM
ASTM
AWPA
AWPA
AWPA
AWPA
ANSI
Paper No.
3269
A252
D25
CI
C3
M2
M4
A58.1
1965 Standard Specifications for
Highway Bridges
1961 Wind Forces on Structures — 1961
Transactions of the American
Society of Civil Engineers,
Vol. 126, Part II
1971 Specification for Welded and
Seamless Steel Pipe Piles
1970 Standard Specification for
Round Timber Piles
1972 Standard for the Preservation Treat-
ment of all Timber Products by
Pressure Processes
1972 Standard for the Preservative Treat-
ment of Piles by Pressure Processes
1967 Standard for Inspection of Treated
Timber Products
1962 Standard for the Care of Pressure-
Treated Wood Products
1972 Building Code Requirements for
Minimum Design Loads in Buildings
and Other Structures
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 303
NON-TEXT PAGE
w»
ARTICLE 8-PART A
MATERIAL AND TESTS
SECTION 800.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall govern the quality, workmanship
and requirements for all materials and methods and the minimum speci-
fications for enclosure walls and wall thickness hereafter used in the
construction of buildings and structures. All materials and methods of
construction shall be subject to the approval of the State Building Code
Commission and shall follow those requirements of accepted engineering
practice and material and test standards as specified in the reference
standards of this article as approved by the State Building Code Commis-
sion.
800.1 ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: The quality, use and installation
of all materials and devices, and the methods of building construction
shall be controlled by the standards of accepted engineering practice as
approved by the State Building Code Commission and listed in the refer-
ences of this article.
800.2 MATERIAL AND TESTS: All materials, devices, methods of con-
struction, and tests shall be subject to the approval and control of the
State Building Code Commission for use in the Commonwealth of Massa-
chusetts.
800.3 USED MATERIALS: The use of all second-hand materials which meet
the minimum requirements of the Basic Code for new materials shall be
permitted.
800.4 CONTROL OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: The use of construction
materials in all structures covered by section 128.0, and all personnel
and laboratories involved in the control, inspection and testing of such
structures shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the State
Building Code Commission administered through their provisions and under
their direction by the Construction Materials Safety Board.
800.41 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SAFETY BOARD: The Board will review
applications for registration for licensing of individuals and labo-
ratories responsible for inspection, control and testing of construction
material, and report to the State Building Code Commission their recom-
mendations. The Board will collect information and review cases where
disciplinary action against an existing license, whether an individual,
laboratory or firm, has been proposed and make recommendations to the
State Building Code Commission. The Commission will issue applications,
receive payment of registration and licensing fees, and maintain records
for the efficient dispatch of the duties of the Board. The Board shall
submit to the Commission reports from time to time as requested by the
Commission, but at least annually.
Vol. 18 - 305
1/1/78
800.42 TESTING AND EVALUATION GROUP: The State Building Code Commis-
sion shall establish and maintain a Testing and Evaluation Group, who
will have the responsibility of administering and directing, under the
supervision of the Commission, the testing and controls for evaluating
Individual applicants and laboratories wishing to become registered
and licensed as required under section 128.9.
SECTION 801.0 DEFINITIONS
ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA: plain or ornamental hard-burned plastic
clay units, larger in size than brick, with glazed or unglazed ce-
ramic finish.
ASHLAR FACING: facing of solid rectangular units larger in size than
brick of burned clay or shale, natural or cast stone, with sawed,
dressed and squared beds and mortar joints.
ASHLAR MASONRY: masonry composed of bonded, rectangular units, lar-
ger In size than brick, with sawed, dressed or, squared beds and mor-
tar joints.
BRICK: a solid masonry unit of clay or shale, usually formed into a
rectangular prism while plastic and burned or fired in a kiln.
BUTTRESS: a projecting part of a masonry wall built integrally there-
with to furnish lateral stability which is supported on proper
foundations.
CALCIUM-SILICATE BRICK (sand lime brick) : a building unit made of
sand and lime.
CERAMIC SURFACE UNIT: (see tile).
CLAY MASONRY UNIT: a building unit larger in size than a brick com-
posed of burned clay, shale, fireclay or mixtures thereof.
COLD-FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION: that type of construction made up
entirely, or in part, of steel structural members cold-formed to
shape from sheet or strip steel such as roof deck, floor and wall
panels, studs, floor joists, roof joists and other structural ele-
ments .
CONCRETE: a mixture of cement, aggregates and water, of such propor-
tions and manipulation as to meet specific requirements.
CONCRETE BRICK: a solid masonry unit having a shape approximating a
rectangular prism and composed of inert aggregate particles embedded
in a hardened cement itious matrix.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT: a building or unit or block larger In size than
twelve (12) by four (4) by four (4) Inches made of cement and suitable
aggregates.
-, n /na Vol. 18 - 306
1/1/ /b
FLOOR FILL: the fill between the structural floor arch or slab and
the finished flooring:
FLOOR FILLING: the type of short-span floor construction in fire-
proof and fireresistive buildings installed between structural
steel framing to serve as a combination structural floor slab or
arch and fireproof protection of the framing.
FLOOR FINISH: the finish placed on top of the floor arch, slab or
other structural floor element.
HOLLOW BRICK: a masonry unit of clay or shale whose net cross-sec-
tional area in any plane parallel to the bearing surface is not
less than sixty (60) percent or more than seventy-five (75) percent
of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same plane.
HOLLOW MASONRY UNIT: a masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area
in any plane parallel to the bearing surface is less than seventy-
five (75) percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the
same plane.
MASONRY: a built-up construction or combination of building units or
materials of clay, shale, concrete, glass, gypsum, stone or other
approved units bonded together with mortar; or monolithic concrete.
Reinforced concrete is not classed as masonry.
MORTAR: a plastic mixture of approved cementitious materials, fine
aggregates and water used to bond masonry or other structural units.
NOMINAL DIMENSIONS.
-LUMBER: a dimension that may vary from actual dimensions as pro-
vided in American Lumber Standard listed in the references stand-
ards of this article.
-MASONRY : a dimension that may vary from actual masonry dimensions
by the thickness of a mortar joint but not to exceed one-half (%)
inch.
PRESERVATIVE TREATED WOOD: wood treated by a recognized pressure im-
pregnation process to increase its durability.
REINFORCED CONCRETE: concrete in which reinforcement other than that
provided for shrinkage or temperature changes is combined in such
manner that the two materials act together in resisting forces.
RUBBLE
-COURSED RUBBLE: masonry composed of roughly shaped stones fitting
approximately on level beds and well bonded.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 _ 307
-RANDOM RUBBLE: masonry composed of roughly-shaped stones laid with-
out regularity of coursing but well bonded and fitted together to
form well defined joints.
-ROUGH OR ORDINARY RUBBLE: masonry composed of unsquared field stones
laid without regularity of coursing but well bonded.
-RUBBLE MASONRY: masonry composed of roughly shaped stones.
SOLID MASONRY: masonry consisting of solid masonry units laid contig-
uously with the joints between the units filled with mortar, or con-
sisting of plain concrete.
SOLID MASONRY UNIT: a masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
every plane parallel to the bearing surface is seventy-five (75) per-
cent or more of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the same
plane.
STEEL JOIST: any secondary steel member of a building or structure
made of hot or coJd-formed solid or open-web sections, or riveted or
welded bar, strip or sheet steel members or slotted and expanded or
otherwise deformed rolled sections.
STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE: a hollow masonry unit composed of burned clay,
shale, fireclay or mixtures thereof and having parallel cells.
STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBER: any primary or secondary member of a building
or structure consisting of a rolled steel structural shape other than
formed steel, light gage steel or steel joist members.
TILE: a ceramic surface unit, usually relatively thin in relation to
facial area, made from clay or a mixture of clay and other ceramic
materials, called the body of the tile, having either "glased" or
"unglazed" face and fired above red heat in the course of manufac-
ture to a temperature sufficiently high to produce specific physical .
properties and characteristics.
WALL: (see also sections 201.0 and 901.0.)
-CAVITY WALL: a wall built of masonry units or of plain concrete, or
a combination of these materials, arranged to provide an air space
within the wall, and in which the inner and outer parts of the wall
are tied together with metal ties.
-COMPOSITE WALL: a wall built of a combination of two (2) or more
masonry units of different materials bonded together, one forming
the back-up and the other facing elements.
-FACED WALL: a wall in which the masonry facing and backing are so
bonded as to exert common action under load.
1/1/78 v°l- 18 - 308
-HOLLOW WALL: a wall built of masonry units so arranged as to pro-
vide an air space within the wall, and in which the facing and
backing of the wall are bonded together with masonry units.
-VENEERED WALL: a wall having a facing of masonry or other weather-
resisting noncombustible materials securely attached to the backing,
but not so bonded as to exert common action under load.
SECTION 802.0 BASIC CLASSIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
All materials and methods used in the design and construction of
buildings and structures shall be classified as controlled materials
and ordinary materials as defined in sections 721.1 and 722.2. The
design and construction shall be based on the assumptions, limitations
and methods of stress determination of recognized design procedures.
SECTION 803.0 TESTS
All structural units and assemblies shall be tested as approved by
the State Building Code Commission and in accordance with those ap-
proved standards listed in the references of this article.
803.1 STRENGTH TESTS: To determine the safe uniformly distributed
working load, when not capable of design by accepted engineering analy-
sis, or to check the adequacy of the structural design of an assembly
when there is reasonable doubt as to its strength or stability, every
system of construction, sub-assembly or assembled unit and its connec-
tions shall be subjected to strength tests prescribed in the Basic Code,
or to such other tests as approved by the State Building Code Commission,
that simulate the loads and conditions of application that the completed
structure will be subjected to in normal use.
803.11 STRENGTH TESTS FOR GLASS: The working strength of glass for
any location in which it is required to withstand specific loads shall
be determined as provided in the reference standards of this article.
803.2 DURABILITY AND ENDURANCE TESTS: Whenever specific conditions in
a particular case warrant, and such information is otherwise unavailable,
the building official may require a specific material to be subject to
sustained and repetitive loading to determine its resistance to fatigue,
and to tests for durability and weather resistance.
803.3 MAINTENANCE TEST: When reasonable doubt exists as to the quality
of approved materials, or excessive variation exists in the quality or
standards of materials, the building official may require verification
of quality standards before approving further use. The building official
may also submit such approved materials to the State Building Code Com-
mission for review of approval.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 ~ 309
803.4 PROOF TESTING: Whenever there is sufficient evidence that the
stability or structural safety of a completed building or structure
or part thereof will not meet approved engineering or other standards
cited in this code, the building official may require a load test of
the building unit or portions of the structure in question under the
supervision of a qualified registered professional engineer or archi-
tect. Such existing structure or part thereof shall be subjected to
a superimposed load equal to two (2) times the design live load, or
to a load causing a stress equal to eighty (80) percent of the yield
point in the most highly stressed element. The test load shall be
left in place for a period of twenty-four (24) hours. If during the
test, or upon removal of the test load, the structure shows evidence
of failure, the building official shall order the reinforcement or
modifications deemed necessary to insure adequacy of the structure
for the rated capacity; or in lieu thereof, he may specify a reduced
working load to which the structure shall be limited. The structure
shall be considered to have successfully met the test requirements if
the total deflection does not exceed the theoretical deflection com-
puted by accepted engineering formulae. When the total deflection is
greater than such theoretical value, the structure shall be considered
safe for the design load, if it recovers seventy-five (75) percent of
the maximum deflection within twenty-four (24) hours after removal of
the test load.
803.5 TESTS OF SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES: Tests of service equip-
ment and devices are covered in the sections appropriate to their use.
803.6 FIRE TESTS: In the determination of flash points, combustibility,
flameresistance and f ireresistance of construction materials and methods,
all tests shall be conducted in conformity to section 903 and 904 and the
applicable standards listed in appendices G and H.
803.7 PREFABRICATED CONSTRUCTION TESTS. Prefabricated assemblies or
sub-assemblies not capable of design by accepted engineering analysis,
shall meet all the requirements and tests for at-site construction. The
floor panels and other prefabricated units shall be assembled to form an
integrated test specimen constructed as in practice, of not less than
three (3) units in width with two (2) longitudinal joints; and when de-
signed on the assumption of a simple span, such units shall be tested
with flat end supports.
803.8 TEST SPECIMENS: The selection and construction of all test speci-
mens and the details of test procedure herein required shall conform to
the recognized test procedures as approved by the State Building Code
Commission according to the reference standards of this article. All
test specimens and constructions shall be truly representative of the
materials, workmanship and details to be normally applied in practice.
When structural or ffreresistive properties of the material are depen-
dent upon adequate curing, the age of the specimen shall be not less
than seven (7) nor more than twenty-eight (28) days, unless otherwise
approved by the State Building Code Commission.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 310
803.9 CONDUCT OF LOAD TESTS: Load tests, when required, shall be per-
formed under the supervision of a qualified registered professional en-
gineer or architect. A thorough analysis of the conditions of loading
shall be made to ensure that the results reflect an accurate evaluation
of the existing stresses.
SECTION 804.0 CONDITIONS OF ACCEPTANCE
When the strength or deflection of a member or assembly cannot be ac-
curately determined by analysis, its evaluation may be based on the re-
sults of physical tests as established in these provisions. This sectio:
shall apply only to members and assemblies which have not been incorpor-
ated into a structure. In-place construction shall be evaluated by the
provisions of section 803.4.
804.1 TEST LOAD FACTOR:
a) The test specimen shall sustain for a period of twenty-four (24)
hours, without visible damage other than hairline cracks, its own
weight, plus a superimposed test load equal to the dead load to
be added at the site plus one hundred fifty (150) percent of the
design live load .
b) After completion of the test required by section 804.1. a. and re-
moval of all superimposed loads, the recovery of deflection within
twenty-four (24) hours shall be at least seventy-five (75) percent
of the deflection due to the superimposed loads.
c) The test specimen shall sustain without collapse its own weight,
plus a superimposed test load equal to fifty (50) percent of its
weight plus one hundred fifty (150) percent of the dead load to
be added at the site, plus two hundred fifty (250) percent of the
design live load.
804.2 WORKING LOAD DEFLECTION: The deflection properties of the member
of assembly under working loads shall conform to the applicable require-
ments of this Code and the reference standards, as well as to any special
requirements of the job specifications. Such deflections may be predicted
on the basis of short-time tests, plus a suitable allowance, approved by
the building official, for the effects of shrinkage, creep, and relaxation.
804.3 WALL AND PARTITION ASSEMBLIES : Bearing wall and partition assem-
blies shall sustain the load test both with and without window framing.
804.4 CONCENTRATED LOAD TESTS: When not capable of design all floor con-
structions in the use classification groups specified in table 7-2 shall
be subjected to the concentrated loads therein prescribed when such load-
ing exceeds in stress effect the uniformly distributed load specified for
such uses in table 7-1;
Vol. 18 - 311
1/1/78
804.5 PUNCTURE PENETRATION TESTS: All finish floor constructions in
which light gage metal or other thin materials are used as the struc-
tural floor shall withstand the application of a two hundred (200)
pound concentrated load applied to the top surface on an area of one
(1) square inch at any point or points of the construction designated
by the building official.
SECTION 805.0 APPROVALS
805.1 APPROVAL: All materials devices, methods of construction and
tests shall be subject to the approval and control of the State Build-
ing Code Commission for use in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
805.2 HERETOFORE APPROVED MATERIALS: The use of any material already
fabricated or of any construction already erected, which conformed to
requirements or approvals heretofore in effect, shall be permitted to
continue, if not detrimental to life, health or safety of the public.
SECTION 806.0 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION UNITS
806.1 IDENTIFICATION: The materials which are recognized as being ac-
ceptable as masonry for the purposes of this Code are as follows: Brick,
Structural Clay Tile, Glazed Masonry Units, Concrete Units, Gypsum Units,
Structural Glass Block Units, Architectural Terra Cotta, Natural Stone,
Cast Stone, Mortar for Masonry. A material designated to be used as
masonry not so included by this article, shall be subject to approval
and classification by the State Building Code Commission.
806.2 NOMINAL DIMENSIONS: Dimensions and thickness specified in the
Basic Code are nominal dimensions; actual dimensions may vary from the
prescribed minimum in accordance with accepted tolerances in the build-
ing industry.
806.3 SECOND-HAND UNITS: Brick and other second-hand masonry units may
be reused subject to the approval of the building official as to quality,
condition and compliance with the requirements for new masonry units.
The unit shall be good, whole, sound material, free from cracks and
other defects that would interfere with its proper laying or use; and
shall be cleaned free from old mortar before reuse.
SECTION 807.0 BRICK UNITS
All clay, shale and sand-lime brick shall be selected of the appropriate
grade specified in the reference standards of this article. The minimum
grade permitted for brick in coo tact with the ground and subject to water,
frost and freezing action shall be grade SW; when subject to frost without
danger of water saturation, grade MW; and when not subject to weathering
or when used as back-up in exterior walls or for interior construction,
grade NW. Underburned clay brick shall not be used in isolated brick
piers, nor in a bearing wall which is more than forty (40) feet in height.
Brick for fire protection, fireresistive walls or fire stopping shall be
of grade MW or better.
Vol. 18 - 312
1/1/78
SECTION 808.0 STRUCTURAL CLAY TILE UNITS
808.1 LOAD BEARING WALL TILE: Structural clay load bearing wall
tile shall be classified for physical quality as grade LBX or grade
LB and shall be in conformance with the reference standards of this
article.
808.2 FLOOR TILE: Structural clay floor tile shall be classified
for physical quality as grade FT1 or grade FT2 and shall conform to
the reference standards of this article.
808.21 ARCHES: Structural clay floor tile used in floor and roof
arches shall be at least grade FT2.
808.3 FIREPROOFING AND NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITION TILE: Structural
clay non-load bearing tile, used for partitions, fireproof ing, and
furring shall be classified as grade NB and shall conform to the ref-
erence standards of this article.
808.31 FIRERESISTANCE: Structural clay tile in fire resistive con-
struction shall be- of grade NB or better, and shall conform to the
requirements of Table 2-5.
808.4 EXPOSURE: Any structural clay tile exposed to the weather
shall be at least of grade LBX.
SECTION 809.0 GLAZED MASONRY UNITS
Structural clay load-bearing facing tile, facing brick, and other
solid masonry units made from clay, shale, fire-clay, or mixtures
thereof having a finish consisting of a ceramic glaze shall be in
conformance with the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 810.0 CONCRETE UNITS
Concrete units as classified in this Code shall include concrete
bricks, solid load bearing units, hollow load bearing units and hollow
non-load bearing units of concrete made from Portland cement, water
and suitable aggregates, such as sand gravel, crushed stone, bitumi-
nous or anthracite cinders, expanded clay or shale and blast furnace
slag. The materials shall conform to the specific reference standards
herein noted except that cinder aggregate for concrete blocks shall
contain not more than twenty (20) percent of combustible matter.
810.1 HOLLOW LOAD BEARING UNITS: Hollow load bearing concrete units
shall conform to the reference standards of this article and when used
unprotected below grade or unprotected against the weather by stucco,
brick or other approved facings or veneers shall be grade U; when used
protected below grade or protected exterior subject to frost action,
grade P or better; for interior and protected exterior use not subject
to frost action, grade G or better.
Vol. 18 - 313
1/1/78
810.2 HOLLOW NON-LOAD BEARING UNITS: Hollow non-load bearing con-
crete units shall conform to the reference standards of this article
and may be used in non-load bearing interior partitions and non-load
bearing exterior walls where effectively protected from the weather.
810.3 SOLID LOAD BEARING UNITS: Solid load bearing units shall con-
form to the reference standards of this article and when used unpro-
tected below grade or unprotected against the weather by stucco,
brick or other approved facings or veneers shall be grade U; when
used protected below grade or protected exterior subject to frost
action, grade P or better; for interior and protected exterior use
not subject to frost action, grade G or better.
810.4 CONCRETE BRICK: Concrete brick shall conform to the reference
standards of this article and when exposed to severe frost action
shall be grade U; when exposed to moderate frost action shall be grade
P or better; and when used in backup or interior masonry, or where
effectively protected against moisture penetration, grade G or better.
810.5 CONCRETE FIREPROOFING AND FURRING UNITS: Concrete units may
be used for fireproofing or furring when graded for weathering accord-
ing to this section except that the exterior use of hollow non-load
bearing units shall not be permitted for fireproofing purposes. All
non-load bearing units shall be clearly marked to distinguish them
from load bearing units. l
810.6 CONCRETE FLOOR TILE
810.61 STRUCTURAL FILLERS: Structural concrete filler-block or tile
when included in strength calculations in ribbed floor construction
shall have webs and shells not less than one (1) inch thick and shall
develop an average compressive strength on the net area not less than
that of the rib concrete.
810.62 OTHER FILLERS: Removable tile and permanent fillers which are
not included in strength calculations shall be of adequate strength to
insure integrity of the unit and safety in handling as approved by the
building official.
SECTION 811.0 GYPSUM UNITS
A gypsum building unit in the form of tile or block for use in non-
load bearing construction in the interior of buildings and for the pro-
tection of columns, elevator shafts, etc., against fire shall conform
to the reference standards of this article.
811.1 USE: Gypsum tile or block shall not be used In load bearing
masonry, in masonry exposed to weather or soil, nor In masonry expos-
ed to frequent or continuous wetting. Gypsum partition tile or block
shall not be used for partitions to receive Portland cement plaster,
ceramic tile, marble or structural glass wainscots unless self -fur-
ring metal lath is placed over the gypsum tile.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 314
SECTION 812.0 STRUCTURAL GLASS BLOCK UNITS
Solid or hollow approved structural glass blocks shall not be used
in fire walls, party walls or fire-division walls, or for load-bear-
ing construction. All mortar-bearing surfaces of the block shall be
precoated or prepared to insure adhesion between mortar and glass.
SECTION 813.0 ARCHITECTURAL TERRA COTTA
All approved architectural terra cotta units shall be formed with a
strong, homogeneous body of hard-burned, weather -resisting clay which
gives off a sharp, metallic ring when struck and shall meet the
strength and durability requirements of accepted engineering practice,
All units shall be formed to engage securely with and anchor to the
structural frame or masonry wall , and shall conform to the reference
standards of this article.
SECTION 814.0 NATURAL STONE
Natural stone for masonry shall be sound and free from loose or
friable inclusions; and shall meet the strength, f ireresistance,
durability and impact resistance for the intended use in accordance
with accepted engineering practice.
SECTION 815.0 CAST STONE
All approved cast stone shall be fabricated of concrete or other
approved materials of required strength, durability and f ireresis-
tance for the intended use and shall conform to the reference stan-
dards of this article.
SECTION 816.0 MORTAR FOR MASONRY
816.1 MATERIALS: All Portland, natural and masonry cements, quick-
lime and hydrated lime for use in masonry mortar and concrete shall
meet the minimum strength and durability requirements of the standards
listed in the references of this article.
816.2 MORTAR TYPES AND PROPORTIONS: Mortar for masonry construction
shall conform to one (1) of the following types and shall be mixed to
a consistent workability in the specified proportions measured by vol-
ume with clean fresh water free from harmful amounts of acids, alkalis,
oils or organic materials; and with approved aggregates composed of
hard, strong, durable mineral particles well-graded from fine to coarse,
free from injurious amounts of acid, alkalis, oils, saline, organic and
1/1/78
Vol. IP - 315
other deleterious substances in accordance with accepted engineering
practice. Masonry mortars shall have a flow after suction of not
less than seventy (70) percent and shall conform to the reference
standards of this article.
MORTAR PROPORTIONS (Parts By Volume)
Mortar
Type
Portland
Cement
Masonry
Cement
Hydrated Lime
or Lime Putty
Min. Max.
Damp
Loose
Aggregate
Us
not less than 2\ and
not more than 3 times the
sum of the volumes of the
cements and limes used.
ik
ik
816.3 TYPES OF MORTAR PERMITTED:
of the following types :
Unit masonry shall be laid in mortar
TYPE OF MASONRY
TYPES OF MORTAR PERMITTED
Masonry in contact with earth
Grouted and filled cell masonry
Masonry above grade or interior masonry:
Piers of solid units
Piers of hollow units
Walls of solid units
Walls of hollow units
Cavity walls and masonry bonded hollow
walls
Design wind pressure exceeds 20 psf
Design wind pressure 20 psf or less
Glass block masonry
Nonloadb earing partitions and fireproofing
Gypsum partition tile or block
Fire brick
Linings of existing masonry, above or
below grade
Masonry other than above
M or
M or
M, S or N
M or S ,
M, S, N or
M, S or N
M or S
M, S or N
S or N
M, S, N, 0 or Gypsum
Gypsum
Refractory air-setting mortar
M or S
M, S or N
1/1/78
Vol. 18
316
816.4 SPECIAL MORTARS: other special masonry mortars in place of
the mortar types listed in section 816.2 may be approved provided
they develop the minimum compressive strengths specified for the
respective mortars they replace. The strength classification of a
special mortar or special mix m»y be determined by compressive
strength tests with the mater :,-. s and in the proportions representa-
tive of those to be used in actual practice. In no case shall the
allowable unit working stresses in the masonry be more than one-fourth
(*s) the average ultimate compressive strength of the assembled test
samples.
816.5 GYPSUM MORTAR: Gypsum mortar shall be composed of one (1)
part of unfibered calcined neat gypsum to not more than three (3)
parts sand by weight . Only gypsum mortar shall be used with gypsum
tile and block units. Gypsum shall conform to the reference stan-
dards of this article.
816.6 MORTARS FOR CERAMIC WALL AND FLOOR TILE: Mortars for install-
ing ceramic wall and floor tile shall be of the following composition
measured by volume:
Walls :
Scratch coat
Setting bed and
Leveling coat
1 cement: 1/3 hydrated lime: A sand
1 cement : 1/2 hydrated lime1: '4 sand
Floors:
Ceilings :
Setting bed
Scratch coat
and setting bed
1 cement: 5 sand
1 cement: 1/2 hydrated lime: 3 sand
or other mortars of comparable adhesive strength and durability, in
accordance with the reference standards of this article.
816.61 DRY-SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORTARS: Dry-set Portland cement
mortars to be used in the installation of ceramic tile shall be in
accordance with standard specification for dry-set Portland cement
mortar listed in the reference standards of this article.
816.7 ORGANIC ADHESIVES: Organic adhesives to be used in installing
ceramic tile shall have a shear bond strength in accordance with com-
mercial standard for adhesives for installations of clay tile listed
in the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 817.0 CONCRETE AGGREGATES
817.1 AGGREGATE QUALITY: Concrete aggregates shall conform to the
reference standards of this article for organic impurities, soundness,
mortar strength, durability, weather resistance, fire resistance, and
wearing qualities.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
317
817.2 FIRERESISTANCE: Coarse aggregate in concrete shall be rated
in respect -to the fireresistance of concrete made therewith on the
basis of performance in fire test on building elements such as columns,
floors, partitions and wall conducted in accordance with standard fire
test specifications applicable to such test. Protective coverings of
encasements of concrete for steel in f ireresistive construction shall
likewise be selected on the basis of performance in applicable stan-
dard fire tests. All concrete constructions' shall meet the require-
ments of article 9 as regulated by the provisions of table 2-5.
817.21 GRADE 1 CONCRETE: Grade 1 concrete shall mean concrete made
with aggregates such as blast-furnace slag, burned clays, and calcar-
eous, igneous, and most silicate crushed stones and gravels and shales,
as well as any other aggregates performing as required by the Basic
Code for the appropriate construction when tested in accordance with
standard methods of fire tests of building construction and materials
listed in the reference standards of article 9.
817.22 GRADE 2 CONCRETE: Grade 2 concrete shall mean concrete made
with aggregates such as cinders and crushed stones and gravels com-
posed essentially of quartz and quartzite cherts as well as any other
aggregates performing as required by the Basic Code for the appropriate
construction when tested in accordance with standard methods of fire
tests of , building construction and materials listed in the reference
standards of article 9.
817.3 SIZE OF AGGREGATES: Fine aggregates shall conform to the ref-
erence standards of this article and shall be well-graded from fine
to coarse. Coarse aggregates shall not exceed one-fifth (1/5) of the
narrowest dimensions between sides of the form nor three-quarters (3/4)
of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars and shall conform
to the reference standards of this article.
817.4 SPECIAL AGGREGATES: Special aggregates, including among others,
perlite, vermiculite and other processed mica, pumice, lava, tufa, vol-
canic glass, slag, coke, expanded clay and shale used in concrete and
plaster construction shall meet all requirements of the approved rules
and shall be classified in their respective fireresistant grades as
determined by test. When used for fire protection purposes only, the
building official may waive mortar strength requirements for such ag-
gregates providing the concrete is shown by test to have adequate
strength for the intended use.
SECTION 818.0 READY-MIX CONCRETE
818.1 CONTROL: Ready-mix concrete for use in ordinary or in controlled
materials procedure shall conform to section 842 for reinforced concrete
and to the applicable standards listed in the reference standards of this
article.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 318
818.2 TRANSPORTATION: Ready-mixed concrete shall be transported in
approved conveyances which insure delivery of the concrete at the site
in a plastic, workable and unhardened state. The maximum amount of
concrete hauled in an agitator shall not exceed the approved rating
of the conveyance; and the period of delivery shall not exceed the
time in which loss of plasticity may occur and generally not more than
one and one-half (1^) hours after the mixing of cement and water.
818.3 ORDINARY MATERIALS PROCEDURE: When ready-mix is used under the
ordinary materials procedure, either the cement content in bags per
yard of concrete together with the maximum permissible slump shall be
specified. The cement factor and water cement ratio shall conform to
the provisions of the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 819.0 STRUCTURAL WOOD GLUES
819.1 QUALITY OF GLUE: Glues used in structural assemblies of built-
up or laminated lumber sections shall develop the full strength of the
wood, shall not produce decomposition or deleterious chemical reaction
in the wood structure, shall not be attractive to vermin and shall
conform to the reference standards of this article.
819.2 MANUFACTURERS' REQUIREMENTS: Approved structural glues shall
be handled, mixed and applied as prescribed by the manufacturer and
the gluing shall be done only in accordance with the timber construc-
tion standards listed in the reference standards of this article.
819.3 TYPES OF GLUE: Structural glues shall be classified as dry
use and wet use in conformance with the reference standards of this
article.
SECTION 820.0 INTERIOR LATHING AND PLASTERING
All interior lathing and plastering shall conform to the standards
of accepted engineering practice for lathing, furring and accessories
and gypsum and Portland cement plastering listed in the reference
standards of this article except as may otherwise be provided in this
article for specific materials.
820.1 INSTALLATION
820.11 INSPECTION: The building official shall be notified not less
than twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all plastering work, and no
plaster shall be applied until after the lathing or other plaster base
has been inspected and approved by him.
820.12 WEATHER PROTECTION: When plastering work is in progress, the
building or structure shall be temporarily enclosed and in freezing
weather the enclosure shall be heated to protect the plaster from in-
jury.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 319
SECTION 821.0 EXTERIOR LATHING AND STUCCO
All exterior lathing, plastering and stucco work shall be installed
of Portland cement or other approved mortar, as provided in the ref-
erence standards of this article or as provided in this Code for
specific materials.
821.1 REINFORCEMENT: All stucco work shall be reinforced with ap-
proved metal lath or wire fabric except when applied directly to a
masonry or concrete base, or when installed on a masonry base which
is protected with bituminous surfacing.
821.2 MINIMUM WEIGHT: Metal lath, expanded metal and wire reinforc-
ing fabric shall weigh not less than the following:
Type of Reinforcement
Metal lath
Expanded metal . .
Woven wire
Woven wire
Woven wire
Welded wire
Welded wire
Welded wire
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum Weight
U.S.
Gage
Mesh
inches
Pounds
per Square Yard
_
_
3.4
-
-
1.8
18
1
1.74
17
lit
1.41
16
2
1.47
18
4 sq.
in.
0.67
17
4 sq.
in.
0.82
16
4 sq.
in.
1.10
821.3 CORROSION RESISTANCE: All metal lath and stucco reinforcing
fabric shall be protected with a zinc, or other approved rust-resistive
coating or rust-inhibitive paint, or shall be manufactured from approv-
ed corrosion-resistive alloys.
821.4 SHEATHING: Except in back-plastered construction, the studs
shall be covered with approved sheathing complying with section 855 ;
or not less than No. 18 U.S. gage galvanized wire shall be stretched
horizontally at six (6) inch centers and shall be covered with not
less than fourteen (14) pound waterproof felt or paper before apply-
ing the reinforced stucco; or an approved paper-backed wire fabric
may be used of not less than No. 14 U.S. gage galvanized wire with
stiffening ribs not more than five (5) inches on centers to which is
attached a double layer of fibrous waterproof backing. The mesh open-
ing shall not exceed two by two (2x2) inches.
821.5 BACK PLASTERED CONSTRUCTION; In back-plastered construction,
when spacing of studs exceeds sixteen (16) inches, approved horizon-
tol noncombustible cross-furring at not more than sixteen (16) inch
centers shall be first applied; unless approved stiffened lath is
used and the frame is adequately stiffened as provided in section 855.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
320
821.6 APPLICATION ON MASONRY BASE: When applied directly to masonry
or monolithic concrete, the surfaces shall be roughened, hacked or
bush-hammered to provide bond, or a preparatory dash coat of Portland
cement grout shall be applied. The dash coat shall be kept damp for
at least two (2) days after application and before applying succeeding
stucco coats.
821.7 PROTECTION.
821.71 FROM FREEZING: At all times during application and for a
period of not less than forty-eight (48) hours after application of
each coat, provision shall be made to keep stucco work above fifty
(50) degrees F.
821.72 FROM MOISTURE: Stucco shall be kept a sufficient height above
ground surfaces as provided in section 855 and all sills, coping and
projecting courses shall be flashed and provided vith drips as therein
specified.
821.73 FROM RAPID DRYING: Stucco shall be protected from heat, sun,
and wind for the first forty-eight (48) hours to prevent premature drying.
SECTION 822.0 PLASTERING MATERIALS
All sand, quick-lime, hydrated lime, hair binder, gypsum, keene and
Portland cements, pozzuolanic cements and aggregates and other materials
used in plastering shall be stored, protected and applied in accordance
with the reference standards of this article.
822.1 SPECIAL CEMENTS AND PLASTERS: Approved cements used in plaster-
ing may have admixtures of approved plasticity agents added in the manu-
facturing process or when mixing plaster at the site in the approved
proportions. All premixed special plasters, cements and aggregates
shall be packaged and identified with the approved label.
822.2 LIME PLASTER: Lime and hydrated lime plasters for use in base
and finish coats shall be applied in accordance with the reference stan-
dards of this article and the manufacturers' specifications.
822.3 GYPSUM PLASTER: All gypsum plaster shall comply with the ref-
erence standards of this article.
822.4 GYPSUM PLASTERS WITH SPECIAL AGGREGATES: When gypsum is used
with manufactured aggregates in place of natural sand for plaster, the
mixture shall be proportioned and applied in accordance with the manu-
facturer's recommendations and the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 823.0 PLASTER BASES
823.1 FIBER BOARDS: Approved fiber boards used as plaster bases shall
comply with section 824. The surface of such boards shall be of a rough,
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 321
fibrous texture to insure mechanical and suction bond; and the boards
shall meet the bond and strength tests specified in the reference
standards of this article.
823.2 GYPSUM LATH: Except when greater thickness is required for
fireresistance under the provisions of article 9, or as herein speci-
fied, gypsum lath used for plastering shall be not less than three-
eighths (3/8) inches thick and shall comply with the reference standards
of this article.
823.3 PERFORATED GYPSUM LATH: Where required to provide specified
time-temperature performance, perforated gypsum lath shall be not less
than three-eighths (3/8) inches thick. The openings shall be equiva-
lent to three-quarter (3/4) inch diameter holes for each sixteen (16)
square inches of lath surface; or the lath shall be perforated as deter-
mined by full size tests for load, strength and fireresistance ratings.
823.4 METAL LATH: The dimensions and sizes of expanded, ribbed and
sheet metal lath shall comply with the reference standards of this article;
and shall be fabricated from not less than No. 30 U.S. gage steel sheets.
It shall be manufactured from copperbearing steel, coated with rust-
inhibitive paint after cutting, or cut from zinc-coated steel sheets.
823.5 WIRE LATH: All types of wire lath shall comply with the refer-
ence standards of this article; and shall be fabricated from woven or
welded wire of not less than No. 19 W & M gage with not more than two
and one-half (2%) meshes to the inch. Woven or welded wire reinforce-
ment shall be coated with zinc or rust-inhibitive paint.
823.6 PAPER-BACKED LATH: Expanded metal or wire lath backed with in-
tegral approved paper shall be fabricated from the minimum gages and
weights specified in sections 823.4 and 823.5.
823.7 COMBUSTIBLE LATH: Wood lath shall be erected horizontally on
walls and partitions and ceiling lath shall run in one direction only;
but in neither case shall it extend through cross-partitions from room
to room. Wood lath shall be not less than one (1) inch wide nor less
than five-sixteenths (5/16) inches thick and shall comply with all the
requirements of accepted engineering practice. The lath joints shall
be staggered so that not more than seven (7) laths occur in any one
continuous break.
SECTION 824.0 FIBER BOARDS
Insulating boards manufactured with wood or other vegetable fibers
used as building boards for sheathing, roof decks, plaster bases, in-
ferior wall and ceiling finish, roof insulation or sound deadening,
shall be vermin proof, resistant to rot-producing fungi and water-
repellent and shall meet the strength and durability tests specified
in the reference standards listed in this article.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 322
824.1 JOINTING: To insure tight-fitting assemblies, edges shall be
manufactured square or shiplapped, beveled, tongue-and -grooved or U-
jointed; and shall be installed in accordance with the reference
standards of this article.
824.2 PLASTER BASE: When used as a plaster base, fiber boards shall
be permitted in fireresistive construction complying with the test
provisions of article 9, except where specifically prohibited in fire-
proof (type 1) and noncombustible (type 2) construction.
824.3 ROOF INSULATION: When used as roof insulation in all types of
construction, fiber boards shall be protected with an approved type of
roof covering.
824.4 WALL INSULATION: When installed and firestopped to comply with
article 9, fiber boards may be used for wall insulation in all types
of construction. In firewall and fire division construction, unless
treated to be noncombustible, the boards shall be cemented directly
to the masonry or other combustible veneer anchored to the base with-
out intervening air spaces.
824.5 DRY WALL CONSTRUCTION: Where fireresistance ratings are required,
provisions shall be made for interlocking, lapping or otherwise protec-
ting the joints between adjacent boards to insure smoke and flame tight-
ness.
824.6 INSULATING ROOF DECK: When used as roof decking in open beam
construction fiber board insulating roof deck shall have a minimum nom-
inal thickness not less than one (1) inch.
SECTION 825.0 PLYWOOD
825.1 QUALITY: All plywood when used structurally shall meet the per-
formance standards and all other requirements of the reference standards
of this article for the type, grade and identification index or species
group of plywood involved, and shall be so identified by an approved
agency. Working stresses shall conform to the standards of accepted
engineering practice in conformance with the reference standards of this
article.
825.2 TYPES: Plywood for interior use may be either of the moisture
resistant or exterior type; plywood for exterior use shall be of the
exterior waterproof type. Exterior plywood may be applied directly to
the framing as a siding, provided it has a nominal thickness of three-
eighths (3/8) inch. Joints shall occur over framing members, unless
wood or plywood sheathing is used or joints are lapped horizontally a
minimum of one and one-half (1^) inches or otherwise made waterproof
to the satisfaction of the building official. If plywood is used as
lapped siding without sheathing, the wall framing to which it is at-
tached shall be diagonally braced.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 323
825.3 SPANS: The maximum spans for plywood roof sheathing and sub-
flooring shall be limited by the allowable stresses and deflections
for the design live load but shall have not less than the identifi-
cation index listed in the reference standards of this article, pro-
vided it is continuous over two (2) or more spans and laid with face
grain perpendicular to the supports.
825.31 VERTICAL MAXIMUM STUD SPACING: Stud spacing for vertical
sheathing and for use in stress-skin panel or other prefabricated
constructions shall be determined by accepted engineering analysis
or by the tests prescribed for prefabricated assemblies in section 803.
825.32 The allowable span for plywood combination subfloor under lay-
ment shall conform to the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 826.0 WALLBOARDS AND SHEATHING
826.1 SHEATHING: Sheathing of particleboard , gypsum, processed fiber
and other approved materials shall conform to the reference standards
of this article. When used in frame construction, they shall meet
requirements of section 855.1 and 855.2. When required to meet fire-
resistance ratings, the assembled construction shall comply with table
2-5 for structural elements and article 9 for trim and finishes.
826.2 WALLBOARDS: Wall board of particleboard, gypsum, processed fiber
and other approved materials shall conform to the reference standards of
this article. When required to meet fireresistance ratings, the assembled
construction shall comply with table 2-5 for structured elements and
article 9 for trim and finishes .
1/1/78
Vol. IS - 324
ARTICLE 8 - PART B
STEEL, MASONRY, CONCRETE,
GYPSUM AND LUMBER CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 827.0 STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION
Structural steel construction used in all buildings and structures
shall be fabricated from materials of uniform quality, free from de-
fects that would vitiate the strength or stability of the structure.
Workmanship, design, fabrication, transportation and erection shall
conform to accepted engineering practice as defined by the reference
standards of this article.
827.1 PLANS: Design plans drawn to appropriate scale show the size,
section and relative locations of all structural members with floor
levels, column centers and all offsets fully dimensioned; and the
design loads shall be clearly indicated for all parts of the building
or structure.
827.2 IDENTIFICATION: Structural steel that is required to have a
minimum yield point greater than thirty-six thousand (36,000) pounds
per square inch shall at all times in the fabricator's plant, be
marked, segregated, or otherwise handled so that the separate alloys
and tempers are positively identified, and after completion of fabri-
cation, shall be marked to identify the alloy and temper. Such mark-
ings shall be affixed to completed members and assemblies or to boxed
or bundled shipments of multiple units prior to shipment from the
fabricator's plant.
827.3 SHOP DRAWINGS: Shop drawings, giving complete information nec-
essary for the fabrication of the component parts of the structure,
including the types of material, the location, type and size of all
rivets, bolts and welds, shall be prepared in advance of the actual
fabrication. They shall clearly distinguish between shop and field
rivets, bolts and welds. Shop drawings shall be made in conformity
with the best modern practice and with due regard to safety, speed
and economy in fabrication and erection.
827.4 WELDING: All welded construction shall be designed by quali-
fied registered professional engineers and shall be supervised by
qualified registered professional engineers and qualified technicians
licensed and registered by the State Building Code Commission. Welds
shall be made by welders, tackers, and welding operators who are li-
censed and registered by the State Building Code Commission to per-
form the type of work required, as prescribed in the reference stan-
dards of this article.
827.5 PAINTING: All painting shall comply with the specifications for
design, fabrication and erection of structural steel for buildings listed
in the reference standards of this article.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 325
SECTION 828.0 FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION
828.1 DESIGN: The design of all light gage and formed steel members
and assembled wall, floor and roof panels, used alone or in combina-
tion with other structural members, or with component materials, shall
be based on allowable unit stresses and maximum deflections in conform-
ance with the reference standards of this article.
828.2 SECONDARY STRUCTURAL SYSTEM: Formed steel floor, wall and roof
systems may be designed and constructed to resist all vertical and hori-
zontal moments and shears resulting from lateral forces. Such members,
when designed to transmit horizontal shears due to wind or other lateral
forces, shall be connected to the supporting structure so as to adequate-
ly resist all primary and secondary stresses. When concrete topping or
other approved decking is installed in a manner to insure composite ac-
tion of the assembly, the strength of the composite member may be in-
cluded in the calculations.
828.3 PROTECTION.
828.31 SHOP COAT: All individual structural members and assembled panels
of light gage and formed steel construction, except where fabricated of
approved corrosion-resistive metallic steel or of steel having a corro-
sion-resistive or other approved coating, shall be protected against
corrosion with an acceptable shop coat of paint, enamel, or other ap-
proved protection.
828.32 FIELD COAT: After erection where directly exposed to the
weather, except when encased in concrete made of non-corrosive aggre-
gates, or where fabricated of approved corrosion-resistive steel, or
of galvanized or otherwise adequately protected steel, individual struc-
tural members and assembled panels of light gage and formed steel con-
struction shall be given an additional coat of acceptable protection.
828.33 SIDING: Exposed siding or sheathing shall be fabricated of
approved corrosion-resistive steel or otherwise protected at the ground
level for sufficient height above grade as determined by the depth of
average snowfall in the locality, but in no case for a height of less
than eight (8) inches.
828.34 PROTECTION AT EXTERIOR WALLS: Floor or roof construction which
extends into an exterior wall shall be adequately waterproofed and pro-
tected from the weather to prevent corrosion.
828.4 TESTS: When not capable of design by accepted engineering analy-
sis, the building official shall require tests of the individual or as-
sembled structural units and their connections as prescribed in sections
803 and 804. At least three (3) specimens truly representative of the
construction to be used in practice shall be subjected to the prescribed
test and the mean of the results shall determine the safe working value;
provided that any individual test varying more than ten (10) percent from
the mean value shall cause rejection of the series.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 326
SECTION 829.0 OPEN WEB STEEL JOISTS
Steel joists may be used as secondary members in floor and roof con-
struction, other than around stairwells, shafts and other floor open-
ings. The materials, design and construction methods shall conform
with the reference standards of this article.
829.1 DESIGN.
829.11 LOADS AND STRESSES: Connections of all members shall be de-
signed with the minimum possible eccentricity and all secondary stresses
shall be included with primary stresses in the design. In buildings
subject to heavy concentrations or moving loads, the construction
shall be designed to resist the vertical and lateral components of
such loads in addition to the live and dead loads specified in ar-
ticle 7.
829.12 PARTITIONS: The joists shall be designed to support the dead
load of partitions wherever they occur in addition to all other imposed
dead and live loads.
829.2 PROTECTION: Painting of steel joists shall be in accordance
with the requirements of section 828 for formed steel construction;
or the joist shall be dipped in an approved hot asphalt, or shall be
protected by painting, dipping or spraying with approved cold asphalt
at the place of manufacture.
829.3 HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS: When the main structural frame
is designed to resist all horizontal and vertical moments and shears
due to lateral forces, and the secondary system consists of steel
joists which are attached to the supporting beams and girders of the
frame as specified in the standards, steel joist construction of the
required fireresistance may be used in all buildings within the height
limits of table 2-6.
829.4 TESTS: When not subject to accepted engineering analysis as
regulated by the standard for steel joist construction, the assembly
shall meet the load test requirements specified in sections 803 and 804.
SECTION 830.0 REINFORCING STEEL
Metal reinforcement for reinforced concrete, reinforced gypsum, con-
crete, reinforced brickwork and reinforced hollow block construction
shall comply with the reference standards of this article.
830.1 IDENTIFICATION: All reinforcing bars shall be rolled with raised
symbols or letters impressed on the metal identifying the manufacturing
mill. When required by the building official, the grade of material
shall be identified by satisfactory mill tests. All bundles or rolls
of cold-drawn steel wire reinforcement and of one-quarter (k) inch
rounds shall be securely tagged to identify the manufacturer and the
grade of steel.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 327
830.2 HIGH YIELD STEELS: When the yield point of reinforcing bar
steel is fifty thousand (50,000) pounds per square inch or more,
the building official shall approve tension stresses in bending and
compression stresses in vertical column reinforcement not more than
forty (40) percent of the minimum yield point, and in conformity with
the reference standards of this article. Such stresses shall be not
more than thirty-thousand (30,000) pounds per square inch except when
pre-stressed reinforcement is used.
830.3 COLUMN REINFORCEMENT
830.31 STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS: The allowable unit stress on
structural steel column sections shall conform with the provisions
of the reference standards of this article.
830.32 CAST IRON SECTIONS: All cast iron used as reinforcement in
combination with concrete shall be of pit-cast water pipe grade com-
plying with the reference standards of this article; and the allow-
able unit stress shall be not more than ten thousand (10,000) pounds
per square inch.
830.4 TESTS: When unidentified reinforcement is approved for use
under ordinary material procedure, not less than three (3) tension
and three (3) bending tests shall be made on representative speci-
mens of the reinforcement from each shipment and grade of reinforcing
steel proposed for use in the work.
SECTION 831.0 CAST STEEL CONSTRUCTION
831.1 MATERIALS: Carbon steel casting for building construction
shall be cast from open hearth or basic oxygen steel conforming to
the requirements of the reference standards of this article. All
castings shall be free from injurious blow holes or other defects
which would impair the structural strength.
831.2 HIGHER STRENGTH CAST STEEL: Higher strength cast steel may
be used when approved under controlled material procedures.
831.3 WELDING CAST STEEL: Cast steel designed for use in welding
shall be of weldable grade complying with the approved rules.
SECTION 832.0 CAST IRON CONSTRUCTION
832.1 MATERIALS: Cast iron for building construction shall be a
good foundry mixture providing clean, tough, gray iron, free from
serious blow holes, cinder spots and cold shuts; conforming to the
reference standards of this article.
Vl/78 Vol. 18
328
832.2 LIMITATIONS OF USE: Cast iron columns shall not be used where
subject to eccentric loads which produce a net tension in the section,
nor in any part of a structural frame which is required to resist
stress due to wind. Cast iron columns shall mot be used in the pri-
mary structural frames of buildings whose height exceeds one hundred
(100) feet or twice the width at the ground level. Cast iron shall
not be used for columns required to have four (4) hour f ireresistive
protection. Cast iron columns supporting a floor shall not be longer
than seventy (70) times the least radius of gyration or twenty-four
(24) times the outside diameter or least side. Cast iron columns
supporting roof loads only shall not be longer than ninety-six (96)
times the least radius of gyration or thirty (30) times the outside
diameter or least side; cast iron columns shall not be smaller than
six (6) inches in outside diameter or side.
832.3 MULTI-STORY COLUMNS: Cores of superimposed columns shall be
of the same dimensions above and below a splice. When a column of
smaller diameter is superimposed over one of larger diameter, the
larger column shall be tapered down to the smaller diameter over a
length of not less than six (6) inches.
832.4 THICKNESS OF METAL: The minimum thickness of cast iron shall
be not less than herein specified :
832.41 COLUMNS: In columns, the metal shall be not less than one-
twelfth (1/12) the smallest dimension of the cross-section and in no
case less than three-quarter (3/4) inch.
832.42 BASES AND BRACKETS: In bases and flanges, the metal shall be
not less than one (1) inch thick reinforced with fillets and brackets;
832.43 LINTELS: In lintels, the metal shall be not less than three-
quarter (3/4) inches thick and shall be limited to use on spans of
not more than six (6) feet.
832.5 INSPECTION: No cast iron column shall be erected in place be-
fore it has been inspected and approved by the building official.
The use of any cast iron column in which blow holes or imperfections
reduce the effective area of the cross-section more than ten (10) per-
cent shall be prohibited. Where required by the building official,
three-eighth (3/8) inch round inspection holes shall be drilled in the
section to expose the thickness of metal for inspection purposes.
SECTION 833.0 SPECIAL STEELS
833.1 IDENTIFICATION: Silicon, nickel and other corrosion-resistive
alloy and high strength steels with minimum yield points in excess of
thirty-six thousand (36,000) used in the design and construction of
buildings and structures shall conform to the standards of accepted
engineering practice. Every such special steel shall be marked or
otherwise identified to clearly distinguish it from all other classes
of steel.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 329
833.2 DESIGN AND WORKMANSHIP: Design and fabricationmethods shall
"conform to the requirements of the approved rules.
SECTION 834.0 LIGHT WEIGHT METAL ALLOYS
Aluminum and other approved light weight metals and alloys shall be
used for structural purposes in buildings and structures in accordance
with the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 835.0 MASONRY WALL CONSTRUCTION
835.1 DESIGN: All masonry construction shall comply with the provi-
sions of this article governing quality of materials and manner of
construction; and shall be of adequate strength and proportions to
support all superimposed loads within working stresses prescribed in
the Basic Code and the reference standards of this article.
835.2 Wetting of Brick: Brick (clay or shale) shall be wetted when
laid unless their gain in weight resulting from partial immersion
flatwise in one-eighth (1/8) inch of water for one (1) minute is less
than twenty-five thousandths (0.025) ounce per square inch of immersed
area.
835.3 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST FREEZING: All masonry shall be protected
against freezing for not less than forty-eight (48) hoars after in-
stallation; and shall not be constructed below twenty-eight (28) de-
grees F. on rising temperatures or below thirty-six (36) degrees F.
on falling temperatures, without temporary heated enclosures or with-
out heating materials or other precautions necessary to prevent freez-
ing. No frozen materials shall be used nor shall frozen masonry be
built upon.
835.4 INCORPORATION OF COMBUSTIBLES: No lumber or other combustible
materials, except nailing blocks and ornamental timber to an extent
permitted by the chasing restrictions of section 838 and the provi-
sions of section 900.2 shall be incorporated in masonry walls, except
as approved for combustible aggregates or component materials after
fire test.
SECTION 836.0 BONDING OF WALLS
Walls of solid, composite and hollow masonry and cavity and other
hollow walls shall be. bonded in accordance with accepted engineering
practice.
836.1 RUBBLE STONE WALLS: All stones in rubble masonry shall be
laid on their natural bed and the walls shall be bonded with not less
than one (1) through bond stone for each nine (9) superficial square
feet of area.
Vol. 18 - 330
1/1/78
836.2 BUTTRESSES AND PIERS: All buttresses shall be bonded into the
wall by a masonry bond. The piers and buttresses shall have suffi-
cient strength and stability with sufficient bonding or anchorage
between the walls and the supports to resist wind pressure and suction.
836.3 INTERSECTION WALLS AND PARTITIONS: Masonry walls and parti-
tions shall be securely anchored or bonded at points where they in-
tersect by one (1) of the following methods:
a) walls may be bonded by laying at least fifty (50) percent of
the units at the intersection in true masonry bond with alter-
nate units having a bearing of not less than three (3) inches
upon the unit below, or they may be anchored with not less
than three-sixteenths (3/16) inch corrosion-resistant metal
wire ties or joint reinforcement at vertical intervals not tc
exceed two (2) feet, or by other equivalent approved anchorage.
b) where walls are carried up separately the intersection shall
be toothed or blocked with eight (8) Inch maximum offsets and
shall be provided with approved metal anchors at vertical in-
tervals of not more than four (4) feet or, when approved,
blocking may be eliminated and rigid steel anchors shall be
provided, spaced not more than two (2) feet apart vertically.
c) interior nonloadb earing walls may be bonded or anchored as re-
quired by 1 or 2 above or they may be anchored at their inter-r
section, at vertical intervals of not more than two (2) feet,
with at least twenty-two (22) gage corrosion-resistant corru-
gated metal ties seven-eights (7/8) inch in width, or other
equivalent approved method of anchorage.
836.4 ERECTING PRECAUTIONS: Where hollow walls decrease in thick-
ness, a course of solid masonry or of concrete-filled units, or a
continuous bearing plate shall be interposed between the thicker and
thinner sections. No wall shall be built up more than twenty-five
(25) feet in advance of other walls of the same building or structure
unless supported independently at each floor; and all walls shall be
temporarily braced during erection.
SECTION 837.0 LATERAL BRACING OF WALLS
All masonry walls shall be laterally supported by horizontal brac-
ing of floor and roof framing or vertical bracing of columns, buttres-
ses or crosswalls at vertical or horizontal intervals. All masonry
walls shall be subject to the provisions of the reference standards
of this article. Where applicable, masonry walls shall be subject to
control as specified in Section 128.0. All such structures shall en-
sure that provision is made to transfer wind pressures and other
lateral forces to the foundation.
VV78 Vol_ 18 _ 331
SECTION 838.0 CHASES AND RECESSES IN BEARING WALLS
838.1 WHERE PERMITTED: Chases and recesses shall be prohibited in
any wall less than twelve (12) inches thick or in the required area
of piers and buttresses; except that eight (8) inch walls where per-
mitted in residential buildings and the apron under window openings
may be chased not more than four (4) inches in depth. Vertical chases
adjacent to bearings of beams or lintels, vertical chases wider than
twelve (12) inches and all horizontal chases shall be proportioned
on the basis of stress analysis and such calculations shall be sub-
mitted by a qualified registered professional engineer or architect.
838.2 MAXIMUM SIZE: The maximum permitted depth of a chase in any
wall shall be not more than one-third (1/3) the wall thickness, and
the maximum length of a horizontal chase or the maximum horizontal
projection of a diagonal chase shall not exceed four (4) feet except
as provided in section 838.5; and except further that the length of
the apron below window sills in all walls may equal the width of the
window opening; and such aprons in eight (8) inch walls may be chased
not more than four (4) inches in depth when waterproofed. The aggre-
gate area of recesses and chases in any wall shall be not more than
one-fourth (1/4) of the area of the face of the wall in any one story.
838.3 FIRERESISTIVE LIMITATIONS: It shall be unlawful to have chases
or recesses which reduce the thickness of material below the minimum
specified in article 9 for fire walls, fire divisions, fire partitions
or required fire-protective covering of structural members.
838.4 HOLLOW WALLS: When chases and recesses are permitted in hollow
walls and walls constructed of hollow blocks or tile, they shall be
built-in with the wall . It shall be unlawful to cut chases in such
walls after erection.
838.5 CONTINUOUS CHASES: Horizontal chases for the bearing of re-
inforced concrete floor and roof slabs may be continuous, provided
anchors are installed above and below the floor construction to re-
sist the bending and uplift in the wall due to flexure of the slab.
SECTION 839.0 CORBELED AND PROJECTED MASONRY
839.1 LIMITATIONS: No wall less than twelve (12) inches thick shall
be corbeled except to support fir estopping around floor framing; and
except that eight (8) inch foundation walls may be corbeled to sup-
port brick-veneer frame and ten (10) inch cavity walls as provided
in section 871. The maximum total horizontal projection of corbels
shall be not more than one-half (1/2) the thickness of the wall. The
maximum projection of one (1) unit shall neither exceed one-half (%)
the depth of the unit nor one-third (1/3) its width at right angles
to the face which is offset.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 3 32
839.2 HOLLOW WALLS: Corbeling of hollow masonry or masonry built
of hollow units shall be supported on at least one full course of
solid masonry.
839.3 MOLDED CORNICES: Unless structural support and anchorage is
provided to resist the overturning moment, the center of gravity of ,
all projecting masonry or molded cornices shall lie within the middle
third of the supporting wall. Terra cotta and metal cornices shall
be provided with a structural frame of approved noncombustible ma-
terial anchored in an approved manner.
840.0 BEARING ON HOLLOW UNIT WALLS
840.1 BEARING DETAILS: Concentrated loads shall be supported upon
a solid construction of solid masonry, concrete, or masonry of hollow
units with cells filled with mortar, grout, or concrete and of suffi-
cient height to distribute safely the loads to the wall, pilaster, or
column, or other adequate provisions shall be made to distribute the
loads .
840.11 JOIST BEARING: Solid construction for support under joists
shall be at least two and one-quarter (2*s) inches in height, and
joists supported on such construction shall extend into the masonry
at least three (3) inches.
840.12 BEAM BEARING: Solid construction for support under beams,
girders, or other concentrated loads shall be at least four (4) inches
in height and the bearing of beams shall extend into the masonry at
least three (3) inches.
840.2 CLOSURE TILE: All open cells in tiles or blocks at wall ends
and at openings shall be filled solidly with concrete for a length
of not less than twelve (12) inches, or reversed closure tile shall
be used.
SECTION 841.0 PLAIN CONCRETE
Plain concrete is concrete cast in place and not required to be re-
inforced for structural purposes except with respect to shrinkage and
temperature. Such concrete shall be subject to the reference stan-
dards of this article and, where applicable, subject to control by
section 128.0.
841.1 LIMITATIONS: Plain concrete in loadbearing masonry or where
exposed to soil or where used for fireresistive purposes, shall be of
such proportions as to have a strength of at least fifteen hundred
(1500) pounds per square inch and where exposed to wetting or freez-
ing at least two thousand (2,000) pounds per square inch.
1/1/78 Vo1- !8 - 333
SECTION 842.0 REINFORCED CONCRETE
842.1 Concrete materials, design, construction, inspection and
testing involved in structures and parts thereof included in the
categories of section 128.1 shall be subject to the control provi-
sions of section 128.0 and shall conform to the reference standards
of this article. In addition, any other structures or parts thereof,
required by the building official to be subject to section 128.0
shall be subject to the same control as outlined in that section.
842.2 EMBEDDED MECHANICAL FACILITIES: Plumbing and heating piping
and electrical conduits may be embedded in reinforced concrete floor
and wall construction and in column fireproofing as provided in sec-
tion 914.3. Piping for radiant heating purposes may be embedded in
the structural floor or wall slabs, or may be installed in a separate
concrete layer placed in addition to the required fireproof covering,
as approved by the building official. In any case, the required area
of reinforcement shall be provided in addition to such piping; and
the conduits, pipes or other embedded mechanical facilities shall be
so placed as to leave the strength and fireresistance of the construc-
tion undiminished.
SECTION 843.0 STRUCTURAL CINDER CONCRETE
843.1 AGGREGATES: Approved cinder aggregates where permitted for
use in structural and fireproofing concretes shall consist of clean,
well burned cinders, containing a maximum of thirty-five (35) percent
of unburned carbon and not more than one and one-half (1*5) percent of
sulphur nor more than a total of five (5) percent of volatile materials.
843.2 CINDER CONCRETE PROPORTIONS: Structural cinder concrete shall
be mixed in the proportions of one (1) part Portland cement and not
more than seven (7) parts of fine and coarse aggregate measures sep-
arately with a compressive strength of not less than eight hundred
(800) pounds per square inch at twenty-eight (28) days' age.
SECTION 844.0 SHORT SPAN FLOOR FILLING
For spans not exceeding ten (10) feet between steel flanges, the safe
supporting capacity of concrete floor and roof slabs built as fireproof
floor filling between steel beams shall be determined by the provisions
of the reference standards of this article or in accordance with the
approved rules for stone and light weight aggregate concrete and other
approved fireresistive floor filling.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 334
SECTION 845.0 CONCRETE-FILLED PIPE COLUMNS
Concrete-filled pipe columns shall be manufactured from standard
extra strong, or double extra strong steel pipe and tubing, filled
with concrete.
845.1 DESIGN: The safe supporting capacity of concrete-filled pipe
columns shall be computed in accordance with good engineering prac-
tice or determined by test. Where computed, the calculations and de-
sign shall be submitted by a qualified registered professional engi-
neer or architect with his seal and signature. Where determined by
test, such testing shall be done by an approved licensed registered
facility.
845.11 CONCRETE: The concrete shall be designed in accordance with
the reference standards of this article and shall be placed to ensure
complete filling without voids.
845.2 CONNECTIONS: All caps, base-plates and connections shall be
of approved types and shall be positively attached to the shell and
anchored to the concrete core. Welding of brackets without mechani-
cal anchorage shall be prohibited. When the pipe is slotted to ac-
commodate webs of brackets or other connections, the integrity of the
shell shall be restored by welding to insure hooping action of the
composite section.
845.3 REINFORCEMENT: To increase the safe load supporting capacity
of concrete-filled pipe columns, the steel reinforcement shall be in
the form of rods, structural shapes or pipe embedded in the concrete
core with sufficient clearance to insure the composite action in the
section, but not nearer than one (1) inch to the exterior steel shell.
All strucutral shapes used as reinforcement shall be milled to insure
bearing on cap and base plates.
845.4 FIRERESISTIVE PROTECTION; Pipe columns shall be of such size
or so protected as to develop the required f ireresistance ratings
specified in table 2-5. When an outer steel shell is used to enclose
the fireproof covering, it shall not be included in the calculations
for strength of the column section.
SECTION 846.0 PNEUMATIC CONCRETE
Construction methods for mortar or concrete deposited pneumatically
(shotcrete) shall conform to the reference standards of this article.
Such mortar or concrete deposited pneumatically shall be applied only
with the approval of the building official and shall be protected and
cured to prevent the temperature falling below fifty (50) degrees F.
or from loss of moisture at the surface. Reinforcement for pneumatic
mortar shall be adequate to meet structural requirements and shall con-
sist of round bars or mesh not less than No. 12 U.S. gage in diameter,
spaced not less than two (2) nor more than four (4) inches either way,
with a gross area of not less than two-tenths (0.2) percent of the
cross-sectional area of the mortar layer.
1/1/78 Vo1" 18 " 335
846.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Pneumatically placed concrete shall
consist of a mixture of fine aggregate and cement pneumatically
applied by suitable mechanism, and to whichi water is added immedi-
ately prior to discharge from the applicator. Except as specified
in the following sections, pneumatically placed concrete shall con-
form to the requirements of the Basic Code for reinforced concrete.
846.11 PROPORTIONS: The proportion of cement to aggregate, in loose
dry volume, shall not be less than one (1) to four and one-half (4*$).
846.12 WATER: The water content at the time of discharge, including
moisture in the aggregate, shall not exceed three and one-half (3*$)
gallons per sack of cement.
846.13 MIXING: The cement and aggregate shall be thoroughly mixed
prior to the addition of water. At the time of mixing the aggregate
shall contain not less than three (3) percent moisture.
846.2 REBOUND: Any rebound or accumulated loose aggregate shall be
removed from the surfaces to be covered prior to placing the initial
or any succeeding layers of pneumatically placed concrete. Rebound
may be reused if it conforms to the requirements for aggregate, pro-
vided the amount of rebound material used shall not exceed twenty-
five (25) percent of the total aggregate in any batch.
846.3 JOINTS: Unfinished work shall not be allowed to stand for
more than thirty (30) minutes unless all edges are sloped to a thin
edge. Before placing addtional material adjacent to previously ap-
plied work, these sloping edges shall be cleaned and wetted.
846.4 DAMAGE: Any pneumatically placed concrete which subsides after
placement shall be removed.
SECTION 847.0 MINIMUM CONCRETE DIMENSIONS
The protection of reinforced concrete structural elements in build-
ings of fireproof (types 1-A and 1-B) construction shall be adequate
to meet the fire and strength tests of the Basic Code; but in no case
less than the minimum dimensions established by the standards of ac-
cepted engineering practice. Any floor finish not placed monolithic-
ally with floor slabs, shall not be included in the calculations for
structural strength, unless calculations submitted by a registered
professional engineer or architect are submitted to justify incorpora-
tion of the floor finish as part of the structural element.
SECTION 848.0 REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE
Reinforced gypsum concrete for use in buildings and structures shall
consist of a mixture of calcined gypsum and water, with or without the
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 336
addition of wood chips, shavings, fiber or other approved aggregates.
The wood aggregates and gypsum shall be pre-mixed at the mill, re-
quiring only the addition of water at the job or site. The manufac-
ture, design and construction shall comply with the requirements of
the standards of accepted engineering practice listed in the refer-
ence standards of this article.
848.1 LIMITATIONS OF USE: Gypsum concrete shall not be used where
exposed directly to the weather or where subject to frequent or con-
tinuous wetting. To prevent saturation or freezing, protection from
the weather and from contact with moisture shall be furnished during
shipment and storage of prefabricated units, and after erection or
pouring at the site.
SECTION 849.0 REINFORCED BRICKWORK
All systems of brick masonry reinforced with steel in grouted mor-
tar joints for use in the design and construction of buildings and
structures shall conform to the requirements of this section and the
standards of accepted engineering practice listed in the reference
standards of this article. Reinforced brickwork shall be used only
when design specifications are submitted by a registered professional
engineer or architect and, where applicable, shall be subject to the
control of section 128.0.
849.1 DESIGN: The formulae and assumptions used in the design or
reinforced masonry shall be those contained in the reference standards
of this article.
SECTION 850.0 REINFORCED HOLLOW BLOCK CONSTRUCTION
Walls constructed of hollow block or other hollow unit masonry and
reinforced with steel rods grouted solidly into the cells shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with reference standards of
this article; and plans and specifications shall be submitted by a
registered professional engineer or architect. When applicable, the
control of section 128.0 shall apply.
SECTION 851.0 LUMBER AND TIMBER CONSTRUCTION
851.1 DESIGN: Structural lumber and timber and its fastenings shall
be adequately designed and assembled to safely sustain all imposed
loads. When stress-grade lumber is used and properly identified and
controlled, working stresses may be in accordance with the accepted
engineering practice standards listed in the reference standards of
this article. All lumber used for load supporting purposes shall be
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 337
identified by the grade mark of a lumber grading inspection agency
approved by the State Building Code Commission. Grading practices
and the identification shall be in accordance with rules published
by an agency approved by the Commission. In lieu of a grade mark
on the material, a certificate of inspection as to species and grade
issued by an approved lumber grading or inspection agency may be
accepted by the building official for precut, remanufactured, or
rough sawn lumber; also for sizes larger than three (3) inches nomi-
nal thickness.
851.2 MINIMUM DIMENSIONS.
851.21 SIZES OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS: All lumber sizes specified in
the Basic Code are nominal sizes. Nominal sizes may be shown on the
plans. Computations to determine the required size of members shall
be based on the net dimensions (actual sizes) .
851.22 STRUCTURAL POSTS: All isolated structural posts shall have a
minimum dimension of four (4) inches.
851.3 FABRICATION.
851.31 CONNECTIONS: All connections shall be fabricated with ap-
proved timber connectors, bolts, lag screws, spikes, nails or gluing
or other approved connecting devices in accordance with accepted en-
gineering practice. Bolted connections shall be snugged up tightly
without crushing wood fibers under the washers. All nailed connec-
tions shall meet the minimum requirements of the reference standards
of this article.
851.32 CAMBERING: Trusses and long span girders shall be designed
with sufficient camber or other provision shall be made to compensate
for excessive deflection.
851.33 CUTTING AND NOTCHING: It shall be unlawful to notch, cut or
pierce wood beams, joists, rafters or studs in excess of the limita-
tions herein specified unless proven safe by structural analysis, or
suitably reinforced to transmit all calculated loads. Notches in the
top or bottom of joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth of
the member and shall not be located in the middle one-third (1/3) of
the span. Notches located closer to the supports than three (3)
times the depth of the member shall not exceed one-fifth (1/5) the
depth. Holes bored or cut into joists for piping or electrical cables
shall not be closer than two (2) inches to the top or bottom of the
joist and the diameter of the hole shall not exceed one-third (1/3)
the depth of the joist. In studs of bearing walls or partitions,
notches or bored holes made to receive piping, electrical conduit,
air conditioning or heating duct work or for other fabricating purposes
shall not be cut or bored more than one-third (1/3) the depth of the
stud. When the stud is cut or bored in excess of one-third (1/3)
its depth it shall be reinforced to be equal in load carrying capac-
ity to a stud notched not more than one-third (1/3) its depth.
Vol. 18 - 3 38
1/1/78
851.4 TRIMMER AND HEADER BEAMS: When determined necessary by stress
analysis, trimmer and header beams shall be hung in approved metal or
other approved noncombustible stirrups or hangers, unless supported on
a masonry wall or girder. All such beams shall be spiked together.
851.5 BEARING AND ANCHORAGE ON GIRDERS: All members framing into
girders shall be anchored or tied to secure continuity. The ends of
all wood beams or joists resting on girders shall bear not less than
four (4) inches or shall be supported in approved metal stirrups, hangers
or on wood clips or ribbon strips. Beams framing from opposite sides
shall lap at least six (6) inches and be bolted or spiked together; and
when framing end to end, they shall be secured together by metal ties,
straps or dogs.
851.6 MAINTENANCE: All connections in the joints of timber trusses
and structural frames shall be inspected periodically and bolts and
other connectors shall be maintained tight.
SECTION 852.0 HEAVY TIMBER TYPE CONSTRUCTION
852.1 WOOD: All structural wood members sawn or glued laminated used
in heavy timber type construction shall be stress-grade timbers identi-
fied as to grade strength by approved manufacturing, testing, or inspec-
tion agencies or bureaus. All structural timber members shall have the
minimum dimensions specified in section 217.1 for type 3-A construction.
852.2 OTHER STRUCTURAL MATERIALS: Structural steel or reinforced con-
crete members may be substitued for timber in any part of the structural
frame, protected to develop the required fireresistance specified in
table 2-5, but not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance.
Structural members supporting walls shall be protected to afford the
same fireresistance rating as the wall supported.
852.3 COLUMNS: Columns shall be continuous or superimposed throughout
all stories by means of reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets,
or shall be connected by properly designed steel or iron caps, with pintles
and base plates, or be timber splice plates affixed to the columns by means
of metal connectors housed within the contact faces, or by other approved
methods. Girder or trusses supporting columns shall have at least three-
quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance.
852.4 FLOORS: The planks shall be laid so that no continuous line of
joints will occur except at points of support and so that they are not
spiked to supporting girders. Flooring shall not extend closer than one-
half (4) inch to walls to provide an expansion joint, but the joint shall
be covered at top or bottom to avoid flue action.
852.5 BEAMS AND GIRDERS.
852.51 WALL AND GIRDER SUPPORTS: Wall plate boxes of self-releasing
type or approved hangers shall be provided where beams and girders enter
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 339
masonry. An air space of one-half (*5) inch shall be provided at the
top, end and sides of the member unless approved durable or treated
wood is used. Where intermediate beams are used to support a floor,
they shall rest on top of the girders, or shall be supported by led-
gers or blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders, or they
may be supported by approved metal hangers into which the ends of the
beams shall be closely fitted. Wood beams and girders supported by
walls required to have a f ireresistance rating of two (2) hours or
more shall have not less than four (4) inches of solid masonry be-
tween their ends and the outside face of the wall and between adjacent
beams. Adequate roof anchorage shall be provided.
852.52 COLUMN CONNECTIONS: Where intermediate beams are used to support
a floor, they shall rest on top of the girders, or shall be supported by
ledgers or blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders, or they
may be supported by approved metal hangers into which the ends of the
beams shall be closely fitted.
SECTION 853.0 WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION
The exterior walls, interior partitions, floors and roofs of wood frame
construction shall be designed, braced and constructed to develop adequate
strength and rigidity to resist all vertical and lateral forces due to
both dead and live loads without exceeding the stresses allowed in this
section for the various grades and species of wood. Standard balloon,
braced, platform, and post and beam types of construction shall be ac-
ceptable framing methods. Sizes of wood members stated in this section
are nominal sizes, materials, design, and construction methods shall meet
the requirements in those applicable sections of the reference standards
of this article.
853.1 WOOD-STUD FRAME.
853.11 BEARING WALLS: Posts and studs in bearing walls and partitions
shall be designed as columns, with due allowance for lateral support
furnished by sheathing, intermediate bracing, horizontal bridging, wall
coverings and the floor and roof assemblies. The walls shall be fabri-
cated in such a manner as to provide adequate support for the material
used to enclose the building and to provide for transfer of all lateral
loads to the foundation, in accordance with section 804.3.
853.12 NON-BEARING WALLS: Studs in non-bearing walls and partitions
shall not be spaced more than forty-eight (48) inches on centers unless
otherwise approved after test as an integrated assembly, and may be
erected with the long dimension parallel to the wall.
853.13 BRACING: In buildings more than one(l) story in height and where
necessary for strength in one (1) story buildings, the corner posts shall
be the equivalent of not less than three (3) pieces of two (2) by four
(4) inch studs, braced by not less than one (1) piece of one (1) by
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 340
four (4) inch continuous diagonal brace let into the studs. Bracing
may be omitted when diagonal wood sheathing or plywood panels are used,
or other sheathing specified in section 853.2 is applied vertically in
panels of not less than four (4) feet by eight (8) feet in area with
approved nailing complying with the reference standards of this article.
Ledger or ribbon boards used in support joists shall be not less than
one (1) by four (4) inches in size, cut into and securely nailed to
each stud.
853.14 MORTISE AND TENON FRAMING: Where mortise and tenon framing is
used, the vertical members of the frame shall be not less than four
(4) by six (6) inches in size and shall be designed as a column.
853.15 MULTIPLE STORIES: When the frame is more than one (1) story
in height and studs and posts are not continuous from sill to roof,
the members shall be secured together with approved clips, splices
or other connections to insure a continuous, well integrated struc-
ture. Sheet metal clamps, ties or clips shall be formed of galvan-
ized steel or other approved corrosion-resistive materials equivalent
to No. 20 U.S. gage steel sheets for two (2) inch framing members and
not less than No. 18 U.S. gage for three (3) inch structural members.
For four (4) inch and larger members, column splices and beam and gir-
der supports shall comply with section 854.
853.16 FRAMING OVER OPENINGS: Headers, double joists, trusses or
other approved assemblies of adequate size to transfer all superimposed
loads to the vertical member shall be provided over all window and
door openings in bearing walls and partitions.
853.2 WALL SHEATHING: Except as provided in section 853.3 for weather
boarding or when stucco- construction complying with section 821.5 is
used, all enclosed buildings shall be sheathed with one of the materials
of the following nominal thickness or any other material of equal strength
and durability approved by the building official.
Reinforced cement mortar 1 inch
Wood sheathing 5/8 inch
Particleboard 3/8 inch
Plywood 5/16 inch
Gypsum sheathing 1/2 inch
Fiber boards 1/2 inch
853.21 PAPER-BACKED LATH SHEATHING: In one- and two-family dwellings
and one (1) story commercial buildings with brick or similar veneers
the sheathing may consist of a layer of paper-backed lath complying
with section 821.4 with a one (1) inch intermediate space which shall
be mortar filled as each course of veneering is applied.
853.3 EXTERIOR WEATHER BOARDING, VENEERS AND CONDENSATION: To secure
weather-tightness in framed walls and other unoccupied spaces, the ex-
terior walls shall be faced with an approved weather-resisting covering
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 341
properly attached to resist wind and rain. The cellular spaces shall
be so ventilated as not to vitiate the firestopping at roof, attic and
roof levels or shall be provided with interior non-corrodible vapor-type
barriers complying with the approved rules; or other means shall be used
to avoid condensation and leakage of moisture. The following materials
shall be acceptable as approved weather coverings of the nominal thick-
ness specified:
Brick masonry veneers 2 inches
Stone veneers 2 inches
Clay tile veneers 1/4 to 1 inch
Stucco or exterior plaster 3/4 inch
Precast stone facing 5/8 inch
Wood siding (without sheathing) 1/2 inch
Wood siding (with sheathing) 3/8 inch
Protected fiber board siding 1/2 inch
Wood shingles 3/8 inch
Exterior plywood (without sheathing) .... See sec. 825.2
Exterior plywood (with sheathing) 5/16 inch
Asbestos shingles 5/32 inch
Aluminum Cement boards 1/8 inch
Aluminum clapboard siding 024 inch
Formed steel siding 29 gage
Hardboard siding 1/4 inch
853.31 MASONRY VENEERS: See section 860.0.
853.32 METAL VENEERS: See section 860.0.
853.33 HEIGHT OF VENEERS: See section 860.0.
853.34 NAILING: All weatherboarding and wall and roof coverings shall
be securely nailed with aluminum, copper, zinc, zinc-coated or other ap-
proved corrosion-resistive nails in accordance with the nailing schedule
in the reference standards of this article, or the approved manufacturer's
standards.
Shingles and other weather coverings shall be attached with appro-
priate standard shingle nails to furring strips securely nailed to
studs, or with approved mechanically-bonding nails except when sheath-
ing is wood not less than one (1) inch nominal thickness or plywood
not less than five-sixteenths (5/16) inch thick.
Wood shingles or shakes attached with approved corrosion-resistive
annular grooved nails may be applied over fiberboard shingle backer
and fiberboard sheathing when the installation is in accordance with
the approved manufacturer's standards. Wood shingles or shakes and
asbestos shingles or siding may be nailed directly to nail base fiber-
board sheathing not less than one-half Qi) inch nominal thickness with
approved corrosion-resistive annular grooved nails when the installa-
tion is in accordance with the approved manufacturer's standards.
^1/1B Vol. 18 - 342
853.4 FOUNDATION ANCHORAGE: When required to resist wind uplift,
walls sills shall be anchored to the foundation walls or piers at
corners and at intermediate intervals of not more than eight (8)
feet with one-half Oi) inch bolts. The bolts shall be imbedded in
the masonry foundation to a depth of not less than eight (8) inches
in placed concrete, and not less than fifteen (15) inches in unit
masonry. Sill plates shall be at least equivalent to a two (2) by
six (6) inch member.
853.5 AT-GRADE PROTECTION.
853.51 WOOD FRAMING: All exterior wood framework of buildings whether
structural or non load-bearing shall be supported on approved founda-
tion walls at least eight (8) inches above the finished grade.
853.52 METAL SIDING: Exposed metal siding or sheathing shall be pro-
tected from corrosion at the ground level by supporting the foundation
channel at sufficient height above grade on the concrete apron or other
approved water-resisting foundation.
853.6 FLOORS.
853.61 BRIDGING: Except as hereinafter noted, in all floor, attic and
roof framing, there shall be not less than one (1) line of bridging for
each eight (8) feet of span. The bridging shall consist of not less
than one (1) by three (3) inch lumber, double-nailed at each end, or of
equivalent metal bracing of equal rigidity. A line of bridging shall
also be required at supports where adequate lateral support is not other-
wise provided.
Midspan bridging is not required for floor, attic or roof framing in
one- and two-family dwellings (use group L-3) and multi-family dwellings
(use group L-2) except when the joist depth exceeds twelve (12) inches
nominal and/or when the minimum uniformly distributed live load exceeds
forty (40) pounds per square foot.
853.62 FLOORING: The flooring of wood frame construction shall be of
adequate strength and stiffness to support required loads and, where
necessary for strength and for lateral support of the building, sub-
flooring shall be provided.
853.7 ROOFS.
853.71 TYPES OF DECKING AND SHEATHING: Roof deck sheathing shall consist
of not less than one (1) inch boards or plywood of the thickness specified
in section 825.3, or other approved materials of equivalent strength and
rigidity. When open-deck sheathing is used on pitched roofs, it shall
consist of not less than one (1) by four (4) inch roofers spaced not more
than six (6) inches on centers or material of equivalent strength and
rigidity.
Vol. 18 - 343
1/1/78
853.72 WOOD SHINGLES: Wood shingles and handsplit shakes comply-
ing with the reference standards of this article may be used for
roof covering where permitted in section 928.3, and may be install-
ed on tight decking or on spaced roof boards.,
853.8 FLASHING: Approved corrosion-resistive flashing shall be pro-
vided at top and sides of all exterior window and door openings in
such manner as to be leakproof . Similar flashings shall be installed
at the intersection of chimneys or other masonry construction with
frame or stucco walls, with projecting lips on both sides under
stucco copings; under and at the ends of masonry, wood or metal cop-
ings and sills; continuously above all projecting wood trim; at wall
and roof intersections; under built-in gutters; at junction of chim-
neys and roofs; in all roof valleys and around all roof openings.
When veneers of natural or artificial stone are used, fourteen (14)
pound felt or paper shall be attached to the sheathing with flashing
wherever necessary to prevent moisture penetration behind the veneer.
853.9 INTERIOR FINISH: In all habitable spaces, interior wall and
partition surfaces shall be finished with materials which do not ex-
ceed the combustible limitations of section 904.0 and are of adequate
strength to resist a horizontal force of not less than five (5) pounds
per square foot.
SECTION 854.0 STRESS SKIN PANELS
854.1 INTEGRATED ASSEMBLIES: Approved panels or other integrated
assemblies fabricated of dimension lumber with wood stress-coverings
glued thereto, or consisting of structural units of metal-covered or
molded plywood or other approved plastics, formed and molded into
prefabricated load-bearing members shall be permitted for use in floors,
roofs, walls, partitions and ceilings when designed in accordance with
the reference standards of this article or meeting the test require-
ments of sections 803, 804, and 805.
854.2 SPLICES: Splices and connections between panels shall be weath-
ertight and of sufficient strength to resist two and one-half (2*s)
times the design live load to which they will be subjected in normal
use. The fastenings of covering assemblies to structural studs, ribs
or joists shall provide rigidity equivalent to approved gluing. Nail-
ing shall not be acceptable for that purpose.
854.3 MOLDED PLYWOOD UNITS: Structural units of plywood or other
approved plastics of similar combustible characteristics formed and
molded into prefabricated load-bearing members shall conform to the
approved rules and shall be identified by the approved label. The
design shall be based on accepted engineering analysis confirmed by
the tests prescribed in sections 803 and 804.
Vol. 18 - 344
1/1/78
SECTION 855.0 STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER AND BUILT-UP WOOD
CONSTRUCTION
Buildings and structures may be designed and erected of glued lam-
inated structural members or of composite members of plywood and di-
mension lumber.
855.1 STRUCTURAL GLUED LAMINATED TIMBER: Structural glued lamina-
ted timber elements shall be manufactured in conformity with the
provisions of the reference standards of this article.
855.2 GLUED LUMBER MEMBERS: Built-up beam and column sections con-
sisting of one or more webs with glued lumber flanges and stiffeners,
shall be designed in accordance with approved engineering analysis.
855.21 GLUING SURFACES: In glued lumber constructions, the surfaces
to be glued shall be clean, plane and sound to provide a controlled
glue line. The surfaces shall be free of wax, grease, oil or any
other release agents to ensure full strength bonding.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 345
ARTICLE 8 - PART C
BUILDING ENCLOSURES, WALLS AND
WALL THICKNESS
SECTION 856.0 ENCLOSURE WALLS: All buildings, except as may be pro-
vided for miscellaneous structures designed for special uses, shall
be enclosed on all sides with independent or party walls of frame,
masonry or other approved construction. Such walls shall be con-
structed to afford the f ireresistance specified in table 2-5 and as
required in the Basic Code for location, use and type of construction.
856.1 EXTERIOR WALL POCKETS: In exterior walls of all buildings
and structures, wall pockets or crevices in which moisture may ac-
cumulate shall be avoided or protected with adequate caps or drips,
or other approved means shall be provided to prevent water damage.
856.2 EXCEPTIONS: The provisions of this article shall not be deemed
to prohibit the omission of exterior walls for all or part of a story
of a building in accordance with the provisions of section 906.1.
856.3 GLASS PANELS.
856.31 CONDITIONS OF USE: Glass, where used in exterior walls and
for doors shall be subject to the provisions of this section. Glass
subject to the requirements of human impact shall be identified by a
permanent marking on each piece of glass so used.
856.32 SUPPORT FOR GLASS PANELS: Glass shall be firmly held in place,
and the supports designed to resist any wind or impact load to which it
may be subject. Where unusual conditions of support exist, they shall
be designed and specified by a registered professional engineer or
architect.
856.33 GLASS REQUIREMENTS: Unless otherwise stated herein, glass
shall meet the requirements of the reference standards of this article
for the applicable type, size, thickness and quality.
856.34 THICKNESS OF GLASS: Thicknesses of glass panels shall be
chosen as provided in section 803.11.
856.35 DEFLECTION OF SUPPORT: The deflection of members supporting
glass panels under the design wind load shall not exceed L/175 where
L is the span of the supporting member. In no case shall such de-
flection exceed three-quarters (3/4) inch.
856.36 JALOUSIES: In jalousie windows and doors regular plate, float,
sheet or rolled glass thickness shall be not less than three-sixteenths
(3/16) inch; glass length shall not be more than forty-eight (48) in-
ches; glass edges shall be smooth. Other types of glass may be used
subject to the approval of the building official.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 346
856.37 PANELS SUBJECT TO HUMAN IMPACT LOADS: Glass in prime and
storm doors, interior doors, fixed glass panels that may be mistaken
for means of egress or ingress, or in similar locations wherein one
or more of the following criteria apply, shall meet the requirements
set forth in table 8-1, or by comparative tests, shall be proven to
produce equivalent performance :
a) Openings are located in regularly occupied spaces.
b) Lowest point of panel is less than eighteen (18) inches
above finished floor.
c) Minimum dimension of panel is larger than eighteen (18) inches,
SECTION 857.0 PROTECTION OF WALL OPENINGS
857.1 FIRE-PROTECTED OPENINGS: Openings in exterior walls when re-
quired to be fire-protected shall comply with the provisions of ar-
ticle 9.
TABLE 8-1
REQUIREMENTS FOR GLASS PANELS SUBJECT TO IMPACT LOADS
Glass Type
Individual
Opening Area
Requirements
Regular plate, sheet or Over 6
rolled (annealed) square feet
Regular plate, sheet or Over 6
rolled (annealed) surface square feet
sandblasted, etched, or
otherwise depreciated
Not less than 3/16 inch
thick. Must be protected
by a push-bar or protective
grille firmly attached on
each exposed side, if not
divided by a muntin.
Not less than 7/32 inch
thick. Must be protected by
a push-bar or protective
grille attached on each
exposed side.
Regular plate, sheet or Over 6
rolled (annealed) obscure square feet
Not less than 3/16 inch
thick. Must be protected by
a push-bar or grille firmly
attached on each exposed side,
Laminated
Over 6 Not less than 1/4 inch thick,
square feet Shall pass impact test require-
ments of reference standard
RS 8-75.
Full-tempered
Over 6
square feet
Shall pass impact test require-
ments of reference standard RS 8-75,
Wired
Over 6 Not less than 7/32 inch thick,
square feet Shall pass impact test requirements
of reference standard RS 8-75.
All unframed glass doors
(swinging)
1/1/78
Shall be fully-tempered glass ai.
pass impact test requirements of
reference standard RS 8-75.
Vol. 18 - 347
NOTES:
1) Glass less than single strength (SS) in thickness shall not
be used.
2) If short dimension is larger than twenty-four (24) inches,
glass must be double strength (DS) or thicker.
857.2 AREA OF OPENINGS: All openings facing on a street, yard,
court, or public space which are required for light and ventila-
tion shall comply with the provisions of article 5.
857.3 STRUCTURAL STRENGTH.
857.31 AGAINST WIND FORCES: In all buildings required to resist
wind pressure under the provisions of article 7, exterior window
openings shall be designed to resist the specified factored wind
load.
857.32 SASH OR FRAMES: The glass, or other approved glazing material
shall be of adequate thickness or shall be provided with steel frames
or otherwise reinforced to resist the wind loads specified in article
7 blowing both inwardly and outwardly.
SECTION 858.0 FIRE ACCESS PANELS
Completely enclosed buildings, without exterior openings in the en-
closure walls, or without ready access for the purpose of fighting
fire, shall be provided with access panels as required herein. Ac-
cess panels shall be not less than thirty-two (32) inches by forty-
eight (48) inches in size.
858.1 MULTI-STORY BUILDINGS: In all exterior walls of the building
required to have thirty (30) foot wide open space adjacent thereto
(see sections 307.1 and 308.1), each floor below a height of sev-
enty (70) feet shall be provided with access panels spaced not more
than fifty (50) feet apart in each story.
858.2 SINGLE-STORY BUILDINGS: In one (1) story buildings not more
than seventy (70) feet in height:
a) roof vents shall be provided, spaced not more than one
hundred twenty-five (125) feet apart; and
b) grade level doors, or fire access panels shall be provided
spaced not more than one hundred twenty-five (125) feet
apart in all exterior walls of the building required to
have thirty (30) foot wide open space adjacent thereto
(see sections
858.3 CONSTRUCTION OF ACCESS PANELS: Construction access panels
•) shall have a sill height of not more than thirty-six (36)
inches; and
Vol. 18 - 348
1/1/78
b) shall be readily Identifiable from the outside; and
c) shall be readily openable from the outside or shall be
glazed with plain flat glass.
858.4 LOCATION: Wherever practicable, one access opening in each
story shall provide access to a stairway, or where there is no stair-
way at the exterior wall, one access opening in each story shall be
located as close as practicable to a stairway.
858.5 EXEMPTIONS: The provisions of this article shall not apply
to any story that is completely protected by an automatic sprinkler
system conforming to the construction requirements of article 12.
SECTION 859.0 STRUCTURAL GLASS BLOCK WALLS
859.1 EXTERIOR WALL PANELS: The maximum dimensions of glass block
wall panels in exterior walls when used singly or in multiples form-
ing continuous bands of structural glass blocks between structural
supports shall be twenty-five (25) feet in length and twenty (20)
feet in height between structural supports and expansion joints; and
the area of each individual panel shall be not more than two hundred
and fifty (250) square feet. Intermediate structural supports shall
be provided to support the dead load of the wall and all other super-
imposed loads. When individual panels are more than one hundred and
forty-four (144) square feet in area a supplementary stiffener shall
be provided behind the panels, anchored thereto and to the structural
supports.
859.2 JOINT MATERIALS: Glass blocks shall be laid up in type S or
N mortar with approved galvanized or other noncorrosive metal wall
ties in the horizontal mortar joints of exterior panels. The sills
of glass block panels shall be coated with approved asphaltic emul-
sion, or other elastic waterproofing material previous to laying the
first mortar course and the perimeter of the panels shall be caulked
to a depth of not less than one-half (%) inch with nonhardening caulk-
ing compound on both faces; or other approved expansion joints shall
be provided. When laid up in joint materials other than mortars here-
in defined, no single panel shall be more than one hundred (100) square
feet in area nor more than ten (10) feet in either length or height.
859.3 WIND AND EARTHQUAKE LOADS: Exterior wall panels shall be held
in place in the wall opening to resist both the internal and external
pressures due to wind and earthquake loads specified in sections 713.0
and 719.0.
859.4 INTERIOR WALL PANELS: Structural glass blocks shall not be
used in fire walls or party walls or for load-bearing construction.
Such blocks shall be erected with mortar in metal frames or rein-
forcement as provided in this section for exterior walls or other
approved joint materials, except that wood strip framing may be used
in partitions not required to be f ireresistive.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 349
859.5 FIRERESISTANCE RATING: Nothing herein contained shall be
construed to prohibit the use of glass blocks in an opening pro-
tective assembly or nonbearing partition or wall when required to
afford a specific fireresistance, provided approval of the build-
ing official is secured after satisfactory time-temperature per-
formance under the prescribed test procedure of article 9.
859.6 ACCESS PANELS: Access panels shall be provided in exterior
glass block walls for the fire department use to comply with sec-
tion 858.0
SECTION 860.0 WALL FACINGS AND VENEERS
860.1 BACKING SURFACES FOR VENEERS: Veneers for other than frame
buildings, shall be attached only to substantial, rigid, noncombus-
tible surfaces which are plumb, straight and of true plane; and no
wood backing surfaces shall be used except in frame construction.
The backing shall provide sufficient rigidity, stability and weather
resistance; and the veneer shall be installed and anchored as re-
quired in the Basic Code for the specific material.
860.2 VENEER THICKNESS: No materials used for nonbearing veneers on
masonry walls shall have less than the following thickness:
Ceramic veneer (architectural terra cotta -
anchored type) 1 inch
Brick 2 inches
Stone (natural) 2 inches
Stone (cast artificial) 1-1/2 inches
Clay tile (structural) 1-3/4 inches
Clay tile (flat slab) 1/4 to 1 inch
Marble slabs 1 inch
Precast stone facing 5/8 inch
Structural glass 11/32 inch
Aluminum clapboard siding 024 inch
Metal (approved corrosion-resistive) 28 U.S. Gage
Masonry or other approved noncombustible materials used as facing
on bearing walls or partitions shall not be considered to have struc-
tural value and shall be excluded in the determination of required
wall thickness.
860.3 MASONRY VENEERS: Veneers of unit masonry shall be attached
to the wood frame with at least twenty-two (22) gage corrosion-
resistive, corrugated metal ties not less than seven-eighths (7/8)
inch in width at vertical intervals of not more than sixteen (16)
inches and horizontal intervals of not more than thirty-two (32)
inches .
860.4 METAL VENEERS: Veneers of metal shall be fabricated from ap-
proved corrosion-resistive materials or shall be protected front and
back with porcelain enamel or shall be otherwise treated to render
the metal resistant to corrosion. Such veneers shall be not less
than No. 29 gage in thickness mounted on wood or metal furring strips
or approved sheathing on the frame construction.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 350
860.5 HEIGHT OF VENEERS: The height and length of veneer areas
shall be unlimited, except as required to control expansion and
contraction. When attached to wood frame structures as provided
in section 860.3, the veneer shall be supported on footings or
foundation walls.
860.6 VENEER OR MASONRY: Veneer attached to masonry or concrete
backing shall not be limited in height other than by compressive
stresses. Veneer shall be securely attached to the masonry or con-
crete in an approved manner.
SECTION 861.0 STRUCTURAL GLASS VENEERS
861.1 DIMENSIONS: The minimum thickness of glass veneer shall be
eleven thirty-seconds (11/32) inch and the area of individual panels
shall not exceed ten (10) square feet, with a maximum length of four
(4) feet. The edge of each unit shall be ground square with a slight
arris; and all exposed, external corners and angles shall be rounded
to a radius of not more than three-sixteenths (3/16) inch.
861.2 CONSTRUCTION.
861.21 BACKING SURFACE: The glass veneer shall be set in mastic
cement on a float coat of one (1) inch thick cement mortar reinforced
with wire lath attached to noncombustible furring spaced not more
than twelve (12) inches on centers.
861.22 SUPPORT OF VENEER: The base course of glass units shall be
supported on a corrosion-resistive metal frame anchored to the back-
ing and caulked with a waterproof compound at grade.
861.3 REINFORCEMENT: Metal reinforcing of cold formed corrosion-
resistive angles of not less than No. 16 U.S. gage or other approved
reinforcement shall be provided in all horizontal joints anchored
into the masonry wall with expansion or toggle bolts.
861.4 EXPANSION JOINTS: Expansion joints shall be provided at ends
and intermediate sections caulked with an approved waterproofing com-
pound as required by the approved rules.. Where necessary for water-
tightness, exposed edges shall be protected with corrosion-resistive
metal or other approved noncombustible flashing.
861.5 OTHER LOADS: No signs, awning brackets or other loads shall
be hung directly from glass veneers, but shall be supported on fram-
ing anchored to or otherwise supported by the masonry wall, free
from contact with glass.
SECTION 862.0 THIN STONE AND TILE VENEERS
862.1 SIZE OF UNITS: In localities subject to frost and freezing
temperatures, tile and terra cotta units shall be frost-proof and
shall not be more than two hundred and eighty-eight (288) square in-
ches in area; and where not subject to frost action, the size of the
tile may be increased not more than fifty (50) percent in area.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 351
862.2 CONSTRUCTION: One (1) inch thick marble, granite, terra cotta,
and similar materials; or ceramic tile facing one-quarter (h) to one
(1) inch in thickness shall be set in accordance with the applicable
standards listed in the reference section of thijS article.
SECTION 863.0 METAL VENEERS
863.1 MATERIALS: Veneers of metal shall be fabricated from approved
corrosion-resistive alloys, or shall be covered front and back with
approved porcelain enamel, or otherwise treated to render the metal
resistant to corrosion.
863.2 CONSTRUCTION: The metal veneer shall be securely attached to
the masonry or supported on approved metal framing protected by paint-
ing, galvanizing or other approved protection, or on wood studs and
furring strips, treated with an approved preservative process.
863.3 WATERPROOFING: All joints and edges exposed to the weather
shall be caulked with approved durable waterproofing material or by
other approved means to prevent penetration of moisture.
863.4 GROUNDING METAL VENEERS: Grounding of metal veneers on all
buildings shall comply with the requirements of the Massachusetts
State Electrical Code.
SECTION 864.0 PLASTIC VENEERS
Veneers of approved weather-resisting non-combustible plastics shall
be erected and anchored on a foundation coat, waterproofed or other-
wise protected from moisture adsorption and sealed with a coat of
mastic or other approved waterproof coating in accordance with the
approved rules.
SECTION 865.0 THICKNESS OF SOLID MASONRY WALLS
All masonry walls shall be of a thickness conforming to the refer-
ence standards of this article and subject to the maximum stresses,
combined or direct as provided in this Code or in the reference
standards .
SECTION 866.0 THICKNESS OF PANEL WALLS
866.1 SOLID PANEL WALLS: Panel, apron or spandrel walls as defined in
the Basic Code supported at vertical intervals not exceeding thirteen
(13) feet in height, shall not be limited in thickness, provided they
meet the fireresistive requirements of article 9 and table 2-5, and
are constructed of approved noncombustible weather-resisting materials
of adequate strength to resist the wind loads specified in sections
713 and 714.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 352
866.2 HOLLOW PANEL WALLS: Unless constructed of the materials and
thickness specified by the accepted engineering standards for masonry,
hollow panel walls shall be tested and approved in the assembled unit
as constructed in normal practice to develop the required fireresis-
tance ratings specified in table 2-5 for exposure on both faces.
866.3 WEATHER RESISTANCE: When the construction as tested and ap-
proved for fireresistance does not possess the required weather re-
sistance, it shall be covered on the exterior with approved corrosion-
resistive metal facings or other approved noncombustible weather-
resisting veneers.
866.4 ANCHORAGE: All panel walls shall be anchored to the structural
frame to insure adequate lateral support and resistance to wind and
to earthquake forces where subject to seismic disturbances.
SECTION 867.0 THICKNESS OF PARAPET WALLS
All masonry exterior walls shall be constructed with parapet walls
extending not less than two (2) feet above the roof, except in one-
and two-family dwellings and structures where the roof overhangs
the wall, or in places where such walls are capped with cornices
or gutters; and except as required for fire walls in section 907
or as herein specifically provided.
867.1 MINIMUM THICKNESS AND HEIGHT: Parapet walls shall be of the
same thickness as the wall below; but in no case shall the required
thickness exceed twelve (12) inches, nor shall the height be more
than four (4) times the thickness unless laterally supported by non-
combustible bracing or buttresses.
867.2 PARTY WALLS WITH FLAT ROOFS: Parapet walls erected between
two (2) structures in residential use groups, with flat roofs not
more than forty (40) feet in height, need not extend more than six
(6) inches above the roof.
867.3 PARTY WALLS WITH PITCHED ROOFS: Party walls in buildings and
structures in residential use groups, the roofs of which slope at an
angle of thirty (30) degrees or more from the horizontal, may stop at
the level of the top of the roof boards, provided no combustible ma-
terial passes through the wall, and the junction of roof and walls is
completely weatherproof ed and firestopped.
867.4 COPING: The top of all parapet walls exposed to the weather
shall be coped with approved noncombustible and weather -resisting
materials.
SECTION 868.0 FOUNDATION WALLS
868.1 DESIGN: Foundation walls shall be designed to resist frost ac-
tion and to support safely all vertical and lateral loads as provided
in article 7 and shall extend to a minimum depth of four (4) feet below
grade. The maximum stresses due to combined load shall be within the
1/1/78 VDl- 18 " 353
868.1 DESIGN: Foundation walls shall be designed to resist frost
action and to support safely all vertical and lateral loads as provided
in article 7 and shall extend to a minimum depth of four (4) feet below
grade. The maximum stresses due to combined load shall be within the
values specified for the materials used in the construction. Unless
properly reinforced, tensile stresses shall not exceed those permitted
in plain masonry.
868.2 MINIMUM THICKNESS: The thickness of foundation wall shall be not
less than the thickness of the wall supported and the minimum thickness
shall be limited for the various materials of construction as herein
specified. Eight (8) inch foundation walls shall be permitted under
brick-veneered frame and under ten (10) inch cavity walls when the total
height of wall supported including gables is not more than twenty (20)
feet;
868.21 REINFORCED CONCRETE: When reinforced concrete is required to
resist all stresses, foundation walls shall be not less than eight (8)
inches thick.
868.22 HOLLOW AND SOLID MASONRY AND MASS CONCRETE: The thickness of
masonry foundation walls shall not be less than shown in the following
table for the type of foundation and superstructure construction used.
The combined height of eight (8) inch foundation wall and the wall
supported shall not exceed thirty-five (35) feet.
THICKNESS OF FOUNDATION WALLS
Foundation Wall Maximum Depth Below Grade (feet)
Construction Note 1.2
Type
Thickness
Frame
Masonry
Masonry
(inches)
Veneer
Hollow
8
A
(6)
4.5
(6)
5 (7)
masonry
10
5
(7)
5.5
(7)
6 (7)
12
7
7
7
Solid
8
5
(7)
5.5
(7)
6 (7)
masonry
10
6
(7)
6
(7)
6.5(7)
12
7
7
7
Mass
concrete
8
7
7
7
Note 1. Depth below grade may be increased up to those shown in
parentheses where such increase is warranted by soil conditions and
local experience and is required by the building official.
Note 2. Where height of unbalanced fill (height of finish grade above
basement floor or inside grade) exceeds seven (7) feet, foundation wall
thickness shall be determined by structural analysis as required in
section 869.1.
Vol. 18 - 354
1/1/78
868.23 HOLLOW UNIT WALLS: Foundation walls of approved hollow
masonry units shall be provided with not less than four (4) inches
of solid masonry at girder bearings or shall be strengthened with
buttresses;
868.24 RUBBLE STONE: Foundation walls of rough or random rubble
stone shall be not less than sixteen (16) inches thick;
868.25 BONDING: All foundation walls shall be bonded as required
for superstructure walls in section 836.
868.3 INCREASED THICKNESS WITH DEPTH: When any foundation wall,
other than a wall that is designed as a retaining wall, extends more
than twelve (12) feet below the top of the first floor beams, the
thickness of the wall shall be increased four (4) inches for each
additional twelve (12) feet or fraction thereof in depth.
868.4 CORBELS ON EIGHT INCH WALLS: Where an eight (8) inch wall is
corbeled, the top corbel course shall be a full header course of head-
ers at least six (6) inches in length, extending not higher than the
bottom of the floor framing. The maximum projection of one (1) unit
shall neither exceed one-half (J$) the depth of the unit nor one-third
(1/3) its width at right angles to the face which is offset.
868.5 LATERAL STABILITY: Foundation walls of buildings and struc-
tures which serve as retaining walls shall conform to the applicable
requirements of section 869 or shall be strengthened with buttresses
or additional wall thickness to resist lateral soil and hydrostatic
pressure when subjected thereto.
SECTION 869.0 RETAINING WALLS
Walls built to retain or support the lateral pressure of earth or
water or other superimposed loads shall be designed and constructed
of approved masonry, reinforced concrete, steel piling or other ap-
proved materials within the allowable stresses of accepted engineer-
ing practice.
869.1 DESIGN: Retaining walls shall be designed to resist the pres-
sure of the retained material including both dead and live load sur-
charges to which they may be subjected, and to insure stability
against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water
uplift. Retaining walls meeting the requirements of section 128.1
shall be subject to control as provided in section 128.0.
869.2 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE: Unless drainage is provided, the hydro-
static head of water pressure shall be assumed equal to the height of
the wall.
869.3 COPING: All masonry retaining walls other than reinforced
concrete walls shall be protected with an approved coping.
Vol. 18 - 355
1/1/78
SECTION 870.0 ISOLATED PIERS
Isolated masonry piers shall be bonded as required for solid walls
of the same thickness and shall be provided with adequate means for
distributing the load on the top of the pier.
SECTION 871.0 WATERPROOFING
The exterior structural elements of all buildings herein specified
shall be waterproofed in accordance with the approved rules.
871.1 STEEL FRAME: Exterior steel columns and girders before embed-
ment in masonry of the required f ireresistance specified in table 2-5
shall be protected from moisture by approved waterproofing material,
a parging coat of cement mortar or by a minimum of eight (8) inches
of weather-tight masonry.
871.2 CHASES: The backs and sides of all chases in exterior walls
with less than eight (8) inches of approved masonry to the exterior
surface shall be insulated and waterproofed.
871.3 FOUNDATIONS: Exterior wall below grade and the cellar floors
of all buildings for institutional and residential uses (use groups
H and I) enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms or spaces below
grade shall be made watertight, and when necessary shall be reinforc-
ed to withstand water pressure as prescribed in sections 710 and
869. The basement walls of buildings in the residential use groups
and the walls of all habitable and occupiable rooms and spaces below
grade shall be protected with not less than one-coat application of
approved waterproofing paint, or a one-half (%) inch parging coat of
Portland cement mortar or other approved dampproof covering.
871.4 TYPES OF WATERPROOFING: The processes and methods used to
render building, structures or parts thereof watertight as herein re-
quired shall comply with accepted engineering practice covering types
of waterproofing.
SECTION 872.0 RATPROOFING
All buildings and strucutres and the walls enclosing habitable or
occupiable rooms and spaces in which persons live, sleep or work; or
in which feed, food or foodstuffs are stored, prepared, processed,
served or sold shall be constructed rat and vermin-proof in accor-
dance with the provisions of this section.
872.1 GRADE PROTECTION.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 356
872.11 APRON: When required for protection against rodents, all
exterior vails at and near grade shall be constructed or assembled
of component materials, or chemically or otherwise treated to render
the construction rat or vermin-proof. When not provided with a con-
tinuous masonry foundation wall, a masonry or reinforced concrete
apron, not less than four (A) inches in thickness or of other approv-
ed noncombustible, water-resisting and rat-proofing material of re-
quired strength, shall be Installed around. the entire perimeter of
the building.
872.12 HEIGHT OF APRON: The apron shall extend sufficiently above
grade to provide for the average snow fall In the locality, but not
less than eight (8) inches above, nor less than twenty-four (24)
Inches below grade level; and, if serving as a foundation bearing
wall, to sufficiently greater depth to assure protection from frost
action as required in section 727. When the superstructure walls
are not constructed of masonry, the spaces between studs shall be
filled to a height of two (2) feet above grade with concrete or other
material indestructible by rats.
872.2 GRADE FLOORS: Where continuous concrete grade floor slabs are
provided, no open spaces shall be left between slab and walls, and
all openings in the slab shall be protected.
872.3 OPENING PROTECTION.
872.31 WALL OPENINGS: Openings in the apron required for ventila-
tion or other purposes shall be guarded with corrosion-resistive
rodent-proof shields of not less than No. 22 U.S. gage perforated
steel sheets, or No. 20 B & S gage aluminum or No. 16 U.S. gage ex-
panded metal or wire mesh screens, with no more than one-half (%)
Inch mesh openings.
872.32 SLAB OPENINGS: Access opening in grade floor slabs shall be
protected with concrete, masonry, metal or other corrosion-resistive
noncombustible covers of adequate strength to support the floor loads.
872.33 PIPES AND CONDUITS: All openings for pipe, conduit, cable
and similar purposes at or near grade shall have snugly-fitted col-
lars to eliminate all open spaces.
SECTION 873.0 PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES
The expression "approval" as used in the following statements means
approval in accordance with the procedure established by the Basic
Code.
873.1 WHERE CONDITIONS ARE FAVORABLE TO DECAY.
873.11 WOOD IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND: All wood in contact with
the ground and supporting permanent structures shall be approved
treated wood.
Vol. 18 - 357
1/1/78
873.12 UNTREATED WOOD: Untreated wood may be used where entirely
below ground water level or continuously submerged in fresh water
and may be used in contact with the ground for detached accessory
buildings not intended for human occupancy, for temporary structures
and for fences.
873.2 WOOD JOISTS OR THE BOTTOM OF WOOD STRUCTURAL FLOORS: When
wood joists or the bottom of wood structural floors without joists
are closer than eighteen (18) inches, or wood girders are closer than
twelve (12) inches, to exposed ground located within the periphery of
the building over crawl spaces or unexcavated areas, they shall be
approved durable or treated wood. Ventilation shall be provided as
required in section 508.0.
873.3 SILLS: All sills which rest on concrete or masonry exterior
walls and are less than six (6) inches from exposed earth shall be
of approved durable or treated wood.
873.31 SLEEPERS AND SILLS: Sleepers and sills on a concrete or
masonry slab which is in direct contact with earth shall be of ap-
proved durable or treated wood.
873.32 POSTS OR COLUMNS: Posts or columns in cellars shall be sup-
ported by piers projecting at least two (2) inches above the finish
floor and separated therefrom by an approved impervious barrier ex-
cept when approved durable or treated wood is used. Posts or columns
used in damp locations below grade shall be of approved durable or
treated wood.
873.33 WALL POCKETS: Ends of wood girders entering masonry or con-
crete walls shall be provided with a one-half Qi) inch air space on
top, sides and end unless approved durable or treated wood is used.
873.34 CLEARANCE BETWEEN WOOD SIDING: Clearance between wood siding
and earth on the exterior of a building shall be not less than six (6)
inches .
873.4 WOOD USED IN A RETAINING WALL: Wood used in a retaining wall
shall be approved durable or treated wood except as follows:
a) when the wall is not more than two (2) feet in height and is
located on the property line.
b) when the wall is not more than four (4) feet in height and is
separated from the property line by a minimum distance equal
to the height of the wall.
c) a retaining wall of durable wood shall not exceed six (6) feet
in height. A wood retaining wall shall be separated from any
permanent building by a minimum distance equal to the height
of the wall.
1/1/18 Vol. 18 - 358
873.5 WHERE APPROVED DURABLE OR TREATED WOODS ARE REQUIRED: Where
approved durable or treated woods are required in this Code, the
building official may require identification by an approved mark or
certificate of inspection.
873.6 PRESSURE TREATMENT: Where pressure treatment of wood members
is required by the Basic Code, preservatives and methods of treatment
shall conform to the standards for pressure treatment and preserving
of lumber listed in the reference standards of this article.
SECTION 874.0 FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRESTOPPING
To prevent the free passage of flame through concealed spaces or
openings in event of fire, provision shall be made to trim all com-
bustible framing away from sources of heat, to provide effective fire
barriers against the spread of fire between all subdivisions and all
stories of the building, to provide adequate fire separation against
exterior exposure, and to firestop all vertical and horizontal draft
openings as specified herein.
874.1 BEAM SEPARATION IN ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION (types 3-B and 3-C) :
All wood and other combustible floor, roof and other structural mem-
bers framing into masonry walls shall be cut to a bevel of three (3)
inches in the depth and shall project not more than four (4) inches
into the wall; and the distance between embedded ends of adjacent
beams or joists entering into the wall from opposite sides shall be
not less than four (4) inches.
874.2 GIRDER SEPARATION IN HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION (type 3-A) :
Wood girders framing into walls shall have at least (8) inches of
masonry between their ends and the outside face of walls and at
least eight (8) inches of masonry between adjacent beams entering
the wall from opposite sides. The girders shall be fire-cut, sup-
ported in pockets or in self-releasing metal boxes, or otherwise
supported to minimize destruction of the wall in the event of fire.
874.3 FLUES AND CHIMNEYS: Combustible framing shall be trimmed not
less than two (2) inches away from all flues, chimneys and fireplaces,
and six (6) inches away from flue openings.
874.4 FIREPLACES: Hearths of noncombustible construction and fire-
boards, mantels and other combustible trim shall comply with section
1012 governing fireplace construction.
874.5 CONCEALED ROOF SPACES: Concealed roof spaces enclosed by com-
bustible ceiling and roof construction shall be subdivided into areas
of not more than three thousand (3000) square feet as provided in
section 316.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 359
874.6 EXTERIOR CORNICES: Exterior cornices where permitted of com-
bustible construction in section 926, or when erected with combustible
frames shall be firestopped at maximum intervals of twenty (20) feet.
If noncontinuous , they shall have closed ends, with at least four (4)
inches separation between adjoining sections.
874.7 WALL FURRING: In masonry wall construction (types 3-A, 3-B,
and 3-C) and in frame construction (types 4-A and 4-B) where walls
are furred, the space between the inside of the furring and the face
of the wall for the full depth of the combustible floor or roof joists
shall be firestopped.
874.8 COMBUSTIBLE TRIM AND FINISH: The space behind combustible
trim and finish where permitted under the Basic Code and all other
hollow spaces where permitted in fireresistive construction shall be
back-filled with noncombustible materials or firestopped as required
in section 921.0.
874.9 FIRESTOPPING: Firestopping meeting the requirements of sec-
tion 921 shall be provided in stud walls and partitions at each floor
level and between the ceiling of the top story and roof space; in
all furred spaces of frame walls and studded off spaces of masonry
walls at maximum intervals of eight (8) feet; at the top and bottom
and at least once in the middle of each run of stairs; in concealed
wall pockets for sliding doors; at openings for pipes, belts, shaft-
ing, chutes and conveyors passing through combustible floors or par-
titions with close-fitting noncombustible caps or metal shutters or
other approved noncombusitble means; and in all other locations that
would permit the free travel of flame.
SECTION 875.0 THERMAL INSULATING MATERIALS
Insulating batts, blankets, fills or similar types of materials,
including vapor barriers and breather papers or othgr coverings,
which are a part of the insulation, incorporated in construction
elements shall be installed and used in a manner that will not inc-
crease the fire hazard characteristics of the building or any part
thereof .
875.1 INSTALLATION IN TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2 CONSTRUCTION; ; Such materi-
als when exposed as installed in building of fireproof or noncombust-
ible (types 1 or 2) construction shall qualify as noncombustible
materials when tested in accordance with section 904.
875.2 INSTALLATION IN TYPE 3 AND TYPE 4 CONSTRUCTION: Such materi-
als, when exposed as installed in attic spaces in buildings of ordin-
ary or frame (types 3 or 4) construction may be of noncombustible or
approved combustible material when tested in accordance with section
904.
Vol. 18 - 360
1/1/78
875.3 FACINGS AND COVERINGS: Vapor barriers, breather papers or
other coverings of insulating materials, when installed adjacent to
or not more than one and one-half (1^ inches from the unexpected
surface of ceiling or sidewall interior finish, or when installed
in completely enclosed wall, ceiling joist or rafter spaces, fire-
stopped as required in section 874.0 are not required to have a
flamereslstance rating.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 361
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part A
ACI 318 1971 Building Code Requirements for Rein-
forced Concrete
AITC 103-65 1965 Standard for Structural Glued -Lamina-
ted Timber
ANSI A 42.1 1964 Specifications for Gypsum Plastering
ANSI A 42.2 1971 Specifications for Portland Cement Stucco
ANSI A 42.3 1971 Specifications for Portland Cement Plastering
ANSI A 42.4 1967 Specifications for Interior Lathing and
Furring
ANSI A 42.5 1960 Standard Specifications for Lime-Cement
Stucco
ANSI A 97.1 1965 Specifcations for Gypsum Wallboard Finishes
ANSI A 108.5 1967 Tile, Ceramic, Installed in Dry-Set Port-
land Cement Mortar
ANSI A 118.1 1972 Standard Specifications for Dry-Set Port-
land Cement Mortar
ANSI A 118.3 1969 Standard Specifications for Epoxy, Chemical
Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and
Grouting
ANSI Z 97.1 1972 United States Standard Performance Specifi-
cations and Methods of Test for Transparent
Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings
Specifications for Quicklime for Structural
Purposes
Specifications for Normal Finishing Hydrated
Lime
Specifications for Natural Cement
Specifications for Gypsum
Specifications for Gypsum Plasters
Specifications for Concrete Aggregates
Specifications for Structural Clay Load
Bearing Wall Tiles
C 35 1970 Specifications for Inorganic Aggregates for
Use In Gypsum Plaster
Vol. 18 - 362
ASTM
C
5
1968
ASTM
C
6
1968
ASTM
C
10
1970a
ASTM
C
22
1950
ASTM
C
28
1968
ASTM
C
33
1971a
ASTM
C
34
1970
ASTM
1/1/78
ASTM
C 36
ASTM
C 37
ASTM
C 52
ASTM
C 55
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part A
1970,1973 Specifications for Gypsum Wallboard
1969 Specifications for Gypsum Lath
1972 Specifications for Gypsum Partition
Tile or Block
1971 Specifications for Concrete Building
Brick
ASTM
C 56
1971
ASTM
C 57
1957
ASTM
C 61
1964
ASTM
C 62
1969
ASTM
C 73
1972
ASTM
C 79
1967
ASTM
C 90
2970
ASTM
C 91
1971
ASTM
C 94
1971
ASTM
C 126
1971
ASTM
C 129
1971
ASTM
C 144
1970
ASTM
C 145
1971
ASTM
C 150
1972
ASTM
C 206
1968
Specifications for Structural Clay
Non-Load Bearing Tile
Specifications for Structural Clay
Floor Tile
Specifications for Keene's Cement
Specifications for Building Brick (Solid
Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale)
Specifications for Sand-lime Building
Brick
Specifications for Gypsum Sheathing Board
Specifications for Hollow Load Bearing
Concrete Masonry Units
Specifications for Masonry Cement
1971,1972 Specifications for Ready-Mixed Concrete
Specifications for Ceramic Glazed Struc-
tural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick,
and Solid Masonry Units
Specifications for Hollow Non-Load
Bearing Concrete Masonry Units
Specifications for Aggregate for Masonry
Mortar
Specifications for Solid Load Bearing
Concrete Masonry Units
Specifications for Portland Cement
Specifications for Special Finishing
Hydrated Lime
ASTM C 207 1968 Specifications for Hydrated Lime for
Masonry Purposes
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 363
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part A
ASTM C 208 1966 Specifications for Structural Insulating
Board Made From Vegetable Fibers
ASTM C 216 1971 Specifications for Brick, Facing (Solid
Masonry Units Made From Clay of Shale)
ASTM C 270 1971 Specifications for Mortar for Unit Mas-
onry (Tentative)
ASTM C 330 1969
Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates
for Structural Concrete (Tentative)
ASTM C 331 1969
Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates
for Concrete Masonry Units (Tentative)
ASTM C 332 1966
ASTM
ASTM
C 476 1971
C 595 1968
Specifications for Lightweight Aggregates
for Insulating Concrete
Specifications for Mortar and Grout for
Reinforced Masonry
Specifications for Blended Hydraulic
Cements
ASTM
C 652 1970
Federal DD-G-00451b
Specif i- D.F. 2.5
cation
Specifications for Hollow Brick (Solid
Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale)
Glass Thickness Specifications
USDC
CS 181 1952
U.S. Product
Standard PS-1
Adhesive- Water Resistant Organic, for
Installation of Clay Tile
Specifications for Plywood
Vermiculite
Institute
1963 Standard Specifications for Vermiculite
Plastering
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 364
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part A
1.0 GLASS DESIGN CRITERIA - The required nominal thickness of glass
shall be determined from the chart within this reference standard.
The modified design wind load to be used for entering the chart shall
be determined by dividing the appropriate general design wind load
of section 713.0 by the relative resistance value for the glass type
involved. For this purpose, the relative resistances to wind load
for equal thicknesses of glass shall be assumed as follows:
2.0 GLASS TYPE RELATIVE RESISTANCE
Regular Plate or Sheet 1.0
Laminated 0.6
Wired Glass 0.5
Heat Strengthened 2.0
Ful ly-Temper ed 4 . 0
Rough-Rolled Plate 1.0
Sandblasted 0.4
Factory Fabricated Double Glazing
(Use only the thickness of
the thinner of the two lights) 1.5
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 365
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part B
ACI
ACI
ACI
AISC
AISI
ASTM
318
506
525
1971
1966
1963
1969
1968
AITC
PS 56-73
1973
AITC
200-73
1973
AA
1969
APA
1967
A 27
1971
ASTM
A 48
1971
ASTM
A 148
1971
ASTM
A 377
1966
ASTM
C 31
1966
ASTM
C 143
1966
ASTM
C 172
1968
ASTM
D 2277
1972
AWS
Dl.0-69
1969
NCMA
1971
Building Code Requirements for Rein-
forced Concrete
Recommended Practice for Shotcreting
Minimum Requirements for Thin-Section
Precast Concrete Construction
Specification for the Design, Fabrication,
and Erection of Structural Steel for
Buildings
Specification for the Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Members
Structural Glued-Laminated Lumber
Inspection Manual
Aluminum Construction Manual
Design and Fabrication of Flat Plywood
Stressed Skin Panels
Specifications for Mild-To-Medium Strength
Carbon-Steel Castings for General Application
Specifications for Gray Iron Castings
Specifications for High-Strength Steel
Castings for Structural Purposes
Specifications for Cast Iron Pressure Pipe
Making and Curing Concrete Compression and
Flexure Test Specimens in the Field
Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
Sampling Fresh Concrete
Specifications for Fiberboard Nail-Base
Sheathing (Tentative)
Code for Welding in Building Construction
Specification for the Design and Construction
of Load Bearing Concrete Masonry. Where con-
flict arises between this reference standard
and the Basic Code, the more stringent re-
quirements of the two shall apply.
1/1/78
Vol. 13
366
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part B
NFoPA
1970
Maximum Spans for Joists and Rafters
in Residential Construction
NFoPA
NFoPA
BIA
SJI-AISC
SJI-AISC
1970 Wood Structural Design Data
1973 National Design Specification for Stress-
Grade Lumber and its Fastenings.
1969 Structural Clay Products Institute Rec-
ommended Building Code Requirements for
Engineered Brick Masonry. Where conflict
arises between this reference standard
and the Basic Code, the more stringent
requirements of the two shall apply.
1972 Standard Specifications and Load Tables
for Open Web Steel Joists, J-Series and
H-Series
1972 Standard Specifications and Load Tables
for Long-Span Steel Joists, LJ-Series
and LH-Series
ANSI A59.1 1954
USDC CS 31 1952
Specifications for Reinforced Gypsum
Concrete
Wood Shingles (Red Cedar, Tidewater, Red
Cypress and California Redwood)
1/1/78
Vol. 18
367
Reference Standards - Article 8 Part C
ACI 525 1963 Minimum Requirements for Thin-Section
Precast Concrete Construction
AWPA C 1 1972 Standard for the Preservative Treatment
of all Timber Products by Pressure
Processes
AWPA C 2 1972 Standard for the Preservative Treatment
of Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine
Ties by Pressure Processes
AWPA C 3 1972 Standard for the Preservative Treatment
of Piles by Pressure Processes
AWPA C 4 1972 Standard for Preservative Treatment of
Poles by Pressure Processes
AWPA C 9 1972 Standard for the Preservative Treatment
of Plywood by Pressure Processes
AWPA M 2 1962 Standard Instructions for the Inspection
of Preservative Treatment of Wood
AWPA M 4 1962 Standard for the Case of Pressure-Treated
Wood Products
ANSI A 94.1 1961 Specifications for Interior Marble
ANSI A 94.2 1961 Specifications for Thin Exterior Marble
Veneer (Two Inches and Less in Thickness)
ANSI A 94.3 1961 Specifications for Thin Exterior Marble
in Curtain or Panel Walls
ANSI A 108.1 1967 Specifications for (Including Requirements
of Related Divisions) Installation of
Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile in Cement Mortars
ANSI A 108.2 1967 Specifications for (Including Requirements
of Related Divisions) Installation of
Ceramic Mosaic Tile in Cement Mortars
ANSI A 108.3 1967 Specifications (Including Requirements of
Related Divisions) for Installation of
Quarry Tile and Pavers in Cement Mortars
ANSI A 108.5 1967 Specifications for Installation of Ceramic
Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 368
Recommended Nailing Schedule
Building Element
Stud to sole plate
Stud to cap plate
Double studs
Corner studs
Sole plate to joist or
blocking
Double cap plate
Cap plate laps
Ribbon strip - 6" or less
Ribbon strip - 6" or more
Roof rafter to plate
Roof rafter to ridge
Jack rafter to hip
Floor joists to studs ....
(No ceiling joists) .
Floor joists to studs ....
(With ceiling joists)
Floor joists to sill or
girder 8d common
Ledger strip ....,.., 16d common
Ceiling joists to plate 16d common
Ceiling joists to parallel
rafters 16d common
Ceiling joists (laps over
partition) 16d common
Collar beam lOd common
Bridging to joists 8d common
Diagonal brace (to stud and
plate) 8d common
Tail beams to headers 20d common
(When nailing permitted)
Header beams to trimmers .... 20d common
(When nailing permitted)
1" roof decking 8d common
(6" or less in width)
1" roof decking 8d common
(over 6" in width)
1" sub-flooring (6" or less) . . 8d common
1" sub-flooring (8" or more) . . 8d common
2" sub-flooring 16d common
1" wall sheathing (8M or less
in width) 8d common
Plywood roof and wall
sheathing 6d common
(1/2 or less
(5/8" or greater) 8d common
Nail Size
Number and
and type
location
8d common
h Toe-nail
16d common
2 Toe-nail
lOd common
12"o.c. Direct
16d common
24"o.c. Direct
16d common
16"o.c.
16d common
16"o.c. Direct
16d common
2 Direct
lOd common
2 each Direct bearing
lOd common
3 each Direct bearing
8d common
3 Toe-nail
16d common
2 Toe-nail
lOd common
3 Toe-nail
lOd common
5 Direct or
lOd common
3 Direct
lOd common
2 Direct
3 Toe-nail
3 each Direct joist
3 Toe-nail
3 Direct
3 Direct
3 Direct
2 each Direct end
2 each Direct bearing
1 each End
4 sq. ft. floor area
1 each End
8 sq. ft. floor area
2 each Direct rafter
3 each Direct rafter
2 each Direct joist
3 each Direct joist
2 each Direct joist
2 each Direct stud
6"o.c. Direct edges and
12"o.c. intermediate
6"o.c. Direct edges and
12"o.c. intermediate
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 369
Recommended Nailing Schedule
Building Element
Nail Size
and type
Number and
location
(5/16M, 3/8" or 1/2")... 16 ga. galvanized 4"o.c. edges
wire staples, 3/8" and 8"o.c.
minimum crown; intermediate
length of 1" plus
plywood thickness
(5/8") Same as immedi- 2-l/2"o.c. edges
ately above and 5"o.c. inter-
mediate
Plywood subflooring:
(1/2") 6d common or 6"o.c. Direct
6d annular oredges and 10"o.c.
spiral thread intermediate
(5/8", 3/4") 8d common or 6"o.c. Direct
6d annular or edges and 10"o.c.
spiral thread intermediate
(1", 1-1/8") lOd common or 6"o.c. Direct
8d ring shank or edges and 6"o.c.
8d annular or intermediate
spiral thread
(1/2") 16 ga. galvanized 4"o.c. edges and
wire staples 7"o.c. intermediate
(5/8") 3/8" minimum 2-l/2"o.c. edges and
crown, 1-5/8" 4"o.c. intermediate
length
Built up girders and beams .. 20d common 32"o.c. Direct
Continuous header to stud ... 8d common 4 Toenail
Continuous header-two pieces. 16d common 16"o.c. Direct
1/2" Fiberboard sheathing ... 1-1/2" galvanized 3"o.c. exterior edge
roofing nail or 6"o.c. intermediate
6d common nail or
16 gage staple,
1-1/8" long with
minimum crown of
7/16"
25/32" Fiberboard sheathing.. 1-3/4" galvanized 3"o.c. exterior edge,
roofing nail or 6"o.c. intermediate
8d common nail or
16 gage staple,
1-1/2" long with
minimum crown of
7/16"
Gypsum sheathing 12 gage 1-1/4" 4"o.c. on edge,
large head 8"o.c. intermediate
corrosion-resistive
Shingles-wood No . 14 B&S 2 each bearing
corrosion-resistive
Weather boarJing 8d corrosion- 2 each bearing
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 370
PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING
DOUGLAS FIR, WESTERN LARCH, SOUTHERN PINE
AND
GROUP 1 SHEATHING GRADES WESTERN SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD
Roof
Floor
Panel
Maximum Sp
an
Identification
(Inches)
Load
(psf)
Index (2)
Maximum
(roof span
Edges
Edges
Total
Live
Span(5)
"/floor span")
Blocked (3)
Unblocked
Load
Load
(Inches)
12/0
12
12
130
100
0
16/0
16
16
75
55
0
20/0
20
20
55
45
0
24/0
24(6)
24
60
45
0
30/12
30
26
55
40
12(7)
32/16
32
28
50(4)
40
16(8)
36/16
36
30
50(4)
35(4)
16(8)
42/20
42
32
45(4)
35(4)
20(8)
48/24
48
36
40(4)
40
24
1. These values apply for Structural I and II, Standard Sheathing
and C-C grades only. Spans shall be limited to values shown
because of possible effect of concentrated loads.
2. Identification index appears on all panels in the construction
grades listed in footnote (1).
3. Edges may be blocked with lumber or other approved type of
edge support .
4. For roof live load of forty (40) psf or total load of fifty-five
(55) psf, decrease spans by thirteen (13) percent or use panel
with next greater identification index.
5. Plywood edges shall have approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall
be supported with blocking, unless one-fourth (1/4) inch minimum
thickness underlayment is installed, or finish floor is twenty-
five thirty-seconds (25/32) inch wood strip. Allowable uniform
load based on deflection of one three-sixtieth (1/360) of span is
one hundred (100) psf.
6. 1/2 inch Structural I, when continuous over one (1) support, may
be laid with face grain parallel to supports provided all panel
edges are blocked or other approved type edge support is provided,
the spacing of the supports does not exceed twenty-four (24) in-
ches on center, and the live load does not exceed thirty (30)
pounds per square foot. For other grades, a thickness of five-
eighths (5/8) is required.
7. May be sixteen (16) inches, if twenty-five thirty-seconds (25/32)
inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angles to joists.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 371
8. May be twenty-four (24) inches if twenty-five thirty-seconds
(25/32) inch wood strip flooring is installed at right angles
to joists.
PLYWOOD COMBINATION SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR PLYWOOD COMBINATION
SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT (1)
Plywood Continuous over Two (2) or More Spans
and Face Grain Perpendicular to Supports
Species Groups Maximum Spacing of Joists (Inches)
16 20 24
1
1/2
5/8
3/4
2,3
5/8
3/4
7/8
4
3/4
7/8
1
1 - Applicable to Underlayment grade, C-C (Plugged) and all grades
of sanded exterior type plywood. Spans limited to values shown be-
cause of possible effect of concentrated loads. Allowable uniform
load based on deflection of 1/360 of span is 100 psf . Plywood edges
shall have approved tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported
with blocking, unless one-fourth (1/4) inch minimum thickness under-
layment is installed, or finish floor is twenty-five thirty-seconds
(25/32) inch wood strip. If wood strips are perpendicular to supports
thicknesses shown for sixteen (16) inch and twenty (20) inch spans
may be used on twenty-four (24) inch span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 372
ARTICLE 9
FIRERESISTIVE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 900.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall govern the use and assembly
of all materials of construction with respect to f ireresistance,
flame spread resistance, and smoke and toxic fume limitation. The
provisions shall also control the location and function of integral
structural and fire protective elements of building, and provide for
the installation of safeguards against the spread of fire within build-
ings and between buildings.
900.1 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS: The requirements of this article shall
constitute the minimum functional performance standards for fire-pro-
tection purposes; and shall not be deemed to decrease or waive any
strength provisions or in any other manner decrease the requirements
of the Basic Code in respect to structural safety.
900.2 USE OF COMBUSTIBLES: All materials and forms of construction
that develop the fireresistance required by this Code shall be accept-
able for fireproof ing and structural purposes; except that the use of
combustible component materials in structural units or structural as-
semblies shall be limited to type 3 and type 4 construction as follows:
900.21 COMBUSTIBLE COMPONENTS: Combustible aggregates may be incor-
porated in concrete mixtures approved for f ireresistive construction
as provided in section 811 and 848 for gypsum concrete, in section 843
for cinder concrete and any other approved component material or ad-
mixture may be used in assemblies that meet the f ireresistive test
requirements of the Basic Code; and wood nailing strips or any other
material of similar combustible characteristics may be embedded in
concrete and masonry construction for securing trim and finish.
900.22 FILLER UNITS: When not included in strength calculations,
filler units that contain component combustible materials may be used
in all f ireresistive floor construction provided the complete assembly
meets the required fire test performance.
900.3 REINFORCED CONCRETE: All reinforced concrete mixtures which
meet the requirements of section 817 for concrete aggregates and the
provisions of this article for time-temperature performance shall be
accepted in fireresistive construction and shall be classified in ac-
cordance with the degree of fireresistance required in article 2 and
in tables 2-5 and 2-6.
SECTION 901.0 DEFINITIONS
AUTOMATIC FIRE DOOR: a fire door or other opening protective so con-
structed and arranged so that if open, it shall close when subjected to:
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 373
a) a predetermined temperature, or
b) a predetermined rate of temperature rise, or
c) smoke or other products of combustion.
COMBUSTIBLE FIRE DAMPER: a damper arranged to seal off air flow auto-
matically through part of an air duct system, so as to restrict the
passage of heat. The fire damper may also be used as a smoke damper
if the location lends itself to the dual purpose.
COMBUSTIBLE (MATERIAL) : a combustible (material) is a material which
cannot be classified as noncombustible in accordance with that defi-
nition.
CONFLAGRATION HAZARD: the fire risk involved in the spread of fire by
exterior exposure to and from adjoining buildings and structures.
FIRE DAMPER: a damper arranged to seal off air flow automatically
through part of an air duct system, so as to restrict the passage
of heat. The fire damper may also be used as a smoke damper if
location lends itself to the dual purpose.
FIRE DIVISION: the interior means of separation of one part of a
floor area from another part together with f ireresistive floor con-
struction to form a complete barrier between adjoining or super-
imposed floor areas in the same building or structure.
FIRE DOOR: a door and its assembly, so constructed and assembled in
place as to give protection against the passage of fire.
FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY: the assembly of a fire door and its accessories,
including all hardware and closing devices and their anchors; and
the door frame, when required, and its anchors.
FIRE GRADING: the posted fire hazard classification of a building or
structure in hours or fractions of an hour as established for its
use group and occupancy in table 9-1 .
FIRE HAZARD: the potential degree of fire severity existing in the
use and occupancy of a building and classified as high, moderate
or low;
-HIGH: all uses which involve the storage, sale, manufacture or
processing of highly combustible, volatile flammable or explosive
products which are likely to burn with extreme rapidity and pro-
duce large volumes of smoke, poisonous fumes, gases or explosions
in the event of fire.
-MODERATE: all uses which involve the storage, sale, manufacture
or processing of materials which are likely to burn with moderate
rapidity and a considerable volume of smoke, but which do not pro-
duce either poisonous fumes or explosions in the event of fire.
-LOW: all uses which involve the storage, sale or manufacture of
materials that do not ordinarily burn rapidly, nor produce excessive
smoke, poisonous fumes, or explosions in the event of fire.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 374
FIRE PARTITION: a partition which subdivides a story of a building
to provide an area of refuge or to restrict the spread of fire.
FIRE PREVENTION: the preventive measures which provide for the safe
conduct and operation of hazardous processes, storage of highly
combustible and flammable materials, conduct of fire drills, and
the maintenance of fire detecting and fire-extinguishing service
equipment and good housekeeping conditions.
FIRE PROTECTION: the provision of safeguards in construction and of
exit facilities; and the installation of fire alarm, fire-detecting
and fire-extinguishing service equipment to reduce the fire risk
and the conflagration hazard.
FIRERES I STANCE: that property of materials or their assemblies which
prevents or retards the passage of excessive heat, hot gases or
flames under conditions of use.
FIRERESISTANCE RATING: the time in hours or fractions thereof that
materials or their assemblies will resist fire exposure as deter-
mined by fire tests conducted in compliance with recognized stan-
dards.
FIRERESISTIVE PARTITION: a partition other than a fire partition which
is required to subdivide the floor area of a f ireresistive building
for the purpose of restricting the spread of fire.
FIRERETARDANT CONSTRUCTION: fabricated units or assemblies of units
of construction which have a f ireresistance rating of not less than
one-third (1/3) hour.
FIRERETARDANT LUMBER: wood so treated by a recognized impregnation
process as to reduce its combustibility.
FIRE SAFETY: the measure of protection of a building or structure
against interior and exposure fire hazards through f ireresistive
construction and the provision of safe exitways and fire-detecting
and extinguishing equipment.
FIRE SEPARATION (EXTERIOR FIRE EXPOSURE) : the distance in feet mea-
sured from any other building on the site, or from an interior lot
line, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space
to the building.
FIRE WALL: a wall having adequate f ireresistance and structural sta-
bility under fire conditions to accomplish the purpose of completely
subdividing a building or of completely separating adjoining build-
ings to resist the spread of fire.
FIRE WINDOW: a window constructed and glazed to give protection
against the passage of fire.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 375
FLAMERESISTANCE: the property of materials or combinations of com-
ponent materials which resists the spread of flame as determined
by the f lamer esistance tests specified in the Basic Code.
FLAME SPREAD: the propagation of flame over a surface.
FLAME SPREAD RATING: the measurement of flame spread on the surface
of materials or their assemblies as determined by tests conducted
in compliance with recognized standards.
NONCOMBUSTIBLE : (INCOMBUSTIBLE) This is a general, relative term.
Its precise meaning is defined in the Basic Code for specific ap-
plications.
PARTY WALL: a fire wall, used or adapted for joint service between
two buildings, which may fall on an interior lot line or which may
be used to separate adjoining one and/or two-family dwellings on
the same lot.
SELF-CLOSING: a fire door or other opening protective which is nor-
mally closed and equipped with an approved device to insure closing
after having been opened for use.
SHAFT: a vertical opening or passage through two or more floors of a
building or through floors and roof.
-COVERED: an interior enclosed space extending through one (1) or
more stories of a building, connecting a series of two (2) or more
openings in successive floors, or floors and roof, and covered at
the top.
-OPEN: an exterior, enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, enclosed with walls of the required weather
and fireresistance for exterior walls, and open to the sky at the
top.
STANDARD FIRE TEST: the standard controlled furnace test formulated
under the procedure of the American Society for Testing Materials
and designated ASTM E119 as listed in the reference standards of
this article.
SECTION 902.0 FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
The degree of fire hazard of buildings and structures for each spe-
cific use group as defined by the fire grading in Table 9-1 shall de-
termine the requirements for fire walls, fire divisions and the segre-
gation of mixed uses as prescribed in section 213 and all structural
members supporting such elements, unless otherwise provided in this
Code.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 376
902.1 UNCLASSIFIED USES: The building official shall determine the
fire hazard classification of a building or structure designed for a
use not specifically provided in table 9-1 in accordance with the fire
characteristics and potential fire hazard of tfhe use group which it
most nearly resembles; or its designation shall be fixed by the ap-
proved rules.
SECTION 903.0 FIRERESISTANCE TESTS
All fire tests of building materials and construction shall be con-
ducted in accordance with the standard fire test procedure; except
that the hosestream test therein prescribed for one (1) hour construc-
tion shall be required for all assemblies and constructions approved
for a fireresistance rating of three-quarter (3/4) hours.
TABLE 9-1 - FIRE GRADING OF USE GROUPS
Fire grading
Class Use Group in hours
A High hazard 4
B-l Storage - Moderate hazard 3
B-2 Storage - Low hazard 2
C « Mercantile 3
D Industrial 3
E Business 2
F-l Assembly - Theatres 3
F-2 Assembly - Night Clubs 3
F-3 Assembly - Recreation centers, lecture
halls, terminals, restaurants 2
F-4 Assembly - Churches, schools 1*5
H-l Institutional - Restrained occupants 3
H-2 Institutional - Incapacitated occupants 2
L-l Residential - Hotels 2
L-2 Residential - Multi-family dwellings 1%
L-3 Residential - 1 and 2 family dwellings 3/4
903.1 STRUCTURAL BUILDING ASSEMBLIES: Built-up masonry units and com-
posite assemblies of structural materials including walls, partitions,
columns, girders, beams and slabs and assemblies of slabs and beams or
other combinations of structural units for use in floor and roof con-
struction shall be regulated by the fireresistance ratings of table 2-5.
All floor and ceiling assemblies shall extend to and be tight against
the exterior wall. Approved firestopping providing equivalent fire-
resistance shall be used to close off any separation between the floor
and exterior wall.
903.2 COLUMN, BEAM AND GIRDER PROTECTION: To evaluate column, beam
and girder protection for structural units when the fireproofing is not
a structural part of the element, in lieu of full size tests of loaded
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 377
specimens, the structural sections encased in the material proposed
for use as insulation and fire protection may be subjected to the
standard test procedure without load.
903.3 ROOF COVERINGS.
903.31 SIZE OF SPECIMEN: Roof coverings shall be tested in a complete
assembly of roof deck and roof covering constructed and applied as in
practice with a panel area of not less than twelve (12) square feet and
no dimension less than thirty-two (32) inches.
903.32 TEST PROCEDURE: The tests shall be conducted to determine
ability to resist ignition, duration of flaming and susceptibility
to fire spread.
903.4 CLASSIFICATION OF ROOF COVERINGS: Roof coverings shall be clas-
sified as A, B or C on the basis of their resistance to exterior fire
exposure as listed or tested in accordance with reference standard of
this article.
903.41 CLASS A ROOFINGS shall be effective against severe fire exposure
and shall be permitted for use on fireproof (type 1) , noncombustible
(type 2) and heavy timber mill (type 3-A) buildings and structures;
903.42 CLASS B ROOFINGS shall be effective against moderate fire ex-
posure and shall be permitted as the minimum for use on fireproof
(type 1) buildings and structures;
904.43 CLASS C ROOFINGS shall be effective against light fire exposure
and shall be permitted as the minimum for use on noncombustible (type
2) , masonry enclosed (type 3) and protected frame (type 4-A) buildings
and structures;
903.^4 NON-RATED ROOFINGS shall be limited to use in areas outside
of the fire limits where the exterior fire exposure hazard is reduced
by required fire separations as provided in section 928.3 and on
frame (type 4-B) construction.
903.5 OPENING PROTECTIVES .
903.51 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY: Opening protectives, including frames,
self-closing devices, and hardware, shall be classfied as to fire-
protection rating and shall be installed, maintained and operated in
accordance with the provisions of the reference standards of this
article. All opening protectives shall bear the identification of
an approved testing laboratory or agency certifying to the perfor-
mance rating thereof.
903.52 SMOKE AND FLAME BARRIER: Tests of door and window assemblies
shall be considered unsuccessful unless the assembly prevents the
passage of smoke or flames in considerable volume and remains se-
curely in the opening during the fire exposure and following the
hose stream test.
Vol. 18 - 378
1/1/78
903.53 LABELED FIRE DOORS: Opening protective assemblies including
the frames, hardware and operation which comply with the standards
and accepted practice, including shop inspection, of approved test-
ing authorities shall be deemed to meet the requirements of the
Basic Code for their recommended and approved locations and use as
listed in section 917.
903.54 DOOR OPENINGS MORE THAN 120 SQUARE FEET: Labeled fire doors
for openings which are more than one hundred and twenty (120) square
feet in area may be approved as conforming to all the standard con-
struction requirements of tested and approved fire door assemblies
except as to size.
903.55 LABELED FIRE WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS: Fire window assemblies
and shutters which comply with Section 918 and the standards and ac-
cepted practice of approved testing agencies shall be deemed to meet
the requirements for their recommended and required locations under
the Basic Code.
903.56 LABELED FIRE DAMPERS: Only fire dampers which have been tested,
listed and labeled by an approved testing agency shall be deemed to
meet the requirement of this Code for the recommended locations and
use as listed in section 1810.1.
903.6 COMBUSTIBILITY TESTS: Where the behavior of materials under
exposure to fire is specified in the Basic Code the characteristics of
materials shall be determined by the following tests and criteria:
903.61 NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: A noncombustible material is one
which, in the form in which it is used, meets any of the following
requirements :
a) materials which pass the test procedure for defining non-
combustibility of elementary materials listed in the ref-
erence standards of this article when exposed to a furnace
temperature of thirteen hundred eighty-two (1382) degrees
F. for a period of five (5) minutes, and do not cause a
temperature rise of the surface or interior thermocouples
in excess of fifty-four (54) degrees F. above the furnace
air temperature at the beginning of the test and which do
not flame after an exposure of thirty (30) seconds.
b) materials having a structural base of noncombustible material
as defined in paragraph 1, with a surfacing not more than
one-eighth (1/8) inch thick which has a flamespread rating
not greater than fifty (50) when tested in accordance with
the method of test for surface burning characteristics of
building materials listed in the reference standards of
this article.
c) materials other than defined in paragraphs 1 and 2, having a
flamespread rating not greater than twenty-five (25) without
evidence of continued progressive combustion, and of such
composition that surfaces that would be exposed by cutting
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 379
through the material in any way would not have a flamespread
rating greater than twenty-five (25) when tested in accordance
with the method of test for surface burning characteristics
of building materials listed in the reference standards of
this article.
903.62 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD TESTS: Where permitted for use
as a structural element, Fire-Retardant Treated Wood shall be tested
in accordance with the standard method of test for surface burning
characteristics of building materials (tunnel test) listed in the
reference standards of this article, and shall show a flame spread
rating not greater than twenty-five (25) when exposed for a period
of not less than thirty (30) minutes, with no evidence of signifi-
cant progressive combustion. The material shall bear the identifi-
cation of an accredited authoritative testing agency showing the per-
formance rating thereof.
903.7 FIRERETARDANT TREATED WOOD: Wood that has been pressure-treated
with fireretardant chemicals in accordance with the reference standards
of this article may be used in type 1 and 2 constructions for non-
bearing partitions, structural elements, roof framing and sheathing
as indicated by note (h) of table 2-5 provided that the assembly in
which such material is used shall produce the required f ireresistance
when tested in accordance with the reference standards of this article.
903.71 LIMITATIONS: Fireretardant treated wood may not be used where
exposed to the weather or in interior spaces where the relative humid-
ity is normally eighty (80) percent or more. There shall be no fabri-
cation of the material after treatment, such as cutting, shaping or
grooving for splines or ring connectors so as to expose untreated sur-
faces, except that the material may be cut to length, shaped, or grooved
if the exposed surfaces or edges are tightly butted against other mater-
ial that is noncombustible or that is fireretardant treated, so that no
untreated wood is left exposed to danger of ignition. Holes may be
bored or cut for plumbing or heating pipes and for electric outlets
only if the openings are covered with tightly fitted noncombustible
escutcheons or cover plates. The allowable working stresses of the
material shall be ninety (90) percent of the allowable stresses for
untreated lumber of like classification.
SECTION 904.0 FLAMERESISTANCE TESTS
All materials which are required to restrict the spread of flame or
to be flameresistant under the provisions of the Basic Code, including
but not limited to interior finish materials, fireretardant treated
wood, tents and tarpaulins, and interior hangings and decorations, shall
meet the requirements for their respective use and classifications as
determined by the applicable test procedures listed in the reference
standards of this article.
904.1 INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS: All materials used for interior
finish shall be classified within the classifications listed in table
9-2. Interior finish materials shall be tested in accordance with
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 380
one of the methods of test for surface burning characteristics of
building materials in the reference standards of this article. For
class D material, the flame from the test specimen shall not reach
the angle frame at any point in five (5) minutes or less when tested
under the federal specification.
TABLE 9-2 - FLAME-SPREAD RATING
Surface Burning
class Federal specification Characteristics Test
test (Tunnel test)
of material
I
II
III
IV
A , 0 to 25
B or C 26 to 75
D (5 min. limit) .76 to 200
Note a 201 to 500
904 2 INTERIOR HANGINGS AND DECORATIONS: Refer to Chapter 148 of
the General Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for buildings
subject to those regulations.
904 21 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: Where required to be f lameresistive
under the provisions of the Basic Code, all materials specified or
required for artistic enhancement or use for decorations, draperies,
curtains, scenery and hangings shall comply with this section for
noncombustible or fireretardant materials; or if' treated to be flame-
resistant shall not generate smoke or gases more than those given off
by untreated wood or paper burning under comparable conditions when
tested in the vertical flame test listed in the rererence standards
of this article.
SECTION 905.0 SPECIAL FIRERESISTIVE REQUIREMENT^
In buildings or parts thereof of the occupancies and types of con-
struction herein specified, the general f ireresistive requirements
of table 2-5 and the height and area limitations of table 2-6 shall
hp euhiect to the following exceptions and modifications, and to
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety, Board of Fire Prevention
Regulations FPR-4.
905 1 PUBLIC GARAGES: All existing buildings and structures altered
or converted for use to a garage, motor vehicle repair shop or gaso-
line service station, more than one (1) story in height unless of
fireproof (type 1) construction, or heavy timber (type 3-A) construe
tion! shall have the partitions, columns and girders and all floor
and roof construction protected and insulated with noncombustible
materials or assemblies of component materials having a f ireresistance
rating of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours; except that exis-
ting roof trusses shall be exempt from all fireproofing requirements.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 381
905.2 OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES.
905.21 HEIGHTS AND AREAS: Heights and areas of open parking structures
shall not exceed the limits in the following table:
HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATION FOR OPEN PARKING STRUCTURES
Type of Height Area
Construction
1-A, 1-B, 2-A Unlimited Unlimited
2-B 100' Unlimited
2-€\ 75' Unlimited
The area of structures wherein more than twenty-five (25) percent of
the perimeter has frontage on street or other open space leading to a
street each of which is not less than thirty (30) feet wide may be
installed in accordance with section 308.1 in types 2-B and 2-C construc-
tion, the area may be unlimited. The above limits of height permit
parking on the roof.
905.3 PETROLEUM BULK STORAGE 3UILDINGS: Warehouses for the bulk
storage of not more than fifty thousand (50,000) gallons of lubricating
oils with a flash point of not less than three hundred (300) degrees F.
in approved sealed containers may be erected outside the fire limits
of masonry wall (type 3) construction not more than five thousand
(5000) square feet in area and not more than one (1) story or twenty
(20) feet in height; or to proportionate areas in other types of
construction as regulated by table 2-6. Not more than one motor vehicle
may be stored in such buildings unless separately enclosed with a fire
division of two (2) hours f ireresistance.
905.4 PACKING AND SHIPPING ROOMS: Every packing or shipping room
located on or below a floor occupied for mercantile uses shall be
separated therefrom by fire divisions of not less than the fireresistance
of the type of construction of the building but in no case less than
three-quarter (3/4) hours fireresistance.
905.5 TRUCK LOADING AND SHIPPING AREAS: Truck loading and shipping
areas shall be permitted within any business building provided such
areas are enclosed in construction of not less than the fireresistance
of the type of construction of the building but in no case less than
three-quarter (3/4) hours; and direct access is provided therefrom to
the street. Where applicable, conformance with Department of Public
Safety, Board of Fire Prevention Regulations FPR-4 and 11 is required.
905.6 RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS.
1/1/78
905.61 PROTECTED ORDINARY CONSTRUCTION: Multi-family dwellings (use
group L-2) of protected ordinary (type 3-B) construction may be in-
creased to six (6) stories or seventy-five (75) feet in height when
the first floor above the basement or cellar is constructed of not
less than three (3) hour f ireresistive construction, the floor area
is subdivided by two (2) hour fire walls into fire areas of not more
than three thousand (3000) square feet, and the common exitway, public
hallways and exitways are enclosed in two (2) hour f ireresistive con-
struction.
905.62 PROTECTED NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: When of three-quarter
(3/4) hour protected noncombustible (type 2-B) construction, multi-
family dwellings (use group L-2) may be increased to nine (9) stories
or one hundred (100) feet in height when separated not less than fifty
(50) feet from any other building on the lot and from interior lot
lines, the exitways are segregated in a fire area enclosed in a contin-
uous fire wall of two (2) hour f ireresistance and the first floor is
not less than one and one half (1*5) hours f ireresistive construction.
905.63 RETAIL BUSINESS USE: The first floor of buildings of unprotec-
ted noncombustible (type 2-C) , masonry wall (type 3-C) or frame (type
4-B) construction may be occupied for retail store use, provided the
ceilings and enclosure walls are protected to afford three-quarter
(3/4) hour f ireresistance and the exitways from the residence floors
are separately enclosed in accordance with the requirements of sec-
tion 909.5 and article 6.
905.7 GRADE FLOOR PROTECTION.
905.71 NON-FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION: In all buildings other than one-
and two-family dwellings (use group L-3) and other than fireproof
(types 1-A and 1-B) construction with habitable or occupiable stories .
or basements below grade, the ceilings, partitions and supports below
the grade floor shall be protected with noncombustible materials or
assemblies of component materials having a f ireresistance rating of
not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours or shall be of heavy mill
(type 3-A) construction, or shall be equipped with automatic sprink-
lers; but in no case less than the required f ireresistance of the use
group and type of construction required by tables 2-5 and 2-6.
905.72 PROTECTED NONCOMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: In all buildings of
one and one-half (1^) hour protected noncombustible (type 2-A) con-
struction, more than four (4) stories or fifty (50) feet in height,
in other than residential use groups, the floor above the basement
or cellar shall be constructed with a f ireresistance of not less than
two (2) hours.
905.73 ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: One- and two-family dwellings
(use group L-3) , not more than two (2) stories and attic or thirty-
five (35) feet in height, shall be exempt from the requirements of
this section.
1/1/73 Vol. 18 - 383
905.74 BASEMENT ASSEMBLY USES: No dance hall, skating rink or simi-
lar places of public assembly for amusement, entertainment, instruction,
or service of food or refreshment shall be located in stories or rooms
below grade unless the floor construction above and below is of not
less than one and one-half (1^) hour f ireresistance .
SECTION 906.0 ENCLOSURE WALLS
All exterior masonry and other enclosure walls shall comply with
the structural provisions of articles 7 and 8 and with the fireresis-
tance requirements of table 2-5 as regulated by the location and type
of construction.
906.1 EXCEPTIONS: The provisions of the Basic Code shall not be deemed
to prohibit the omission of enclosure walls for all or part of a story
when required for special uses and occupancies; except that when so
omitted, the open areas shall be separated from the rest of the area
and from the upper and lower stories of the building by wall and floor
construction of the f ireresistance required in table 2-5; and except
as otherwise specifically permitted in the Basic Code, the piers, col-
umns and other structural supports within the open portion shall be
constructed with the fireresistance required for exterior bearing
walls in table 2-5.
906.2 FIRE CANOPIES: All fire canopies required by section 918.51
shall be. constructed of noncombustible materials extending out at least
two (2) feet horizontally from the wall and at least as long as the
width of the lower opening and constructed to provide a fireresistance
rating required for the exterior wall.
906.3 PARAPETS. - Parapets shall be provided on all exterior walls
of buildings of construction types 3A, 3B, 3C that have roof construc-
tion of combustible materials, shall be at least two (2) feet high,
shall be of materials and assembly having at least the fireresistance
rating of the wall below and shall otherwise conform to the require-
ments of section 867.0. Exceptions where parapets need not be pro-
vided on the exterior walls shall be made for the following buildings:
906.31 One (1) story buildings less than twenty-two (22) feet high;
or
906.32 A building whose roof has a pitch of more than twenty (20)
degrees to the horizontal and whose overhang, fascia, cornice or gut-
ter is of noncombustible construction, or if of combustible construc-
tion, is separated from the roof and ceiling construction by construc-
tion having the fireresistance rating required for the exterior wall
of the building. Combustible members, including roof sheathing, shall
not extend through this construction, but shall have at least four (4)
inches of solid noncombustible material below, at the sides, and at
the ends of such members; or
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 384
906.33 A building is provided with a fire canopy, or not more than
two (2) feet below the roof level, continuous around that portion of
the wall that is without a parapet, constructed as required by sec-
tion 906.3; or
906.34 A building whose roof has a class A roof covering, and any
overhangs, cornices, or gutters are constructed as required by sec-
tion 906.32 above.
SECTION 907.0 FIRE WALLS AND PARTY WALLS
Fire walls, party walls and other fire division walls shall be con-
structed of noncombustible materials or form of construction of the
required strength and f ireresistance rating specified in table 2-5
for the type of construction but not less than the fire grading of
the use group in table 9-1. The construction shall comply with all
the structural provisions for bearing and non-bearing walls of this
Code.
907.1 SOLID BRICK: In other than frame buildings, when constructed
of solid brick masonry, the wall thickness shall conform to the re-
quirements of section 867.0; except that in all buildings more than
twenty-five (25) feet in height used for moderate hazard storage
(use group B-l) and all high hazard uses (use group A) , no part of an
unplastered masonry fire wall shall be less than twelve (12) inches
thick.
907.2 REINFORCED CONCRETE: When constructed of reinforced concrete,
the wall thickness shall be not less than six (6) inches for the upper-
most twenty-five (25) feet or portion thereof measured down from the
top of the wall; except that in buildings more than twenty-five (25)
feet in height used for storage of moderate fire hazard (use group B-l)
and high hazard (use group A) , no part of an unplastered reinforced
concrete fire wall shall be less than eight (8) inches thick.
907.3 FRAME DWELLINGS: In one- and two-family dwellings (use group
L-3), of frame (type 4) construction, party walls shall be not less
than three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistive construction and shall
extend through intersecting walls of frame construction to the out-
side of all combustible wall and roof sheathing.
907.4 OTHER FRAME BUILDINGS: In frame buildings, in use groups other
than one- and two-family dwellings, all party and fire walls shall be
not less than two (2) hour f ireresistive construction, but in no case
less than the equivalent fire grading of the use group as specified
in table 9-1.
907.5 CUTTING FIRE WALLS: Chases or recesses shall not be cut into
fire divisions so as to reduce their thickness below that required for
all f ireresistance rating, except that no chases, recesses or pockets
for insertion of structural members subsequent to erection shall be
cut in walls of eight (8) inches or less in thickness.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 ~ 385
907.6 HOLLOW FIRE WALLS: When combustible members frame into hol-
low fire walls or fire walls of hollow units, all hollow spaces
shall be solidly filled for the full thickness of the wall and for
a distance of not less than four (4) inches above, below and be-
tween the structural members, with noncombustible materials approv-
ed for firestopping in section 921.
907.7 COMBUSTIBLE INSULATION: The building official may permit
the application of cork or fiber board or other combustible insula-
tion if laid up without intervening air spaces and cemented or
attached directly to the face of the fire wall and protected on the
exposed surface as provided in section 824.
907.8 CONTINUITY OF FIRE WALLS AND FIRE DIVISIONS: Fire walls and
other vertical fire divisions shall be continuous between foundation
roof, or horizontal fire divisions and through any concealed space
in floor or roof construction. Horizontal fire divisions shall be
continuous between exterior walls and/or vertical fire divisions.
907.81 When roof construction is combustible on both sides of a
vertical fire division, the division shall extend through the roof
construction to a height of at least four (4) inches above the high
point at the roof framing. Decking shall tightly butt the fire di-
vision. Above the decking of roofs that are flatter than twenty
(20) degrees to the horizontal blocking shall be constructed to
form cants on both sides of the fire division with slopes not steep-
er than 1:4. Combustible decking shall not extend over the top of
the fire division.
907.82 Except as required in 907.83 below, when roof construction
is noncombustible on one (1) or both sides of a vertical fire di-
vision, the vertical fire division may terminate at the underside
of the noncombustible roof construction provided the junction of
the wall and roof construction is made smoke tight.
907.83 When a vertical fire division is required by table 9-1 to
have a f ireresistance rating of three (3) hours or greater, and the roof
construction has a f ireresistance rating of less than two (2) hours, the
fire division shall extend above the roof construction to form a
parapet at least three (3) feet high.
907.84 Fire walls and fire divisions shall be so constructed that the
removal or collapse of construction on one side will not endanger the
support of construction on the other side.
907.85 Fire walls and fire divisions shall be made smoke-tight at
their junction with exterior walls.
907.9 OFFSET FIRE WALLS: If fire walls are offset at intermediate
floor levels in fire-protected skeleton frame construction, the off-
set floor construction and the intermediate wall supports shall be
constructed of noncombustible materials with a f ireresistance rating
not less than that required for the fire wall.
907.10 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: The requirements for the
means of separation of single-family dwellings or two-family dwell-
ings are as follows:
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 386
a) TWO-FAMILY DWELLING: Superimposed dwelling units - when one
dwelling unit of a two-family dwelling is located wholly or
partly above the other dwelling unit, the two dwelling units
shall be completely separated by fire division walls and floor-
ceiling assemblies of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hour
f ireresistive construction.
b) TWO-FAMILY DWELLING: Side by side dwelling units - when ad-
jacent dwelling units of a two-family dwelling are attached
by a common wall , said wall shall be a fire division wall hav-
ing a minimum of three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance rat-
ing that shall serve to completely separate the dwelling units.
c) MULTIPLE, SINGLE-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Side by side - when multi-
ple, single-family dwellings (use group L-3) are attached by
a common wall, said wall shall be a party wall, having a mini-
mum three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance rating. Said wall
shall extend from the foundation to the underside of the roof
sheathing and to the inside of the exterior wall sheathing.
d) MULTIPLE, TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Side by side - when multiple,
two-family dwellings (use group L-3) are attached by a common
wall, said wall shall be a party wall, having a minimum three-
quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance rating. Said wall shall ex-
tend from the foundation to the underside of the roof sheath-
ing and to the inside of the exterior wall sheathing.
SECTION 908.0 FIRE WALL OPENINGS
Openings in fire walls shall not exceed the limits in size and area
herein prescribed and the opening protectives shall conform to the
provisions of sections 903, 904 and 917.
908.1 SIZE OF OPENING: Except in sprinklered buildings, no open-
ing through a fire wall shall exceed one hundred and twenty (120)
square feet in area, and aggregate width of all openings at any
floor level shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the length
of the wall .
908.2 FIRST STORY EXCEPTIONS: In buildings of all types of con-
struction, when the entire areas on both sides of a fire wall are
protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system complying with
article 12, openings designed for the passage of trucks may be con-
structed not more than two hundred and forty (240) square feet in
area with a minimum distance of three (3) feet between adjoining
openings. Such openings shall be protected with approved automatic
opening protectives of three (3) hour fire resistance and provided
with an approved water curtain for such openings in addition to all
other requirements.
l/l/78 Vol. 18 - 387
§08.3 OPENING PROTECTIVES : Every opening in a fire wall shall be
protected on both sides with an approved automatic protective as-
sembly as herein required, or the approved labeled equivalent, ex-
cept horizontal exit openings.
Heat-actuated hold-open devices used on an automatic fire assembly
providing three (3) hour fireresistance rating shall be installed,
one on each side of the wall at ceiling height where the ceiling is
more than three (3) feet above the opening.
Fire assemblies protecting openings required to have one and one-
half (1%), one (1) or three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance shall
be protected in a similar manner or by a single fusible link incor-
porated in the closing device.
SECTION 909.0 FIRE PARTITIONS
909.1 CONSTRUCTION: Fire partitions required for the enclosure of
exitways and areas of refuge shall be constructed of approved masonry,
reinforced concrete or other approved noncombustible materials having
the minimum fireresistance prescribed by table 2-5; except that par-
titions constructed of combustible materials to provide the required
fireresistance may be accepted for use in exitways of building of
types 3 and 4 construction as regulated by table 2-5 and the provi-
sions of section 618.9.
909.2 BEARING PARTITIONS: When fire partitions are used as bearing
walls, they shall comply with all the structural provisions of arti-
cle 8, governing height and thickness.
.909.3 CONTINUITY: When fire partitions around vertical shafts are
not continuous from floor to floor, the offset in the floor construc-
tion shall be of construction with a fireresistance rating not less
than that of the partition construction, nor less than that of the
fire grading defined in table 9-1 for the specific use group.
909.4 OPENINGS.
909.41 SIZE: No other openings shall be permitted in fire partitions
except exitway doors, and the aggregate permissible width of such door-
ways shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the length of^ the
wall, nor shall the maximum area of any individual opening exceed
forty-eight (48) square feet.
909.42 PROTECTIVES: All opening protectives in fire partitions in
other than one- and two-family dwellings shall comply with the pro-
visions of sections 903 and 918 for construction, except as provided
in table 6-6 for buildings not more than three (3) stories in height.
909.5 COMBUSTIBLE STAIR ENCLOSURES.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 383
909.51 CONSTRUCTION: Stair enclosures constructed of approved com-
bustible assemblies protected with component materials to afford the
required fireresistance ratings shall be continuous through combust-
ible floor construction and shall provide an unbroken fire barrier
in combination with protected floors, ceilings, and fire doors, sep-
arating the exitways from the unprotected floors, ceilings and fire
doors, separating the exitways from the unprotected areas of the
building. Such enclosures shall be firestopped to comply with sec-
tions 874.9 and 921.
909.52 OPENINGS FOR LIGHTING: Openings for the purpose of provid-
ing light in such enclosures may be protected with wired glass with
single panes not more than three hundred and sixty (360) square inches
in area and a total area in one story of not more than seven hundred
and twenty (720) square inches. Such light panels shall comply with
the provisions of section 919 and shall be contained in stationary
sash and frames of steel or other approved noncombustible materials.
SECTION 910.0 FIRERESISTIVE PARTITIONS
910.1 CONSTRUCTION: All permanent partitions designated as fire-
resistive for subdividing purposes other than providing required
areas of refuge shall be constructed of noncombustible materials
when designed for use in buildings and structures of fireproof or
noncombustible (types 1 and 2) construction, except as provided in
section 910.4.
910.2 SUPPORTS: All f ireresistive partitions shall extend from the
top of the f ireresistive floor below to the fireresistive ceiling
above, and shall be securely attached thereto. They shall be sup-
ported on fireproofed steel or reinforced concrete construction;
except that the supporting beams and girders of fireresistive parti-
tions constructed of combustible materials shall be protected with
component materials or assemblies to afford the required fireresis-
tance of the partitions supported. All hollow vertical spaces shall
be firestopped at every floor level as required in sections 874.0
and 921.
910.3 OPENINGS: Door openings shall not exceed one hundred and
twenty (120) square feet in area and where required to be fire pro-
tected, they shall comply with the provisions of sections 903.0 and
917. *
910.4 EXCEPTIONS.
910.41 N0NFIREPR00F CONSTRUCTION: In buildings and structures of
masonry enclosed (type 3) and frame (type 4) construction, protected
wood studs or other combustible assemblies constructed with component
materials to afford the required fireresistance specified in table
2-5 shall be approved for enclosures of exitways where permitted in
table 6-6 and for all nonbearing partitions.
Vol. 18 - 3S<:
1/1/78
910.43 FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION: In all buildings and structures or
other than institutional (use group H) and residential (use groups
L-l and L-2) of fireproof (type 1) or of protected noncombustible
(type 2) constructions, partitions of a single thickness of wood or
approved composite panels, and glass or other approved materials of
similar combustible characteristics, may be used to subdivide rooms
or spaces into offices, entries, or other similar compartments, pro-
vided they do not establish a common corridor serving an occupant
load of fifty (50) or more in areas occupied by a single tenant and
not exceeding five thousand (5,000) square feet between f ireresistive
or fire partitions, fire walls, and f ireresistive floors. Larger
areas may be subdivided with f ireretardant wood or with materials
of similar combustible characteristics when complying with section
903.62 but not to gxceed fifty (50) percent increase in area.
SECTION 911.0 VERTICAL SHAFTS AND HOISTWAYS
The provisions of this section shall apply to all vertical shaft
enclosures, except as provided for stairway enclosures in section
618, flue enclosures in section 1009, incinerator chutes in sections
1014 and 1015 duct shafts in sections 1016 and 1017, and pipe shafts
in section 1115.
911.1 OPEN SHAFT ENCLOSURES: The enclosing wall of shafts that are
open to the outer air at the top shall be constructed of materials
specified in article 8 for exterior walls of buildings and structures
of the required fireresistance specified in table 2-5.
911.2 COVERED SHAFT ENCLOSURES: The enclosing walls and the top of
interior covered shafts shall be constructed of approved masonry, re-
inforced concrete or other approved construction with a fireresistance
rating of not less than two (2) hours, except as provided in section
911.3.
911.3 SHAFTS IN RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: In one- and two-family dwell-
ings of other than fireproof or noncombustible construction, shafts
may be supported on and constructed of combustible materials or as-
semblies having a fireresistance rating of not less than three-quarter
(3/4) hours, and shall extend not less than three (3) feet above the
roof with a ventilating skylight of noncombustible construction as
specified i.i section 928.
911.4 TOP ENCLOSURE.
911.41 NOT EXTENDING TO ROOF: A shaft that does not extend into
the top story of the building shall be enclosed with top construc-
tion of the same strength and fireresistance as the floors of the
building or structure in which it occurs, but in no case less than
that of the fireresistance rating of tbe shaft enclosure. Such shafts
shall be provided with noncombustible vents for the relief of smoke
and gasses in the event of fire, with an area not less than ten (10)
percent of the shaft area.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 390
911.42 EXTENDING TO ROOF: All shafts that extend to the roof of
the building shall be covered at the top with a thermostatically
controlled skylight of not less than twenty-five (25) percent of
the area of the shaftway, constructed in accordance with the re-
quirements of section 928. The automatic operation of the sky-
light may be controlled by fusible links designed to operate at a
fixed temperature of not more than one hundred and sixty (160) de-
grees F. or by electric or pneumatic operation under a rapid rise
in temperature at a rate of fifteen (15) to twenty (20) degrees F.
per minute or by other approved methods.
911.43 ALTERNATE SHAFT VENTILATION: The skylight herein required
may be replaced by a window of equivalent area in the side of the
shaft, provided the sill of such window is not less than two (2)
feet above the adjoininp roof and is equipped with an automatic vent
opening, does not face on an interior lot line or within ten (10)
feet thereof, and is not located within twenty (20) feet of an open-
ing in adjacent walls.
911.5 BOTTOM ENCLOSURE: All shafts that do not extend to the bot-
tom of the building or structure shall be enclosed at the lowest
level with construction of the same strength and f ireresistance as
the lowest floor through which it passes, but in no case with a
f ireresistance rating less than that of the shaft enclosure.
911.6 EXISTING SHAFTWAYS : In all existing shaftways of buildings
of assembly (use groups F-l , F-2 , F-3 and F-4) , institutional (use
groups H-l and H-2) and residential (use groups L-l and L-2) classi-
fications, which are not already enclosed as herein required, the
building official shall direct such construction as he may deem
necessary to insure the safety of the occupants,
911.7 SHAFT OPENING: No openings other than necessary for the pur-
pose of the shaftway shall be constructed in shaft enclosures; and
all openings shall be protected with approved fire doors or fire
shutters complying with the provisions of sections 917, 918, 919.
SECTION 912.0 WALL LINTELS
912.1 FIRE PROTECTION. Lintels over openings wider than four (4)
feet in masonry walls, other than in walls of masonry veneer on
wood frame structures, shall be fire protected as required by sec-
tion 913 for structural members, when the full load over the open-
ing is not relieved by a masonry arch of required strength. The
members of an assembled metal lintel that support only outer face
masonry that is securely bonded or anchored to backing, need not be
fire protected as required for structural members supporting masonry,
Vol. 18 - 391
1/1/78
912.2 STONE LINTELS: Except when otherwise approved by the build-
ing official in controlled material procedure, the use of stone lin-
tels on spans exceeding four (4) feet shall be prohibited unless
supplemented by fireproofed structural members or masonry arches of
the required strength to support the superimposed wall load.
SECTION 913.0 BEAMS AND GIRDERS
All beams and girders shall be protected with noncombustible ma-
terials or assemblies of component materials to afford the fire-re-
sistance specified in table 2-5 and as herein modified.
913.1 PROTECTION OF BEAMS AND GIRDERS: Beams and girders that are
required to be fire protected, and that support only one (1) floor
or a roof, and/or a nonbearing wall not more than one (1) story high,
shall be individually encased on all sides with materials having the
required f ireresistance rating; or shall be protected by a ceiling
as specified in section 913.2 having the required f ireresistance
rating; or shall be protected by a combination of both a ceiling
and individual encasement which, together, provide the required
f ireresistance rating. Beams and girders that are required to be
fire protected, and that support more than one (1) floor or a
nonbearing wall, more than one (1) story high, or a bearing wall,
shall be individually encased on all sides for their entire length
or height with materials having the required f ireresistance rating.
Similar individual encasement shall be provided for all structural
elements supporting stairway enclosures.
913.11 Ceilings that contribute to the required f ireresistance
rating of a floor or roof assembly shall be continuous between
exterior walls, vertical fire divisions, or vertical partitions having
at least the same f ireresistance rating as the ceiling.
913.2 CEILING FIXTURES: Ceilings required to have a f ireresistance
rating may be pierced to accommodate noncombustible electric outlet
boxes or recessed lighting fixtures, if the aggregate area of such
openings does not exceed sixteen (16) square inches in each ninety
(90) square feet of ceiling area and the electrical outlet boxes or
recessed lighting fixtures are constructed of steel at least .022
inches thick and sealed tightly at the ceiling. Noncombustible
pipes, ducts, and additional or larger electrical or other service
facilities may pierce ceilings that are required to have a f ireresistance
rating only when the type of ceiling to be used has been tested with
such types of facilities installed In place and the proportionate
area of openings for such facilities to be installed In the ceiling
does not exceed the proportionate area of such openings in the
assembly tested, and provided no opening is larger than that in the
assembly tested. Protection for such openings shall be the same as
provided in the test. Duct openings installed in accordance with
the foregoing shall be protected by fire dampers complying with the
requirements of article 18.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 392
913.3 FIRE STOPPING OF CEILING SPACES: Floor or roof assemblies re-
quired to have a firesistance rating shall have any concealed spaces
therein firestopped as outlined below:
913.31 FIRESTOPPING OF NON-COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: The concealed
space above f ireresistive ceilings shall be firestopped into areas
not exceeding three thousand (3,000) square feet with materials list-
ed in section 921.0 for the full height of the concealed space. Access
to each such concealed space may be through one (1) or more openings
not exceeding nine (9) square feet and protected by self-enclosing
protectives having the fire protection rating required by table 2-5.
Firestopping shall not be required where the structural members with-
in the concealed space are individually protected with materials hav-
ing the required f ireresistance rating, or where the ceiling is not
an essential part of the f ireresistance assembly. Firestopping shall
not be required where a concealed space is sprinklered in accordance
with the construction requirements of article 12. Concealed spaces
over boiler rooms and under roofs may be ventialated to the outer
air.
913.4 FIRESTOPPING OF WOOD JOIST CONSTRUCTION: Where the ceilings
are suspended below wood joist floor construction, the space between
the ceiling and the floor above shall be firestopped in areas of not
more than one thousand (1000) square feet with materials meeting the
requirements of section 921.
913.5 WALL SUPPORTS: Structural members which support walls shall
be protected in conformance with section 913.1 to afford not less
than the required f ireresistance of the wall construction supported
thereon.
913.6 EXTERIOR EXPOSED BEAMS AND GIRDERS: Beams and girders exposed
to the outdoors on building that do not exceed two (2) stories or
thirty (30) feet in height, which are required by table 2-5 to have
a f ireresistance rating not exceeding one (1) hour need not be pro-
tected on any face of the member that has an exterior separation of
thirty (30) feet or more, provided the outdoor area within the thirty
(30) foot separation distance is not used for storage of materials,
or for motor vehicle parking.
913.7 BEAMS AND GIRDERS IN CAVITY WALLS: Where beams and girders
occur within exterior cavity walls, portions of such structural mem-
bers facing the exterior need not be individually fire protected if
the outer wythe of the cavity wall provides the required fireresis-
tance rating and is located not more than two and one-half (2%)
inches from such structural members, and if all surfaces of the
structural members are fire protected from the interior of the build-
ing by materials having the required f ireresistance rating.
913.8 EMBEDMENTS AND ENCLOSURES: Pipes, wires, conduits, ducts,
or other service facilities shall not be embedded in the required
fire protection of a structural member that is required to be in-
dividually encased; except that pipes, wires, and conduits may be
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 393
installed in the space between the required fire protection and the
structural member protected, provided that where such facilities
pierce the required fire protection, the area of the penetrations
does not exceed two (2) percent of the area of the fire protection,
on any one (1) face, the penetrations are closed off with close-
fitting metal escutheons or plates and the concealed space shall be
fire-stopped at each story in accordance with the provisions of sec-
tion 913.3.
913.9 IMPACT PROTECTION: Where the fire protective covering of a
structural member is subject to impact damage from moving vehicles,
the handling of merchandise, or other activity, the fire protective
covering shall be protected by corner guards or by a substantial
jacket of metal or other noncombustible material to a height adequate
to provide full protection. Where applicable, such protection shall
be designed in accordance with the requirements of section 710.
SECTION 914. 0 COLUMNS
All steel, iron and other approved metal columns and reinforcement
in concrete columns shall be protected with noncombustible materials
or assemblies of component materials to afford the f ireresistance
specified in table 2-5 and as herein modified. Columns that are re-
quired to be fire protected, and that support only one floor or a
roof, and/or a non-bearing wall not more than one (1) story high,
shall be individually encased on all sides with materials having the
required f ireresistance rating; or shall be protected by a ceiling
as specified in section 913.2 having the required f ireresistance
rating; or shall be protected by a combination of both a ceiling and
individual encasement which, together, provide the required f irere-
sistance rating. Columns that are required to be fire protected,
and that support more than one (1) floor or support a bearing wall
or non-bearing wall more than one (1) story high, shall be individually
encased on all sides for their entire length or height with materials
having the required f ireresistance rating; (or shall be protected
by a combination of both a ceiling and individual encasement which,
together, provide the required f ireresistance rating.)
914.1 EXTERIOR COLUMNS: Columns located in exterior walls or along
the outer lines of a building or structure shall be f ireprotected
as required by this section and shall be protected agains corrosion
by cement parging, waterproofing, or other approved methods comply-
ing with section 871.
914.2 COLUMNS IN CAVITY WALLS: Where columns occur within exterior
cavity walls, portions of such structural members facing the exterior
need not be individually fire protected if the outer wythe of the
cavity wall provides the required f ireresistance rating and is located
not more than two and one half (2%) inches from such structural members,
and if all surfaces of the structural members are fire protected from
the interior of the building by materials having the required fire-
resistance rating.
1/1/7R
Vol. 18 - 394
914.3 EMBEDDED MECHANICAL FACILITIES: Plumbing and heating pipes
and vent ducts and similar service equipment shall be installed out-
side of the required protective column covering; except that plumb-
ing pipes, wires, conduits and cables may be embedded in the required
fireproof protection when they occupy not more than one-quarter (h)
of the fireproofed surface of a rectangular column face nor more
than one-quarter (k,) of the perimeter of a round column.
914.4 MECHANICAL PROTECTION: Where the fire protective covering of
a structural member is subject to impact damage from moving vehicles,
the handling of merchandise, or other activity, the fire protective
covering shall be protected by corner guards or by a substantial
jacket of metal or other noncombustible material, to a height adequate
to provide full protection. Where applicable, such protection shall
be designed in accordance with the requirements of section 710.
914.5 EXTERIOR EXPOSED COLUMNS: Columns exposed to the outdoors on
buildings that do not exceed two (2) stories or thirty (30) feet in
height, which are required by table 2-5 to have a f ireresistance rat-
ing not exceeding one (1) hour need not be protected on any face of
the member that has an exterior separation of thirty (30) feet or
more, provided the outdoor area within the thirty (30) foot separa-
tion distance is not used for storage of materials, or for motor
vehicle parking. The interior faces of exterior columns shall be
protected and insulated as otherwise required.
914.6 ANCHORS, BANDS AND TIES.
914.61 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT: Concrete fire protection on struc-
tural metal columns shall be reinforced and anchored by wire mesh,
metal caging, metal clips or spirally wound wire of approved types.
Wire fabric shall be not less than No. 12 U.S. gage, four (4) by
four (4) inch mesh or its equivalent; spirally wound wire shall be
not less than No. 10 U.S. gage with not over four (4) inch pitch or
equivalent heavier wire at a maximum pitch of eight (8) inches.
914.62 GYPSUM CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT: Poured-in-place gypsum fire
protection shall be reinforced and anchored by wire fabric of not
less than No. 16 U.S. gage, two (2) by two (2) inch mesh or No. 14
U.S. gage, four (4) by four (4) inch mesh.
914.63 MASONRY UNIT TIES: Block and tile fireproof ing units shall
be securely anchored or bounded by wall ties, metal mesh or metal
u-clips in the horizontal joints, or by outside tie wires not less
than No. 16 U.S. gage with at least one (1) tie around every block
course; or shall consist of special masonry units designed to furnish
positive anchorage to the strucural member and to each other.
914.64 EXPOSED TIES: When outside tie wires are used, they shall be
protected by not less than one-half 0s) inch of cement mortar, or
gypsum plaster or the equivalent fireresistive covering.
1/1/78 vol. 18 - 395
914.7 REINFORCED CONCRETE COLUMNS: The thickness of protection re-
quired outside of reinforcing steel in concrete columns shall be pro-
portioned by test to meet the fireresistive requirements of table 2-
5 base on the fireresistive classification of concrete aggregates.
SECTION 915.0 TRUSSES
All trusses shall be protected with noncombustible materials or
assemblies of component materials to afford the f ireresistance speci-
fied in Table 2-5 and as herein modified.
915.1 PROTECTION OF TRUSSES: Trusses that are required to be fire
protected, and that support only one floor or a roof, and/or a non-
bearing wall not more than one (1) story high, shall be individually
encased on all sides with materials having the required fireresistance
rating; or shall be protected by a ceiling as specified in section
913.2 having the required fireresistance rating; or shall be pro-
tected by a combination of both a ceiling and individual encasement
which, together, provide the required fireresistance rating. Trusses
that are required to be fire protected, and that support more than
one story high, shall be individually encased on all sides for their
entire length or height with materials having the required fireresis-
tance rating. With the use of a continuous ceiling of the specified
fireresistance rating, the enclosed truss space shall have an access
doorway with maximum dimensions of three (3) by three (3) feet,
equipped with an opening protective of the same fireresistance rat-
ing as the required truss protection. When the trusses or the roof
decking are permitted to be constructed of combustible materials,
the space above the required fireresistive ceiling shall be sub-
divided into maximum areas of three thousand (3,000) square feet as
required for attic spaces in section 316.
915.2 ONE STORY BUILDING: In all one (1) story buildings required
to be of fireresistive construction, no protection shall be required
for the members of roof trusses, purlins or roof beams when the
height to the lowest chord is twenty (20) feet or more from the floor.
915.3 ROOFS LESS THAN 20 FEET HIGH: In multi-story buildings of
types of construction in which fire protected coverings of the struc-
tural framework are required by table 2-5 and the provisions of the
Basic Code, the fire protection of individual members of the roof
truss may be omitted when the clear height of the lower chord of the
truss is more than fifteen (15) and less than twenty (20) feet above
the floor, gallery or balcony immediately below and a three-quarter
(3/4) hour continuous ceiling is installed.
915.4 ROOFS 20 FEET OR HIGHER: When every part of the structural
framework is twenty (20) feet or more above the floor immediately
below, all fire protection of the structural members may be omitted,
including the protection of roof beams and purlins.
1/1/70
Vol. 18 - 396
915- 5 ROOF SLABS AND ARCHES: Where the omission of fire protection
from roof trusses and purlins is permitted, the horizontal or sloping
roofs in fireproof (type 1) and noncombustible (type 2) constructions,
immediately above such trusses, shall be constructed of noncombustible
materials of the required strength without a specified f ireresistance
rating, or of mill type construction in buildings not over five (5)
stories or sixty-five (65) feet in height.
SECTION 916.0 EXTERIOR OPENING PROTECTIVES
Where specified herein, the exterior openings of all buildings and
structures more than three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in height,
other than churches (use group F-4), residential buildings (use groups
L-2 and L-3) and buildings of frame (type 4) construction, shall have
approved fire windows, shutters, curtains, doors or other approved
opening protectives meeting the requirements of the Basic Code and the
provisions of article 4 for special uses and occupancies.
916.1 HORIZONTAL EXPOSURE: Approved protectives shall be provided in
every opening facing a street thirty (30) feet or less in width, or
within thirty (30) feet horizontally in a direct line not in the same
plane of any unprotected noncombustible (type 2-C) , unprotected frame
(type 4-B) structure, or within thirty (30) feet horizontally of any
opening in another building of any type of construction.
916.2 VERTICAL EXPOSURE: Approved protectives shall be provided in
every opening which is less than fifty (50) feet vertically above the
roof of an adjoining structure within a horizontal distance of thirty
(30) feet of the wall in which the opening is located, unless such roof
construction affords a f ireresistance of not less than one and one-half
(1%) hours.
916.3 INTERIOR LOT LINE EXPOSURE: Opening protectives shall be pro-
vided in every permissible wall opening in buildings of high hazard (use
group A) within eleven (11) feet of an interior lot line; in buildings
of moderate hazard (use group B-l) within six (6) feet of such lot
lines; and in wall openings of frame buildings which are erected within
six (6) feet of interior lot lines, except for store fronts and window
and door openings in dwellings of use group L-2 and L-3.
916.4 FIRST STORY OPENINGS: The required f ireresistive opening pro-
tectives may be omitted in first story openings facing on a street or
other public space not less than thirty (30) feet wide, when not ex-
tending more than twenty-five (25) feet above grade.
916.5 NON-AUTOMATIC PROTECTIVES: Required protective assemblies in
exterior openings, unless self-closing or provided with approved auto-
matic closing devices, operative from either side, shall be closed at
the end of business hours and at all times when not required for light
and ventilation under the provisions of article 5.
916.6 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Exterior windows and doors, including
their frames and glazing, that are not required by this Code to have a
fire-protection rating, may be of combustible materials.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 39?
SECTION 917.0 FIRE DOORS
917.1 FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLIES: Approved fire door assemblies as defined
in this Code shall be constructed of any material or assembly of com-
ponent materials which meet the test requirements of section 903 and 904
and the f ireresistance rating herein required.
FIRERESISTANCE
Location Rating in Hours
Fire walls and fire divisions of 3 or more
hour construction 3
Fire walls and fire divisions of 2 hour
construction 1-1/2
Shaft enclosures and elevator hoistways of
2 hour construction 1-1/2
Stairway and exitway enclosures of 1 hour or
less except fire towers and grade passageways 3/4
Doors in exitways of residential and business use building not more
than three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in height with an occupancy
load of not more than forty (40) below or seventy (70) above grade and
doors from hotel rooms (occupancy group L-l) and from hospital rooms
(occupancy group H-2), to corridors providing access to an exitway may
be of noncombustible construction or of one and three-quarter (13/4)
inch bonded solid-core wood doors.
Doors in Schoohouse Use Group F-3 and F-4 occupancy except as herein
otherwise provided for may be of one and three-quarter (1-3/4) inch
solid-core wood doors. Plywood face veneers not more than one twenty-
eighth (1/28) inch thick shall be permitted on such doors.
917.2 LABELED PROTECTIVE ASSEMBLIES: Labeled protective assemblies
meeting the requirements of section 903.53 and 903.55, and the reference
standards of this article, including shop inspection, shall be approved
for use in the following typical and special situations:
917.21 TYPICAL SITUATIONS:
- CLASS A DOORS: fire wall openings in accordance with section 908.
- CLASS B DOORS: vertical shafts and openings in fire partitions
in accordance with sections 909. and 911.
- CLASS C DOORS: openings in corridor, room and f ireresistive par
titions in accordance with section 910.
In all schoolhouse uses other than F-3 and F-4, openings in
corridors, rooms and f ireresistive partitions shall conform to the
requirements of section 910.
- CLASS D DOORS AND WINDOWS: openings in exterior walls in exposing
and exposed buildings of high hazard use (use group A) in accor-
dance with article 4 and along exterior stairways in accordance
with section 621.
- CLASS E DOORS AND WINDOWS: openings in exterior walls and along
fire escapes except where class D protectives are requiredzin
accordance with section 624.
1/1/78 Vol. 13 - 398
917.22 SPECIAL SITUATIONS: Approved labeled opening protective as-
semblies shall be accepted as complying with the required time-tem-
perature performance ratings specified in the Basic Code including
the following special situations:
- CLASS A DOORS: high pressure boiler room walls in accordance
with sections 618 and 1113.
Volatile flammables, film, pyroxylin products and fur storage
vaults in accordance with sections 403, 406, and 407.
Grinding and grain processing rooms in accordance with section 409.
Paint and flammable storage rooms in accordance with section 410.
Dry cleaning rooms of high and moderate hazard in accordance
with section 411.
Proscenium walls of theatres in accordance with section 416.
Transformer room walls in accordance with Massachusetts Elec-
trical Code.
- CLASS B DOORS: motion picture studios in accordance with sec-
tion 407.
Dressing rooms in accordance with section 416.
Show rooms in public garages in accordance with section 413.
Theatre exits and property rooms in accordance with section 416.
Fire and smokeproof towers in accordance with section 620.
Horizontal exits in accordance with sections 616 and 908.
- CLASS C DOORS: projection and trial exhibition rooms in accor-
dance with section 407.
Paint spray rooms in accordance with section 410.
Service stations and repair shops in accordance with sections 414
and 415.
Kitchen and service pantries in places of assembly in accor-
dance with section 417.
Corridor rooms and all f ireresistive partitions in accordance
with section 910.
- CLASS D DOORS: attached garages in accordance with sections 412
and 917. Switchboard rooms where required in the Basic Code.
917.3 MULTIPLE DOORS.
917.31 FIRE WALLS: Two (2) doors of one and one-half (l*s) hour
f ireresistance each, installed on opposite sides of the same opening,
shall be deemed equivalent in fireresistance to one three (3) hour
door.
917.32 FIRE PARTITIONS: Two (2) doors of three-quarter (3/4) hour
fireresistance each, installed oh opposite sides of same opening
shall be deemed equivalent in fireresistance to a one and one-half
(l*i) hour fire door.
Vol. 18 - 399
1/1/78
917.4 GLASS PANELS: Wire glass panels shall be permitted in fire
doors within the limitations of section 919.
917.5 ALTERNATE CLOSING DEVICES: Except as may be otherwise pro-
vided for openings in fire and fire division walls, all fire doors
shall be self-closing and shall be closed during occupancy of the
building or part thereof; except that the building official may
accept the use of rate of rise heat actuated devices meeting the re-
quirements of the approved rules on doors that are normally required
to be open for ventilation or other specified purposes when the safety
of the occupants is not endangered thereby.
SECTION 918.0 FIRE WINDOWS AND SHUTTERS
918.1 FIRERESISTANCE RATING: Approved assemblies of fire window
and fire shutters shall meet the test requirements of sections 903
and 904, or shall be approved labeled assemblies meeting the require-
ments of section 903.55.
Steel window frame assemblies of one-eights (1/8) inch minimum
solid section or of not less than No. 18 U.S. gage formed sheet
steel members fabricated by pressing, mitering, riveting, inter-
locking or welding and having provision for glazing with one-quarter
(1/4) inch wired glass as required in section 919.0, when securely
installed in the building construction and glazed with one-quarter
(1/4) inch wired glass, shall be deemed to meet the requirements for
a three-quarter (3/4) hour fire window assembly.
918.2 WINDOW MULLI0NS: All metal mullions which exceed a nominal
height of twelve (12) feet shall be protected with insulating ma-
terials to afford the same fireresistance as required for the wall
construction in which the protective is located.
918.3 SWINGING FIRE SHUTTERS: When fire shutters of the swinging
type are used in exterior openings, not less than one (1) row in
every three (3) vertical rows shall be arranged to be readily opened
from the outside and shall be identified by distinguishing marks or
letters not less than six (6) inches high.
918.4 ROLLING FIRE SHUTTERS: When fire shutters of the rolling type
are used, they shall be of approved counterbalanced construction that
can be readily opened from the outside.
918.5 VERTICAL SEPARATION OF WINDOWS.
918.51 WHERE REQUIRED: In all buildings and structures designed
for storage, mercantile, industrial and business uses (use groups A,
B, C, D and E) , exceeding three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in
height, openings located vertically above one another in exterior
walls which are required to have a fireresistance rating of more
1/1/78 Vo1- 1G - 40°
than three-quarter (3/4) hours shall be separated by apron or span-
drel walls not less than three (3) feet in height extending between
the top of any opening and the bottom of the opening next1 above.
918.52 FIRERESISTANCE RATING: The apron or spandrel walls shall
be constructed with the same fireresistance required for the ex-
terior wall in which located as specified in table 2-5, except that
when such required rating exceeds three-quarter (3/4) hours, approved
wired glass construction in fixed noncombustible sash and frames not
exceeding one-third (1/3) of the area of such apron or spandrel may
be located therein, and except further that in exterior nonbearing
enclosure walls which are not required to be of more than three-quarter
(3/4) hour fireresistance, the provisions of this section in respect
to apron or spandrel walls shall not apply.
SECTION 919.0 WIRED GLASS
Wired glass in approved opening protective assemblies shall be not
less than one-quarter (1/4) inch thick and shall be limited in area
and location as herein required.
919.1 FIRE WALL PROTECTIVES: Wired glass in fire doors located in
fire walls shall be prohibited, except when serving as horizontal
exits, the self-closing swinging door may be provided with a vision
panel of not more than one hundred (100) square inches with no dimen-
sion exceeding twelve (12) inches.
919.2 FIRE PARTITION PROTECTIVES: Wired glass vision panels may be
used in fire doors of one and one-half (1*5) hour fireresistance rat-
ing intended for use in fire partitions; but in no case shall the
glass panels be more than one hundred (100) square inches in area
with no dimension exceeding twelve (12) inches.
919.3 FIRERESISTIVE PARTITION PROTECTIVES: Wired glass panels in
three-quarter (3/4) hour fire doors shall not exceed a total exposed
area of one thousand two hundred and ninety-six (1296) square inches;
except as provided in section 917.32.
919.4 WIRED GLASS IN LABELED DOORS AND WINDOWS: One-quarter (1/4)
inch wired glass may be used in approved labeled opening protectives
with the following maximum sizes:
LIMITING SIZE OF WIRED GLASS PANELS
Area
in square inches
Class A door per opening 0
Class B door per opening 100
Class C door per light 1296
Class D door per light 0
Class E door per light 720
Class E window per light 720
Class F window per light 2916
Height
in inches
0
12
Width
in inches
0
12
0
54
54
0
44
54
54
54
l/i/vn
Vol. 18 - 401
919.5 EXITWAY PROTECTIVES : Unless specifically required in articl;-
4 to be solid in such locations where unusually hazardous conditions
prevail, fire doors in elevator and stairway shaft enclosures may be
equipped with vision panels which shall be so located as to furnish
clear vision of the passageway or appraoch to the elevator or stair-
way. Such vision panels shall not exceed the size limitations spec-
ified for class B doors.
SECTION 920.0 FIRERESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS FOR PLASTER
920.1 THICKNESS OF PLASTER: The required thickness of f ireresistive
plaster protection shall be determined by the prescribed fire tests
for the specified use and type of construction and in accordance
with the provisions of section 820 for interior plastering and sec-
tion 821 for exterior plastering. The thickness in all cases shall
be measured from the face of the plaster base when applied to fiber
board, wood, or gypsum lath and from the back of metal lath.
920.2 PLASTER EQUIVALENTS: For f ireresistive purposes, one-half
(h) inch of unsanded gypsum plaster shall be deemed equivalent to
three-quarter (3/4) inches of one (1) to three (3) sanded gypsum
or one (1) inch Portland cement plaster.
920.3 NONCOMBUSTIBLE FURRING: In fireproof (type 1) and noncom-
bustible (type 2) construction, plaster shall be applied directly
on masonry or on approved noncombustible plastering base and furring.
920.4 DOUBLE REINFORCEMENT: Except in solid plaster partitions, or
when otherwise determined by the prescribed fire tests, plaster pro-
tections more than one (1) inch in thickness shall be reinforced
with an additional layer of approved lath imbedded at least three
quarter (3/4) inch from the outer surface and fixed securely in place.
920.5 PLASTER ALTERNATES FOR CONCRETE: In reinforced concrete con-
struction, gypsum or Portland cement plaster may be substituted for
one-half (%) inch of the required poured concrete protection, except
that a minimum thickness of three-eighth (3/8) inches of poured con-
crete shall be provided in all reinforced concrete floors and one
(1) inch in reinforced concrete columns in addition to the plaster
finish and the concrete base shall be prepared in accordance with
section 821.6.
SECTION 921.0 FIRESTOPPING
921.1 WHERE REQUIRED: Firestopping shall be designed and construc-
ted to close all concealed draft openings and to form effectual fire
barriers against the spread of fire between stories of every building
and in all open structural spaces therein, including the following
locations: for the subdivision of attic spaces in section 316.0, for
combustible wall, partition and floor framing in section 874.0 for
ceiling spaces in section 913; for open spaces behind acoustical and
1/1/70
Vol. IS - 402
other finishes in section 923; for floor sleeper spaces in section
924; for pipe, duct and flue openings in section 1117 and for fire
dampers and curtains in section 1810.
921.2 FIRESTOPPING MATERIALS: All firestopping shall consist of
noncombustible materials including asbestos, brick, terra cotta,
concrete, fibrous glass, gypsum, mineral wool, rock wool, steel,
iron, metal lath and cement or gypsum plaster, formed steel of not
less than No. 20 U.S. gage, or other approved noncombustible mater-
ials, securely fastened in place; except that firestops of two (2)
thicknesses of one (1) inch lumber with broken lap joints or of two
(2) inch lumber installed with tight joints shall be permitted in
open spaces of wood framing.
921.3 INSPECTION OF FIRESTOPPING: No firestopping shall be concealed
or covered from view until inspected and approved by the building
official.
SECTION 922.0 INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM
922.1 FLOORS AND FLOOR COVERINGS: Finish floors and floor coverings
shall be exempt from the requirements of this section provided, how-
ever, that in any case where the building official finds a floor sur-
face of unusual hazard the floor surface shall be considered a part
of the interior finish for the purpose of this code.
TABLE 9-3 - INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS
Required
Corridors
Vertical
Providing
Rooms or
Ex it ways and
Ex it way
Enclosed
Use Groups Passageways
Access
Spaces (a)
A
High Hazard I
II
III
B-l
Storage-Moderate Hazard I
II
III
B-2
Storage-Low Hazard I
II
III
C
Mercantile Walls
Ceilings I
II
11(e)
D
Industrial I
II
III
E
Business I
II
III
F-l
Assembly-Theatres I
I
1Kb)
F-2
Assembly-Night Clubs I
I
1Kb)
F-3
Assembly-Halls , Termi-
nals, Restaurants I
I, Ke)
1Kb)
F-4
Assembly-Churches ,
Schools I
I
1Kb)
H-l
Institutional-Restrained I
I
Kc)
H-2
Institutional-Inca-
pacitated I
II
Kc)
L-l
Residential-Hotels I
II
III
L-2
Residential-Multi-
family Dwellings I
II
III
L-3
Residential-1 and 2-
Family Dwellings IV(f)
IV (f)
IV
1/1/70
Vol. 18
403
NOTE a. - Requirements for rooms or enclosed spaces are based upon
spaces enclosed in partitions of the building or structure, and where
fireresistance is required for the structural elements the enclosing
partitions shall extend from the floor to the ceiling. Partitions
which do not comply with this shall not be considered as enclosing
spaces and the rooms or spaces on both sides thereof shall be count-
ed as one. In determining the applicable requirements for rooms or
enclosed spaces, the specific use or occupancy thereof shall be the
governing factor, regardless of the occupancy group classification
of the building or structure. When approved full sprinkler protec-
tion is provided, the interior finish of class II or III materials
may be used in place of class I or II materials respectively, where
required in the table, except in exitways.
NOTE b. - Class III interior finish materials may be used in places
of assembly with a capacity of 300 persons or less except for use
group F-6.
NOTE c . - Class III interior finish materials may be used in admin-
istrative areas. Class II interior finish materials may be used in
individual rooms of not over 4 persons capacity. Provisions in Note
"a" allowing a change in interior finish classes when sprinkler pro-
tection shall not apply.
NOTE d. - Class III interior finish materials may be used for wain-
scoting of paneling for not more than one thousand (1000) square feet
of applied surface area in the grade lobby when applied directly to
a noncombustible base or over furring strips applied to a noncombus-
tible base and fire-stopped as required by section 923.
NOTE e. - Class III interior finish materials may be used in mer-
cantile occupancies of 3,000 square feet or less gross area, used for
sales purposes on the street floor only, (balcony permitted).
NOTE f . - Class IV finish having a flame spread rating not greater
than five hundred (500) is permitted in one- and two-family dwellings,
except that material of no greater flame spread than class III finish
6hall be used in exitways from the upper story of a two-family dwelling
922.2 CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS:
a) The classification of interior finish materials specified in
section 922.2 (b) shall be that of the basic material used,
without regard to subsequently applied paint or wallpaper.
However, the building official shall revise the classifica-
tion of the basic material when such finishes, in his opinion
are of such characteristics or thickness or so applied as to
affect materially the flame spread characteristics. This re-
vised classification shall be that corresponding to the rating
of the combination of the basic material together with the ap-
plied finish.
Vol. 18 - 404
1/1/78
b) Interior finish materials shall be grouped in classes accord-
ing to their flame spread and related characteristics as given
in table 9-2.
c) Smoke: Notwithstanding the flame spread classification of sec-
tions 922.2 (a) and 922.2 (b) , any material shown by test to have
a life hazard greater than that indicated by the flame spread
classification owing to the amount of character of smoke gen-
erated, shall be included in the group appropriate to this ac-
tual hazard as determined by the enforcing authority.
d) Fire Retardant Paints: (1) In existing buildings, the required
flame spread classification of interior surfaces may be secured
by applying approved fire retardant paints of solutions to
existing interior surfaces having a higher flame spread rating
than permitted. "Approved" shall mean a paint or solution
tested by Underwriters' Laboratories in accordance with ASTM
E-84-61 (NFPA No. 255 dated May, 1961) and rated with flame
spread classifications in accordance with the requirements set
forth, and applied in accordance with manufacturer's specifi-
cations to achieve these ratings. (2) Fire retardant paints
or solutions shall be renewed at such intervals as necessary
to maintain the necessary fire retardant properties. Durability
and serviceability of paint shall meet the washability and
leeching standards established by Federal Specification (D.O.D.)
TT-P-0026b dated August 24, 1961.
e) Trim and Other Incidental Finish: Interior finish not in ex-
cess of ten (10) percent of the aggregate wall and ceiling
areas of any room or space may be Class III materials in oc-
cupancies where interior finish of lower flame spread rating
is required.
f) In mill type construction, heavy timber structural members
shall be exempt and no treatment of such heavy timbers mem-
bers will be permitted that would increase the flame rating
of the natural untreated timber.
g) Interior Finish and Trim Requirements by Use Occupancy: In-
terior finish material shall be used in accordance with require-
ments for individual classes of occupancy specified in sections
202 thru 213. Wherever the use of any class of interior finish
is specified, the use of a higher class shall be permitted; e.g.
where Class II is specified, Class I may be used.
h) Automatic Sprinklers: Where a complete standard system of auto-
matic sprinklers is installed, interior finish with flame spread
rating one class lower than that specified in table 9-2 may be
used; e.g. where Class II is normally specified, an interior
finish with flame spread rating not over Class III may be used.
Vol. 18 - 405
1/1/7H
prescribed for the various occupancy groups listed in Table 9-3
when tested in accordance with the requirements of Section 904.
922.4 INTERIOR TRIM: Baseboards, chair rails, mouldings, trim
around openings and other interior trim not more than twelve (12)
inches in width, may be of Class I, II or III materials except trim
around fire windows and fire doors shall comply with the requirements
of section 917 and section 918 and except that only Class I or II
materials shall be used for interior trim where interior finish is
restricted to Class I material.
Class IV trim having a flamespread rating not greater than five
hundred (500) shall be allowed for trim only where Class IV material
is permitted for interior finish.
SECTION 923.0 APPLICATION OF INTERIOR FINISH
Where interior finish is regulated by the requirements of the Basic
Code, interior finish materials shall be applied or otherwise fastened
in such a manner that they will not readily become detached when sub-
jected to room temperatures of two hundred (200) degrees F. or less
for thirty (30) minutes, or otherwise become loose through changes
in the setting medium from the effects of time or conditions of oc-
cupancy.
923.1 APPLICATION TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Interior finish materials
applied to walls, ceilings or structural elements of a building or
structure which are required to be f ireresistive or to be constructed
of noncombustible component materials, shall be applied directly against
the exposed surface of such structural elements, or to furring strips
attached to such surfaces with all concealed spaces created thereby
fires topped where in excess of ten (10) square feet in area or eight
(8) feet in any dimension.
923.2 FURRED CONSTRUCTION: Where walls, ceilings or other struc-
tural elements are required to be fireresistive or to be constructed
of noncombustible component materials and interior finish is set out
or dropped distances greater than one and three-quarter (1 3/4) inches
from the surface of such elements, only material of which both faces
qualify as Class I shall be used, unless the finish material is pro-
tected on both sides by automatic sprinklers (see note (a) to Table
9-3) or is attached to a noncombustible backing complying with sec-
tion 923.5 or to furring strips applied directly to such backing as
provided in section 923.1.
923.3 HEAVY TIMBER CONSTRUCTION: Interior finish materials may be
applied directly to the wood members and decking of heavy timber
(type 3A) construction, where permitted, or to furring strips applied
to such members or wood decking as provided in section 923.1.
923.4 CLASS II AND III MATERIAL: Interior finish materials, other
than Class I material, which are less than one-quarter (1/4) inch
in thickness shall be applied directly against a noncombustible
backing unless the tests under which such material has been
1/1/70 Vol. 18 - 406
classified were made with the materials suspended from the non-
combustible backing.
923.5 NONCOMBUSTIBLE BACKING: Noncombustible backing for interior
finish materials shall be a continuous surface with permanently
tight joints, equal in area to the area of the finish, and extending
completely behind such finish in all directions; and may be of any
materials meeting the requirements of the Basic Code for noncom-
bustible classification of material under section 903.61 or of fire-
retardant treated wood . When the noncombustible backing does not
constitute an integral part of the structural elements or system,
it shall be attached directly to the structural elements or to furring
strips as required for the application of finish according to section
923.1, or may be suspended from the structural members at any distance
provided concealed spaces created thereby shall be firestopped in
accordance with the applicable requirements of the Basic Code.
Where Class III interior finish is applied to a continuous noncom-
bustible backing beneath wood joist construction, the allowable area
for firestopping required in section 913.4 may be increased to three
thousand (3,000) square feet.
SECTION 924.0 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS PERMITTED IN FLOOR CONSTRUCTION
OF TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2 BUILDINGS
Except as provided in section 618.0 for stairs and section
for theatres and similar places of public assembly (Use Groups F-l
and F-2) , the use of combustible materials in or on floors of type 1
and type 2 buildings shall be herein specified.
924.1 SLEEPERS, BUCKS AND GROUNDS: Floor sleepers, bucks, nailing
blocks and ground may be constructed of combustible materials, pro-
vided the space between the fireresistive floor construction and
the flooring is solidly filled with noncombustible materials; or
the space under the flooring shall be firestopped in areas of not
more than one hundred (100) square feet, provided no such open spaces
shall extend under or through permanent partitions or walls.
924.2 FLOORING ON SLEEPERS: Wood finish floorings may be attached
directly to the embedded or firestopped wood sleepers .
924.3 FLOORING ON FIRERESISTIVE ARCHES: Wood finish flooring, and
wearing surfaces of other approved materials including cork, rubber
composition, linoleum, asphalt and composition tile and other materials
of similar combustible characteristics one-half (1/2) inch or less
thick shall be permitted when cemented directly to the top surface
of approved fireresistive construction or cemented directly to a
subfloor of wood backed up solidly with noncombustible materials.
Combustible insulating boards not more than one-half (1/2) inch
thick may be used for sound deadening or heat insulating when attached
directly to a noncombustible floor assembly or to wood subflooring
which is backed up solidly with fireresistive construction and
covered with approved finish flooring.
Vol, 13 - 407
1/1/7M '
SECTION 925.0 DECORATIVE MATERIAL RESTRICTIONS
In places of public assembly, all draperies, hangings and other
decorative materials suspended from walls or ceilings shall be non-
combustible or flameresistant meeting the requirements of section
904 as herein specified:
925.1 NONCOMBUSTIBLE: The permissible amount of noncombustible
decorative hangings shall not be limited.
925.2 FLAMERESISTANT: The permissible amount of flameresistant
decorative hangings shall not exceed ten (10) percent of the total
wall and ceiling area.
SECTION 926.0 EXTERIOR TRIM RESTRICTIONS
926.1 GUTTERS AND LEADERS: All gutters and leaders hereafter
placed on buildings and structures other than frame (type 4) build-
ings, one and two-family dwellings and private garages and similar
accessory buildings shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
926.2 ARCHITECTURAL TRIM.
926.21 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS: All architectural trim, such as
cornices and other exterior architectural elements, attached to the
exterior walls of buildings of types 1 and 2 construction shall be
constructed of approved noncombustible materials and shall be secured
to the wall with metal or other approved noncombustible brackets;
except that outside the fire limits, such trim may be of frame con-
struction when the building does not exceed three (3) stories or forty
(40) feet in height. Such trim may be of frame construction on all
buildings of types 3 and 4 construction.
926.22 LOCATION: When architectural trim, as described in section
926.21, is located along the top of exterior walls, it must be com-
pletely backed up by the exterior wall and shall not extend over the
top of exterior walls.
926.23 FIRESTOPPING: Continuous exterior architectural trim con-
structed of combustible materials shall be firestopped as required
in section 874.
926.3 COMBUSTIBLE HALF TIMBERING: In buildings of masonry enclosed
(type 3) construction that do not exceed three (3) stories or forty
(40) feet in height, exterior half -timbering and similar architectural
decorations may be constructed of wood or other equivalent combustible
materials, provided such trim is backed up solidly with approved non-
combustible materials.
926.4 BALCONIES: All balconies attached to or supported by build-
ings of types 1 and 2 construction shall be constructed of noncom-
bustible materials. Balconies attached to or supported by buildings
l/l/70 Vol. 13 - 400
of type 3 and 4 construction may be of unproteced noncombustible
materials or frame construction. Balconies of frame construction
shall afford the fireresistance rating required by table 2-5 for
floor construction and the aggregate length shall not exceed fifty
(50) percent of the building perimeter on each floor.
926.5 BAY AND ORIEL WINDOWS: All bay and oriel windows attached
to or supported by walls other than frame construction shall be of
noncombustible construction, framed with brackets of steel, concrete
or other approved noncombustible materials, unless specifically ex-
empted by section 303.
926.6 EXISTING COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: Any existing cornices or
other exterior architectural element constructed of wood or similar
combustible materials may be repaired with the same material to the
extend of fifty (50) percent of its area in any one year if the
public safety is not thereby endangered.
926.7 WOOD VENEERS: Inside the fire limits wood veneers are per-
mitted in accordance with section 303.10.
SECTION 927.0 ROOF STRUCTURES
All construction, other than aerial supports, clothes dryers and
similar structures less than twelve (12) feet high, water tanks and
cooling towers as hereinafter provided and flag poles, erected above
the roof of any part of any building or structure located within the
fire limits or of any building or structure more than forty (40)
feet in height outside the fire limits shall be constructed of non-
combustible materials.
927.1 SCUTTLES.
927.11 SIZE: Unless provided with other approved means of access
to the roof, every building and structure more than three (3)
stories or 40 feet in height, except dwellings with peak roofs and
all other buildings having roofs with a pitch greater than twenty
(20) degrees, shall have an access trap door not less than two (2)
by three (3) feet in area, securely attached or anchored to the
roof framing, with ladder leading thereto from the top story.
927.12 CONSTRUCTION: The trap door or scuttle shall be of fire-
resistive construction in fireproof (types 1-A and 1-B) , and non-
combustible (types 2-A, 2-B and 2-C) buildings; and of approved non-
combustible materials, or of wood covered on top and edges with sheet
metal in masonry enclosed (type 3) and protected frame (type-4) build-
ings.
927.2 SKYLIGHTS.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 409
927.21 SASH AND FRAMES: Skylights which are inclined more than
thirty (30) degrees from the vertical hereafter constructed on all
buildings and structures except frame (type 4-B) buildings and all
skylights on fireproof and noncombustible (types 1 and 2) buildings
shall have the sash and frames thereof constructed of metal or other
approved noncombustible materials. In foundries or buildings where
acid fumes, deleterious to metal are incidental to the use of the
building, treated wood or other approved noncorrosive materials
shall be permitted.
927.22 GLASS — WIRED OR PLAIN: Skylights shall be glazed with
wired glass or of approved glass block construction conforming to
sections 812 and 859, except that skylights placed over shafts and
stair enclosures and skylights used for emergency heat and smoke
ventings shall be glazed with plain glass not over one-eighth (1/8)
inch thick. No single panel of wired glass in skylights shall ex-
ceed seven hundred and twenty (720) square inches in area or forty-
eight (48) inches in any dimension. Light transmitting plastic may
be used as specified in section 2006.0.
927.23 SCREENS: Plain glass skylights shall be protected by sub-
stantial corrosion-resistive metal or other approved noncombustible
screens having a mesh not less than three-quarter (3/4) by three-
quarter (3/4) inches nor larger than one (1) by one (1) inches,
constructed of not lighter than No. 12B and S gage wires. The
screen shall be erected at a distance of not less than four (4) nor
more than ten (10) inches above all glazed portions of the skylight
and shall project on all sides for a distance of not less than the
height of the screen above the glass. A similar screen shall be
placed below the skylight to afford protection to the occupants of
the building. The provisions for wired glass or screen protection
shall not apply to glass block skylights or to greenhouse construc-
tion.
927.3 PENTHOUSE.
927.31 ADDITIONAL STORY: Penthouses occupying more than one-third
(1/3) of the roof area shall be considered a story of the building
and the enclosure shall conform to the requirements for exterior
walls of the building type as regulated by table 2-5 and article 8.
927.32 RECESSED WALLS: When the exterior wall of a penthouse is
recessed five (5) feet or more from the exterior wall of the next
lower story which is required to have a greater fireresistance, it
may be constructed with a fireresistance rating of not less than
one and one-half (lJj) hours, covered on the outside with noncom-
bustible, waterproof material and supported on protected steel or
reinforced concrete construction.
927.33 DOORS, FRAMES AND SASH: Doors, frames and window sash ex-
cept where otherwise specifically required to be fireproof or fire-
resistive under the Basic Code, shall be constructed the same as
other similar elements in the building or structure.
1/1/70 Vol. 18 - 410
927.4 OTHER ROOF STRUCTURES: Roof structures other than penthouses
as defined in article 2 shall comply with the following provisions:
927.41 NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Unless constructed of masonry or
reinforced concrete in accordance with article 8, roof structures
erected on buildings and structures of fireproof and noncombustible
(types 1 and 2) construction shall be enclosed in walls of noncombus-
tible materials having a f ireresistance rating of not less than three-
quarter (3/4) hours protected with weather-resistive roof and wall
coverings complying with section 928.0.
927.42 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Roof structures erected on the roof
of masonry enclosed buildings (type 3) and protected frame (type
4-A) may be constructed of combustible materials protected to afford
a three-quarter (3/4) hour fireresistance rating covered on the out-
side with approved roofing materials.
927.5 MANSARDS AND SLOPING ROOFS: Steep roofs having a slope of
more than sixty (60) degrees to the horizontal shall be constructed
of material having the same fireresistance rating as required for
an exterior nonbearing wall of the building of which it is a part.
When the slope is sixty (60) degrees or less to the horizontal, the
sloping roof shall be constructed as required for the roof of the
building. Where the back of a false mansard is exposed to the out-
doors, the back shall be covered with noncombustible material or
with roof coverings as required for the roof of the building.
927.6 DORMER WINDOWS: Roofs of dormers shall be of the same type
of construction and have roof covering of the same class as required
for the roof of the building on which they are located. The walls
of dormers shall be constructed of materials having the same fire-
resistance rating as required for nonbearing exterior walls of the
building on which they are located; except that in buildings of con-
struction types 3A, 3B, 3C and 4A, the walls may be constructed of
combustible framing provided that the outside face of the framing
is protected with noncombustible sheathing and the aggregate area
of all such dormer walls, including openings therein, does not ex-
ceed twenty (20) percent of the roof area.
927.7 WATER TANKS.
927.71 SUPPORTS: Water tanks having a capacity of more than five
hundred (500) gallons placed in or on a building for the storage of
potable water supplies and for use in the building services includ-
ing air conditioning and fire prevention purposes, shall be supported
on masonry, reinforced concrete, steel or other approved noncombus-
tible framing or on timber conforming to heavy timber mill construc-
tion (type 3-A); provided that when such supports are located within
the building, they shall be fire-protected as required for fireproof
(type 1-A) construction.
1/1/7H Vol. 18 - 411
927.72 EMERGENCY DISCHARGE: A pipe or outlet shall be located in
the bottom, or in the side close to the bottom, or the tank shall
be fitted with a quick-opening valve to enable the contents to be
discharged in an emergency to a suitable drain complying with the
Massachusetts State Plumbing Code.
927.73 LOCATION: No tank shall be located over or near a stairway
or elevator shaft unless a solid roof or floor deck of the necessary
strength is constructed underneath the tank.
927.74 TANK COVER: All unenclosed roof tanks exposed to the weather
shall have approved covers sloping toward the outer edges.
927.75 HOOP AND STRAP PROTECTION: When metal hoops are used in the
construction of wood tanks, they shall be protected with acceptable
corrosion-resistive coatings or shall be manufactured from approved
corrosion-resistive alloys.
927.8 COOLING TOWERS:
927.81 LOCATED IN FIRE DISTRICTS: Within Fire District Nos. 1 and
2, cooling towers erected on the roofs of buildings shall be construc-
ted of noncombustible materials, except that drip bars may be of wood.
927.82 LOCATED OUTSIDE FIRE DISTRICTS: Outside the fire limits, cool-
ing towers may be constructed of wood or other approved materials of
similar combustible characteristics; except that when the base of the
tower is more than fifty-five (55) feet above grade and the tower is
located on a building, the drip bars only may be fabricated of combus-
tible materials as herein provided.
927.9 MISCELLANEOUS ROOF STRUCTURES: Except as herein specifically
provided, all towers, spires, dormers or cupolas shall be erected of
the type of construction and fireresistance rating required for the
building to which they are accessory as regulated by tables 2-5 and
2-6; except that when the height of such appurtenant structures ex-
ceeds eighty-five (85) feet above grade or when the area at any hori-
zontal section of the tower, spire, dormer or cupola exceeds two hun-
dred (200) square feet or when it is used for any purpose other than
as a belfry or architectural embellishment, the structure and its sup-
ports shall be of fireproof (type 1) construction or noncombustible
(type 2) construction. Radio and television towers and antennae shall
be constructed to comply with section 421.0.
SECTION 928.0 ROOF COVERINGS
All approved roof coverings shall be classified as A, B, or C on the
basis of their resistance to fire exposure as listed in the reference
standards of this article.
928.1 EXISTING ROOFS: The repair of existing roofs shall comply with
the provisions of section 106 but in no case shall more than twenty-five
(25) per cent of the roof covering of any building be replaced in a
1/1/7B Vol. 18 - 412
period of twelve (12) months unless the entire roof covering is made
to conform to the requirements for new roofing.
928.2 WITHIN THE FIRE LIMITS: Within the limits of Fire District
Nos. 1 and 2, all roof coverings shall be of asbestos, brick, con-
crete, metal, slate, tile, prepared asphalt felt or laminated felt
roofing finished with asphalt, slag, gravel or similar noncombus-
tible, moisture-resistant materials or approved combinations of
materials, complying with the requirements of section 903.4 for
class A, B, or C roof coverings or their approved equivalent.
928.3 OUTSIDE FIRE LIMITS: Roof coverings which are classfied as
non-rated roofing under section 903.4 and the approved rules including
wood shingles and handsplit shakes as specified in section 853.72
shall be deemed to meet the requirements for use on all one- and two-
family dwellings of frame (type 4-B) construction, not exceeding two
(2) stories or thirty-five (35) feet in height and four thousand (4000)
square feet in area when the distance of the building from any other
building is not less than twelve (12) feet; and on private garages
or airplane hangars and structures for similar accessory uses out-
side the fire limits and in Fire District No. 2, located on the same
lot with a dwelling, not exceeding one (1) story or twenty-five (25)
feet in height and twenty-five hundred (2500) square feet in area and
with a fire separation of not less than twelve (12) feet; and on stor-
age buildings of moderate or low fire hazard (use groups B-l and B-2)
not exceeding one (1) story or twenty-five (25) feet in height and
six thousand (6000) square feet in area when separated not less than
twenty (20) feet from any other building.
928.4 ROOF DECKING AND SHEATHING.
928.41 COMBUSTIBLE DECKING: Unless attached directly to noncombus-
tible framework, all roof coverings shall be applied to a closely fit-
ted deck; except as provided in section 853.72 for wood shingles and
hand split shakes.
928.42 FIRE AND PARTY WALL RESTRICTIONS: No wood planking, sheath-
ing, or other combustible decking when used in roof construction shall
extend through or over any party wall or fire wall or across any lot
line.
928.5 ROOF INSULATION: The use of cork, fiber board and other com-
bustible roof insulation shall be permitted provided it is covered
with approved roof coverings directly applied thereto.
928.6 GROUNDING OF METAL ROOFS: Whenever, because of hazard resulting
from electrical equipment or apparatus located thereon, or because of
proximity to power lines, or for any other reason, it is deemed neces-
sary by the building official, metal roofs shall be grounded by bond-
ing together each course strip and the bonding conductor or conductors
shall be extended to and attached in an approved manner to the ground-
ing electrode used to ground the electrical system within the building
on which such metal roofing is applied. The conductors used to bond
Vol. 18 - 413
Reference
AIA 1968
ASTM E 84 1970
ASTM
E 108
1970
ASTM
E 119
1973
ASTM
E 136
1965
ASTM
E 152
1972
ASTM
E 163
1965
AWPA
C 20
1970
AWPA
C 27
1970
NFPA
No. 80
1973
NFPA
No. 701
1969
U.S. No. 191 1968
Federal
Test Method Standard
ULI Standard Test 1960
Method, Sub-
ject 723
ULI Standard Sub- 1965
ject 10 (a)
ULI Standard 555 1970
Federal Specification
SSA 00118 C 1960
NFPA 703
FMED
1/1/78
1971
Standards - Article 9
Fireresistance Ratings
Standard Method of Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof
Coverings
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Build-
ing Construction and Materials
Method of Test for Determining Noncombus-
tibility of Elementary Materials
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door
Assemblies
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Window
Assemblies
Structural Lumber - Fireretardant Treat-
ment by Pressure Processes
Plywood - Fireretardant Treatment by
Pressure Processes
Installation of Fire Doors and Windows
Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame-
resistant Textiles and Films
Method 5190 Textile Test - Burning Rate
of Cloth; 30 degree angle
Test Method for Fire Hazard Classifica-
tion of Building Materials
Tin-Clad Fire Doors and Shutters
Fire Dampers
Flameresistance Tests - Acoustical Units,
Prefabricated
Fireretardant Treatment of Building Materials
Prevention and Spread of Fire Approved Fire
Protection Equipment and Building Materials
Vol. is - 414
courses or strips of metal roofing together, or any conductor extended
for grounding to the grounding electrode, shall have no greater elec-
trical system within the building.
928.61 ALTERNATE METHODS OF GROUNDING METAL ROOFING: Alternate meth-
ods of grounding metal roofing may be used provided they are at least
equal in performance to the methods prescribed herein, and further
provided that such desired method is first submitted to and approved
by the building official.
1/1 /m
Vol. 18 " 415
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/7H Vol. 18 - 416
ARTICLE 10
CHIMNEYS, FLUES AND VENT PIPES
SECTION 1000.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the design and construc-
tions of all chimneys and vents hereafter erected or altered in all
buildings and structures.
1000.1 OTHER STANDARDS: Unless otherwise specifically provided here-
in, conformity to the applicable standards for chimney construction
and gas vents shall be deemed to meet the requirements of this Code.
1000.11 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REQUIREMENTS: Gas vents re-
quired for appliances or equipment using fuel gases of any kind such
as natural gas, manufactured gas, undiluted liquified petroleum gases,
liquified petroleum gas-air mixtures, or mixtures of any of these
gases shall comply with the requirements of the Massachusetts Code
for Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping, established under
Chapter 737, Acts of 1960.
1000.2 MINOR REPAIRS: Minor repairs for the purpose of maintenance
and upkeep which do not increase the capacity of heating apparatus or
appliances or which do not involve structural changes in the permanent
chimney and gas vents of a building may be made without a permit.
SECTION 1001.0 DEFINITIONS
CHIMNEY: A primarily vertical enclosure containing one or more pas-
sageways, (see section 1005.0).
-FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS: a chimney that is factory-made, listed by
an accredited authoritative testing agency, for venting gas appli-
ances, gas incinerators, and solid or liquid fuel burning appliances.
-MASONRY CHIMNEY: a field constructed chimney built in accordance
with nationally recognized codes or standards.
-METAL CHIMNEY: a chimney made of metal of adequate thickness, (see
section 1009.0) galvanized or painted unless suitably corrosion-
resistant, properly welded or riveted and built in accordance with
nationally recognized codes or standards.
-CHIMNEY CONNECTOR: a pipe or breaching which connects the heating
appliance to the chimney.
DRAFT HOOD: a device placed in and made part of the vent connector
from an appliance, or in the appliance itself, which is designed to
(1) insure the ready escape of the products of combustion in the event
of no draft, back-draft or stoppage beyond the draft hood; (2) prevent
a back-draft from entering the appliances; (3) neutralize the effect
of 8 tack action of the chimney flue upon the operations of the appliance.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 417
DRAFT REGULATOR: a device which functions to maintain a desired draft
in the appliance by automatically reducing the draft to the desired
value.
I
DUCT: a tube, pipe conduit or continuous enclosed passageway used
for conveying of air, gases or vapors.
FLEXIBLE TUBING: a gas conduit other than that formed by a continu-
ous one-piece metal tube.
FORCED AND INDUCED DRAFT FUEL BURNING APPLIANCES: fuel burning ap-
pliances listed as exhausting low temperature fuel gases and listed
for use with type L venting systems.
GAS VENTS: type B. Listed factory-made gas vents for venting listed
or approved appliances, equipped to burn only gas, except those spe-
cifically listed for use with chimneys only.
GAS VENTS: type B-W. Listed factory-made gas vents for venting listed
or approved gasfired vented recessed heaters.
GAS VENTS: type C. Vents constructed of sheet copper not less than
No. 24 U.S. standard gage or galvanized steel of not less than No.
20 U.S. standard gage, or other approved noncombustible corrosion-
resistant materials.
GAS VENTS: type L. Low-Temperature, Venting Systems. A venting sys-
tem consisting of listed factory made piping and fittings for use
with fuel burning appliances listed as exhausting low temperature
flue gases and approved for use with a type L venting system.
HOOD: a canopy or similar device connected to a duct for the removal
of heat, fumes or gases.
METAL CHIMNEY (smokestack) (see chimney)
VENT: a passageway, vertical or nearly so, for removing vent gases
to the outer air.
VENT CONNECTOR: (vent connector pipe.) that portion of the vent sys-
tem which connects the gas appliance to the gas vent or chimney.
VENT SYSTEM: the gas vent or chimney and vent connector, if used,
assembled to form a continuous unobstructed passageway from the gas
appliance to the outside atmosphere for the purpose of removing vent
gases .
SECTION 1002.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
The structural plans and specifications shall describe in sufficient
detail, the location, size and construction of all chimneys, gas vents
and ducts and their connections to boilers, furnaces and fireplaces.
The thickness and character of all insulation materials, clearances
from walls, partitions and ceilings and proximity of heating devices
1/1/7R Vol. 18 - 418
and equipment to wall openings and exitways shall be clearly shown and
described.
1002.1 METHODS OF VENTING: Chimney or gas vent systems shall be so
engineered and constructed as to develop a positive flow adequate
to remove all flue gases to the outside atmosphere.
1002.2 ENGINEERED VENT SYSTEM: The requirements specified in the
following sections: 1003.0 through 1012.0 shall not necessarily
govern where standard engineering methods have been used to design
the chimney or vent system.
SECTION 1003.0 PERFORMANCE TEST AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
The building official may require a test or tests of any chimney
or gas vent to insure fire safety and the removal of smoke products
of combustion.
1003.1 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA: The system shall be accepted if the
following three (3) conditions are fulfilled:
1) there shall be no continuous spillage at the draft hood when
any one or combination of appliances connected to the system
is in operation;
2) temperature on adjacent combustible surfaces shall not be
raised more than the limits acceptable to approved testing
agency ; and
3) condensation shall not be developed in a way that would
cause deterioration of the vent or drip from joints or
bottom end of vent.
1003.11 APPROVED INSTALLATIONS: Factory-built chimneys and gas
vents which have been tested and approved by an approved testing
agency shall be accepted as complying with the requirements of item
2 of section 1003.1 when installed in accordance with their speci-
fied clearances.
SECTION 1004.0 KINDS OF CHIMNEYS
CHIMNEYS AS USED IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL BE CLASSIFIED AS:
1) factory-built chimney.
2) masonry chimneys.
3) metal chimneys (smokestacks) .
SECTION 1005.0 APPLIANCES REQUIRING CHIMNEYS
All heating appliances shall be connected to chimneys which conform
to the provisions of this article. Chimneys shall be used for venting
the following types of appliances:
Vl/7» Vol< 18 - 419
1) incinerators, except as noted in section 1005.1;
2) appliances which may be converted readily to use solid or
liquid fuels;
3) combination gas-oil burning appliances;
4) appliances listed for use with chimneys only;
5) oil-fired appliances and equipment except as exempted in
section 1011.
1005.1 EXCEPTION: Metal pipe not less than No. 20 U.S. standard gage
galvanized steel or other equivalent noncombustible corrosion-resistant
material may be used for venting incinerators installed in locations
such as open sheds, breezeways, or carports, provided the metal pipe
is exposed and readily examinable for its full length and suitable
clearances are maintained.
SECTION 1006.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
1006.1 RAISING EXISTING CHIMNEYS: Whenever a building is hereafter
erected, enlarged or increased in height so that a wall along an ex-
terior lot line, or within three (3) feet thereof, extends above the
top of an existing chimney or gas vent of an adjoining existing build-
ing, the owner of the building so erected, enlarged or increased in
height shall carry up at his own expense, with the consent of the ad-
joining property owner, either independently, or in his own building,
all chimneys connected to liquid or solid fuel burning appliances.
Gas vents within six (6) feet of any portion of t,he wall of such ad-
joining building shall be extended two (2) feet above the roof or
parapet of the adjoining building.
1006.2 SIZE OF EXTENDED CHIMNEYS: The construction of an extended
chimney shall conform to the requirements of this article for new
chimneys, but in no case shall the internal" area of such extension
be less than that of the existing chimney.
1006.3 NOTICE OF ADJOINING OWNER: It shall be the duty of the owner
of the building which is erected, enlarged or increased in height to
notify in writing and to secure the consent of the owner of existing
chimneys affected, at least ten (10) days before starting such work.
1006.4 EXISTING CHIMNEYS: No existing chimney, except one which does
not endanger the fire safety of a building or structure and is accept-
able to the building official, shall be continued in use unless it con-
forms to all requirements of this article for new chimneys.
1006.5 CLEANOUTS AND MAINTENANCE: Whenever a new chimney is completed
or an existing chimney is altered, it shall be cleaned and left smooth
on the inside. If the chimney is constructed of masonry or tile the
interior mortar joints must be left smooth and flush. Cleanouts or
other approved devices shall be provided at the base of all chimneys
to enable the passageways to be maintained and cleaned.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 420
SECTION 1007.0 FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS
1007.1 FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS: Factory-built chimneys that have been
tested and certified by an approved agency shall be installed in accor-
dance with the clearance and details of their approval and the manu-
f ac tur er * s ins t rue t ions .
SECTION 1008.0 MASONRY CHIMNEY
1008.1 CLASSIFICATION: For the purpose of determining the require-
ments for the construction of a masonry chimney, chimneys shall be
classified according to the following subsections.
1008.11 LOW TEMPERATURE: Chimneys constructed to safely remove prod-
ucts of combustion having a temperature not more than one thousand
(1000) degrees F., and for use only with residential heating appli-
ances, low temperature heat producing appliances and low-heat indus-
trial appliances, shall be classified as low temperature chimneys.
1008.12 MEDIUM TEMPERATURE: Chimneys constructed to safely remove
products of combustion having a temperature not more than two thou-
sand (2000) degrees F., and for use with medium-heat or low-heat
industrial appliances, shall be classified as medium temperature
chimneys .
1008.13 HIGH TEMPERATURE: Chimneys constructed to safely remove prod-
ucts of combustion having temperatures over two thousand (2000) degrees
F., and for use with high-heat, or other industrial appliances, shall
be classified as high temperature chimneys.
1008.2 MASONRY CHIMNEY CONSTRUCTION.
1008.21 MASONRY CHIMNEYS: Masonry chimneys for solid and liquid fuel-
fired equipment and appliances shall be constructed of masonry, rein-
forced concrete, or other approved noncombustible materials; and may
be erected as free standing or as constituting an integral part of a
wall, or may be enclosed within a structure without constituting a com-
ponent part thereof. In every case a chimney shall be wholly supported
on fireresistive construction or on approved foundations complying with
article 7 and shall not be designed to support any direct load other
than its own weight.
1008.3 LOW TEMPERATURE CHIMNEYS.
1008.31 SOLID MASONRY: When constructed of solid masonry, the walls
shall be not less than eight (8) inches thick, except as herein pro-
vided in dwellings and small business buildings.
1008.32 REINFORCED CONCRETE: When constructed of reinforced concrete
the walls shall be not less than six (6) inches thick, except as pro-
vided for dwellings.
1/1/7"
Vol. i8 _ 421
1008.33 DWELLINGS: In residential buildings (use groups L-2 and
L-3) , the walls of a chimney in which the area of the flue is not
more than two hundred (200) square inches may be of solid masonry
or reinforced concrete not less than four (4) inches thick when
provided with a fire clay lining.
1008 . 34 LINING: Low temperature masonry chimneys with less than
eight (8) inch walls shall be lined with an approved flue lining that
conforms to the requirements of this section and the outside face of
interior walls shall be smoothly parged or stuccoed so as to be gas
tight, or the flue walls within the building shall be eight (8) in-
ches thick.
1008.35 FLUE LINING MATERIALS: Flue linings shall be made of fire
clay or other approved refractory materials other than shale, capable
of withstanding the action of flue gases and of resisting the temper-
atures to which they are subjected but not less than two thousand
(2000) degrees F. without softening or cracking. The thickness of
the shell of flue linings shall be not less than five-eighth (5/8)
inches .
1008.36 FLUE LINING CONSTRUCTION: Flue linings shall be constructed
in advance of the chimney and shall start from a point less than eighteen
(18) inches below the inlet of the smokepipe or throat of a fireplace.
The lining shall be constructed as nearly vertical as possible and shall
extend not less than four (4) inches above the top or cap of the flue.
1008.4 MEDIUM TEMPERATURE CHIMNEYS.
1008.41 SOLID MASONRY: When constructed of solid masonry, the walls
shall be not less than eight (8) inches thick and shall be lined as
provided in this section.
1008.42 REINFORCED CONCRETE: When constructed of reinforced concrete
the walls shall be not less than six (6) inches thick with approved
lining.
1008.43 LINING: Medium temperature masonry chimneys shall be lined
with not less than four and one-half (4%) inches of fire brick laid
up in fire clay mortar from at least two (2) feet below to not less
than twenty-five (25) feet above inlet opening to the chimney; or the
walls shall be of double-wall construction with an intervening air
space of not less than two (2) inches.
1008.5 HIGH TEMPERATURE CHIMNEYS: All high temperature masonry chim-
neys shall be built with double masonry or double reinforced concrete
walls, each of the same thickness required for medium temperature chim-
meys, with an intervening air space of not less than two (2) inches;
or of a single wall with an interior wall of double-wall construction
shall be of fire brick at least four and one-half (4%) inches thick
laid in fire clay or approved high temperature cement mortar; and the
interior metal chimney shall be lined as specified in section 1009.5
1/1/7R Vol. 18 - 422
1008.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.
1008.61 CHIMNEY HEIGHT: All chimneys shall extend at least three (3)
feet above the adjacent roof, and at least two (2) feet above any roof
ridge within ten (10) feet thereof. If the height above the roof is
more than four (4) times the minimum dimension, the chimney shall be
braced and anchored to the roof framing.
1008.62 CHIMNEY CAPS: All masonry chimneys shall be capped with con-
crete, terra cotta tile or other approved noncombustible weatherproof
material; or a sloped wash shall be provided from the outside of the
chimney to the projecting lining specified in section 1008.36.
1008.63 CHIMNEY SUPPORTS: All masonry chimneys shall rest on a foun-
dation located on permanently undisturbed soil or shall be supported
on fireresistive construction; and no such chimney shall rest on or be
hung or otherwise supported from combustible floor or wall construction
except as provided in section 1007.0 No masonry chimney shall be cor-
beled from hollow or cavity wall construction, nor from a wall built to
hollow masonry units; and the corbeling of chimneys shall conform to the
requirements of section 839.1. Masonry chimneys erected outside of frame
dwellings shall be anchored to the stud walls at each floor level or at
vertical intervals of not more than ten (10) feet.
1008.64 CLEARANCES: Combustible framing shall be trimmed away from
all flues and chimneys, and no combustible material shall be placed within
two (2) inches of any chimney, nor within six (6) inches of any inlet
opening to such chimney. Finished flooring shall have not less than
one-half (Jj) .inch clearance from the chimney walls.
1008.65 SIZE: The passageway within the chimney shall be ascertained
to be open to the exterior and shall be of adequate size to remove all
the products of combustion of the appliances attached thereto.
1008.66 THICKNESS AND SHAPE: For chimneys larger than one hundred and
twenty (120) square inches, except as specified in section 1008.33, the
walls shall be not less than eight (8) inches thick in any case. No
change in the size or shape of a chimney shall be made within six (6)
inches of the roof framing through which it passes.
SECTION 1009.0 METAL CHIMNEYS
1009.1 THICKNESS OF METAL.
1009.11 EXTERIOR METAL CHIMNEYS: Exterior metal chimneys shall be of
adequate thickness to resist all wind stresses specified in article 7
but shall be not less than one-eighth (1/8) inch thick for diameters
up to three (3) feet, three-sixteenths (3/16) inch thick for diameters
up to four (4) feet and not less than one-quarter Qt) inch thick for
larger diameters.
1009.12 INTERIOR METAL CHIMNEYS: Interior metal chimneys shall be con-
structed of metal not less than No. 16 U.S. gage for areas not more than
one hundred and fifty-five (155) square inches; No. 14 U.S. gage for
1/1/7H Vol. 18 - 423
areas not more than two hundred (200) square inches; No. 12 U.S. gage
for areas not more than two hundred and fifty-five (255) square inches;
and not less than No. 10 U.S. gage for greater areas.
1009.2 CONSTRUCTION: All metal chimneys shall be riveted or welded
construction and all exterior metal chimneys shall be securely guyed;
braced, anchored and supported. They shall be galvanized, painted
with an approved paint, or constructed of approved corrosion-resistive
alloys .
1009.3 OPENING: A cleanout shall be provided at the base of every
metal chimney.
1009.4 METAL CHIMNEY FOUNDATION: A metal chimney erected on the ex-
terior of a building or structure shall be supported on an independent
substantial masonry or reinforced concrete foundation. Interior metal
chimneys may be supported on fireproof (type 1-A) construction at in-
termediate levels.
1009.5 HIGH TEMPERATURE LINING: When metal or masonry chimneys are
used to remove high temperature combustion gases they shall be lined
with four and one-half (4%) inches of fire brick laid in fire clay
mortar. Such lining shall extend at least twenty-five (25) feet above
the smokepipe entrance.
1009.6 HEIGHT OF METAL CHIMNEY: All metal chimneys shall extend to
a height of not less than four (4) feet above any roof within twenty-
five (25) feet, or any roof ridge within ten (10) feet horizontally
thereof, except as provided in section 1014 for high temperature chimneys.
1009.7 METAL CHIMNEY CLEARANCES: Every metal chimney or part thereof
erected on the exterior of a building, shall have a clearance from a
wall of frame or combustible construction of not less than twenty-four
(24) inches and of not less than four (4) inches if the wall is of non-
combustible construction. No such stack shall be located less than twenty-four
(24) inches in any direction from a wall opening or required exitway,
or fire escape.
1009.8 INTERIOR METAL CHIMNEY ENCLOSURES: Every interior metal chimney
or part thereof, erected within a multi-story building shall be enclosed
with walls of not less than three (3) hours fireresistance in all stories
above that in which the appliance served thereby is located. Where the
metal chimney passes through a combustible roof, it shall be guarded by
a galvanized metal or other approved noncombustible, ventilating thimble
that extends at least nine (9) inches below and above the roof construc-
tion. The thimbles shall be of a size to provide clearance on all sides
of the metal chimney of not less than six (6) inches for low heat appli-
ance and not less than eighteen (18) inches for medium and high heat ap-
pliances as defined in article 11, unless the metal chimney is insulated
and protected to prevent a temperature of more than two hundred and fifty
(250) degrees F. on the exterior surface.
1/1/7"
Vol. 18 - 424
1009.9 PROHIBITED LOCATION: No interior metal chimney shall be car-
ried up inside a ventilating duct unless such ducts are constructed
as required by this article for metal chimneys; and only when such
duct is used solely for venting the room or space in which the appliance
served by the metal chimney is located. Metal chimneys shall not be
installed in air supply ducts.
SECTION 1010.0 CHIMNEY CONNECTOR (SMOKEPIPES)
The chimney connector from every heating appliance, except for vent
connectors from gas-fired appliances, shall connect to a chimney con-
forming to the provision of article 10.
1010.1 CHIMNEY CONNECTORS: Chimney connectors shall be constructed
of galvanized iron, or other approved noncombustible , corrosion-re-
sistive materials having a melt point of not less than two thousand
(2000) degrees F. No other pipe shall be used as a chimney connector.
1010.2 THICKNESS OF METAL: The minimum thickness of metal for chim-
ney connectors shall comply with the requirements of section 1017 for
vent construction.
1010.3 LENGTH OF CHIMNEY CONNECTOR: All chimney connectors shall be
as short and as straight as possible consistent with their use and the
required draft conditions. No chimney connector shall pass through a
floor or ceiling construction.
1010.4 CHIMNEY CONNECTION: In entering a passageway in a masonry or
metal chimney, the chimney connector shall be installed above the ex-
treme bottom to avoid stoppage. Means shall be employed which will
prevent the chimney connector from entering so far as to restrict the
space between its end and the opposite wall of the chimney. The chim-
ney connector shall be firmly attached or inserted into a thimble or
slip joint to prevent it from falling out. All connections shall fit
tightly. Chimney connections to any one passageway shall be limited
to one floor, except as provided in section 1002.2.
1010.5 NUMBER OF CHIMNEY CONNECTORS: Two (2) or more chimney con-
nectors may be joined to a single connection provided that the chim-
ney connectors are on one floor level and the passageway is of suf-
ficient size to serve all of the appliances thus connected.
1010.6 CHIMNEY CONNECTOR CLEARANCES.
1010.61 FROM COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: Unless a chimney connector
is covered on the exterior with at least one (1) inch of approved
insulating noncombustible material, the following clearances shall
be maintained from all combustible material or construction:
Diameter Clearance
Inches Inches
0-12 12
12-36 20
More than 36 36
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 425
1010.62 REDUCED CLEARANCES: The clearances specified herein may be
reduced one-half (h) when an approved metal or other approved noncom-
bustible enclosing shell is installed so as to provide a continuous
one (1) inch ventilated air space around the chimney connector with
access openings for inspecting purposes; or the exposed combustible
construction shall be protected with metal or other noncombustible
materials as provided in section 1112. In no case shall the chimney
connector of a medium or high heat appliance pass through any wall or
partition of combustible construction.
1010.7 LOW HEAT CHIMNEY CONNECTOR CLEARANCE: Chimney connectors from
a low heat appliance may pass through combustible walls or partitions
when protected at the point of passage by approved thimbles, fire-stopped
with noncombustible material; or when such partition is constructed to
afford a fireresistance of not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours for
a distance corresponding to the required clearance in section 1010.6
with noncombustible materials.
1010.8 CONNECTIONS TO INCINERATOR CHIMNEY: The chimney connector of a
heating appliance shall not be connected to the flue of an incinerator
which has a rubbish chute identical with the flue.
SECTION 1011.0 VENT SYSTEMS
For the purpose of determining vent requirements, oil-fired appliances
shall be classified as "listed" or "unlisted". A listed appliance is
one that is shown in a list published by an approved testing agency,
qualified and equipped for experimental testing of such appliances, and
maintaining an adequate periodic inspection of current production of
listed models and whose listing states either that the appliance or
accessory complies with nationally recognized safety requirements or
has been tested and found safe for use in a specific manner. Compli-
ance may be determined by the presence on the appliance or accessory
of a label of the testing agency stating that the appliance or acces-
sory complies with nationally recognized safety requirements. An un-
listed appliance or accessory is one that is not shown on such a list
or does not bear such a label. In cases where no applicable standard
has been developed for a given class of appliance or accessory, approval
of the authority having jurisdiction should be obtained before the appli-
ance or accessory is installed.
1011.1 APPLIANCES REQUIRED TO BE VENTED: Appliances of the following
types shall be connected to a listed venting system or provided with
other means for exhausting the flue gases to the outside atmosphere:
a) central heating appliances, including steam and hot water
boilers, warm air furnaces, floor furnaces, and vented
recessed heaters;
b) duct furnaces and self-contained unit heaters;
c) all water heaters;
d) room heaters listed for vented use only as required in
section 1011.2;
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 426
e) appliances equipped with gas conversion burners;
f) appliances which have draft hoods supplied by the appliance
manufacturer;
g) unlisted appliances.
1011.2 EXEMPTION: Connections to vent systems shall not be required
for electric, gas and industrial appliances of such size or character
that the absence of such connection does not constitute a hazard to
the fire safety of the building or its occupants. The following ap-
pliances are not required to be vented:
a) listed gas ranges;
b) built-in domestic cooking units listed and marked as unvented
units;
c) listed hot plates and listed laundry stoves;
d) listed domestic clothes dryers;
e) listed gas refrigerators;
f) counter appliances;
g) other appliances listed for unvented use and not provided
with flue collars;
h) specialized equipment of limited input such as laboratory
burners or gas lights.
When any or all of the appliances listed in items 5, 6, 7, and 8
above are installed so that the aggregate input rating exceeds thirty
(30) B.T.U. per hour per cubic foot of room or space in which they
are installed, one or more of them shall be vent-connected or pro-
vided with approved means for exhausting the vent gases to the out-
side atmosphere so that the aggregate input rating of the remaining
unvented appliances does not exceed thirty (30) B.T.U. per hour per
cubic foot of room or space in which they are installed. Where the
room or space in which they are installed is directly connected to
another room or space by a doorway, arch, or other opening of com-
parable size, which cannot be closed, the volume of such adjacent
room or space may be included in the calculations.
1011.3 TYPES OF VENTS.
1011.31 TYPE L LOW-TEMPERATURE VENTING SYSTEMS: Type L low-tempera-
ture venting systems shall be used only with fuel burning appliances
listed as exhausting low-temperature flue gases and listed for use
with Type L low-temperature venting systems. Type L low-temperature
venting systems shall be installed in accordance with the terms of
their listing and manufacturer's instructions.
1011.32 VENTILATING HOODS: Ventilating hoods and exhaust systems
may be used to vent commercial appliances.
1011.33 CHIMNEYS: Chimneys shall be constructed in accordance with
the requirement of article 10.
1011.34 EXISTING CHIMNEYS: Where an existing masonry chimney is
unlined and where local experience Indicates that vent gas condensate
will be a problem , an approved liner or another vent shall be installed.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 427
Where inspection reveals that an existing chimney is not safe for
the intended application it shall be rebuilt to conform to the re-
quirement of this code, or relined with a suitable liner or replaced
with a gas vent or chimney suitable for the appliances to be attached.
1011.35 CLEANOUTS: Cleanouts shall be of such construction that
they will remain tightly closed when not in use. Tee fittings used
as cleanouts or condensate drains shall have tight fitting caps to
prevent entrance of air into the chimney or gas vent at that point.
1011.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
1011.41 SIZE OF VENTS: The gas vent or chimney when connected to a
single appliance shall not be less than the size of the draft hood
outlet.
When more than one appliance is connected to a gas vent or chimney,
the area shall be not less than the area of the largest vent connec-
tor plus fifty (50) percent of the areas of additional vent connectors.
In lieu of the above, the gas vent or chimney may be sized in accor-
dance with section 1002.2.
Any shape gas vent may be used provided its venting capacity is
equal to the capacity of round pipe for which it is substituted and
the minimum internal dimension of the gas vent is not less than two
(2) inches.
1011.42 GAS VENT TERMINATION: The gas vent or chimney shall extend
high enough above the building or other neighboring obstruction so
that wind from any direction will not create a positive pressure in
the vicinity of the gas vent or chimney termination. Except as pro-
vided in section 1008.61, gas vents or chimneys shall extend at least
two (2) feet above the highest point where they pass through a roof
of a building and at least two (2) feet higher than any portion of a
building within ten (10) feet; provided the following conditions are
met:
a) no gas vent or chimney shall terminate less than four (4)
feet in vertical height above the highest connected appliance
draft hood outlet or flue collar.
1011.43 EXCEPTION: A listed gas vent equipped with a listed or
approved top may be terminated below the peak of a pitched roof in
accordance with the terms of the listing or approval.
1011.44 TOP ASSEMBLY: Gas vents and factory-built chimneys shall
extend above the roof surface and through the flashing and shall
terminate in a top or roof assembly with a venting capacity not less
than that of the vent. The top shall prevent rain and debris from
entering the vent.
Vol. 18 - 421
Vl/78
1011:45 SUPPORT OF GAS VENTS: All portions of gas vents and chim-
neys shall be adequately supported for weight and design of materials
employed. Listed gas vents and factory-built chimneys shall be sup-
ported and spaced in accordance with their listings and manufacturer's
instructions and section 1007, 1008 and 1009.
1011.46 OUTSIDE GAS VENTS.
1011.47 MATERIALS: Outside gas vents and chimneys shall not be used
in exposed locations except when permitted by the building official.
When they are permitted to be used, the material shall possess high
insulation qualities or be adequately insulated.
1011.48 CONDENSATE DRAIN: Where local experience with gas vent ma-
terials indicates that the condensate may be a problem, a capped tee
and drain -pipe shall be installed at the base of the riser to drain
off condensate.
1011.5 PROHIBITED INSTALLATIONS.
1011.51 PROHIBITED TERMINATION: Natural draft vents extending through
outside walls shall not terminate below eaves adjacent to such walls or
parapets .
1011.52 UNVENTED ROOM HEATERS PROHIBITED: Unvented room heaters are
prohibited in accordance with Chapter 688 of the Acts of 1962 of the
General Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
SECTION 1012.0 FIREPLACES
1012.1 CONSTRUCTION: The back and jambs of fireplaces shall be con-
structed of solid masonry or reinforced concrete not less than eight
(8) inches thick, with a lining of fire brick, soapstone, cast iron
or other approved noncombustible material not less than two (2) inches
thick. Such lining may be omitted when the solid masonry or reinforced
concrete is not less than twelve (12) inches thick, or the equivalent
insulation is provided integrally in approved heating equipment or
firing devices installed in the fireplaces. In one- and two-family
dwellings (use group L-3) , when approved steel fireplace units which
are equipped with an air circulating chamber are installed integrally
with the fireplace construction, the back and jambs of the fireplace
construction, the back and jambs of the fireplace may be reduced to
four (4) inches of approved masonry.
1012.2 HEARTH: Every fireplace shall be constructed with a hearth of
brick, stone, tile or other noncombustible material. For fireplaces
with an opening of less than six (6) square feet the hearth shall ex-
tend not less than sixteen (16) inches in front and not less than eight
(8) inches on each side of the fireplace opening. For fireplaces with
an opening of six (6) square feet or more the hearth shall extend not
less than twenty (20) inches in front and not less than twelve (12)
inches on each side of the fireplace opening. Such hearths shall be
supported on trimmer arches of brick, stone, tile or concrete not less
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 429
than four (4) inches thick, or other equally strong and fireresistive
materials. All combustible forms or centering shall be removed after
completion of the supporting construction.
1012.3 FIREPLACE DAMPER: Every fireplace shall be equipped with an
approved damper.
1012.4 FIREPLACE CLEARANCES.
1012.41 FLOOR FRAMING: All header and trimmer beams of combustible
floor construction shall be located at least four (4) inches from the
face of chimneys and backs of fireplaces and the spaces shall be fire-
stopped with approved noncombustible materials.
1012.42 COMBUSTIBLE TRIM: Wood or other combustible material shall
not be installed on or about a fireplace less than six (6) inches from
the fireplace opening; and combustible materials, located within the
twelve (12) inch boundary of the opening shall not project more than
one-eighth (1/8) inch from the face of the masonry for each one (1)
inch distance from the opening.
1012.5 FIREPLACE HEATERS: No heater shall be placed in a fireplace
unless it conforms to the requirements of article 11 for such device
and is provided with a flue; except an electric heater which is ex-
empted from vent requirements under the provisions of section 1011.
1012.6 IMITATION FIREPLACES: The depth of an imitation fireplace or
recess for heating equipment shall not be more than six (6) inches,
unless such recess meets all the construction requirements for fire-
places. The surfaces of the recess shall be of masonry or fireresis-
tive plaster and all combustible materials shall have the clearances
or shall be fire-protected as specified herein. No flue other than
an approved gas vent shall be installed within such imitation fireplaces.
SECTION 1013.0 CUPOLA CHIMNEYS
1013.1 HEIGHT OF CUPOLAS: A chimney or a metal smokestack for a cupola
furnace, blast furnace or similar high heat industrial device shall ex-
tend not less than twenty-five (25) feet above any roof within a radius
of fifty (50) feet and shall be covered on the top with heavy wire net-
ting or other spark arrester as provided in section 1018.
1013.2 CUPOLA CLEARANCES: No combustible material shall be erected or
placed within three (3) feet of any cupola or other high temperature
chimney .
SECTION 1014.0 FUEL-FIRED INCINERATOR CHIMNEYS
Chimneys for fuel-fired incinerators shall be constructed of at least
four (4) inches of clay or shale brick masonry which is lined with not
1/1/ie Vol. 18 - 430
less than four and one-half (4*s) Inches of firebrick for at least
forty (40) feet above the roof of the combustion chamber; and be-
yond the forty (40) foot level shall be enclosed with not less than
eight (8) inches of clay or brick masonry.
SECTION 1015.0 MISCELLANEOUS INCINERATOR FLUES
1015.1 FLUE ENCLOSURES: All incinerator flues not provided for in
sections 1015 and 1016, including flues for rubbish and waste material
incinerators, shall be enclosed with not less than eight (8) inches of
clay or shale brick masonry, unless otherwise approved by the build-
ing official.
1015.2 CONNECTION TO CHIMNEYS AND STACKS: Nothing in this article
shall prohibit the connection of an incinerator by means of an ap-
proved breeching to a smokestack or chimney flue which serves a heat
appliance; provided the cross-sectional area of such stack or flue is
at least four (4) times that of the incinerator breeching and such
stack or flue and the connection meet the requirements of this ar-
ticle for incinerator flues.
SECTION 1016.0 DUCT AND PIPE SHAFTS
In all buildings other than one- and two-family dwellings, vertical
ducts or pipes arranged in groups of two or more which extend through
two (2) or more stories and occupy an area of more than one (1) square
foot shall be enclosed in construction of not less than three-quarter
(3/4) hour fireresistance to comply with section 911.
SECTION 1017.0 CONSTRUCTION OF METAL DUCTS AND VENTS
All metal vents, ducts and duct systems required under the provisions
of articles 10 and 11 for heating systems and equipment, and under the
provisions of articles 5 and 18 for ventilating and air-conditioning
systems shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the re-
quirements of this Code and accepted engineering practice.
1017.1 MATERIAL: Ducts and vents shall be constructed of aluminum,
copper, monel metal, galvanized steel, cement-asbestos or other ap-
proved, noncombustible, corrosion-resistive materials of adequate
strength, durability and for the temperatures involved; and the seams
shall be securely welded or riveted and made substantially air and
gas tight.
1017.2 THICKNESS OF METAL: The weight and thickness of material,
type of joints, connections, bracing and other structural features
shall conform to the approved rules; but shall be at least equiva-
lent to the minimum thickness prescribed in table 10-1. Aluminum
shall be of not less than No. 26 B & S gage, copper of not less than
16 ounce sheets, galvanized iron and monel metal of not less than
No. 28 U.S. gage, except as provided for one- and two-family dwell-
ings in table 10-2.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 431
TABLE 10-1 - METAL DUCT AND VENT CONSTRUCTION, OTHER THAN DWELLINGS
Minimum thickness
Galvanized Steel Aluminum
Diameter, or diagonal of rectan- U. S. gage B & S gage
gular ducts, dimension in inches number number
Up to 12
12 - 20 ...,
20-30
30-48
48 - 60 ....
60-90 ...,
90 and over
28
26
26
24
24
22
22
20
20
18
18
16
16
14
1017.3 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS.
1017.31 MATERIAL: Warm air supply ducts in heating and air-condi-
tioning systems of one and two-family dwellings shall be constructed
of aluminum, copper, galvanized steel, as specified in table 10-2,
or other approved noncombustible materials of equal strength and
durability.
1017.32 SUPPORTS: All ducts shall be securely supported by metal
or other approved noncombustible straps, hangers, lugs and brackets.
TABLE 10-2 - DUCTS FOR DWELLINGS
Diameter, or diagonal
of rectangular ducts,
dimensions in inches
Minimum thickness and weight
Tin Galvanized
weight per steel Aluminum
square U. S. gage B & S gage
in pounds number number
Up to 12 IC 107
12-18 , IX 135
18 and over IX 135
30
26
28
26
26
24
1017.33 CLEARANCES: Horizontal runs of such ducts shall be located
not less than one (1) inch from adjacent combustible construction un-
less insulated or protected as required in section 1017.4; and ducts
in vertical partitions or concealed ceiling spaces shall be insulated
in all cases with not less than twelve (12) pound asbestos paper
with five-sixteenths (5/16) inch intermediate air space or protected
with one-quarter (h) inch air-cell asbestos or equivalent.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 432
1017.4 HIGH TEMPERATURE DUCTS.
I
1017.41 CONSTRUCTION: A single metal duct for a high temperature sys-
tem which is enclosed in a combustible partition, or in a concealed
ceiling space shall be of double construction with a continuous inter-
vening air space of not less than one (1) inch; or the duct shall be
covered on the exterior with approved noncombustible, insulating ma-
terials not less than one-fourth (k) of an inch thick of air-cell as-
bestos or its equivalent. Approved asbestos cement ducts, not less
than one-quarter 0%) inch thick, shall be insulated by an air-space
of not less than one-eighth (1/8) inch. When not insulated, clear-
ances shall comply with section 1011.
1017.42 EXCEPTION: When sufficiently insulated to prevent more than
two hundred and fifty (250) degrees F. temperature on the exterior,
the clearances herein specified shall not be required.
1017.5 DUCT LINING: The lining of high temperature ducts shall be of
approved noncombustible materials.
1017.6 COLD AIR DUCTS: The construction of cold air ducts shall comply
with all the provisions governing warm air supply ducts except as to
heat insulation.
1017.7 FIRESTOPPING: Whenever the passage of ducts in walls, floors
or partitions requires the removal of firestopping, the surrounding
spaces shall be completely filled with approved noncombustible mater-
ials; and the required clearance shall be maintained by a metal thimble
which is filled with approved noncombustible insulating materials, or
closed at both ends with metal collars.
1017.8 DUCTS FROM WARM AIR FURNACES: The clearances of a metal duct
from combustible materials for a distance of six (6) feet from warm
air furnaces shall comply with section 1112. A duct which enters a
floor, wall or partition of combustible construction within six (6)
feet from the furnace shall change direction through an angle of ninety
(90) degrees or more before it enters such floor, wall or shaft and
shall be enclosed with approved fireresistive assemblies as required
in section 1016 for duct shafts.
1017.9 FIRE-CLAY VENTS: Where prohibited for use with gas-fired ap-
pliances, fire-clay vents shall have a thickness of not less than one-
half Oi) inch for an internal diameter of six (6) inches or less and
three-quarter (3/4) inch for an internal diameter of more than six (6)
inches. The joints shall be made gastight with caulked bell and spigot,
sheet metal sleeves or galvanized iron bands of not less than No. 26
U.S. gage, all thoroughly cemented and secured in place with high tem-
perature cement mortar.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 433
SECTION 1018.0 SPARK ARRESTORS
All chimneys, stacks and flues including incinerator sfcacks, which
emit sparks that create a fire hazard, shall he provided with a spark
arrestor of approved noncombustible construction in which the maximum
size of mesh shall not exceed three-quarter (3/4) inches. The total
area of spark arrestors shall be not less than four (4) times the flue
area.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 434
ASTM
C106
1967
ASTM
C178
1958
ASTM
C270
1971
ASTM
C279
1954
ASTM
C315
1972
ASTM
C401
1968
ANSI
A131.1
1971
NFPA
211
1972
ULI
103
1964
ULI
641
1965
ANSI
A62.4
1947
ANSI
Z21.12
1937
Reference Standards - Article 10
Refractories for Inclneraotrs
Air Setting Refractory Mortar
Mortar for Unit Masonry
Chemical-Resistant Masonry Units
Clay Flue Linings
Castable Refractories
Factory-Built Chimneys
Chimneys, Fireplaces and Venting
Systems
Factory-Built Chimneys
Testing Standards for Low Temperature
Type L Venting Systems
Sizes of Flue Linings
Listing Requirements for Draft Hoods
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 435
ARTICLE 11
HEATING EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES-
MOUNTING, CLEARANCES AND CONNECTIONS
SECTION 1100.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the construction, in-
spection and maintenance of all heating, blower and exhaust systems
in all buildings and structures in respect to structural strength,
fire safety and operation.
1100.1 ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: All such systems and equip-
ment constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the
applicable standards listed in the reference standards of this ar-
ticle shall be deemed to conform to the provisions of this code.
1100.11 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: All installa-
tions of gas appliances must comply with the Massachusetts Code for
Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping established under Chap-
ter 737, Acts of 1960. The construction, installation and operation
of oil burning equipment is subject to the provisions of FPR-3, es-
tablished in accordance with Chapter 148, Section 10 of the M.G.L.A,
as amended. The construction, installation, testing and inspection
of boilers, air tanks, ammonia compressor valves, and refrigeration
and air-conditioning systems of five (5) tons or more capacity are
subject to the Rules and Regulations issued by the Board of Boiler
Rules under authority of Chapter 146 of the M.G.L.A., as amended.
1100.2 COOPERATING AGENCIES: Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to nullify the provisions of other legal statutes or regu-
lations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts governing the opera-
tion and maintenance of boilers and other heating appliances and
equipment .
1100.3 LABELED HEATING AND COOKING APPLIANCES: Approved oil-fired
warm air furnaces, floor furnaces, unit heaters, domestic incinera-
tors, cooking and heating stoves and ranges and other heating equip-
ment, inspected and approved by approved agencies shall be accepted
by the building official when installed with the reduced clearance
and details of installation therein recommended provided they meet
the requirements of this code for fire protection.
1100.4 CLEARANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: All heating and
cooking appliances shall be installed with adequate clearances from
combustible construction or shall be provided with integral insula-
tion of the appliance of fire-protection of the structural members
so that continued or intermittent operation shall not raise the tem-
perature on the surface of combustible floors, walls or partitions
above two hundred and fifty (250) degrees F.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 436
SECTION 1101.0 DEFINITIONS
BOILER: a heating appliance Intended to supply hot water or steam
for space and heating, processing or power purposes.
FLOOR FURNACE: a self-contained furnace suspended from the floor
of the space which is being heated, with means of observing the
flame and lighting the furnace from such space.
LOW PRESSURE BOILER: a steel or cast iron boiler in which the maxi-
mum allowable gage working pressure is limited to fifteen (15)
pounds per square inch for steam and thirty (30) pounds per square
inch for hot water.
HEATING APPLIANCE: any device designed or constructed for the gen-
eration of heat from solid, liquid or gaseous fuel or electricity.
HIGH PRESSURE BOILER: a boiler in which steam or other vapor to be
used externally to itself, is generated at a pressure of more than
fifteen (15) pounds per square inch gage.
SPACE HEATER (ROOM HEATER) : an above-the-f loor device for direct
heating of the space in and adjacent to that in which the device
is located without external heating pipes or ducts.
UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL: a closed metal vessel which contains air,
steam, gas or liquid pressure in excess of fifty (50) pounds per
square inch gage which is supplied from an external source.
UNIT HEATER: an appliance which consists of an integral combination
of heating element and fan within a common enclosure and which is
located within or adjacent to the space to be heated.
WALL HEATER: a unit heater which is supported from or recessed in
the wall of the room or space to be heated.
WARM AIR FURNACE: a solid, liquid or gas-fired appliance for heat-
ing air to be distributed with or without duct systems to the space
to be heated.
MECHANICAL WARM AIR FURNACE: a warm air furnace equipped with a fan
to circulate the air.
SECTION 1102.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Plans and specifications for the installation, repair, extension
or removal of any heating appliance herein defined or of a heating,
bxower or exhaust system shall be submitted to the building official
and a permit shall be secured prior to the commencement of any in-
stallation, except as herein provided.
1102.1 MATTER COVERED: The plans and specifications shall show in
sufficient detail all pertinent features and clearances of the ap-
pliances and systems including size and type of apparatus, construction
Vol. 18 - 437
of flue, stack or chimney, stack connections, kind of fuel, method of
operation and the method preventing the emission with the products of
combustion of solids and gases detrimental to health.
1102.2 PERMIT: Upon approval of the plans, a permit shall be secured
from the building official before any work is started on the instal-
lation; and the permit or a copy thereof shall be posted at the site
at all times during the course of installation.
SECTION 1103.0 BOILERS AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
1103.1 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: All boilers and
unfired pressure vessels shall be subject to the provisions of Chap-
ter 146 of the M.G.L.A., as amended.
1104.0 SMOKE ABATEMENT: All furnaces and heating appliances fired
with solid or liquid fuels which are subject to the provisions of
section 1102, including all rubbish burners and incinerators, shall
be so designed that they will not discharge under normal conditions
of operation excessive smoke, soot, cinders, flyash or other mater-
ials which are deleterious to the safety or health of the public.
Under any circumstances, any combustion device intended for use as
specified in this section must conform to the applicable standards
of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relative to control of emissions
and air quality standards.
SECTION 1105.0 INDUSTRIAL HEATING APPLIANCE CLASSIFICATION
1105.1 LOW HEAT APPLIANCES: A steam boiler which operates at fifty
(50) pounds per square inch or less gage pressure; or a steam boiler
of less than ten (10) boiler horse power, regardless of operating
pressure; or any equipment otherwise classified as a medium heat ap-
pliance, but not larger than one hundred (100) cubic feet in size,
in which the products of combustion at the point of entrance to the
flue under normal operating conditions have a temperature of six
hundred (600) degrees F. or less shall be calssified as a low heat
appliance.
Low heat appliances shall include among others:
Baking Ovens Forge Furnaces (Solid fuel-fired)
Candy Furnaces Gypsum Kilns
Coffee Ovens Lead Melting Furnaces
Core Ovens Paraffine Furnaces
Fertilizer Ovens Resin Melting Furnaces
Zinc Amalgamating Furnaces
1105.2 MEDIUM HEAT APPLIANCES: A steam boiler which operates at fifty
(50) pounds or more per square inch gage pressure; or a steam boiler
of over ten (10) boiler horse power regardless of operating pressure,
or any heat appliance, in which the products of combustion at the
point of entrance to the flue have a temperature of between six hun-
dred (600) degrees and one thousand (1000) degrees F. under normal
1/1/78
' ' Vol. 18 - 438
operating conditions shall be classified as a medium heat appliance.
Medium heat appliances shall include among others:
Alabaster Gypsum Kilns Gas Producers
Annealing Furnaces Hardening Furnaces
Charcoal Furnaces Lime Kilns
Feed Dryers (direct fired) Linseed Oil Boiling
Fertilizer Dryers (direct Pulp Dryers (direct fired)
fired) Wood Distilling Furnaces
Galvanizing Furnaces Wood Gas Retorts
1105.3 HIGH HEAT APPLIANCES: Any appliance rated at higher horse-
power or operating at higher temperatures or pressures than a low or
medium heat appliance shall be classified as a high heat appliance.
High heat appliances shall include among others:
Bessemer Retorts Cupolas
Blast, Billet and Bloom and Glass Kilns and Furnaces
Open Hearth Furnaces Porcelain Baking and Glazing Kilns
Brass Furnaces Reverberatory Furnaces
Cement, Brick and Tile Kilns Welding Furnaces
Coal and Water Gas Retorts Wood Carbonizing Furnaces
SECTION 1106.0 FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR HEAT APPLIANCE
FOUNDATIONS
Unless specifically exempted in section 1109, all floor-mounted in-
dustrial heat appliances shall be mounted on the ground, or on a foun-
dation of the following specified fireresistive construction with
the required noncombustible insulated flooring or finish. No com-
bustible material shall be permitted against the underside of the
appliance or under the foundation unless specifically exempted.
Such construction and insulation shall extend not less than the spec-
ified distances from the sides of the appliance. The fireresistive
floor and its finish shall have equal heat insulation value as the
protection herein required or such protection shall cover the entire
surface under the appliance. The installation of heating appliances
which operate at higher temperatures or pressures and industrial
power or process boilers and furnaces shall be governed by accepted
engineering practice.
1106.1 LOW HEAT APPLIANCES: Under a low heat appliance, the floor
shall be of masonry or other noncombustible construction which affords
not less than two (2) hour fireresistance and shall extend not less
than twelve (12) inches beyond the appliance on all sides. When solid
fuel is used, the floor on the firing side or where the ashes are re-
moved shall be protected for at least eighteen (18) inches with not
less than one-quarter (*s) inch asbestos lumber covered with No. 24
U.S. gage sheet metal, or its approved equivalent.
Vl/78 Vol. is - 439
1106.2 MEDIUM HEAT APPLIANCES: Under a medium heat appliance,
the floor shall be of masonry or other noncombustible construc-
tion which affords not less than three (3) hours f ireresistance
and shall extend not less than three (3) feet beyond the appliance
on all sides. When solid fuel is used, the fireresistive floor
shall extend not less than eight (8) feet at the front or side
from which the appliance is fired or the ashes are removed and
shall be protected with not less than No. 24 U.S. gage sheet metal.
1106.3 HIGH HEAT APPLIANCES: Under a high heat appliance, the
floor shall be of masonry or other noncombustible construction which
affords not less than four (4) hours fireresistance and shall extend
not less than ten (10) feet beyond the appliance and not less than
thirty (30) feet at the front or side where hot products are removed
and shall be protected with not less than No. 24 U.S. gage sheet metal,
SECTION 1107.0 MOUNTING EXCEPTIONS FOR HEAT APPLIANCES
When heat appliances are approved for installation on combustible
construction they shall be mounted in accordance with the conditions
of the approval and within the limitations of this section.
1107.1 TWENTY-FOUR INCH CLEARANCE: When medium heat appliances are
mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not less
than twenty-four (24) inches in height under the base and the appli-
ance is arranged to prevent flame or hot gases from coming into con-
tact with the base, the supporting floor shall be protected with four
(4) inches of hollow clay or concrete tile covered with sheet metal
of not less than twenty-four (24) U.S. gage. The masonry tile course
shall be laid with ends unsealed and joints matched so as to provide
through circulation of air.
1107.2 EIGHTEEN INCH CLEARANCE: When low heat appliances are mounted
on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not less than
eighteen (18) inches in height under the base, and one or more metal
baffles are furnished between the burners and the floor and the ap-
pliance is arranged to prevent flame or hot gases from coming in con-
tact with the base, the supporting floor shall be insulated with not
less than one-quarter (h.) . inch asbestos mill board covered with No.
24 U.S. gage steel sheets under the appliance, projecting not less
than eighteen (18) inches from the sides of the appliance where fired
and where hot products of combustion are removed.
1107.3 EIGHT INCH CLEARANCE: When low heat appliances are mounted
on legs which provide an open ventilated space of eight (8) inches
in height under the base, and the appliance is arranged to prevent
flame or hot gases from coming into contact with the base, the sup-
porting floor shall be protected with not less than three-eighths
(3/8) inch asbestos mill board covered with not less than No. 24
U.S. gage sheet metal; and said protection shall project at least
six (6) inches beyond all sides of the appliance and eighteen (18)
inches therefrom on firing sides and where hot products of combus-
tion are removed.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 440
1107.4 FOUR INCH CLEARANCE: When low heat appliances are mounted
on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not less than four
(4) inches in height under the base, and the appliance is so arranged
as to prevent the flame or hot gases from coming in contact with the
base, the supporting floor shall be protected with four (4) inches
of hollow clay or concrete tile covered with sheet metal of not less
than No. 24 U.S. gage. The masonry tile course shall be laid as pro-
vided in section 1109.1.
1107.5 DOUBLE TILE BASE PROTECTION: When low heat appliances are not
mounted on legs, the supporting floor shall be protected with two (2)
courses of four (4) inch hollow clay or concrete "tile covered with a
three-sixteenth (3/16) inch steel plate. The tile courses shall be
laid at right angles to each other, with the ends unsealed and joints
matched in such manner as to provide a free circulation of air through
the hollow masonry. On the firing side or where hot products of com-
bustion are removed, the mounting and protection shall extend not less
than eighteen (18) inches from the side of the appliance.
1107.6 WATER-COOLED BASE: A low heat boiler with a water-cooled base,
which has a grate area of less than three (3) square feet or one in
which the combustion chamber is located not less than twelve (12) in-
ches above the floor, may rest directly on a sheet metal base of not
less than No. 14 U.S. gage steel without heat insulation on combus-
tible construction.
SECTION 1108.0 MOUNTING EXCEPTIONS FOR HOUSE HEATING APPLIANCES
Boilers and furnaces used for heating buildings and structures in-
cluding low pressure steam and hot water boilers, warm air furnaces
and floor mounted direct-fired unit heaters shall be installed in
accordance with accepted engineering standards listed in the ref-
erence standards of this article within the limitations of this code
governing fire protection and fire safety. Mounting of such heating
equipment shall conform with section 1108 for low heat appliances
except as follows:
1108.1 FOUR INCH CLEARANCE: When heating boilers and furnaces that
are mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not
less than four (4) inches in height under the base, the floor shall
be protected with not less than one-quarter (hi) inch mill board cov-
ered with sheet metal of not less than No. 24 U.S. gage which shall
extend not less than six (6) inches beyond the appliances and not
less than eighteen (18) inches where ashes are removed;
1108.2 TILE MASONRY MOUNTING: When heating boilers and furnaces are
not mounted on legs, the floor shall be protected with hollow clay or
concrete tile masonry not less than four (4) inches in thickness com-
plying with section 1109.4, extending not less than eighteen (18)
inches for ash removal;
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 441
1108.3 WATER BASE TYPE: All floor Insulation herein required may
be omitted under heating boilers of the water-cooled base type when
the water jacket extends under all of the ash pit and| fire box or
under the entire fire chamber when there is no ash pit.
1108.4 MECHANICAL WARM AIR FURNACES: All floor insulation herein
required may be omitted under mechanical warm air furnaces when the
fire chamber provides a completely ventilated air space of not less
than eighteen (18) inches in height beneath the firing chamber and
at least one (1) metal baffle is provided between firing chamber
and floor.
1108.5 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: The mounting and clearances
herein defined may be modified for heating installations in one- and
two-family dwellings as required under the specific provisions in
this code for gas boilers, warm air furnaces, floor furnaces, unit
and space heaters.
SECTION 1109.0 MOUNTING EXCEPTIONS FOR RESTAURANT APPLIANCES
Floor mounted restaurant type cooking appliances including ranges,
ovens, boilers and similar heating appliances designed for use in
hotel and restaurant kitchens shall conform to section 1108 for low
heat appliances except as follows:
1109.1 EIGHTEEN INCH CLEARANCE: When restaurant type appliances
are mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not
less than eighteen (18) inches in height under the base or which
have no burners, oven or broiler within eighteen (18) inches of
the floor, no special floor protection shall be required provided
there is at least one (1) metal baffle between burners and floor;
1109.2 EIGHT INCH CLEARANCE: When restaurant type appliances are
mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not less
than eight (8) inches in height under the base, the floor shall be
protected as provided in section 1107.3;
1109.3 FOUR INCH CLEARANCE: When restuarant type appliances are
mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space of not less
than four (4) inches in height under the base, the floor shall be
protected as required in section 1107.4;
1109.4 DOUBLE TILE MOUNTING: When restaurant type appliances are
not mounted on legs, the floor under the appliance shall be protec-
ted as required in section 1107.5 with a double tile base.
SECTION 1110.0 MOUNTING EXCEPTIONS FOR DOMESTIC APPLIANCES
Domestic type floor mounted heating and cooking appliances includ-
ing stoves, ranges, space heaters, steam and hot water radiators and
water heaters, shall conform to section 1108 for low heat appliances
except as follows:
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 442
1110.1 EIGHTEEN INCH CLEARANCE: When domestic heating and cooking
appliances are mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated
space not less than eighteen (18) inches in height under the base
or which have no burners, oven or broiler within eighteen (18) inches
of the floor, no special floor protection shall be required provided
there is at least one (1) metal baffle between the corners and the
floor;
1110.2 FOUR INCH CLEARANCE: When domestic heating and cooking ap-
pliances are mounted on legs which provide an open ventilated space
not less than four (4) inches in height under the base, the floor
shall be protected with sheet metal of not less than No. 24 U.S. gage
or other approved noncombustible material. When solid fuel-fired,
the protection shall not extend not less than eighteen (18) inches
on sides where ashes are removed.
1110.3 TILE MASONRY MOUNTING: When domestic heating and cooking ap-
pliances are not mounted on legs, the floor shall be protected as re-
quired in section 1109.4.
SECTION 1111.0 SIDE AND TOP CLEARANCES
Clearances shall be provided from wood and other combustible con-
struction in walls, ceilings and partitions adjacent to heating ap-
pliance and equipment as follows:
1111.1 LOW HEAT APPLIANCES: A low heat appliance shall be installed
to provide a clearance from combustible material of not less than eighteen
(18) inches at the top, sides and rear and of not less than four (4)
feet at the front;
1111.2 MEDIUM HEAT APPLIANCES: A medium heat appliance shall be in-
stalled to provide a clearance from combustible material of not less
than three (3) feet at the sides and rear, of not less than four (4)
feet at the top, and of not less than eight (8) feet at the front or
sides where hot products of combustion are removed;
1111.3 HIGH HEAT APPLIANCES: A high heat appliance shall be installed
to provide a clearance from combustible material of not less than ten
(10) feet at the sides and rear, of not less than fifteen (15) feet at
the top, and of not less than thirty (30) feet at the front or sides
where hot products of combustion are removed.
SECTION 1112.0 CLEARANCE EXCEPTIONS
The building official may approve the installation of heating appli-
ances with lesser clearances than specified in section 1113 within the
limitations herein provided; and such variations shall be cited in the
conditions of approval together with the reason therefor. Heating ap-
pliances labeled by authoritative testing agencies which are approved
for installation with lessor requirements than herein provided may be
installed in accordance with the conditions of such approvals.
V1'78 Vol. 18
443
1112.1 CLEARANCE VARIATIONS: House heating appliances, domestic
type ranges and space heaters may be installed with modified clear-
ances as herein specified from combustible materials:
Clearance in Inches
Side and Smoke-
Top Rear Front pipe
Heating boilers and furnaces when water
or masonry jacketed 6
When jacketed with lh" asbestos cement. 9
Mechanical warm air with 250o F. temp-
ature limit control 6
Domestic ranges and stoves 36
Ranges and stove with fire clay lining 24
Space heaters 36
Water heaters 12
6
48
18
6
48
18
6
48
18
18
36
18
18
24
18
18
36
18
12
12
18
1112.2 GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT: The front clearance for boilers and
furnaces which are gas-fired may be reduced to eighteen (18) inches.
Gas-fired ranges and steam or hot water radiators may be reduced to
six (6) inch front, side and rear clearances. Vent pipes for gas-
fired appliances shall conform to section 1011.
1112.3 FIRE PROTECTION: The clearances from combustible materials
or construction for all types of heating appliances, systems, pipes,
flues, and vents which contain hot gases may be decreased from those
required elsewhere in this code when the exposed construction is pro-
tected with noncombustible materials to afford the fireresistances
specified in table 11-1 , or the equivalent protection is secured by
an approved arrangement of plates and baffles .
TABLE 11-1 - REDUCED WALL AND CEILING CLEARANCES
Fireresistance of
protected construction
Fraction of specifed clearances
Top Sides and rear
1/3-hour seven-eighths five-eighths
1/2-hour ; . . . . three-quarters one-half
3/4-hour five-eighths three-eighths
1-hour one-half one-quarter
1112.4 MASONRY ENCLOSURES: When appliances of low or medium heat
capacity are insulated on the exterior with approved masonry, the
clearances from combustible materials or construction may be reduced
to two-thirds (2/3) of the specified clearances.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 444
SECTION 1113.0 BOILER ROOMS
1113.1 ENCLOSURES: Except in one and two-family dwellings and as
specifically required for industrial furnaces and accessory equipment
or for high hazard uses in article 4, all heating boilers installed
in a building or structure shall be located in a separate room or
compartment completely enclosed by floors, walls and ceilings of the
required f ireresistance; but in no case shall the enclosure of boiler
rooms have less than two (2) hour f ireresistance for high pressure
boilers and not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours for low pressure
boilers.
1113.2 HIGH HAZARD USES: When required by the provisions of article
4, all boiler rooms connected with high hazard use groups and special
occupancies, including uses involving explosion hazards in section
400.6, dry cleaning plants in section 411.3 and storage or public
garages in section 413.5 shall be separately enclosed with entrance
from the outside of the building only; or shall be located in segre-
gated accessory structures with walls, floors and roofs of fireproof
or noncombustible construction.
1113.3 BOILER ROOM EXITWAYS: Primary and emergency exitways from all
boiler rooms shall be provided to comply with section 616.2.
1113.4 AIR SUPPLY FOR COMBUSTION.
1113.41 SOLID AND LIQUID FUELS: All rooms and spaces in which boilers,
furnaces and other gas and electric-fired heating appliances are located
shall be provided with sufficient fresh air supply to insure proper com-
bustion. The direct connection of air inlets to ashpits or combustion
chambers of boilers or furnaces shall be prohibited. Such air supply in-
lets for solid or liquid fuel-fired equipment shall have a net area of
not less than one (1) square inch for each five thousand (5000) B.T.U.
of input rating or fraction thereof.
1113.42 GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT: For gas-fired equipment located in en-
closed spaces, openings shall be provided near floor and ceiling of the
enclosing wall or partition of not less than one (1) square inch net
clear area for each one thousand (1000) B.T.U. input per hour when ade-
quate air supply cannot be provided from adjacent spaces within the
building. Openings to the outer air shall be installed and protected
with approved corrosion-resistive screens with not larger than one-half
Ps) inch mesh.
1113.5 BOILER ROOM VENTILATION: Boiler rooms which contain a medium
or high heat appliance shall be provided with gravity or mechanical
ventilation complying with articles 5 and 18 to prevent the accumu-
lation of hot air over or near the appliance. All other rooms con-
taining heating appliances shall be provided with gravity or mechan-
ical ventilation.
1113.6 BOILER ROOM LOCATION: Boiler rooms shall not be located im-
mediately below exitways; nor shall any space heater, floor furnace or
other similar equipment be located in any aisle or passageway used as
an element of a required means of egress from the building or structure.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 445
1113.7 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: In one and two-family dwell-
ings, central heating warm air or floor furnaces may be located in
utility rooms in the basement or first floor provided the appliances
are mounted on noncombustible floor construction of not less than
three-quarter (3/4) hour f ireresistance, insulated on top with not
less than one-quarter (k) inch asbestos mill board, covered with No.
24 U.S. gage metal or the equivalent. The enclosure of utility rooms
on the first floor shall be of noncombustible construction with clear-
ances and ventilation as herein provided. Heating furnaces shall not
be installed in attics except of an approved type complying with the
mounting and clearance provisions of this article and equipped with
type B vents.
SECTION 1114.0 ASH PITS AND BINS
1114.1 ASH PIT ENCLOSURES: Ash pits and bins shall be constructed of
masonry or concrete with walls not less than six (6) inches thick, or
of steel or other approved noncombustible materials or combinations
thereof as herein provided.
1114.2 FLOORS AND ROOFS: The floor and roof of such pits and bins
shall be of approved two (2) hour fireresistive construction; and the
ceilings of rooms which contain uncovered ash pits shall be constructed
of two (2) hour f ireresistance; except that roofs over ash pits may be
constructed of approved noncombustible materials.
1114.3 OPENING PROTECTIVES: All openings to ash storage bins shall be
protected with tightly fitted approved sheet metal doors with metal
frames and bucks securely anchored to the walls and roof.
SECTION 1115.0 STEAM AND HOT WATER PIPES
1115.1 CLEARANCES: Unless otherwise specifically provided in article
4 for special uses and occupancies, all high pressure steam pipes shall
have a minimum clearance of one (1) inch from all combustible materials;
and when such pipes pass through combustible floors or partitions, the
openings shall be protected by metal or other approved noncombustible
sleeves; and vertical risers arranged in groups extending through two
(2) or more stories shall be enclosed in a shaft of fireresistive con-
struction as specified in section 1016. The clearance of low pressure
steam and hot water piping in walls, floors, and ceilings of combustible
construction shall be not less than one-half (h) inch.
1115.2 FLOOR SLEEVES: When heating pipes pass through floors which may
be subject to serious flooding, metal sleeves shall be installed to a
height of at least six (6) inches above the finished floor surface and
shall be provided with perforated cap plates.
1115.3 FIRESTOPPING: When heating pipes pass through floors and par-
titions, the open sleeve space shall be filled with noncombustible
materials.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 446
1115.4 INSULATION: All coverings or insulation used on steam and
hot water pipes shall be of approved noncombustible materials; and
where such pipes pass through stock shelving or are in close prox-
imity to other combustible materials, the insulation shall be not
less than one (1) inch thick.
1115.5 FREEZING TEMPERATURES: All concealed heating pipes located
in exterior walls shall be protected against freezing in accordance
with the approved rules.
1115.6 EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION: All heating pipes shall be in-
stalled to provide for all expansion and contraction movements due
to temperature changes.
1115.7 HOT WATER LINE EXCEPTIONS: Hot water lines which are equipped
with approved automatic temperature control devices which prevent a
temperature of the circulating water in excess of one hundred and sev-
enty (170) degrees F. shall be exempt from the requirements of section
1117.
SECTION 1116.0 HEATING PANELS
Air chambers or spaces in walls, partitions or ceilings used as heat
exchangers in warm air heating systems shall be used only with automatic
temperature limit controls that cannot be set at more than two hundred
(200) degrees F. Such spaces shall be entirely enclosed with noncom-
bustible material with noncombustible interior linings. Where hung or
supported from the wall or floor construction, the bases, hangers and
other supports shall be of steel or other approved noncombustible
materials.
SECTION 1117.0 HOT AND COLD AIR DUCTS
1117.1 HOT AIR DUCTS: Hot air ducts for both low and high temperature
systems shall be constructed entirely of noncombustible material equiva-
lent in structural strength to the materials specified in tables 10-1 and
10-2 of section 1017. All vision panels for inspection purposes shall be
constructed of wired glass or tightly fitted and secured metal panels.
1117.2 COLD AIR DUCTS: Cold air ducts shall comply with all the provi-
sions governing hot air supply ducts except in respect to the require-
ments for heat insulation and clearance from combustible construction.
1117.3 FLOOR OPENINGS: Where warm air ducts pass through combustible
floors, the surrounding space shall be tightly fitted with asbestos
cement or other noncombustible insulating material. Where such ducts
enter combustible floors, walls or partitions within six (6) feet of
the heating furnace, a five-sixteenth (5/16) inch clearance shall be
provided around the duct for the entire six (6) foot length. Where
required firestopping is removed from walls, floors and partitions by
the passage of ducts, the surrounding space shall be completely filled
with asbestos, mineral wool or other noncombustible materials.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 447
1117. A INTEGRAL DUCTS AND PLENUMS: When hot air ducts form an Integral
part of the structure, the duct walls shall be constructed of not less
than one-half (H) hour f ireresistance except as provided for herein;
1117.41 The attic space, if unoccupiable and of incombustible construction,
may be used as supply or return air plenums provided the system is
mechanical and all return air registers are provided with automatic
incombustible dampers or with rate of rise thermostats and/or smoke
detectors in the ceiling space or return air chamber of the mechanical
unit that would shut down the unit or insolate (seal off) the space. In
no case shall the plenum be continuous over exitway corridors, passage-
ways or stairways.
1117.42 The spaces within the envelope of noncombustible roof and floor
construction may be used as plenums provided that:
a) the ratio of the area of ceiling penetrations to ceiling area
does not violate that permitted for the required fire rating of
the assembly.
b) the integrity of the firestopping and fire separations is not
destroyed.
c) all electric wiring conforms with section 300-22 of the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts Electrical Code.
d) the ceiling material shall not be subject to deterioration or
deformation from long exposure to temperatures of 250° F. ,
or from conditions of high humidity, excessive moisture and
mildew.
e) the ceiling material shall be supported by noncombustible
materials having a melting point above 1400° F.
f) the air entering shall not exceed 250° F.
g) adequate provisions to prevent deterioration of structural
components from condensation shall be made.
1117.5 INSULATION: Only noncombustible exterior coverings shall be
used on ducts carrying air at a temperature of more than two hundred
(200) degrees F. and on the interior of ducts when required.
1117.6 CLEARANCES: Clearances of hot air metal ducts from unprotected
combustible construction shall be not less than one (1) inch unless the
duct is insulated with not less than one-half (*$) inch of approved
noncombustible materials or the exposed construction is protected to
afford not less than one-half (H) hour f ireresistance.
1117.7 AIR RECIRCULATION: No return duct of a mechanical warm air
system shall be permitted from a kitchen, bathroom or garage or other
place in which flammable or noxious vapors may be present; nor shall the
recirculation of air from one dwelling unit to another dwelling unit be
permitted.
1117.8 AIR FILTERS.
Vol. 18 - 448
1/1/78
1117.81 CONSTRUCTION: Air filters shall be of a flameresistive type
which do not give off large volumes of smoke or other objectionable
products of combustion in the event of fire. Air filters shall be
kept clean in accordance with the approved rules.
1117.82 FILTER COATINGS: Liquid adhesive coatings used on filters
shall have a flash point not less than three hundred and fifty (350)
degrees F. in an open cup tester.
1117.9 AIR CONDITIONING: The construction and installation of fire
doors, dampers, fresh air inlets, emergency controls and fire-ex-
tinguishing equipment and outlets for air conditioning, ventilating and
heating systems in other than one and two-family dwellings shall comply
with the provisions of article 18.
SECTION 1118.0 WARM AIR HEATING SYSTEMS
1118.1 CLASSIFICATION: Warm air heating systems in one and two-family
dwellings shall be classified as follows;
1118.11 LOW TEMPERATURE SYSTEMS: Low temperature systems shall include
all systems which use low pressure steam or hot water for heating the
air and those systems which have automatically fired warm air furnaces
equipped with fans to circulate the air. The operation shall be con-
trolled by automatic limit temperature controls that cannot be set
higher than two hundred (200) degrees F. ;
1118.12 HIGH TEMPERATURE SYSTEMS: High temperature systems shall
include all gravity warm air hand-fired and automatically controlled
systems in which the temperature limit controls can be set above
two hundred (200) degrees F.; and any other system that does not
conform to the requirements for low temperature systems.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 449
1118.2 FURNACE CONTROLS OF LOW TEMPERATURE SYSTEMS.
1118.21 AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF: The furnaces of an automatically-fired low
temperature system which is equipped with an air-circulating fan shall
be provided with an approved automatic control of the fuel supply
whenever the temperature of the air in the furnace bonnet or at the main
supply duct exceeds two hundred (200) degrees F.
1118.22 OVER-RUN CONTROL: When the furnace is stoker-fired, it shall
be equipped with an automatic over-run control to operate the fan when
the air in the furnace bonnet or at the main supply duct reaches a
temperature of two hundred (200) degrees F. after the stoker and fan
have shut down in normal operation.
1118.3 FURNACE CONTROLS OF HIGH TEMPERATURE SYSTEMS: A high tempera-
ture system which has an automatic fuel supply controlled by thermostat
shall have the same controls as a low temperature system; except that
the temperature setting may permit a maximum of two hundred and fifty
(250) degrees F.
1118. A WARM AIR FURNACES.
1118.41 MOUNTING AND CLEARANCES: The mounting of warm air heating
furnaces shall comply with section 1110 and clearances with section
1114. Top clearances shall be measured from the top of the furnace
bonnet or the warm air plenum chamber, whichever is higher.
1118.42 GRAVITY SYSTEMS: Gravity warm air furnaces shall be encased in
a double metal casing with intervening air space extending from the top
of the casing down to the bottom of the fire-box. The top of the bonnet
shall be insulated with not less than three (3) inches of sand or the
equivalent in magnesia, asbestos or other approved noncombustible
material. Gravity furnaces shall be equipped with automatic controls to
shut off the fuel supply when the temperature of the warm air pipe at
any point within twenty-four (24) inches of the furnace exceeds two
hundred and fifty (250) degrees F.
1118.5 REGISTERS.
1118.51 COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION: When a register is located in a
floor or wall of combustible construction, the register box shall be
covered with twelve (12) pound asbestos paper and a clear space of not
less than five-sixteenth (5/16) inch shall be left between the sides of
the box and any combustible material.
1118.52 OVER-HEAD FURNACE REGISTER: When a register is installed in
the floor over the furnace, the register box shall be of double construc-
tion, with an intervening air space of not less than four (4) inches,
except when the warm air duct is surrounded by a cold air passage.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 450
1118.53 NON-AUTOMATIC SYSTEM: A system which is not automatically
fired and which is not equipped with an approved temperature limit
control shall be provided with dampers and shutters which are not
capable of shutting off more than eighty (80) per cent of the total
duct area; or in lieu thereof, one register or grille shall be in-
stalled without a closeable shutter, and the duct leading thereto
shall be installed without a damper .
1118.54 RETURN AIR CONNECTIONS: Registers on more than one floor
shall not be connected to the same vertical duct stack for return air
to the heater.
SECTION 1119.0 CENTRAL RECIRCULATING SYSTEMS
1119.1 AIR SUPPLY: A central fan heating system of the recirculating
type for use in structures with large open areas such as garages and
airplane hangers, shall provide a positive air recirculation of at
least one (1) cubic foot per minute when the average ceiling height
is fifteen (15) feet or less; and with greater heights the air recir-
culation shall be increased proportionately; but in no case shall less
than five (5) per cent of the air moved by the fan be taken directly
from outside the building.
1119.2 AIR DUCT: Air ducts for fresh air shall be installed without
dampers and shall be fully open at all times.
SECTION 1120.0 FLAMMABLE VAPOR SYSTEMS
1120.1 EXHAUST OUTLET: A duct designed to remove flammable vapors
from a room of a building or structure under the requirements of sec-
tion 403 shall lead as directly as possible to the outside air and the
outlets shall be kept not less than ten (10) feet clear from combus-
tible construction or finish.
1120.2 LOCATION OF DUCTS: Flammable vapor ducts shall not be incor-
porated in a wall except to pass directly through it. Such ducts shall
never be located in a fire wall or a fire division wall.
1120.3 TRANSMISSION OF POWER: The motive power for fans located within
the room from which flammable vapors are removed shall be transmitted
from an outside source through a shaft operating in a bushed shaft hole,
unless otherwise approved by the building official.
SECTION 1121.0 UNIT HEATERS
1121.1 CLEARANCES: Steam and hot water heaters shall be installed to
provide clearances from combustible material of not less than one (1)
inch to all heated portions thereof, including the steam and hot water
supply piping.
1A/78 Vol. 18
451
1121.2 SUPPORTS: All ceiling type direct-fired unit heaters shall
be substantially supported by metal hangers, brackets or other ap-
proved noncombustible supports with the clearances specified for low
heat appliances in sections 1113 and 1114.
1121.3 WALL HEATERS: A wall heater shall not be located in a wall
of combustible construction unless approved by the building official
and shall be installed in accordance with the conditions of such
approval.
1121.4 FIREPLACE HEATERS: Unit gas-fired heaters, labeled for use
in fireplace recesses, shall not be used elsewhere.
1121.5 ROOM HEATERS: The installation or use of unlisted electric
room heaters is prohibited. The installation or use of unlisted or
unvented gas, oil or other fuel burning room heaters is prohibited.
SECTION 1122.0 FLOOR FURNACES
1122.1 LOCATION: A floor furnace shall be located so as to be readily
accessible and shall not be installed in the floor of any corridor,
aisle or passageway, nor in any exitway in a place of public assembly;
nor shall any but a gas-fired floor furnace be installed above the first
story of a building, and then only when the furnace assembly projects
below the floor into a non-habitable space, enclosed in two (2) hour
fireresistive walls, with clearances of at least six (6) inches on all
sides and bottom, except as provided for one and two-family dwellings
in section 1124.5
1122.2 ENCLOSURES: Enclosures of floor furnaces shall be constructed
entirely of noncombustible materials with a fireresistance rating of
not less than three-quarter (3/4) hours, provided with suitable means
for combustion-air intake which furnishes adequate direct air supply to
insure proper combustion complying with section 1115.42 and with means
of access for purposes of servicing the furnace.
1122.3 FURNACE SUPPORTS: Floor furnaces shall be installed only in
floors of noncombustible construction of not less than two (2) hours
fireresistance, except as provided for one and two-family dwellings
in section 1124.5 with the following clearances:
1122.31 PIT CLEARANCES: Such floor furnaces, when other than gas-
fired shall be mounted independently of the floor, grille with the
following clearances: six (6) inches at the bottom and twelve (12)
inches at the sides, except that the clearance on the control side
shall be not less than eighteen (18) inches;
1122.32 PIT WATERPROOFING: When there is likelihood of water rising
above the bottom clearance, the pit shall be constructed with an ap-
proved watertight enclosure with the sides extending not less than
four (4) inches above the ground level.
1/1/7R Vol. 18 - 452
1122.33 PIT ACCESS OPENINGS: The access foundation wall opening or
floor trap door shall be at least eighteen by twenty-four (18x24) in-
ches In size; and the under floor passage to the furnace shall be at
least twenty-four by twenty-four (24x24) Inches In cross-section.
1122.4 FURNACE CLEARANCES: Floor furnace clearances shall comply
with section 1112 and flue and vent clearances with section 1011.
1122.5 ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS: Furnace enclosures may be con-
structed of noncombustible materials with a fireresistance of not less
than three-quarter (3/4) hours and a minimum clearance of six (6) in-
ches at sides and bottom for servicing. Means shall be provided for
supporting the furnace when the floor grille is removed.
1122.6 PRESSURE REGULATOR: The outlet duct temperatures shall be not
greater than two hundred and fifty (250) degrees F. unless such instal-
lation is specifically approved by the building official; and in gas-
fired furnaces, a gas pressure regulator shall be provided so that the
gas input does not exceed the manufacturer's rating.
SECTION 1123.0 INDUSTRIAL FURNACES AND POWER BOILERS
Industrial furnaces and power boilers shall be designed and installed
to provide fire and structural safety based on their character, size,
temperature and explosion hazard in accordance with accepted engineering
practice and within the limitations of this code for high heat appliances,
1123.1 FOUNDATIONS OF FURNACES: Foundations for high heat boilers,
furnaces and other appliances shall be isolated and insulated from
floor slabs, foundations and footings of the building. The founda-
tion bed shall be properly insulated to avoid disintegration or other
structural injury of the foundation due to high temperatures.
1123.2 STRUCTURAL INSULATION.
1123.21 STRUCTURAL FRAME: The furnace setting and supports shall not
be located in direct contact with unprotected structural steel or re-
inforced concrete framing, but shall be insulated or separated there-
from by a clearance of not less than six (6) inches.
1123.22 HEAT INSULATION: Steel or reinforced concrete framing adja-
cent to a boiler or furnace in industrial plants and subject to temp-
erature in excess of seven hundred and fifty (750) degrees F. shall be
protected with fireproofing of not less than four (4) hour fireresis-
tance, or the design stress shall be reduced to provide structual
safety.
1123.3 AIR SUPPLY: Sufficient air supply for combustion shall be pro-
vided in conformity to section 1115.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 453
1123.4 STATE APPROVAL: Thermal energy utilization units and ap-
purtenances having an energy input capacity of at least one hundred
million BTU (100,000,000) per hour require the written approval of
plans and specifications by the Massachusetts Department of Public
Health in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated in ac-
cordance with section 142B, Chapter 111, of M.G.L.A., as amended.
SECTION 1124.0 UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
All unfired pressure vessels shall comply with the construction,
clearance and fire protection requirements of this article for high
pressure boilers designed for the generation of steam or power and
with the boiler code standards listed in the references of this
article.
1124.1 INSPECTION: An owner or user shall not permit the operation
or use of an unfired pressure vessel until such installation has been
inspected for structural strength and safety and a certificate of
operation has been secured from the authorized agency.
1124.2 CERTIFICATE: The certificate of approval shall state the
maximum pressure which may be maintained in the vessel.
1124.3 IDENTIFICATION LABEL: Every approved unfired pressure ves-
sel shall be assigned a serial number for the purpose of identifica-
tion, which shall be stamped or otherwise permanently and prominently
indicated thereon and recorded in the building department.
SECTION 1125.0 RESTAURANT COOKING APPLIANCES
All ranges, ovens, broilers and other miscellaneous low heat appli-
ances of the types designed for floor mounting in hotel and restaurant
kitchens shall comply with the provisions of sections 1109 and 1112
for low heat appliances and as herein provided.
1125.1 VENTILATING HOODS: Unless enclosed and vented in an approved
manner, a range, candy kettle, cruller furnace, appliance for the fry-
ing of bakery and confectionery products and any similar apparatus
generating hot and noxious smoke and gases shall be provided with a
ventilating hood and ducts to remove such smoke, gases and vapors di-
rectly to the outer air.
1125.2 CONSTRUCTION: Hoods and their ducts shall be constructed of
approved noncombustible materials with tight joints and the width and
length of the hood shall be not less than that of the appliance served.
1125.21 HEIGHT: The hood shall be installed not more than seven (7)
feet above the floor and shall completely cover the appliance served
with not less than eighteen (18) inch clearances to combustible material
unless the construction is protected as specified in section 1114.3.
1/1/78 Vol, 18 - 454
1125.22 FLUE CONNECTION: The hood or duct from a restaurant range
or similar appliance shall connect directly to an approved masonry
flue or metal smokestack complying with article 10. Connections to
any other ventilating system shall be prohibited.
1125.3 VENTS: The vent of a floor-mounted restaurant type cooking
appliance installed under a hood may discharge into the space under
the hood, providing the vent extends through or beyond any grease
screen installed in the hood.
1125.4 FILTERS AND SCREENS: The exhaust duct shall be equipped with
filters or screens which are readily accessible for removal and clean-
ing to prevent grease from accumulating in the smoke flue, chimney or
smokestack to which it is connected.
SECTION 1126.0 HOT WATER SUPPLY HEATERS
All range boilers, hot water heaters and storage tanks shall be
equipped with temperature limit controls and pressure relief valves
as herein required and shall conform to the applicable accepted engi-
neering practice standards listed in the reference section of this
article.
1126.1 AUTOMATIC HOT WATER SUPPLY: Automatic or remote control igni-
tion equipment on domestic hot water heating devices using liquid fuel
shall be installed only in connection with a burner equipped with a
safety pilot or other approved device arrange to automatically shut
off the fuel supply to the main burners if the pilot flame is extin-
guished. All water heaters with an automatic remote-control pilot,
or with means of lighting other than a manual method, shall be equipped
with approved down draft diverters on the flue pipe from the heater
arranged to prevent extinguishment of the pilot or heating flame.
1126.2 DIRECT-FIRED GAGE EQUIPMENT: Approved relief valves and pres-
sure gages shall be installed in all direct-fired cast iron water heaters
with cored sections, and in all heaters with a check valve located be-
tween the water meter and the heater or tank.
1126.3 PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES: The rate of discharge of pressure
valves shall limit the pressure to rise to ten (10) per cent of the
pressure at which the valve is set to open for any given heat input.
1126. A TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES: Temperature relief valves shall
be capable of discharging sufficient hot water at two hundred and ten
(210) degrees F. without any further rise in temperature.
1126.5 VACUUM RELIEF VALVES: All copper tanks shall be equipped with
approved vacuum relief valves.
1126.6 RELIEF OUTLET WASTES: The size of relief outlet waste valves
shall be less than the cross-sectional area of the valve discharge
outlet. No pressure, temperature or other type relief valve shall
discharge directly to the building drainage system.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 455
1126.7 PROHIBITED USES: No solid or liquid fuel or gas-fired water
heaters shall be installed in bathrooms, bedrooms, or other habitable
spaces or in any space with a volume of less than three hundred (300)
cubic feet unless such space contains adequate provision for ventila-
tion, clearances, and combustion air; nor shall vent pipes designed
for use with gas appliances be used with solid or liquid fuel-fired
equipment except as provided for alternate flue construction.
SECTION 1127.0 OIL BURNERS
1127.1 REGULATIONS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS: Oil burners
and related equipment are subject to the Rules and Regulations prom-
ulgated in FPR-3, made in accordance with the provisions of Section
10, of Chapter 148 of the M.G.L.A., as amended. Wnvented room heaters
are regulated by section 1011.52.
SECTION 1128.0 DRYING ROOMS
A drying room or dry kiln installed within a building shall be con-
structed entirely of approved noncombustible materials or assemblies
of such materials with the required f ireresistance rating based on the
fire hazard of the contents and the process as regulated by the approved
rules or as required in article 4 for special uses.
1128.1 PIPING CLEARANCE: All overhead heating pipes shall have a clear-
ance of not less than two (2) inches from combustible contents of the
dryer .
1128.2 INSULATION: When the operating temperature of the dryer is one
hundred and seventy-five (175) degrees F. or more, metal enclosures
shall be insulated from adjacent combustible materials by not less than
twelve (12) inches of air space, or the metal walls shall be lined with
one-quarter (h) inch asbestos mill board or other approved equal insu-
lation.
1128.3 FIRE PROTECTION: Drying rooms designed for high hazard mater-
ials and processes, including dry cleaning and other special uses pro-
vided for in article 4, shall be protected by approved automatic sprink-
ler or fog systems, manually controlled steam smothering systems, or
other approved fire-extinguishing equipment conforming to the provisions
of article 12.
SECTION 1129.0 NON-FUEL-FIRED INCINERATORS
Non-Fuel-Fired Incinerators are prohibited by the regulations published
by the Department of Public Health in accordance with Section 142D of
Chapter 111 of the M.G.L.A., as amended.
SECTION 1130.0 FUEL-FIRED INCINERATORS
All fuel-fired incinerators shall conform to the requirements of this
section.
1/1/78 Vo1' 18 - 456
1130.1 COMBUSTION CHAMBER:
1130.11 NINE SQUARE FEET GRATE AREA: The combustion chamber for in-
cinerators with a capacity of less than two hundred and fifty (250)
pounds refuse per hour or grate area not more than nine (9) square
feet shall be constructed of eight (8) inches of approved masonry
which is lined with four and one-half (4*$) inches of fire brick laid
in fire clay mortar.
1130.12 OVER NINE SQUARE FEET GRATE AREA: When the capacity exceeds
two hundred and fifty (250) pounds of refuse per hour or grate area
more than nine (9) square feet, the combustion chamber shall be con-
structed of eight (8) inches of approved masonry which is lined with
nine (9) inches of fire brick laid in fire clay mortar.
1130.13 STEEL ENCLOSURE: The exterior four (4) inches of masonry on
the unfired side may be replaced by a steel plate casing not less than
three-sixteenth (3/16) inches thick.
1130.2 STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT: The walls of the combustion chamber
shall be strongly braced and stayed with structural steel shapes, or
reinforced concrete or other approved reinforcement.
1130.3 LOCATION: Combustion chambers and waste material bins or con-
tainers shall be located in a room or compartment devoted to no other
purpose; or they may be located in the same room with the boiler or
heating plant. Such room shall be separated from the rest of the build-
ing by floors, walls and ceilings of not less than two (2) hours fire-
resistance with approved one and one-half (l*s) hour fire doors or the
approved labeled equivalent in all openings complying with article 9.
1130.4 INCINERATOR SMOKEPIPES.
1130.41 THICKNESS OF METAL: Flue connections and breechings shall be
constructed of not less than No. 16 U.S. gage sheet metal when less
than twelve (12) inches and No. 12 U.S. gage metal when more than
twelve (12) inches in diameter or largest dimension.
1130.42 LINING: When the breeching is between twelve (12) and
eighteen (18) inches in diameter, it shall be lined with not less
than two and one-half (2*$) inches of fire brick; and when it is
over eighteen (18) inches in diameter, it shall be lined with not
less than four and one-half (4*s) inches of fire brick laid in fire
clay mortar.
1130.43 COMBINED BREECHINGS: When an incinerator breeching combines
with a smokepipe from another appliance, such connection shall also
be lined as required for a direct incinerator flue connection; except
that when the cross-sectional area of the combined connection is not
less than four (4) times the area of the incinerator breeching, the
lining may be omitted.
Vol. 18 - 457
1/1/78
1130.5 CLEARANCE OF INCINERATOR SMOKEPIPES: A flue connection or
breeching shall have a clearance on all sides from combustible ma-
terials or construction of not less than thirty-six (36,) inches,
except as provided in section 1114.3.
SECTION 1131.0 MISCELLANEOUS REFUSE INCINERATORS
1131.1 INTEGRAL CONSTRUCTION: When constructed as an integral part
of a building, incinerators for the reduction of garbage, refuse or
other waste materials shall be installed in accordance with the
provisions of section 1134.0.
1131.2 PORTABLE EQUIPMENT: Incinerators that do not form an inte-
gral part of the building construction shall comply with the provi-
sions of sections 1105, 1106 and 1123 for low or medium heat indus-
trial furnaces. The chimneys and smokepipes shall comply with the
requirements of sections 1005, 1009 and 1010 for low and medium tem-
perature flues and smokestacks.
SECTION 1132.0 REFUSE CHUTES
1132.1 CHUTE DISCHARGE: A refuse chute shall not feed directly to
the combustion chamber of an incinerator, but shall discharge into an
enclosed room or bin separated from the incinerator room by ceiling
and walls of not less than two (2) hours fireresistance, unless other-
wise approved by the building official.
1132.2 CHUTE ENCLOSURES: Refuse chutes shall be enclosed with walls
of masonry of not less than two (2) hour fireresistance rating for in-
terior chutes and of noncombustible (type 2) construction for exterior
chutes. All chutes shall be supported on substantial foundations com-
plying with article 7.
1132.3 CHUTE HEIGHT: An interior refuse chute shall extend not less
than four (4) feet above the roof and shall be covered with an ap-
proved ventilating skylight complying with section 927.
1132.4 SERVICE COMPARTMENTS: Service openings for chutes shall be
located in separate rooms or compartments enclosed in walls, parti-
tions floors and ceilings which have a fireresistance rating of not
less than three-quarter (3/4) hours and in which the openings are
equipped with fire doors or other approved protectives of not less
than three-quarter (3/4) hours fireresistance rating or their ap-
proved labeled equivalent.
1132.5 OPENING PROTECTIVES: All openings between refuse rooms,
chutes and incinerator rooms shall be protected with one and one-half
(l*s) hour fire doors or their approved labeled equivalent complying
with article 9.
Vol. 18 - 458
1/1/78
SECTION 1133.0 REFUSE VAULTS
1133.1 REFUSE VAULT ENCLOSURES: A vault for receiving combustible
refuse from an exhaust system shall be constructed of not less than
three (3) hour f ireresistive assemblies.
1133.2 OPENINGS TO BOILER ROOMS: The opening between a vault and a
boiler room shall not exceed nine (9) square feet in area and shall be
located at least eight (8) feet from the firing door of the boiler,
and the bottom of the opening shall be not less than six (6) inches
above the boiler room floor. All openings shall be equipped with ap-
proved automatic fire doors of not less than one and one-half (1^)
hour fireresistance rating or the approved labeled equivalent comply-
ing with article 9.
1133.3 LOCATION: When located within a building, a refuse vault
shall extend above the roof or shall be directly vented to the outer
air with ducts complying with section 1017.
1133.4 FIRE PROTECTION: A vault for combustible refuse which exceeds
three hundred and sixty (360) cubic feet in volume shall be protected
by an automatic sprinkler or other approved automatic fire-extinguish-
ing system conforming to article 12.
SECTION 1134.0 BLOWER AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
1134.1 DUCTS FOR BLOWER SYSTEMS: The ducts for blower and exhaust
systems for disposal of dust, stock and vapors from industrial and
material processes shall be constructed of metal or other approved
non-combustible materials as provided in table 11-2 for transporting
non-abrasive and abrasive materials and table 11-3 for clearance of
ducts carrying flammable vapors and dust from combustible construc-
tion. For vapor and dust temperatures in excess of nine hundred (900)
degrees F., all ducts shall be lined with approved refractory materials.
TABLE 11-2 - THICKNESS OF STEEL SHEET EXHAUST DUCTS
IN U.S. STANDARD GAGE
Diameter in inches
Less than 9 .
9 to 18
18 to 30
30 to 36 ...,
More than 36
Non-abras
live
Abrasive
24
20
22
18
20
16
18
14
16
12
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 458.1
TABLE 11-3 - CLEARANCE OF EXHAUST DUCTS IN INCHES
Temperature of vapor or
dust in degrees F. 3 to 8 inch ducts Over 8 inch ducts
175 to 600 8 12
600 to 900 18 24
Higher than 900 24 24
1134.2 CHUTES: No room, hallway, attic, or other part of a building
or structure and no hollow or other concealed space in walls or par-
titions shall be used as an integral part of a blower or exhaust sys-
tem handling combustible materials or vapors, unless designed and con-
structed as required for approved chutes in section 1138 or approved
ducts for flammable vapor systems in section 1122.
1134.3 LOCATION OF FAN: The fan for blowing flammable materials or
vapors shall comply with the approved rules and shall be located and
intalled so as to be readily accessible. No fan for blowing flamma-
bles shall be located in a fire wall or fire division wall.
1134.4 ELECTRIC GROUND: All metal parts of the apparatus used for
blower and exhaust systems and all shafting in connection therewith
shall be electrically grounded as required in the Massachusetts
Electrical Code.
SECTION 1135.0 DUST, STOCK AND REFUSE CONVEYOR SYSTEMS
1135.1 POWER TRANSMISSION: Power for fans located in rooms from which
flammable dust is being removed shall be transmitted by means of a shaft
passing through a bushed hole, or by a belt, chain or similar driving
mechanism which is encased in a metal or other noncombustible dust-tight
enclosure, both within and without the room.
1135.2 COLLECTORS AND SEPARATORS: Cyclone collectors and separators
and their supports shall be constructed of noncombustible materials
and shall be located whenever possible on the exterior of the building
or structure. In no case shall a collector or separator be located
nearer than ten (10) feet to combustible construction or to an unpro-
tected wall or floor opening, unless the collector is provided with a
metal vent pipe which extends above the highest part of any roof with-
in a distance of thirty (30) feet.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 458.2
1135.3 DISCHARGE PIPES: Discharge pipes shall conform to all the
requirements for ducts including clearances required for high heat
appliances in sections 1017, 1117 and 1812. A delivery pipe from a
cyclone collector shall not convey refuse directly into the fire-box
of a boiler, furnace, dutch oven, refuse burner, incinerator or other
appliance which utilizes induced or forced draft.
1135.4 VENTS FOR EXHAUST CONVEYOR SYSTEMS: An exhaust system shall
be vented to the outside of the building either directly by flue, or
Indirectly through the separator, bin, or vault into which it dis-
charges.
1135.5 SPARK PROTECTION: The outlet of an open air vent shall be
protected with an approved metal or other noncombustible screen or by
other equally efficient means to prevent the entry of sparks.
1135.6 EXPLOSION RELIEF VENTS: A safety or explosion relief vent shall
be provided on all systems which convey combustible refuse or stock of
an explosive nature, in accordance with the requirements of article 4.
1135.61 SCREENS: When a screen is used in a safety relief vent, it
shall be so attached as to permit ready release under emergency pres-
sure.
1135.62 HOODS: The relief vent shall be provided with an approved
noncombustible cowl or hood, or with a counterbalanced relief valve
or cover arranged to prevent the escape of hazardous materials, gases
or liquids.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 459
AMSE
1965, 1966,
1968, 1971
ASTM
C106
1967
ASTM
C401
1960
ASTM
C178
1947
ASTM
C612
1967
ASTM
E84
1970
ASTM
C105
1947
IIA
1970
NFPA
90B
1973
NFPA
91
Reference Standards - Article 11
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Refractories for Incinerators
Castable Refractories
Air-Setting Refractory Mortar
Mineral Fiber Block and Board
Thermal Insulation
Method of Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials
Ground Fire Clay as a Mortar
Incinerator Standards
Standard for the Installation of
Residence Type Warm Air Heating
Systems
Standard for the Installation of
Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust,
Stock and Vapor Removal or Conveying
1973
1/1/78
Vol. 18
460
ARTICLE 12
FIRE PROTECTION AND
FIRE-EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1200.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the installation of
fire alarms, fire communications systems, and fire-extinguishing
service equipment. All electrical equipment and the details of wir-
ing for fire-extinguishing installations shall comply with the pro-
visions of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Electrical Code
and the applicable standards listed in the reference at the end of
this article.
Plans submitted under section 113.5 of this Code relative to this
article must have the approval of the various officials having jur-
isdiction before installation begins.
1200.1 APPROVED DEVICES: The building official shall accept only
that equipment and material which has been approved by the State
Building Code Commission of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and
said equipment and materials shall be installed to comply with those
requirements established for the conditions of their use by the said
Commission.
SECTION 1201.0 DEFINITIONS
AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: a system which automatically detects
a fire condition and actuates a fire alarm signal device.
AUTOMATIC WATER SUPPLY SOURCE: water supplied through a gravity or
pressure tank, or automatically operated fire pumps, or from a
direct connection to an approved city water main.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER HEAD: a device connected to a water supply sys-
tem that opens automatically at a predetermined fixed temperature
and disperses a stream or spray of water.
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: an arrangement of piping and sprinklers
designed to operate automatically by the heat of fire and to dis-
charge water upon the fire.
CENTRAL STATION SYSTEM: an automatic sprinkler or fire alarm system
in which all equipment is supervised by a central or proprietary
station to which all alarm signals are transmitted and relayed to
the municipal fire department.
DELUGE SYSTEM: a sprinkler system designed to deliver large quan-
tities of water through open sprinkler heads, in which the water
supply is controlled by a valve actuated by a thermostatic device
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 461
on a predetermined temperature of rate of temperature rise.
FIRE DRILL: the organized procedure conducted with or without a pri-
vate fire brigade for vacating the occupants of a building and for
operating the first-aid fire appliances and equipment for the ex-
tinguishing of fire and safeguarding of life.
HORIZONTAL FIRE LINE: a fire line installed around the interior walls
and columns of a building, pier or wharf, with hose outlets located
so that every part of the floor area is within reach of at least one
fire stream.
MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: an interior alarm system composed of send-
ing stations and signaling devices in a building, operated on an
electric circuit, so arranged that the operation of any one station
will ring all signals throughout the building or at one or more ap-
proved locations. Signals may be either non-coded, or coded to in-
dicate the floor area in which the signal originated and may be
transmitted to an outside central station.
NON-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: a sprinkler system in which all pipes
are maintained dry and which is equipped with a Siamese fire depart-
ment connection.
ONE-SOURCE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: an automatic sprinkler system which is
supplied from one of the approved automatic sources of water supply.
PARTIAL SPRINKLER SYSTEM: an automatic sprinkler system consisting
of a limited number of automatic sprinkler heads serviced from the
building water supplies with one or more fire department Siamese
connections as required, for use in exitway facilities and isola-
ted hazardous locations when approved by the building official.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM, CHEMICAL: a system of automatic sprinklers con-
trolled by thermostatic operating devices for the diffusion of
approved fire-extinguishing chemicals or gases.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM, DRY PIPE: a system in which all pipes and sprink-
ler heads are filled with air under pressure and the water supply
is controlled by an approved automatic dry-pipe valve in the event
of fire, actuated either by the release of air or by thermostatic
electric control.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM, THERMOSTATIC: an open or closed head sprinkler sys-
tem operated through an auxiliary thermostatic device which functions
at a predetermined rate of temperature rise.
SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WET PIPE: a system of automatic sprinklers in which
all pipes are filled with water at all times.
SPRINKLERED: equipped with an approved automatic sprinkler system
properly maintained.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 462
STANDPIPE: a wet or dry fire line installed exclusively for the
fighting of fire, extending from the lowest to the topmost story
of a building or structure with hose outlets at every floor equipped
with reducing valves and designed to operate at required working
pressures.
STANDPIPE, DRY: a standpipe fire line without permanent or automatic
water supply equipped with a Siamese connection for use of the fire
department.
STANDPIPE, FIRST-AID: an auxiliary vertical or horizontal fire line
designed primarily for emergency use by the occupants of the building
or by a private fire brigade before the arrival of the municipal
fire department.
STANDPIPE, WET: a standpipe fire line having a primary water supply
constantly available at every hose outlet, or made available by
opening the hose outlet or by automatic functioning of a control
station.
SUPERVISED SPRINKLER SYSTEM: a system in which all water supply,
valves and accessory equipment is provided with electrical contact
devices to transmit signals to an outside central supervisory
station.
TWO-SOURCE SYSTEM: an automatic sprinkler system which is supplied
from a combination of any two of the approved automatic sources of
water supply, or from two (2) pressure tanks, or by direct connec-
tions to the municipal water supply on two (2) streets in which
the water mains are separately controlled.
WATER CURTAIN: a system of approved open or closed sprinkler heads
or perforated pipes installed on the exterior of a building at
eaves, cornices, window openings, and on mansard or peak roofs with
water supply under manual control; or installed around openings in
floors or walls of a building with water supply under thermostatic
control.
SECTION 1202.0 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Before any standpipe or sprinkler equipment is installed or exist-
ing equipment which involves ten (10) or more sprinkler heads in any
one fire area or on any one floor is remodeled, or before the instal-
lation or extension of any interior fire alarm signal system, a pre-
liminary set of plans, drawn to suitable scale shall be submitted by
a qualified registered professional engineer to the building official
with specifications in sufficient detail showing essential features
of the construction, heights of stories, location, size and arrange-
ment of all required piping and accessories for each proposed stand-
pipe fire line and sprinkler installation, and layout and wiring of
the fire alarm signal system. Plans and specifications for fire sup-
pression systems as required in this article for high-rise structures
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 463
with a height of seventy (70) feet or more above mean grade must be
submitted by a registered professional engineer qualified by exper-
ience to design and specify the appropriate elements of the fire
suppression system.
1202.01 APPROVAL BY OTHER AGENCIES: Approval by other agencies
having jurisdiction is required for any change in fire protection
and fire extinguishing equipment.
1202.1 STANDPIPE FIRE LINES: Plans for the standpipe installation
shall show the size and location of Siamese connections, tanks and
pumps, hose stations and length of hose, stairways, stair sections
and all subdividing partitions and walls.
1202.2 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS: Plans for the sprinkler installation shall
show the location and capacity of water supply, connecting piping, feed
lines and risers, all gate, check, alarm and dry-pipe valves, location
and number of all heads, locations and number of all actuating devices,
and standpipe fire lines, if any.
1202.3 INTERIOR FIRE ALARMS: Plans for the interior fire alarm signal
system shall show location and number of all sending stations and sig-
nals with specifications of the type, construction, and operation of
the system.
1202.4 APPROVED PLANS: After acceptance of the preliminary plans,
three (3) final sets of plans shall be filed for final approval of
every installation of standpipe fire line, sprinkler and fire alarm
signal system.
SECTION 1203.0 ACCEPTANCE TESTS
Before final approval and acceptance of fire-extinguishing equipment
in any building, pier, wharf or other structure, the installation shall
be subjected to the tests prescribed herein or in the approved rules.
It shall be unlawful to cover up or permanently conceal piping, wiring
and accessory devices in any portion of a newly constructed system un-
til it has been tested and approved .
1203.1 STANDPIPE TESTS: Upon completion of a standpipe installation,
every standpipe fire line shall be tested for static pressure and flow,
including the top and bottom outlets in the presence of the fire of-
ficial authorized to witness such test.
1203.11 PRESSURE TEST: The test shall demonstrate that the system
will sustain a hydrostatic pressure of not less than one hundred (100)
pounds per square inch at the topmost hose outlet, and not less
Vol. 18 - 464
1/1/78
than three hundred (300) pounds per square inch at the fire depart-
ment connection to the risers. In buildings not exceeding three (3)
stories nor more than forty (40) feet in height, the test pressures
may be reduced to not more than twenty-five (25) percent in excess
of the normal operating pressure.
1203.12 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION STANDPIPES: The feed mains, risers,
interconnections and branch lines of temporary standpipes in struc-
tures under erection shall be maintained watertight when work is not
being done on the system.
1203.2 SPRINKLER TESTS.
1203.21 WET PIPE SYSTEMS: Automatic wet pipe systems shall be sub-
jected to a hydrostatic pressure test for two (2) hours duration of
not less than two hundred (200) pounds per square inch in every part
of the installation exclusive of water supply tanks; except that in
buildings of not more than three (3) stories nor more than forty (40)
feet in height, the test pressure need not be more than fifty (50)
pounds per square inch in excess of the normal pressure carried in
the system or in excess of the pressure necessary to operate the high-
est sprinklers in non-automatic systems.
1203.22 AUTOMATIC DRY PIPE SYSTEMS: Automatic dry pipe systems shall
be tested to forty (40) pounds per square inch air pressure for twenty-
four (24) hours duration with a maximum permissible pressure loss of
two (2) pounds per square inch.
1203.23 PRESSURE TANKS: Pressure tanks shall be tested to a pressure
of one and one-half (1%) times the working pressure.
1203.3 FIRE ALARM TESTS: Upon completion of a fire alarm system, the
installation shall be subject to a test to demonstrate its efficiency
of operation. All wiring shall be so installed that when completed
the system will be free from short circuits and from grounds other
than as provided in article 250 of the Massachusetts State Electrical
Code.
SECTION 1204.0 PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
1204.1 INSPECTIONS: Inspections and field tests of fire-extinguish-
ing equipment shall be made by the owner, his authorized representa-
tive, or insurance organization and the fire department of the mu-
nicipality as herein required to enforce the maintenance of all ser-
vice equipment in operating condition and to familiarize the fire-
fighting force with existing conditions in all buildings and structures.
1204.2 MAINTENANCE AND TEST RECORDS: All fire-fighting and fire-ex-
tinguishing service equipment and appliances, including valves, hose,
tools and accessories shall be maintained readily available and in
good working order at all times for immediate use of the occupants
of the building and the fire department. Records of required inspec-
tions and tests shall be available for examination by or filed with
the fire official as he may direct.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 465
1204.3 TEST EXPENSE: All tests shall be conducted at the owner's
risk and expense and not less than forty-eight (48) hours' notice
shall be given to the building or fire official having jurisdiction
before any test is made.
SECTION 1205.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS AND FIRE SERVICE EQUIPMENT
1205.1 EXISTING STANDPIPES: Standpipe fire lines heretofore ap-
proved shall not be required to be altered to conform to the pro-
visions of this article except when the building is extended in
height or in area, or the occupancy is changed to a use requiring
superior protection; except that the following minimum requirements
shall apply to all installations:
1205.11 WATER SUPPLY: There shall be a reserve of fifteen hundred
(1500) gallons of water in the gravity tank for exclusive use of the
standpipe :
1205.12 GRAVITY TANK: The gravity tank shall be fed by direct city
water connection at a rate of not less than sixty-five (65) gallons
per minute or by booster pump of equal capacity; and the bottom of
the tank shall be located not less than twenty (20) feet above the
topmost hose outlet;
1205.13 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: Existing Siamese hose connec-
tions shall be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the fire official
1205.2 EXISTING SPRINKLERS: Sprinkler systems and devices heretofore
approved shall not be required to conform to the provisions of this
article except when the fire hazard due to construction and use of
the building is increased, or when substantial additions are made to
the building or when additional protection is deemed necessary for
the safety of the occupants.
1205.21 VOLUNTARY PROTECTION: Existing sprinkler systems not re-
quired by the Basic Code which have been installed voluntarily need
not conform to the provisions of this article except that the Sia-
mese hose connection shall be maintained as directed by the fire
official.
1205.22 COMMUNICATING BUILDINGS: When a completely sprinklered
building communicates with another not so equipped, the communica-
ting openings shall be provided with an opening protective on both
sides of the wall having a combined fireresistance rating not less
than required by table 9-1 and section 908 for fire walls or fire
-division walls.
1205.23 WATER SUPPLY: The service supply of existing systems shall
be of sufficient size to operate the largest number of sprinklers in
one (1) fire area except that the building official may accept sys-
tems in buildings of low fire hazard when the supply is adequate
to furnish at least ten (10) sprinkler heads, and the supply line is
at least one and one-half (1%) Inches in diameter.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 466
1205.3 EXISTING FIRE ALARMS: Fire alarm signal systems heretofore
installed in buildings and structures in accordance with the rules
then in force shall be accepted so long as they are maintained in
good working order satisfactory to the administrative official.
SECTION 1206.0 WET STANDPIPE REQUIREMENTS
Except as herein required, all buildings and structures hereafter
erected, other than one- and two-family dwellings (use group L-3) and
all buildings heretofore erected which are not already equipped with
two and one-half (2%) inch or larger standpipes, shall comply with
the provisions of this article.
1206.1 STANDPIPE REQUIREMENTS.
1206.11 CONDITIONS REQUIRING STANDPIPES: All buildings, except use
group L-3, over three (3) stories in height shall require standpipes;
and other buildings according to table 12-1 below:
TABLE 12-1 CONDITIONS REQUIRING STANDPIPES
Use Group Conditions
ALL (Except L-3) -^3 stories
B-l 3 stories or *»3,000$rfper floor
C 3 stories or >3,000pf per floor
D 3 stories or>3,000^per floor
E 3 stories or>3,000^per floor
F 3 stories
F-l, F-2, F-3 ^300 occupants
H 3 stories
L-l 3 stories
1206.12 STANDPIPE SIZES: Standpipes shall extend from the lowest por-
tion of the building to a height of five (5) feet above the finished
floor of the topmost story and shall have a minimum diameter as follows:
TABLE 12-2
Maximum Building Height
STORIES FEET
3
or
40
4
or
50
5
or
65
6
71
8l
or
or
or
75
85
95
95
to 250
over 250
Minimum
Standpipe Size
CENTER DIAMETER
2*s inches
2% inches
4
inches
4
inches
6
inches
6
inches
6
inches
8
inches
1-At least one (1) standpipe shall extend through the roof and termin-
ate in a two-way, two and one-half (2*2) inch hose connection.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 467
1206.2 NUMBER OF STANDPIPE RISERS.
1206.21 BASED ON FLOOR AREA: The number of standpipe risers shall
be such that all parts of every floor area can be reached by a thirty
(30) foot stream from a nozzle attached to one hundred (100) feet of
hose connected to the riser outlet.
1206.22 BASED ON STREET FRONTS: There shall be at least one (1)
riser for each street front on which the building or structure faces;
except that a corner building need not be considered as facing on more
than (1) street.
1206.23 BUILDINGS SEVENTY (70) FEET IN HEIGHT OR OVER: All buildings
seventy (70) feet in height or over must have each floor supplied by
a minimum of two (2) combination risers.
1206.24 COMBINED USE: The standpipe system risers may also serve as
the fire sprinkler system risers in all buildings having both systems
whether required or not.
1206.3 LOCATION OF STANDPIPES: Insofar as practicable, standpipes
shall be located with outlets within stairway enclosures; but
when stairway enclosures are not available, the standpipes shall be
located in a common corridor or accessible from an interior or ex-
terior stairway or a smokeproof tower; but in any case, one riser
shall be located in the main stairway or smokeproof tower.
1206.4 STANDPIPE PROTECTION: Standpipe fire lines shall be protected
from freezing and mechanical and fire damage.
1206.5 STANDPIPE CONSTRUCTION.
1206.51 HEIGHT: Standpipe fire lines shall extend from the lowest
to the topmost story of the building or part of building which they
serve and shall be installed progressively with the erection of the
building.
1206.52 INTERCONNECTIONS: When more than one (1) standpipe is re-
quired in a building they shall be interconnected at their bases by
pipes of size equal to that of the largest riser so as to permit
water from any source to supply all risers. Each riser shall be
equipped with the 0.S.& Y. valve so as to permit individual risers to
be taken out of service if damaged or broken without interrupting
the water supply to other risers.
1206.53 HOSE CONNECTIONS: Subject to the provisions of section 1209,
standpipes shall be equipped in every story with a two and one-half
(2*s) inch hose connection and a one and one-half (1^) inch hose con-
nection with valves and threads conforming to the municipal fire
department's standard, located not more than five (5) feet above the
floor level.
1/1/78 Vol: .18 - 468
1206.6 HOSE: Except as provided in section 1209, standpipes lo-
cated inside buildings and structures shall have not less than one
hundred (100) feet of one and one-half (1%) inch diameter hose
equipped with a one-half (h) inch nozzle and couplings conforming
to the municipal fire department's standard at each outlet comply-
ing with section 1206.3 and hung in an approved rack or cabinet.
1206.7 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION.
1206.71 LOCATION: Every standpipe fire line shall be equipped with
an approved Siamese fire department inlet connection constructed of
approved corrosion-resistive metal, located on a street front of the
building not less than two (2) feet nor more than four (4) feet above
grade .
1206.72 PROJECTION: When located two (2) feet or more above grade,
the fire department connection shall not project beyond the street
lot line or legal building line.
1206.73 STANDPIPE FEEDER: The pipe connecting the Siamese to the
standpipe shall be at least four (4) inches in diameter, but not
less than the size of the interconnecting feed lines . When the
automatic supply is from a city main or a yard hydrant system, a
two and one-half (2%) inch valved and threaded hose outlet shall be
provided to enable the system to be drained.
1206.74 HOSE THREADS: All hose threads in the fire department con-
nection shall be uniform with that used by the municipal fire depart-
ment.
1206.75 IDENTIFICATION: The fire department connection shall be
suitably marked with raised letters not less' than one (1) inch high,
reading "TO STANDPIPE," or otherwise identified for dry standpipes,
automatic or open sprinkler systems as provided in sections 1208.3
and 1212.8.
SECTION 1207.0 STANDPIPE WATER SUPPLIES
The source of water supply to standpipes shall be adequate to main-
tain a flow of two hundred (200) gallons per minute with not less than
fifty (50) pounds per square inch pressure at the topmost outlet of
the building or structure and shall conform to the minimum require-
ments of this section.
1207.1 PUBLIC WATER STANDPIPE SUPPLY: When supplied by a street
main, the acceptable flow shall be not less than five hundred (500)
gallons per minute from a hydrant within two hundred (200) feet of
the building under the minimum pressures herein specified.
1207.2 GRAVITY TANK STANDPIPE SUPPLY: When supplied by a gravity
tank, the tank shall be so located that the bottom shall be not less
than twenty-five (25) feet above the tcpmost outlet. The tank shall
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 469
have a capacity of not less than five thousand (5000) gallons; and if
jointly used for house supply and sprinkler systems it shall be ar-
ranged to provide a reserve supply of not less than five thousand
(5000) gallons at all times for the standpipe fire line and such ad-
ditional capacity to provide for yard hydrants when required.
1207.3 PRESSURE TANK STANDPIPE SUPPLY: When supplied by a pressure
tank, the tank shall be located in the top story or on the roof of
the building or structure and shall have an air pressure and water
capacity to supply not less than forty-five hundred (4500) gallons
and such additional capacity to provide for yard hydrants when required.
1207.4 FIRE PUMP STANDPIPE SUPPLY: When supplied by an automatic fire
pump, the combined pump capacity shall be not less than five hundred
(500) gallons per minute for a four (4) inch standpipe; seven hundred
and fifty (750) gallons per minute for a six (6) inch standpipe or for
two (2) four (4) inch standpipes; and not less than one thousand (1000)
gallons per minute for an eight (8) inch standpipe, or for two (2) six
(6) inch standpipes. When pumps are not supplied from the street main,
the source shall furnish sufficient water for full operation of the
standpipe for not less than one (1) hour.
SECTION 1208.0 DRY STANDPIPE FIRE LINES
When in the opinion of a qualified registered professional engineer
or architect, the fire hazard involved in the use of the building type
of construction does not warrant a constant, automatic water supply to
insure fire safety, the building official may accept a dry standpipe
fire line in buildings not more than seventy (70) feet in height. One
riser shall be provided for each ten thousand (10,000) square feet of
fire area or fraction thereof.
1208.1 SIZE AND CAPACITY OF DRY STANDPIPES: Dry standpipes shall have
a minimum diameter of four (4) inches and shall be capable of deliver-
ing two hundred and fifty (250) gallons of water per minute simultan-
eously from each of any. three (3) outlets under the operation of one
(1) fire engine or pumper; except that in existing installations, the
fire official may accept a smaller size when deemed adequate by him.
1208.2 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FOR DRY STANDPIPES: Siamese fire
department connections shall be provided as herein specified; two-way
connection on two and one-half (2*s) and four (4) inch fire lines; three-
way connection on five (5) inch fire lines; and four-way connection on
six (6) inch or larger fire lines.
1208.3 IDENTIFICATION OF FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: Fire department
connections shall be suitably marked with raised letters at least one
(1) inch in height reading "TO DRY STANDPIPE."
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 470
SECTION 1209.0 FIRST-AID STANDPIPE FIRE LINES
First-aid standpipe fire lines for use of the occupants of a build-
ing or of the trained fire brigade shall comply with the provisions
of this section. Such systems can be combined with the main stand-
pipe fire lines by direct connection to the standpipe riser as pro-
vided In section 1206.52.
1209.1 SIZE OF FIRST-AID STANDPIPES: The minimum size of first-aid
standpipe fire lines shall be one and one-half (1%) inches in build-
ings which are not more than six (6) stories nor more than seventy
(70) feet in height.
1209.2 NUMBER OF FIRST-AID RISERS: The number and location of risers
shall be such that all parts of every floor area requiring protection
can be reached within twenty (20) feet by a three-eighths (3/8) inch
nozzle attached to not more than seventy-five (75) feet of one and
one-half (1*5) inch hose connected to the standpipe outlet mounted on
a rack or in a cabinet at each outlet.
1209.3 FIRST-AID WATER SUPPLY: The water supply for first-aid pro-
tection shall be sufficient to service two (2) hose streams for a per-
iod of thirty (30) minutes with a flow of seventy (70) gallons per
minute at the topmost outlet at a minimum pressure of fifteen (15)
pounds per square inch.
1209.4 HIGH HAZARD BUILDINGS: First-aid standpipes shall be provided
in storage buildings of moderate fire hazard (use group B-l) and in
mercantile (use group C) , industrial (use group D) , and business (use
group E) buildings, in which flammable materials, products or other
hazardous conditions are present and which are more than thirty (30)
feet or two (2) stories In height and with more than three thousand
(3000) square feet of undivided floor area; except that such build-
ings shall be exempt from this provision when equipped with an ap-
proved two-source automatic sprinkler system with supervisory service.
1209.5 INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS: First-aid standpipes shall be pro-
vided in hospitals, asylums, places of detention and other institu-
tional buildings (use groups H-l and H-2) and hotels, boarding houses
and dormitories (use group L-l) with sleeping accommodations for more
than twenty-five (25) persons and which are more than thirty (30) feet
or two (2) stories in height.
1209.6 ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS: First-aid standpipes shall be provided in
theatres and night clubs (use groups F-l and F-2) ; and in assembly
halls, lecture halls and recreation centers (use group F-3) with an
occupancy load of more than three hundred (300) as required in article
4.
SECTION 1210.0 HORIZONTAL FIRE LINES
In one-story buildings of moderate or high fire hazard more than seven
thousand five hundred (7500) square feet in area and on wharves and
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 471
piers as provided in section 1211 which are not equipped with an ap-
proved automatic sprinkler system, there shall be provided a horizontal
fire line complying with the requirements of this section.
1210.1 CONSTRUCTION OF HORIZONTAL FIRE LINES.
1210.11 SIZE: The horizontal fire line shall be constructed of two
and one-half (2*5) inch pipe supported on the interior walls of the
building or attached to interior columns or girders of noncombustible
construction.
1210.12 WATER SUPPLY: Adequate water supply shall be provided to
service not less than two (2) hose connections, but in no case less
than a two (2) inch service tap connected to a public water supply
main.
1210.13 HOSE: Approved hose valves, hose and nozzles shall be pro-
vided at intervals not exceeding one hundred and twenty-five (125) feet.
1210.2 EXEMPTION FROM FIREPROOF CONSTRUCTION: When the area of build-
ings of types 2, 3, and 4 construction which are not more than two (2)
stories or thirty (30) feet in height, designed for use as a storage
garage, or for industrial uses which are not deemed unusually hazardous
by the building official, but in which a considerable amount of combus-
tible contents are stored or processed, does not exceed the tabular
limits by more than fifty (50) percent, a sprinkler system, approved
by the building and fire officials may be accepted in lieu of fire-
proof construction.
SECTION 1211.0 PIER AND WHARF PROTECTION
1211.1 FIRE AREA OF PIERS: All piers and wharves shall be subdivided
to maximum areas of fifty thousand (50,000) square feet by fire walls
complying with the provisions of article 9. The fire walls shall be
located at horizontal intervals of not more than three hundred (300)
feet and shall extend two (2) feet above the roof and below the low
water level when the substructure is of wood or other combustible
construction.
1211.2 FIRE PROTECTION OF PIERS: When not protected with an approved
two-source automatic sprinkler system, both substructure and super-
structure shall be equipped with an approved standpipe fire line com-
plying with the provisions of this article .
SECTION 1212.0 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
The requirements of this section shall apply to sprinkler equipment
specified by the provisions of the Basic Code. All such systems shall
be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the accepted
engineering standards listed in the reference standards of this article
and within the limitations of the approved devices of recognized test-
ing agencies.
Vol. 18 - 472
1/1/78
1212.1 BUILDINGS REQUIRING SPRINKLERS: Approved automatic sprinkler
systems shall be provided in all buildings herein specified or as re-
quired for special uses and occupancies in article 4.
1212.11 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS: All build-
ings and structures which are seventy (70) feet in height or more above
grade, and those which fall within the categories listed in table 12-3,
shall require a fire suppression system in accordance with the provi-
sions of section 1212.112.
1212.111 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS IN HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS: All build-
ings and structures which are seventy (70) feet in height, or more,
above grade, will require a fire suppression system in accordance with
the provisions of sections 1212.112 through 1212.120.
1212.112 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DESIGN OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS:
All buildings and structures required by section 1213.111 to have a
fire suppression system shall incorporate a complete system of automatic
sprinklers conforming to the requirements of the National Fire Protec-
tion Association Publication NFPA-13 of 1973.
1212.113 MONITORING OF THE SPRINKLER SYSTEM: Such a system shall be
provided with waterf low monitoring devices adequate to ensure that the
operation of any sprinkler head will serve to actuate an alarm system
and at the same time will indicate the location of the waterflow moni-
toring device on a register (or annunciator or central control board,
etc.). The system shall also be provided with a distinct supervisory
signal to indicate a condition that will impair the satisfactory opera-
tion of the sprinkler system. This shall include, but need not be limi-
ted to the monitoring of control valves, fire pump power supply and
running condition, and other components necessary for the satisfactory
operation of the sprinkler system. The system shall be so arranged
that when water flows in the sprinkler system, an alarm shall be auto-
matically transmitted to the fire department that is legally committed
to serve in the area in which the building is located by the most direct
and reliable method, as approved by the head of the fire department.
1212.114 ALARM SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS: (a) The operation of the water-
flow monitoring device shall sound an audible alarm on the floor on
which the sprinkler operates, and the floor -immediately above; (b) the
operation of any waterflow monitoring devices or any fire detection
device shall automatically activate a voice alarm system on a prede-
termined selective basis, dependent upon the locations of the detectors
and waterflow devices. The central control station shall contain con-
trols for the voice alarm system so that a selective or general voice
alarm may be manually initiated. Upon activation of the voice alarm
system, a pre-recorded message shall be automatically transmitted via
one (1) of the voice communication systems.
1212.115 VOICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS: A one-way (address) communica-
tion system shall be provided for the transmission of the voice alarm
system message to the building occupants. The system shall provide
one-way communication capabilities between the Central Control Station
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 473
c
ft
*
x:
4-> C
o
o
R)
S3
o
o
U J=
<T
o
A
o
vO
A
reate
ess t
V- ft
o
s *
ft
&
00 rH
rl rl
H fa O
H O
O
o
O O
<
H fa ©
o
o
«»
CO o
o «
rH CM CO
AAA
>1 S
>20
>3,0
o
vO
A
o
vO
A
equal to
equal to
s *
8 *
ft
CO
H O
H O
o
o rH
U
H fa O
H fa O
o
o
I i
n
co o
o »
to o
o «
m
ui CM
« rH
A| V|
H N «
M
iH CM CO
fa
w
r~
r-. cm
AAA
o
AAA
o
e>
A
A iH
fa
C5
g *
s *
ft
ft §
M
H O
w
H O
pt)
fa
o
O H
rH
PQ
H fa O
>
HP.O
>
>
o
O C_>
fa
ffl
CO
to
CO O
o
to o
o
o
in
ui W
>
tH
fa
w
O «
r-l CM CO
pq
<
o «
rH CM CO
3
3
r»
•> CO
o
rl
0) C
z
AAA
AAA
A
a w
u (0
g
o
bt
fa
H
fa
H
33
H
H
g^
h ft
ft o
H
H
* ft
O **
O
§
z
EC
Pi
u
o
vo
vO
M
O *-'
U
CO
V u
a,
D
H O
H O
fa
o
o
M
z
i-t 0)
to
erf
<
H hO
V
H fa O
V
3S
o
o
fa
O
ja w
H
CO
to o
to o
» to
as
M
•H <B
en
to
o -
Q
o «
Q
Z
o
o o
H
4J 0)
1
o
2
CM CO vO
s
CM CO vO
Z
M
tH
rH Z
z
5
(0 u
rvi
z
O
AAA
<£
AAA
<
A
A M
M
0 60
iH
M
fa
M
o
fc
H
fa
a
H
fa
i
•g
M "ft
H ft
8
ft 1
8 *
See
W
3
fa
O
o
o
o
O
" ©
m
U « 4
►J
c
o
H O
o
H fa ©
o
r«.
O PQ
O
3
£ rS
OQ
w
o
H fa ©
o
©
o
O
r*
>» W 4J
<
as
CM
co ©
ft
CO o
■h
A
lO
*1 8
rH
H
to
o •>
CO
o •>
CO
A
js a a
w
t-t CM CO
tH CM CO
CO
r»
r» to
60 r a
CO
a,
AAA
A
AAA
A
O
A
A o
to
■H O «
Z
O
M
H
M
Z
w
z
pa
5
z
H
3
M
©
3
9
SS rl
m
8 *
H fa ©
g »
H fa O
o
o
O fa
O
O 5«
1 1 1
O A V
CM
CO o
to o
n
• hJ
c»
a
o
o «
z
o -
z
o
O fa
PQ
O
CM CO SO
AAA
^
CM CO vD
AAA
^
3
rH
A
A fa
J
J
3
v- ft
n -Q.
ft
* 1
o
o
o
o o
H O
H fa o
o
O O
s
H fa O
o
o
to ir>
CO lO
•> rJ
O »
o •>
o
8 3
co -* r-»
co «* r»
CM
AAA
AAA
A
A
r. ft.
r. «•
1*
■B
o o
o o
o
o
H O
H fa O
o
o
H fa O
o
o
r-l
o o
CO «* iH
AAA
to •>
o o
CO «» rH
AAA
o
CM
A
©
CM
A
4J
0)
V
P» VH
o to
US 0) 4)
(0 -H Vi
VI
^ rl S
rl O 3
si
owe
3 co co
o 5
i-H
CM
fa o
1 1 1
W
CO
•<
A
1
fa
O
qS§
w
y
2
s
1/1/78
Vol. 18
474
c
CO
u
c
CO
u
J2
0)
u
u
(0
0)
0)
m
u
at
00
r-l
u
u
o
o
M
01 C
4J CO
co .c
e 4->
01 >-•
•-I o>
c/i
.a *j
z
•w *
o
4-i at
H-l
en t-i
H
D 60
2
fl -
>
o c
c
W
o CO
CO
oi
.c
•C
«
>s 4-»
JJ
5
J= 0)
co
00 h
CO
•H O
<u
as 2
,-)
a
14-1
o
a
j=
0)
01
en
•H
V4
H
hi
CO
u
o
3
o
u
cr
3
C/2
w
3 WQ.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 475
-v 2
T7 O
01 M
3 H
c cj
£ 0
O CO
u 2
*-" o
cj
ft
O
PQ
•
o
•
«a*
Ph
2
H O
CO -
©
«3- rH
A A
fa
2
ft
o
<
os
o
•
sr
CO
►J
<
H
M
fa
CO
H
CO
es
A
o
o
a
fa
- S3 .
H
H O
CO «
o
«* rH
A A
CO
rH
CO
l-l
fa
2
£
o
vO
CM
S3
o
■H
cj
W
O CO
CO
§
X 2
CJ M
§
CO
>
o
H © J
Mo3
2
O
93
33
SB
PQ
M
CO
CM
<
•*HS
CO
H
o
o a
CJ
fa
CJ
2
M
2 O
H O
2
M
A
. co .
1
A A H
CO
&
fa
co
fa
fts
>
> OS
>
PQ
^^
Q
J
l-l
hJ
i_j
o
3
pa
o w
O fa H
o w
B
o w
CO
2
co
Es 9
g 9
H
CO
M
H O rJ
CO » PQ
A
CO
fa
CJ
H 2
W 2 W
M 2
OS
O M
CO
3
CJ
CJ H
cj
CM
Ph
-* rH H
OS
o
O
Ok
Ph <!
S3 W
co >
fed o
CO
CO
o
J
co >
& o
g3
WKSH
BOVE
IN P
A
CO
fa
OS
A A S3
fa
Ph
fa
pa
H
H
fa
Si
o o
<
_ <
►H
O CJ
l-«1
3
S3
oo
CO
OS
as Q
OS
H
S3
H O
CO CJ
o
O H
°S2S
O H
CO
o-
CO « 93
>-> 2
B
M
v|
£
S3
a
O H
<J M
fa
w o
fa CJ W
fa CJ
CM
•3- rH rH
S5
o
S3
»
CJ H
CJ M S3
O H
3
H
2 S3
2 S3 u
o 2
2 93
A
. OS .
o
A A
s o
2 hJ
OS
o
CM
CO
85
o
o
o
fa
r-t
rH
H 2
H 2
H 2
-a
hJ
H Q
cj
CO M
CO M fa
CO l-l
fa
g
A
V I
CM
03
H fa US
HOC
g*
o fa
OS H
O
CO O CJ
fa
CO « .J
CO
fa
O fa H
O fa
2
O
CJ fa
S3
>
fa
o
fa O
O 2
CM OS Q
o
*hb
53
co 2
CO o
CO
3
8^
w r* .J
0"
A
- g ■
A A CJ
M
H
93
S3
CO A
CO A J
CO A
<fj
IS
< H
OS
CJ
P
» 3
3
fa CO
8
H
pa
CO
CO S3
CO
2
w-»
33
CM
CO O
2 2
MOW
2 2
CO CJ
2 2
H
CO
O
fa
o
CO
*
O M
OHM
O H
ft
Ih
a
CO
H Q
W Q OS
h3u
S3
CM
fa
o
fa
h! H
o
CJ
Ph
H
OS M
OS M fJ
OS H
A
o
H 2
fa
OS
O S3
o d y
O 3
©
S3
o
fa PQ
Ph PQ 2
M
Ph PQ
©
93 O
CJ H
OS
H
CO
3
•J rJ
J Jd!
-H |J
rH
M CO
o
2
33
33S
^
H
CO
A
fa fa
93 q
H
CO
|
rJ
, ,
• • .
, f
CM
g
2 2
H CJ
H
CM fa
i-l CM
rH CM CO
rH CM
A
53
«■
H
H W
fa >
A O
CO
o S os
o <s o
CO
O
rJ
i-t
vO
S3
3
o
O 2 J
H O fa
A
A
A
a
CO
o
fa
HH
CO
2 CJ
fa
si
u <c
PQ
CO
Ph 2
rH
H 3
fa
O <
CJ
M PQ
cj -a*
CJ
US
Ph
M fa
la
-*
CJ
S3
-> <3
rH
CM
iH CM CO
2 OS
1 •
a
CO
o
pq a
w
CO
S3
S3
1
sa
1 1 1
IHtHtH
CJ fa
oS cj
Ph US
fa Ph
OS
H
3
OS
CJ
S3 2
fa CJ
is
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 476
and the following terminal areas: elevators, elevator lobbies; exltway
access corridors and exltway stairways; office areas exceeding one
thousand (1,000) square feet In area; dwelling units; and hotel guest
rooms or suites.
A two-way fire department communication system may be required at
the discretion of the appropriate fire department authority and shall
be designed to comply with the requirements of the fire department.
1212.116 SMOKE CONTROL: In buildings of Use Group E (Business), L-l
(Residential-Hotel) and L-2 (Residential -Multi-family) over seventy (70)
feet high, natural or mechanical ventilation for the removal of products
of combustion shall be provided in every story and shall consist of one
(1) or more of the following:
a) Mechanical air handling equipment designed to direct return and
exhaust air directly to the outdoors under fire conditions.
b) Panels or windows, in the exterior wall, which can be opened
from an approved location other than the fire door. Such venting
facilities shall be provided at the rate of twenty (20) square
feet per fifty (50) lineal feet of exterior wall in each story,
and distributed around the perimeter at not more than fifty (50)
foot intervals. Such panels shall be clearly identified as
required by the fire department .
c) Approved tempered glass may be used in lieu of the openable
panels described above.
d) A continuous shaft through which smoke and heat can be mechanically
vented to the outdoors. The size of the shaft shall be uniform
throughout and of such dimensions as to provide one (1) air change
per minute in the largest compartment served anywhere in the
building. Openings into the shaft shall be protected with an
automatic single-piece shutter located as high in the room as
possible and designed to vent the entire compartment.
e) Any other approved design (see section 108.13) which will pro-
duce equivalent results.
1212.117 ELEVATORS: In buildings of Use Group E (Business), L-l
(Residential-Hotel) and L-2 (Residential-Multi-family) over seventy
(70) feet high, at least one (1) elevator shall be provided for fire
department emergency access to all floors. Elevator operation shall
be in accordance with the Department of Public Safety, Board of
Elevator Regulations,
1212.12 ASSEMBLY USES: A two-source system shall be provided in such
parts of all theatres and assembly halls (use groups F-l and F-3)
designated in article 4. A one-source system shall be provided to
protect exhibition halls, museums or other use group F-3 occupancies
1/1/78 Vol. is - 477
used for the display or sale of combustible products, goods or materials,
or having combustible display equipment, either on a temporary or per-
manent basis, whenever the area of such use exceeds twelve thousand
(12,000) square feet in area.
1212.13 UNPIERCED ENCLOSURES: All completely enclosed buildings
designed for industrial occupancy which are provided with artificial
means of light and ventilation as specified in section 511, shall
require a two-source automatic sprinkler system protected with central
supervisory service; except in refrigerating plants and buildings
or parts thereof used for cold storage of meats or other food products.
1212.2 NUMBER OF RISERS: In each fire area, there shall be at least
one (1) riser of adequate size to furnish all the heads therein
contained in one (1) story.
1212.3 PROHIBITED CONNECTIONS: No auxiliary connection shall be made
to sprinkler risers for sill cock, house service, standpipe or other
hose outlet purpose.
1212.4 MECHANICAL PROTECTION: Risers shall be protected from
mechanical injury and shall not be located close to windows.
1212.5 PROTECTION FROM FREEZING: All discharge, heating or filling
pipes where exposed to the weather shall be protected from freezing
and the water in all sprinkler tanks subject to freezing shall be
provided with internal heating equipment or approved frostproof
enclosures.
1212.6 PROTECTION FROM CORROSION: Wherever necessary, sprinkler pipes
and hangers shall be protected against corrosion from moisture and the
heads shall be covered with an approved chemically-treated coating
for protection from chemical fumes when required by the building official,
1212.7 DRAINAGE OF DISCHARGE: Provision shall be made for discharge
of the overflow of water on every floor of sprinklered buildings
designed for industrial and storage uses to comply with the Massachusetts
State Plumbing Code.
1212.8 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION: Every sprinkler system shall be
equipped with one (1) or more approved fire department connections
as required by the fire department. The size, threads and accessories
shall be uniform with the equipment of the local fire department.
Each such connection shall be suitably marked with raised letters
"FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION - AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS"; or when only
stories below grade are so equipped, "FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION -
BASEMENT SPRINKLERS" or "CELLAR SPRINKLERS" as the case may be.
1212.9 MAIN CONTROL VALVE: Every sprinkler system shall be provided
with a readily accessible outside screw and yoke valve or an indicator
gate valve to control all sources of water supply except that from
the fire department connection.
1/1/73 Vol. 18 - 478
SECTION 1213.0 SPRINKLER WATER SUPPLIES
Automatic sprinkler systems shall have at least one (1) approved
automatic source of water supply meeting the requirements of this
section.
1213.1 PUBLIC WATER SPRINKLER SUPPLY: Direct connections to public
water supplies shall be capable of supplying water at not less than
fifteen (15) pounds per square inch pressure for the maximum number
of sprinkler heads in the designated fire area.
1213.2 SPRINKLER GRAVITY TANK: Gravity tanks shall be capable of
supplying twenty-five (25) percent of the number of sprinkler heads
in the maximum protected fire area for a period of twenty (20) minutes
but in no case shall the capacity of any one (1) tank be less than
five thousand (5,000) gallons.
1213.3 SPRINKLER PRESSURE TANK: Pressure tanks shall be capable of
supplying twelve and one-half (12 1/2) percent of the number of
sprinkler heads in the maximum protected fire area; but in no case
shall the capacity be less than three thousand (3,000) gallons of
water for a wet pipe system, nor less than five thousand (5,000)
gallons for a dry pipe system; nor shall any single tank have a
capacity of more than six thousand (6,000) gallons. The tank shall
be maintained two-thirds full of water under a pressure of seventy-
five (75) pounds per square inch at all times.
1213. A SPRINKLER FIRE PUMP: Automatic fire pumps shall be of an
approved type with a supply capacity of at least five hundred (500)
gallons per minute. The pumps shall be adequate to supply fifty (50)
percent of the sprinkler heads in the maximum protected fire area
and shall be located in a room enclosed with two (2) hour fire-
resistive construction.
1213.5 COMBINED WATER SUPPLY: When the sprinklers and standpipes
are supplied from one (1) tank, it shall comply with the provisions
of section 1207.2 and the standpipe supply shall be drawn from the
top portion of the tank.
1213.6 PARTIAL SPRINKLER SYSTEMS: Where approved by the building
and fire officials, partial systems serviced from the building water
supplies may be used in isolated hazardous locations.
SECTION 1214.0 DRY PIPE AUTOMATIC SYSTEMS
When a building or structure requiring an automatic sprinkler
system under the provisions of the Basic Code is subject to temperatures
below freezing, an automatic dry pipe system or other approved thermo-
statically controlled open or closed sprinkler system shall be installed
in accordance with the approved rules.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 479
1214.1 THERMOSTATIC CONTROL: In other than standard dry pipe systems
the thermostatic control shall be arranged to admit water to the
system and simultaneously give an alarm.
1214.2 AUXILIARY MANUAL CONTROL: All such thermostatically controlled
systems shall also be provided with auxiliary manual controls.
SECTION 1215.0 NON-AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
1215.1 SPECIAL FLOODING INSTALLATIONS: In buildings equipped with
automatic sprinkler systems, the enclosures housing special hazardous
processes or used for the storage of flammable or highly combustible
materials may be protected with an open pipe sprinkler installation
equipped with jumbo or deluge heads with such control as may be
directed by the fire official.
SECTION 1216.0 SPECIAL FIRE PROTECTION
1216.1 ELEVATOR SERVICE: In buildings of Use Group E (Business)
and L-l (Residential-Hotel) in every building or structure exceeding
one hundred and fifty (150) feet in height and in buildings during
the course of construction exceeding seventy (70) feet in height,
at least one elevator shall be available at all times for fire
department use as provided in Department of Public Safety, Board
of Elevator Regulations ELV-2 . Every building or structure exceeding
seventy (70) feet in height must have an elevator complying with
the provisions of section 1212.117. In all other buildings or struc-
tures exceeding one hundred fifty (150) feet in height and in buildings
during the course of construction exceeding seventy (70) feet in
height, at least one elevator shall be available at all times for
fire department use.
1216.2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS: All buildings over seventy (70) feet in
height shall have a fire alarm system as required in section 1212.114.
Furthermore, all buildings and structures where required by the
provisions of section 1218 shall be protected with an approved fire
alarm system, or by approved watchman supervisory and manual fire
alarm services where allowed.
1216.3 CENTRAL STATION ALARM SYSTEMS: When required under the pro-
visions of this Code, in buildings designed for special hazard uses,
including film studios, and proxylia manufacturing (use group A),
large public assembly buildings (use group F) with an occupancy load
of more than three hundred (300) , and hospitals and similar institu-
tional buildings (use group H-2) requiring automatic fire extinguishing
equipment under the provisions of the Basic Code, protective signaling
equipment shall be provided with connections to a local central
station in the building, to an outside supervisory central station,
or with direct fire department connection over private wire.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 480
1216.4 WATER CURTAINS FOR WALL OPENINGS: In all buildings and
structures designed for high hazard (use group A) , storage (use
group B) , mercantile (use group C), and industrial (use group D)
uses involving the storage, sale or processing of flammable materials
or products, the exterior wall openings located on or within six (6)
feet of interior lot lines shall be protected with an approved water
curtain.
1216.5 UNENCLOSED EXITWAYS: In existing multi-family (use group L-l)
and other residential buildings, (use group L-2) existing exitways not now
enclosed as provided in article 6 may be protected with water curtains or
partial sprinkler systems when approved by the building official.
1216.6 WATER CURTAINS FOR FLOOR OPENINGS: Unenclosed floor openings
shall be protected with automatically controlled water curtains as
specified in section 515.
1216.7 YARD SYSTEMS: Shipyards, oil storage plants, lumber yards,
amusement or exhibition parks, and similar occupancies and uses
involving high fire and life hazards shall be provided with, in
addition to the fire suppression and safety equipment required within
the structures by the Basic Code, an installation of fire hydrants
and associated fire-fighting equipment, as required by the fire
department authority.
1216.8 CHEMICAL AND SPECIAL EXTINGUISHING SYSTEMS: All buildings
and structures and parts thereof designed for uses subject to fires
of extreme severity and explosion hazards as provided in article 4
shall be protected with approved automatic extinguishing systems
installed and maintained as required by accepted engineering standards.
SECTION 1217.0 MANUAL FIRE-EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT
All hand-operated auxiliary fire-extinguishing equipment shall be
of an approved type suitable to the occupational use of the building
and shall be installed in corridors and other locations, visible and
readily accessible to the occupants of the building in accordance
with the requirements of the fire official and as herein specified.
1217.1 CABINETS: When auxiliary emergency equipment is enclosed in
cabinets, they shall be of an approved type of noncombustible construc-
tion equipped with readily openable keyless doors or with readily broken
glass access panels.
SECTION 1218.0 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
1218.1 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Where required by this Code, the
plans and specifications for fire alarm systems shall show the location
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 481
and number of all sending stations and signals with specifications of
the type, construction, and operation of the system including all
automatic detection devices. Installation of all equipment shall
conform to the standards of the reference section of this article.
1218.2 WHERE REQUIRED: Fire alarm systems are required in the locations
listed in section 1218.21. The details of the criteria in each location
are listed also in section 1218.21.
EXCEPTIONS: All buildings and structures over seventy (70) feet in
height above grade shall have fire alarm systems as required by
the provisions of section 1212.114.
All buildings and structures and sections of buildings and structures
equipped with an automatic fi.re suppression system are not required
to be equipped with an automatic fire alarm system (except for
buildings and structures seventy (70) feet in height above grade
or more) but shall have a manual fire alarm system conforming to
the provisions of section 1218.21 for the use and conditions
as specified in the appropriate section.
1218.21 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM LOCATIONS
1218.211 AUTOMATIC FIRE WARNING SYSTEMS IN RESIDENTIAL USES L-l, L-2
AND L-3: Every building or structure not exceeding seventy (70) feet in
height above mean grade to be occupied for residential purposes, shall
be subject to the following provisions. All systems shall conform with
the provisions of NFPA 101 and NFPA 74.
a) L-l Use Group
1) all buildings less than thirty (30) feet in height above
mean grade shall contain automatic smoke detectors or
automatic smoke and heat detectors connected to audible
alarms .
2) all buildings thirty (30) feet in height or more above mean
grade shall contain automatic smoke detectors or automatic
smoke and heat detectors connected to an audible alarm and
the system shall be of the supervised type.
b) L-2 Use Group
1) all buildings less than thirty (30) feet in height above
mean grade or containing no more than twelve (12) dwelling
units shall contain automatic smoke detectors or automatic
smoke and heat detectors connected to an audible alarm.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 482
2) all buildings thirty (30) feet in height or more above mean
grade or containing thirteen (13) or more dwelling units
shall contain automatic smoke detectors or automatic smoke
and heat detectors connected to an audible alarm and the
system shall be of the supervised type.
c) L-3 Use Group
1) all buildings less than thirty (30) feet in height above
mean grade shall contain automatic smoke detectors or
automatic smoke and heat detectors connected to audible
alarms .
2) all buildings thirty (30) feet in height or more above
mean grade shall contain automatic smoke detectors or
automatic smoke and heat detectors connected to an audible
alarm, and the system shall be of the supervised type.
1218.212 INSTITUTIONAL (USE GROUP H) : Fire alarm systems in insti-
tutional use group H-2 of new and existing buildings which are used as
health care facilities, including hospital, nursing home, residential-
custodial care facilities, and similar uses shall have fire alarm
systems complying with the provisions of NFPA 101 of 1967.
In all other new and existing buildings of use group H, an approved
automatic fire alarm system is required. In addition, an approved
manual fire alarm system is required in conjunction with the automatic
fire alarm system. For buildings of up to one (1) story in height and
less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet in area, an
uncoded alarm system may be used. Otherwise, an individually coded
closed circuit general alarm shall be used.
Where an institutional use comprises more than one building, a
combination unit or zone and general alarm coded system shall be used
and an approved indicating annunciator installed as required by the
building official and the fire official.
1218.213 NURSERY, DAY CARE CENTER AND SIMILAR USES (USE GROUP H) : All
facilities operated on a regular basis as a nursery, day care center,
kindergarten or similar uses shall have a fire alarm system provided as
follows:
a) Facilities for up to twenty-four (24) children shall be
provided with a local alarm system.
b) Facilities for twenty-five (25) or more children shall be
provided with an approved electrical fire alarm system
1/1/78 Vo1' 18 " 483
consisting of approved smoke or smoke and heat detectors
located In all occupied rooms and as required by the building
official. The alarms shall be distinctive and audible every-
where on the floor. There also shall be at least one (1)
manual alarm on each floor which shall sound all alarms on
other floors simultaneously and continuously when operated.
An approved secondary or emergency source of power shall be provided
for the entire alarm system.
1218.214 SCHOOLS (USE GROUP F-6) : All new public schools and all new
private and university teaching buildings shall have an approved
automatic fire alarm system. An approved manual fire alarm system
is also required in conjunction with the automatic fire alarm system.
In all existing public schools and all existing private and university
teaching buildings, a manual fire alarm system shall be required.
All protective signaling equipment shall be provided with connections
to a local central station in the building, to an outside supervisory
central station, or with direct fire department connection over private
wire.
1218.215 MERCANTILE (USE GROUP C) : All mercantile buildings which
have one (1) or more levels above grade to which the public is admitted
shall have an approved manual fire alarm system. For buildings one (1)
story or less and less than twenty-five hundred (2,500) square feet in
area, an uncoded closed circuit fire alarm shall be used. Otherwise,
an individually coded closed circuit general fire alarm system shall
be used.
1218.216 INDUSTRIAL (USE GROUP D) : All industrial buildings where
twenty five (25) or more individuals are employed above the first or
ground floor shall have an approved manual fire alarm system. In
buildings not exceeding two (2) stories in height with not more than
twenty five hundred (2,500) square feet of area in any one (1) story,
and having not more than one hundred (100) persons in a single factory,
nor more than fifty (50) persons in a multiple -tenant factory above
the first or ground floor', an uncoded closed circuit fire alarm system
may be used. Otherwise, an individually coded closed circuit fire
alarm system shall be used.
1218.217 BUSINESS (USE GROUP E) : All office buildings of three (3)
stories or more, but less than seventy (70) feet in height unless
equipped with an approved fire suppression system, shall have an
approved manual fire alarm system. This system shall be an individually
coded closed circuit general fire alarm system.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 484
Reference Standards - Article 12
NFPA
No.
13
1973
NFPA
No.
14
1973
NFPA
No.
101
1967
NFPA
No.
101
1971
NFPA
No.
101
1973
NFPA
No.
71
1972
NFPA
No.
72A
1972
NFPA
No.
72B
1972
NFPA
No.
72C
1972
NFPA
No.
7 2D
1972
Installation of Sprinkler Systems
Standpipes and Hose Systems
Life Safety Code
Life Safety Code
Life Safety Code
Central Station Signaling Systems
Local Protective Signaling Systems
Auxiliary Signaling Systems
Remote Station Signaling Systems
Proprietary Signaling Systems
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 485
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 486
ARTICLE 13
PRECAUTIONS DURING BUILDING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1300.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall apply to all construction
operations in connection with the erection, alteration, repair, re-
moval or demolition of buildings and structures. In addition, the
following regulations also shall apply when not covered by this
Code: Department of Labor and Industries, Division of Industrial
Safety Industrial Bulletin No. 12, Rules and Regulations for the
Prevention of Accidents in Construction Operations.
SECTION 1301.0 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PERMITS
1301.1 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION: Before any construction operation
is started, plans and specifications when required by the building
official shall be filed with him showing the design and construction
of all sidewalk sheds, truck runways, trestles, foot bridges, guard
fences and other similar devices required in the operation; and the
approval of the building official shall be secured before the com-
mencement of any work.
1301.2 SPECIAL PERMITS: All special licenses and permits for the
storage of materials on sidewalks and highways, for the use of water
or other public facilities and for the storage and handling of ex-
plosives shall be secured from the administrative authorities having
jurisdiction.
1301.3 TEMPORARY ENCROACHMENTS: Subject to the approval of the
building official, sidewalk sheds, underpinning and other temporary
protective guards and devices may project beyond the interior and
street lot lines as may be required to insure the safety of the
adjoining property and the public. When necessary, the consent of
the adjoining property owner shall be obtained.
SECTION 1302.0 TESTS
1302.1 LOADING: It shall be unlawful to load any structure, tem-
porary support, scaffolding, sidewalk bridge or sidewalk shed or any
other device or construction equipment during the construction or
demolition of any building or structure in excess of its safe work-
ing capacity as provided in article 7 for allowable loads and work-
ing stresses.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 487
1302.2 UNSAFE EQUIPMENT: Whenever any doubt arises as to the
structural quality or strength of scaffolding plank or other con-
struction equipment, such material shall be replaced; provided,
however, the building official may accept a strength test to two
and one-half (2*5) times the superimposed live load to which the
material or structural member is to be subjected. The member shall
sustain the test load without failure.
SECTION 1303.0 INSPECTION
When inspection of any construction operation reveals that any un-
safe or illegal conditions exist, the building official shall notify
the owner as specified in section 122.12 and direct him to take the
necessary remedial measures to remove the hazard or violation.
1303.1 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ORDERS: Unless the owner so notified
proceeeds to comply with the orders of the building official within
twenty-four (24) hours, the building official shall have full power
to correct the unsafe conditions as provided in sections 124 and
125. All expenses incurred in the correction of such unsafe condi-
tions shall become a lien on the property.
SECTION 1304.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
1304.1 PROTECTION: All existing and adjoining public and private
property shall be protected from damage incidental to construction
operations.
1304.2 CHIMNEY, SOIL AND VENT STACKS: Whenever a new buiding or
structure is erected to greater or less heights than an adjoining
building, the construction and extension of new or existing chim-
neys shall conform to the provisions of section 1006.
1304.3 ADJOINING WALLS: The owner of the new or altered structure
shall preserve all adjoining independent and party walls from damage
as provided herein. He shall underpin where necessary and support
the adjoining building or structure by proper foundations to comply
with section 1306.
1304.31 MAINTENANCE: In case an existing party wall is intended
to be used by the person who causes an excavation to be made, and
such party wall is in good condition and sufficient for the use of
both the existing and proposed building, such person shall preserve
the party wall from injury and support it by proper foundations at
his own expense, so that it shall be and shall remain as safe and
useful as it was before the excavation was commenced. During the
demolition, the party wall shall be maintained weather-proof and
structurally safe by adequate bracing until such time as the per-
manent structural supports shall have been provided.
Vol. 18 - 488
1304.32 BEAM POCKETS: When a structure involving a party wall is
being demolished, the owner of the demolished structure shall, at
his own expense, secure all wall anchors at the beam ends of the
standing wall and shall brick-up all beam and joist pockets and
otherwise maintain the safety and usefulness of the wall.
1304.33 PARTY WALL EXITWAYS: No party wall balcony or horizontal
exit shall be destroyed unless and until a substitute means of
egress has been provided and approved by the building official.
1304.4 ADJOINING ROOFS: When a new building or demolition of an
existing building is being prosecuted at a greater height, the
roof, roof outlets and roof structures of adjoining buildings shall
be protected against damage with adequate safeguards by the person
doing the work.
SECTION 1305.0 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND WORKMEN
Whenever a building or strucutre is erected, altered, repaired,
removed or demolished, the operation shall be conducted in a safe
manner and suitable protection for the general public and workmen
employed thereon shall be provided.
1305.1 FENCES: Every construction operation located five (5) feet
or less from the street lot line shall be enclosed with a fence not
less than eight (8) feet high to prevent entry of unauthorized per-
sons. When located more than five (5) feet from the street lot line,
a fence or other barrier shall be erected when required by the build-
ing official. All fences shall be of adequate strength to resist the
wind pressure specified in section 714.0.
1305.2 SIDEWALK SHED.
1305.21 WITHIN TEN (10) FEET OF STREET LOT LINE: When any building or
f>art thereof which is located within ten (10) feet of the street
lot line is to be erected or raised to exceed forty (40) feet in
height, or whenever a building more then forty (40) feet in height
within ten (10) feet of the street lot line is to be demolished, a
sidewalk shed shall be erected and maintained for the full length
of the building on all street fronts for the entire time that work
is performed on the exterior of the building.
1305.22 WITHIN TWENTY (20) FEET OF STREET LOT LINE: When the building being
demolished or erected is located within twenty (20) feet of the street
lot line and is more than forty (40) feet in height, exterior flare
fans or catch platforms shall be erected at vertical intervals of
not more than two (2) stories.
1305.23 BUILDING HIGHER THAN SIX (6) STORIES: When the building being
demolished or erected is more than six (6) stories or seventy (70)
feet in height, unless set back from the street lot line a distance
more than one-half (h) its height, a sidewalk shed shall be provided.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 489
1305.3 THRUST-OUT PLATFORMS: The building official may approve
thrust-out platforms or other substitute protections in lieu of
sidewalk sheds when deemed adequate to insure the public safety.
No thrust-out platforms shall be used for the storage of material.
1305.4 WATCHMAN: Whenever a building is being demolished, erected,
or altered, a watchman shall be employed to warn the general public
when intermittent hazardous operations are conducted across the side-
walk or walkway.
SECTION 1306.0 EXCAVATIONS
1306.1 TEMPORARY SUPPORT: Until permanent support has been pro-
vided, all excavations shall be safeguarded and protected by the
person causing the excavations to be made, to avoid all danger to
life or limb. Where necessary, such excavations shall be retained
by temporary retaining walls, sheet-piling and bracing or other ap-
proved method to support the adjoining earth.
1306.11 EXAMINATION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY: Before any excavation
or demolition is undertaken, license to enter upon adjoining prop-
erty for the purpose of physical examination shall be afforded by
the owner and tenants of such adjoining property to the person
undertaking such excavation or demolition, prior to the commence-
ment and at reasonable periods during the progress of the work.
1306.12 NOTICE TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL: If the person who causes
an excavation to be made or an existing structure to be demolished
has reason to believe that an adjoining structure is unsafe, he
shall forthwith report in writing to the building official. The
building official shall inspect such premises, and if the structure
is found unsafe, he shall order it repaired as provided in section
124.
1306.13 RESPONSIBILITY OF ADJOINING OWNER: The person making or
causing an excavation to be made shall, before starting the work,
give at least one week's notice in writing to the owner of each
neighboring building or structure the safety of which may be
affected. Having received consent to enter a building, structure
or premises, he shall make the necessary provisions to protect it
structurally and to insure it against damage by the elements which
may ensue from such excavation. If license to enter is not afforded,
then the adjoining owner shall have the entire responsibility of
providing both temporary and permanent support of his premises at
his. own expense; and for that purpose, he shall be afforded the
license when necessary to enter the property where the excavation
is to be made.
1306.14 EXCAVATIONS FOR OTHER THAN CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES: Excava-
tions made for the purpose of removing soil, earth, sand, gravel,
rock or other materials shall be performed in such a manner as will
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 490
prevent injury to neighboring properties or to the street which
adjoins the lot where such materials are excavated, and to safe-
guard the general public health and welfare.
1306.2 PERMANENT SUPPORT: Whenever an excavation is made below
the established grade, the person who causes such excavation to
be made if afforded the necessary license to enter the adjoining
premises, shall preserve and protect from injury at all times and
at his own expense such adjoining structure or premises which may
be affected by the excavation. If the necessary license is not
afforded, it shall then be the duty of the owner of the adjoining
premises to make his building or structure safe by installing proper
underpinning or foundations or otherwise; and such owner, if it be
necessary for the prosecution of his work shall be granted the nec-
essary license to enter the premises where the excavation or demoli-
tion is contemplated.
SECTION 1307.0 REGULATION OF LOTS
1307.1 GRADING OF LOT: When a building or structure has been dem-
olished or removed and no building operation has been projected or
approved, the vacant lot shall be filled with non-organic fill,
graded and maintained in conformity with adjacent grades. The lot
shall be maintained free from the accumulation of rubbish and all
other unsafe or hazardous conditions which endanger the life or
health of the public; provisions shall be made to prevent the accu-
mulation of water or damage to any foundations on the premises or
the adjoining property.
1307.2 UTILITY CONNECTIONS: All service utility connections shall
be discontinued and capped in accordance with section 116.1 of this
Code.
SECTION 1308.0 RETAINING WALLS AND PARTITION FENCES
When the adjoining grade is not higher than the legal level, the
person causing an excavation to be made shall erect, when necessary,
a retaining wall at his own expense and on his own land. Such wall
shall be built to a height sufficient to retain the adjoining earth,
shall be properly coped as required in section 869.3 and shall be
provided with a guard-rail or fence not less than four (A) feet in
height .
SECTION 1309.0 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
All materials and equipment required in construction operations
shall be stored and placed so as not to endanger the public, the
workmen or adjoining property.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 491
130$. 1 DESIGN CAPACITY: Materials or equipment stored within the
building, or on sidewalks, sheds or scaffolds shall be placed so
as not to overload any part of the construction beyond its design
capacity, nor interfere with the safe prosecution of the work.
1309.2 SPECIAL LOADING: Unless the construction is designed for
special loading, materials stored on sidewalk sheds and scaffolds
shall not exceed one (1) day's supply. All materials shall be piled
in an orderly manner and height, to permit removal of individual
pieces without endangering the stability of the pile.
1309.3 PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS: No materials or equipment shall be
stored on the street without a permit issued by the administrative
official having jurisdiction. When so stored, they shall not un-
duly interfere with vehicular traffic, or the orderly travel of
pedestrians on the highways and streets. The piles shall be arrang-
ed to maintain a safe walkway not less than four (4) feet wide, un-
obstructed for its full length, and adequately lighted at night and
at all necessary times for the use of the public.
1309.4 OBSTRUCTIONS: Materials and equipment shall not be placed
or stored so as to obstruct access to fire hydrants, standpipes,
fire or police alarm boxes, utility boxes, catch basins, or man-
holes, nor shall they be located within twenty (20) feet of a
street intersection, or so placed as to obstruct normal observa-
tions of traffic signals or to hinder the use of street car load-
ing platforms.
SECTION 1310.0 REMOVAL OF WASTE MATERIAL
No material shall be dropped by gravity or thrown outside the
exterior walls of a building during demolition or erection. En-
closed chutes shall be provided for this purpose and any material
which in its removal will cause an excessive amount of dust shall
be wet down to prevent the creation of a nuisance.
SECTION 1311.0 PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
Adjoining property shall be completely protected from any damage
incidental to the building operation when the owner of the adjoin-
ing property permits free access to the building at all reasonable
times to provide the necessary safeguards in accordance with section
1306.
SECTION 1312.0 SCAFFOLDS
1312.1 LOAD CAPACITY: All scaffolds shall be designed to support
two and one-half (2%) times the superimposed live load to be placed
thereon but in no case less than one hundred and twenty (120) pounds
per square foot.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 492
1312.2 FIRERETARDANT CONSTRUCTION
1312.21 ALL BUILDINGS: All scaffolding exceeding seventy (70)
feet or six (6) stories in height used in construction operations
involving the erection, alteration or maintenance of buildings,
shall be constructed of noncombustible or fireretardant materials
complying with the provisions of Section 903.
1312.22 INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS: All scaffolding used in construc-
tion operations involving the repair or partial demolition of insti-
tutional buildings (use groups H-l and H-2) during occupancy of the
building shall be constructed of noncombustible or fireretardant
materials complying with the provisions of section 903.
SECTION 1313.0 STAIRWAYS AND LADDERS
1313.1 TEMPORARY STAIRWAYS: When a building has been constructed
to a greater height than fifty (50) feet or four (4) stories, or
when an existing building which exceeds fifty (50) feet in height
is altered, at least one temporary lighted stairway shall be pro-
vided unless one or more of the permanent stairways are erected as
the construction progresses.
1313.2 LADDERS: Temporary ladders when permitted for access to
floors before stairways are installed, or which are designed for
other working purposes, shall extend at least forty-two (42) inches
above the floor level which they serve.
SECTION 1314.0 FIRE HAZARDS
1314.1 STANDPIPES AND FIRE LINES: Where standpipes are provided
as a permanent part of the building, they shall be installed and
made ready for instant use of the fire department as the structure
progresses in accordance with the provisions of section 1206.51.
Free access from the street to such standpipes shall be maintained
at all times; and no materials shall be stored within five (5) feet
of" any fire hydrant or in the roadway between such hydrant and the
center line of the street .
SECTION 1315.0 DISPUTES
The building official, when requested by any person, aggrieved
or otherwise, shall serve a written notice on any owner who fails
to conform to the requirements of this article directing him to
take the necessary remedial action. If the owner fails to proceed
to fully comply with such notice within three (3) days after ser-
vice or within a reasonable time thereafter as determined by the
buiding official, the building official may cause the necessary work
to be done when the health, safety, and general welfare of the public
are involved. The cost of such work shall become a lien against the
property of the offending owner and the legal authority of the muni-
cipality shall Institute appropriate action for its recovery.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 493
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 494
ARTICLE 14
SIGNS AND OUTDOOR DISPLAY STRUCTURES
SECTION 1400.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall govern the construction, al-
teration, repair and maintenance of all signs and outdoor display
structures together with their appurtenant and auxiliary devices in
respect to structural and fire safety.
1400.1 ZONING LAW: Where more restrictive in respect to location,
use, size or height of signs and outdoor display structures, the
limitations of the zoning laws affecting required light and ventila-
tion requirements and use of land shall take precedence over the reg-
ulations of the Basic Code.
1400.2 APPROVED RULES: In the absence of approved rules governing
details of construction, the provisions of the applicable standards
listed in the references of this article shall be deemed to conform
to the requirements of the Basic Code unless otherwise specified in
this article.
SECTION 1401.0 DEFINITIONS
APPROVED COMBUSTIBLE PLASTIC: a plastic material more than one-twen-
tieth (1/20) inch in thickness which burns at a rate of not more
than two and one-half (2*s) inches per minute when subjected to the
ASTM standard test for flammability of plastics in sheets of six-
hundred ths (0.06) inch thickness.
BILL BOARD: (poster panel.) a board panel or tablet used for the
display of printed or painted advertising matter.
CLOSED SIGN: a display sign in which the entire area is solid or
tightly enclosed or covered.
COMBINATION SIGN: a sign which combines the characteristics of two
(2) or more of the types of signs defined in this section.
DISPLAY SIGN: any fabricated sign, including its structure, consist-
ing of any letter, figure, character, mark, point, plane, marquee
sign, design, poster, pictorial picture, stroke,, stripe, line, trade-
mark, reading matter, or illuminating device which is constructed,
attached, erected, fastened, or manufactured in any manner whatsoever
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 495
so that the same is used for the attraction of the public to any
place, subject, person, firm, corporation, public performance, arti-
cle, machine or merchandise whatsoever, and is displayed in any man-
ner whatsoever out of doors for recognized advertising purposes.
DISPLAY SURFACE: the surface which is made available by the structure
either for the direct mounting of letters and decoration or for the
mounting of the facing material that is intended to carry the entire
advertising message.
FACING: the surface of the sign upon, against, or through which the
message of the sign is exhibited.
GROUND SIGN: a sign which does not extend or project into or over a
public way and is supported by one or more uprights or braces that
are in or upon the ground.
LETTERS AND DECORATIONS: the letters, illustrations, symbols, fig-
ures, insignia and other devices which are employed to express and
illustrate the message of the sign.
MARQUEE SIGN: a sign which is attached to a marquee.
MARQUEE: a fixed or non- adjustable covered structure which is at-
tached to, wholly supported by and projects from a building.
OPEN SIGN: a display sign in which at least fifty (50) percent of
the enclosed area is uncovered, or open to the transmission of wind.
POSTER PANEL: (see bill board).
PROJECTING SIGN: a sign which is affixed to a building or structure
and extends twelve (12) inches or more beyond the building wall,
structure or parts thereof.
ROOF SIGN: a sign which is erected, constructed, or maintained above
the roof of a building and does not project more than twelve (12)
inches beyond the wall line of the building.
STRUCTURE: the supports, uprights, bracing and framework of a sign.
TEMPORARY SIGN: a sign or cloth or other combustible material, with
or without a frame, which is usually attached to the outside of a
building on a wall or store front, intended for a limited period of
display.
WALL SIGN: a sign which is supported wholly or partially by an ex-
terior wall of a building and extends not more than twelve (12)
inches therefrom.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 496
SECTION 1402.0 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PERMITS
1402.1 OWNERS CONSENT: Before any permit is granted for the erec-
tion of a sign or outdoor display structure, plans and specifications
shall be filed with the building official showing the dimensions,
materials and required details of construction including loads, stresses
and anchorage. The applications shall be accompanied by the written
consent of the owner or lessee of the premises upon which the sign is
to be erected.
1402.2 NEW SIGNS: No new sign shall hereafter be erected, constructed,
altered or maintained except as herein provided and until after a permit
has been issued by the building official.
1402.21 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: Outdoor advertis-
ing subject to the rules and regulations of the Outdoor Advertising
Board requires the approval of the said Board prior to permit issuance.
1402.3 ALTERATIONS: No sign shall be enlarged or relocated except
in conformity to the provisions of this article for new signs , nor
until a proper permit has been secured. The changing of movable parts
of an approved sign that is designed for such changes, or the repaint-
ing or reposting of display matter shall not be deemed an alteration
provided the conditions of the original approval and the requirements
of this article are not violated.
1402.4 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Any sign twelve (12) feet or over
in height above average adjoining grade, or any free-standing sign
with an area of over sixty (60) square feet, or any roof signs, pro-
jecting signs, or marquee sign, shall have structural drawings and
specifications, including foundations, submitted by a registered pro-
fessional engineer.
SECTION 1403.0 EXEMPTIONS
The building official shall be notified prior to the painting, erec-
tion or alteration of signs or outdoor display structures covered by
the provisions of this section and upon determination by said building
official, permits may be required for such signs. The provisions of
this section shall not be construed to relieve the owner of the sign
from responsibility for its painting, erection and maintenance in a
safe manner.
1403.1 WALL SIGNS:
1403.11 PAINTED SIGNS: Signs painted on the surface of masonry, con-
crete, frame or other approved building walls;
1403.12 STORE SIGNS: Non-illuminated signs erected over a show win-
dow or over the door of a store or business establishment which an-
nounce the name of the proprietor and the nature of the business con-
ducted therein;
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 497
1403.13 GOVERNMENT BUILDING SIGNS: Signs erected on a municipal,
state or federal bulding which announce the name, nature of the
occupancy and information as to use of or admission to the premises;
1403.14 OTHER WALL SIGNS: Any wall sign erected on a building or
structure, which is not more than one (1) square foot in area;
1403.15 FENCE SIGNS. Signs painted on the surface of enclosure or
division fences, or on picket or other ornamental fences.
1403.2 GROUND SIGNS:
1403.21 SALE OR RENT: Signs erected to announce the sale or rent of
the property so designated, provided such signs are not over ten (10)
feet in height nor more than sixty (60) square feet in area;
1403.22 TRANSIT DIRECTIONS: The erection or maintanance of a sign
designating the location of a transit line, a railroad station or
other public carrier when not more than three (3) square feet in area;
1403.23 STRRET SIGNS: Signs erected by the municipality for street
direction.
1403.3 TEMPORARY SIGNS:
1403.31 CONSTRUCTION SIGNS: Construction signs, engineers' and
architects' signs and other similar signs which may be authorized by
the building official in connection with construction operations;
1403.32 SPECIAL DISPLAYS: Special decorative displays used for holi-
days, public demonstrations or promotion of civic welfare or charit-
able purposes, when authorized by the municipal authorities, on which
there is no commercial advertising.
SECTION 1404.0 UNSAFE AND UNLAWFUL SIGNS
1404.1 NOTICE OF UNSAFE SIGNS: When any sign becomes insecure, in
danger of falling, or otherwise unsafe, or If any sign shall be un-
lawfully installed, erected or maintained in violation of any of the
provisions of the Basic Code, the owner thereof or the person or firm
maintaining same, shall upon written notice of the building official,
forthwith in the case of immediate danger and in any case within not
more than ten (10) days, make such sign conform to the provisions of
this article or shall remove it. If within ten (10) days the order
is not complied with, the building official may remove such sign at
the expense of the owner or lessee thereof as provided in section
125.0.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 498
1404.2 UNLAWFUL SIGNS.
1404.21 EGRESS OBSTRUCTIONS: The building official shall notify the
owner or lessee of the building or structure as provided in section
122.12 whenever a sign is so erected as to obstruct free ingress to or
egress from a required door, window, fire escape or other required exit-
way element.
1404.22 PROJECTING SIGNS: A projecting display sign erected at other
than right angles to the wall of a building or structure outside of the
building line which extends above the roof cornice or parapet wall, or
above the roof level when there is no cornice or parapet wall and which
obstructs access to the roof is hereby deemed unlawful. Such signs shall
be reconstructed or removed as herein required.
1404.23 ALLEY SIGNS: No signs shall be permitted to project beyond
public alley lot lines.
SECTION 1405.0 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
The building official may order the removal of any sign that is not
maintained in accordance with the provisions of this article.
1405.1 MAINTENANCE: All signs for which a permit is required, together
with all their supports, braces, guys, and anchors shall be kept in re-
pair in accordance with the provisions of this article and section 104.0;
and when not galvanized or constructed of approved corrosion-resistive
noncombustible materials shall be painted when necessary to prevent cor-
rosion.
1405.2 HOUSEKEEPING: It shall be the duty and responsibility of the
owner or lessee of every sign to maintain the immediate premises occu-
pied by the sign in a clean, sanitary and healthful condition.
1405.3 INSPECTION: Every sign for which a permit has been issued and
every existing sign for which a permit is required including roof, ground,
wall, marquee and pole signs, shall be inspected at least once in every
calendar year.
SECTION 1406.0 EXISTING SIGNS
1406.1 REMOVING OR RECONSTRUCTING SIGNS: No sign heretofore approved
and erected shall be repaired, altered or moved, nor shall any sign, or
any substantial part thereof, which is blown down, destroyed or removed,
be re-erected, reconstructed, rebuilt or relocated unless it is made to
comply with all applicable requirements of this article.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 499
1406.2 REPAIR OF UNSAFE SIGNS: This section shall not be construed
to prevent the repair or restoration to a safe condition as directed
by the building official of any part of an existing sign when damaged
by natural deterioration, storm or other accidental emergency.
1A06.3 RELOCATING SIGNS: Any sign that is moved to another location
either on the same or to other premises shall be considered a new sign
and a permit shall be secured for any work performed in connection
therewith when required by this article.
SECTION 1407.0 REGISTRATION AND IDENTIFICATION
1407.1 REGISTRATION: Every ground sign and roof sign shall be regis-
tered with the building official by the person maintaining the same.
1407.2 IDENTIFICATION: Every sign for which a permit has been issued
and hereafter erected, constructed or maintained shall be plainly marked
with the name of the person, firm or corporation owning, erecting, main-
taining or operating such sign.
SECTION 1408.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SIGNS
All signs shall be designed and constructed in conformity to the pro-
visions for materials, loads and stresses of articles 7 and 8 and the
requirements of this article.
1408.1 DESIGN LOADS.
1408.11 WIND: The effect of special local wind pressures shall be
thoroughly considered in the design; but in no case shall the wind load
be assumed less than thirty (30) pounds per square foot of net exposed
area for roof signs, twenty (20) pounds per square foot for ground signs
over fifty (50) feet in height and fifteen (15) pounds per square foot
for ground signs not more than fifty (50) feet in height.
1408.12 EARTHQUAKE: Signs adequately designed to withstand wind pres-
sures shall generally be considered capable of withstanding earthquake
shocks except as provided in section 719 and for combined loading in
section 720.
1408.2 ILLUMINATION: Signs shall be illuminated by electrical means
and electrical devices and wiring shall be installed in accordance with
the requirements of the Massachusetts State Electrical Code. In no case
shall any open spark or flame be used for display purposes unless specificall
approved by the building official.
1408.3 OBSTRUCTIONS TO EXITWAYS: No sign shall be erected, constructed
or maintained so as to obstruct any fire escape, required exitway, win-
dow or door opening used as an element of a means of egress or to prevent
free passage from one part of a roof to another part thereof or access
thereto as required by the provisions of article 6 or for the municipal
fire-fighting forces.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 50°
\L408. 4 OBSTRUCTION TO VENTILATION: No sign shall be attached in any
form, shape or manner which will interfere with any opening required
for ventilation in article 5.
1408.5 USE OF COMBUSTIBLES
1408.51 ORNAMENTAL FEATURES: In all illuminating signs required to
be constructed of noncombustible materials under the provisions of this
Code, wood or other materiils of combustible characteristics similar to
wood may be used for moldings, cappings, trim, nailing blocks, letters,
latticing, and other purely ornamental features.
1408.52 SIGN FACINGS: Sign facings may be made of approved combustible
plastics provided the area of each face is not more than one hundred
(100) square feet.
SECTION 1409.0 GROUND SIGNS
1409.1 OBSTRUCTIONS TO TRAFFIC: No ground sign shall be erected so as
to obstruct free access to or egress from any building.
1409.2 BOTTOM CLEARANCE: The bottom capping of all ground signs shall
be at least thirty (30) inches above the ground but the intervening
space may be filled with open lattice work or platform decorative trim.
1409.3 MAXIMUM SIZE: In all locations, when constructed entirely of
noncombustible material, ground signs may be erected to a height of one
hundred (100) feet above the ground; and to greater heights when approv-
ed by the building official and located so as not to create hazard or
danger to the public.
SECTION 1410.0 ROOF SIGNS
1410.1 MATERIALS: All roof signs shall be constructed entirely of met-
al or other approved noncombustible materials except as provided in sec-
tion 1408.5. Provision shall be made for electric ground of all metallic
parts; and where combustible materials are permitted in letters or other
ornamental features, all wiring and tubing shall be kept free and insu-
lated therefrom.
1410.2 BOTTOM CLEARANCE: There shall be a clear space of not less than
four (4) feet between the lowest part of the sign and the roof level ex-
cept for necessary structural supports.
1410.3 CLOSED SIGNS: A closed roof sign shall not be erected to a
height greater than fifty (50) feet above fireproof and noncombustible
building (types 1 and 2) nor more than thirty-five (35) feet above the
roof of nonfireproof (type 3) buildings.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 501
1410.4 OPEN SIGNS: An open roof sign shall not exceed a height of
one hundred (100) feet above the roof of buildings of fireproof and
noncombustible construction, (types 1 and 2); and not more than sixty
(60) feet above the roof of buildings of non-fireproof (type 3) con-
struction.
1410.5 COMBUSTIBLE SUPPORTS: Within the Fire District no roof sign
which exceeds forty (40) feet in height shall be supported on or
braced to wooden beams or other combustible construction of a build-
ing or structure unless otherwise approved by the building official.
SECTION 1411.0 WALL SIGNS
1411.1 MATERIALS: Wall signs which have an area exceeding forty (40)
square feet shall be constructed of metal or other approved noncombus-
tible materials except for nailing rails and as provided in section
1408.5.
1411.2 REFLECTORS: Lighting reflectors may project eight (8) feet
beyond the face of the wall provided such relectors are at least
twelve (12) feet above the sidewalk level; but in no case shall such
reflectors project beyond a vertical plane two (2) feet inside the
curb line.
1411.3 EXTENSION: Wall signs shall not be erected to extend above
the top of the wall, nor extend beyond the ends of the wall to which
they are attached unless meeting all the requirements for roof signs,
projecting signs or ground signs as the case may be.
SECTION 1412.0 PROJECTING SIGNS
1412.1 MATERIALS: Projecting signs shall be constructed entirely of
metal or other approved noncombustible materials except as provided
in section 1408.5.
1412.2 MAXIMUM PROJECTION: No such sign shall project over a street
or other public space more than ten (10) feet from the face of the
building or structure, nor in any case beyond a vertical plane two (2)
feet inside the curb line.
1412.3 CLEARANCES: A clear space of not less than ten (10) feet shall
be provided below all parts of such signs.
SECTION 1413.0 MARQUEE SIGNS
1413.1 MATERIALS: Marquee signs shall be constructed entirely of met-
al or other approved noncombustible materials except as provided in
section 1408.5.
Vl/78 Vol. is - 502
1413.2 HEIGHT: Such signs shall not exceed seven (7) feet In height
nor shall they project below the facia of the marquee nor lower than
ten (10) feet above the sidewalk.
1413.3 LENGTH: Marquee signs may extend the full length but in no
case shall they project beyond the ends of the marquee.
SECTION 1414.0 MISCELLANEOUS AND TEMPORARY SIGNS
1414.1 POLE SIGNS: Pole signs shall be constructed entirely of non-
combustible materials except as provided in section 1408.5; and shall
conform to the requirements for ground or roof signs as the case may
be. Such signs may extend beyond the street lot line if they comply
with the provisions of section 1412 for projecting signs.
1414.2 BANNER AND CLOTH SIGNS: Temporary signs and banners attached
to or suspended from a building, constructed of cloth or other com-
bustible material shall be strongly constructed and shall be securely
attached to their supports. They shall be removed as soon as torn or
damaged and in no case later than sixty (60) days after erection; ex-
cept the permits for temporary signs suspended from or attached to a
canopy or marquee shall be limited to a period of ten (10) days.
1414.3 MAXIMUM SIZE: Temporary signs of combustible construction
shall be not more than ten (10) feet in one dimension nor more than
five hundred (500) square feet in area.
1414.4 RIGID FRAMES: When more than one hundred (100) square feet
in area, temporary signs and banners shall be made of rigid materials
with rigid frames.
1414.5 PROJECTION: Temporary signs of cloth and similar combustible
construction shall not extend more than twelve (12) inches over or in-
to a street or other public space except that such signs when construct-
ed without a frame may be supported flat against the face of a canopy
or marquee or may be suspended from the lower facia thereof but shall
not extend closer to the sidewalk than eight (8) feet.
1414.6 SPECIAL PERMITS; All temporary banners suspended from build-
ings or hung on poles, which extend across streets or other public
spaces shall be subject to special approval of the municipal authority
having jurisdiction.
SECTION 1415.0 ILLUMINATED SIGNS
1415.1 PERMITS: All electrically illuminated signs shall conform to
the requirements of the Massachusetts State Electrical Code. Permits shall
be issued for the erection of illuminated signs within the limitations
set forth in this article for the location, size and type of sign or
outdoor display.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 503
1415.2 RELETTERING SIGNS: The requirements of this section shall not
apply to the reletterlng of Illuminated signs, except where such re-
lettering requires a change of wiring or piping of the sign.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 504
Reference Standards - Article 14
Mass-OAB
1973 Rules and Regulations for the
Control and Restriction of Bill-
boards, Signs and other Advertising
Devices
Mass-DPS
FPR-11
ANSI
A60.1
1949
ASTM
D374
1973
ASTM
DS68
1972
ASTM
D635
1972
Massachusetts State Electrical Code
Standard for Signs and Outdoor
Display Structures
Tests for Thickness of Solid Elec-
trical Insulation
Test for Flanmabllity of Flexible
Plastics
Test for Flamnability of Self-
Supportlng Plastics
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 505
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 506
ARTICLE 15
ELECTRICAL WIRING AND FIXTURES
Chapter 143, Section 3L of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated,
as amended, provides that all installation, repair and maintenance of
electrical wiring and electrical fixtures used for light, heat and
power purposes in buildings and structures shall be in conformance
with the Massachusetts Electrical Code. (Form FPR-11) promulgated by
the Board of Fire Prevention Regulations of the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts Department of Public Safety.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 507
NON-TEXT PAGE
Vol. 18 - 508
1/1/78
ARTICLE 16
ELEVATOR, DUMBWAITER, ESCALATOR,
AND MOVING WALK REGULATIONS
Chapter 143, Section 69 of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated,
as amended, provides that elevators, dumbwaiters, moving stairways
(escalators), and moving walks shall be installed, relocated, or
materially changed in conformance with Elevator and Escalator Reg-
ulations (Form ELV-1, Revised May, 1969) and Elevator, Dumbwaiter,
Escalator, and Moving Walk Regulations (Form ELV-2, Revised 1971)
promulgated by the Board of Elevator Regulations of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts Department of Public Safety.
1/1 /78
Vol. 18 - 509
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 510
ARTJtLE 1.7*
PLUMBING, DRAINAGE AND GASPIPING
Chapter 142, Section 2 of the Massachusetts General Laws Annotated,
as amended, provides that all construction, alteration, repair and
inspection of plumbing shall be in conformance with the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts Uniform State Plumbing Code promulgated by the Board
of State Examiners of Plumbers of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Public Utilities.
Chapter 737 of the Acts of 1960 provides that all construction, al-
teration, repair and inspection of gas piping shall be in conformance
with the Massachusetts Code for Installation of -Gas Appliances and
Gas Piping promulgated by the Gas Regulatory Board of the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts Department of Public Utilities.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 511
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 512
ARTICLE 18
AIR CONDITIONING, REFRIGERATION
AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION
SECTION 1800.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall control the design and installa-
tion of air-conditioning, refrigerating, ventilating, cooling and air
exhaust systems hereafter installed, and all alterations or additions
to existing systems; except refrigerating systems subject to inspection
and regulation under federal law, or where specific exemption is made
in this article, or where a special kind of ventilating or exhaust in-
stallation is required in a structure or occupancy use group in article
4, or in sections 521 and 522 for emergency ventilation.
1800.1 ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: All such systems and equipment
constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the reference
standards of this article shall be deemed to conform to the provisions
of this Code.
1800.11 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS RULES AND REGULATIONS: All in-
stallations of gas appliances shall be subject to and must comply with
the Massachusetts Code for Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping
established under Chapter 737 of the MGLA as amended. Regulations made
in accordance with section 10 of Chapter 148 of the MGLA as amended, gov-
erning the construction, installation and operation of oil burning equip-
ment. Also, compliance shall be required with the provisions of the rules
and regulations issued by the Board of Boiler Rules under the authority of
Chapter 146 of the MGLA as amended, governing the construction, installa-
tion, testing and inspection of boilers, air tanks, ammonia compressor
safety valves, and refrigeration and air-conditioning systems of five (5)
tons or more capacity.
1800.2 COOPERATING AGENCIES: Nothing herein contained shall be deemed
to nullify the federal, state or municipal rules and regulations govern-
ing the storage and use of flammable and explosive gases and chemicals,
or the requirements of the Interstate Commerce Commission or other fed-
eral statutes governing the transportation and use of hazardous gases,
explosives and other flammable substances.
SECTION 1801.0 DEFINITIONS:
AIR CONDITIONING: the process of treating air so as to control simul-
taneously the temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution to
meet the requirements of the conditioned space.
AIR DUCT: a tube or conduit, or an enclosed space or corridor within
a wall or structure used for conveying air.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 513
FIRE DAMPER: an approved automatic or self-closing noncombustible
barrier designed to prevent the passage of air, gases, smoke or
fire through an opening, a duct or plenum chamber.
LIMIT CONTROL: a thermostatic device installed in the duct system
to shut off the supply of heat at a predetermined temperature of
the circulated air.
MECHANICAL VENTILATION: the mechanical process for introducing fresh
air or for providing changes of air in a building or structure.
PLENUM CHAMBER: an air compartment or enclosed space to which one or
more distributing air ducts are connected.
REFRIGERANT: the medium used to produce cooling or refrigeration by
the process of expansion or vaporization.
REFRIGERATION: the mechanical process of removing heat from the air
in an enclosed space of a building or structure.
RUPTURE MEMBER: a mechanical device that will rupture at a predeter-
mined pressure to control automatically the compressor or maximum
pressure of. operation of the refrigerant.
SMOKE DETECTOR: a device installed in the plenum chamber or in the
main supply air duct of an air-conditioning system to automatically
shut off the blower and close a fire damper in the presence of
smoke.
TON OF REFRIGERATION: the unit of capacity of refrigeration equiva-
lent to the removal of heat at the rate of twelve thousand (12,000)
B.T.U. per hour.
VENTILATION: the process of supplying or removing air by natural or
mechanical means to or from any space. Such air may or may not have
been conditioned.
SECTION 1802.0 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PERMITS
1802.1 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS: Where a permit is required, an ap-
plication shall be filed with the building official and if, due to
the size of the equipment involved or the complications that might
arise from the installation of the equipment, the building official
deems it necessary, such application shall be accompanied by specifi-
cations and diagrammatic mechanical drawings in sufficient detail,
complying with the provisions of article 1, before a permit shall be
issued for an air-conditioning, refrigerating or ventilating system.
The plans shall be drawn to a scale of not less than one-eight (1/8)
inches to the foot and shall show the location and arrangement of all
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 514
equipment and distribution elements, including safety and pressure
controlling devices. All mechanical systems required by the provi-
sions of this Code as part of a fire suppression system shall have
drawings and specifications submitted by a qualified registered pro-
fessional engineer bearing his seal and signature.
1802.2 PERMITS: A permit shall be required for all new installa-
tions and for all major replacements in existing installations which
may result in violation of the Basic Code; or where required for the
remedying of existing defective installations; except that permits
will not be required for the following systems:
1802.21 RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: One and two-family and multi-family
dwellings (use groups L-2 and L-3) shall not be required to have per-
mits unless the refrigerating systems contain more than ten (10)
pounds of refrigerants or are actuated by motors or engines of one
and one-half (l*s) horsepower or larger.
1802.22 UNIT REFRIGERATING SYSTEMS: In business, commercial, indus-
trial and residential use groups, B, C, D, E, H, and L, no permit
shall be required for the installation of new self-contained unit re-
frigerating systems which contain not more than six (6) pounds of
group 1 refrigerants.
1802.3 APPROVED REFRIGERANTS: It shall be unlawful to maintain or
operate any refrigerating system without a permit when such is re-
quired by the provisions of section 1802.2, and no refrigerant other
than that specified in the permit shall be employed in the system
without the written approval of the building official.
SECTION 1803.0 TESTS
No air-conditioning, refrigerating or ventilating system requiring
a permit shall be operated until it has been tested and found safe by
the building official. All tests shall be conducted in accordance
with the standard safety code for air conditioning and ventilating
systems, hereafter referred to as the standard safety code and the
approved rules adopted thereunder. All mechanical systems required
under the provisions of this Code as part of a fire suppression
system shall be tested and certified by a qualified registered pro-
fessional engineer in the presence of the building official.
SECTION 1804.0 INSPECTIONS AND CERTIFICATES
All systems requiring permits shall be inspected by the building of-
ficial upon their completion. If the system is found safe and in con-
formity to the requirements of the Basic Code and the approved appli-
cation, a certificate shall be issued by the building official upon
request .
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 515
18D4.1 CONCEALMENT: It shall be unlawful for owners, contractors or
workmen to lath over, or In any way to conceal any piping, outlet boxes
or other parts of a regrlgeratlng system requiring a permit until an
inspection has been made thereof and due notice given that the work
has been appxrraed.
1804.2 PERIODIC INSPECTION: Refrigerating systems in buildings for
assembly uses (use group F) and institutional uses (use group H) shall
be inspected periodically. All refrigerating systems shall be subject-
ed to such inspections and tests deemed necessary by the building offi-
cial for the adequate protection of the public safety.
1804.3 DEFECTS AND REPAIRS: Upon Inspection or reinspection of a re-
frigerating, air-conditioning or ventilating system, any defects or
deficiencies which xaquire repair to insure safe operation shall be
rectified before the system is placed in use.
1804.4 POWER OF CONDEMNATION: When a system or any part thereof is
found unsafe to life or property, it shall be condemned and no such
system shall be restored to use until it has been made safe and ap-
proved by the building official.
SECTION 1805.0 -OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
1805.1 'HOUSEKEEPING: All air-conditioning and refrigerating systems
.shall be maintained in a clean and orderly manner, free from accumula-
tions of dust, oily waste or other debris; and all piping and machinery
shall be kept readily accessible at all times for inspection and repair.
Plenum chambers, air ducts, cooling and heating coils shall be kept
clean, and unit filters shall be cleaned or renewed to insure adequate
air flow in accordance with accepted engineering practice.
SECTION 1806.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS AND INSTALLATIONS
1806.1 EXISTING APPROVALS: Existing refrigerating, air-conditioning
and ventilating equipment heretofore legally installed may be contin-
ued in use, provided the public safety is not endangered thereby, and
the system is maintained in a safe operating condition as required by
the building official and in accordance with the standard safety code.
1806.2 UNSAFE INSTALLATIONS: If in the opinion of the building or
fire officials, the continued use of existing equipment is unsafe, the
building official shall order such use to cease until all defects are
remedied.
SECTION 1807.0 USE OF REFRIGERANTS
Only approved refrigerants shall be used in any installation as de-
termined by the life hazard of the use and occupancy of the building
or structure, and as provided in the standard safety code.
1/1/78 VGl- 18 * 516
1807.1 CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDINGS: For the purpose of this article
buildings shall be classified in respect to use as follows:
1807.11 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS shall include use groups A, B-l, B-2
and D;
1807.12 COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS shall include use groups C and E;
1807.13 PUBLIC ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS shall include use groups F-l, F-2,
F-3, F-4, F-5, F-6 and F-7 ;
1807.14 INSTITUTIONAL BUILDINGS shall include use groups H-l and H-2;
1807.15 RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS shall include use groups L-l, L-2 and
L-3;
1807.16 MIXED USE BUILDINGS: In buildings of mixed use and occupancy
as provided in section 213, the requirements of the standard safety
code which secure the greatest public safety shall apply to the entire
building; except that the requirements of the standards shall apply to
each part separately when such uses are completely separated by hori-
zontal and vertical fire divisions complying with the highest fire
grading of table 9-1 for the separated uses. When high hazard uses
are incidental to the main use of the building or part thereof, the
area devoted to such high hazard use shall be enclosed with firere-
sistive construction complying with the Basic Code.
1807.2 STORAGE OF REFRIGERANTS.
1807.21 MACHINERY ROOMS: All Class T machinery rooms when required
under the standard safety code shall be enclosed with vapor-tight
construction of not less than two (2) hours fireresistance with one
and one-half (1^) hour self-closing fire doors or their approved la-
beled equivalent complying with article 9. Such rooms shall be venti-
lated to the outer air in accordance with the standard safety code.
Every refrigerating machinery room shall be adequately lighted to
furnish an illumination of not less than three (3) foot candles on all
parts of the floor.
1807.22 QUANTITY OF REFRIGERANT: Not more than three hundred (300)
pounds of refrigerant shall be stored in approved containers in the
machinery room. Quantities in excess of three hundred (300) pounds
shall be stored in a separate accessory building or in a room used for
no other purpose enclosed with not less than three (3) hour fireresis-
tive construction.
1807.23 SMOKE DETECTOR: When in the opinion of the building or fire
officials, the life safety of any use or occupancy is exceptionally
hazardous, or when required for automatic operation of exhaust systems,
all mechanical ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be pro-
vided with an approved smoke detector as specified in section 1812.6.
1/1/78
' Vol. 18 - 517
SECTION 1808.0 HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT
1808.1 STEAM AND HOT WATER HEATING EQUIPMENT: The installation of
all steam and hot water apparatus in air-conditioning systems shall
comply with the requirements of articles 10 and 11 for piping, flues
and flue connections. Direct heating units when used in air-condition-
ing systems shall not exceed fifteen (15) pounds per square inch gage
working pressure.
SECTION 1809.0 PLUMBING AND WATER CONNECTIONS
1809.1 DISCHARGE LINES: Discharge lines from condensers and other
equipment shall not be directly connected to the waste or sewer sys-
tem but shall discharge over and above the rim of a trapped and vented
plumbing fixture or other interceptor or into a separate storm water
sewer as provided in the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code.
1809.2 WATER CONNECTIONS: Water lines shall be connected to condens-
ers to prevent siphoning into potable water supplies and no water used
for removing heat from a refrigerating system shall be discharged into
any water supply directly or indirectly intended for human consumption.
SECTION 1810.0 AUTOMATIC FIRE DOORS AND DAMPERS
1810.1 FIRE WALLS AND FIRE DIVISIONS: An approved fire door or an
approved automatic fire damper complying with the provisions of article
9 shall be provided at each side of a fire wall or fire division which
is pierced by a duct of an air-conditioning or ventilating system.
Such opening protectives shall be installed so as to be readily acces-
sible for inspection and repair. Approved fire dampers shall comply
with section 903.56 and shall be installed in locations prescribed
in the standard safety code listed in the references of this article.
1810.2 FLAMMABLE RESIDUES: Ducts for exhaust ventilating and air-
conditioning systems which discharge or contain flammable vapors, dust
or other solid residues shall extend to the exterior of the structure
in the most direct manner possible and shall not pierce floors except
when enclosed with construction of the required fireresistance as regu-
lated by the fire grading in table 9-1; nor shall such ducts transport-
ing flammable matters extend through fire walls, nor shall they be in-
corporated in the structural elements of the building.
SECTION 1811.0 INLET AND OUTLET OPENINGS
1811.1 EXTERIOR INTAKE OPENINGS: Exterior fresh air intake openings
when located on a street or alley lot line shall be installed not less
than twelve (12) feet above grade; and all intakes shall be protected
by approved corrosion-resistive screens. Fresh air intakes with less
l/l/78 Vol. 18 - 518
than thirty (30) feet exposure distance to openings in adjoining walls
or buildings shall be protected with approved automatic fire shutters,
curtains or other approved opening protectives complying with article
9.
1811.2 EXTERIOR EXHAUST OPENINGS: The exhaust openings shall be lo-
cated on the exterior of structures with approved protecting guards,
covers or other approved means of preventing the creation of a nui-
sance; and shall not circulate air downward in such manner as to strike
pedestrians. The discharge outlet shall be located not less than
twelve (12) feet above grade and not less than twenty (20) feet hori-
zontally from a fire escape, exterior stairway or other required exit-
way.
1811.3 VENTILATION DUCT OUTLETS: Ventilation ducts from all range
hoods including residential exhaust fans shall discharge to the out-
side atmosphere.
SECTION 1812.0 DUCTS, LININGS AND COVERINGS
1812.1 MATERIALS AND SUPPORTS: All ducts shall be constructed of
approved, noncombustible, corrosion-resistive materials in accordance
with the requirements of this article and the provisions of sections
1017 and 1119. Ducts may be of independent construction or may be
incorporated in the walls or other parts of the structure, provided
that the portion of the structure forming the duct enclosure meets the
minimum requirements for strength and f ireresistance specified herein
or in article 9. They shall be made reasonably air-tight throughout,
withou. openings other than those required for the proper operation
and maintenance of the air-conditioning or ventilating system. Ducts
and all parts of the duct system shall be substantially supported and
securely fastened to the structural members of the building with sup-
ports of approved, durable noncombustible materials. Duct size shall
be based on the discharge capacity and size of the refrigerating sys-
tem as specified in the standards.
1812.2 LININGS AND COVERINGS: Only approved noncombustible materials
shall be used for duct lining; nor shall combustible coverings be used
on the outside of ducts. carrying air of temperatures greater than one
hundred and seventy-five (175) degrees F. Insulating materials form-
ing a component or auxiliary part of any duct system shall meet the
test requirements of article 9 for noncombustible materials.
1812.3 LOCATION OF DUCTS: All ducts shall be installed so that they
will not vitiate the strength of any structural member nor be subject
to mechanical damage or rupture; nor shall the effectiveness of the
fire protection of structural members be impaired. The firestopping
of floors, partitions and walls shall not be destroyed where ducts
pass through floors, ceilings, walls or partitions.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 519
1812.4 CLEARANCES: Metal ducts shall be installed not nearer than
two (2) Inches to any combustible construction unless protected by at
least one-quarter Qt) inch of asbestos or other approved noncombustible
insulating material. '
1812.5 PLENUM CHAMBERS: Plenum chambers shall conform to all the min-
imum requirements for duct systems, and when such chambers are enclosed
in walls or partitions, the enclosures shall be constructed in accor-
dance with the requirements of article 8 for enclosure walls, but in
no case shall the fireresistance rating be less than two (2) hours.
1812.6 CORRIDORS AS RETURN DUCTS: In all common hallways or exitways
which are used as the return exhaust of air-conditioning systems, an
approved smoke detector or other device shall be provided to automat-
ically and instantaneously stop the exhaust fan in the presence of
smoke as required in section 604.2. The louvres provided for the
transmission of air to and from air-conditioned spaces to such hall-
ways shall be arranged to automatically close after stopping of the
fans and shall be equipped with auxiliary manually-operated closing
devices.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 520
Reference Standards - Article 18
ANSI
B9.1
1971
NFPA
90A
1973
NFPA
90B
1973
NFPA
96
1973
Safety Code for Mechanical
Refrigeration
Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Systems
Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems, Residence Type
Ventilation of Cooking Equipment
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 521
NON-TEXT PAGE
W78 Vol> 18 _ 522
ARTICLE 19
MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS,
BUILDING COMPONENTS AND
MOBILE HOMES
SECTION 1900.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this Article shall govern the materials and
methods of construction, the design, manufacture, handling, storage,
transportation and installation of manufactured buildings, building
components and mobile homes intended for installation in the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts and manufactured in said State for shipment
to any other state or local governmental jurisdictions in which such
buildings, building components and mobile homes and the labels there-
on are accepted. Manufactured buildings, building components or
mobile homes in any jurisdiction of this State if such manufactured
buildings, building components or mobile homes have been approved
and certified in accordance with the applicable codes as provided
in this article and the rules and regt :ions pursuant thereto and
accepted engineering practice.
1900.1 APPROVAL: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of
Public Safety, Division of Inspection, hereinafter referred to in
this article as the Division of Inspection, shall evaluate manufac-
tured buildings, building components and mobile home systems and
recommend approval to the Commission of those which it determines
to be in compliance with this article and the rules and regulations
promulgated pursuant hereto entitled, "Massachusetts State Building
Code Commission Rules and Regulations for Manufactured Buildings,
Building Components and Mobile Homes," hereinafter referred to in
this article as the rules and regulations.
However, all approvals of plumbing, electrical or gas systems
shall be made by the appropriate state agencies having jurisdic-
tion, as specified in the said rules and regulations.
1900.11 APPROVED TESTS: the Division of Inspection may utilize
the results of approved tests to determine whether a manufactured
building, building component or mobile home meets the requirements
of this article and the said rules and regulations, if that deter-
mination cannot be made from evaluation of plans, specifications
and documentation alone.
1900.12 APPROVAL OF COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS: The Division
of Inspection shall evaluate manufacturers compliance assurance
programs and make recommendations for approval to the Commission
of those which it determines to be in compliance with this article
and the said rules and regulations.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 523
1900.13 AUTHORIZATION TO VARY: A manufactured building, building
component and mobile home system, or a compliance assurance program,
which has been approved, shall not be varied in any way without
prior authorization by the Division of Inspection in accordance with
said rules and regulations.
SECTION 1901.0 DEFINITIONS
APPROVAL: approval by the State Building Code Commission.
BUILDING COMPONENT: any sub-system, subassembly or other system
designed for use in or as part of a structure, which may include
structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire protection
systems and other systems affecting health and safety.
BUILDING SYSTEM: plans, specifications and documentation for a
system of manufactured building or for a type or a system of
building components, which may include structural, electrical
mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems and other sys-
tems affecting health and safety, including variations which are
submitted as part of the building system.
CERTIFICATION: any manufactured building, building component or mobile home
which meets the provisions of article 19 and the rules and regu-
lations pursuant thereto; and which has been labeled accordingly.
COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAM: the system, documentation and methods
for assuring that manufactured buildings, building components, build-
ing systems and mobile homes including their manufacture, storage, trans-
portation and assembly and handling and installation, conform with
article 19 and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
INSTALLATION: the process of affixing, or assembling and affixing,
manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes on
the building site, and connecting it to utilities, and/or to an
existing building. Installation may also mean the connecting of
two (2) or more mobile home units designed and approved to be so
connected for use as a dwelling.
LABEL: an approved device or seal evidencing certification in ac-
cordance with article 19 and the rules and regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto.
LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY: any local agency responsible for the is-
suance of building permits and permits of other applicable codes.
MANUFACTURED BUILDING: any building which is of closed construction
and which is made or assembled in manufacturing facilities, on or
off the building site, for installation, or assembly and installa-
tion, on the building site. "Manufactured Building" also means
any building or open construction for which certification under
article 19 is sought by the manufacturer and which is made or
Vol. 18 - 524
1/1/78
assembled in manufacturing facilities away from the building
site for installation, or assembly and installation, on the
building site. "Manufactured Building" does not mean "mobile
home."
MOBILE HOME: a dwelling unit built on a chassis and containing
complete electrical, plumbing and sanitary facilities, and de-
signed to be installed on a temporary or permanent foundation
for permanent living quarters .
MOBILE HOME SYSTEM: the plans, specifications and documentation
for a design of mobile homes which may include structural, elec-
trical, mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems and
other systems affecting health and safety, including variations
which are submitted as part of the mobile home system.
SECTION 1902.0 CERTIFICATION
Notwithstanding the provisions of any other law, manufactured
buildings, building components or mobile homes certified pursuant
hereto shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of all laws,
rules and regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and
with all of the ordinances, by-laws and rules and regulations of
local municipalities, which govern the matters within the scope of
the approval and certification applicable to manufactured building,
building components or mobile homes.
1902.1 ISSUANCE OF BUILDING PERMITS: Upon application and in con-
formity with the provisions of this Code, the building official
shall issue building permits for installation of certified manu-
factured buildings, building components or mobile homes.
1902.2 ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY: The building of-
ficial shall issue a certificate of occupancy for all manufactured
building or mobile homes that have been installed and inspected
and that meet the requirements of this article.
SECTION 1903.0 RECIPROCITY
If the Commission finds that the standards for the manufacture
and inspection of manufactured buildings, building components or
mobile homes, prescribed by the statutes or rules and regulations
of another state or other governmental agency meet the objectives
of this article and the said rules and regulations; and such
standards are enforced satisfactorily by such other state or gov-
ernmental agency, or by their agents; the Division of Inspection
shall accept all manufactured buildings, building components or
mobile homes which have been certified by such other state or gov-
ernmental agency and assure that it is properly labeled .
1903.1 CONDITION OF RECIPROCITY: The standards of another state
shall not be deemed to be satisfactorily enforced unless such other
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 525
state provides for notification to the Division of Inspection of
suspensions or revocations of approval issued by that other state,
in a manner satisfactory to the Commission.
1903.2 SUSPENSION OF RECIPROCAL CERTIFICATION: The Division of
Inspection shall suspend or cause to be suspended certification
for the following reasons :
a) if it determines that the standards for the manufacture
and inspection of such manufactured buildings, building com-
ponents or mobile homes of another state or other governmen-
tal agency do not meet the objectives of this article and the
said rules and regulations or that the standards are not be-
ing enforced to the satisfaction of the Division of Inspection;
b) if another state or governmental agency, or its agent, sus-
pends or revokes its approval or certification, the accep-
tance or certification or both granted under this section
shall be suspended or revoked accordingly.
SECTION 1904.0 INSPECTION
Any person or firm manufacturing buildings, building components
or mobile homes desiring certification, shall agree in writing
that the Division of Inspection has the right to conduct unannounced
inspections at any reasonable time.
1904.1 INSPECTION RESPONSIBILITIES OF DIVISION OF INSPECTION: The
Division of Inspection shall :
a) periodically make, or cause to be made, inspections of the
entire process of manufacture and certification of buildings,
building components or mobile homes produced under approved
building and mobile home systems and of buildings, building
components and approved mobile home systems and mobile homes
already certified, in order to verify the reliability of
each compliance assurance program and of each approved in-
spection agency;
b) in addition to other on-site inspection provided for in this
section, the Division of Inspection shall inspect, or cause
to be inspected, certified manufactured buildings, building
components or mobile homes which it determines to have been
sufficiently damaged after certification to warrant such in-
spection, and to take such action with regard to such build-
ings, building components or mobile homes as is authorized
hereof, or as is otherwise ncessary to eliminate dangerous
conditions.
No inspection entailing disassembly, damage to or destruc-
tion of certified manufactured buildings, building compon-
ents or mobile homes shall be conducted except to implement
the provisions of this article.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 526
1904.2 RESPONSIBILITY OF LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES: Local enforcement
agencies shall:
a) inspect all manufactured buildings, building components or
mobile homes upon, or promptly after installation at the
building site to determine whether all applicable instruc-
tions or conditions have been followed. This may include
tests for tightness of plumbing and mechanical systems, for
malfunctions in the electrical system, and a visual inspec-
tion for obvious violations of the rules and regulations
promulgated pursuant hereto. Destructive disassembly of
certified buildings, building components or mobile homes
shall not be performed in order to conduct such tests or
inspections;
b) local enforcement agencies shall inspect site preparation
work, including foundations, installation of any manufactured
building, building component or mobile home; and for all
utility service connections; including plumbing, electrical,
gas, water and sewer, for compliance with the applicable
codes.
Nondestructive disassembly may be performed only in accord-
ance with the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant
hereto. Local enforcement agencies shall cause the disposi-
tion of noncomplying manufactured buildings, building com-
ponents or mobile homes in accordance with the said rules
and regulations.
SECTION 1905.0 MOBILE HOMES
Compliance with the standard for mobile homes as specified in section
1905.1 shall be acceptable evidence of compliance with this provision
for mobile homes.
1905.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS FOR MOBILE HOMES: The applicable standard
is the 1974 edition of ANSI A119.1, "Standard for Mobile Homes, Body and
Frame Design and Construction Requirements, and the Installation of
Plumbing, Heating and Electrical Systems," as approved by the American
National Standards Institute.
1905.2 EFFECTIVE DATE: All mobile homes manufactured after January 1,
1975 and sold, delivered to or installed on building sites in any
jurisdiction of this State shall comply with the provisions of ANSI
A119.1 (1974 edition) and with this article and the rules and regu-
lations pursuant thereto.
SECTION 1906.0 MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS AND BUILDING COMPONENTS OTHER
THAN MOBILE HOMES
Compliance with all applicable requirements of the Basic Code shall be
acceptable evidence $f compliance with this provision. Where manu-
factured buildings and building components are used in combina-
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 527
tion with other components, compliance of the entire resulting build-
ing with all applicable requirements of the Basic Code shall be
acceptable evidence of compliance with this provision.
I
1906.1 EFFECTIVE DATE: All manufactured buildings and building com-
ponents built after January 1, 1975 shall comply with the provisions
of the Basic Code.
EXCEPTION: All manufactured buildings and building components
built prior to January 1, 1975 with the approval of the building
official and which met all of the requirements of state laws, rules
and regulations, or local by-laws or ordinances in force at that
time shall be deemed approved in accordance with the provisions of
section 114.3 of the Basic Code; provided that such manufactured
buildings or building components are used for the purpose and with-
in the limitations for which they were approved and provided such
uses are not detrimental to the health and safety of the occupants
and the public .
SECTION 1907.0 SUSPENSION aND REVOCATION OF CERTIFICATION
The Commission shall suspend or revoke all certifications of any
manufactured building, building component, or mobile home which do
not comply with the provision of this Code or with the rules and
regulations promulgated under this article.
1907.1 LABELS OF CERTIFICATION: The Division of Inspection shall
remove all labels of certification from any such manufactured build-
ing, building component or mobile home until such time as it is
brought into compliance with this article and the said rules and
regulations.
1907.2 NOTICE OF SUSPENSION OR REVOCATION: Notice shall be sub-
mitted in writing to the affected parties stating the reason for
the suspension or revocation.
SECTION 1908.0 APPEALS PROCEDURE
All appeals from suspension or revocation shall be heard by the
State Building Code Appeals Board as specified in the pertinent
provisions of section 127 of the Basic Code.
Vol. 18 - 528
1/1/78
MASSACHUSETTS
RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR MANUFACTURED
BUILDINGS, BUILDIN/ COMPONENTS AND
MOBILEjHOMES
FORWARD
The promulgation and adoption of these uniform Rules and Regulations
could not have been accomplished without the cooperative effort of the
Massachusetts State Building Code Commission, Massachusetts Department
of Public Safety, Massachusetts Board of Fire Prevention, Massachusetts
State Examiners of Electricians, Massachusetts Board of State Examiners
of Plumbers and the Massachusetts Gas Regulatory Board. With the use
of these Rules and Regulations and the codes promulgated by the respec-
tive boards, there is established a statewide mechanism for acceptance
into this Commonwealth of certified and approved Manufactured Buildings,
Building Components and Mobile Homes.
More significantly, however, this method places the State on record
as a proponent of technological change in an industry whose impact is
both profound and pervasive on every citizen of the Commonwealth.
Through the implementation of this system, the State will fulfill a
most important obligation--that of promoting an improved quality of
life in the most cost-efficient manner possible.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 529
PART I GENERAL
SECTION I ADMINISTRATION
1.1 TITLE
The State Building Code Commission, Massachusetts Board of Fire Pre-
vention Regulations, Massachusetts Gas Regulatory Board and the Massa-
chusetts Board of State Examiner'', of Plumbers herewith establish the Rules
and Regulations for Manufacturer Buildings, Building Components and Mobile
Homes.
1.2 BEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise expressly stated in the State Building Code, the follow-
ing terms shall, for the purpose of these Rules and Regulations, have
the meaning indicated in this section:
APPROVAL: approval by the State Administrative Agencies.
BUILDING COMPONENT: any sub-system, subassembly or other system designed
for use in or as part of a structure, which may include structural,
electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems arid other
systems affecting health and safety.
BUILDING SYSTEM: plans, specifications and documentation for a system
of manufactured building or for a type or a system of building components,
which may include structural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fire
protection systems and other systems affecting health and safety, in-
cluding variations which are submitted as part of the building system.
CERTIFICATION: any manufactured building, building component or mobile
home which meets the provisions of the applicable Codes and the Rules
and Regulations pursuant thereto; and which has been labeled accord-
ingly.
CODE: the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code or Special-
ized Codes as defined herein.
COMMISSION: the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code Com-
mission.
DEPARTMENT - DPS: the Department of Public Safety.
INSPECTION AGENCIES: independent agency, sometimes referred to as "third
party agency," retained by the manufacturer and approved by the State
Administrative Agencies to perform inspections- and evaluations of
building systems, compliance assurance programs, manufactured buildings,
building components and mobile homes.
INSTALLATION: the process of affixing, or assembling and affixing a man-
ufactured building, building component or mobile home on the building
site, and connecting it to utilities, and/or to an existing building.
Installation may also mean the connecting of two (2) or more mobile
home units designed and approved to be so connected for use as a
dwelling.
Vol. 18 530
1/1/78
LABEL: an approved device or seal evidencing certification in accord-
ance with the applicable Codes and the Rules and Regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto.
LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY: a department or agency in a municipality
charged with the enforcement of the State Building Code and appropriate
Specialized Codes which include, but are not limited to, the State
Plumbing Code, Electrical Code and Gas Code.
MANUFACTURED BUILDING: any building which is of closed construction and
which is made or assembled in manufacturing facilities, on or off the
building site, for installation, or assembly and installation, on
the building site. "Manufactured Building" also means any building
or open construction for which certification under the applicable
Codes is sought by the manufacturer and which is made or assembled
in manufacturing facilities away from the building site for installation,
or assembly and installation, on the building site. "Manufactured
Building" does not mean "mobile home."
MOBILE HOME: a dwelling unit built on a chassis and containing com-
plete electrical, plumbing and sanitary facilities, and designed to
be installed on a temporary or permanent foundation for permanent
living quarters.
MOBILE HOME SYSTEM: the plans, specifications and documentation for a
design of mobile homes which may include structural, electrical,
mechanical, plumbing and fire protection systems and other systems
affecting health and safety, including variations which are submitted
as part of the mobile home system.
SPECIALIZED CODES: Specialized construction codes, rules and regulations
pertaining to building construction, reconstruction, alterations,
repair, removal or demolition promulgated by and under the authority
of the various boards which have been authorized from time to time
by the general court. The specialized codes shall include, but not
be limited to, the State Plumbing Code, Electrical Code, and Gas
Code.
STATE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCIES: boards, commissions, departments or
agencies authorized to promulgate, adopt and amend codes and rules
and regulations relating to buildings and structures and parts thereof
and limited to the Massachusetts State Building Code Commission,
Massachusetts Board of Fire Prevention Regulations (Massachusetts
State Electrical Code), Massachusetts Gas Regulatory Board and the
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of Plumbers.
STATE ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES: boards, commissions, departments or agencies
authorized to enforce the provisions of the codes and rules and regu-
lations which have been promulgated, adopted and amended and which
relate to buildings or structures and parts thereof and limited to
the Department of Public Safety, Massachusetts Gas Regulatory Board,
Massachusetts Board of State Examiners of Plumbers, and the Massa-
chusetts State Examiners of Electricians.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 531
1.3 SCOPE
A. These Rules and Regulations govern the design, manufacture, handling,
storage, transportation and installation of manufactured buildings,
building components and mobile homes intended for installation
in this State and/or manufactured in this State for shipment to
any other state in which such building, building components, or
mobile homes and the labels thereon are accepted.
B. Subject to local zoning ordinances and by-laws, manufactured
buildings, building components or mobile homes may be sold for,
delivered to, or installed on, building sites located in any
jurisdiction of this State if such buildings, building components
or mobile homes have been approved and certified pursuant to the
applicable Codes and these Rules and Regulations.
1.4 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
The State Building Code Commission and the State Enforcement Agencies
shall enforce all provisions of these Rules and Regulations. The State
Enforcement Agencies shall have the responsibility for evaluating and
recommending approval to the State Administrative Agencies of building
systems, and for inspecting and recommending certification of manufac-
tured buildings, building components and mobile homes for compliance
with these Rules and Regulations and the applicable Codes. The State
Enforcement Agencies and the local enforcement agencies shall accept
manufactured buildings, building components, mobile homes, building
systems and compliance assurance programs labeled and certified by
inspection agencies approved by the State Administrative Agencies.
1.5 AUTHORIZATION OF THIRD PARTY INSPECTIONS
Upon recommendation of the State Enforcement Agencies, the State
Administrative Agencies may authorize inspection agencies, sometimes
referred to as third party inspection agencies, to perform all or part
of the inspection and certification of manufactured buildings, building
components, mobile homes, building systems and compliance assurance
programs, including either or both the issuance and the attachment
of labels thereto. The State Administrative Agencies may suspend or
revoke such authorization for cause.
1.6 APPROVALS AND COMPLIANCE
Upon the recommendation of the State Enforcement Agencies, the State
Administrative Agencies may approve building systems and compliance
assurance programs which comply with the codes, standards, specifications
and requirements and these Rules and Regulations.
1.7 TIME OF MANUFACTURE
For purposes of these regulations, a manufactured building, building
component or mobile home is deemed to be manufactured at such time as
the label is attached to it in accordance with the approved compliance
assurance program.
Vl/78 Vol. 18
532
1.8 RETROACTIVE CHANGES
No changes in the Codes, standards, specifications and requirements
of these Rules and Regulations shall- apply retroactively.
1.9 AMENDMENTS
The State Administrative Agencies shall notify the Commission, and
the Commission shall notify all interested parties including State
Enforcement Agencies, inspection agencies, manufacturers with approved
building systems, and local governmental jurisdictions of all amendments
to these Rules and Regulations, and each manufacturer shall have no
more than 180 days following the sending of notification or such time
as the State Administrative Agencies shall deem reasonable following
the sending cf such notifications to them, to submit to the Commission
compliance assurance program revisions in order to comply with such
amendments. Where imminent danger to life safety is involved, the
State Administrative Agencies may require that immediate effect be
given such amendments to the Codes, standards, specifications and
requirements so adopted.
SECTION 2 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
2.1 APPROVAL
In order to obtain approval for manufactured buildings, building
components or mobile homes, a manufacturer shall submit a building
system for evaluation to the State Building Code Commission for
approvals by the State Administrative Agencies in accordance with these
Rules and Regulations. The State Administrative Agencies shall notify
the Commission of their approval or disapproval.
2.2 SUITABILITY
Prior to a full evaluation, the State Enforcement Agencies shall
determine that building systems and/or the application for approval
of the compliance assurance program submitted to it are suitable for
processing. In the event that the application is found to be unsuit-
able for processing, the applicant shall be notified in writing of such
unsuitability and the basis thereof, within thirty (30) days of the
date the application is received by the Commission. In such event,
all but twenty-five ($25) dollars of the fee will be returned and the
findings of unsuitability will be without prejudice. Any subsequent
submission shall be treated as a new application.
2.3 REQUISITES
The State Enforcement Agencies may require tests to determine whether
a compliance assurance program meets the Codes, standards and require-
ments of the evaluation of plans, specifications and documentation.
The procedures used shall be reviewed and evaluated by the State
Administrative Agencies in accordance with these Rules and Regulations.
The costs of such tests shall be borne by the applicant.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 533
2.4 NOTIFICATION OF DISAPPROVAL
In the event a compliance assurance program is disapproved by the
State Administrative Agencies, the Commission shall notify the applicant
with a written explanation of the reasons for such disapproval thereto.
2.5 APPROVAL - EVIDENCE
Approval of a compliance assurance program shall be evidenced by
the stamp of approval of the State Administrative Agencies on each
sheet of the compliance assurance program, or by other effective means
of identification. Each sheet shall be serially numbered and shall
indicate effective dates of revision. One copy of all approved plans,
specifications and documentation shall be returned to the applicant.
2.6 APPROVAL - REPORT
The State Enforcement Agencies shall prepare and the State Administra-
tive Agencies shall issue to the applicant a building system approval
report signed by the drafter and by the persons in charge of the
evaluation, which shall be numbered and which shall contain a summary
description of the building system and all- of the conditions of its
use including installation instructions.
2.7 APPROVAL - VARIATIONS
A building system and compliance assurance program, or any amendment
thereto which has been approved, shall not be varied in any way without
prior written authorization by the State Administrative Agencies. All
amendments shall be in writing and shall be made a part of the written
record of the approval.
2.8 AMENDMENTS - PROPOSED
Amendments to compliance assurance programs may be proposed by submitting
to the Commission for approvals by the State Administrative Agencies,
appropriate plans, specifications, or documentation showing the effect
of the proposed amendment on each building system, and the required
fee.
2.9 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAM
A manufacturer shall obtain approval from the State Administrative
Agencies of a compliance assurance program for his building system.
Buildings, building components or mobile homes shall be manufactured
in accordance with an approved program in order to be certified.
Compliance assurance programs shall be submitted to the Commission for
approvals by the State Administrative Agencies in accordance with
these Rules and Regulations.
SECTION 3 CERTIFICATION
Manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes, accepted
by the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency as having been
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 534
manufactured according to an approved building system and an approved
compliance assurance program, shall be certified by the State Adminis-
trative Agencies uppn the recommendation of the State Enforcement
Agencies as complying with the requirements of the applicable Codes
and these Rules and Regulations. Certification shall be evidenced by
the attachment of a label to each certified manufactured building,
building component (or groups of components) or mobile homes.
3.1 MANUFACTURER'S DATA PIATE
3.11 CONTENTS
The following information shall be placed directly or by reference
on one or more permanent manufacturer's data plates in the vicinity of
the electrical distribution panel, or in some other designated location
acceptable to the State Administrative Agencies, on the manufactured
building, building component or mobile home where it will be readily
accessible for inspection:
a) Manufacturer's name and address;
b) Serial number of the unit;
c) Label serial number;
d) Name and date of applicable building, plumbing, gas and electrical
Codes and issue of their accumulative supplements complied with;
e) Model designation and name of manufacturer of major factory-
installed appliances;
f) Identification of permissible type of gas for appliance and
directions for water and drain connection;
g) Snow, wind, seismic and other live loads;
h) Electrical ratings - instructions and warnings on voltage;
i) Special conditions or limitations on use of the units, including
unsuitability for areas in which specified environmental con-
ditions prevail;
j) Methods of assembly or joining multiple units;
k) Type of construction, including fire rating, occupancy class,
interior finish flame spread class, and toxicity class;
1) Building height and story limitation;
m) Floor area;
n) Minimum side yard requirements for fire rating.
If, in the opinion of the State Administrative Agencies, the shape or
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 535
size of a building component is such that this information cannot be
attached to it permanently, the Information may be placed in a manual
crated with the component or on a tag attached to the crate in which
the component is shipped, if the information) is not such that the future
occupant of the building should know it. If the occupant will need to
know the information, it shall be contained in a manual which shall be
presented to the occupant upon transfer of possession. If life safety
is involved, the item in question shall be plainly labeled.
3.2 LABELS
Each manufactured building, building component or mobile home, which
is certified pursuant to the applicable Codes and these Rules and
Regulations, shall have permanently attached thereto, in a visible
location as shown on the approved building system, an approved label
which cannot be removed therefrom without destroying such label.
3.21 CONTENTS
An approved label shall bear the following information:
a) "This label certifies that this building (or building component
or mobile home) has been manufactured in accordance with an
approved building system and compliance assurance program approved
by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Administrative Agencies
and inspected by . "
b) Label serial number;
c) Building system approval number;
d) Manufacturer's serial number;
e) The words "See data plate located on . "
f) Date of manufacture.
At the direction of the State Administrative Agencies, labels and
data plates may be limited in size and content for components whose
shape and size does not permit the full information to be placed thereon.
3.22 ISSUANCE
The approved label shall be issued through the Department of Public
Safety or its agents in accordance with the following:
a) If the State Administrative Agencies delegated the issuance of
labels to an inspection agency, the agency shall be required to
obtain approval from the Department of Public Safety for the
manner in which they are handled;
b) Labels must be serially numbered;
Vol. 18 - 536
1/1/78
c) A manufacturer's complaince assurance program, submitted in
accordance with the Rules and Regulations hereof, shall include
requirements for issuance, possession of, attachment of and account-
ing for all labels to assure that labels are attached only to
buildings, building components, or mobile homes manufactured pur-
suant to an approved building system and inspected pursuant to
an approved compliance assurance program.
d) If the State Enforcement Agencies determine that the manufacturer's
record of compliance is such that the State Administrative Agencies
or inspection agency need not maintain an inspector in a given
plant at all times, the Department or inspection agency may entrust
labels to the custody of one or more employees of the manufacturer,
who shall be charged with controlling the use of such labels. Such
employees shall not be given custody of more labels than are nec-
essary to accommodate the manufacturer's anticipated production
for one month. If the conditions of custody are violated, the De-
partment or an inspsction agency shall immediately regain possession
of all labels that have not been applied to the manufactured
buildings, building components or mobile homes and shall take such
further action with respect to buildings, mobile homes or compon-
ents already labeled and with respect to future labeling, as it
may deem necessary to assure compliance with the applicable codes
and these Rules and Regulations.
3.3 RECORDS OF LABELS
Permanent records shall be kept of the handling of all labels, indicat-
ing at least how many labels have been applied to buildings or build-
ing components (or groups of components) or mobile homes, which labels
have been applied to which buildings, building components or mobile
homes, the disposition of any damaged or rejected labels, and the loca-
tion and custody of all unused labels. Such records shall be maintained
by the manufacturer or by the inspection agency. A copy of such records
covering attachment of each label shall be sent to the Deparment upon
request and the Department shall forward all such records to the State
Administrative Agencies.
3.4 ATTACHMENT OF LABELS
The inspection agency shall attach in consecutive numerical sequence
labels to buildings, building components or mobile homes manufactured
in accordance with an approved building system and meeting the require-
ments of an approved compliance assurance program.
a) Manufacturers shall attach .labels to manufactured buildings,
building components or mobile homes manufactured in accordance
with an approved compliance assurance program, if custody of
the labels has been entrusted to them in accordance with this
Section.
3.5 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 537
The State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency may suspend
or revoke, or cause to be suspended or revoked, the certification
of any manufactured building, building component or mobile home which
the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency finds not to
comply with the applicable Codes or these Rules and Regulations, or
which has been manufactured pursuant to a building system or a com-
pliance assurance program for which approval has been suspended or
revoked, or which has not been manufactured in accordance with the
approved compliance assurance program. The State Enforcement Agencies
or an inspection agency shall remove or cause to be removed, labels
from any such manufactured building, building component or mobile home
until it is brought into compliance with the applicable Codes and
these Rules and Regulations. Notice of suspension or revocation of
certification shall be in writing with the reasons for suspension or
revocation clearly set forth therein.
a) Upon suspension or revocation of the approval of any building
system or compliance assurance program, no further labels shall
be attached to any manufactured buildings, building components
or mobile homes manufactured pursuant to the building system or
compliance assurance program with respect to which the approval
was suspended or revoked. Upon termination of such suspension
or revocation, labels may again be attached to the manufactured
building, building component or mobile home manufactured after
the date approval was reinstated. Should any building, building
component or mobile home have been manufactured during the period
of suspension or revocation, it shall not be labeled unless the
State Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency have inspected
such building, building component or mobile home and is satisfied
that all requirements for certification have been met.
b) The manufacturer shall return all labels allocated for a manu-
factured building, building component or mobile home to the De-
partment no later than thirty (30) days from the effective date
of any suspension or revocation of the State Enforcement Agencies
or inspection agency, of the building system or compliance assur-
ance program pursuant to which the manufactured building, build-
ing component or mobile home is being manufactured. The manu-
facturer shall also return to the Department all labels which it
determines for any reason are no longer needed.
3.6 VARIATIONS OF CERTIFIED UNITS
Manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes certified
and labeled pursuant to the applicable Codes and these Rules and
Regulations shall not be varied in any way prior to the issuance of a
certificate of occupancy without resubmission to the Commission for
approval of the State Administrative Agencies of the variation and
of the unit which includes the variation. The State Enforcement
Agencies or an inspection agency shall inspect the building, building
component or mobile home wherever it is located and such inspection
may include such tests or destructive or nondestructive disassembly as
the State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency deems necessary
Vol. 18 - 538
1/1/78
to assure compliance with the applicable Codes and these Rules and
Regulations. Local Enforcement Agencies may be designated by the
State Administrative Agencies as inspection agencies for such purposes.
SECTION 4 INSPECTION BY THE STATE ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES OR THEIR AGENTS
The State Enforcement Agencies shall make, or cause to be made, such
inspections of the entire processing of manufacturing, certifying,
handling, storing and transporting of manufactured buildings, build-
ing components and mobile homes produced pursuant to approved building
systems as they deem necessary.
4.1 INSPECTION OF FACILITIES
As part of the process of evaluating building systems and compliance
assurance programs, the State Enforcement Agencies shall inspect, or
cause to be inspected, the manufacturing facilities in which the build-
ings, building components or mobile homes are to be manufactured.
4.2 INSPECTION ACCORDING TO COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
The State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall make
such inspections as may be required by an approved compliance assurance
program, or as may be deemed necessary by the State Enforcement Agencies.
4.3 INSPECTION OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS
Prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the State En-
forcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall inspect, or cause to
be inspected, certified manufactured buildings, building components
or mobile homes which it determines to have been sufficiently damaged
after certification to warrant such inspection and to take such action
with regard to such buildings, building components or mobile homes as
is authorized hereof, or as is otherwise necessary to eliminate dangerous
conditions. The local enforcement agencies may be designated by the
State Administrative Agencies as the inspection agency.
4.31 REPAIRING DAMAGED COMPONENTS
The State Enforcement Agencies or an inspection agency shall require
manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes which are
so damaged as to no longer comply with the applicable Codes and these
Rules and Regulations, to be repaired and made to comply within a
reasonable time; or if they are so damaged that they cannot be brought
into compliance, the State Enforcement Agencies or inspection agency
shall order that the labels be removed from such buildings, building
components or mobile homes.
4.32 IRREPARABLY DAMAGED COMPONENTS
Irreparably damaged buildings, building components or mobile homes
shall be disposed of by the manufacturer.
4.4 MONITORING INSPECTION AGENCY
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 539
The State Enforcement Agencies or their designated agents shall
examine each approved inspection agency, at any reasonable time, and
without prior announcement, in order to monitor the reliability of each
agency and of its monitoring of each compliance assurance program.
Each such examination shall investigate the adequacy of all procedures
used by the agency in monitoring compliance assurance programs includ-
ing inspection, tests, production methods, process controls, operator
performance, materials, receipts, storage and handling, workmanship
standards, records and all other activities which implement the compli-
ance assurance program in the manufacturing facility, during transport,
on-site, and at critical subcontractors1 facilities. The results of
such examinations shall be filed with the office of the Commission.
Copies of such reports shall be sent to the inspection agency and the
State Administrative Agencies. Inspection agencies shall be specifically
notified by the Commission of any deficiencies and of the manner and
time by which such deficiencies must be eliminated. If deemed necessary
by the State Enforcement Agencies an inspection agency's approval may
be suspended or revoked by the State Administrative Agencies as pro-
vided herein.
4.41 PRIOR TO APPROVAL
Such examinations may also be conducted before approving an inspection
agency.
4.5 INSPECTION BY DISASSEMBLY
No inspection entailing disassembly, damage to or destruction of
certified manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes
shall be conducted except to implement these Rules and Regulations.
SECTION 5 LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY PROCEDURES AND INSPECTIONS
5.1 PERMIT APPLICATIONS
Upon application in conformity with the provisions of the appropriate
Codes, local enforcement agencies shall issue appropriate permits for
certified manufactured buildings prior to installation, and shall not
withhold approval of the appropriate permits for buildings containing
certified building components which in all other respects comply with
all applicable Codes, provided that any manufactured buildings, build-
ing components or mobile homes found by the State Enforcement Agencies
not to comply with the appropriate Codes or these Rules and Regulations
shall be brought into compliance before such permit shall be issued.
An application to local enforcement agencies for an appropriate permit
shall, when requested, in addition to any other requirements contain:
5.11 PERMIT APPLICATION - STATE OF CONTENT
A statement that the work to be performed under such permit is to
include the installation of a certified manufactured building or
building component in accordance with the provisions of the
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 540
applicable Codes, the statement to be signed by the applicant or his
agent, with the appropriate address;
5.12 PERMIT APPLICATION - BUILDING SYSTEM
A true copy of the approved building system with respect to which the
manufactured building or building component wag manufactured or is to
be manufactured, where one has not previously been furnished to that
local enforcement agency; and
5.13 PERMIT APPLICATION - BUILDING SYSTEM APPROVAL
A copy of the Building System Approval Report, where it has not previous-
ly been furnished to that local enforcement agency.
5.2 INSPECTION OF SITE PREPARATION AND SERVICE CONNECTIONS
Appropriate local enforcement agencies shall inspect site preparation
work including foundations, not within the scope of the approval and
certification, and the structural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical
connections among units, for compliance with applicable law, rules and
regulations.
5.3 COMPLIANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS
Appropriate local enforcement agencies shall inspect all manufactured
buildings, building components or mobile homes upon, or promptly after,
installation at the building site to determine whether all instructions
in the Building System Approval Report or conditions listed on the
manufacturer's data plate have been followed.
This may include tests for tightness of plumbing and mechanical systems,
and for malfunctions in the electrical system and a visual inspection for
obvious nonconformity with the approved building system.
5.31 DISASSEMBLY PROHIBITED
Unauthorized destructive disassembly of certified buildings and build-
ing components and mobile homes shall not be performed in order to conduct
such tests or inspections, except as provided in section 4.3, nor shall
there be imposed standards or test Criteria different from those adopted
by the State Enforcement Agencies or specified in the Building System
Approval Report.
5.32 OPENING PANELS
Non-destructive disassembly may be performed only to the extent of
opening access panels and cover plates.
5.4 DISPOSITION OF NONCOMPLYING UNITS
Local enforcement agencies shall cause the disposition of noncomplying
manufactured buildings and building components after consultation with
the State Enforcement Agencies and reasonable notice to the manufacturer
1/1/78 vol. 18 8 541
or owner thereof, as the case may be, of the proposed disposition.
5.5 CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY
Appropriate local inspectors shall issue certificates of occupancy
for certified manufactured buildings and mobile homes containing certi-
fied building components which otherwise comply with all the applicable
Codes, after they have been installed and inspected pursuant to the
applicable Codes and these Rules and Regulations, provided that any
manufactured building, building component or mobile home found not
to comply with the Building System Approval Report shall be brought into
compliance before such certificate of occupancy shall be issued.
5.6 REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS TO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SAFETY
When any local enforcement agency is making an inspection and finds
violations or suspected violations, it shall report the details of the
violations in writing to the Department. Where violations are hazardous
to occupants, a certificate of occupancy shall not be issued and the
building shall not be occupied before such hazards are corrected. If
the violations are not hazardous, a provisional certificate of occupancy
may be issued. The Department shall forward all such reports of
violations to the State Administrative Agencies.
SECTION 6 FEES
6.1 DEPOSIT FOR APPLICATION TO THE COMMISSION
A deposit shall be required upon application to the Commission to
perform any of the functions in these Rules and Regulations.
6.2 ESTABLISHMENT OF FEES
Fees charged by the Commission for functions performed shall be in
accordance with the fee schedule established by the State Administrative
Agencies as specified in Part VT, Section 18 of these Rules and
Regulations.
SECTION 7 NOTIFICATION OF CHANGES IN NAME, ADDRESS, OWNERSHIP OR
LOCATION
7.1 NOTIFICATION BY MANUFACTURERS
Manufacturers shall notify the Commission in writing within ten (10)
days of any of the following occurrences.
a) The corporate name is changed;
b) The main address of the company is changed;
c) There is a change in twenty-five (25) percent or more of the
ownership interest of the company within a twelve (12) month
period;
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 542
t d) The location of any manufacturing facility is changed;
e) A new manufacturing facility is established; or
f) There are changes in principal officers of the firm.
The Commission shall notify the State Administrative Agencies of such
occurences.
7.2 NOTIFICATION BY INSPECTION AGENCIES
Inspection agencies shall notify the Commission in writing within
ten (10) days of any of the following occurences:
a) The company name is changed;
b) The main address of the company is changed;
c) There is a change in twenty- five (25) percent or more of the
ownership interest or control of the company within a twelve (12)
month period;
d) The location of any testing facility is changed;
e) A new testing facility is established; or
f) There are changes in principal officers and key supervisory and
recponsible personnel of the firm.
The Commission shall notify the State Administrative Agencies of such
occurences.
SECTION 8 PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
All information relating to building systems and compliance assurance
programs which the manufacturer or other party considers proprietary
shall be so designated by him at the time of its submission, and shall
"be so held by the State Enforcement Agencies and State Administrative
Agencies, except as the State Administrative Agencies determine in each
case, that disclosure is necessary to carry out the purposes of the
applicable Codes and these Rules and Regulations.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 543
PART II REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMISSION OF BUILDING SYSTEMS AND COMPLIANCE
ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
SECTION 9 BUILDING SYSTEMS
Building systems shall meet the requirements set forth below to be
evaluated for compliance with the standards, specifications and require-
ments adopted by the State Administrative Agencies.
9.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
9.11 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTATION
Building systems, including all plans, specifications and other docu-
mentation, shall be submitted in quadruplicate to the Commission who shall
act as the depository and disburser of all such items. The Commission
shall forward to the appropriate State Enforcement Agencies plans, speci-
fications and documentation for their approvals.
9.12 FORM AND FEES
Building systems shall be submitted in the form prescribed by the State
Administrative Agencies and shall be accompanied by all required fees.
9.13 IDENTIFICATION
All documents submitted with the application shall be identified to
indicate the manufacturer's name, office address and address of the man-
ufacturing facility.
9.14 PLANS SHOWING ELEMENTS
Plans shall be submitted shoving all elwments relating to specific systems
on properly identifiable sheets.
9.15 APPLICATION - APPROVED ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER
Each building system application shall bear the signature and seal of
an approved registered architect or registered professional engineer cer-
tifying that the building system complies with the applicable Codes and
standards promulgated herein.
9.16 ON-SITE WORK IDENTIFIED
All work to be performed on-site, including connection of all systems,
equipment and appliances, shall be identified and distinguished from work
to be performed in the manufacturing facility.
9.17 SPACE FOR STATE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCIES APPROVAL STAMP
A 3" x 4" blank rectangular space shall be provided on all sheets of
plans near the title box for the State Administrative Agencies stamp of
approval .
1/1/1B Vol. 18 - 544
9.18 MATERIAL GRADE AND QUALITY
Grade, quality and identification of all material shall be specified.
9.19 CALCULATIONS AND TEST REPORTS
Design calculations and test reports shall be specified.
9.191 DRAWINGS TO SCALE
Drawings shall be drawn to scale.
9.192 LABEL AND DATA PLATE LOCATION
Drawings shall indicate the location of the approved label and data plate.
9.193 DRAWINGS DATED AND IDENTIFIED
Drawings shall be dated and identified. The number of sheets in each set
shall be indicated.
9.2 REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
Building systems for manufactured buildings shall provide or show, but
not be limited to, the details listed below including the method of their
testing or evaluation, or both. These requirements shall apply to the
building systems for building components only to the extent deemed necessary
by the State Enforcement Agencies to permit a proper evaluation of the build-
ing component.
9 . 21 GENERAL
a) Details and methods of installation of manufactured buildings or
building components on foundations and/or to each other.
b) All exterior elevations.
c) Cross sections as necessary to identify major building components.
d) Details of flashing, such as at openings and at penetrations through
roofs and subcomponent connections. Indicate flashing material and
guage to be used.
e) Attic access and attic ventilation.
f) Exterior wall, roof and soffit material as well as finish.
g) Interior wall and ceiling finish material,
h) Fire separation walls.
i) Sizes, locations and types of doors and windows.
j) Recommended foundation plans, vents and underfloor access.
Vol. 18 - 545
1/1/78
9.22 BUILDING CLASSIFICATION
a) Occupancy or use.
b) Area, height, and number of stories.
c) Type of construction.
d) Eire resistance ratings.
9.23 SPACE AND FIRE SAFETY
a) Details of fire resistance rated assemblies for all stairway en-
closures, doors, walls, floors, ceilings, partitions, columns, roof
and shaft enclosures.
b) Details as to width of all aisles, exits, corridors, passageways and
stairway enclosures.
c) Toxocity and flame spread classification of finished materials.
9.24 STRUCTURAL DETAIL REQUIREMENTS
a) Engineer's calculations of structural members, where appropriate,
b) Design soil bearing value.
c) Structural and framing details of all floors, roof and walls.
d) Details and stress diagrams of roof trusses.
e) Details of reinforcing steel.
f) Complete loading schedule.
g) Column loads and column schedule,
h) Lintel schedule.
1) Size, spacing and details of all structural elements.
j) Grade or quality of all structural elements (lumber, steel, etc.).
k) Elevation of structural elements, walls or sections thereof, providing
resistance to vertical loads or lateral forces.
1) Complete details of all structural connections.
9.25 MECHANICAL DETAIL REQUIREMENTS
a) Location of all equipment and appliances. Indicate equipment and
appliances listed or labeled by approved agencies.
b) Heat loss calculations, where appropriate.
Vol. 18 - 546
1/1/78
c) Manufacturer's name, make, model, number, BTU, and input rating of
all equipment and appliances, as appropriate, or the equal thereof.
d) Duct and register locations, sizes, and materials.
I
e) Clearances from combustible material or surfaces for all ducts,
flues and chimneys.
f) Method of providing required combustion air and return air.
g) Location of flues, vents and chimneys and clearances from air intakes
and other vents and flues.
h) Details regarding dampers in ducts penetrating fire separations.
i) Complete drawings of fire sprinkler system, standpipe system or fire
alarm system, if required.
j) Detail of elevator or escalator system, including method of emergency
operation.
9.26 PLUMBING DETAIL REQUIREMENTS
a) Plan or schematic drawing of the plumbing layout, including but not
limited to, size of piping, fitting, traps and vents, cleanouts and
valves, gas, water, and drainage system.
b) Plumbing materials, and location of all equipment and appliances to
be used. Indicate fixture unit capacity of system(s) and the make,
model, and rating/capacity of equipment and appliances. Indicate
equipment and appliances listed or labeled by approved agencies.
c) Make and model of safety controls (such as for water heaters), their
location, and whether listed or labeled by approved agencies.
d) How piping is to be supported and intervals of support.
e) Location of vents above roofs and required clearances, including but
not limited to clearances from air intakes, other vents and flues.
f) Methods of testing.
9.27 ELECTRICAL DETAIL REQUIREMENTS
a) Plan of service equipment, including service entrance, conductors,
service raceway and clearances above ground and above structures.
b) Method and detail for grounding service equipment.
c) Single line diagram of the entire electrical installation.
d) Load calculations for service and feeders.
e) Sizes of all feeders and branch circuits.
i'1/78 Vol. 18 - 547
f) Size, rating and location of main disconnect/overcurrent protective
devices .
g) Method of interconnection between manufactured buildings or building
components and location of connections.
h) Location of all outlets and junction boxes.
i) Method of mounting fixtures and wiring installations.
SECTION 10 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS
Compliance assurance programs shall be approved if they meet the require-
ments set forth in this section. It is the manufacturer's responsibility
to execute every aspect of this program. The manufacturer shall continue
to be responsible for all corrective actions required and the contractural
relationship between the manufacturer and the inspection agency shall not
diminish such responsibility. The manufacturer shall cooperate with the
inspection agency by providing the inspection agency with all necessary
reports, information, documents, records, facilities, equipment, samples
and other assistance for assuring compliance.
The manufacturer's compliance assurance program shall be submitted to
the Commission in the form of a compliance assurance manual which shall
contain complete documentation of all compliance assurance activities of
both the manufacturer and the inspection agency. The manual shall be
comprehensively indexed, and shall treat the material listed here in de-
tail.
10.1 ORGANIZATION REQUIREMENTS
a) A procedure for periodic revision of the manual.
b) An organizational structure for implementing and maintaining the
compliance assurance program and its functional relationship to
other elements of the organization structure of the manufacturer,
which structure shall provide for independence from the production
department .
1) Company officers and employees in charge of the compliance
assurance program must be identified, and their training and
qualifications specified.
c) A uniform system of audit (in-depth analysis of program effectiveness
and means to identify deficiencies) to monitor program performance
periodically.
d) Complete and reliable records of manufacturing and site operations,
if any (suitable means of storage, preservation and accessibility of
copies of forms to be utilized shall be included),
e) A system to control changes in production or inspection procedures.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 548
f) A system to assure that working drawings and specifications, working
instructions and standards, procurement documents, etc., conform to
the approved building system.
g) A serial numbering system for buildings or building components.
h) The method of safekeeping, handling and attaching labels and identification
of those employees responsible therefor.
10.2 MATERIALS CONTROL
a) Procedure to assure effective control over procurement sources to en-
sure that materials, supplies and other items used in production
and site operations, if any, conform to the approved plans, spec-
ifications and quality requirements.
b) Procedures for inspection of materials, supplies and other items at
the point of receipt.
c) Method of protection of materials, supplies and other items against
deterioration prior to their incorporation in the certified buildings
or building component.
d) Provision for disposal of rejected materials, supplies and other items.
10.3 PRODUCTION CONTROL
a) Procedures for timely remedial and preventive measures to assure
product quality.
b) Provision, maintenance and use of testing and inspection.
c) Provision for frequency of sampling inspections.
d) Provision of necessary authority to reject defective work and carry
out compliance assurance functions, notwithstanding any conflict
with production department goals and needs.
e) A schematic of the manufacturing operation showing the location of
inspection stations, and "hold" points for mandatory inspection
characteristics .
f) Inspection and test procedures, including accept/reject criteria
and mandatory inspection characteristics.
g) Standards of workmanship.
h) Provision of disposal of rejects.
10.4 FINISHED PRODUCT CONTROL
a) Procedure for final inspection of all manufactured buildings or
building components before shipment to the site or storage point,
including identification and labeling.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 549
b) Procedures for handling and storing all finished manufactured build-
ings or building components, both at the manufacturing plant or other
storage point and after delivery to the building site.
c) Procedures for packing, packaging and shipping operations and related
inspections.
d) Procedures for transportation, including all measures to protect
sgainst damage while in transit, and setting forth the modes of
transportation to be utilized and the carrying equipment and procedures
10.5 INSTALLATION CONTROL
a) Installation procedures including component placement, equipment and
procedures, field erection and finishing work, utility connection
instructions and all appropriate on-site inspection criteria and test
descriptions.
b) Organizational provisions for field repair and disposal of rejects.
10.6 PERMISSION FOR INSPECTION
The manufacturer shall provide the Commission with written permission,
signed and notarized, for the State Enforcement Agencies to inspect his
manufacturing facilities, his products, and building sites under his con-
trol at any reasonable time without prior announcement.
10.7 INSPECTIONS BY THE STATE ENFORCEMENT AGENCIES
The Compliance Assurance Manual shall contain detailed plans for inspections
by the State Enforcement Agencies or Inspection agency.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 550
PART III APPROVAL OF INSPECTION AGENCIES
SECTION 11 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMISSION
An inspection agency seeking approval shall submit a quadruplicate
application to the Commission which shall include the items listed in
this section.
11.1 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
The original Articles of Incorporation of the agency and all subsequent
amendments thereto, as filed in the State of Incorporation.
11.2 BYLAWS
The bylaws of the organization, if any.
11.3 BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS OF MEMBERS
The names, addresses and business affiliations of all members of the
Board of Directors and of top management personnel. -
11.4 STOCK OWNERSHIP
Individual interests representing more than ten (10) percent of the
outstanding ownership reflecting the financial interest of the agency's
Board of Directors and top management personnel.
11.5 CERTIFICATIONS
Certification by the agency that:
a) Its Board of Directors, as a body, and its technical personnel,
as individuals, can exercise independence of judgment; and
b) Its activities pursuant hereto will result in no financial benefit
to the agency via stock ownership, or other financial interests
in any producer, supplier or vendor of products involved, other
than through standard published fees for services rendered.
11.6 EXPERIENCE OF DIRECTORS
Names, years of experience, state in which professionally registered
and other qualifications of the directors of inspection or evaluation
programs.
11.7 EXPERIENCE OF EMPLOYEES
Names and years of experience of employees practicing in the following
disciplines: architecture, structural engineering, mechanical engineer-
ing, electrical engineering, fire protection and other branches of
engineering; the state in which each is registered and the service each
performs.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 551
11.8 ORGANIZATION CHART
An organization chart showing management and supervisory persons
including the number of graduate engineers and architects, and the names
of all consulting engineers or architects, designating which are full-
time and which are part-time employees.
11.9 NUMBER AND LOCATION OF PERSONNEL
Number and location of factory inspectors, supervisors, and other
technicians, including evaluators of factory inspectors and the qualifi-
cations of each specialized group, including records of work experience,
licenses held and other pertinent qualifications; description of the
types of work each group and each technician is expected to perform and
the qualifications of each group and each technician to perform the
work assigned.
11.10 EMPLOYEES TRAINING PROGRAMS
An outline of the training program, if any, of the agency to assure
that all inspectors, evaluators and other technicians are properly
trained to do each job assigned to them.
11.11 EMPLOYEE SUPERVISION
An outline of the general procedures for supervision of inspectors
and evaluators, including checking and evaluation of their work.
11.12 NON-EMPLOYEES RELATIONSHIPS
All engineers, technicians and other personnel who will perform ser-
vices for the organization but who are not employees of the organization,
and the supervisory and other relationships which each will have to
the agency.
11.13 PRODUCTS EVALUATED
Type of products, components, equipment, structures and other items
which the organization has evaluated, tested or inspected and the
number of years of experience the organization has had with each, and
the type of codes, standards, specifications and requirements with
respect to which the organization has had experience in providing
evaluation, inspection or testing services, and the number of years
experience with each.
11.14 FREQUENCY CAPABILITY
Description of the frequency with which the agency is capable of
performing inspections or evaluations.
11.15 STATES APPROVED IN
List of the states in which the agency is now approved to inspect
or evaluate manufactured buildings, building components, or mobile homes
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 552
or parts tnereof for compliance with approved building systems.
SECTION 12 PROCEDURES FOR APPROVING INSPECTION AGENCIES
12.1 QUALIFICATIONS
Upon the recommendation of the State Enforcement Agencies, State
Administrative Agencies may approve inspection agencies which meet the
requirements of the applicable Codes and these Rules and Regulations
and which the State Administrative Agencies find otherwise qualified
to perform the functions proposed to be delegated to them.
12.2 SUITABILITY OF APPLICATION
Prior to a full evaluation of an application for approval, the Commission
shall determine whether such application is suitable for processing. In
the event the application is found to be unsuitable for processing, the
applicant shall be notified in writing of such unsuitability and the
basis thereof within thirty (30) days of the date the application is
received by the Commission.
In such event, all but $25.00 of the fee will be returned, and the
rulings of unsuitability shall be without prejudice. Any subsequent
submission shall be treated as a new application.
12.3 APPROVALS
In the event of approval by the State Administrative Agencies, an
inspection agency shall be notified by a letter from the Commission
indicating such approval and stating specifically the functions which
the applicant has been approved to perform. Such approval shall not
constitute the actual delegation of such functions.
SECTION 13 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION
13.1 GROUNDS
The State Administrative Agencies may suspend or revoke its approval
of any inspection agency if the approval was issued in error; was issued
on the basis of incorrect information; was issued in violation of any
of the applicable Codes or these Rules and Regulations; if the inspection
agency violates any of the applicable Codes or these Rules and Regula-
tions; if examination discloses that the agency failed to perform pro-
perly; or for such other cause as may be deemed sufficient by the State
Administrative Agencies to warrant such action.
13.2 PROCEDURES
13.21 GENERAL
If the State Administrative Agencies suspend or revoke the approval of
an inspection agency, the inspection agency shall be given notice in
writing from the Commission of the suspension or revocation with the
reasons therefor set forth therein. Manufacturers being evaluated or
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 553
inspected by such'agencie*. all local enforcement agencies within this
State and the State Enforcement Agencies shall also be notified in
writing of such suspension or revocation. Such notices shall contain
instructions to the manufacturer and to the local enforcement agency
as to the procedures to be followed regarding manufactured buildings,
building components or mobile homes previously certified by an agency
whose approval has been suspended or revoked.
13.22 RECORDS
An inspection agency whose approval has been suspended or revoked shall
within ninety (90) days of the suspension or revocation, deliver to the
custody of the Commission the originals of all records required to be
maintained during the course of the inspection agency's operations
pursuant to the applicable Codes and these Rules and Regulations.
13.23 LABELS
An inspection agency for which approval has been suspended or revoked
shall within ninety (90) days of the suspension or revocation, deliver
to the custody of the Department all labels in the agency's possession,
under its control, or for which it is responsible pursuant to the appli-
cable Codes and these Rules and Regulations.
Vol. 18 - 554
1/1/78 ^4
PART IV RECIPROCITY
If the State Administrative Agencies find that the standards for the
manufacture and inspection of manufactured buildings, building components
or mobile homes prescribed by statute or rules and regulations of another
state, or other governmental agency, meet the objectives of the applicable
Codes and these Rules and Regulations, and are enforced satisfactorily
by such other state or other government agency, or by their agents, the
State Enforcement Agencies shall accept manufactured buildings, building
components or mobile homes which have been certified by such other state
or governmental agency, and the Department shall assure that the appro-
priate label is attached thereto. The standards of another state or
governmental agency shall not be deemed to adequately be enforced unless
such other state or governmental agency provides for notification to the
Department of suspensions or revocations of approvals issued by that
other state of governmental agency in a manner satisfactory to the State
Administrative Agencies and so notified the Department. The Department
shall notify the State Administrative Agencies of any action taken under
this section.
SECTION 14 PROCEDURES FOR GRANTING OR REFUSING RECIPROCITY TO ANOTiER
JURISDICTION
14.1 EVALUATION
The State Administrative Agencies may evaluate the statute, codes,
rules and regulations of another state or governmental agency at any
time.
14.2 METHOD OF EXTENDING RECIPROCITY
If the State Administrative Agencies find that the standards prescribed
by the statute or rules and regulations of another state or another
governmental agency meet the objectives of the appropriate Codes and
that these rules and regulations are satisfactorily enforced, it may
extend reciprocity to that jurisdiction by:
a) Giving notice to any requesting manufacturer;
b) Giving notice to the Administrative Agency of the other jurisdic-
tion;
c) Giving notice to the State Enforcement Agencies and all local
enforcement agencies in this state.
14.3 REJECTIONS
If the standards of the other state or governmental agency do not
meet the objectives of the appropriate Codes or are inadequately enfor-
ced, or both, reciprocity shall not be extended. In that event, the
Commission shall notify any requesting manufacturer and the Administrative
Agency of the other state of the refusal and the reasons therefor.
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 555
SECTION 15 PROCEDURES FOR RECIPROCITY CERTIFYING MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS
BUILDING COMPONENTS OR MOBILE HOMES
A manufacturer from a jurisdiction to which reciprocity has been
extended shall submit to the Commission evidence that his building
system and compliance assurance program have been approved by such
state or governmental agency. The Commission shall verify the approval
and shall notify the State Administrative Agencies, local enforcement
agencies and the manufacturer in writing of such verification and that
properly labeled buildings, building components or mobile homes of his
manufacture will be accepted.
SECTION 16 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION
The Commission shall suspend or revoke or cause to be suspended or
revoked, the acceptance or certification or both of such reciprocally
certified manufactured buildings, building components or mobile homes
if the State Enforcement Agencies determine that the standards for the
manufacture and inspection of which manufactured buildings, building
components or mobile homes of such other state or other governmental
agency do not meet the objectives of the appropriate Codes and these
Rules and Regulations, or that such standards are not being enforced
to the satisfaction of the State Enforcement Agencies. If such other
state or governmental agency or its agents should suspend or revoke
its approval and certification, the acceptance of certification or both
granted under this Part shall be revoked or suspended accordingly.
Notice to the State Administrative Agencies, local enforcement agencies,
manufacturer and to the Administrative Agency of such other state of
such suspension or revocation shall be in writing with the reasons
for such suspension or revocations set forth therein. Appeals from
such suspension or revocations shall receive timely review.
1/1/78 Vol. IS - 556
PART V APPEALS
SECTION 17 HEARINGS
All hearings shall comply with the applicable sections of the applicable
Codes and the Rules and Regulations thereof established for the purpose of
appeal.
PART VI SCHEDLUE OF FEES
SECTION 18 ESTABLISHMENT
The following is the SCHEDULE OF FEES established by the State Adminis-
trative Agencies for certifying manufactured buildings, building components
and mobile homes. Fees shall be made payable to the 'Commonwealth of Mass-
achusetts State Building Code Commission' and shall accompany all applications
for certification.
18.1 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS AND BUILDING SYSTEMS
a) An initial fee of five hundred ($500.00) dollars shall be charged
each manufacturer for its certified compliance assurance program
for each plant desiring certification. There shall be an additional
charge of one hundred ($100.00) dollars per certified ljuilding system,
except that there shall be no such additional charge per building
component. The maximum fee charged under this section shall be one
thousand ($1,000.00) dollars for each manufacturing plant.
18.2 THIRD PARTY INSPECTION AGENCIES
a) An initial fee of five hundred ($500.00) dollars shall be charged to
each third party inspection agency.
18.3 ANNUAL RENEWAL FEES
a) One year from the date of certification of the manufacturer and the
third party inspection agency, and every year thereafter certification
is in effect, there shall be paid an annual renewal fee of two hundred
and fifty ($250.00) dollars for each such certification.
18.4 LABELS
a) A fee of twelve dollars and fifty ($12.50) cents per unit of a mobile
unit of a mobile home or manufactured building shall be charged
for each label issued by the Department. Double wide units of mobile
homes shall be treated as two units for this purpose.
1) A "unit" as used in this section shall mean any building or portion
thereof which is towed or shipped separately to be somehow tied together
at the site.
b) A fee of one ($1.00) dollar per building component shall be charged
for each label issued by the Department for building components.
2) Manufacturers of building components shall be permitted to use
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 557
any labels as approved by Stat* Administrative Agencies. If such
labels are supplied by any source other than the Department, there
shall be no change for such labels.
e) Mutilated labels may be replaced* at the option of the Department,
at a cost of two ($2.00) dollars each.
d) Upon satisfactory proof to the Department of lost or stolen labels,
not the result of negligence, labels may be replaced at a cost of
two ($2.00) each.
e) Labels shall be purchased from the Department by the inspection agency
or manufacturer.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 558
ARTICLE 20
LIGHT-TRANSMITTING
PLASTIC CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 2000.0 SCOPE
The provisions of this article shall govern the quality and methods
of application of plastics for use as light-transmitting materials in
buildings and structures. When used as interior finish, plastic
materials shall meet the requirements of section 922.
2000.1 APPROVED MATERIALS: The use of all plastics which meet the
strength, durability, sanitary and fireresistive requirements of the
Basic Code and the reference standards of this article, shall be per-
mitted, subject to the limitations of this article.
2000.11 APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL: Applicants desiring to use an
approved plastic material, shall furnish evidence of the approval for
the intended use from the State Building Code Commission.
2000.2 IDENTIFICATION: All plastic materials approved for use under
the Basic Code shall be identified by the trade formula number or
name or other acceptable identification so that it can be ascertained
that the material is approved.
SECTION 2001.0 DEFINITIONS
APPROVED PLASTIC: any thermoplastic, thermosetting or reinforced
thermosetting plastic material which meets the requirements of
section 2000.1.
Clasp SE: plastic materials which are self-extinguishing
(ASTM D 635).
Class VSB: plastic materials which have a burning rate less than
0.8 inches per minute (ASTM D 635).
Class SB: plastic materials which have a burning rate of less than
2.5 inches per minute (ASTM D 635).
Materials that give off smoke or gases more dense or more toxic
than that given off by conventionally used interior finish materials
under comparable exposure to heat or flame shall not be permitted.
LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEM: a suspended construction consisting in whole
or in part of lenses, panels, grids or baffles suspended below
lighting fixtures.
PLASTIC GLAZING: material glazed or set in frame or sash and not
held by mechanical fasteners which pass through the glazing material,
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 559
PLASTIC ROOF PANELS: approved plastic materials which are mechani-
cally fastened to structural members or to structural panels or
sheathing and which are used as light-transmitting media in roofs.
PLASTIC WALL PANEL: approved plastic materials which are mechani-
cally fastened to structural members or to structural panels or
sheathing and which are used as light-transmitting media in
exterior walls.
REINFORCED THERMOSETTING PLASTIC: a thermosetting plastic reinforced
with a glass fiber mat having not less than one and one-half (1 1/2)
ounces of glass fiber per square foot.
THERMOPLASTIC MATERIAL: a solid plastic material which is capable of
being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hardened
by decrease of temperature.
THERMOSETTING MATERIAL: a solid plastic material which is capable of
being changed into a substantially non-reformable product when cured
under the application of heat or pressure.
SECTION 2002.0 DESIGN AND INSTALLATION
2002.1 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: All plastic materials and their
assemblies shall be of adequate strength and durability to withstand
the loads and forces specified in article 7 for their approved use.
2002.2 CONNECTIONS AND SUPPORTS: All fastenings, connections and
supports shall be proportioned to safely transmit two and one-half
(2 1/2) times the design live load. Adequate allowance shall be made
in the fastenings and supports for differential expansion and con-
traction of the connected materials.
SECTION 2003.0 GLAZING OF UNPROTECTED OPENINGS
2003.1 USE IN TYPE 4-B CONSTRUCTION: Doors, sash and framed openings
which are not required to be fire protected may be glazed with approved
plastic materials in buildings of Type 4-B construction.
2003.2 USE GROUP D: In all types of construction of use group D,
doors, sash and framed openings which are not required to be fire
protected may be glazed with approved plastic materials.
2003.3 OTHER CLASSES OF CONSTRUCTION AND USE GROUP: In other classes
of construction and use, such openings not required to be fire pro-
tected by section 916 may be glazed or equipped with approved plastic
materials subject to the following requirements:
Vol. 18 - 560
l/l/7e
a) The area of such glazing shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent
of the wall face of the story in which it is installed. (See section
2003.4.)
b) The area of a unit or pane of glazing installed above the first
story shall not exceed twelve (12) square feet and the vertical dimen-
sion of a unit or pane shall not exceed four (4) feet. There shall be
a minimum three (3) feet vertical spandrel wall between stories.
c) Exceptions:
1) Installations of approved thermoplastic materials which will
automatically vent a fire prior to ignition of the plastic
materials may occupy a maximum of fifty (50) percent of the
wall face and the story when installed in the first three (3)
stories above grade.
2) Approved thermoplastic materials may be installed in areas up
to fifty (50) percent of the wall area of each story in structures
less than one hundred fifty (150) feet in height which are provided
on each floor above the first floor with continuous architectural
projections constituting an effective fire canopy extending at
least three (3) feet from the surface of the wall in which the
glazing is installed. The size and the dimensions of individual
units shall not be limited in such installations except as required
to meet structural loading requirements.
2003.4 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: When complete automatic fire sprinkler
protection is provided in the building the permissible area of glazing
permitted by 2003.3 (a) may be increased one hundred (100) percent.
SECTION 2004.0 EXTERIOR WALL PANELS
2004.1 GENERAL: Approved plastic materials may be used as wall
panels, in exterior walls not required to have a fireresistive rating
(except in Use Groups A, F-l, F-2 and H) , subject to the following
requirements :
2004.11 INSTALLATION: Exterior wall panels installed as provided
herein shall not alter the type-of-construction classification of
the building.
2004.12 AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION: Area limitation and separa-
tion requirements of exterior wall panels shall be as provided in
table 20-1.
2004.13 SPANDREL SEPARATION: Vertical spandrel wall separation
between stories shall be as follows:
a) Three (3) feet for SE and VSB plastic wall panels.
b) Four (4) feet for SB plastic wall panels.
Vol- 18 ' 561
1/1/78
2004.14 FIRE CANOPIES: In structures which are provided, on any
floor above the first, with continuous architectural projections
constituting an effective fire canopy extending at least thirty-six
(36) inches from the surface of the wall in which plastic wall
panels are installed, there need be no vertical separation at that
floor except that provided by the vertical thickness of the pro-
jection.
2004.2 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS: When complete automatic fire sprinkler
protection is provided in the building, the maximum percent area of
exterior wall in plastic panels and the maximum square feet of single
area given in table 20-1 may be increased one hundred (100) percent,
but in no case shall the area of plastic wall panels exceed fifty (50)
percent of the wall area.
TABLE 20-1 - AREA LIMITATION AND SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS
FOR PLASTIC WALL PANELS*
Fire Separa-
Class of
Plastic
Max. % Area
of Ext. Walls
in Plastic
Panels
Max sq
Single i
. ft.
area
Minimum Separation
of Panels
(ft.)
tion (ft.)
Vertical
Horizontal
6 ft. or less
_
NP
NP
_
_
6 ft. or more
But less than
11 ft.
SE
VSB.SB
10
NP
50
NP
8
4
11 ft. or more
But less than
30 ft.
SE
VSB.SB
25
15
90
70
6
8
4
4
Over 30
SE ,VSB
50
Not Limited
3**
0
SB
50
100
6**
3
**See section 2004.14.
2004.3 COMBINATIONS OF GLAZING AND WALL PANELS: Combinations of plas-
tic glazing and plastic wall panels shall be subject to the area, height,
percentage limitations and separation requirements applicable to the
class of plastics as prescribed for wall panel installations.
SECTION 2005.0 ROOF PANELS
2005.1 GENERAL: Approved plastic roof panels may be installed (ex-
cept in use groups A, F-l, F-2, F-3 and H) as follows:
a) in roof 8 of buildings protected by complete automatic sprinklers; or
b) where the roof is not required to have a fireresistance rating by
table 2-5.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 562
Roof panels shall meet the requirements of sections 302.6 Roof Cov-
erings, 903.4 Classifications of Roof Coverings', and 928.0 Roof Cov-
erings, except when installed on buildings outside Fire District No. 1.
2005 . 2 SEPARATIONS : individual roof panels shall be separated from
each other by a distance of not less than four (4) feet measured In a
horizontal plane.
2005.3 LOCATION: Where exterior wall openings are required to be fire
protected by section 916, no roof panel or unit shall be installed with-
in six (6) feet of such exterior wall.
2005.4 AREA LIMITATIONS: Roof panels or units shall be limited In area
and the aggregate area of panels shall be limited by a percentage of the
floor area of the room or space sheltered in accordance with the follow-
ing:
Maximum Area
individual Maximum Aggregate
Unit or Panel Area
Class of Plastic (sq. ft.) (% of Floor Area)
SE 300 W
VSB 200 25
SB 100 20
2005.5 EXCEPTIONS:
a) one story buildings not more than sixteen (16) feet in height
and not exceeding twelve hundred (1200) square feet in area
and not closer than eleven (11) feet to another building are
exempt from the limitations of 2005.4.
b) low hazard uses such as swimming pool shelters, greenhouses,
etc. are exempt from the panel area limitations of section
2005.4 provided the buildings do not exceed twenty- four hun-
dred (2400) square feet in area, twenty (20) feet In height
and are not closer than eleven (11) feet to the property line
or adjacent buildings.
c) roof coverings over terraces and patios of one and two-family
dwellings shall be permitted with approved plastics.
SECTION 2006.0 SKYLIGHT ASSEMBLIES
f \
2006.1* SKYLIGHT ASSEMBLIES: Skylight assemblies may be glazed with
approved plastic materials (except In use group A) in accordance with
the following provisions.
2006.11 MOUNTING: The plastic shall be mounted above the plane of
the roof on a curb constructed consistent with the requirements for
the type of construction classification.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 563
2006.12 MAXIMUM AREA OF SKYLIGHT UNITS: Each skylight unit shall
have a maximum area within the curb of one hundred (100 ) square
feet.
Z006.13 AGGREGATE AREA OF SKYLIGHTS: The aggregate area of sky-
lights shall not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the floor area
of the room or space sheltered by the roof in which they are installed,
2006.14 SEPARATION: Skylights shall be separated from each other
by a distance of not less than four (4) feet measured in a horizontal
plane .
2006.15 LOCATION: Where exterior wall openings are required to be
fire protected by section 916, no skylight shall be installed within
six (6) feet of such exterior wall.
2006.16 EXCEPTIONS: Except for use groups A and H the aggregate
area of approved plastic skylights may be increased one hundred (100)
percent beyond the limitations set forth in section 2006.13 if the
skylights are used as a fire venting system or if the building is
equipped with a complete automatic fire sprinkler system.
2006.17 COMBINATIONS OF ROOF PANELS AND SKYLIGHTS: Combinations of
plastic roof panels and skylights shall be subject to the area, per-
centage limitations and separation requirements applicable to roof
panel installations.
SECTION 2007.0 LIGHT-DIFFUSING SYSTEMS
2007.1 GENERAL: Light-diffusing systems shall not be installed in
use groups A and H nor in exitways. Plastic diff users shall be sup-
ported directly or indirectly from ceiling or roof construction by
use of noncombustible hangers. Hangers shall be at least No. 12
U.S. Standard gauge galvanized wire or equivalent.
2007.2 INSTALLATION: Approved plastic diffusers shall comply with
section 922 (Interior Finish) unless the plastic panels will fall
from their mountings before igniting and at an ambient temperature
of at least two hundred (200) degrees F. below their ignition temp-
erature.
2007.3 SIZE LIMITATIONS: Individual panels or units shall not ex-
ceed ten (10) feet in length nor sixteen (16) square feet in area.
2007.4 SPRINKLERS: In buildings having a complete automatic sprink-
ler system plastic light-diffusing systems shall have sprinklers both
above and below unless the system has been specifically approved for
sprinkler installations only above the light-diffusing system. Areas
of light-diffusing systems shall not be limited if properly protected
by approved automatic sprinklers.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 564
SECTION 2008.0 PARTITIONS
2008.1 GENERAL: Approved plastic partitions may be installed as
provided In section 910.4 Exceptions to Fireresistive Partitions.
SECTION 2009.0 BATHROOM ACCESSORIES
2009.1 USE OF PLASTICS: Approved plastics shall be permitted as
glazing in shower stalls, shower doors, bathtub enclosures, and sim-
ilar accessory units.
Vol. 18 _ Cprr
1/1/78 565
Reference Standards Article 20
ANSI Z97.1 1972 Performance Specifications and Methods of
Test for Transparent Safety Glazing Material
Used in Buildings
ASTM
D374
1973
ASTM
D635
1972
ASTM
D1929
1968
ASTM
D2843
1970
ASTM
B84
1970
Test 8 for Thickness of Solid Electrical
Insulation
Test for Flammability of Self-Supporting
Plastics
Test for Ignition Properties of Plastics
Standard Method of Test for Measuring the
Density of Smoke from the Burning of De-
composition of Plastics
Method of Test for Surface Burning Charac-
teristics of Building Materials
Vol. 18 - 566
1/1/78
ARTICLE 21
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE AND TWO
FAMILY DWELLINGS
Contained within Article 21 of the State Building Code are
provisions which shall regulate one and two-family dwellings. These
provisions are supplied to provide a single comprehensive basic
reference for one and two-family dwellings.
The requirements for one and two-family dwellings are also
supplied In other articles of the Basic Code on a performance-oriented
basis. This article supplies far more extensive information on
acceptable specifications, details, and methods of construction for
one and two- family dwellings.
The provisions supplied within Article 21, as they apply to
one and two-family dwellings, shall be considered as being applicable
as stated, independently of the rest of the Basic Code. Any require-
ments for which provision is not made within this article, shall •
be subject to the provisions of the other articles of the Basic Code.
1/1/78
ARTICLE 21
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ONE
AND TWO- FAMILY DWELLINGS
SECTION 2100.0 BUILDING PLANNING
2100.1 GENERAL: Conformity with the applicable material, test,
construction and design standards specified in the reference
standards of this article shall be acceptable as providing
compliance with the requirements of this article.
2100.2 DESIGN CRITERIA: One and two-family dwelling structures
shall be designed based on the wind, snow and live load crtieria
of Article 7 of the Basic Code and the live load criteria of
Appendix H of the Basic Code.
2100.3 LOCATION ON LOT: Exterior walls of dwellings located less
than two (2) feet from property lines shall have not less than one
(1) hour f ireresistive rating.
Openings shall not be permitted in exterior walls of dwellings
located less than three (3) feet from the property line.
2100.4 LICHT AND VENTILATION: All habitable rooms shall be pro-
vided with aggregate glazing area of not less than ten (10) squat e
feet nor one- tenth (1/10) of the floor area of such rooms. One-
half (1/2) of the required area of glazing shall be openable.
EXCEPTION: A combination of natural and mechanical ventilation
shall be allowed when evidence is submitted that the combination
meets the minimum requirements established in this article.
The minimum design standard for mechanical ventilation, either
used by itself or in combination with natural ventilation, shall
be 0.25 cfm/ft^ of room floor area.
The maximum mechanical ventilation allowed for bathroom and
kitchen shall be fifty (50) cfm for each room.
If a window is available in a bathroom, which is unrestricted
and opens directly to the outer air, no mechanical ventilation
shall be necessary.
2100.5 ROOM SIZES: Habitable rooms shall have an area of not
less than seventy (70) square feet.
Habitable rooms except kitchens shall be not less than seven (7)
feet in any horizontal dimension.
2100.6 CEILING HEIGHT: Habitable rooms shall have a clear height
from floor to finished ceiling of not less than seven and one-half
(7 1/2) feet, except that in attics and top stories the height shall
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 568
,_„ Qr.j >n*— third C! 1/3) feet over not less
Ua nnr less, than sever, snc v-ne unit. " •" .
than oni-third (1/3) the area of the floor when used ror sleeping,
study or similar activity.
EXCEPTION: Beams and girders spaced not less than four (A) feet
on center may project not more than six (6) inches below the
required ceiling height.
All other rooms, including hallways and corridors, shall have a
ceiling- height of not less than seven (7) feet measured to the
lowest projection from the ceiling.
2100.7 SANITATION: Every dwelling unit shall meet the requirements
of the Department of Public Health and the Massachusetts State
Plumbing Code relative to sanitation.
2100.8 GLAZING: Glazing in entrance and exit door S and «*•«
glazed panels immediately adjacent to doors, sliding glass doors
storm doors, bathtub enclosures, shower doors, and similar glazed
TABLE 2100-1 GLAZING REQUIREMENTS
Glazing
Location
Size of
Individual
Panes
Thickness
and
Type of Glass Permitted1
Entrance & Exit
Doors & Adjacent
Fixed Glazed
Panels
Over
6 Kj/ft.
Sliding Glass Doors
(both fixed &
sliding panels)
Storm Doors
Shower Doors
Bathtub Enclosures
All sizes
All sizes
All sizes
All sizes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yts
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Note 1: Glass shall conform with reference
standard RS-21-2. Annealed glass shall
be protected by grills on both exposed
sides.
Note 2: Safety Glazing Materials shall conform
with reference standard RS-21-2.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
569
openings wlucn may De subject to frequent ana recurrent accidental
human impact shall comply with Table 2100-1.
Such glass shall be identified by a permanent marking on each
piece.
I,
EXCEPTION': Fixed glass panels nineteen (19) inches or less
in width or located not less than eighteen (18) inches above
adjacent finished floor or walking surfaces.
2100.9 PRIVATE GARAGES: There shall be no openings from a pri-
vate garage directly into a room used for sleeping purposes. Other
openings between the garage and residence shall be equipped with
doors of wood or steel or composite construction providing a fire
rating equivalent to twenty (20) minutes.
The garage shall have five-eighths (5/8) inch fire code sheet-
rock on any side facing or adjacent to the house, and wherever the
attic area is continuous between the garage and the house a fire-
stop of one-half (1/2) inch gypsum sheetrock shall be used to form
a barrier to separate the garage and house.
Garage and carport floor surfaces shall be of approved noncom-
bustible material.
2100.10 MEANS OF EGRESS: In one and two-family dwellings, each
dwelling unit shall have two independent means of egress, remote
as possible from each other and leading to grade, in addition, every
floor within a dwelling unit shall have at least one (1) means
of egress which shall provide a continuous and unobstructed path
leading to grade.
Sleeping rooms shall have at least one (1) openable window or
exterior door to permit emergency exit or rescue. Where windows
are provided they shall have a sill height of not more than forty-
eight (48) inches above the floor and shall provide not less than
five (5) square feet of. openable area with no dimension less than
twenty-two (22) inches.
2100.11 DOORWAYS AND HALLWAYS: The minimum clear width of single
doorways shall be thirty-two (32) inches; except at grade level
leading directly to the outside, the doorway may be thirty (30)
inches in width.
The minimum clear width of every exitway doorway to or from a
stairway shall be thirty-six (36) inches.
The minimum height of required egress doorways shall be six (6) feet
eight (8) inches.
The minimum width of a hallway or exitway access shall be three (3)
feet eight (8) inches.
2100.12 LANDING: A landing shall be provided on each side of an
exit door and shall have a minimum width and depth of three (3) feet.
Storm, screen or other doors accessory to exit doors which swing over
stairs shall require a landing where it swings in the direction of
stairs.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 570
EXCEPTION: A landing Is not required where the exit door does
not awing over the stair.
The landing over which a door does not swing shall1 be located
not more than seven and one-half (7 1/2) Inches below the threshold
level. The landing over which the door swings shall be located
not more than one and one-half (1 1/2) Inches below the threshold
level.
2100.13 STAIEWAYS: Stairways shall be not less than three (3) feet
in clear width and the headroom, rise and run shall conforn to Fig-
ure 2100-1. Minimum headroom for basenent and service stairs shall
be six (6) feet four (4) Inches. Handrails may project from each
FIGURE 2100-1
9'mmimum bu»J
r FiOltflOPPtwa
I 1*4
«uirawA* «mx ei hot
1MB MAM lifr'WIOt
STAIQ DETAIL
Mort: imdicati Firafr*r«w»i*« as tw cento i*n*
paqah.il re mt v*n *ro»«Mf»
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 571
side of stairway a distance or three and one-half (3 1/2) inches
into the required width.
Spiral stairways are permitted provided the width of the tread
at. a point not more than twelve (12) inches from side where the
treads are narrower is not less than nine (9) inches and the min-
imum width is not less than six (6) inches.
2100. 14 HANDRAILS AND GUARDRAILS: Handrails having minimum and
maximum heights of thirty (30) inches and thirty-four (34) inches,
respectively, measured vertically from the nosing of the treads
shall be provided on at least one (1) side of stairways of three
(3) or more risers. Open sides of stairs shall be protected.
All enclosed floor and roof openings, open and glazed sides of
landings and ramps, balconies or porches which are more than
thirty (30) inches above grade or floor below, and roofs used for
other than service of the building, shall be protected by guard-
rails. Guardrails shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches
in height. Open guardrails and stair railings shall have inter-
mediate rails or an ornamental pattern such that a sphere six (6)
inches in diameter cannot pass through. The height of stair rail-
ings on open sides may be thirty (30) to thirty-four (34) inches
in height in lieu of providing a thirty-six (36) inch guardrail
and handrail.
2100.15 GUTTERS: Gutters shall be provided when roof overhangs are
less than twelve (12) inches in width for one (1) story or twenty-
four (24) inches in width for two (2) stories.
2100.16 MINIMUM SIZE OF GUTTERS: Gutters shall have the same
area as downspouts for spacings up to forty (40) feet between
downspouts. The width of the gutter shall be increased by one (1)
inch for each additional twenty (20) feet of gutter.
2100.17 DOWNSPOUTS: Downspouts shall be sized on the basis of
approximately one hundred (100) square feet of roof surface to on*
(1) square inch leader.
2100.18 SMOKE/HEAT DETECTORS: Every building or structure erected
or substantially altered to be occupied as a one or two-family
dwelling unit shall be protected throughout with automatic smoke
or smoke and heat detection devices. Such devices shall initiate
the sounding of an alarm capable of being heard in all occupied
areas. Such a system shall conform to the requirements of re-
ference standard RS-21-13.
1/1/78
Vol. is - 572
SECTION 2101.0 FOUNDATIONS
2101.1 GENERAL: Foundations, footings and basement walls shall
be constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.
2101.2 MATERIALS: Conformity with the applicable standards
specified in the reference standards of this article shall be
acceptable as providing compliance with the requirements of this
article.
The ultimate compressive strength of concrete at twenty-eight
(28) days shall be not less than two thousand (2,000) pounds per
square inch except where weather exposure requires a greater
strength or cement content.
2101.3 FOOTINGS: All exterior walls shall be supported on con-
tinuous solid masonry or concrete footings. Where the bearing
capacity of the soil can be demonstrated as adequate, the footing
may be eliminated. Other structural systems which can be shown
to be adequate for the conditions to safely support all imposed
loads, may be used.
Foundation walls shall extend at least six (6) inches above the
finished grade adjacent to the foundation at all points.
Foundations for all buildings where the surface of the ground
slopes more than one (1) foot in ten (10) feet shall be level
or shall be stepped so that both top and bottom of such founda-
tions are level.
Unformed foundation walls may be used when soil conditions
warrant and subject to the approval of the building official.
Foundation walls in all cases shall extend below the frost
line.
2101.4 BASEMENT WALLS: Basement walls shall be constructed in
accordance with the provisions of this section and footings in
accordance with accepted practice.
Where unstable soil or ground water conditions do not exist,
walls may be constructed of unreinforced masonry or concrete
with the thickness shown in Table 2101-1.
Where unstable soil conditions exist or in Seismic Zones speci-
fied by the State Building Code Commission, basement walls may be
constructed of reinforced masonry or concrete as set forth in
Table 2101-2 provided the walls are not subjected to equivalent
fluid pressures of more than thirty (30) pounds per square foot.
EXCEPTION: Basement walls retaining less than four (4) feet
of unbalanced fill need not be reinforced.
Vol. 18 « 573
1/1/78 VO
Basement walls subjected to more chan thirty (30) pounds per
square foot equivalent fluid pressure shall be designed in
accordance with accepted engineering pratices.
Backfill adjacent to the wall shall not be placed until the
wall has sufficient strength or has been sufficiently braced
to prevent damage by the backfill.
Basement walls shall be drained and dampproofed in accordance
with Section 2101.5 and Section 2101.6 respectively.
TABLE 2101-1 MINIMUM THICKNESS AND ALLOWABLE
DEPTH OF UNBALANCED FILL FOR
UNREINFORCED MASONRY AND CONCRETE
BASEMENT WALLS1 WHERE UNSTABLE
SOIL OR GROUND WATER CONDITIONS
DO NOT EXIST
Foundation Wall
Construction
Nominal
Thickness
(inches)
Maximum depth of unbalanced fill in feet1
Type of Super-Structure
Wood Frame
Masonry Veneer
Masonry
Masonry of Hollow
Units
8
10
12
4(6)
5(7)
7
4.5 (6)
5.5 (7)
7
5(7)
6(7)
7
Masonry of Solid
Units
6
3
4
4
8
10
12
5 (7»
6(7)
7
5.5 (7)
6 (7)
7
6 (7)
6.5 (7)
7
Plain
Generate
6'
8
10
12
4
7
7
l_ 7
4
7
7
7
4
7
7
7
Rubble Stone
Foundation walls of rubble stone shall be at least
16 inches thick. Rough or random rubMt shall not
be used as foundations for walls exceeding 35 feet
in height.
Note 1: The depth of unbalanced fill may be
increased up to the values shown in
parenthesis where it is warranted by
soil conditions. Unbalanced fill is
the height of outside finish grade
above the basement floor or inside
grade.
Note 2: Six (6) inch plain concrete walls
shall be formed both sides.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
574
TABLE 2101-2 REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED FOR
BASEMENT WALLS SUBJECTED TO NOT MORE THAN
30 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT EQUIVALENT
FLUID PRESSURE.
Material
TVpe
Height of J
Unbalanced
Fill in Feet
Langth of Wall
Between
Supporting
Masonry
or Concrete
Walls in Faat
Minimum '
Wall
Thickness
in Inches
Bequued Reinforcing
Horizontal Baf
in Upper 12
Inches of Wall
Sue and Spacing
ol
Vertical Bars
Hol'OW
Masonry
4 or loss
unlimited
8
not required
not required
mort than 4
design required
design req.
design required
design required
Concrete
or
Solid
Masonry'
4 or i«ts
unlimited
8
not required
not required
mort than 4
leu then 8
8
2-No. 3
No. 3® 18"O.C.
8 or less
8 to 10
8
?No 4
No 3©18"O.C.
8 or lass
10 to 12
8
2 No. 5
No. 3® 18" O.C.
mora than 8
design required | design req
design required
design required
Note 1: Thickness of concrete walls may be
six (6) inches provided reinforcing
is placed not less than one (1) inch
nor more than two (2) inches from the
face of the wall not against the earth.
Note 2: Solid masonry shall include solid brick
or concrete units and hollow concrete
units with all cells grouted.
Note 3: Backfilling shall not be commenced
until after the wall is anchored to
the floor.
2101.5 WATERPROOFING: Drains shall be provided around founda-
tions enclosing habitable or usable spaces located below grade
and which are subjected to ground water conditions. Drains
shall be installed at or below the area to be protected and
shall discharge by gravity or by mechanical means into an
approved drainage system.
The top joints and perforations of drain tiles shall be pro-
tected with strips of building paper and the tiles shall be
placed on two (2) inches of crushed rock and covered with not
less than six (6) inches of the same material.
2101.6 DAMPPROOFING: Exterior foundation walls of masonry con-
struction enclosing basements shall be dampproofed by applying
not less than three-eighths (3/8) inch of portland cement parg-
ing to the wall from footing to finish grade. The pa rging shall
be covered with a coat of approved bituminous material applied
at the recommended rate. Exterior foundation walls of concrete
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 575
1/1/78
construction enclosing ba:-.-.«nants shell be caapprcofed by applying
a coat of approved bituminous material to tne wail from the foot-
ing to the finish grade at the recommended rate.
Foundation walls of habitable rooms located below grade shall
be waterproofed with membranes extending from the edge of the
footing to the finish grade line. The membrane shall consist of
either two (2) ply hot-mopped felts, six (6) mil polyvinyl
chloride, fifty-five (55) pound roll roofing or equivalent
material. The laps in the waterproofing membrane shall be sealed
and firmly affixed to the wall.
Basement walls may be dampproofed or waterproofed using materials
or methods of construction other than covered in the section where
approved by the building official.
2101.7 FOUNDATION STUDS: Foundation studs shall have a minima*
length of fourteen (14) inches and shall be not less in size and
spacing than the studding required for exterior walls, and when
exceeding four (4) feet in height shall be of the size required
for an additional story.
Foundation studs of exterior walls and bearing partitions shall
be thoroughly and effectively braced in accordance with Figure
2102-2.
Column bases shall be protected against decay or corrosion
except when approved wood of natural decay resistance or treated
wood as set forth in Section 2101.8 is used.
EXCEPTION: Basement posts or columns supported by piers •pro-
jecting two (2) inches above the finish floor and separated
therefrom by an approved impervious barrier.
The colirms shall be adequately anchored to prevent lateral
displacement at either their top or the bottom. Wood columns
shall be not less in nominal size than four (4) inches by
four (4) inches and steel columns shall be not less than three
(3) inch diameter standard pipe or approved equivalent.
2101.8 PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY AND TERMITES: The expression
"approval" as used in the following statements means approval
in accordance with the procedure established by the Basic Code.
a) WHERE CONDITIONS ARE FAVORABLE TO DECAY:
1) WOOD IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND: All wood in contact
with the ground and supporting permanent structures
shall be approved or treated wood.
2) UNTREATED WOOD: Untreated wood may be used where entirely
below ground water level or continuously submerged in
fresh water and may be used in contact with the ground
for detached accessory buildings not Intended for human
Vol. 18 - 576
occupance, for temporary structures and for fences.
b) WOOD JOISTS OR THE BOTTOM OF WOOD STRUCTURAL FLOORS: When
wood joists or the bottom of wood structural floors without
joists are closer than eighteen (18) inches, or wood girders
are closer than twelve (12) inches, to exposed ground
located within the periphery of the building over crawl
spaces or unexcavated areas, they shall be approved durable
or treated wood. Adequate ventilation shall be provided.
c^ SILLS: All sills which rest on concrete or masonry exterior
walls and are less than six (6) inches from exposed earth
shall be of approved durable or treated wood.
d) SLEEPERS AND SILLS: Sleepers and sills on a concrete or
masonry slab which is in direct contact with earth shall be
of approved durable or treated wood.
e) POSTS OR COLUMNS: Posts or columns in cellars shall be
supported by piers projecting at least two (2) inches above
the finish floor and separated therefrom by an approved
impervious barrier except when approved durable or treated
wood is used. Posts or columns used in damp locations below
grade shall be of approved durable or treated wood.
f) WALL POCKETS: Ends of wood girders entering masonry or
concrete walls shall be provided with a one-half (1/2)
inch air space on top, sides and end unless approved
durable or treated wood is used.
g) CLEARANCE BETWEEN WOOD SIDING: Clearance between wood siding
and earth on the exterior of a building shall be not less than
six (6) inches.
h) WHERE APPROVED DURABLE OR TREATED WOODS ARE REQUIRED: Where
approved durable or treated woods are required in this Code,
the building official may require identification by an
approved mark or certificate of inspection.
1) PRESSURE TREATMENT: Where pressure treatment of wood mem-
bers is required by the Basic Code, preservatives and methods
of treatment shall conform to the standards for pressure
treatment and preserving of lumber listed In the reference
standards of this article.
j) WOOD APPROVED FOR USE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2101.8 a, 1,
AS BEING DECAY RESISTANT ARE AS FOLLOWS: heartwood of
redwood, cypress, black walnut, catalpa, chestnut, osage
orange, red mulberry, white oak or cedar.
k) WOOD APPROVED FOR USE IN ACCORDANC^. WITH SECTION 2101.8 a, 1,
AS BEING TERMITE RESISTANT ARE AS FOLLOWS: heartwood of
bald cypress, redwood and eastern red cedar.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 577
Lumber and plywood required to be pre serve tively treated in
accordance with this article shall bear the quality mark of an
approved inspection agency.
2101.9 UNDERFLOOR SPACE: The space between the bottom of the
floor joists and the earth under any building (except auch space
as is occupied by a basement or cellar) shall be provided with
a sufficient number of ventilating openings through foundation
walls or exterior walls to insure ample ventilation, and such
openings shall be covered with a corrosion-resistant wire mEsh
not greater than one-half (1/2) inch nor less than one-quarter
(1/4) inch in any dimension. The minimum total area of ventilat-
ing openings shall be proportioned on the basis of two (2) square
feet for each one hundred (100) square feet of crawl space area.
One such ventilating opening shall be within three (3) feet of
each corner of said buildings.
EXCEPTIONS :
a) Ventilation openings may be vented to the interior of
buildings where warranted by climatic conditions.
b) The total area of ventilation openings may be reduced to
one »f if teen -hundredths (1/500) of the underfloor area
where the ground surface is treated with an approved
vapor barrier material.
c) Ventilation openings may be omitted on one side.
An access crawl hole eighteen (18) inches by twenty-four (24)
inches shall be provided to the underfloor space.
The underfloor grade shall be cleaned of all vegetation and
organic material.
SECTION 2102.0 WALL CONSTRUCTION
2102.1 GENERAL: Wall and partition construction shall conform
to the requirements of this section.
Conformity with the applicable grading material, test, con-
struction and design standards specified in the reference stand-
ards of this article shall be acceptable as providing compliance
with the requirements of this article.
2102.2 WOOD
a) IDENTIFICATION: All load-bearing lumber, plywood and
particleboard shall conform to applicable standards or
grading rules and shall be so identified by the grade
mark, or certificate of inspection issued by an approved
grading or inspection bureau or agency. The grade mark
for such load-bearing lumber shall provide adequate in-
formation to determine the "f" and "E" values.
1/1/78
b) GRADE: Ail headers and studs shall be of No. 2, Standard or
Stud Grade Lumber or equivalent.
EXCEPTIONS :
1) Bearing studs not supporting floors may be No. 3, One
Star or Utility Grade or equivalent provided the studs
are spaced not more than sixteen (16) inches on center.
2) Nonbearing studs may be of No. 3, One Star or Utility
Grade or equivalent lumber.
c) CONSTRUCTION: Exterior walls of wood frame residential
buildings shall be constructed in accordance with Figures
2102-1 and 2102-2 and nailed in accordance with Table 2102-1.
Exterior walls subject to wind pressures greater than thirty
(30) pounds per square foot, as established in the Basic
Code shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineer-
ing practice.
Interior load-bearing partitions shall be constructed, fraaed
and firestopped as specified for exterior walls. Interior
nonbearing partitions may be constructed with two (2) inch
by four (4) inch flat studs spaced sixteen (16) inches on
centers.
d) CUTTING AND NOTCHING: Stud partitions containing plumbing,
heating or other pipes shall be so framed and the joists
underneath so spaced as to give proper clearance for the
piping. Where bearing partitions containing such piping
run parallel to the floor joists, the double joists required
underneath such partitions shall be spaced to permit the
passage of such pipes. Where plumbing, heating, or other
pipes are placed in or partly in a partition, necessitating
the cutting of the soles or plates, a metal tie not less
than one-eighth (1/8) inch thick and one and one-half (1 1/2)
inches wide shall be fastened to the plate across and to
each side of the opening with not less than four (4) 16d
nails.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 579
FIGURE 2102-1 STRUCTURAL FRAMING DETAILS
CIIUM4 J9I4W eta -
Aovno^o TautMO
i3»m
\
^fc>
eeuM.1 Pirn
mumi fun^
gggOMg grggy
JPiVt MAY M COT ea
UOTCHM MTWM
»TlM|* w«6T 9WTD
Mtucr. 2(04.2 r
f
I
o £
rjf
ep <3~
PUTff
MA0MO **wf
AHOPWTI*
HI h
-PUTft
m& atsasst out
IUT0 true
^
guaKgog
gUTPOQM Eg*Mt
!»*♦«*
<***'
NMtlO TO
«rue
' fiat «tap
mou*:
tttMOTt ft
I. ALU MAQIMQ »TUP» im Oil AND T*0 STOOy &JilO»na» *M.U ©€ Q"i4 ***£*© Ift O-C.
•i Motion: «tuo» ma* m ■mate wo-c- wmim rwy oomot su*w»t noon*
mo «a AOtcuATtby MMC«e win* mucm m».»* and -a»u mo.m-
t Atu etAQMSi *Tuo» in rm ftra»r wew or rmtl vreny •utboiua* •»«*.(. M uron
1"»a- ea %"»4" l»»ap i»*o.e.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 580
FIGURE 2102-2 WALL FRAMING DETAILS
IF PUTI .» CUT POO tXPi
on HUTiNa %tack ne w/tm mbtal
VtiAP >"} t '*', *. • l» 0 NAIL* (A. imo
ooueti i*+ —
PLATE
r\m*W
aqoumo piofi
WITH SdPTlCW* A*
«*r roraTH in
ftl£TI0M 2102.2
/
7
r- on Exreraioo *au9 ora
I BSAQlMS 3AGTI7-IOM5
Vstaogio .C*MTc,4-o:
Huoira
37"
?■* roMMta
"3T
r=T=t2SSBBX^.
0
4
pOOVtOi VtNT* x
AOO©OOAWCi WITH
ǤCT. 2 101.9
UtKI APPtJWtD SNtATM.ta
CO BOACl EACN BviO O*
EiTtraioa *ali auo fouhoation
WALL WiTM I**' -»T ,N aOACI*
ExrSMOlWa FOOM FCUMOAT.OM
TO TOtS Pi-ATt MQ APWSOVtO
SMKATW^G SEE TA©L6 ZIOZ-I
nnF
E
4OU0 9L0CIAMMG
joist
1 4' Ml*
fOUNOftTtCAJ •tuo» —
in fcoriNA -) "
WALL PtgAMIMG ABOVE FOUNDATION
i »4 eotec l»t into •ruot
MftAia iach ino or wau.
AT AM AMOU HOT OOlATIfl
THAW a©e • 1 M NAIl*
UtT-tKt BQACt
coraweo STUOS
Vol. 18 - 58.1
1/1/78
TABU 2102-1 FASTERER SCHEDULE FOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
1 -
DESCRIPTIOH OF BUILDING MATERIALS
NUMBER & TYPEl
OF
FASTENER2, 3, 5
SPACING
OF
FASTENERS j
Joist Co sill or girder, toe natl
3-8d
i
l
1" s 6" •ubfloor or less to each Joiat, face nail
2-8d
2-staples, 1
3/4"
I
Wider than 1" x 6" subfloor to each Joiat, faca nail
3-8d
4-ataplea, 1
3/4"
-
2" subfloor to joiat or girder, blind and face nail
Sole plate to Joist or blocking, face nail
Top or sole plate to stud, end nail
Stud to sola plate, toe nail
Doubled studs, face nail
Doubled top plates, face nail
Top plates, taps and Intersections, face nail
2-16d
16d
2-16d
4-8d or 3-16d
16d
16d
2-16d
16" o.c.
24" o.c.
16" o.c.
Continued header, two plecea
16d
16" o.c.
along each edge
Calling Joists to plate, toe nail
Continuous header to stud, toe nail
Celling Joist, taps over partitions, face nail
Ceiling Joist to parallel rafters, face nail
Rafter to plate, toe nail
2-16d
4-8d
3-16d
3-16d
3-8d
-
1" brace to each stud and plate, face nail
2-8d
2-staples, 1
3/4"
-
1" x 6" sheathing to each bearing, face nail
2-8d
2-staples, 1
3/4"
-
1" x -8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail
2-8d
3-staplea, 1
3/4"
Wider than 1" x 8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail
3-8d
4-staples, 1
3/4"
•
Built-up corner studs
16d
30" o.c.
Built-up girder and beaas
20d
32" o.c. at top
& bottom 6
ataggered 2-20d
at ends & at ea.
splice
2- Inch planka
2-16d
at
each bearing
Roof rafters to ridge, valley
or hip rafters,
to* nail
face nail
2-16d
3-16d
i
Collar tlea to rafters, face nail
3-8d
-
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 582
TABLE 2102-1 (continued)
DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING MATERIALS
DESCRIPTION1 OF
FASTENERS2» 3. 5
SPACING
edges
OF FASTENERS
inter, sup.*
Plywood subfloor,
roof and wall sheathing to frame
1/2 Inch - 5/ 16 Inch
6d
staple 16 ga.
6"
4"
10"
7"
5/8 Inch - 3/4 Inch
8d smooth or 6d deformed
6"
10"
7/8 Inch
8d
6"
10"
I Inch - 1 1/8 Inch
lOd smooth or 8d deformed
6"
6"
Other wall sheathing'
1/2" Fiberboa^Shefething
1-1/2" galvanized roofing nail
6d common nail
staple 16 ga. 1-1/8" long
3"
6"
25/32" Flberboard Sheathing
1-3/4" galvanized roofing nail
8d common nail
staple 16 ga. 1-1/2" long
3"
6"
1/2" Gypsum Sheathing
1-1/2" galvanized roofing nail
6d common nail
staple 16 ga. 1-1/2" long
4"
8"
Partlcleboard wall sheathing
(Exterior-Type 2-B-l)
3/8" - 1/2"
6d common nail
6"
12"
5/8" - 3/4"
8d common nail
staple 16 ga. 1-1/2" long
6"
12"
Combination subfloor-underlaynent to framing
3/4 Inch and less
6d deformed
6"
10"
7/8 Inch - 1 inch
8d deformed
6"
10"
1-1/8 inches - 1-1/4 inches
lOd smooth or 8d deformed
6"
6"
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 6:
All nails are smooth-common, box or deformed shanks except where otherwise stated.
Nail is a general description and may be T-head, modified round head or round head.
Staples are 16 gauge wire and have a minimum seven-sixteenths (7/16) inch O.D. crown
width.
Nails shall be spaced at not more than six (6) Inches o.c. st all supports where spans
are forty-eight (48) inches or greater. Nails shall be spaced at not more than tea
(10) Inches o.c. at Intermediate supports for floors.
The number of fasteners required for connections not included in this table shall be
based on the values set forth In Reference Standard RS-21-6.
Four (4) foot x eight (8) foot or four (4) foot x nine (9) foot panels shall be
applied vertically.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 583
e) HEADERS: The allowable space for headers in bearing walls
shall not1 exceed the values set forth in Table 2102-2.
Exceptions are allowed when an engineering analysis using
standard accepted practice is provided to justify variations
from the above table.
f) FIRESTOPPING: Firestopping shall be provided to cut off
all concealed draft openings (both vertical and horizontal)
and form an effective fire barrier between stories, and
between a top story and the roof space. It shall also be
used in:
1) stud walls at ceilings and floor levels ^_
2) any other locations not specifically mentioned above,
such as holes for pipes, shafting, behind furring
strips, and similar places which could afford a
passage for flames.
Firestopping shall consist of approved noncombustible materi-
als or of wood two (2) inches nominal thickness. If width
of opening is such that more than one (1) piece of lumber
is necessary, there shall be two (2) thicknesses of one (1)
inch material with staggered joints.
TABLE 2102-2 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SPANS
FOR HEADERS SUPPORTING
WOOD FRAME WALLS
Si*> of Steal
HaaoW
Stic of
Wood
Had**'
AHoiimcU Span of Haadart in Fan tor Baarirtf WaFta1-'
Ahova
On.
Story
Abova
Two
Stonai
«I*ompH Span
ofHaadanai
GaragMor m
HMt not SUP-
2-1/2 « 2-1/2 »1M
3-1/2« 3-1/3 .1/4
6 « 1-7/8 JR
4 .2.6/8
7.2-1/8JH '
2-2" « «"
2-2" « 6-
3-3" « 8"
2-3" « 10"
3-3" > 13"
«■
4' to 6'
6' to 8'
8' to 10'
W lo 13'
4'
4' to «'
8' to 8'
8' to 10
4' toe-
s'to 8°
S'
S'to r
8* to 10"
10' to ir
12" to 18'
Note 1: Based on ten (10) foot tributary
floor and roof loads; in other
words, headers located in
exterior walls and supporting
twenty (20) foot span joists
or headers located in interior
bearing walls and supporting
joists spanning ten (10) foot
wide rooms on each side.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 584
NOTES FOR TABLE 2102-2 (continued)
Note 2: Based on header providing
support for wall height equal
to width of opening.
Note 3: Nominal four (4) inch wide
single headers may be substi-
tuted for the double members.
Note 4: Spans are based on No. 2 or
Standard Grade lumber. No. 3
Grade lumber may be used with
appropriate design.
TABLE 2102-3 PLYWOOD WALL SHEATHING
Face Grain Parallel or Perpendicular
to Studs
1
Stud Spacing (inches)
Minimum
Panel
Siding
Sheathing
Siding Nailed
Thickness
Identification
Nailed
Parallel
to Sheathing
Index
to Studs
to Studs
Sheathing
Perpendicular
to Studs
5/16
12/0, 16/0
20/0
16
—
16
3/8
16/0, 20/0
24/0
24
16
24
1/2
24/0, 32/16
24
24
24
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 585
2102.3 METAL: Steel structural elements in wal&s and partitions
may be either hot rolled structural steel shapes or bar sections
or members cold formed to shape from steel sheet, strap or plate,
or a fabricated combination thereof. Members shall be straight
and free of any defects which would significantly affect their
structural performance. The allowable span for steel headers in
bearing walls shall not exceed the values set forth in Table 2102-3.
Aluminum structural elements in walls and partitions shall be
constructed of materials and designed in accordance with accepted
engineering practice.
2102.4 GENERAL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION:
a) CORBELING: Corbels may be built only into solid masonry
walls twelve (12) inches or more in thickness. The project-
ion for each course in such corbel shall not exceed one (1)
inch and the maximum projection shall not exceed one-third
(1/3) the total thickness of the wall when used to support
structural members, and not more than six (6) inches when
used to support a chimney built into the wall. The top
course of all corbels shall be a header course.
b) COMBINED UNITS: In walls or other structural members
composed of different kinds or grades of units, materials,
or mOrtars, the maximum stress shall not exceed the allow-
able stress for the weakest of the combination units,
materials, and mortars of which the member is composed.
The net thickness of any facing unit which is used to
resist stress shall be not less than one and one-half (1 1/2)
inches.
c) PIERS: Every structural pier whose width is less than
three (3) times its thickness shall be designed and con-
structed as required for columns.
d) CHASES: Chases and recesses in masonry walls shall be
designed and constructed so as not to reduce the required
strength or required fireresistance of the wall.
e) STACK BOND: In unreinforced masonry where masonry units are
laid in stack bond, longitudinal reinforcements consisting
of not less than two (2) continuous wires each with a
minimum aggregate cross- sectional area of .017 square inch
shall be provided in horizontal bed joints spaced not more
than sixteen (16) inches on center vertically.
f) UNSUPPORTED HEIGHT: The unsupported height of masonry walls
shall not exceed the values set forth in Table 2102-4. The
unsupported height shall be measured between points of anchorage.
Footings may be considered as points of lateral support.
Vol. 18 - 586
1/1/78
Where wall stability is provided by intersecting waLls or
vertical stiffening elements such as pilasters, the unsup-
ported length may be measured between these elements pro-
viding the stiffening elements are anchored to the roof
and floor with connectors capable of transmitting all tri-
butary wind and seismic forces.
tABLE 2102-4 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR MASONRY WALLS
BEfWEER-LAEERAL SUPPORTS
TYPE OF MASONRY
WALL
ALLOWABLE*
HorL
(between supports)1
Stone
Cavity and* Hollow Units
Solid and Grouted (plain)
Reinforced Grouted
14 X t*
18 X t*
20 X t*
25 XP
Note 1: Support may be provided by roofs,
floors, foundations, beams, etc.,
in vertical direction or by pilasters,
columns, piers, cross walls, etc.,
in horizontal direction, either but
now both are required.
Note 2: "t" is taken as the nominal thickness
of (he wall in inches.
Note 3: "t" for cavity walls, is the sum of
the nominal thickness of the wythes
without the cavity.
Note 4: An additional unsupported height of
-six (6) feet is permitted for gable
end walls.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
587
g) LINTELS: Masonry walls shall be reinforced over openings in
accordance with Table 2102-5. Exceptions are allowed when an
engineering analysis using standard accepted practice is pro-
vided to justify variations from .the table below.
The reinforcement shall be located in spaces fully grouted to
a depth of not less than eight (8) inches and shall extend not
less than twelve (12) inches beyond the sides of the opening.
TABLE 2102-5 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR MASONRY AND
STEEL LINTELS SUPPORTING MASONRY
WALLS
Number of 1/2"'
Diameter, or
Equivalent Area,
Reinforcing Bars
Allowable Span in1 Feet and Inches
!
Structural3 Steel
1
No Floor
Above
One Floor
Above
Two Floors
Above
1
4"-6"
3' - 0"
r - 6"
C 2-1/2x2-1/2x5/16 1
Z 3x3x 1/4
2
6' - 0"
4--0"
y . 6"
£. 3-1 /2x 3-1/2x5/16
ST 5 1
3
8" . 6"
5*-0"
4'-0"
ST 5
ST 6 I
4
10' - 0"
6'-0"
5'-0"
ST 6
ST8B
Note 1: Depth of reinforced lintels shall be
not less than eight (8) inches and
all cells of hollow masonry lintels
shall be grouted solid. Reinforcing
bars shall extend not less than
eight (8) inches into the support.
Note 2: Based on ten (10) foot tributary floor
and roof loads; in other words,
headers located in exterior walls and
supporting twenty (20) foot span
joists or headers located in interior
bearing walls and supporting joists
spanning ten (10) foot wide rooms on
each side.
Note 3: Extend steel lintels six (6) inches
into the support.
h) ANCHORAGE^ Masonry walls shall be anchored to floor and roof
systems in accordance with the details shown in Figure 2102-3.
Footings may be considered as points of lateral support.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 588
i) REINFORCEMENT: Masonry walls subject to wind loads greater
than forty (40) pounds per square foot shall be constructed
in accordance with the requirements of this section. The
minimum area of reinforcement shall be not less than 0.002
times the gross cross-sectional area of the wall, not more
than two-thirds (2/3) of which may be used in either direction.
No required vertical reinforcement shall be less than three-
eighths (3/8) inch in diameter. Principal wall steel shall
have a maximum spacing of four (4) feet on center. A lesser
amount of reinforcement may be used to resist tensile stresses
specified for partially reinforced masonry construction.
Partially reinforced walls may be considered as reinforced
walls for unsupported height provisions provided the rein-
forcement is designed to resist all horizontal forces and
the vertical reinforcement is spaced not more than eight (8)
feet on center and not less than .2 square inch of horizon-
tal reinforcement is provided at the top of footings, at
top and bottom of openings, at the roof and floor levels and
at the top of parapets.
All bars shall be completely embedded in mortar or grout.
Joint reinforcement embedded in horizontal mortar joints
shall have not less than five-eighths (5/8) inch mortar
coverage from the exposed face. All other reinforcement
shall have a minimum coverage of one (1) bar diameter over
all bars, but not less than three-quarter (3/4) inch except
where exposed to weather or soil in which cases the minimum
coverage shall be two (2) inches.
j) BEAM SUPPORTS: Beams, girders or other concentrated loads
supported by a wall or column shall have bearing of at least
three (3) inches in depth measured parallel to the beam and
three (3) inches in length upon solid masonry or upon a metal
bearing plate of adequate design and dimensions to distribute
the load safely, or upon a continuous reinforced masonry
member projecting not less than four (4) inches from the face
of the wall.
Joists shall be supported in accordance with Figure 2102-3.
2102.5 HOLLOW UNIT MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: Hollow unit masonry shall be laid with full face
. shell mortar beds and head and end joints shall be solidly
silled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the wall
or unit not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face
shells.
b) BONDING: Where two (2) or more hollow units are used to make
up the thickness of a wall, the stretcher courses shall be
bonded at vertical intervals not exceeding thxrty-four {#*)
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 589
FIGURE 2102-3 ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY WALLS LOCATED
WHERE WIND LOADS ARE LESS THAN 30 P.S.F.
9HtAXmHa KMlifcr? IM VZJ0r3OU4C£
WITH ;a©i6 2/02-1
witm r«eui zio
'1 BOtTfl _
EMMOOtO 4. "Mis
ANCHOT3AG6 QBQUlQEMfiMTO FOQ MAft3Nf3V WALL*
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 590
FIGURE 2102-3 (continued)
MtTAL Til*
JOIST ANC««"3A6fc 4.-O0-C
wTiraiora finish
6" PgjgK ft6AT3jt4G WAILS • WOOD JOIST FLOOQ
I. MAMNfjy HEADER MAV »| U9I0 IN U&LI OP METAL TIE*
1. tAoacn eoictf u%to in unexposed wvTHt ran icomomv
/^
^
^
^
r/
C-4
*6
vertical raEmtorxiMewT
WICK.
otaouT cam pjkN* f toora
%»AM KAMAM*
- HOiaiZOMTAL Q6*4f CrtCTEMlMT
IO"06M ftEAgWia WAU.S-PLAUK AMD &EAM TiMggQ PuOOt?
i. hoqixontal amo vertical ?Ews«3CtMSNT w»u. vAny w/studN
BMUIOIMINK
aotT MCH0O4 *i riiouoto
TO TQAUSFIlQ SHtA/a
woso FLOon JCH&T
G" BQICU SHEAQ WALLS - A) COD JOST PLCOQ
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 591
FIGURE 2102-3 (continued)
MITAU MALL T«4
— jotw AMCHoaASi e a,'ojc,
77
^:
a^a
^
z
7"
a
2
^n
1
2
2
IP ' BglgK AMP gaigM CAVITY BEAQIMG WALLS
WOOO jOiCT FLOOQ
I. CAVITY IN IMTMIOQ WALL* POMO** MIOtAMICAL «*CI H*0 OSNTrJ'fcfTl*
re HiaH «oumo oMttrAics.
l.£AVirv MAY M 1MCULATCO
PtWftlMffl
fUMMIMS
©tasuws
V-7-
LBooaa
fe" BOUSE ftSAOlMg WALL9 • WOO JOjgT f LOOQ
I. FU09N9 SPACI MAV M irtCULAHO If OMAtD.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 592
inches by lapping at least four (4) inches over the unit
below or by lapping at vertical intervals not exceeding
seventeen (17) inches with units which are at least fifty (50)
percent greater in thickness than the units below; or by
bonding with corrosion-resistant metal ties conforming to
the requirements for cavity walls. There shall be one (1)
metal tie for not more than each four and one-half (4 1/2)
square feet of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall
be staggered, and the maximum vertical distance between
ties shall not exceed eighteen (18) inches and the maximum
horizontal distance shall not exceed thirty-six (36) inches.
Walls banded with metal ties shall conform to the requirements
for allowable stress, lateral support, thickness, height,
and mortar for cavity walls.
2102.6 SOLID MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: In each wythe of plain solid masonry, not less than
seventy-five (75) percent of the units in any vertical
plane perpendicular to the wall plane shall lap the ends
of the units above and below a distance not less than one
and one-half (1 1/2) inches or one-half (1/2) the height of
the units, whichever is greater, or the masonry shall be
reinforced longitudinally.
b) BONDING: Adjacent wythes in bearing and nonbearing walls
shall be bonded by either headers or metal ties.
Where headers are used the facing and backing shall be
bonded so that not less than four (4) percent of the
exposed face area is composed of solid headers extending
not less than four (4) inches into the backing. The dis-
tance between adjacent full-length headers shall not
exceed twenty-four (24) inches vertically or horizontally.
Where the backing consists of two (2) or more wythes the
headers shall extend not less than four (4) inches into
the most distant wythe or the backing wythes shall be
bonded together with separate headers whose area and spacing
conform to the foregoing.
Where metal ties are used the facing and backing shall be
bonded with approved corrosion-resistant unit metal ties
or cross wires of masonry joint reinforcement. Unit ties
shall be of sufficient length to engage all wythes, with
ends embedded not less than one (1) inch in mortar, or
shall consist of two (2) lengths the inner embedded ends
of which are hooked and lapped not less than two (2) inches.
2102.7 CAVITY WALL MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: Cavity wall masonry is that type of construction
made with brick, structural clay tile or concrete masonry
units or any combination of such units in which facing
and backing are completely separated except for the
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 593
metal ties which serve as bonding.
b) CONSTRUCTION: In cavity walls neitheri the facing nor the
backing shall be less than four (4) inches in thickness and
the cavity shall be not less than one (1) inch net in width
nor more than four (4) inches in width. The backing shall
be at least as thick as the facing.
EXCEPTION: Where both the facing and backing are construct-
ed with clay or shale brick, the facing and backing may
be three (3) inches in thickness.
The facing and backing of cavity walls shall be bonded with
three-sixteenths (3/16) inch diameter steel rods or metal
ties of equivalent strength and stiffness embedded in the
horizontal joints. There shall be one (1) metal tie for
not more than each four and one-half (4 1/2) square feet
of wall area for cavity widths up to three and one-half
(3 1/2) inches net in width. Where the cavity exceeds
three and one-half (3 1/2) inches net in width, there shall
be one (1) metal tie for not more than three (3) square
feet of wall area. Ties in alternate courses shall be
staggered and the maximum vertical distance between ties
shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches and the maximum
horizontal distance shall not exceed thirty-six (36)
inches. Rods bent to rectangular shape shall be used with
hollow masonry units laid with the cells vertical; in other
walls the ends of ties shall be bent to ninety (90) degree
angles to provide hooks not less than two (2) inches long.
Additional bonding ties shall be provided at all openings,
spaced not more than three (3) feet apart around the peri'-
meter and within twelve (12) inches of the opening. Ties
shall be of corrosion-resistant metal, or shall be coated
with a corrosion-resistant metal or other approved protec-
tive coating.
2102.8 GROUTED MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: At the time of laying, all masonry units shall
be free of excessive dust and dirt. Only Type M or Type S
mortar consisting of a mixture of portland cement, hydrated
lime and aggregate shall be used.
b) LOW-LIFT GROUT: Requirements for construction shall be
as follows:
1) All units in the two (2) outer tiers shall be laid with
full shoved head and bed mortar joints. Masonry headers
shall not project into the grout space.
2) All longitudinal vertical joints shall be grouted and
shall be not less than three-quarters (3/4) inch in
thickness. In members of three (3) or more tiers in
thickness, interior bricks shall be embedded into the
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 594
1/1/78
grout so that at least three-quarters (3/4) inch of
grout surrounds the sides and ends of i each unit. All
grout shall be puddled with a grout stick immediately
after pouring.
3) One (1) exterior tier may be carried up sixteen (16)
inches before grouting, but the other exterior tier
shall be laid up and grouted in lifts not to exceed
six (6) times the width of the grout space with a
maximum of eight (8) inches.
4) If the work is stopped for one (1) hour or longer, the
horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stop-
ping all tiers at the same elevation and with the grout
one (1) inch below the top.
c) HIGH-LIFT GROUT: All units in the two (2) tiers shall be
laid with full head and bed mortar joints.
1) The two (2) tiers shall be bonded together with wall ties.
Ties shall be not less than No. 9 wire in the form of
rectangles four (4) inches wide and two (2) inches in
length less than the over-all wall thickness. Kinks,
water drips or deformations shall not be permitted in
the ties. One (1) tier of the wall shall be built up
not more than sixteen (16) inches ahead of the other
tier. Ties shall be laid not to exceed twenty-four (24)
inches on center horizontally and sixteen (16) inches
on center vertically for running bond and not more than
twenty-four (24) inches on center horizontally and
twelve (12) inches on center vertically for stack bond.
2) Provision shall be made for cleaning grout space. Mortar
projections, which project more than one-half (1/2)
inch into grout space and any other foreign matter
shall be removed from grout space prior to inspection
and grouting.
3) The grout space (longitudinal vertical joint) shall be
not less than three (3) inches in width and not less
than the thickness required by the placement of steel
with the required clearances and shall be poured solidly
with grout. Masonry walls shall cure at least three (3) days
to gain strength before pouring grout.
EXCEPTION: If the grout space contains no horizontal
steel, it may be reduced to two (2) inches.
4) Vertical grout barriers or dams shall be built of solid
masonry across the grout space the entire height of the
wall to control the flow of the grout horizontally.
Grout barriers shall be not more than twenty-five (25)
feet apart.
Vol. 18 - 595
5) Grout shall be a plastic mix suitable for pumping without
segregation of the constituents and shall be mixed
thoroughly. Grout shall be placed by pumping or by an
approved alternate method and shall be placed before
any initial set occurs and in no case more than one and
one-half (1 1/2) hours after water has been added.
6) Grouting shall be done in a continuous pour, in lifts
not exceeding four (4) feet. It shall be consolidated
by puddling or mechanical vibrating during placing and
reconsolidated after excess moisture has been absorbed
out before plasticity is lost. The grouting of any
section of a wall between control barriers shall be
completed in one (1) day with no interruptions greater
than one (1) hour.
7) Special inspection during grouting shall be provided where
required by the building official.
8) Grout shall not be pumped through aluminum pipes.
2102.9 REINFORCED GROUTED MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: Reinforced grouted masonry shall conform to all
of the requirements for grouted masonry specified in Section
2102.8 and also the requirements of this section.
b) CONSTRUCTION: The thickness of grout or mortar between
masonry units and reinforcement shall be not less than one-
quarter (1/4) inch, except that one-quarter (1/4) inch bars
may be laid in horizontal mortar joints at least one-half
(1/2) inch thick and steel wire reinforcement may be laid
in horizontal mortar joints at least twice the thickness
of the wire diameter.
2102.10 REINFORCED HOLLOW UNIT MASONRY:
a) GENERAL: Reinforced hollow unit masonry is that type of
construction made with hollow masonry units in which certain
cells are continuously, filled with concrete or grout, and
in which reinforcement is embedded. Only Type M or Type S
mortar consisting of a mixture of portland cement, hydrated
lime and aggregate shall be used.
b) CONSTRUCTION: Requirements for construction shall be as
follows :
1) All reinforced hollow ^nit masonry shall be built to
preserve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the
cells to be filled. Walls and cross webs forming such
cells to be filled shall be full-bedded in mortar to
prevent leakage of grout. All head (or end) joints shall
be solidly filled with mortar for a distance in from
the face of the wall or unit not less than the thick-
ness of the longitudinal face shells. Bond shall be
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 596
provided by lapping units in successive vertical courses
or by equivalent mechanical anchorage.
2) Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment
sufficient to maintain a clear, unobstructed continuous
vertical cell measuring not less than two (2) by three
(3) inches.
3) Cleanout openings shall be provided at the bottom of all
cells to be filled at each pour of grout where such grout
pour is in excess of four (4) feet in height. Any over-
hanging mortar or other obstruction or debris shall be
removed from the insides of such cell walls. The clean-
outs shall be sealed before grouting, and after inspection.
4) Vertical reinforcement shall be held in position at top
and bottom and at intervals not exceeding one hundred
ninety- two (192) diameters of the reinforcement.
5) All cells containing reinforcement shall be filled solidly
with grout. Grout shall be poured in lifts of eight
(8) feet maximum height. All grout shall be consolidated
at time of pouring by puddling or vibrating and then
reconsolidated by again puddling later, before plasticity
is lost.
When total grout pour exceeds eight (8) feet in height
the grout shall be placed in lifts not exceeding four (4)
feet each and special inspection during grouting shall
be required. Minimum cell dimension shall be three (3)
inches.
6) When the grouting is stopped for one (1) hour or longer,
horizontal construction joints shall be formed by
stopping the pour of grout one and one-half (1 1/2)
inches below the tope of the uppermost unit.
SECTION 2103.0 WALL COVERING
2103.1 GENERAL: Interior and exterior wall covering shall con-
form to the requirements of this section.
Conformity with the applicable material, test, construction and
design standards specified in the reference standards of this
article shall be acceptable as providing compliance with the
requirements of this article.
2103.2 INTERIOR COVERINGS:
a) GENERAL: Interior coverings shall be installed in accord-
ance with this section and Tables 2103-1, 2103-2, 2103-3,
2103-4, 2103-5 and 2103-6.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 597
b) VERTICAL ASSEMBLIES: Vertical support for lath or gypsum
wallboard shall be not less than two (2) inches nominal
in least dimension. Wood stripping for furring shall be not
less than two (2) inches nominal thickness in the least
dimension except that furring strips not less than one (1)
inch by two (2) inch dimension may be used over solid
backing.
c) INTERIOR LATH: Gypsum lath shall not be installed until
weather protection for the installation is provided. Where
wood frame walls and partitions are covered on the interior
with portland cement plaster or tile or similar material
and subject to water splash, the framing shall be protected
with an approved moisture barrier.
Thickness, spacing of supports and the methods of attachment
of gypsum lath shall be as set forth in Tables 2103-1 and
TABLE 2103-1 MAXIMUM SPACING OF SUPPORTS FOR LATH
VERTICAL
lln InchMl
HORIZONTAL
llnlnohaa)
TYPE Of LATH ' IPltS*M Yard!
Wood
Matal
GA'.KiE AND MESH SIZE
Solid
P.rm.o*.
Oftar
Wood or
Metal
u
Eipanoad Mtul Lad*
(Diamond Mathl
2.5
34
It
16
16
16
12
16
16
13ft
Flat P-D E.pandad Mala' Lath
275
3.4
16
19
16
24
19
16
IS
12
19
Stucco Maah Eipandad
Mratli*
Uand
3.6
16'
-
-
-
"
3/8" Mb Eipandad Maul Lm
3.4
4.0
14
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Shott Lath 4 5
24
-
24
24
24
3/4" Rib Expanded UtW Lath | 5.4
-
-
36"
36"
1 95 pound). No 1 1 eugt 2" < 2"
Wttdod Mooundi. No.16gauga, 2" ■ 2"
^ UB, 1.4 pound*. No. Itgauga. I"«V*
24
24
16
24
16
24
16
24
18
Wovan
1 4 pound!. No. '7 gaugr. 1":" HwagONl'
1.4 pounds, No-ltgaugt, 1" H.*egon«i'
z
"
_
z
3/8" Gvpaum Lath (paricnnad)
-
16
16
16
3/8" Gypaum Lath (plain)
-
16
16
16
1 V Gvpauhi Lath ipor toratadl
-
16
16
It
1/2'Gvpfcm Lath (pia.r
-
24
24
24
Note 1: Metal lath and wire lath used as
reinforcement for portland cement
plaster shall be furred out away
from vertical supports at least
one-quarter (%) inch. Self- furring
lath meets furring requirements.
Note 2: Wire backing required on open vertical
frame construction except under
expanded metal lath and paperback
wire lath.
Note 3: Contact or furred ceilings only. May
not be used in suspended ceilings.
Note 4: Stucco netting, not to be used as a
base for gypsum plaster.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
598
2103-2. Approved wire and sheet metal attachment clips
may be used.
d)
Gypsum lath shall be applied with the long dimension perpen-
dicular to supports, and with end joints staggered in
successive courses. End joints may occur on one support
where lath is applied the full length of the joint.
The type and weight of metal lath, the gauge and spacing of
nails and staples, the spacing of supports, and the methods
of attachment to wood supports shall be as set forth in
Tables 2103-1 and 2103-2, except that gypsum veneer plaster
may be applied in one (1) coat.
INTERIOR PLASTER: Plastering with gypsum plaster or portland
cement plaster shall be not less than three (3) coats when
applied over metal lath or wire lath and shall be not less
than two (2) coats when applied over other bases permitted
by this section except that veneer plaster may be applied
in one (1) coat, not to exceed three-sixteenths (3/16)
inch thickness.
e) GYPSUM WALLBOARD: All gypsum wallboard shall be installed
In accordance with the provisions of this section.
Gypsum wallboard shall not be installed until weather
protection is provided.
Supports shall be spaced not to exceed the spacing as set
forth in Table 2103-6 for single-ply application.
1/1/78
TABLE 2103-2 MAXIMUM SPACING OF FASTENERS FOR SUPPORT OF LATH
TYKOFLATH
NAILS
STAPLES
(Round o* FiMttn
Type
Soearsi
^
(ft.
Sag.
No.
"Szr
So*K'«9
v-'"=* | ££
v"""
Hot.
(In inches)
III.
ndraal
OvwdUt*
EqanM KM Latb
tad Flat Rib Metal
l«tl
4d blued bos (cjinebedl'
VNo.il gauge. 7/16" Kud. barbed
1l/Trlo.11«w§e. 7/16' (»ed. barbed
8
6
7/8
16
7/11
6
8
3/8" Rib Maul Uth
and Sheet La*
1-1/2" No.1.1 gauge. 7/16" head, barbed
6
6
1-1/4 | 16
7/18
a
1
3/4- Rib
aarMLaOi
at) Common
7". Ho.11 gouge. 7/16" head, barbad
Alrib*
Athba
1-3/4
16
I'll
Atiibt
At ribs
w,-. uoi-
4d blued bos Winched) J
1" No.11 gauge. 7/18" haad. barbad
I 1 rr No 11 gauge. 7/18" heed, barbad
1 1/4" No 12gauge. 3/8" haad lu'fing
6
6
6
6
6
7AJ 16
1
1
7'I6 .6 j «
J/8' Gvpmjm Leth
11/8" No.13 gauge. 19'64' baad. blued'
6 S | 7/8 I 16
'" 1 ' 1 '
1/7" Gypsum Lerh
11/4" No.13 gauga. ig/64"head. blued'
}• i f
4* *'
11,
"
,,. | 4 j 4
Note 1: With divergent points and semi -flattened
round wire for gypsum lath.
Note 2: When lath and stripping are stapled
simultaneously, increase leg length
of staple one-eighth (1/8) inch.
Note 3: For interior only.
Vol. 18 - 599
NOTES FOR TABLE 2103-2 (continued)
Note 4: Attach self-furring wire fabric lath
to supports at furring device.
Note 5: Perforated lath.
Note 6: Flain lath.
All edges and ends of gypsum wallboard shall occur on the
framing members, except those edges and ends which are per-
pendicular to the framing members.
The size and spacing of fasteners shall comply with Table
2103-6.
f) SHOWER AND BATH COMPARTMENTS: Shower and bath compartments
shall be finished in accordance with the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Sanitary Code promulgated by the Depart-
ment of Public Health.
g) OTHER INTERIOR FINISHES: Other approved interior finishes
shall conform to the applicable reference standards of this
article.
2103.3 EXTERIOR COVERINGS:
a) GENERAL: Exterior covering shall be installed in accordance
with this section and Tables 2103-1, 2103-2, 2103-3, 2103-5,
and 2103.7.
b) EXTERIOR LATH: All lath and lath attachments shall he of
corrosion-resistant materials and shall conform to Tables
2103-1 and 2103-2.
Backing for vertical 'surfaces shall consist of sheathing
or of not less than No. 18 U.S. gauge steel wire stretched
taut horizontally and spaced not more than six (6) inches
apart vertically.
Where lath on vertical surfaces extends between rafters,
or other similar projecting members, solid backing shall be
installed to provide support for lath and attachments.
Gypsum lath shall not be used, except that on horizontal
supports of ceilings or roof soffits, it may be used as
backing for metal lath or wire lath and portland cement
plaster.
Backing is not required under metal lath or paperbacked
wire lath.
c) EXTERIOR PLASTER: Plastering with portland cement plaster
shall be not less than three (3) coats when applied over
metal lath or wire lath and shall be not less than two (2)
coats when applied over masonry, concrete, or gypsum back-
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 600
ing. If plaster surface is completely covered by veneer
of other facing material, or is completely concealed,
plaster application need only be two (2) coats provided
the total thickness is as set forth in Table 2103-5.
On wood frame construction with an on-grade concrete floor
slab system, exterior plaster shall be applied in such a
manner as to cover, but not to extend below, lath, paper
and screed.
TABLE 2103-3 THICKNESS OF PLASTER
PLASTER BASE
FINISHED THICKNESS OF PLASTER FROM
FACE OF LATH, MASONRY, CONCRETE
Gypsum Plaster
Portland Cement Plaster
Expanded Metal Lath
Wire Lath
Gypsum Lath
Masonry Walls3
Monolithic Concrete Walls14
Monolithic Concrete Ceilings14
Gypsum Veneer Base*
5/8" minimum'
5/8" minimum'
1/2" minimum
1/2" minimum
5/8" maximum
3/8" maximum5
1/16" minimum
5/8" minimum'
3/4" minimum (interior)1
7/8" minimum (exterior)'
1/2" minimum
7/8" maximum
1/2" maximum
Note 1: When measured from back plane of
expanded metal lath, exclusive of
ribs, or self-furring lath, plaster
thickness shall be three-quarter (3/4)
inch minimum.
Note 2: When measured from face of support
or backing.
Note 3: Because masonry and concrete surfaces
may vary in plane, thickness of
plaster need not be uniform.
Note 4: When applied over a liquid bonding
agent, finish coat may be applied
directly to concrete surface.
Note 5: Approved acoustical plaster may be
applied directly to concrete, or
over base coat plaster, beyond the
maximum plaster thickness shown.
Note 6: Attachment shall be in accordance
with Table 2103-6.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 601
Only approved plasticity agents and approved amounts thereof
may be added to portland cement when plasttic cement is used,
no additional lime or plasticizers shall be added, flydrated
lime or the equivalent amount of lime putty used as a plas-
ticizer, may be added to standard portland cement in an
amount not to exceed twenty (20) percent bv weight of the
Portland cement.
The proportion of aggregate to cementitious materials shall
be as set forth in Table 2103-5.
TABLE 2103-4 GYPSUM PLASTER PROPORTIONS
1
NUMBER
COAT
PLASTER BASE
OR LATH
MAXIMUM VOLUME AGGREGATE
PER 100 POUNDS NEAT PLASTER'
(Cubic Fart)
Damp Loom Sand1
rVliteor Vermiculite'
Two-coat Work
Base Coat
Gypsum Lath
2*
2
Base Coat
Masonry
3
3
Three-coat Work
First Coat
Lath
2'
2
Second Cut
Lath
3'
2'
1
First and
Sacond Coats
Masonry
3
3
Note 1:
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 5:
Wood fibered gypsum plaster may be
mixed in the proportions of one hundred
(100) pounds of gypsum to not more
than one (1) cubic foot of sand where
applied on masonry or concrete.
When determining the amount of aggregate
in set plaster, a tolerance of ten (10)
percent shall be allowed.
Combinations of sand and lightweight
aggregate may be used provided the
volume and weight relationship of the
combined aggregate to gypsum plaster
is maintained.
If used for both first and second
coats, the volume of aggregate may
be two and one-half (2%) cubic feet.
Where plaster is one (1) inch or more
in total thickness the proportions
for the second coat may be increased
to three (3) cubic feet.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
602
TABLE 2103-5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER
[vAXIUUW VOLUM* ^GOMCATe H« VOLUWt CiMf «TiTlOI»l
•twtlmd C»m«ni
Port** OmtQlL.mt Wm» '
10 per Vohimt
Cwrwni
M«K-m..m VtXumt
Sind C*i Volume
C*m*nt and L«nt
AporOBimtU | Minimum
Minimum i P»tOd
Minimum
Interval
Ottwwn Cmii
Note 1: When determining the amount of aggregate
in set plaster, a tolerance of ten (10)
percent may be allowed.
Note 2: From ten (10) to twenty (20) pounds of
dry hydrated lime (or an equivalent
amount of lime putty) may be added as
a plasticizing agent to each sack of
Type I and Type II Standard portland
cement in base coat plaster.
Note 3: No additions of plasticizing agents
shall be made.
Note 4: See Table 2103-3.
Note 5: Measured from face of support or
backing to crest of scored plaster.
Note 6: Twenty-four (24) hours minimum period
for moist curing of interior portland
cement plaster.
Note 7: Twenty- four (24) hours minimum interval
between coats of interior portland
cement plaster.
Note 8: Finish coat plaster may be applied to
interior portland cement base coats
after a forty-eight (48) period.
Note 9: For finish coat, plaster up to an
equal part of dry hydrated lime by
weight (or an equivalent volume of
lime putty) may be added to Type I,
Type II and Type III Standard portland
cement .
1/1/78
Vol. 18
603
TABLE 2103-6 APPLICATION OF GYPSUM WALLBOARD
TWCMtS
OF
wallioano
II Mt>
PLANE OF
FRAMING
SURFACE
LONG DIMENSION OF
.GYPSUtl WALLBOARD
SHEETS IN RELATION
TO DIRECTION OF
MAXIMUM
SPACING OF
FRAMING
UEHBERS
llnlndlaaj
MAXIMUM SPACING
OF FASTI AIRS
leoirtr-totantar)
(In Indian
HAILS' -TO WOOD
NAILS "
SCREWS'
i/j
Horiiontal
Eithw Direction
.6
12
Mo 13 jojoj. 13/1" long 10/M'hoM
No -09flgauga. 11/4" long. Annular
nngad 5d. eoolc n*l
KorlrontaJ
Parp.Ad.ailt,
24
7
12
Vartcal
»
8
12
M
Morltontal
EltfMf Cirecnon
IB
7
12
No 13gauga. 14/8" long. IWM
No. .006 gauga. 1-3/8" long. Annul*
ringed Bd. COCJyr ruil
Horiiontal
Paraarticular
24
7
12
Varac*
Eitho, Direction
24
12
Fattening Raquirad with Adhaiiva Apolication
l/J
M
""•—
Ellhar Direction
IS
16
It
Ai required for t.'r' and BAT nypum
•elboarf. ae abova
Parpandrcular
24
12
16
Vartc*
Eithar Direction
24
24
24
U/i
OMtmil
Haxltomal
Porpandiculo,
24
ie
10
Raw ply noilad aa racukad lor 1/2-
Varseal
Bthar Direction
24
24
24
plaoad wlta adhaaJm
Note 1: Where the metal framing has a clinching
design formed to receive the nails
by two (2) edges of metal, the nails
shall be not less than five-eighths
(5/8) inch longer than the wallboard
thickness, and shall have ringed
shanks. Where the metal framing
has a nailing groove formed to receive
the nails, the nails shall have barbed
shanks or be 5d, No. 13% gauge,
one and five-eighths (1 5/8) inches
long, fifteen-sixty-fourths (15/64)
inch head for one-half (%) inch gypsum
wallboard; 6d, No. 13 gauge, one and
seven-eighths (1 7/8) inches long,
fifteen-sixty- fourths (15/64) inch
head for five-eighths (5/8) inch
gypsum wallboard.
Note 2: Two (2) nails spaced not less than
two (2) inches apart, nor more than
two and one -half (2%) inches apart
and pairs of nails spaced not more
than twelve (12) inches center- to-
center may be used.
Note 3: Screws shall be No. 6 with tapered
head and long enough to penetrate
into wood framing not less than
five-eighths (5/8) inch and metal
framing not less than one-quarter (%)
inch.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 604
TABLE 2103-7 WEATHER-RESISTANT SIDING ATTACHMENT
Nominal1
Thtck-
(iBChtl)
Joint
Traocaant
Waathar
kaalataaea
Meaarane
required
™ 01 SUPPORTS PO« TES SIDINC HATEP.I4L AND »»<ilTlir.^
Siding
Material
Wood or
Fljmood
Shaath inf
Pibarboard
lhaa thing
Into Stud
Crpsua)
Sheathing
Into Scud
Olract
to Scuda
Busbar or
Spacing of
Fattanara
Horli-
Alum."
Without
Insulation
.on"
Lap
■to
.120-Nall-lk"
.120-Nell-2"
.120-Hall-2"
Hat
Al loved
Sana ai Stud
Spacing
.024
Lap
Ho
.120-Hell
H" long
.120 -Hall
2" loa«
.120-Hall
2" lon(
Hot
Allowed
With
lnauletloo
.019
Lap
No
.120-Hnil-iy
.120-Nall-2k"
.120-Nall-2k"
.120-Hall-lk"
Horlsootal
Aibcitof Cotflt
Soarde
Sblnglt.7
5/32
1/8
(2)
Lap
(2)
Yaa
.113-Hall-lk"
.lll-Nall-2"
,113-Nall-l 1/4"
.113-Hall-l 3/8"
1 Halli par
Shingle
trick Vooeer
CUT TIU Vant
Concrete Veneer
2
1/4 to 1
2
Sac. 2103.}
Taa
•Saa Sac. 2103.3 and Ftgur« 2101-1-
Horltootal
Plberboard3
1/2
Sac. 2103.3
Ho
.019 «all-2-
Stapla 1 3/6"
• lU-tJall-2 3/4"
StapU Ik"
.113-Nall-21j"
Stapla 2k"
.099-Hall-2"
StapU 1 3/4"
Sana a> stud
Spacing
Herfboard1
Board and Batten
Vertical
1/4
<»>
(»
.099-Hall-2"
Stapla 1%"
.099HU11-2V
Stapla 2"
.OW-Hail-2"
Stapla 1 3/4"
.099-Hatl-l 3/4"
Stapla Ik"
6" Panel Edgaa
8" Intar. Sup.
Hani bo art3
Lap-Siding-
Korlcoacel
7/16
(2)
(«
.099HU11-2"
Stapla 1 7/S"
.ow-aaii-av
Stapla V,"
.099-«all-2k"
Stapla 2k"
.099-Hall-2"
Stapla 1 7/S"
Saa* aa Scud
Spacing
2 par Baarlng
Vertical Taael
siding
7/ It
m
(1)
.099-Hall-2"
Stapla- Ik"
.0»9-Hall-2k"
StapU-»k"
,099-Nail-2"
Stapla-2"
.080-Hall-l 3/4"
Stapla-lV"
6" Panal Edgaa
12" Intar. Sup.
Steell
29 »«.
Lap
' Bo
. Ill-Hall -1 3/4"
Stapla 1 3/4"
.Ul-Hall-2 3/4"
«ta»U2V
.111-Nell-lV"
Stapla 2k"
Hot
Allowed
Saaa «• Stud
Spacing
Scone Veneer
2
Sac. 2103.3
Taa
•Saa Sac. 2103.3 and rigui
■a 2101-3-
Fartlcleeoar*
Panele
1/1
1/1
(2)
(1)
(2)
(2)
,113-HC
1-2"
Stapla 1 3/1"
.113-Hall-2"
Stapla 1 7/1"
.U3-Hall-21j"
Stapla 2k"
.U3-Ball-2k"
Stapla 2%"
•Ill-Hall
V-2"
StapU 2"
.lll-Hall-2k"
Stapla 2k"
Rot
Allowed
.lll-H.11-2"
Stapla 1 1/8"
<" on Cdgai
S" Intar. Sup.
6" on Edgaa
8" Intar. Sup.
PljVOOC lull"
(Interior Grata)
1/1
<»
(2)
.0*9Htall-2"
Stapla 1 3/8"
.U)-Hell-2k"
• Stapla 2k"
• 099-IU11-2"
Stapla 2"
,099-Hall-2"
Stapla 1 1/8"
6" on Edgaa
12" Intar. Sup.
uooe
Ruetlc, Drop
fktplap
mi
lutt
Tlap
)/• Mia.
19/11 tor.
7/16
1/16
Lap
Lap
Lap
tto
Ho
■a
Faatamar
Penetration Into Stud - I"
.U3-Ball-2k"
Stapla-2"
race Hailing
Wlathe, 1
Hail par Baar-
lng. 8" vldtha
and over, 2
■alia par
Searing
Shakee7
1/1
Lap
Taa
.0»13-Neil-2" Stapla 2"
Jhluglee'
1/S
Lap
Taa
14- ana U
" shinjloe
.•78-Hail-lk"
2 Paatanara
par ghingla
Shake
Stapla - IV
24" Shi
ngloa
.OM-aall-lk"
Stapla - Ik"
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 605
NOTE FOR TABLE 2103-7
Note 1: Based on stud spacing of sixteen (16) inches o.c. Where
studs are spaced twenty-four (24) inches siding may be
applied to sheathing approved for that spacing.
Note 2: If boards are applied over sheathing or weather-resistant
membrane joints need not be treated. Otherwise vertical
joints must occur at studs and covered with batts.
Note 3: Shall be of approved type.
Note 4: Nail is a general description and may be T-head, modified
round hear, or round hear with smooth or deformed shanks.
Note 5: Staples shall have a minimum crown width of seven- sixteenths
(7/16) inch o.d. and be manufactured of minimum 16 gauge
wire.
Note 6: All attachments shall be coated with a corrosion-resistive
coating.
Note 7: Shingles and shakes applied over regular density fiber-
board or gypsum sheathing shall be fastened to horizontal
wood nailers or fiberboard shingle backer.
Note 8: Aluminum nails shall be used to attach aluminum siding.
Note 9: Nails or staples must be aluminum, galvanized, or rust-
preventative coated and shall be driven into the studs
for fiberboard or gypsum backing.
Note 10; Aluminum (0.19-inch) may be unbacked only when the flat
areas are five (5) inches or less in the naroow dimension.
Note 11: Three-eighths (3/8) inch plywood may be applied direct
to studs spaced sixteen (16) inches on center. One-half
(%) inch plywood may be applied direct to studs spaced
twenty-four (24) inches on center.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 606
FIGURE 2103-1 MASONRY VENEERED WALL
, MINIMUM 3/4 CUBAOAMC6
^~ £«TWS*N MASCWOV »NO woo©
apposed ties rztao
auiuoiMQ oapcq en
APpraoviO WATBO r366i«T*MT
SHEATWWO MCK OP VlNItQ
ano ovira 9Tuo%.
foq ertiL ="3 M«6owRy
.ixrrew sit ""*e>.c 2 joj-r
•— MA40MOV ViMCM WALL ^UPGOTSTIO
0N fCOTIUO On FCXJUOATlON **U.
MA60NQV VEKiBBOBO W*LC
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 60":
d) MASONRY VENEER, GENERAL: All masonry veneer shall be installed
in accordance with this section. Figure 2103-1 and Table
2103-7. Exterior masonry veneer shall not be attached to
wood at any point more than thirty (30) feet above the
adjacent ground elevation.
1) Masonry veneer shall not support any vertical load
other than the dead load of the veneer above. Veneer
above openings shall be supported upon lintels of
none ombustible material and the allowable span shall
not exceed the values set forth in Table 2103-8. The
lintels shall have a bearing of not less than four (4)
inches.
2) Masonry veneer shall be attached to the supporting wall
with corrosion-resistant metal ties.
Veneer ties, if strand wire, shall be not less in thick-
ness than No. 6 U.S. gauge wire and shall have a hook
embedded in the mortar joint, or if sheet metal, not
less than No. 22 U.S. gauge corrugated. Each tie shall
be spaced not more than twenty-four (24) inches on
center horizontally and shall support not more than
three and one-quarter (3 1/4) square feet of wall area.
EXCEPTION: In wind areas of more than thirty (30)
pounds per square foot, each tie shall support not
more than two (2) square feet of wall area.
In lieu of such wire ties, an approved method of grouting
the veneer to a paperbacked reinforcement attached
directly to the studs may be used.
e) WEATHER PROTECTION: Exterior walls shall be covered with a
weather-resistant siding and/or membrane.
f) WEATHER-RESISTANT SIDING: The weather-resistant covering
shall be attached in accordance with Table 2103-7 and where
required the cellular spaces shall be ventilated so as not
to make ineffective the firestopping at floor, attic and
roof levels. In addition, where cellular spaces are pro-
vided with interior non-corrodible vapor type barriers other
means shall be used to avoid condensation and leakage of
moisture.
g) WEATHER-RESISTANT MEMBRANE: Asphalt- saturated felt free
from holes and breaks and weighing not less than fourteen
(14) pounds per one hundred (100) square feet or other
approved weather-resistant membrane shall be applied over
studs or sheathing of all exterior walls as required by
Table 2103-7. Such felt or membrane shall be applied
weatherboard fashion, lapped not less than two (2) inches
at horizontal joints and not less than six (6) inches
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 608
at vertical joints.
Such felt or membrane may be omitted in the following cases:
1) Under weather-resistant siding.
2) In accessory buildings.
3) Over water-repellant panel sheathing.
4) Under approved paperbacked metal or wire fabric lath.
5) Under metal lath, wire lath or wire fabric lath on
noncombustible construction.
h) FLASHING: Approved corrosion-resistive flashing shall be
provided at top and sides of all exterior window and door
openings in such manner as to be leakproof. Similar flash-
ings shall be installed at the intersection of chimneys or
other masonry construction with frame or stucco walls, with
projecting lips on both sides under stucco copings; under
and at the ends of masonry, wood or metal copings and sills;
continuously above all projecting wood trim; at wall and
roof intersections; under built-in gutters; at junction
of chimneys and roofs; in all roof valleys and around all
roof openings.
i) PLYWOOD APPLICATION: Exterior plywood joints shall occur
over framing members, unless wood or plywood sheathing is
used or joints are lapped horizontally a minimum of one
and one-half (1 1/2) inches or otherwise made waterproof
to the satisfaction of the building official.
j) ATTACHMENT: All wall coverings shall be securely fastened
in accordance with Table 2103-7, or with other approved
aluminum, copper, zinc, zinc-coated or other approved
corrosion-resistive fasteners.
Shingles and other weather coverings shall be attached with
appropriate standard shingle nails or other approved
pneumatically, mechanically driven fasteners to furring
strips securely nailed to studs, or with approved mechani-
cally-bonding nails.
Wood shingles or shakes attached with approved corrosion-
resistive annular grooved nails may be applied over fiber-
board shingle backer and nail base type fiberboard sheathing
installed in accordance with Table 2103-7. Wood shingles
or shakes and asbestos shingles or siding may be nailed
directly to approved nail base fiberboard sheathing not less
than one-half (1/2) inch nominal thickness with approved
corrosion-resistive annular grooved nails.
Vol. 18 - 609
1/1/78
TABLE 2103-8 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LINTELS
SUPPORTING MASONRY VENEER
Size of
Steel Angle*
No Story
Above
One Story
Above
Two
Stories
Above
No. of
1/2" or
Equivalent
Reinforcing
Bars2
L 3 X 3 X 1/4
6' - 0"
3' - 6"
3' - 0"
1
Lk X 3 X 1/4
8' - 0"
5' - 0"
3' - 0"
1
Z6X3 1/2X 1/4
14' - 0"
8' - 0"
3' - 6"
2
Ll - 6 X 3 1/2 X 1/4
20' - 0"
11 • - 0"
5' - 0"
4
Note 1: Long leg of the angle shall be placed in a vertical position.
Note 2: Depth of reinforced lintels shall be not less than eight
(8) inches and all cells of hollow masonry lintels shall
be grouted solid. Reinforcing bars shall extend not less
than eight (8) inches into the support.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 610
SECTION 2104.0 FLOORS
2104.1 GENERAL: Design of floors shall be based on a loading of
thirty (30) pound's per square foot for bedroom area, and forty (40)
pounds per square foot for all other areas. Floors shall be con-
structed in accordance with the requirements of this! article and
Figures 2102-1, 2102-2, 2104-1, 2105-1 and nailed in accordance
with Table 2102-1.
Conformity with the applicable material, test, construction and
design standards specified in the reference standards of this
article shall be acceptable as providing compliance with the
requirements of this article.
2104.2 WOOD:
a) IDENTIFICATION: All load -bearing lumber, plywood and
particleboard shall conform to applicable standards or
grading rules and shall be so identified by a grade mark,
or certificate of inspection issued by an approved lumber
grading or inspection bureau or agency. The grade mark on
such load-bearing lumber shall provide information adequate
to determine "Fb," the allowable stress in bending and "E,"
the modulus of elasticity.
b) GRADE: All joists and beams shall be of No. 3 or Standard
Grade lumber or equivalent. Blocking and sheathing may be
of Utility or No. 4 Grade lumber or equivalent.
c) ALLOWABLE SPANS: The unsupported spans of floor joists shall
not exceed the values set forth in Tables 2104-1, 2104-2.
The modulus of elasticity, "E," and the actual stress in
bending, "Fb," shown in the Tables shall not exceed the
values as required by Section 2106.1. The values of "Fjj"
(engineered uses) may be increased fifteen (15) percent for
repetitive framing members spaced not more than twenty- four
(24) inches o.c.
The allowable spans of girders shall not exceed the values
set forth in Tables 2104-3, 2104-4. Exceptions to Tables
2104-3, 2104-4 are allowed when an engineering analysis
using standard accepted practice is provided to justify
variations from the above-mentioned tables.
The allowable spans and minimum grades for plywood floor
sheathing shall conform to the requirements set forth in
Tables 2104-5 and 2104-6. The allowable spans for floor
sheathing shall conform to the requirements set forth in
Table 2104-7.
d) BEARING: The ends of each joist shall have not less than
one and one-half (1 1/2) inches of bearing on wood or metal
and not less than three (3) inches on masonry except where
supported on a one (1) inch by four (4) inch ribbon strip
and nailed to the adjacent stud.
e) LATERAL SUPPORT: Joists shall be supported laterally at
Vol. 18 - 61
1/1/78
TABLE 2104-1 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR FLOOR JOISTS
40 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(All room* except those used for sleeping areas and attic floors.)
Strength - Live Load of 40 lbs. per sq. ft. plus dead load of
10 lbs. per sq. ft. determines the fiber stress value shown.
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - For 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 360.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of
joists (upper figure in each square). Deter-
mine size and spacing (first column) based on
stress grade (lower figure in each square) and
modulus of elasticity (top row) of lumber to
be used.
JOIST
SIZE SPACING
UNI UN)
Moduk.
■ 04 ElMticity, "E
. - 1.000.000 p.
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.7
08
0.9
to
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
17
1.8
19
2.0
22
24
12.0
04
4(0
73
S20
74
SSO
8-2
600
(-6
720
410
7S0
8-2
830
84
890
84
940
104
990
103
1040
104
1090
104
1140
10-11
1190
112
1230
1280
1320
1410
123
1490
11 J
e-a
470
70
550
75
S20
79
690
(2
750
(6
(10
84
870
81
930
8-4
880
97
1040
810
1080
10-0
1140
103
1190
106
1240
108
1790
10 10
1340
1380
II 5
1470
119
1560
2«6 tS.O
42
■OS
5.7
500
74
(50
75
720
7-0
790
(-0
860
8-4
920
8-7
980
810
1040
81
1090
9-4
1150
94
1200
89
12S0
Oil
1310
102
1360
104
1410
104
1460
1410
1550
11-2
1640
IS 2
M
S30
5-3
(10
6-7
eso
74
770
73
840
77
910
7-10
S70
6 1
1040
8-4
1100
8-7
1160
88
1220
90
1280
82
1330
94
1390
96
mo
9-8
1500
9 10
1550
102
• 650
104
1750
24.0
5-4
570
5-9
(SO
6-2
750
64
630
6-9
000
74
880
73
1050
74
1120
78
1190
Ml
1250
82
1310
8-4
1380
(4
1440
84
1500
8 10
1550
90
1610
92
1670
94
1780
89
1880
120
(-2
1010
(-5
1080
8-7
1IM
6 10
1230
74
1300
73
1390
75
1450
7 ;
1520
74
1500
1660
60
1690
62
1760
84
1840
87
1950
810
2060
12.0
(-11
450
S-7
520
10.2
600
10-9
060
11-3)
720
114
780
12 1
630
125
880
1210
940
132
990
134
1040
1110
1080
147
1140
145
1190
144
1730
150
1280
153
1320
15 9
1410
162
1490
137
64
470
02
550
S4
620
10-3
690
109
750
112
(10
11-7
870
11-11
930
123
980
12 7
1040
1211
1090
111
1140
134
1190
1110
1740
1290
1340
1380
150
1470
166
1560
2x0 1(0
SI
500
49
600
0-3
650
94
720
10-2
7S0
107
(SO
114
920
11-4
880
118
1040
120
1090
12 3
1150
127
1200
12 10
1250
13 1
1310
134
1360
13 7
1410
13 10
1460
143
1550
14 8
1640
182
77
SX
12
(10
09
580
0-2
770
S-7
(40
104
010
104
870
108
1040
114
1100
113
1160
117
1220
11 10
1280
12-1
13X
124
1390
12 '
1440
12-10
1500
130
1550
13 6
1450
1310
1750
24.0
7 1
570
77
6(0
8 1
710
(-6
(30
Oil
000
8-3
880
9-7
1050
811
1120
102
1190
104
1250
109
1310
110
1380
113
1440
11 5
1500
118
1550
1610
12 1
16J0
12 6
1780
12 10
1880
23.0
41
980
8-5
1060
8-9
1170
80
12X
93
1300
84
1370
9-9
1450
100
1520
102
1570
IDS
1650
107
1700
10 10
1790
HO
1840
II 4
1950
118
2070
12.0
11-4
450
123
520
134
500
134
MO
14-4
720
1411
780
15-5
830
15-11
890
16 5
940
1810
MO
17 3
1040
17 8
1090
180
1140
18 5
1190
189
1230
19 1
1280
19-5
1320
201
1410
30 8
1490
137
10 10
470
111
SSO
12-5
(20
13- 1
MO
134
750
14-3
810
14-9
870
15-3
830
15-8
SSO
16-1
1040
164
1080
1411
1140
17 3
1190
177
1240
17 11
1290
18 3
1340
187
1380
19 2
I4J0
199
1560
2.10 144
10-4
500
111
MO
1110
SSO
12-6
720
114
700
114
880
14-0
820
14-6
eso
14-11
1040
1S3
1080
154
1150
1(4
1200
165
1250
169
1310
174
1360
174
1410
171
1460
183
1550
169
1640
10.2
M
530
104
610
11 1
(SO
114
770
123
640
12 9'
810
112
870
137
1040
14-0
1100
14 5
1160
149
1220
16 1
1280
155
1330
15 9
1390
160
1440
16 4
1500
1S7
1550
17 ?
1650
174
1750
24.0
84
570
e-s
660
10-4
760
10-10
no
11-4
000
11 10
880
123
1060
124
1120
114
1100
114
1250
134
1310
144
inn
1440
1*7
1500
14 11
1550
152
1610
155
1670
15 11
1760
165
1880
10-4
1000
108
1080
11-1
1150
114
1240
11 10
1310
122
1380
125
1440
124
1530
130
1580
113
1640
134
1700
139
,770
140
1(30
146
1970
14 11
120
1310
450
1411
620
15-10
600
164
050
175
720
181
- 780
18-9
830
104
890
1811
940
206
890
314.
1040
214
1090
21 11
1140
225
1190
22 10
1230
23 3
1780
73 7
1320
345
1410
25 1
1490
13.7
133
470
143
550
15-2
620
15-11
600
164
750
17-4
810
17-11
(70
186
830
19-1
960
147
1040
20-1
1090
206
1140
210
1190
2t 5
1740
21 10
1290
22 3
1340
227
1380
23 4
1470
740
1560
2.12 16.0
127
500
134
MO
14-4
(50
153
720
15-10
700
16-5
850
17 0
S20
177
880-
141
1040
147
1080
IS 1
1150
186
1200
19-11
1250
204
1310
209
1360
211
1410
216
1460
22 2
iss:
22 10
1(40
102
11-10
530
120
610
114
no
14-1
770
14-11
(40
15-6
910
160
870
187
1040
170
1100
174
1180
.17-11
1220
1S-4
1780
169
1330
19 2
1390
19 6
1440
19 10
I5C0
202
1550
20 10
1650
214
1750
240
114)
570
11-10
(50
12-7
7M
(30
1310
900
14 4
960
14-11
1050
154
1120
15 10
1180
16 3
1250
164
1310
170
1380
17S
179
1500
18 1
1550
18 5
1610
189
1670
19 4
1780
1880
32.0
127
IOOU
10«0
13 6
1150
1111
1220
1100
149
1360
152
1450
154
1520
15-10
153;
143
1650
16 5
1700
16 9
1770
17 0
1830
1950
18 <
2o;o
Note: The extreme fiber stress in bending, "Fb", in pounds per square inch is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 612
TABLE 2104-2 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR FLOOR JOISTS
30 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(All rooms used for sleeping areas and attic floors.)
Strength - Live Load of 30 lbs. per sq. ft. plus
dead load of 10 lbs. per sq. ft. determines the
fiber stress value 6hown.
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load
Limited to span in inches divided by 360.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of joists
(upper figure in each square) . Determine size and
spacing (first column) based on stress grade (lower
figure in each square) and modulus of elasticity
(top row) of lumber to be used.
JOIST
sizesfACMi
[IN) UNI
Modului o
Elasticity, "E", it
1.000.000 p«
0.4
05
0.6
07
0.8
09
1.0
1.1
12
1J
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
,..
2.0
2.2
2.4
i:o
7-5
440
8-0
510
86
570
8-1 1
640
9-4
700
99
7S0
lOl
810
105
860
109
910
110
960
113
1010
117
1060
11.10
1100
120
1150
123
1200
126
1240
12 9
1280
13-1
1370
134
1450
13'
7 1
460
78
530
82
600
67
670
811
730
94
790
9-8
840
10-0
900
103
950
106
1010
1OI0
1060
111
1110
11-3
1160
116
1200
119
1250
11-11
1300
122
1340
12 7
1430
12-11
1510
2.6 16 0
69
480
73
560
79
630
82
700
8-6
770
810
830
9-2
890
9-6
950
99
1000
IO0
1060
103
1110
106
1160
109
1220
1011
1270
1 1-2
1320
114
1360
117
1410
1500
12 3
1590
'9?
64
510
6 10
600
73
670
78
740
8-0
810
84
880
84
940
8-11
1010
62
1070
9-5
1130
9-8
1180
610
1240
101
1290
164
1350
10-6
1400
104
1450
1O10
1500
11-3
1600
117
1690
7<0
5-11
sso
64
640
6-9
720
7 1
800
75
880
7-9
MO
8-0
1020
83
1080
84
1150
89
1210
8 11
1270
62
1330
94
1390
67
1450
69
1510
611
1560
101
1620
105
1720
169
1820
32 0
6-9
960
70
1040
7-3
1110
74
1190
79
1270
7-11
1330
82
1410
64
1470
86
1530
68
1590
8 10
1650
9-0
1710
9-2
1780
66
1910
69
2010
120
9 10
440
107
510
113
570
il 10
640
124
700
1210
760
13-4
810
13 9
860
142
910
146
960
1010
153
1060
157
1100
15-10
1150
162
1200
166
1240
16 9
1280
17-4
1370
17-10
14S0
13 7
9-4
460
10-1
530
109
600
114
670
11 10
730
123
790
12 9
840
132
900
13 6
950
13 11
1010
143
1060
147
1110
14-11
1160
162
1200
15-6
1250
15-9
1300
160
1340
167
1430
174
1510
2»8 '6 0
HI
440
97
560
102
630
109
700
11-3
770
118
ex
121
890
124
950
12-10
1000
13-2
1060
13 6
1110
13 10
1160
14-2
1220
145
1270
144
1320
160
1360
163
1410
169
1500
162
1590
18 2
8-5
510
9-0
600
9-7
670
101
740
107
810
110
880
114
940
119
1010
12-1
1070
12 5
1130
12 9
1180
130
1240
134
1290
137
1350
1310
1400
14 1
1450
144
1500
149
1600
163
1690
74 0
79
550
65
640
8 11
720
94
800
9-10
880
102
950
107
1020
10-11
1080
11-3
1150
114
1210
11-10
1270
121
1330
124
1390
127
1450
12 10
1510
13-1
1560
134
1620
139
1720
14-2
1820
32 0
8-11
970 '
83
1040
9 7
1120
9 11
1200
102
1260
104
1340
109
1410
114
1470
113
1540
11-6
1590
114
1680
11-11
1730
12-1
1780
12-6
1900
12-10
2010
120
126
440
13-6
510
144
570
15-1
640
IS- 9
700
16-5
7S0
174
810
174
880
18-0
910
184
960
194
1010
165
1060
1610
1100
263
1150
204
1200
21-0
1240
21-5
1280
22-1
1370
22-8
1450
13 7
11 11
460
1211
S30
134
600
145
670
1S-1
730
1S4
790
183
840
18-9
900
173
950
17-9
1010
162
1060
167
1110
160
1160
164
1200
169
12S0
20-1
1300
20-5
1340
21-1
1430
214
1510
2.10 16 0
114
4M
123
SCO
134
630
134
700
14-4
770
1411
830
15-5
890
15-11
950
16-S
1000
16-10
1060
173
1110
178
1160
160
1220
18 5
1270
189
1320
19-1
1360
19-5
1410
20-1
1500
268
1590
IS 2
104
510
114
600
123
670
12 11
740
134
910
140
sso
144
940
15-0
1010
15-5
1070
15-10
1130
163
1180
167
1240
170
1290
17 4
1350
174
1400
180
1450
183
1500
18 10
1600
165
1690
24 0
9 11
550
108
640
114
720
11 II
800
12-6
880
134
860
134
1020
13-11
1080
14-4
1150
14-8
1210
1S-1
1270
165
1330
169
1390
16 1
1450
16S
1510
164
1560
174
1620
174
1720
184
1820
32 0
114
960
11-10
1050
12 3
1120
124
1200
134
1260
134
1330
13-8
1400
140
1470
14-4
1540
147
1590
14 11
1660
162
1720
166
1780
1611
I860
165
2020
12 0
15-2
440
16-5
510
175
570
184
640
19-2
700
19-11
750
20-8
810
214
860
21-11
910'
226
960
23-1
1010
23-7
1060
242
1100
248
1150
25-1
1200
25-7
1240
260
1280
26 10
1370
274
1450
137
147
460
15-8
530
168
800
174
670
18-4
730
19-1
790
19-9
840
20-6
900
214
960
21-7
1010
22-1
1080
227
1110
231
1160
23-7
1200
240
1250
245
1300
24 10
1340
254
1430
26-5
1510
2.12 160
13 10
480
14 11
SSO
1510
630
168
700
175
770
181
HP
18-9
890
19-4
950
19-11
1000
20-6
1060
21-0
1110
214
1160
21-11
1220
225
1270
2210
1320
233
1360
267
1410
245
1500
261
1590
16.2
130
610
140
600
1411
670
154
740
16-S
810
174
880
174
940
183
1010
189
1070
19-3
1130
19-9
1180
202
1240
20-8
1290
21 1
1350
214
1400
21 10
1450
22-3
1500
22-11
1600
23-7
16*0
24.0 .
12 1
SSO
134
640
13-10
720
14.7
80S
1S-2
880
16-10
950
16-5
1020
1811
1080
17-6
1150
1711
1210
18-4
1270
169
1330
162
1390
167
1450
I6H
1510
203
1560
204
1620
214
1720
21-11
1820
32.0
11-10
970
144
1040
14-11
1130
1S4
1190
16-10
1270
163
1340
164
1400
170
1460
17-6
1S30
174
1590
161
1650
185
1720
169
1780
164
1890
1611
2010
Note: The extreme fiber stress in beading, "Fb", in pounds per square inch is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 613
the ends by solid blocking or diagonal bridging except where
the ends of joists are nailed to a header, band joist or to
an adjoining stud. Solid blocking or approved diagonal bridg-
ing shall be provided in accordance with Figure 2104-1.
f) NOTCHING: Notches on the ends of joists shall not exceed
one-quarter (1/4) the depth. Holes bored in joists shall
not be within two (2) inches of the top or bottom of the
joists and their diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3)
the depth of the joist. Notches in the top or bottom of
joists shall not exceed one-sixth (1/6) the depth and shall
not be located in the middle third of the span.
TABLE 2104-3 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR GIRDERS
SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR ONLY
SIZE OF WOOD GIROER
SIZE OF
STEEL GIRDER
Floor Livi
lo*J
UnPourxti
ParSq. Ft.)
SPACING OF GIRDERS'
"S"
4'
6'
8'
ID-
16'
4" x 4"
-
-
30
5'
6"
4'
6"
3' • 6"
S'
0"
2'
6"
40
5'
0"
4'
0"
3' - 6"
3'
0"
2'
6"
4" > 6"
-
-
30
8'
0"
6'
6"
5' • 6"
5'
0"
4"
6"
40
T
8"
6'
0"
5' 6"
4'
6"
4'
0"
4" x 8"
6" x 6"
3 x 2-3/8 x 5.7
30
11'
0"
9'
0"
8-0"
7'
0"
5'
6"
40
10'
O'-
8'
6"
7' ■ 6"
6'
8"
5'
0"
4" x 10"
6" x 8"
S4x 7.7
M6 x 4.4
30
14'
er
IV
6"
10' ■ 0"
8'
6"
8'
0"
40
13"
0"
10"
6"
9" -6"
8'
6"
5'
3"
4" x 12"
6" x 10"
SSx 10
M7 x 5.5
30
18'
6"
14'
0"
12' ■ 0"
li-
0"
9"
0"
40
16'
0"
12'
6"
1V-0"
te
0"
8'
0"
Note 1: Spans are based on No. 2 or Standard
Grade lumber. No. 3 Grade lumber may
be used with appropriate design.
Note 2: The spacing "S" is the tributary load
to the girder. It is found by adding
the unsupported spans of the floor
joists on each side which are supported
by the girder and dividing by 2.
2104.3 CONCRETE FLOORS (ON GROUND):
a) GENERAL: Concrete slab -on -ground floors shall be constructed
according to accepted engineering practice and in conformity
with Figure 2107-1 where applicable. The concrete shall con-
form to the requirements of section 2101.2 and only approved
air-entraining agents shall be used where required.
Slabs shall be constructed with contraction joints, having
a depth of. at least one-fourth (1/4) the slab thickness, and
joints shall be spaced at intervals not more than thirty (30)
feet in each direction and slabs not rectangular in shape shall
have contraction joints across the slab at points of offset, if
offset exceeds ten (10) feet.
EXCEPTION: Contraction joints are not required where 6X6--6/6
welded wire fabric or equivalent is placed at mid-depth of the
slab.
1/1/78
Vol.
18 - 6I4
TABLE 2104-4 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR GIRDERS AND
REQUIRED SIZE OF COLUMNS AND
FOOTINGS TO SUPPORT ROOFS, INTERIOR
BEARING PARTITIONS AND FLOORS
Sta of Gird* Raquirad
Spacing of'
Girdar "S"
Typa of Loading1
Sita of Column'
Raquirad
Sita of Footing*
Raquirad
Wood'
Start
A
B
C
Sual
Wood
4"«ir
6" it 10"
S1 10
7JR5.6
Iff
15'
20-
5-6"
40"
I
2
3"
Sual
Pip*
4" x 4"
2*x2'
-
6"x12"
S5 « 14.76
M10x9
6812
Iff
15-
2ff
M"
6-0"
4-6"
M"
4^)"
:
-
-
S7.15J
M12x H.8
M8x 15
Iff
15'
2ff
12-0"
10-0"
8-0"
90"
8^)"
7-0"
^0"
7-0"
6-0"
6" > 6"
4'x4'
-
-
S10 « 25.4
M8x24
Iff
16'
20"
16.0"
13-8"
120"
12-6"
1ff6"
9-6"
110"
10-0"
8-0"
8" x 8"
4'3"x4'3"
-
-
S14x22
W10x29
Iff
15'
20'
2CWT
17-0"
15-0"
1(H)"
13-6"
12-0"
11-6"
10-0"
TYPEB
LOADING
TYPEC
LOADING
TV
R "%"J
Note 1: Spans for wood girders are based on
No. 2 or Standard Grade lumber. No. 3
Grade may be used with appropriate
design.
Note 2: The spacing "S" is the tributary load
to the girder. It is found by adding
the unsupported spans of the floor
joist 8 on each side which are supported
by the girder and dividing by 2.
Note 3: Figures under type of loading columns
are the allowable girder spans.
Note 4: Required size of column is based on
girder support from two (2) sides.
Size of footing is based on allowable
soil pressure of two thousand (2000)
pounds per square foot.
Vl/78
Vol. 18 - 615
TABLE '2104-5 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PLYWOOD FLOOR AND
ROOF SHEATHING CONTINUOUS OVER TWO OR
MORE SPANS AND FACE GRAIN PERPENDICULAR
TO SUPPORTS1
Panel
identification
Index 3
Panel
Thickness
(Inches)
ROOF'
Floor
Maximum
Span*
(In Inches)
Maximum Span
(In Inches)
Load Capacity (In
Pounds par Square Foot)
Edges'
Blocked
Edges
Unblocked
Total
Load
Live
Load
12/0
16/0
20/0
24/0
30/12
32/16
36/16
42/20
48/24
5/16
5/16,3/8
5/16. 3/8
3/8, 1 a
5/8
1/2.5/8
3/4
5/8. 3/4, 7/8
3/4. 7/8
12
16
20
24
30
32«
36
42
48
24
26
28
30
32
36
130
75
55
60
55
50'
50'
45'
40'
100
SS
45
45
40
40
35'
35'
40
0
0
0
0
12'
166
16'
20"
24
Note 1: These values apply for Structural I and
II, Standard Sheathing and C-C Exterior
grades only. Spans shall be limited
to values shown because of possible
effect of concentrated loads.
Note 2: Uniform load deflection limitation:
one-one hundred eightieth (1/180) of
the span under live load plus dead
load, one-two hundred fortieth (1/240)
under live load only.
Note 3: Identification Index appears on all
panels in the construction grades
listed in Footnote No. 1. The
numerator and denominator represent
the allowable spans for roofs and floors
respectively for blocked panels.
Note 4: Plywood edges shall have approved
tongue and groove joints or shall be
supported with blocking, unless one-
quarter (%) inch minimum thickness
underlayment is installed or finish
floor is twenty-five/thirty-seconds
(25/32) inch wood strip. Allowable
uniform load based on deflection
of one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360)
of span is one hundred sixty-five
pounds per square foot.
Note 5: May be sixteen (16) inch if twenty-five/
thirty-seconds (25/32) inch wood strip
flooring is installed at right angles
to joists.
Note 6: One-half (%) inch thick Structural I,
when continuous over two (2) or more
spans, may be laid with face grain
parallel to supports provided all
panel edges are blocked or other
Vol. 18 - 616
1/1/78
NOTES FOR TABLE 2104-5 (Continued)
approved type edge support is provided,
the spacing of the supports does not
exceed twenty-four (24) inches on
center, and the live load does not
exceed thirty (30) pounds per square
foot. For other grades, a thickness
of five-eighths (5/8) inch is required.
Note 7: For roof live load of forty (40) pounds
per square foot or total load of
fifty- five (55) pounds per square
foot, decrease spans by thirteen (13)
per cent or use panel with next
greater identification index.
Note 8: May be twenty- four (24) inch if
twenty-five/ thirty- seconds (25/32)
inch wood strip flooring is installed
at right angles to joists.
Note 9: Edges may be blocked with lumber or
other approved type of edge support.
b) SITE PREPARATION: The area within the foundation walls
shall have all vegetation top soil and foreign material
removed and the fill material shall be free of vegetation
and foreign material.
The fill shall be compacted to assure uniform support of
the slab and except where approved the fill depths shall
not exceed twenty-four (24) inches for clean sand or gravel
and eight (8) inches for earth.
A four (4) inch thick base course shall be placed on the
prepared subgrade, consisting of clean graded sand, gravel,
crushed stone or crushed blast-furnace slag passing a
two (2) inch sieve and retained on a one-quarter (1/4) inch
sieve. An approved vapor barrier with joints lapped six (6)
inches shall be placed between the base course and the
concrete floor slab.
EXCEPTION: The vapor barrier may be omitted where approved
by the building official, based upon local site condition.
2104.4 METAL: Steel structural elements in floors may be either
hot-rolled structural steel shapes or members cold formed to
shape from steel sheet strip or plate, or a fabricated combination
thereof. Members shall be straight and free of any defects which
would significantly affect their structural performance.
The allowable span for steel girders or beams and the tributary
area for steel columns in floors shall not exceed the values set
Vol. 18 - 617
1/1/78
TABLE 2104-6 MINIMUM THICKNESS
FOR PLYWOOD COMBINATION
SUBFLOOR-UNDERLAYMENT1
PLYWOOD CONTINUOUS OVER
TWO OR MORE SPANS AND
FACE GRAIN PERPENIDCULAR
TO SUPPORTS
Species* Group
Spacing of Joists
16"
20"
24"
1
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
2.3
5/8"
3/4"
7/8"
4
3/4"
7/8"
1"
Note 1: Applicable to Underlayment
Grade, C-C (plugged) and
sanded exterior type
plywood. Unsupported edges
shall be T&G or blocked
except where one-quarter (h)
inch thick under layment or
twenty-five/ thirty-seconds
(25/32) inch finish floor
is used. Allowable uniform
load based on deflection
of one- three hundred sixtieth
(1/360) of span is one
hundred twenty-five (125)
pounds per square foot.
Note 2:
See Reference Standard
RS-21-7.
TABLE 2104-7 MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FLOOR SHEATHING
Joist Spacing
(Inches)
Minimum Net Thickness (Inches)
Perpendicular to Joist
Diagonal to Joist
24
11/16
3/4
16
5/8
5/8
1/1/78
Vol. 18
FIGURE 2104-1 FLOOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
on ho«t Ftccra.ora plywooo wutmims
WITH TAeil* 2104 -T * 2/04-6
«TU0S
2*4-«IU.
■3CUO ©LOCKS ■«£
<3eCTlOM 2 /C *. i e
OPTIONAL
flHl4H FLOWS
J"CLJAOAUC* —r
«t«SCT. 2107-/5
J5:
£
g?
ti3 cooes waiosiwa °a .^owo ^
bloch>"Q foq JOtsr «p*m»of !*"•
T°kij Vo WCIPT THAT BOCO'MOAMO
&LOCUINQ MOT »OCAT»0 Af SuP'JUOt*
MMM I ELIMINATED *MinS THi JOUT
OtPTH 001* MOT flfllO -IT
PATaTlinOWa. IF JOI»T* Aflt WPAOATeO
FOT3 PIPtVftLOCK f-O'OC. MAX.
o
-CT-£Af3A«CI fora
OA*J V6NT*-
FLOPQ COH»Tr7UCTlOH
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 619
forth in Tables 2104-4 and 2104-5. Exceptions shall be allowed
as provided in section 2104-2.
Aluminum structural elements in floors shall be constructed of
materials and designed in accordance with Reference Standard RS-21-5.
2104.5 PARTICLEBOARD : Particleboard floor underlayment shall
conform to Type 1-B-l of the standards set forth in standard
RS-21-5. Underlayment shall be not less than three-quarter (3/4)
inch in thickness and shall be identified by the grade mark of an
approved inspection agency. Underlayment shall be installed in
accordance with this code and as recommended by the manufacturer.
SECTION 2105.0 ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION
2105.1 GENERAL: Roofs shall be constructed in accordance with
Figures 2102-1, 2102-3, 2102-4, 2102-5, 2105-1, 2107-1, and nailed
in accordance with Table 2102-1.
Conformity with the applicable material, test, construction and
design standards specified in the reference standards of this
article shall be acceptable as providing compliance with the
requirements of this article.
2105.2 WOOD:
a) IDENTIFICATION: All load-bearing lumber, plywood and parti-
cleboard shall conform to applicable standards or grading
rules and be identified by a grade mark, or certificate of
inspection issued by an approved lumber grading or inspection
bureau or agency. The grade mark for such load-bearing
lumber shall provide adequate information to determine
"F^" the allowable stress in bending and "E" the modulus of
elasticity.
b) GRADE: All rafters and ceiling joists shall be of No. 3 or
Standard Grade lumber or equivalent. Blocking and sheathing
may be of No. 4 or Utility Grade lumber or equivalent.
c) ALLOWABLE SPANS: The unsupported spans of rafters and
ceiling joists shall not exceed the values set forth in
Tables 2105-1, 2105-2, 2105-3, 2105-4, 2105-5, 2105-6,
2105-7, 2105-8, 2105-9, 2105-10, 2105-11, 2105-12, 2105-13,
2105-14, 2105-15, 2105-16, 2105-17, 2105-18, 2105-19, and
2105-20. The modulus of elasticity "E" and the actual
stress in bending "Ft" shown in these tables shall not exceed
the values as required by Section 2104.1. The values for
"Fb" (engineered use) may be increased fifteen (15) percent
for repetitive framing members spaced not more than
twenty- four (24) inches o.c.
The allowable spans and minimum grades for plywood roof
sheathing shall not exceed the values set forth in Table
2104-5. The allowable span for board type roof sheathing
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 621
shall not exceed twenty-four (24) inches and shall be five-
eighths (5/8) inch minimum net thickness for solid sheathing
and three-quarter (3/4) inch minimum net thickness for
spaced sheathing.
d) GENERAL: The framing details required in this section apply
to roofs having a minimum pitch of three (3) in twelve (12)
or greater. When the roof pitch is less than three (3)
in twelve (12) members supporting rafters and ceiling joists
such as ridge boards, hips and valleys shall be designed as
beams.
Rafters shall be framed directly opposite each other at the
ridge. There shall be a ridge board at least one (1) inch
nominal thickness at all ridges and not less in depth than
the cut end of the rafter. At all valleys and hips there
shall be a single valley or hip rafter not less than two (2)
inches nominal thickness and not less in depth than the cut
end of the rafter.
For the pupose of this section the tables, "Working Stresses
for Joists and Rafters" issued by the National Forest Products
Association, may be used to identify those stress graded
woods which meet the requirements of the tables incorporated
in Section 2105.0.
2105.3 METAL: Steel structural elements in roof-ceiling construc-
tion may be either hot-rolled structural steel shapes or members
cold formed to shape from steel sheet strip or plate or a fabricated
combination thereof. Members shall be straight and free of any
defects which would significantly affect their structural performance.
Steel girders, trusses or beams in roof-ceiling construction shall
be designed in accordance with the application standards in this
article.
Aluminum structural elements in roof-ceiling systems shall be
constructed of materials and designed in accordance with the
applicable reference standard of this article.
2105.4 CEILING FINISHES: Ceilings shall be installed in accord-
ance with the requirements in Section 2104.0.
.2105.5 VENTILATION: Where determined necessary by the building
official due to atmospheric or climatic conditions, enclosed attics
and enclosed rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied direct
to the underside of roof rafters, shall have cross ventilation for
each separate space by ventilating openings protected against the
entrance of rain and snow. The net free ventilating area shall
be not less than one-one hundred fiftieth (1/150) of the area of
the space ventilated, except that the area may be one-three hundredth
(1/300) provided at least fifty (50) percent of the required
ventilating area is provided by ventilators located in the upper
portion of the space to be ventilated at least three (3) feet above
eave or cornice -vents with the balance of the required ventilation
Vol. 18 - 621
1/1/78
TABLE 2105-1 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR CEILING JOISTS
20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Limited attic storage where development of future rooms is not possible)
(Plaster Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - for 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 360.
Strength - Live load of 20 lbs. per sq. ft. plus
dead load of 10 lbs. per sq. ft. determines
fiber stress value shown.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of Joists
(upper figure in each square) . Determine size and
spacing (first column) based on stress grade (lower
figure in each square) and modulus of elasticity
(top row) of lumber to be used.
JOIST
SIZE SPACING
UNI UNI
Moaului of EUtlkity. "E". i
1,000.000 pti
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
as
as
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
IE
1.7
IJ
1.9
2.0
2.2
2.1
120
55
430
5 10
SOO
62
560
6-6
630
6-10
680
7-1
740
7-4
790
7-7
850
7 10
900
8-0
SCO
63
990
8-5
1040
87
1090
8-9
1130
611
9-1
93
9-7
9-10
13.7
450
520
5-11
590
6-3
650
6-6
720
6-9
770
70
630
73
880
7 6
940
78
990
710
1040
8-t
1090
83
1140
85
1180
87
1230
84
1270
8 10
1320
92
95
2m4 ISO
470
64
550
820
690
62
TSO
6-5
810
68
870
611
930
71
990
73
1040
7-6
1090
78
1140
710
1200
8-0
1240
61
1290
8-3
85
84
Bit
192
600
580
660
67
730
S-10
800
61
870
63
930
66
990
6-8
1050
610
1110
70
1160
72
T220
7-4
1270
7-6
1320
78
1370
79
1420
7 11
1470
82
85
24.0
540
S30
710
790
65
860
5-8
930
S-10
1000
60
1070
62
1130
6-4
1190
6-6
1260
68
1310
610
1370
74
1420
7 1
1480
Hi-
1630
7-4
1590
77
710
12.0
3-6
430
92
500
9-9
SCO
10-3
630
109
680
II 2
740
II 7
790
11-11
850
123
900
12-7
950
1211
990
13-3
1040
13-6
1090
13-9
1130
14 1
144
147
15 0
154
13 7
450
09
520
94
590
9-10
650
10-3
720
10-6
770
111
830
11-5
880
11-9
940
121
990
12-4
1040
12-8
1090
12-11
1140
13-2
1180
135
1230
134
1270
13-11
1320
14-4
1400
14-9
2xS ISO
470
5S0
?
690
750
102
810
104
670
10-10
930
11-2
990
115
1040
11-9
1090
12-0
1140
123
1300
12 6
1240
129
1290
13-0
1340
13 3
134
14-1
18.2
soo
7 10
660
8-4
660
730
9-2
800
96
870
9-10
930
I&2
990
10-6
1060
10-9
1110
111
1160
11-4
1220
117
1270
119
1320
120
1370
12 3
125
1210
13-3
24 0
540
630
710
790
66
860
8-10
930
9-2
1000
9-6
1070
9-9
1130
1O0
1190
103
1260
106
1310
10-9
1370
1011
1420
11-2
1480
11-4
1630
117
1590
11-11
1690
12-3
1790
120
430
12 1
SOO
12 10
660
134
630
142
680
14-8
740
16-3
790
15-9
860
16-2
soo
16-7
960
17-0
990
175
1040
1710
1080
18-2
1130
166
1170
16-10
19-2
19-10
206
13.7
450
11-7
520
690
12 11
650
136
720
14-1
770
14-7
830
16-0
880
166
940
1511
990
163
1040
16-8
1090
17 0
1140
175
1180
17 9
1230
160
1270
18 4
1320
18 II
1400
19 6
2«6 16.0
470
550
620
690
1210
750
13-4
BIO
13-10
870
14-3
930
144
990
15 1
1040
166
1090
16-10
1140
16-2
1200
16-6
1240
1610
172
175
18-0
164
IM
SOO
580
660
11-7
730
121
BOO
12-7
870
13-0
930
13-5
990
1310
1050
14-2
1110
147
1160
14 11
1720
163
1270
15-6
1320
15 10
1370
161
1420
165
16 11
17 5
240
S40
630
710
790
II 3
660
118
930
12-1
1000
126
1070
12 10
1130
13 2
1190
13-6
1250
13-10
1310
142
1370
146
1420
14 8
1480
150
1530
153
1590
IS 9
1690
16-2
1790
12 0
14-4
430
155
500
165
560
17-3
630
18-0
680
18-9
740
195
790
20-t
850
206
900
21 2
950
219
990
22 3
1040
229
1090
232
1130
238
1170
24 1
1220
24-6
1260
2S3
1340
26-0
137
450
520
15-8
690
16-6
650
17 3
720
17-11
770
18 7
830
19 2
880
19-9
940
20 3
990
20-9
1040
21 3
1090
219
1140
222
1180
227
1230
23-0
1270
235
1320
24 2
1400
24- 1C
2« 10 ISO
470
550
14 11
620
154
690
165
750
170
810
178
870
183
930
169
990
19-3
1040
19-9
1090
20-2
1140
208
1200
21 1
1240
216
1290
21 10
1340
22 3
1390
22 11
234
19.2
SOO
13 7
580
140
660
149
730
15-5
800
160
870
167
930
17-2
990
17-8
1050
18-1
1110
167
1160
19 0
1220
19 5
1270
19 10
1320
202
1370
20-7
1420
20-11
1470
21 7
1570
22 3
1660
240
540
630
710
13-8
790
144
860
14-11
930
155
1000
15 11
1070
ie-5
1130
1610 1
1-90 |
173
I2S0
178
1310
184
1370
165
1420
189
1480 J
19-1
1530
19-5
1590
20 1
1690
208
I790l
NOTE: The extreme fiber stress in bending, "Fb", in pounds per square inch is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
TABLF- 2105-2 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR CEILING JOISTS
20 Lb*. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Limited attic storage where development of future rooms is not possible)
(Gypsum Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 240.
Strength - Live load of 20 lbs. per sq. ft. plus
dead load of 10 lbs. per sq. ft. determines
fiber stress value.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of joists
(upper figure in each square). Determine size and
spacing (first column) based on stress grade '(lower
figure in each square) and modulus of elasticity
(top row) of lumber to be used.
JOIST
SIZE SPACING
UN) UNI
Modului of EUltieity. E". jn 1.000.000 m
0.4
0.S
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1J
1.4
1.5
16
1.7
18
19
2.0
2.2
24
12 0
6-2
560
64
660
71
740
74
820
710
900
81
970
85
1040
84
1110
811
1170
92
1240
9-5
1300
94
1360
9 10
1420
104
1480
103
1540
10 5
1600
10-7
1650
1011
1760
11 3
1860
13.7
51!
590
6-6
690
6-9
770
7-2
860
74
940
79
1010
81
1090
84
1160
87
1230
89
1300
94
1360
93
1420
95
1490
9-7
1550
9-9
1610
10-0
1670
10 2
1730
10 6
1840
10 9
1950
2«4 16 0
5-8
620
6-1
720
6-5
610
6-9
900
7-1
990
75
1070
7-8
1140
7-11
1220
81
1290
84
1360
87
1430
89
1500
8 11
1570
9 1
1630
94
1690
96
1760
94
1820
911
1940
10 3
2OS0
19 2
5-4
660
54
770
6-1
870
6-5
960
6-8
1050
6-11
1130
7-2
1220
75
1300
7-8
1370
7- 10
1450
81
1520
83
1590
85
1660
8-7
1730
89
1800
811
1870
91
1930
94
2060
94
2180
24 0
4 11
710
54
830
54
930
511
1030
6-2
1130
85
1220
88
1310
811
1400
7 1
1480
7 3
1560
74
1640
7-8
1720
7 10
1790
84
1870
81
1940
83
2010
85
2080
94
2220
8 11
2350
120
9-9
560
660
1 1-2
740
11-9
820
12-3
900
12-9
970
13-3
1040
134
1110
14-1
1170
14-5
1240
149
1300
182
1360
156
1420
159
1480
16-1
1540
16-4
1600
164
1650
172
1760
17 8 ~
I860
13.7
9-4
590
100
690
108
770
11-3
880
11-9
940
12-3
1010
124
1090
13-1
1160
13-5
1230
13-10
1300
14-2
1360
144
1420
149
1490
181
1550
155
1610
154
1670
1511
1730
16 5
1840
16H
1950
2»6 160
8 10
620
9-6
720
10-2
810
104
900
11-2
990
11-7
1070
12-0
1140
12 5
1220
12-9
1290
13-1
1360
13-6
1430
13 9
1500
141
1570
144
1630
147
1690
14 11
1760
15 2
1820
157
1940
16 1
2050
19.2
8-4 .
660
94
770
94
870
IM
960
104
1050
1011
1130
114
1220
114
1300
124
1370
124
1450
124
1520
12-11
1590
133
1660
13-6
1730
139
1800
140
1870
143
1930
144
2060
152
2160
24 0
79
710
8-4
830
810
930
94
10X
9-9
1130
102
1220
10-6
1310
1010
1400
11-2
1480
11-5
1560
11-0
1640
120
1720
12 3
1790
12 6
1870
12 9
1940
13 0
2010
133
2080
13-8
2220
14 1
7350
120
12-10
S60
13-10
660
144
740
164
820
16-2
900
1810
970
17 6
1040
184
1110
184
1170
194
1240
194
1300
19-11
1360
20-5
1420
2O10
1480
21-2
1540
21 7
1600
21 11
1650
224
1760
23-4
i860
13 7
123
590
13-3
890
14-1
770
1410
860
16-6
940
181
1010
188
1090
17-2
1160
17-9
1230
18-2
1300
188
1380
19-1
1420
194
1490
1911
1550
203
1610
206
1670
210
1730
218
1840
224
1950
2xt 16 0
118
620
12-7
720
134
810
14-1
900
144
990
183
1070
15-10
1140
184
1220
1810
1290
17-3
1360
17 9
1430
182
1500
184
1570
1811
1630
193
1690
197
1760
19 11
IB20
207
1940
212
7050
19 7
11-0
660
1110
770
12-7
870
13-3
960
13-10
1050
14-5
1130
14-11
1220
15-5
1300
15-10
1370
183
1450
164
1520
17-1
1690
175
1660
179
1730
182
1800
185
1870
18 9
1930
195
2060
19"
2180
240
10-2
710
11-0
830
114
930
12-3
1030
12-16
1130
134
1220
13-10
1310
14-3
1400
144
1480
181
1560
154
1640
1510
1720
162
1790
164
1870
16-10
1940
17-2
2010
175
2080
160
2220
18 6
2350
120
16-5
560
174
660
184
740
19-9
820
204
900
21-6
970
22-3
1040
22-11
1110
234
1170
24-3
1240
24-10
1300
255
1380
264
1420
264
1480
27 1
1540
274
1600
280
1650
28 11
W60
29 9
I860
13.7
IM
590
16-11
690
17-11
770
1811
860
199
940
208
1010
21-3
1090
21-11
1160
22-7
1230
233
1300
234
1360
244
1420
24-10
1490
255
1550
25 10
1610
264
1670
26 10
1730
278
1840
286
I960
2.10 16.0
14-11
620
164
720
174
810
17-11
900
189
990
194
1070
20-2
1140
2O10
1220
214
1290
22 1
1360
227
1430
23-2
1500
23-8
1570
24 1
1630
247
1690
250
1760
255
1820
263
1940
27.1
2050
IM
144
680
15-1
770
164
870
16-11
960
174
1050
184
1130
194
1220
19-7
1300
20-2
1370
20-9
1450
21-3
1520
219
1590
223
1660
228
1730
232
1800
237
1870
23 11
1930
249
2060
25 5
2180
240
130
710
144
830
14-11
930
154
1030
16-5
1130
170
1220
17 8
1310
183
1400
189
1480
183
1560
199
1640
202
1720
20-8
1790
21 1
1870
216
1940
21 10
7010
22 3
2080
2211
2220
734
2350
Note: The extreme fiber stress in bending, "Fb". ln pounds per square inch Is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol . 1?
623
TABLE 2105-3 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR CEILING JOISTS
10 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(No attic storage and roof slope not steeper than 3 In 12)
(Plaster Celling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - For 10 lbs. per sq. ft. live load
Limited to span In Inches divided by 360.
Strength - Live load of 10 lbs. per sq. ft. plus
dead load of 5 lbs. per sq. ft. determines
fiber stress value.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of joists
(upper figure in each square) . Determine size and
spacing (first column) based on stress grade (lover
figure In each square) and modulus of elasticity (top
row) of lumber to be used.
JOIST
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Modului o* Elasticity, "f
. in 1.000.000 pv
04
o.s
0.8
0.7
0.8
at
1.0
1.1
1.1
1J
1.4
1J
1.8
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.0
22
2.4
7.4
12 0
6 10
340
2-4
400
7- 10
450
83
500
8-7
640
811
590
9-3
630
9-7
670
9-10
710
10-1
750
10-4
790
10-7
830
10-10
880
111
900
113
930
116
970
114
1000
12 1
1070
125
1130
137
66
360
70
410
74
470
7-10
520
S3
570
S7
810
8-10
880
9-2
700
9-6
740
9-8
780
9-11
820
102
860
10-4
900
107
940
10-9
970
110
1010
112
1050
116
1110
11-10
1180
16 0
6-2
380
68
440
71
490
74
560
710
600
8-1
650
85
690
S8
740
8-11
780
9-2
830
9-5
870
9-8
910
9-10
950
104
990
103
1030
10 5
1060
107
1100
10-11
1170
II 3
1240
19 2
5 10
400
63
460
6-8
520
70
580
7-4
830
78
690
7 11
740
82
790
8-5
830
84
880
8 10
920
9-1
970
9-3
1010
9-5
1050
9-8
1090
9 10
1130
104
1170
10 4
1250
10 7
1320
240
5-5
430
5 10
500
62
680
84
630
0-10
680
7 1
740
74
790
77
850
7-10
900
8-0
950
S3
990
65
1040
8-7
1090
89
1130
8-11
1170
9 1
1220
9-3
1260
97
1140
9 10
1420
2«6
120
10-9
340
II 7
400
123
450
12 11
500
134
540
14-1
590
14-7
630
15-0
670
154
710
15-11
750
16-3
790
16-8
830
174
850
174
800
178
930
180
970
18 4
1000
18-1 1
1070
194
1130
13 7
10-3
360
111
410
119
470
12-4
52C
1211
570
13-5
610
13-11
680
14-4
700
149
740
16 2
780
15-7
620
15 II
860
16 3
900
16 7
940
16 11
970
17-3
1010
176
1050
'8 1
mo
IB 8
■'80
16 0
9 9
380
440
112
490
114
550
123
800
12-9
650
13-3
1590
13-8
740
14 1
780
14-5
830
14-9
870
152
910
154
950
15-9
990
16 1
1030
164
1060
168
1100
172
1170
178
1240
192
92
400
9 10
480
104
520
111
680
11-7
830
12 0
890
12-6
740
1210
790
13 3
830
137
880
13-11
920
143
920
14 7
1010
14 10
1050
152
1090
155
1130
158
1170
162
1250
168
1320
240
8-6
430
92
500
99
580
10-3
830
10-9
680
112
740
1 1-7
790
1111
850
12 3
900
12-7
950
12-11
990
133
1040
134
1090
13 9
1130
14 1
1170
1220
147
1260
150
1340
156
1420
2*8
120
142
340
153
400
18-2
450
174
500
1710
640
186
590
19-2
630
19-10
670
20-5
710
20-11
750
215
790
21 11
830
225
860
22 11
900
234
930
23 9
970
24 2
1000
24 II
1070
25 8
"30
137
13-8
360
147
410
16-6
470
18-3
620
170
570
17 9
810
18-4
860
18 11
700
194
740
20-0
780
20-6
820
214
860
21-5
900
21 II
940
224
970
229
1010
23 1
1050
23 10
1110
24 7
1180
16 0
12 10
380
13-10
440
148
490
164
660
16-2
600
16-10
660
17 5
690
18-0
740
18-6
780
19-0
830
19-6
870
19 11
910
20-5
950
20 10
990
212
1030
21-7
1060
21 II
1100
22 B
1170
23 4
1240
19 2
12 1
400
134
460
13 10
520
1*7
680
15-3
630
15-10
690
16-5
740
16-11
790
174
830
17 11
880
184
920
18 9
970
192
1010
197
1050
19 11
1090
204
1130
208
1170
"l250
7' 1'
1320
240
113
430
12 1
500
1210
560
134
630
142
680
14-8
'740
15-3
790
15-9
850
16-2
900
16-7
960
17 0
990
175
1040
17 10
1090
18 2
1130
186
1170
18 10
1220
19 2
1260
19 10
1340
20 5
1420
2.10
120
180
340
195
400
204
450
214
500
224
640
23-8
580
244
630
2*3
670
26-0
710
26-9
760
27-S
790
28-0
830
-8-7
880
292
900
299
930
304
970
30 10
1000
31 10
1070
32 9
HJO
137
173
380
187
410
199
470
20-9
620
21-9
570
22-7
610
23-5
660
24-2
700
24-10
740
25-7
780
262
820
26-10
860
275
900
27 11
940
28-6
970
290
1010
296
1050
305
1110
31 4
1180
16.0
16 5
380
17-8
440
18-9
490
19-9
560
roe
600
21 6
650
223
680
22 11
740
236
780
243
830
24-10
870
25-6
910
264
960
26-6
990
27 l
1030
274
1060
280
1100
28 II
1170
299
1240
19.2
155
400
167
480
174
520
18-2
680
19-5
630
»2
690
20-11
740
21 7
790
22-3
830
22-10
880
23-5
920
23-11
970
244
1010
2S-0
1080
255
1090
25 11
1130
264
1170
273
1250
280
1320
24.0
14*
430
15 5
too
16-5
680
173
630
18-0
880
18-9
740
19-5
790
20-1
860
20-8
900
it}
950
21-9
990
22-3
1040
22-9
1090
23-2
1130
1170
1220
1260
1340
1420
Note: The extreme fiber stress In bending, "Ft,", in pounds per square inch is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 624
TABLE 2105-4 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR CEILING JOISTS
10 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(No attic atorage and roof alope not steeper than 3 In 12)
(Gypsum Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Deflection - For 10 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to apan in inches divided by 240.
Strength - Live load of 10 lbs. per aq. ft. plus
dead load of 5 lbs. per sq. ft. determines
fiber stress value.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter Table with span of joists
(upper figure In each equare) . Determine size and
spacing (firat column) baaed on stress grade (lover
figure in each square) and modulus of elasticity
(top row) of lumber to be used.
JOIST
SIZE SPACING
UNI UNI
Motfuhil o
Elllticitv. "E". 1
1.000.000 (XJ
0.4
05
0.6
07
0.1
0.6
1.0
1.1
1.2
13
1.4
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
30
3.2
24
12 0
7 10
450
8 5
530
8 11
590
95
650
9 10
710
10-3
770
10-7
830
10-11
630
113
930
117
980
11 10
1030
122
1060
125
1130
12 8
1180
13 11
1220
133
1370
13 4
1310
139
1400
14 2
1480
7-6
470
81
540
87
610
90
680
95
740
9-9
800
10-2
860
10-6
920
10-9
970
111
1030
114
1080
117
1130
11 10
1180
13 1
1330
124
1380
13 7
1330
12 9
1370
132
1460
137
1550
2.4 16 0
7 1
490
71
570
8 1
550
8 7
730
6-11
760
9-4
850
9-8
910
9-11
970
10-3
1030
10-6
1080
10-9
1140
110
1190
113
1240
116
1390
11 9
1340
1390
12 2
1440
126
1540
1211
1630
19.2
68
530
73
610
78
690
81
760
8 5
830
89
900
9-1
970
• 4
1030
9-8
1090
611
1150
10-2
1210
10-4
1270
10-7
1320
1O10
1380
11 0
1430
113
1480
115
1530
119
1630
122
1730
24 0
6 3
560
68
660
7 1
740
76
830
7 10
900
61
970
65
1040
88
1110
611
1170
62
1240
95
1300
9-8
1360
9-10
1420
10-0
1480
10-3
1540
10-5
1600
107
1650
1011
1760
11 3
I860
13 0
12 3
450
13-3
530
14 1
590
14 9
650
15-6
710
161
770
166
830
172
680
178
930
163
•SO
18 8
1030
191
1080
166
1130
1611
1180
30-3
1220
308
1370
210
1310
218
1400
23 4
1480
137
119
470
138
540
13 5
610
14 3
680
149
740
16-5
800
15-11
860
165
16 11
970
175
1030
17 10
1080
163
1130
188
1180
19 0
1330
19 5
1280
199
1330
261
1370
209
1460
2^ 4
1550
?«6 ;e 0
113
490
13-0
570
139
650
135
730
14-1
780
14-7
850
152
910
167
970
161
1030
166
1080
16 11
1140
174
1190
178
1240
18 1
1390
18 5
1340
18 9
1390
19 1
1440
19 8
1640
203
1630
193
106
520
114
610
130
690
13 6
760
13-3
830
139
900
14-3
970
14-8
1030
162
1090
167
1160
1511
1210
164
1270
16-8
1330
170
1380
17 4
1430
178
1480
17 11
1530
iee
1630
19 1
1730
210
99
560
10-6
660
H3
740
119
830
123
900
139
970
133
1040
138
1110
141
1170
143
1240
14-9
1300
163
1380
156
1430
159
1480
16 1
1540
16 4
1600
168
1650
172
1760
174
1860
130
163
450
175
530
186
590
196
650
30-5
710
31 3
770
21 11
830
228
880
23-4
930
240
980
24-7
1030
35 3
1060
258
1130
36 2
1180
269
1220
37 3
1370
278
1310
28 7
1400
29 5
1480
13 7
15-6
470
168
540
179
610
181
680
16-6
740
20-3
800
210
860
218
no
224
970
22-11
1030
336
1080
34-0
1130
24 7
1180
25 1
1230
367
1380
360
1370
26-6
1370
274
1460
28 1
1550
2«S 16 0
146
490
15 10
570
16 10
650
17 9
730
166
760
19-3
850
19-11
910
20-7
970
212
1030
319
1080
33-4
1140
33-10
1190
23-4
1240
23 10
1290
343
1340
24 B
1390
362
1440
25 II
1540
269
1630
19 2
13 10
530
14 11
610
15 10
6M
16-8
760
175
830
182
900
189
970
165
1030
19 11
1080
20-6
1150
21-0
1210
316
1370
21 11
1320
23 5
1380
33 10
1430
23 3
1480
238
1530
24 5
1630
25 2
1730
24 0
13 10
560
1310
660
148
740
156
830
163
900
1610
970
175
1040
160
1110
166
1170
190
1240
19 6
1300
19 11
1360
205
1430
20 10
1480
31 2
1540
31 7
1600
21 11
1650
334
1760
' 23^
i860
130
20-8
450
33 3
530
338
590
24 10
650
36-0
710
27 1
770
260
830
28 11
860
299
930
30-7
980
314
1030
32 1
1080
339
1130
335
1180
34 1
1220
34 8
1370
35 4
1310
365
1400
376
1480
137
199
470
313
540
33 7
610
23 9
660
24 10
740
25 10
800
3610
660
27 8
920
366
970
393
10X1
304
1080
30-8
1130
314
1180
32 0
1330
327
1280
332
1320
339
1370
34 10
1460
35 10
1550
3>I0 16 0
16-9
490
303
570
31*
650
23 7
730
23-8
780
24-7
850
25-5
910
263
970
371
1030
378
1080
266
1140
292
1190
39-9
1340
30-5
1390
31-0
1340
316
1390
33 1
1440
33 1
1540
34 1
1630
19 3
17 8
530
190
• 10
30-3
690
213
760
223
830
232
900
3311
970
249
1030
26-5
1090
38-3
1150
2810
1210
275
1370
280
1320
387
1380
29-3
1430
398
1480
30-3
1530
312
1630
32 1
1730
34 0
16-6
560
17 8
660
18 9
740
199
820
304
900
216
970
22-3
1040
22 11
1110
238
1170
24-3
1240
24 10
1300
26-6
1360
26-0
1420
386
1480
37 1
1540
376
1600
38-0
1650
28 11
1760
299
1860
Note: The extreme fiber stress in bending, "Ffc", in pounds per square Inch is shown below each apan.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 625
TABLE 2105-5 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load ,
(Supporting Gypsum Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
20 lbs. per sq. ft. live, load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 240.
HOW TO USE TABLES! Enter Table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine size ■
and spacing (first column) based on
stress grade (top row) and modulus
of elasticity (lower figure in each
square) of lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F^" (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
6-7
0.12
77
0.19
8-6
0.26
9-4
0.35
10-0
0.44
10-9
0.54
11-5
0.64
120
0.75
12-7
0.86
13-2
0.98
13-8
1.11
13.7
6-2
0.12
7-1
0.18
7-11
0.25
8-8
0.33
9-5
0.41
10-0
0.50
10 8
0.60
11-3
0.70
11-9
0.81
12-4
0.92
12-10
1.04
2x6 16.0
5-8
0.11
6-7
0.16
7-4
0.23
8-1
0.30
8-8
0.38
9-4
0.46
9-10
0.55
10-5
0.65
10-11
0.75
11-5
0.85
11-10
0.96
19.2
5-2
0.10
60
0.15
6-9
0.21
7-4
0.27
7-11
0.35
8-6
0.42
90
0.51
9-6
0.59
9-11
0.68
10-5
0.78
10-10
0.88
24.0
4-8
0.09
5-4
0.13
6-0
0.19
6-7
0.25
7-1
0.31
7-7
0.38
8-1
0.45
8-6
0.53
8-11
0.61
9-4
0.70
9-8
0.78
12.0
8-8
0.12
10-0
0.19
11-2
0.26
12-3
0.35
13-3
0.44
14-2
0.54
15-0
0.64
15-10
0.75
16-7
0.86
17-4
0.98
18-0
1.11
13.7
8-1
0.12
9-4
0.18
10-6
0.25
11-6
0.33
12-5
0.41
13-3
0.50
14-0
0.60
14-10
0.70
15-6
0.81
16-3
C.92
16-10
1.04
2x8 16.0
7-6
0.11
8-8
0.16
98
0.23
10-7
0.30
11-6
0.38
12-3
0.46
13-0
0.55
13-8
0.65
14-4
0.75
15-0
0.85
15-7
0.96
19.2
5-10
0.10
7-1 1
0.15
810
0.21
9-8
0.27
10-6
0.35
11-2
0.42
11-10
0.51
12-6
0.59
13-1
0.68
13-8
0.78
14-3
0.88
24.0
6-2
0.09
7-1
0.13
7-1 1
0.19
8-8
0.25
9-4
0.31
10-0
0.38
10-7
0.45
11-2
0.53
11-9
0.61
12-3
0.70
12-9
0.78
12.0
11-1
0.12
12-9
0.19
14-3
0.26
15-8
0.35
16-11
0.44
18-1
0.54
19-2
0.64
20-2
0.75
21-2
0.86
22-1
0.98
23-0
1.11
13.7
10-4
0.12
11-11
0.18
13-4
0.25
148
0.33
15-10
0.41
16-11
0.50
17-11
0.60
18-11
0.70
19-10
0.81
20-8
0.92
21-6
1.04
2x10 16.0
9-7
0.11
11-1
0.16
12-4
0.23
13-6
0.30
14-8
0.38
15 8
0.46
16-7
0.55
17-6
0.65
18-4
0.75
19-2
0.85
19-11
0.96
19.2
8-9
0.10
10-1
0.15
1 13
0.21
12-4
0.27
13-4
0.35
14-3
0.42
15-2
0.51
15-11
0.59
16-9
0.68
17-6
0.78
18-2
0.88
24.0
7 10
0.09
9-0
0.13
101
0.19
11-1
0.25
11-11
0.31
12-9
0.38
13-6
0.45
14-3
0.53
15-0
0.61
15-8
0.70
16-3
0.78
12.0
13-5
0 12
15-6
0.19
174
0.26
190
0.35
20-6
0.44
21-11
0.54
233
0.64
247
0.75
25-9
0.86
26-11
0.98
28-0
1.11
13.7
12-7
0.12
14-6
0.18
16 3
0.25
17-9
0.33
19-3
0.41
20-6
0.50
21-9
0.60
23-0
0.70
24-1
0.81
25-2
0.92
26-2
1.04
2x12 16.0
11-8
0.11
13-5
0.16
15-0
0.23
16-6
0.30
17-9
0.38
19-0
0.46
20-2
0.55
21-3
0.65
22-4
0.75
23-3
0.85
24-3
0.96
19.2
10-8
0.10
12 3
0.15
13-9
0.21
15-0
0.27
16-3
0.35
174
0.42
18-5
0.51
19-5
0.59
20-4
0.68
21-3
0.78
22-2
0.88
24.0
96
0.09
11-0
0.13
12-3
0.19
13-5
0.25
14 6
0.31
15-6
0.38
16-6
0.45
17-4
0.53
182
0.61
19-0
0.70
19-10
0.78
Note:
1/1/78
The modulus of elasticity,
below each span.
in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
Vol. 18 - 62'
TABLE 2105-5 (continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square) .
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Ft." (psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
14-2
1.24
14-8
1.37
15-2
1.51
15-8
1.66
16-1
1.81
16-7
1.96
17-0
2.12
17-5
2.28
17-10
2.44
12.0
13-3
1.16
13-9
1.29
14-2
1.42
14-8
1.55
15-1
1.69
15-6
1.83
15-11
1.98
16-3
2.13
16-8
2.28
17-5
2.60
13.7
12-4
1.07
12-9
1.19
13-2
1.31
13-7
1.44
13-11
1.56
14-4
1.70
14-8
1.83
15-1
1.97
15-5
2.11
16-1
2.41
16.0 2x6
11-3
0.98
11-7
1.09
12-0
1.20
12-4
1.31
12-9
1.43
13-1
1.55
13-5
1.67
13-9
1.80
14-1
1.93
14-8
2.20
19.2
10-0
0.88
10-5
0.97
10-9
1.07
11-1
1.17
11-5
1.28
11-8
1.39
120
1.50
12-4
1.61
12-7
1.73
132
1.97
13-11
2.35
24.0
18-9
1.24
19-5
1.37
20-0
1.51
20-8
1.66
21-3
1.81
21-10
1.96
22-4
2.12
22-11
2.28
23-6
2.44
12.0
17-6
1.16
18-2
1.29
18-9
1.42
19-4
1.55
19-10
1.69
20-5
1.83
20-11
1.98
21-5
2.13
21-11
2.28
22-11
2.60
13.7
16-3
1.07
16-9
1.19
17-4
1.31
17-10
1.44
18-5
1.56
18-11
1.70
19-5
1.83
19-10
1.97
20-4
2.11
21-3
2.41
16.0 2x8
14-10
0.98
15-4
1.09
15-10
1.20
16-4
1.31
16-9
1.43
17-3
1.55
17 8
1.67
18-2
1.80
18-7
1.93
195
2.20
19.2
13-3
0.88
13-8
0.97
14-2
1.07
147
1.17
15-0
1.28
15-5
1.39
15-10
1.50
16-3
1.61
16 7
1.73
17-4
1.97
18-5
2.35
24.0
23-11
1.24
24-9
1.37
25-6
1.51
26-4
1.66
27-1
1.81
27-10
1.96
28-7
2.12
29-3
2.28
29-11
2.44
12.0
224
1.16
23-2
1.29
23-11
1.42
24-7
1.55
25-4
1.69
26-0
1.83
26-8
1.98
27-4
2.13
28-0
2.28
29-3
2.60
13.7
20-8
1.07
21-5
1.19
22-1
1.31
22 10
1.44
23-5
1.56
24 1
1.70
24-9
1.83
25-4
1.97
25-11
2.11
27 1
2.41
16.0 2x10
18-11
0.98
19-7
1.09
20-2
1.20
20-10
1.31
21-5
1.43 '
22-0
1.55
22-7
1.67
232
1.80
238
1.93
249
220
19.2
16-11
0.88
17-6
0.97
18-1
1.07
18-7
1.17
19-2
1.28
19 8
1.39
202
1.50
20-8
1.61
21-2
1.73
22 1
1.97
235
2.35
24.0
29-1
1.24
30-1
1.37
31-1
1.51
320
1.66
32-11
1.81
33-10
1.96
349
2.12
35-7
2.28
365
2.44
12.0
27-2
1.16
28-2
1.29
29-1
1.42
29-11
1.55
30-10
1.69
31-8
1.83
32-6
1.98
333
2.13
34-1
2.28
35 7
2.60
13.7
25-2
1.07
26-0
1.19
26-11
1.31
27-9
1.44
286
1.56
29-4
1.70
30 1
1.83
30 10
1.97
31-6
2.11
32-11
2.41
160 2x12
23-0
0.98
23-9
1.09
247
1.20
25-4
1.31
26-0
1.43
269
1.55
275
1.67
28?
1.80
289
1.93
30-1
2.20
19.2
20-6
0.88
21 3
0.97
21-11
1.07
228
1.17
233
1.28
23-11
1.39
24-7
1.50
25 2
1.61
25-9
1.73
26 11
1.97
286
2.35
24.0
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E," in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
627
TABLE 2105-6 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
30 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Supporting Gypsum Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead
load plus 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live
load determines fiber stress.
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft.
live load. Limited to span in inches
divided by 240.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square) .
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
5-10
0.13
6-8
0.19
7-6
0.27
8-2
0.36
8-10
0.45
9-6
0.55
10-0
0.66
10-7
0.77
11-1
0.89
11-7
1.01
12-1
1.14
13.7
5-5
0.12
6-3
0.18
7-0
0.25
7-8
0.33
8-3
0.42
8-10
0.52
9-5
0.61
9-11
0.72
10-5
0.83
10-10
0.95
11-3
1.07
2x6 16.0
5-0
0.11
5-10
0.17
6-6
0.24
7-1
0.31
7-8
0.39
8-2
0.48
88
0.57
9-2
0.67
9-7
0.77
10-0
0.88
10-5
0.99
19.2
47
0.10
5-4
0.15
5-11
0.22
6-6
0.28
7-0
036
7-6
0.44
7-11
052
8-4
0.61
8-9
0.70
9-2
0.80
9-6
0.90
24.0
4-1
0.09
4-9
0.14
5-4
0.19
5-10
0.25
6-3
0.32
6-8
0.39
7-1
0.46
7-6
0.54
7-10
0.63
8-2
0.72
8-6
0.81
12.0
7-8
0.13
8-10
0.19
9-10
0.27
10-10
0.36
118
0.45
12 6
0.55
133
0.66
13-11
0.77
14-8
0.89
15-3
1.01
15 11
1.14
13.7
7-2
0.12
8-3
0.18
9-3
0.25
10-1
0.33
10-11
0.42
118
0.52
12 5
0.61
13-1
0.72
13-8
0.83
14-4
0.95
14-11
1.07
2x8 16.0
6-7
0.11
7-8
0.17
8-7
0.24
9-4
0.31
10-1
0.39
10-10
0.48
11-6 '
0.57
12-1
0.67
12-8
0.77
13 3
0.88
13-9
0.99
19.2
6-1
0.10
70
0.15
7-10
0.22
8-7
0.28
9-3
0.36
9-10
0.44
10-6
0.52
11-0
0.61
11-7
0.70
12 1
0.80
12 7
0.90
24.0
5-5
0.09
6-3
0.14
7-0
0.19
7-8
0.25
8-3
0.32
8-10
0.39
9-4
0.46
9-10
0.54
10-4
0.63
10-10
0.72
11-3
0.81
12.0
9-9
0.13
11-3
0.19
12-7
0.27
13-9
0.36
14-11
0.45
15-11
0.55
16-11
0.66
17-10
0.77
18 8
0.89
19-6
1.01
20-4
1.14
13.7
9-1
0.12
10 6
0.18
11-9
0.25
12-11
0.33
13 11
0.42
14-11
0.52
15-10
0.61
16-8
0.72
17 6
0.83
18-3
0.95
190
1.07
2x10 16.0
8-5
0.11
9-9
0.17
10-11
0.24'
11-11
0.31
12-11
0.39
13-9
0.48
14-8
0.57
155
0.67
162
0.77
16-11
0.88
17-7
0.99
19.2
7-8
0.10
8-11
0.15
9-11
0.22
10-11
0.28
11-9
0.36
12-7
0.44
13-4
0.52
14-1
0.61
14-9
0.70
15-5
0.80
16-1
0.90
24.0
6-11
0.09
8-0
0.14
8-11
0.19
9-9
0.25
10-6
0.32
11-3
0.39
11-11
0.46
12-7
0.54
132
0.63
13-9
0.72
14-4
0.81
12.0
11-10
0.13
13-8
0.19
15-4
0.27
16-9
0.36
18-1
0.45
19-4
0.55
20-6
0.66
21-8
0.77
22-8
0.89
23-9
1.01
24-8
1.14
13.7
111
0.12
12-10
0.18
14-4
0.25
15-8
0.33
16-11
0.42
18 1
0.52
19-3
0.61
20 3
0.72
21-3
0.83
222
0.95
23 1
1.07
2x12 16.0
10-3
0.11
11-10
0.17
13-3
0.24
14-6
0.31
15-8
0.39
16-9
0.48
17 9
0.57
18-9
0.67
19-8
0.77
20-6
0.88
21 5
0.99
19.2
9 5
0.10
10-10
0.15
12-1
0.22
13-3
0.28
14-4
0.36
15-4
0.44
16-3
0.52
17 1
0.61
17-11
0.70
189
0.80
19 6
0.90
24.0
8-5
0.09
98
0.14
10-10
0.19
11-10
0.25
12 10
0.32
138
0.39
14-6
0.46
15 4
0.54
16 1
0.63
169
0.72
17 5
0.81
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E," in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
Vol. 18 - 628
1/1/78
TABLE 2105-6 (continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizon-
tal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square).
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fu" (psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400 1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
12-6
1.28
13-0
1.41
13-5
1.56
13-10
1.71
14-2
1.86
14-7
2.02
15-0
2.18
15-4
2.34
15-8
2.51
12.0
11-9
1.19
12-2
1.32
12-6
1.46
12-11
1.60
13-3
1.74
13-8
1.89
14-0
2.04
14-4
2.19
14-8
2.35
13.7
10-10
1.10
11-3
1.22
11-7
1.35
11-11
1.48
12-4
1.61
12-8
1.75
13-0
1.89
13-3
2.03
13-7
2.18
14-2
2.48
16.0 2x6
9-11
1.01
10-3
1.12
10-7
1.23
10-11
1.35
11-3
1.47
11-6
1.59
11-10
1.72
12-2
1.85
12-5
1.99
13-0
2.26
19.2
8-10
0.90
9-2
1.00
9-6
1.10
9-9
1.21
10-0
1.31
10-4
1.43
10-7
1.54
10-10
1.66
11-1
1.78
117
2.02
12-4
2.41
24.0
16-6
1.28
17-1
1.41
17-8
1.56
18-2
1.71
18-9
1.86
19-3
2.02
19-9
2.18
20-3
2.34
20-8
2.51
12.0
15-5
1.19
16-0
1.32
16-6
1.46
17-0
1.60
17-6
1.74
180
1.89
185
2.04
18-11
2.19
19-4
2.35
13.7
14-4
1.10
14-10
1.22
15-3
1.35
15-9
1.48
16-3
1.61
16-8
1.75
17-1
1.89
17-6
2.03
17-11
2.18
18-9
2.48
16.0 2x8
13-1
1.01
13-6
1.12
13-11
1.23
145
1.35
14-10
1.47
15-2
1.59
15-7
1.72
16-0
1.85
16-4
1.99
17-1
2.26
19.2
1 -8
0 90
12-1
1.00
12-6
1.10
12-10
1.21
13-3
1.31
13-7
1.43
13-11
1.54
14-4
1.66
14-8
1.78
15-3
2.02
16-3
2.41
24.0
21-1
1.28
21-10
1.41
22-6
1.56
233
1.71
23-11
1.86
24-6
2.02
252
2.18
25-10
2.34
26-5
2.51
12.0
19-8
1.19
20-5
1.32
21-1
1.46
21-9
1.60
22-4
1.74
22-11
1.89
237
2.04
242
2.19
24-8
2.35
13.7
183
1.10
18-11
1.22
19-6
1.35
20-1
1.48
208
1.61
21-3
1.75
21-10
1.89
22-4
2.03
22-10
2.18
23 11
2.48
16.0 2x10
16-8
1.01
17-3
1.12
17-10
1.23
18-4
1.35
18-11
1.47
19-5
1.59
19-11
1.72
20-5
1.85
20-10
1.99
21-10
2.26
19.2
14-11
0.90
15-5
1.00
15-11
1.10
16-5
1.21
16-11
1.31
17-4
1.43
17-10
1.54
18-3
1.66
18-8
1.78
19 6
2.02
20-8
2.41
24.0
25-7
1.28
26-6
1.41
27-5
1.56
28-3
1.71
29-1
1.86
29-10
2.02
30 7
2.18
31-4
2.34
32-1
2.51
12.0
24-0
1.19
24,10
1.32
25-7
1.46
26-5
1.60
272
1.74
27-11
1.89
28-8
2.04
29-4
2.19
30-0
2.35
13.7
22-2
1.10
23-0
1.22
23-9
1.35
245
1.48
252
1.61
25-10
1.75
26-6
1.89
27-2
2.03
27-10
2.18
29-1
2.48
16.0 2x12
20-3
1.01
21-0
1.12
21 8
1.23
224
1.35
23-0
1.47
237
1.59
24-2
1.72
24 10
1.85
255
1.99
26-6
2.26
19.2
18-1
0.90
18-9
1.00
19-4
1.10
20-0
1.21
20-6
1.31
21-1
M3
21-8
1.54
222
1.66
22-8
1.78
239
2.02
25-2
2.41
24.0
r--
Note: The required modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 629
TABLE 2105-7 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
40 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft
(Supporting Gypsum
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead
load plus 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live
load determines fiber stress.
Deflection - For 40 lbs per sq. ft.
live load. Limited to span in
inches divided by 240.
Live Load
Ceiling)
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square).
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress
in Bending, "Fl"
(psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
2x6
12.0
5-3
0.12
6-1
0.19
6-9
0.27
7-5
0.35
8-0
0.44
8-7
0.54
9-1
0.65
9-7
0.76
10-0
0.88
10-6
1.00
10-11
1.13
13.7
4 11
0.12
58
0.18
6-4
0.25
6-11
0.33
7-6
0.42
8-0
0.51
8-6
0.61
8 11
0.71
9-5
0.82
9-10
0.93
10-3
1.05
16.0
4-6
0.11
5-3
0.17
5-10
0.23
6-5
0.31
6-11
0.39
7-5
0.47
7-10
9.56
83
0.66
8-8
0.76
9-1
0.86
95
0.98
19.2
4-2
0.10
4-9
0.15
5-4
0.21
5-10
0.28
6-4
0.35
6-9
0.43
72
0.51
7-7
0.60
7-11
0.69
8-3
0.79
8-8
0.89
24.0
3-8
0.09
43
0.14
4-9
0.19
53
0.25
5-8
0.31
6-1
0.38
6-5
0.46
6-9
0.54
7 1
0.62
7-5
0.71
7-9
0.80
2x8
12.0
6-11
0.12
80
0.19
8-11
0.27
9-9
0.35
10 7
0.44
11-3
0.54
120
0.65
127
0.76
133
0.88
13-10
1.00
14-5
1.13
13.7
6-6
0.12
7-6
0.18
8-4
0.25
9-2
0.33
9-11
0.42
10-7
0.51
11-2
0.61
11-10
0.71
12-5
0.82
12 11
0.93
13-6
1.05
16.0
6-0
0.11
6-11
0.17
7-9
0.23
8-6
0.31
9-2
0.39
9-9
0.47
10-4
0.56
10-11
0.66
11-6
0.76
12-0
0.86
12-6
0.98
19.2
5-6
0.10
6-4
0.15
7-1
0.21
7-9
0.28
8-4
0.35
8-11
0.43
9-6
0.51
10-0
0.60
10-6
0.69
10-11
0.79
11-5
0.89
24.0
4-11
0.09
5-8
0.14
6-4
0.19
6-1 1
0.25
7-6
0.31
80
0.38
8-6
0.46
8-11
0.54
94
0.62
9-9
0.71
10-2
0.80
2x10
12.0
8-10
0.12
10 2
0.19
11-5
0.27
12-6
0.35
13-6
0.44
145
0.54
15-3
0.65
16-1
0.76
16-11
0.88
17-8
1.00
18-4
1.13
13.7
8-3
0.12
9-6
0.18
10-8
0.25
11-8
0.33
12-7
0.42
13-6
0.51
14-3
0.61
15-1
0.71
15 10
0.82
16-6
0.93
17-2
1.05
16.0
7-8
0.11
8-10
0.17
9-10
0.23
10 10
0.31
11-8
0.39
12-6
0.47
133
0.56
13-11
0.66
14-8
0.76
15-3
0.86
15-11
0.98
19.2
7-0
0.10
8-1
0.15
9-0
0.21
9-10
0.28
10-8
0.35
11-5
0.43
12-1
0.51
12-9
0.60
13-4
0.69
13-11
0.79
14-6
0.89
24.0
6-3
0.09
7-2
0.14
8-1
0.19
8 10
0.25
9-6
0.31
10 2
0.38
10-10
0.46
115
0.54
11-11
0.62
12-6
0.71
13-0
0.80
2x12
12.0
10-9
0.12
125
0.19
13-10
0.27
15-2
0.35
16-5
0.44
176
0.54
18-7
0.65
197
0.76
206
0.88
21-5
1.00
22-4
1.13
13.7
100
0.12
11-7
0.18
12-11
025
142
0.33
15-4
0.42
16-5
0.51
17 5
0.61
18-4
0.71
193
0.82
20-1
0.93
20-11
1.05
16.0
9 3
0.11
10-9
0.17
120
0.23
13-2
0.31
14-2
0.39
15-2
0.47
16-1
0.56
17-0
0.66
17-9
0.76
18-7
0.86
19-4
0.98
19.2
8-6
0.10
9-10
0.15
10-11
0.21
12-0
0.28
12-11
0.35
13-10
0.43
14-8
0.51
15-6
0.60
16-3
0.69
17-0
0.79
17-8
0.89
24.0
7-7
0.09
89
0.14
9-10
0.19
10 9
0.25
11-7
0.31
12-5
0.38
132
0.46
13 10
0.54
14-6
0.62
15-2
0.71
15-9
0.80 I
Note:
1 /-7Q
The ret
(uired mo(
Julus of (
lasticity,
'E", in 1
000.000
pounds p
er square
inch is sr
own belc
w each sp
Vol.
an.
18-6
1/1/78
TABLE 2105-7 (continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are consi-
dered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square) .
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F_" (psi)-
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1300
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
11-4
1.26
11-9
1.40
12 1
1.54
12 6
1.68
12-10
1.83
13 2
1.99
13-6
2.15
13-10
2.31
14-2
2.48
12.0
10-7
1.18
11-0
1.31
11-4
1.44
11-8
1.57
120
1.72
12-4
1.86
12-8
2.01
13-0
2.16
13-3
2.32
13.7
9-10
1.09
10-2
1.21
10-6
1.33
10-10
1.46
11-1
1.59
11-5
1.72
11-9
1.86
12-0
2.00
12 4
2.15
12-10
2.45
16.0 2x6
8-11
0.99
9-3
1.10
9-7
1.22
9-10
1.33
10-2
1.45
10-5
1.57
10-8
1.70
11-0
1.83
11-3
1.96
1 1-9
2.23
19.2
8-0
0.89
8-3
0.99
8-7
1.09
8-10
1.19
9-1
1.30
9-4
1.41
9-7
1.52
9-10
1.63
10-0
1.75
10 6
2.00
111
2.38
24.0
14-11
1.26
15 5
1.40
16-0
1.54
165
1.68
16-11
1.83
17-5
1.99
17-10
2.15
18-3
2.31
18-9
2.48
12.0
14-0
1.18
14-6
1.31
14-11
1.44
15-5
1.57
15 10
1.72
16-3
1.86
16-8
2.01
17-1
2.16
17-6
2.32
13.7
12-11
1.09
13-5
1.21
13-10
1.33
14-3
1.46
14-8
1.59
151
1.72
15-5
1.86
15-10
2.00
16-3
2.15
16-11
2.45
16.0 2x8
11-10
0.99
12-3
1.10
12-7
1.22
13-0
1.33
13-5
1.45
13-9
1.57
14-1
1.70
14-6
1.83
14-10
1.96
15-5
2.23
19.2
10-7
0.89
10-11
0.99
11-3
1.09
11-8
1.19
12-0
1.30
12 4
1.41
12 7
1.52
12-11
1.63
13 3
1.75
13-10
2.00
14-8
2.38
24.0
19-1
1.26
19-9
1.40
204
1.54
21-0
1.68
21-7
1.83
222
1.99
229
2.15
23-4
2.31
23-11
2.48
12.0
17-10
1.18
18-5
1.31
19-1
1.44
19-8
1.57
20-2
1.72
20-9
1.86
21-4
2.01
21-10
2.16
22-4
2.32
13.7
16-6
1.09
17-1
1.21
17-8
1.33
18-2
1.46
18-9
1.59
19-3
1.72
19-9
1.86
20-2
2.00
20-8
2.15
21-7
2.45
16.0 2x10
15-1
0.99
15-7
1.10
16-1
1.22
16 7
1.33
17-1
1.45,
177
1.57
18-0
1.70
18-5
1.83
18-11
1.96
199
223
192
13 6
0.89
13-11
0.99
14-5
1.09
14-10
1.19
15-3
1.30
15-8
1.41
16-1
1.52
16-6
1.63
16-11
1.75
178
200
189
2.38
24.0
23-2
1.26
24-0
1.40
24-9
1.54
25-6
1.68
263
1.83
270
1.99
27-8
2.15
285
2.31
29 1
2.48
120
21-8
1.18
22-5
1.31
23-2
1.44
23-11
1.57
24-7
1.72
25-3
1.86
25-11
2.01
26-7
2.16
27-2
2.32
13.7
20-1
1.09
20-9
1.21
21-5
1.33
22 1
1.46
22-9
1.59
23-5
1.72
240
1.86
24-7
2.00
252
2.15
263
2.45
160 2x12
18-4
0.99
19-0
1.10
19 7
1.22
20 2
1.33
20-9
1.45
21-4
1.57
21-11
1.70
22 5
1.83
23-0
1.96
240
2.23
192
16-5
0.89
17-0
0.99
176
1.09
18-1
1.19
18-7
1.30
19-1
1.41
19-7
1.52
20 1
1 C3
206
1.75
21 5
2.00
229
2.38
240
NOTE:
The modulus of elasticity,
below each span.
'E," in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 631
TABLE 2105-8 ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
Supporting Plaster Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load
20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live
load. Limited to span in inches
divided by 360.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with span
of rafters (upper figure in each square).
Determine size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fb" (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
12.0
6-7
0.18
7-7
0.28
8-6
0.40
9-4
0.52
10-0
0.66
109
0.80
11-5
0.96
120
1.12
12-7
1.29
13-2
1.48
13.7
6-2
0.17
7-1
0.27
7-11
0.37
8-8
0.49
9-5
0.61
10-0
075
10-8
0.90
11-3
1.05
11-9
1.21
12-4
1.38
2x6 16.0
5-8
0.16
6-7
0.25
7-4
0.34
8-1
0.45
8-8
0.57
9-4
0.70
9-10
0.83
10-5
0.97
10-11
1.12
11-5
1.28
19.2
5-2
0.15
6-0
0.22
6-9
0.31
7-4
0.41
7-11
0.52
86
0.63
90
0.76
9-6
0.89
9-11
1.02
10-5
1.17
24.0
4-8
0.13
5-4
0.20
6-0
0.28
6-7
0.37
7-1
0.46
7-7
0.57
8-1
0.68
8-6
0.79
8-11
0.92
9-4
1.04
12.0
8-8
0.18
10-0
0.28
11-2
0.40
12 3
0.52
13-3
0.66
14-2
0.80
15 0
0.96
15-10
1.12
16-7
1 29
17-4
1.48
13.7
8-1
0.17
9-4
0.27
10-6
0.37
11-6
0.49
12-5
0.61
13-3
0.75
140
0.90
14-10
1.05
15-6
1.21
16-3
1.38
2x8 16.0
7-6
0.16
8-8
0.25
9-8
0.34
10-7
0.45
11-6
0.57
12-3
0.70
13-0
0.83
13-8
0.97
144
1.12
15-0
1.28
19.2
6-10
0.15
7-11
0.22
8-10
0.31
9-8
0.41
10-6
0.52
11-2
0.63
11-10
0.76
12-6
0.89
13-1
1.02
13-8
1.17
24.0
6-2
0.13
7-1
0.20
7-11
0.28
8-8
0.37
94
0.46
10-0
0.57
10-7
0.68
11-2
0.79
11-9
0.92
12-3
1.04
12.0
11-1
0.18
12-9
0.28
14-3
0.40
15-8
0.52
16-11
0.66
18-1
0.80
19-2
0.96
20-2
1 12
21 2
1.29
22-1
1.48
13.7
10-4
0.17
11-11
0.27
13-4
0.3/
14-8
0.49
15-10
0.61
16-11
0.75
17-11
0.90
18-11
1.05
19-10
1.21
208
1.38
2x10 16.0
9-7
0.16
11-1
0.25
12-4
0.34
13-6
0.45
14-8
0.57
15-8
0.70
16-7
0.83
17-6
0.97
18-4
1.12
19-2
1.28
19.2
8-9
0.15
10-1
0.22
- 11-3
0.31
12-4
0.41
13-4
0.52
143
0.63
152
0.76
15-11
0.89
16-9
1.02
17-6
1.17
24.0
7-10
0.13
9-0
0.20
10-1
0.28
11-1
0.37
11-11
0.46
129
0.57
13-6
0.68
14-3
0.79
15-0
0.92
15-8
1.04
12.0
13 5
0.18
15-6
0.28
17 4
0.40
19-0
0.52
20-6
0.66
21-11
0.80
23-3
0.96
247
1.12
259
1.29
26-11
1.48
13.7
12 7
0.17
14-6
0.27
16-3
0.37
17-9
0.49
19 3
0.61
20-6
0.75
21 9
0.90
230
1.05
24-1
1.21
252
1.38
2x12 16.0
11-8
0.16
13-5
0.25
15-0
0.34
16-6
0.45
17 9
0.57
19-0
0.70
20-2
0.83
21 3
0.97
22-4
1.12
233
1.28
19.2
10-8
0.15
12-3
0.22
13-9
0.31
15-0
0.41
16-3
0.52
174
0.63
18-5
0.76
195
0.89
20-4
1.02
213
1 17
24.0
9-6
0.13
11-0
0.20
12-3
0.28
13-5
0.37
14-6
0.46
15-6
0.57
16-6
0.68
17-4
0.79
182
0.92
19-0
1 04
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E," in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
TABLE 2105-8 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter
table with span of rafters
(upper figure in each square) .
Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress
grade (top row) and modulus
of elasticity (lower figure in
each square) of lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F
b"(psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
13-8
1.66
14-2
1.86
14-8
206
15 2
2.27
15-8
2.49
12.0
2x6
12-10
1.56
13-3
1.74
13-9
1.93
14-2
2.12
14-8
2.33
15-1
2.54
13.7
11-10
1.44
12-4
1.61
12-9
1.79
132
1.97
13-7
2.15
13-11
2.35
14-4
2.55
16.0
1O10
1.32
11-3
1.47
11-7
1.63
12-0
1.80
12-4
1.97
12-9
2.14
13-1
2.32
13-5
2.51
19.2
9-8
1.18
10-0
1.31
10-5
1.46
10-9
1.61
11-1
1.76
11-5
1.92
11-8
2.08
120
2.24
12-4
2.41
24.0
18-0
1.66
18-9
1.86
19-5
2.06
20-0
2.27
208
2.49
12.0
2x8
16-10
1.56
17-6
1.74
18-2
1.93
18-9
2.12
19-4
2.33
19-10
2.54
13.7
15-7
1.44
16-3
1.61
16-9
1.79
17-4
1.97
17-10
2.15
185
2.35
18-11
2.55
16.0
14-3
1.32
14-10
1.47
15-4
1.63
15-10
1.80
16-4
1.97
16-9
2.14
17-3
2.32
17-8
2.51
19.2
12-9
1.18
13-3
1.31
13-8
1.46
14-2
1.61
14 7
1.76
15 0
1.92
155
2.08
1510
2.24
16-3
2.41
24.0
230
1.66
23-11
1.86
24-9
2.06
25-6
2.27
26-4
2.49
C
120
2x10
21-6
1.56
22-4
1.74
23-2
1.93
23-11
2.12
24-7
2.33
25-4
2.54
13.7
19-11
1.44
20-8
1.61
21-5
1.79
22-1
1.97
22-10
2.15
23-5
2.35
24-1
2.55
16.0
18-2
1.32
18-11
1.47
19 7
1.63
202
1.80
2O10
1.97
21-5
2.14
22-0
232
22-7
2.51
19.2
16-3
1.18
16 11
1.31
17-6
1.46
181
1.61
18-7
1.76
19-2
1.92
19-8
2.08
20-2
2.24
20-8
2.41
24.0
280
1.66
29-1
1.86
30-1
206
31-1
2 27
320
2.49
12.0
2x12
262
1.56
27-2
1.74
28-2
1.93
29 1
2.12
29-11
2.33
30 10
2.54
13.7
24-3
1.44
25 2
1.61
260
1.79
26 11
1.97
279
2.15
286
2.35
294
2.55
16.0
222
1.32
23-0
1.47
23-9
1.63
24-7
1 80
254
1.97
26-0
2.14
269
2.32
27-5
2.51
19.2
19 10
1.18
20-6
1.31
213
1.46
21-11
1.61
22-8
1.76
233
1.92
23-11
2.08
24-7
224
252
2.41
24.0
Note:
The modulus of elasticity, "E",
inch is shown below each span.
in 1,000,000 pounds per square
1/1/78
Vol. 18 " 633
TABLE 2105-9 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
30 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Supporting Plaster Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 360.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be used,
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
890
900
1000
1100
1200
12.0
5-10
0.19
6-8
0.29
7-6
0.41
8-2
0.54
8-10
0.68
9-6
0.83
10-0
0.99
10-7
1.15
111
1.33
11-7
1.52
13.7
5-5
0.18
6-3
0.27
7-0
0.38
7-8
0.50
8-3
0.63
8-10
0.77
9-5
0.92
9-11
1.08
10 5
1.25
10-10
1.42
2x6 16.0
5-0
0.16
5-10
0.25
6-6
0.35
7-1
0.46
7-8
0.59
8-2
0.72
8-8
0.85
9-2
1.00
9-7
1.15
100
1.31
19.2
4-7
0.15
5-4
0.23
5-11
0.32
6-6
0.42
7-0
0.53
7-6
0.65
7-11
0.78
8-4
0.91
8-9
1.05
9-2
1.20
24.0
4-1
0.13
4-9
0.21
5-4
0.29
5-10
0.38
6-3
0.48
6-8
0.58
7-1
0.70
7-6
0.82
7-10
0.94
8-2
1.07
12.0
7-8
0.19
8-10
0.29
9-10
0.41
10-10
0.5-5
11-8
0.68
12-6
0.83
13-3
0.99
13-11
1.15
14-8
1.33
15-3
1.52
13.7
72
0.18
8-3
0.27
9-3
0.38
101
0.50
10 11
0.63
11-8
0.77
12-5
0.92
13-1
1.08
13-8
1.25
14-4
1.42
2x8 16.0
6-7
0.16
7-8
0.25
8-7
0.35
9-4
0.46
10-1
0.59
1010
0.72
1.1-6
0.85
12-1
1.00
12 8
1.15
13-3
1.31
19.2
6-1
0.15
7-0
0.23
7-10
0.32
8-7
0.42
9-3
0.53
9-10
0.65
10-6
0.78
11-0
0.91
1 17
1.05
12-1
1.20
24.0
5-5
0.13
6-3
0.21
7-0
0.29
7-8
0.38
83
0.48
8-10
0.58
9-4
0.70
9-10
0.82
10-4
0.94
10-10
1.07
12.0
9-9
0.19
11-3
0.29
12-7
0.41
13-9
0.54
14-11
0.68
15-11
0.83
16-11
0.99
17 10
1.15
18-8
1.33
19-6
1.52
13.7
9-1
0.18
10-6
0.27
11-9
0.38
12-11
0.50
13-11
0.63
14-11
0.77
15-10
0.92
16-8
1.08
17-6
1.25
18-3
1.42
2x10 16.0
8-5
0.16
9-9
0.25
10-11
0.35
11-11
0.46
12-11
0.59
13-9
0.72
14-8
0.85
15-5
1.00
16-2
1.15
16-11
1.31
19.2
7-8
0.15
8-11
0.23
9-11
0.32
10-11
0.42
119
0.53
12-7
0.65
13-4
0.78
14-1
0.91
14-9
1.05
15-5
1.20
24.0
6-11
0.13
8-0
0.21
8-11
0.29
9-9
0.38
10-6
0.48
11-3
0.58
1111
0.70
127
0.82
13-2
0.94
13-9
1.07
12.0
11-10
0.19
13-8
0.29
15-4
0.41
16-9
0.54
18-1
0.68
194
0.83
20-6
0.99
218
1.15
22-8
1.33
23-9
1.52
13.7
11-1
0.18
12-10
0.27
14-4
0.38
15-8
0.50
16-11
0.63
18-1
0.77
19-3
0.92
203
1.08
21 3
1.25
22-2
1.42
2x12 16.0
10-3
0.16
11-10
0.25
13-3
0.35
14-6
0.46
15-8
0.59
16-9
0.72
179
0.85
18-9
1.00
198
1.15
20-6
1.31
19.2
9-5
0.15
10-10
0.23
12-1
0.32
13-3
0.42
14-4
0.53
15-4
0.65
16-3
0.78
17-1
0.91
17-11
1.05
18-9
1.20
24.0
8 5
0.13
9-8
0.21
10-10
0.29
11-10
0.38
12-10
0.48
13-8
0.58
14-6
0.70
15-4
0.82
16-1
0.94
16-9
1.07
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
Vol. 18 - 634
1/1/78
TABLE 2105-9 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are con-
sidered as applied on the horizontal
projection
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower fig-
ure in each square) of lumber to
be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending,
"Fb" (psir
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
12-1
1.71
12-6
1.91
13-0
2.12
13-5
2.34
13-10
2.56
12.0
2x6
11-3
1.60
11-9
1.79
12-2
1.98
12-6
2.19
12-11
2.39
13.7
10-5
1.48
10-10
1.66
11-3
1.84
11-7
2.02
11-11
2.22
12-4
2.41
16.0
96
1.35
9-11
1.51
10-3
1.68
10-7
1.85
10-11
2.02
11-3
2.20
11-6
2.39
11-10
2.58
19.2
8-6
1.21
8-10
1.35
9-2
1.50
9-6
1.65
9-9
1.81
10-0
1.97
10-4
2.14
10-7
2.31
10-10
2.48
24.0
15-11
1.71
16-6
1.91
17-1
2.12
17 8
2.34
18 2
2.56
12.0
2x8
14-11
1.60
15-5
1.79
16-0
1.98
16-6
2.19
17-0
2.39
13.7
13-9
1.48
14-4
1.66
14-10
1.84
15-3
2.02
15-9
2.22
16-3
2.41
16.0
12-7
1.35
13-1
1.51
13-6
1.68
13-11
1.85
14-5
2.02
14-10
2.20
15-2
2.39
15 7
2.58
19.2
11-3
1.21
118
1.35
12-1
1.50
12-6
1.65
12-10
1.81
13-3
1.97
13-7
2.14
13-11
2.31
14-4
2.48
24.0
20-4
1.71
21-1
1.91
21-10
2.12
22-6
2.34
23-3
2.56
12.0
2x10
19-0
1.60
19-8
1.79
20-5
1.98
21-1
2.19
219
2.39
13.7
17-7
1.48
18-3
1.66
18-11
1.84
19-6
2.02
20-1
, 2.22
20-8
2.41
16.0
16-1
1.35
16-8
1.51
17-3
1.68
17-10
1.85
18-4
2.02
18-11
2.20
19-5
2.39
19-11
2.58
19.2
14-4
1.21
14-11
1.35
155
1.50
15-11
1.65
16-5
1.81
16-11
1.97
17-4
2.14
17-10
2.31
183
2.48
24.0
24-8
1.71
25-7
1.91
26-6
2.12
27-5
2.34
28-3
2.56
12.0
2x12
23-1
1.60
24-0
1.79
24-10
1.98
25-7
2.19
26-5
2.39
13.7
21 5
1.48
22-2
1.66
23-0
1.84
239
2.02
24-5
2.22
252
2.41
160
19-6
1.35
20-3
1.51
21-0
1.68
21-8
1.85
224
2.02
230
2.20
237
2.39
242
2.58
19.2
17-5
1.21
18-1
1.35
189
1.50
19-4
1.65
20-0
1.81
20-6
1.97
21 1
2.14
21 8
2.31
222
248
24.0
Note:
1/1/78
The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square
inch is shown below each span.
Vol.
18
_ 635
TABLE 2105-10 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW OR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
40 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Supporting Plaster Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA: HOW TO USE TABLES:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load
Limited to span in inches divided by 360.
Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and mod-
ulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fh" (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
'200
12.0
5-3
0.19
6-1
0.29
6-9
0.40
7-5
0.53
8-0
0.67
8-7
0.82
9-1
0.97
9-7
1.14
100
1.31
10-6
1.50
13.7
4-11
0.18
5-8
0.27
6-4
0.38
6-11
0.50
7-6
0.62
8-0
0.76
8-6
0.91
8-11
1.07
9-5
1.23
9-10
1.40
2x6 16.0
4-6
0.16
5-3
0.25
5-10
0.35
6-5
0.46
6 11
0.58
7-5
0.71
7-10
0.84
8-3
0.99
8-8
1.14
9-1
1.30
19.2
4-2
0.15
4-9
0.23
5-4
0.32
5-10
0.42
6-4
0.53
6-9
0.64
7-2
0.77
7-7
0.90
7-11
1.04
8-3
1.18
24.0
3-8
0.13
4-3
0.20
4-9
0.28
5-3
0.37
5-8
0.47
6-1
0.58
6-5
0.69
6-9
0.81
7-1
0.93
7-5
1.06
12.0
6-11
0.19
8-0
0.29
8-11
0.40
9-9
0.53
10-7
0.67
11-3
0.82
12-0
0.97
12-7
1.14
13-3
1.31
13-10
1.50
13.7
C-6
0.18
7-6
0.27
8-4
0.38
9-2
0.50
9-11
0.62
10-7
0.76
11-2
0.91
11-10
1.07
12-5
1.23
12-11
1.40
2x8 16.0
6-0
0.16
6-11
0.25
7-9
0.35
8-6
0.46
9-2
0.58
9-9
0.71
10-4
0.84
10-11
0.99
11-6
1.14
12-0
1.30
19.2
5-6
0.15
6-4
0.23
7-1
0.32
7-9
0.42
8-4
0.53
8-11
0.64
9-6
077
100
0.90
10-6
1.04
10-11
1.18
24.0
4-11
0.13
5-d
0.20
6-4
0.28
6-11
0.37
7-6
0.47
8-0
0.58
8-6
0.69
8-11
0.81
9-4
0.93
9-9
1.06
12.0
8-10
0.19
10-2
0.29
11-5
0.40
12-6
0.53
13-6
0.67
14-5
0.82
15-3
0.97
16-1
1.14
16-11
1.31
17-8
1.50
13.7
8-3
0.18
9-6
0.27
10-8
0.38
11-8
0.50
12-7
0.62
13-6
0.76
14-3
0.91
15-1
1.07
15-10
1.23
16-6
1.40
2x10 16.0
7-8
0.16
8-10
0.25
9-10
0.35
10-10
0.46
11-8
0.58
12-6
0.71
13-3
0.84
13-11
0.99
14-8
1.14
15-3
1.30
19.2
7-0
0.15
8-1
0.23
9-0
0.32
9-10
0.42
10-8
0.53
1 1-5
0.64
12-1
0.77
12-9
0.90
13-4
1.04
13-11
1.18
24.0
6-3
0.13
7-2
0.20
8-1
0.28
8-10
0.37
9-6
0.47
10-2
0.58
10-10
0.69
11-5
0.81
11-11
093
12-6
1.06
12.0
10-9
0.19
12-5
0.29
13-10
0.40
15-2
0.53
16 5
0.67
17-6
0.82
187
0.97
19-7
1.14
20-6
1.31
21-5
1.50
13.7
10-0
0.18
11-7
0.27
12-11
0.38
14-2
0.50
15-4
0.62
16-5
0.76
17-5
0.91
18-4
1.07
19-3 20-1
1.23 I 1.40
2x12 16.0
9-3
0.16
10-9
0.25
12-0
0.35
13-2
0.46
142
0.58
15 2
0.71
16-1
084
170
0.99
17-9
1.14
187
1.30
19.2
8-6
0.15
9-10
0.23
10-11
0.32
12-0
0.42
12-11
0.53
1310
0.64
14-8
0.77
15-6
0.90
16-3
1.04
170
1.18
24.0
7-7
0.13
8-9
0.20
9-10
0.28
10-9
0.37
11-7
0.47
12-5
0 58
13-2
0.69
'.3-10
0.31
14-6
0.93
152
1.06
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E", In 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
636
TABLE 2105-10 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square)-. Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and mod-
ulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in
Sending, '
Fb" (PS')-
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
10-11
1.69
11-4
1.89
11-9
2.09
12-1
2.31
12-6
2.53
12.0
10-3
1.58
10-7
1.77
11-0
1.96
11-4
2.16
118
2.36
12-0
2.57
13.7
9-5
1.46
9-10
1.63
10 2
1.81
10-6
2.00
10-10
2.19
11-1
2.38
11-5
2.58
16.0 2x6
8-8
1.34
8-11
1.49
9-3
1.65
9-7
1.82
9-10
2.00
10-2
2.18
10-5
2.36
10-8
2.55
19.2
7-9
1.19
80
1.33
8-3
1.48
8-7
1.63
8-10
1.79
9-1
1.95
9-4
2.11
9-7
2.28
9-10
2.45
24.0
14-5
1.69
14-11
1.89
15-5
2.09
16 0
2.31
16-5
2.53
12.0
13-6
1.58
14-0
1.77
14-6
1.96
14-11
2.16
15-5
2.36
15-10
2.57
13.7
12-6
1.46
12-11
1.63
135
1.81
13-10
2.00
14-3
2.19
14-8
2.38
15-1
2.58
16.0 2x8
11-5
1.34
11-10
1.49
12-3
1.65
12-7
1.82
130
2.00
13-5
2.18
13-9
2.36
14-1
2.55
19.2
10-2
1.19
10-7
1.33
10-11
1.48
11-3
1.63
11-8
1.79
12 0
1.95
12-4
2.11
12-7
2.28
12-11
2.45
24.0
18-4
1.69
19-1
1.89
19-9
2.09
20-4
2.31
210
2.53
12.0
17-2
1.58
17-10
1.77
18-5
1.96
19-1
2.16
19-8
2.36
20-2
2.57
13.7
15-1 1
1.46
16-6
1.63
17-1
1.81
17-8
2.00
18-2
2.19
18-9
2.38
19-3
2.58
16.0 2x10
14-6
1.34
15-1
1.49
15-7
1.65
16-1
1.82
16-7
2.00
17-1
2.18
17-7
2.36
18-0
2.55
19.2
13-0
1.19
13-6
1.33
13-11
1.48
14-5
1.63
14-10
1.79
15-3
1.95
15-8
2.11
16-1
2.28
16-6
2.45
24.0
22-4
1.69
23-2
1.89
24-0
2.09
24-9
2.31
25-6
2.53
12.0
20-11
1.58
21-8
1.77
22-5
1.96
232
2.16
23-11
2.36
24-7
2.57
13.7
19-4
1.46
20-1
1.63
209
1.81
21-5
2.00
22-1
2.19
22-9
2.38
23-5
2.58
16.0 2x12
178
1.34
18-4
1.49
19-0
1.65
19-7
1.82
20-2
2.00
209
2.18
21-4
2.36
21-11
2.55
19.2
15-9
1.19
165
1.33
17-0
1.48
17-6
1.63
18-1
1 1.79
18-7
1.95
19-1
2.11
19-7
2.28
20-1
2.45
24.0
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square
inch is shown below each span.
Vol. 18 - 637
1/1/78
TABLE 2105-11 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope 3 in 12 or less - 20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(No Finished Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 10 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection -" For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 240.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter tablt with
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square) . Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top row) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of
lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fl" (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
7 1
0.15
8-2
0.24
92
0.33
10-0
0.44
10-10
0.55
11-7
0.67
124
0.80
13 0
0.94
13-7
1.09
142
1.24
14-9
1.40
13.7
6-8
0.14
7-8
0.22
8-7
0.31
9-5
0.41
10-2
0.52
10-10
063
11-6
0.75
12-2
0.88
129
1.02
133
1.16
13-10
1.31
2x6 16.0
6-2
0.13
7-1
0.21
7-11
0.29
8-8
0.38
9-5
0.48
10-0
0.58
10-8
0.70
11-3
0.82
11-9
0.94
12 4
1.07
12-10
1.21
19.2
57
0.12
6-6
0 19
7-3
0.26
7-11
0.35
8-7
0.44
92
0.53
9-9
0.64
10-3
0.75
109
0.86
113
0.98
1 18
1.10
24.0
5-0
0.11
5-10
0.17
6-6
0.24
7-1
0.31
7-8
0.39
8-2
0.48
8-8
0.57
9-2
0.67
9-7
0.77
10 0
0.88
10-5
0.99
12.0
9-4
0.15
1010
0.24
12-1
0.33
13-3
0.44
14-4
0.55
15-3
0.67
16-3
0.80
17-1
0.94
17-11
1.09
189
1.24
196
1.40
13.7
8-9
0.14
101
0.22
11-4
0.31
12-5
•0.41
13-4
0.52
14-4
0.63
15-2
0.75
160
0.88
169
1.02
17-6
1.16
183
1.31
2x8 16.0
8-1
0.13
94
0.21
10-6
0.29
11-6
0.38
12 5
0.48
13-3
0.58
14-0
0.70
14-10
0.82
156
0.94
16-3
1.07
16-10
1.21
19.2
7-5
0.12
8-7
0.19
9-7
0.26
10-6
0.35
11-4
0.44
12-1
0.53
12 10
0.64
13-6
0.75
14-2
0.86
14-10
0.98
15-5
1.10
24.0
6-7
0.11
7-8
0.17
8-7
0.24
9-4
0.31
10-1
0.39
10-10
0.48
11-6
0.57
12-1
0.67
12-8
0.77
13-3
0.88
139
0.99
12.0
11-11
0.15
13-9
0.24
15-5
0.33
16-11
0.44
18-3
0.55
19-6
0.67
20-8
0.80
21 10
0.94
22-10
1.09
23-11
1.24
24-10
1.40
13.7
11-2
0.14
12-11
0.22
14-5
0.31
15-10
0.41
17-1
0.52
18-3
0.63
19 4
0.75
20-5
0.88
21-5
1.02
22-4
1.16
233
1.31
2x10 16.0
10-4
0.13
11-11
0.21
13-4
0.29
14-8
0.38
15-10
0.48
16-11
0.58
17-11
0.70
18-11
0.82
19-10
0.94
•20-8
1.07
21-6
1.21
19.2
9-5
0.12
1011
0.19
12-2
0.26
13-4
0.35
14-5
044
15-5
0.53
16-4
0.64
17 3
0.75
18 1
0.86
18-11
0.98
19-8
1.10
24.0
8-5
0.11
99
0.17
10-1 1
0.24
11-11
0.31
12-11
0.39
139
0.48
14-8
0.57
15-5
0.67
162
0.77
16 11
0.88
177
0.99
12.0
14-6
0.15
16-9
0.24
18-9
0.33
20-6
044
22-2
0.55
23-9
0.67
25-2
0.80
26-6
0.94
27 10
1.09
29-1
1.24
30-3
1.40
13.7
13-7
0.14
158
0.22
17-6
0.31
193
0.41
20-9
0.52
222
0.63
23-6
0.75
24 10
0.88
260
1.02
272
1.16
28-3
1.31
2x12 16.0
12-7
0.13
14-6
0.21
16 3
0.29
17-9
0.38
19-3
0.48
20-6
0.58
219
0.70
230
0.82
24-1
0.94
252
1.07
26-2
1.21
19.2
11-6
0.12
13-3
0.19
14-10
0.26
16-3
0.35
176
0.44
18-9
0.53
19-11
0.64
21-0
0.75
22-0
0.86
23-0
0.98
23 11
1.10
24.0
10-3
0.11
11-10
0.17
13 3
0.24
14-6
0.31
15-8
0.39
16-9
0.48
179
0.57
18-9
0.67
19-8
0.77
20-6
0.88
21-5
0.99
Note: The modulus of elasticity, V'E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 638
TABLE 2105-11 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower fig-
ure in each square) of lumber to be
used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fu" (psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
15-4
1.56
15-11
1.73
16-5
1.91
16-11
2.09
17-5
2.28
17-10
2.47
12.0
14-4
1.46
14-10
1.62
15-4
1.78
15-10
1.95
16-3
2.13
16-9
2.31
17-2
2.49
13.7
13-3
1.35
13-9
1.50
14-2
1.65
14-8
1.81
15-1
1.97
15-6
2.14
15-11
2.31
16-3
2.48
16.0 2x6
12-2
1.23
12-7
1.37
13-0
1.51
13-4
1.65
13-9
1.80
14-2
1.95
14-6
2.11
14-10
2.27
15-2
2.43
19.2
10-10
1.10
11-3
1.22
11-7
1.35
11-11
1.48
12-4
1.61
12-8
1.75
13-0
1.89
13-3
2.03
13-7
2.18
14-2
2.48
24.0
20-3
1.56
20-11
1.73
21-7
1.91
22-3
2.09
22-11
2.28
23-7
2.47
12.0
18-11
1.46
19-7
1.62
20-3
1.78
20-10
1.95
21-5
2.13
22-0
2.31
22-7
2.49
13.7
17-6
1.35
18-2
1.50
18-9
1.65
19-4
1.81
19-10
1.97
20-5
2.14
20-11
2.31
21-5
2.48
16.0 2x8
16-0
1.23
16-7
1.37
17-1
1.51
17-7
1.65
18-2
1.80
18-7
1.95
19-1
2.11
19-7
2.27
20-0
2.43
19.2
14-4
1.10
14-10
1.22
15-3
1.35
15-9
1.48
16-3
1.61
16-8
1.75
17-1
1.89
17-6
2.03
17-11
2.18
18-9
2.48
24.0
25-10
.1.56
26-8
1.73
277
1.91
28-5
2.09
293
2.28
30-1
2.47
12.0
24-2
1.46
25-0
1.62
25-10
1.78
26-7
1.95
27-4
2.13
28-1
2.31
28-10
2.49
13.7
22-4
1.35
232
1.50
23-11
1.65
24-7
1.81
25-4
1.97
26-0
2.14
26-8
2.31
27-4
2.48
16.0 2x10
20-5
1.23
21-1
1.37
21-10
1.51
22-6
1.65
232
1.80
23-9
1.95
245
2.11
25-0
2.27
25-7
2.43
19.2
18-3
1.10
18-11
1.22
19-6
1.35
2a 1
1.48
20 8
1.61
21-3
1.75
21-10
1.89
224
2.03
22 10
2.18
23 11
2.48
24.0
31-4
1.56
326
1.73
33-6
1.91
34-7
2.09
35-7
2.28
36-7
2.47
12.0
29-4
1.46
30-5
1.62
31-4
1.78
32-4
1.95
33-3
2.13
342
2.31
35-1
2.49
13.7
27-2
1.35
28-2
1.50
29-1
1.65
29-11
1.81
30-10
1.97
31-8
2.14
32-6
2.31
33-3
2.48
16.0 2x12
24-10
1.23
25-8
1.37
26-6
1.51
27-4
1.65
28-2
1.80
28-11
1.95
29-8
2.11
30-5
2.27
311
2.43
19.2
222
1.10
23-0
1.22
23-9
1.35
245
1.48
25-2
1.61
25-10
1.75
26-6
1.89
27-2
2.03
27-10
2 18
29 1
248
24.0
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 639
TABLE 2105-12 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW SLOPE RAFTERS
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 10 lbs
Slope 3 in 12 or less - 30 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(No Finished Ceiling)
HOW TO USE TABLES
ft. dead load plus
per sq.
30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load
Limited to span in inches divided by 240.
Enter table with
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square). Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top rov) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of
lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress In Bending, "F. " (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
6-2
0.15
7-1
0.23
7-11
0.32
8-8
0.43
9-5
0.54
10-0
0.66
10-8
0.78
113
092
11-9
1.06
12-4
1.21
12-10
1.36
13.7
5-9
0.14
68
022
7-5
0.30
8-2
0.40
89
0.50
9-5
0.61
100
0.73
10-6
0.86
11-0
0.99
11-6
1.13
12-0
1.27
2x6 16.0
5-4
0.13
6-2
0.20
6-11
0.28
7-6
0.37
82
0.47
8-8
0.57
9-3
0.68
9-9
0.80
10-2
0.92
10-8
1.05
11-1
1.18
19.2
4-10
0.12
5-7
0.18
63
0.26
6-11
0.34
75
0.43
7-11
0.52
8-5
0.62
8-11
0.73
94
0.84
9-9
0.95
10 1
1.08
24.0
4-4
0.11
5-0
0.16
57
0.23
6-2
0.30
6-8
0.38
7-1
0.46
76
0.55
7-11
0.65
8-4
0.75
88
0.85
9 1
0.96
12.0
8-1
0.15
9-4
0.23
10-6
0.32
11-6
0.43
12 5
0.54
13-3
0.66
14-0
0.78
14-10
0.92
15-6
1.06
163
1.21
16-10
1.36
13.7
7-7
0.14
8-9
0.22
9-9
0.30
10-9
0.40
11-7
0.50
12-5
0.61
13 2
0.73
13-10
0.86
14 6
0.99
15-2
1.13
15-9
1.27
2x8 16.0
7-0
013
8-1
0.20
9-1
0.28
9-11
0.37
10 9
0.47
11-6
0.57
12-2
0.68
12-10
0.80
13-5
0.92
14-0
1.05
14-7
1.18
19.2
6-5
0.12
7-5
0.18
83
0.26
9-1
0.34
9-9
0.43
10-6
0.52
11-1
0.62
118
0.73
12-3
0.84
12-10
0.95
13-4
1.08
24.0
5-9
0.11
6-7
0.16
75
0.23
8-1
0.30
8-9
0.38
9-4
0.46
9-11
0.55
10-6
0.65
110
0.75
11-6
0.85
11-11
0.96
12.0
10 4
0.15
11-11
0.23
13 4
0.32
14 8
0.43
15-10
0.54
16-11
0.66
17-11
0.78
18-11
0.92
19-10
1.06
20-8
1.21
21-6
1.36
13.7
9-8
0.14
11-2
0.22
12-6
0.30
13-8
0.40
14-9
0.50
15-10
0.61
16-9
0.73
17-8
0.86
18-6
0.99
19-4
1.13
202
1.27
2x10 16.0
8-11
0.13
10-4
0.20
11-7
0.28
12-8
0.37
13-8
0.47
148
0.57
15-6
0.68
16-4
o.eo
172
0.92
17-11
1.05
188
1.18
19.2
8-2
0.12
95
0.18
10-7
0.26
11-7
0.34
12-6
0.43
13-4
0.52
14-2
0.62
14-11
0.73
15 8
0.84
16-4
0.95
17-0
1.08
24.0
7-4
0.11
85
0.16
9-5
0.23
10-4
0.30
11-2
0.38
11-11
0.46
128
0.55
13-4
0.65
140
0.75
14-8
085
15-3
0.96
12.0
12-7
0.15
146
0.23
16-3
0.32
17-9
0.43
19-3
0.54
20-6
0.66
21 9
0.78
23-0
0.92
24-1
1.06
25-2
1.21
262
1.36
13.7
11-9
0.14
13-7
0.22
15 2
0.30
16-8
0.40
18-0
0.50
19-3
0.61
205
0.73
21-6
0.86
22-6
0.99
236
1.13
246
1 27
2x12 16.0
10-11
0.13
127
0.20
14-1
0.28
15-5
0.37
16-8
0.47
17-9
0.57
18 10
0.68
19 11
0.80
20-10
0.92
21-9
1.05
228
1.18
19.2
9-11
0.12
11-6
0.18
12-10
0.26
14-1
0.34
15 2
0.43
163
0.52
17-3
0.62
18-2
0.73
190
0.84
19-11
0.95
208
1 08
24.0
8 11
0.11
10-3
0.16
11-6
0.23
127
0.30
13 7
0.38
146
0.46
155
0.55
163
0.65
170
0.75
179
085
186
096
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E1
below each span.
1/1/78
in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
Vol. 18 - 640
TABLE 2105-12 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with
span of rafters ^pper figure in each
square) . Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top row) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of lum-
ber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fh" (psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
13-3
1.52
13-9
1 69
142
1.86
14-8
2.04
15-1
2.22
15-6
2.41
15-11
2.60
12.0
12-5
1.42
12-10
1.58
13-3
1.74
13-8
1.90
14-1
2.08
14-6
2.25
14-10
2.43
13.7
11-6
1.32
11-11
1.46
12-4
1.61
12-8
1.76
131
1.92
13-5
2.08
13-9
2.25
14-1
2.42
145
2.60
16.0 2x6
10-6
1.20
10-10
1.33
11-3
1.47
11-7
1.61
11-11
1.75
12-3
1.90
12-7
2.05
12-10
2.21
13 2
2.37
19.2
9-5
1.08
9-9
1.19
10-0
1.31
10-4
1.44
10-8
1.57
10-11
1.70
11-3
1.84
11-6
1.98
11-9
2.12
12 4
2.41
24.0
17-6
1.52
18-2
1.69
18 9
1.86
19-4
2.04
19-10
2.22
20 5
2.41
20-11
2.60
12.0
16-5
1.42
16-11
1.58
17-6
1.74
18-1
1.90
18-7
2.08
19 1
2.25
19-7
2.43
13.7
15-2
1.32
15-8
1.46
16-3
1.61
16-9
1.76
17-2
1.92
17-8
2.08
18 2
2.25
18-7
2.42
19-0
2.60
16.0 2x8
13-10
1.20
14-4
1.33
14-10
1.47
15-3
1.61
15-8
1.75
16-2
1.90
16-7
2.05
16-11
2.21
17-4
2.37
19.2
12-5
1.08
12-10
1.19
133
1.31
13-8
1.44
14-0
1.57
14-5
1.70
14-10
1.84
15-2
1.98
15-6
2.12
16-3
2.41
24.0
22-4
1.52
23-2
1.69
23-11
1.86
24-7
2.04
25-4
2.22
26-0
2.41
26-8
2.60
12.0
20-11
1.42
21-8
1.58
22-4
1.74
23-0
1.90
23-8
2.08
244
2.25
25-0
2.43
13.7
19-4
1.32
20-0
1.46
20-8
1.61
21-4
1.76
21-11
1.92
22-6
2.08
232
2.25
23-8
2.42
24-3
2.60
16.0 2x10
17-8
1.20
18-3
1.33
18-11
1.47
19-6
1.61
20-0
1.75
20-7
1.90
21-1
2.05
21-8
2.21
22-2
2.37
19.2
15-10
1.08
16-4
1.19
16-11
1.31
17 5
1.44
17-11
1.57
18-5
1.70
18 11
1.84
19-4
1.98
19-10
2.12
208
2.41
24.0
27-2
1.52
28-2
1.69
29-1
1.86
29-11
2.04
30-10
2.22
31-8
2.41
32-6
2.60
12.0
25-5
•1.42
264
1.58
27-2
1.74
28-0
1.90
28 10
2.08
29-7
2.25
305
2.43
13.7
23-6
1.32
24-4
1 46
25-2
1.61
25-11
1.76
26-8
1.92
27-5
2.08
28-2
2.25
28-10
2.42
296
2.60
16.0 2x12
21-6
1.20
223
1.33
23-0
1.47
23-8
1.61
244
1.75
25-0
1.90
25-8
2.05
264
2.21
26 11
237
19.2
19-3
1.08
19-11
1.19
206
1.31
21-2
1.44
21-9
1.57
22-5
1.70
230
1.84
23-6
1.98
24 1
2 12
252
241
24.0
1/1/78
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
shown below each span.
Vol. 18
641
TABLE 2105-13 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR LOW SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope 3 in 12 or less - Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(No Finished Ceiling)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 10 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
40 lbg. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 240.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table vitn
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square). Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress
grade (top row) and modulus of elas-
ticity (lower figure in each square)
of lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
1
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fb" (psi).
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
5-6
0.14
6-4
0.22
7-1
0.31
7-9
0.41
8-5
0.51
9-0
0.63
9-6
0.75
100
0.88
10-6
1.01
11-0
1.15
11-5
1.30
13.7
5-2
0.13
5 1 1
0.21
6-8
0.29
7-3
0.38
7-10
0.48
8-5
0.59
8-11
0.70
9-5
0.82
9-10
0.95
10 3
1.08
10-9
1.22
2x6 16.0
4-9
0.12
5-6
0.19
6-2
0.27
6-9
0.35
7-3
0.44
7-9
0.54
8-3
0.65
8-8
0.76
9-1
0.88
9-6
1.00
9 11
1.12
19.2
4-4
0.11
50
0.18
5-7
0.24
62
0.32
6-8
0.41
7-1
0.50
7-6
0.59
7-11
0.69
8-4
0.80
8-8
0.91
9-1
1.03
24.0
3-1 1
0.10
46
0.16
50
0.22
5-6
0.29
5 1 1
0.36
6-4
0.44
6-9
0.53
7-1
0.62
7-5
0.71
7-9
0.81
8-1
0.9''
12.0
7-3
0.14
8-4
0.22
9-4
0.31
10-3
0.41
11-1
0.51
11-10
0.63
12-7
0.75
133
0.88
13-11
1.01
14-6
1.15
15-1
1.30
13.7
6-9
0.13
7-10
0.21
8-9
0.29
9-7
0.38
10-4
0.48
11-1
0.59
11-9
0.70
125
0.82
13-0
0.95
13-7
1.08
14-1
1.22
2x8 16.0
6-3
0.12
7-3
0.19
8-1
0.27
8-11
0.35
9-7
0.44
10-3
0.54
10-11
0.65
11-6
0.76
12-0
0.88
12-7
1.00
13-1
1.12
19.2
5-9
0.11
6-7
0.18
7-5
0.24
8-1
0.32
8-9
0.41
9-4
0.50
9-11
0.59
10-6
0.69
11-0
0.80
11-6
0.91
11-11
1.03
24.0
5-2
0.10
5 1 1
0.16
6-7
0.22
7-3
0.29
7-10
0.36
8-4
0.44
8-11
0.53
9-4
0.62
9-10
0.71
10-3
0.81
10-8
0.92
12.0
9-3
0.14
10-8
0.22
11-11
0.31
13-1
0.41
142
0.51
15-1
0.63
16-0
0.75
16-11
0.88
17-9
1.01
18-6
1.15
19-3
1.30
13.7
8-8
0.13
10-0
0.21
11-2
0.29
12 3
0.38
13-3
0.48
14 2
0.59
150
0.70
15-10
0.82
16-7
0.95
17-4
1.08
18-0
1.22
2x10 16.0
8 0
0.12
9-3
019
10-4
0.27
11-4
0.35
12 3
0.44
13 1
0.54
13-11
0.65
14-8
076
15-4
0.88
160
1.00
16-8
1.12
19.2
7-4
0.11
85
0.18
95
0.24
10-4
0.32
11-2
0.41
11-11
0.50
12-8
0.59
13-4
0.69
140
0.80
14-8
0.91
15-3
1.03
24.0
6-6
0.10
7-7
0.16
8-5
0.22
9-3
0.29
100
0.36
10-8
0.44
11-4
0.53
11-11
0.62
12-6
0.71
13-1
0.81
13-7
0.92
120
11-3
0.14
130
0.22
14 6
0.31
15-11
0.41
17-2
0.51
18 4
0.63
19 6
0.75
20-6
0.88
21-7
1.01
22-6
1.15
23-5
1.30
13.7
10-6
0.13
122
0.21
13-7
0.29
14-11
0.38
16-1
0.48
17-2
0.59
18-3
0.70
19 3
0.82
20-2
0.95
21-1
1.08
21-11
1.22
2x12 16.0
9-9
0.12
11-3
0.19
12-7
0.27
13-9
0.35
14-11
044
15-11
054
16-11
0.65
17 9
0.76
188
0.88
19-6
1.00
20-3
1.12
19.2
8-11
0.11
10-3
0.18
1 1-6
0.24
12 7
0.32
13-7
0.41
146
0.50
15-5
0.59
16-3
0.69
170
0.80
17-9
0.91
18 6
1.03
24.0
7-1 1
0.10
9 2
0.16 1
10-3
0.22
113
0.29
12-2
0.36
13-0
0.44
13-9
0.53
14-6
0.62
15-3
0.71
15-11
0.81
16-7
0.92
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E'\ in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
Vl/78
Vol. 18
TABLE 2105-13 (Continued)
HAFL'ERS: Spans are measured along the HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with
horizontal projection and loads are span of rafters (upper figure in each
conoidered as applied on the horizontal square). Determine size and spacing
projection. (first column) based on stress grade
(top row) end modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of lumber
to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fh" (psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
11-11
1.45
12-4
1.61
12-8
1.77
13-1
1.94
13-6
2.12
13-10
2.30
14-2
2.48
12.0
11-1
1.36
11-6
1.51
11-11
1.66
123
1.82
12-7
1.98
12-11
2.15
13-3
2.32
13-7
2.49
13.7
10-3
1.26
10-8
1.39
11-0
1.54
11-4
1.68
11-8
1.83
120
1.99
12-4
2.15
12-7
2.31
12-11
2.48
16.0 2x6
9-5
1.15
9-9
1.27
10-0
1.40
10-4
1.54
10-8
1.67
10-11
1.81
11-3
1.96
116
2.11
11-9
2.26
12-4
2.58
19.2
8-5
1.03
8-8
1.14
9-0
-1.25
9-3
1.37
9-6
1.50
9-9
1.62
10-0
1.75
10-3
1.89
10-6
2.02
11-0
2.30
24.0
15-8
1.45
16-3
1.61
16-9
1.77
17-3
1.94
17-9
2.12
18-3
2.30
18-9
2.48
12.0
14-8
1.36
15-2
1.51
158
1.66
162
1.82
16-7
1.98
17-1
2.15
17-6
2.32
17-11
2.49
13.7
13-7
1.26
140
1.39
14-6
1.54
14-11
1.68
15-5
1.83
15-10
1.99
16-3
2.15
16-7
2.31
17-0
2.48
16.0 2x8
12-5
1.15
12-10
1.27
133
1.40
13-8
1.54
14-0
1.67
14-5
1.81
14 10
1.S6
15-2
2.11
15-6
2.26
16-3
2.58
19.2
11-1
1.03
11-6
1.14
11-10
1.25
12-2
1.37
12-7
1.50
12-11
1.62
13-3
1.75
13-7
1.89
13-11
2.02
14-6
2.30
24.0
20-0
1.45
20-8
V61
21-4
1 77
22-0
1.94
22-8
2.12
23-3
2.30
23-11
248
12.0
18-8
1.36
19-4
1.51
20-0
1 66
20-7
1.82
21-2
1.98
21-9
2.15
22-4
2.32
22 11
2.49
13.7
17-4
1.26
17-11
1.39
18-6
1.54
19-1
1.68
19-7
1.83
20-2
1.99
20-8
2.15
212
2.31
21-8
2.48
16.0 2x10
15-10
1.15
16-4
1.27
16-11
1.40
17-5
1.54
17-11
1.67
18-5
1.81
18-11
1.96
19-4
2.11
19-10
2.26
20-8
2.58
19.2
14-2
1.03
14-8 I 15-1
1.14 1 1.25
157
1.37
16-0
1 50
16-6
1.62
16-11
1.75
17-4
1.89
17-9
2.02
186
2.30
24 0
24-4
1.45
25-2
1.61
260
1.77
269
1.94
27-7
2.12
28-4
2.30
29-1
2.48
12.0
22-9
1.36
236
1 51
24-4
1.66
25-1
1.82
25-9
1.98
26-6
2 15
27-2
2.32
27-10
249
137
21-1
1.26
21-9
1.39
22-6
1.54
23-2
1 68
23-10
1.83
24-6
1.99
25-2
2.15
25-9
2.31
265
2.48
16.0 2x12
19-3
1.15
19-11
1.27
20-6
1.40
212
1.54
21-9
1.67
225
1.81
23-0
1.96
23-6
2.11
24 1
2.26
25-2
2.58
19.2
17-2
1.03
179
1.14
18-4
1.25
18-11
1 37
19-6
1.50
20-0
1.62
206
1.75
21-1
1.89
21 7
2.02
226
2.30
240
NOTE:
The modulus
shown below
of elasticity, "E",
each span.
in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 643
TABLE 2105-14 ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Heavy Roof Covering)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and mod-
ulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psil.
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
120
35
005
4-2
009
4 10
0 14
55
0.20
5 11
0.26
6-5
033
6-10
040
7 3
0.48
78
0 56
80
0 65
8-4
0 74
88
0 83
13.7
3-2
005
3-11
0 09
4-6
0 13
5-1
0 19
5-6
024
60
0.31
6-5
038
69
0.45
72
0 52
76
061
7 10
0 69
82
0 78
2x4 16.0
2 11
0.04
37
0.08
42
0 12
48
0.17
5 1
023
5-6
028
5 11
0.35
63
0.41
67
049
6 11
0 56
73
0 64
7 6
0 72
19.2
2-8
0.04
34
0.07
3 10
0.11
43
0 16
48
0.21
5-1
0.26
55
0.32
59
0 38
60
044
64
051
6 7
0 58
6 11
0 66
24.0
25
004
2-1 1
o.o;
3-5
0.10
3 10
0.14
42
0.18
46
0.23
4-10
0.28
5-1
0.34
55
0.40
58
0 46
5 11
052
6-2
0 59
12.0
5-4
0.05
67
0.09
7 7
0.14
86
0.20
9-4
026
100
0.33
109
040
115
048
120
056
12 7
0 65
132
0 74
138
0 83
13.7
50
005
6 2
0.09
7-1
0 13
7 11
0:19
8 8
024
95
0.31
10 0
038
10 8
0.45
113
052
11 9
0.61
124
0 69
12-10
078
2x6 16.0
48
004
5-8
008
6 7
0 12
7 4
0 17
8 1
023
8-8
0.28
94
0.35
9-10
0.41
105
0.49
10-11
0 56
11-5
0 64
1110
072
19.2
43
0.04
5 2
0.07
60
0.11
69
0.16
74
021
7-11
0.26
86
0.32
9-0
0 38
96
044
9 11
051
105
058
10 10
0 66
240
3-10
0.04
4-8
0.07
5-4
0.10
60
0.14
67
0.18
7-1
0.23
7 7
0.28
8-1
0 34
86
040
8 11
046
94
052
9-8
0 59
12.0
7-1
0.05
88
0.09
100
0.14
112
0 20
123
0 26
133
0.33
142
0.40
15 0
0.48
15-10
056
167
0 65
17 4
0 74
180
0.83
13.7
67
0 05
8-1
0.09
9-4
0.13
106
0.19
116
0 24
12-5
0.31
133
0.38
140
0.45
14 10
0.52
156
061
163
0 69
16 10
0 78
2x8 16.0
62
004
76
0.08
88
0.12
98
0 17
107
0 23
116
0.28
12 3
0.35
130
0.41
138
0.49
14 4
056
150
0 64
15 7
072
19.2
5-7
0.04
6 10
0.07
7 11
0.11
8 10
0 16
9-8
0.21
10 6
0.26
112
0.32
11-10
0.38
126
0.44
13 1
0.51
138
0 58
14 3
066
24.0
5-0
0.04
62
0.07
7-1
0.10
7-11
0.14
88
0.18
94
0.23
10 0
028
107
0 34
112
040
119
0 46
12 3
0 52
129
059
12.0
90
0.05
11-1
0.09
129
0.14
14-3
020
158
026
16-11
0 33
18 1
0 40
192
048
20 2
0 56
21 2
0C5
22 1
0 74
230
0 83
13.7
85
0.05
10 4
0.09
11-11
0.13
13 4
0.19
148
0.24
15-10
0.31
16-11
038
17-11
0.45
1811
052
19 10
061
20-8
0 69
21 6
0 78
2x10 160
7-10
0.04
9-7
008
11-1
0.12
12 4
0.17
136
0.23
14 8
0.28
158
035
167
041
176
0 49
184
0 56
192
0 64
19 11
072
19.2
72
0.04
89
0 07
10-1
011
11-3
0 16
12 4
0.21
13 4
0.26
143
032
152
038
15 11
044
169
051
176
0 58
18 2
0 66
24.0
65
0.04
7-10
007
90
0.10
10-1
0.14
11-1
0 18
11-11
0.23
129
0 28
136
0 34
14 3
0 40
150
046
158
0 52
16-3
0 59
NOTE: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
Vl/78
Vol. 18 - 644
TABLE 2105-14 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square) . Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top row) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each 3quare) of
lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fu" (psj).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
3000
9-0
0.93
9-4
1.03
98
1 14
9 11
1.24
103
1 36
106
1.47
10-10
1.59
11-1
1.71
114
1 83
1110
2.09
12-7
2.49
120
8-5
087
89
0 96
9-0
1.06
94
1.16
97
1.27
9 10
1 37
10-1
1 48
104
1.60
10-7
1 71
11 1
1.95
119
2 33
13.7
7-10
0.80
8 1
089
84
0 98
8-7
1.08
8 10
1.17
9-1
1 27
94
1 37
9 7
1.48
9-10
1.59
10 3
181
10-10
2.16
115
2.53
16.0 2x4
7-2
073
7 5
081
7-8
0 90
7 10
0.98
8 1
1.07
8-4
1.16
8-6
1.25
8-9
1.35
8 11
1.45
94
1.65
9-11
1.97
10-5
2.31
19.2
6-5
0 66
6-7
0.73
6-10
0.80
7-0
0.88 .
7-3
0.96
75
1 04
7-8
1.12
7-10
1.21
80
1.29
8-4
1.48
8 10
1.76
9-4
2.06
24.0
142
0.93
148
1.03
152
1.14
15-8
1 24
16-1
1.36
167
1.47
170
1 59
17-5
1.71
17-10
1.83
187
2.09
19-9
2.49
12.0
133
0.87
139
096
14 2
1 06
14 8
1.16
15-1
1.27
156
1.37
15 11
1.48
163
1.60
168
1.71
175
1.95
185
2.33
137
124
0.80
129
0.89
132
0 98
137
1.08
13 11
117
144
1 27
148
1 37
15 1
1 48
155
1.59
16 1
1 81
17-1
2 16
180
2.53
16.0 2x6
11-3
0.73
11 7
0.81
12 0
090
12 4
0.98
129
1.07
13 1
1 16
135
1.25
139
1.35
14 1
1.45
14-8
1.65
157
1.97
165
2.31
19.2
100
066
105
0.73
109
0.80
11-1
0.88
11-5
0.96
118
1.04
120
1.12
12-4
1.21
127
1.29
13 2
1.48
13-11
1.76
148
2.06
24.0
189
0.93
195
1 03
200
1.14
20-8
1.24
21 3
1.36
21 10
1.47
22-4
1.59
22-11
1.71
236
1.83
24-6
2.09
26-0
2.49
12.0
17 6
0.87
182
0.96
18-9
1 06
19-4
1.16
19-10
1.27
20-5
1.37
20 11
148
21 5
1.60
21 11
1.71
22-11
1.95
24-4
2.33
13.7
16-3
0 80
16 9
089
17-4
098
1710
1.08
185
117
18 11
1 27
19 5
1.37
19-10
1.48
204
1.59
21-3
1.81
226
2.16
23-9
2.53
16.0 2x8
14 10
0.73
154
0.81
15 10
090
16-4
098
169
1.07
17 3
1.16
17-8
1.25
18 2
1.35
187
1.45
195
1.65
20-7
1.97
21-8
2.31
19.2
13-3
0.66
138
073
142
0.80
147
0.88
15-0
0.96
15 5
1,04
1510
1.12
163
1.21
167
1.29
17-4
1.48
18-5
1.76
19-5
2.06
24.0
23-11
0.93
24-9
1.03
25-6
1.14
26-4
1.24
27 1
1.36
27 10
1 47
28 7
1 59
29-3
1.71
29 11
1 83
31-3
2.09
33 2
2.49
12.0
224
0.87
232
0.96
23 11
1 06
247
1.16
254
1.27
260
1.37
268
1.48
274
1.60
280
1.71
293
1 95
310
2.33
13.7
208
0.80
21-5
0.89
22 1
0.98
22 10
1.08
23-5
1.17
24-1
1.27
24-9
1.37
254
1.48
25 11
1.59
27 1
1 81
28 9
2.16
30-3
2.53
16.0 2x10
18 11
0.73
197
0.81
20 2
0.90
20-10
0.98
21-5
1.07
220
1 16
227
1 25
23-2
1.35
23-8
1.45
249
1.65
26 3
1.97
27-8
2.31
19.2
16-11
0.66
17-6
0 73
18-1
080
187
0.88
19-2
0.96
19-8
1.04
20-2
1.12
20-8
1.21
21 2
1.29
22 1
1.48
235
1.76
24-9
2.06
24.0
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 645
TABLE 2105-15
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 30 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft.
(Heavy Roof Covering)
Live Load
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
30 lbs. per. sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter cable with
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square). Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top row) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of
lumber to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psi).
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
3-0
0.05
3-8
0.09
43
0.15
4-9
0.20
5-3
0.27
5-8
0.34
6-0
0.41
65
0.49
6-9
0.58
7-1
0.67
7-5
0.76
7-8
0.86
13.7
2-10
0.05
3-5
0.09
4-6
0.14
4-5
0.19
4-11
025
53
0.32
5-8
0.39-
6-0
0.46
64
0.54
6-7
0.62
6-11
0.71
7-2
0.80
2x4 16.0
2-7
004
3-2
0.08
38
0.13
4-1
0.18
4-6
0.23
4 11
029
5-3
0.36
5-6
043
510
0.50
6-1
0.58
65
0.66
68
0.74
19.2
2-5
0.04
2-1 1
0.08
3-4
0.12
3-9
0.16
4-1
0.21
4-5
0.27
49
0.33
5-1
0.39
5-4
0.46
5-7
053
5-10
0.60
6-1
0.68
240
22
0.04
2-7
0.07
3-0
0.10
3-4
0.14
3-8
0.19
40
0.24
43
0.29
4-6
0.35
4-9
0.41
50
0.47
5-3
0.54
5-5
0.61
12.0
4-9
0.05
510
0.09
68
0.15
7-6
0.20
8-2
0.27
8-10
0.34
9-6
0.41
10-0
0.49
10-7
058
11-1
0.67
11-7
0.76
121
0.86
13.7
4-5
0.06
55
0.09
6-3
0.14
70
0.19
78
0.25
83
0.32
8-10
0.39
9-5
0.46
9 11
0.54
10-5
062
10-10
0.71
11-3
0 80
2x6 16.0
4 1
0.04
50
0.08
5-10
0.13
6-6
0.18
7-1
023
7-8
0.29
82
036
88
0.43
92
0.50
9-7
058
10 0
0.66
10 5
0.74
19.2
3-9
0 04
4-7
0.08
5-4
0.12
5-11
0.16
66
0.21
70
0.27
7-6
0.33
7-11
0.39
8-4
046
8-9
0.53
9-2
0.60
9-6
0 68
24.0
3-4
0.04
4-1
0.07
4-9
0.10
5-4
0.14
5-10
0.19
63
0.24
68
0.29
7-1
0.35
7-6
0.41
7-10
0.47
8-2
0.54
8-6
0.61
12.0
6-3
005
78
0.09
8-10
0.15
9-10
0.20
10-10
0.27
11-8
0.34
12-6
0.4 1
13-3
0.49
13-11
058
14-8
0.67
15-3
0.76
15 11
0.86
13.7
5 10
0.05
7-2
0.09
8-3
0.14
9-3
0.19
10-1
0.25
10 11
0.32
118
0.39
12-5
0.46
13-1
0.54
138
0.62
14-4
0.71
14-11
0.80
2x8 16.0
5-5
0/M
67
0.08
7-8
0.13 -
87
018
9-4
0.23
101
029
10-10
0.36
11-6
043
12-1
0.50
128
0.58
13-3
066
13 9
0.74
19.2
4-11
0.04
6 1
008
7-0
0.12
7 10
0.16
87
0.21
93
0.27
9 10
0.33
10-6
0.39
11-0
046
11-7
053
12 1
0.60
127
068
24 0
45
0.04
5-5
007
6-3
0.10
7-0
0.14
7-8
0.19
8-3
C.24
8-10
029
94
0.35
9-10
0.41
104
047
10-10
0.54
113
061
12.0
80
0.05
9-9
0.09
113
0.15
12-7
0.20
13 9
0.27
14 11
0.34
15-11
0.41
16-11
0.49
17-10
0.58
18 8
0.67
19-6
0.76
20 4
0.86
13.7
75
0.05
9-1
0.09
10-6
0.14
11-9
0.19
12 11
0.25
13-11
0.32
14-11
0 39
15-10
046
16 8
0.54
17-6
0.62
18-3
0.71
190
0.80
2x10 16 0
6 11
004
85
0.08
99
0.13
10-11
0 18
11-11
023
12 11
0.29
13-9
0.36
148
0.43
15-5
050
16-2
0 58
16-11
0.66
17 7
0.74
192
6-4
004
78
008
8 11
0.12
9-11
0 16
1011
0.21
11-9
0.27
12 7
0.33
134
039
14 1
046
14-9
0 53
155
0.60
16 1
0.68
24.0
58
0.04
6 11
0.07
8-0
0.10
8-11
0.14
99
0 19
10-6
0.24
11-3
0.29
11-11
0.35
12-7
041
13-2
0.47
13-9
0.54
14 4
061
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 646
TABLE 2105-15 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with
span of rafters (upper figure in each
square). Determine size and spacing
(first column) based on stress grade
(top row) and modulus of elasticity
(lower figure in each square) of
lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fu" (psil.
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(INI (INI
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
3000
80
0.96
8 3
1.06
86
1.17
69
1.28
9-0
1.39
93
1.51
9-6
1.63
9-9
1.76
100
1.88
10-5
2.15
111
2.56
12.0
75
0.89
7-9
0.99
80
1.09
8-3
1.20
85
1.30
8-8
1 41
8 11
1.53
9-2
1.64
9-4
1.76
9-9
201
104
2.40
13.7
6-11
0.83
72
0.92
7-5
1.01
7-7
1.11
710
1.21
8-0
1.31
8-3
1.41
85
1.52
8-8
1.63
90
1.86
9-7
-2 22
10-1
2.60
16.0 2x4
6-4
0.76
6-6
0.84
6-9
0.92
6-1 1
1.01
72
1.10
7-4
1.20
7-6
1.29
79
1.39
7 11
1.49
8-3
1.70
8-9
2.03
9-3
2.37
19.2
58
0.68
5-10
0.75
6-0
0.83
6-3
0.90
6-5
0.99
6-7
1.07
69
1.15
6 11
1.24
7-1
1.33
7-5
1.52
7 10
1.81
8-3
2.12
240
12 6
0.96
130
1.06
13-5
1.17
13-10
1.28
14-2
1.39
147
1.51
15-0
1.63
154
1.76
158
1.88
165
2.15
17-5
2.56
12.0
11-9
0.89
12-2
0.99
126
1.09
12-11
1.20
133
1.30
13-8
1.41
14-0
1.53
14-4
1 64
14-8
1.76
154
2.01
16-3
2.40
13.7
1Q10
0.83
11-3
0.92
117
1.01
11-11
1.11
12-4
1.21
12-8
1.31
130
1.41
133
1.52
13-7
1.63
14-2
1.86
15-1
2.22
1511
2 60
16.0 2»G
9-11
0.76
103
0.84
10-7
0.92
10-11
1.01
11-3
1.10
11-6
1.20
11 10
1.29
12 2
1.39
12 5
1.49
130
1.70
139
2.03
146
2 37
19.2
8-10
0.68
9 2
0.75
9-6
0.83
99
0.90
100
0.99
10-4
1.07
107
1.15
10-10
1.24
11-1
1 33
11-7
1.52
12-4
1.81
13 0
2.12
2-10
16-6
0.96
17-1
1.06
17-8
1.17
18-2
1.28
18-9
1.39
19-3
1.51
19-9
1.63
203
1.76
20-8
1.88
21 7
2.15
22-11
2.56
120
15-5
0.89
16-0
0.99
16-6
1.09
170
1.20
17-6
1.30
18-0
1.41
185
1.53
18-11
1.64
19-4
1.76
20-3
2.01
21-5
2.40
13.7
14-4
0.83
14-10
0.92
15-3
1.01
15-9
1.11
16-3
1.21
16-8
1.31
17 1
1.41
176
1.52
17-11
1.63
18-9
1.86
19-10
2.22
20-11
2.60
16.0 2x8
13-1
0.76
13-6
0.84
13-11
0.92
14-5
1.01
14-10
1.10
152
1.20
15-7
1.29
160
1.39
164
1 49
17-1
1.70
18 2
2.03
19 1
237
19 2
11-8
0.68
12-1
0.75
126
0.83
12-10
0.90
13-3
0.99
13-7
1.07
13-11
1.15
14-4
1.24
148
1.33
153
1.52
163
1 81
17 1
2.12
24 0
21 1
0.96
21-10
1.06
22-6
1.17
23 3
1.28
23-11
1.39
246
1.51
252
1.63
25-10
1.76
265
1.88
277
2.15
293
2.56
12.0
19-8
0.89
20-5
0.99
21-1
1.09
21-9
1.20
224
1.30
22 11
1.41
23-7
1 53
242
1.64
248
1.76
25-10
2.01
274
2.40
137
18-3
0.83
18-11
0.92
19-6
1.01
20-1
1.11
20-8
1.21
21-3
1.31
21-10
1.41
22-4
1.52
22-10
1.63
23-11
1.86
254
2.22
268
260
16.0 2x10
16-8
0.76
17-3
0.84
17-10
0.92
18-4
1.01
18-11
1.10
19-5
1.20
19-11
1.29
20-5
1 39
20 10
1.49
21-10
1.70
232
2.03
245
237
192
14-11
0.68
15-5
0.75
15-11
0.83
16-5
0.90
16-11
0.99
17-4
1.07
17-10
1.15
183
1.24
188
1.33
19 6
1 52
208
1.81
21 10
2 12
240
Note:
The modulus of elasticity,
below each span.
"E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 647
TABLE 2105-16
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 40 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft,
(Heavy Roof Covering)
Live Load
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 15 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load,
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
UN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psil
200
300
400
500
GOO
700
800
900
1000
1100
I
1200
1300
12 0
29
0 05
34
009
3 10
0 14
44
0 20
49
0 26
5 1
033
55
041
59
0.49
6 1
057
65
0 66
68
0 75
6 11
084
13.7
2 7
005
3 1
0 09
3 7
0 13
40
0 19
4 5
0 25
49
0.31
5 1
0.38
55
0 46
58
053
60
061
63
0 70
66
079
2x4 160
24
004
2 11
008
34
0 12
39
0 17
4 1
023
4-5
0 29
49
0.35
50
0 42 •
53
0 49
5-6
0 57
59
0 65
60
073
192
22
0 04
28
0 07
3 1
0 11
3-5
0 16
39
021
4 0
026
4 4
032
4 7
038
4 10
0 45
5 1
0 52
5 3
0 59
56
067
24 C
111
0 04
24
0.07
29
0 10
3 1
0 14
34
0.19
37
0 24
3 10
0 29
4-1
034
4 4
0 40
4-6
0 4G
49
0 53
4 11
0 60
'20
43
0 05
5 .-
0 09
6 1
0 14
69
0 20
7 5
0 2C
80
0 33
8 7
041
9 1
0.49
97
0 57
100
0 66
106
0 75
10 11
0 84
13 7
40
0 05
4 11
0.09
58
0 13
64
0.19
6 11
025
7 6
031
8-0
0 38
86
0 46
811
0 53
95
061
9 10
0 70
103
0 79
2x6 1C0
38
004
46 '53
0 08 : 0 12
5 10
0 17
65
0 23
6 11
0 29
75
0 35
7 10
0 42
83
0 49
88
0.67
9 1
0 55
9-5
073
192
35
0 04
4 2 | 49
0.07 | 0 11
5 4
0 16
5 10
021
64
0 26
69
032
72
0.38
7-7
0.45
711
0 52
83
0.59
88
0 67
24 0
30
004
38
0 07
43
0 10
49
0 14
53
0.19
58
0 24
61
0.29
65
0 34
69
0.40
7-1
0 46
7-5
0 53
7-9
060
120
58
005
6 11
0.09
80
0 14
8 11
020
99
0 26
107
0 33
113
041
120
049
12 7
057
133
0 66
13 10
0 75
14 5
0 84
137
5-3
0 05
6t3
009
76
0 13
84
0.19
92
0.25
9 11
031
107
0.28
112
046
11 10
053
125
0 61
12-11
070
136
079
2x8 160
4 11
004
60
0 08
6 11
0 12
79
0 17
86
023
9 2
0 29
9-9
035
10 4
0 42
10-11
049
11 6
057
12-0
0.65
126
0 73
192
46
0 04
56
0 07
64
0 11
7 1
0 1G
7-9
021
84
0 26
8 11
0 32
9-6
0.38
100
045
106
0 52
10 11
0.59
115
0 67
24 0
40
0 04
4 11 | 5 8
0 07 J 0 ' 0
64
0 14
6 11
0 19
76
0 24
80
0 29
86
034
8 11
040
94
0 46
99
053
102
0 60
120
7 2
0 05
8 10
0 09
102
0 M
1 1 5
0 20
126
026
136
033
14 5
0.41
153
049
16-1
057
16-11
066
17 8
0.75
18 4
084
13 7
69
0 05
83
0 09
96
0 13
108
0 19
11 8
025
12 7
031
136
038
14 3
0 46
15 1
053
15 10
061
166
0 70
172
0 79
2x10 1C0
63
004
7-8
008
H 10
0 J2
0 10
0 17
10 10
0 23
11 8
0 29
126
0 35
133
042
13 11
0.49
14 8
0 57
153
0 65
15-11
073
'92
58
004
70
0 07
8 1
0 1 •
90
0 10
9 10
021
108
026
11 5
0 32
12 1
0 38
129
0 45
134
0 52
13 11
059
146
0 67
24 0
5 1
0.04
63
0 07
72
0.10
8 1
0 14
8 10
0 19
96
0 24
102
0 29
10 10
034
115
040
1111
0 46
126
0.53
130
0 60
Note:
The modulus of elasticity,
below each span.
1/1/78
'E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
Vol. 18 - 648
TABLE 2105-16 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bendinc
• "V '
3S.I.
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (INI
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
3000
7-3
0.94
76
1.05
7 8
1 15
711
1.26
8-2
1.38
85
1.49
8-7
1.61
8-10
1 73
90
1.86
9-5
2 12
10-0
253
12.0
69
0.88
7-0
0 98
73
1.08
7-5
1.18
7-8
1.29
7-10
1.40
8 1
1 51
8-3
1 62
85
1.74
8 10
1 98
94
2 36
13.7
6-3
0.82
6-6
0.91
68
1.00
6 11
1.09
7 1
1.19
73
1 29
7-6
1.40
78
1.50
7-10
. 1 61
8 2
1 83
88
2.19
92
256
160 2x4
5-8
0.75
5 1 1
0.83
6-1
0.91
6-3
1.00
6-6
1.09
68
1 18
6-10
1 27
70
1 37
7-2
1 47
76
1.67
7 11
2 00
84
234
19.2
5-1
067
53
0.74
5 5
0.82
5-7
089
5-9
0.97
5 11
1.06
6-1
1.14
63
1 23
65
1 31
68
1 50
7 1
1.79
76
209
240
114
0.94
11 9
1.05
12-1
1.15
126
1.26
12-10
1.38
13 2
1.49
136
1.61
13 10
1 73
14 2
1 86
14-10
2.12
159
253
120
10-7
0.88
11 0
0.98
11-4
1.08
11-8
1 18
12 0
1.29
124
1 40
128
1.51
13 0
1 62
133
1 74
13 10
1 98
149
236
13.7
9-10
0.82
10 2
0.91
10-6
1.00
1010
1.09
111
1.19
11-5
1.29
119
1.40
120
1 50
124
1 61
12 10
1.83
13 7
2 19
144
2.56
160 2x6
8 11
0.75
9-3
0.83
9-7
091
9-10
1.00
102
1.09
10-5
1 18
108
1.27
11 0
1.37
11 3
1 47
11 9
1.67
125
2 00
13-1
2.34
19 2
8-0
0.67
8-3
0.74
8-7
0.82
8-10
0.89
9-1
0.97
94
1.06
97
1 14
9 10
1.23
100
1.31
10 6
1 50
111
1.79
11 9
209
24.0
14-11
0.94-
15-5
1.05
16-0
1.15
16-5
1.26
16-11
1.38
17 5
1.49
17-10
1.61
18-3
1.73
189
1 86
19 7
2 12
209
253
12.0
140
0.88
14-6
0.98
14-11
1.08
155
1.18
15-10
1.29
16 3
1.40
168
1.51
17-1
1 62
17C
1.74
183
1.98
195
236
13.7
12-11
0.82
13-5
0.91
13-10
1.00
14-3
1.09
14-8
1.19
15-1
1 29
155
1 40
15-10
1 50
16 3
1 61
16 11
1 83
180
2 19
18-11
256
16 0 2x8
11-10
0.75
12 3
0.83
12 7
0.91
13-0
1.00
135
1.09
139
1.18
14 1
1.27
14 6
1 37
14 10
1 47
155
1 67
165
200
173
2.34
19.2
10-7
0.67
10-11
0.74
113
0.82
118
089
12 0
0.97
12-4
1.06
127
1 14
12 11
1 23
133
1.31
13 10
1 50
148
1 79
155
2.09
240
191
0.94
19-9
1.05
20 4
1.15
21-0
1.26
21 7
1.38
222
1.49
229
1 61
234
1.73
23 11
1 86
24 11
2 12
266
253
12.0
17-10
0.88
18-5
0.98
19-1
1.08
19 8
1.18
202
1.29
209
1.40
21 4
1 51
2110
1.62
22 4
1 74
234
1 98
249
2 36
13.7
16-6
0.82
17-1
0.91
17-8
1.00
18-2
1.09
18-9
1.19
19-3
1.29
199
1.40
20 2
1 50
20 8
1 Gl
21 7
1.83
22 11
2 19
24.2
2.56
16.0 2x10
15-1
0.75
15-7
0.83
16 1
0.91
16-7
1.00
17 1
1.09
177
1 18
180
1 27
185
1 37
18 11
1 47
199
1 67
20 11
200
22 1
234
19.2
13-6
0.67
13-11
074
14 5
0.82
14-10
0.89
153
097
15-8
1 06
16 1
1.14
16 6
1 23
16 11
1.31
178
1 50
18 9
1 79
199
209
24.0
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 649
TABLE 2105-17
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 20 Lbs. Per Sq. Ft. Live Load
(Light Roof Covering)
, per sq. ft. dead load plus
ft. live load determines
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 7 lbs,
20 lbs. per sq.
fiber stress
Deflection - For 20 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress In Bending, "F. " (pji).
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
120
3 11
007
49
0.14
5-6
0.21
62
029
69
038
7-3
0.49
7 9
o.r-9
8 3
071
88
0.83
9 1
0.96
9-6
.1.09
9-11
1.23
137
38
007
4-5
0.13
5-2
0 20
59
0.27
6-4
036
6 10
045
7-3
055
79
0.66
8-2
0.77
8-6
0.89
8 11
1.02
93
1.15
2x4 16.0
3-4
006
41
0 12
49
0.18
54
0.25
5-10
033
64
0.42
69
0.51
7-2
0.61
76
072
7 11
033
83
094
8-7
1.06
19.2
3-1
0.06
3 9
0 n
44
0.17
4-10
0.23
5-4
0.30
59
0.38
62
0.47
6-6
0.56
6 10
0 65
73
0.76
7-6
0.86
7-10
0.97
24 0
2-9
0 05
34
0 10
3 11
0 15
4 4
0.21
49
027
52
0 34
5-6
042
5 10
0.50
6-2
059
6-5
0.68
69
0.77
70
0.87
120
6-1
007
7-6
0 14
88
0.21
98
029
10-7
0 38
115
049
123
0.59
130
071
138
0 83
14-4
0.96
150
1.09
157
1.23
13.7
59
0.07
70
013
81
020
90
027
9 11
036
10 8
0.45
1 1-5
0.55
12-2
066
12-9
0.77
13 5
0.89
140
1.02
14-7
1.15
2x6 16 0
54
006
6 6
012
76
0 18
84
025
92
0.33
9 11
042
107
051
113
061
11 10
0.72
125
0.83
13 0
0.94
13 6
1.06
19.2
4 10
006
5 11
011
6 10
0.17
7-8
0 23
8-4
030
90
0 38
98
0.47
10 3
0.56
10 10
0.65
114
0.76
11-10
0.86
12-4
0.97
24.0
4-4
0.05
5-4
0.10
6-1
0 15
6 10
021
7-6
027
8-1
0 34
88
0.42
92
0 50
98
0.59
102
068
TO-7
0.77
110
0.87
12.0
8-1
0.07
9 10
0 14
115
0.21
129
029
13-11
0.38
15-1
0.49
16-1
0 59
17 1
0.71
180
0.83
18-11
0.96
19-9
1.09
206
1.23
13.7
76
0.07
9 3
0.13
108
0.20
1111
0.27
13-1
036
14 1
0.45
15 1
0.55
160
0.66
16-10
077
178
0.89
185
1.02
19-3
1.15
2x8 160
7-0
006
8 7
0.12
9 10
0 18
- 110
025
12 1
0 33
1.3-1
0.42
13 11
051
14-10
0.61
157
0.72
16-4
083
17-1
0.94
17-9
1.06
192
64
006
7 10
0 11
90
0 17
10 1
0.23
110
0 30
1111
0.38
12 9
0.47
136
C56
14-3
065
14-11
0.76
15-7
0.86
16-3
0.97
24 0
58
005
70
010
8 1
0.15
90
021
9 10
0 27
108
0 34
11 5
042
12 1
050
129
0.59
13 4
068
13-11
0.77
14 6
0.87
12.0
10-3
007
12 7
0 14
14-6
021
1G3
029
17 10
0 38
193
0.49
20 7
0 59
21 10
071
230
0.83
24 1
0.96
252
1.09
262
1.23
13 7
97
0 07
11 9
0 13
13-7
0 20
152
0 27
168
0 36
180
0 45
193
0.55
20 5
0.66
21 6
077
22 7
089
237
1.02
246
1.15
2x10 160
8 11
006
10 11
0 12
12 7
0 18
14 1
0 25
155
0 33
168
0 42
17 10
051
18 11
061
19 11
0 72
20 10
0 83
21-10
094
228
1.06
192
82
006
9 11
o i:
M 6
0 17
12 10
0 23
14 1
0 30
152
0 38
163
047
173
0 56
18 2
065
19 1
0 76
19 11
0 86
20 9
0 97
24 0
73
0 05
8 11
0 10
103
0 15
11 G
0 ?i
12 7
027
13 7
0 3-1
146
0 42
155
0 50
16 3
059
17 1
0G8
17 10
0 77
18-6
087
Note:
The modulus of elasticity,
below each span.
*E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 65C
TABLE 2105-17 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are considered
as applied on the horizontal -projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper
figure in each square. Determine
size and spacing (first column)
based on stress grade (top row)
and modulus of elasticity (lower
figure in each square) of lumber
to be used.
Alio
wable Ex
reme Fiber Stress
in Bendm
a. "V <
psi).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
UN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
10 3
l 37
10 8
1.52
110
1 68
114
1 84
118
200
120
2 17
124
2 34
127
2 52
12 0
2x4
97
1 28
100
1.42
103
1 57
10 7
1.72
10 11
1.87
113
2 03
11 G
2.19
119
236
12-1
2.53
13.7
8 11
1 19
9-3
1.32
96
1.45
9 10
1.59
10 1
1.73
105
1.88
108
2 03
10 11
2 18
112
2 34
16.0
8 2
1.08
8-5
1 20
88
1 33
90
1 45
93
1.58
96
1.71
99
1 85
100
1.99
102
214
10 8
2 43
192
73
097
7-6
1.08
79
1.19
8-0
1 30
83
1.41
86
1.53
88
1 66
8 11
1.78
9-1
1.91
36
2.18
10- 1
2 60
24 0
162
1 37
169
1 52
17 3
1 68
17 10
1 84
184
200
18 10
2 17
19-4
2 34
19-10
252
120
2x6
15-1
1 28
158
1.42
162
1 57
168
1 72
17-2
1.87
17 7
2 03
18-1
2.19
186
2.36
190
2 53
137
140
1.19
146
1 32
150
1.45
15-5
1.59
15-11
1.73
164
1.88
169
2 03
172
2 18
177
234
160
12 9
1 08
133
1 20
138
1.33
14 1
1 45
146
1 58
14 11
1.71
153
1 85
15-8
1 99
160
2.14
16 9
2.43
192
11-5
0 97
1110
1 03
123
1.19
127
1 30
130
1.41
134
1.53
138
1 66
14-0
1.78
14-4
1.91
150
2 18
15 11
2.60
24 0
21-4
1 37
22-1
1.52
229
1.68
23-6
1 84
24-2
200
24-10
2 17
256
2.34
26 1
2.52
12.0
2x8
19 11
1 28
208
1 42
21-4
1.57
220
1 72
227
1 87
233
203
23 10
2 19
245
2 36
250
2.53
13.7
185
1 19
19 1
1.32
199
1 45
20-4
1.59
20 11
1 73
21 6
1.88
22 1
2 03
227
2.18
232
2.34
160
16 10
1 08
175
1.20
180
1 33
187
1 45
19 1
1 58
198
1.71
20 2
1 85
20 8
1 99
21-1
2 14
22 1
2 43
192
15-1
0 97
15 7
1.08
16 1
1.19
167
1 30
17 1
1 41
17-7
1.53
180
1 66
185
1 78
18-11
1 91
199
2 18
20 11
260
240
27 2
1.37
282
1.52
29 1
1.68
300
1 84
30 10
200
31 8
2.17
32 6
234
334
2 52
12 0
2x10
25 5
1.28
264
1.42
27 2
1 57
280
1.72
28 10
1 87
29 8
2 03
30 5
2 19
31 2
236
31 11
2.53
13.7
23 7
1 19
24 5
1.32
252
1 45
25 11
1.59
268
1.73
275
1 88
28 2
2 03
28 10
2.18
296
2 34
16 0
21 6
1 08
22 3
1 20
230
1 33
238
1.45
245
1 58
251
171
258
1 85
264
1.99
26-11
2 14
282
2.43
192
193
0 97
19 11
1 08
20 7
1 19
21 2
1 30
21 10
1.41
225
1.53
230
1.66
237
1.78
24 1
1 91
252
2 18
26 8
2.60
24 0
Note:
The modulus of elasticity,
is shown below each span.
'E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch
1/1/78
Vol.
- 651
TABLE 2105-18
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 30 Lbs. Per sq.
(Light Roof Covering)
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 7 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 30 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
Ft. Live Load
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower figure
in each square) of lumber to be
used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "F. " (psi).
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
34
007
4-1
0.13
48
020
5 3
027
5-9
0.36
6-3
0.45
68
055
7 1
066
7-5
0.77
7-9
0.89
82
1.02
86
1 15
13.7
3-1
0.06
3 10
0.12
4-5
0.18
4 11
0.26
5-5
034
5-10
042
6-3
052
67
0 62
6 11
0.72
73
0.84
7-7
0.95
7-11
-1 07
2x4 16.0
2-11
0.06
3-6
0.11
4-1
0.17
47
0.24
50
0.31
5-5
0.39
5-9
048
6-1
0.57
65
0.67
69
0.77
7 1
0.88
7-4
0.99
192
28
0.05
33
0.10
3-9
0.15
4-2
022
4 7
0 28
4 11
036
53
044
5-7
0.52
5 10
061
62
0.71
6-5
0 80
68
091
240
2-4
005
2-11
0.09
3-4
0.14
39
0 19
41
0.25
45
032
48
0.39
50
0.47
5-3
0.55
5-6
063
5-9
0.72
6-0
0.81
120
53
0.07
6-5
0.13
75
0.20
83
0.27
9-1
036
9-9
0.45
105
0.55
111
066 -
118
0 77
12 3
0.89
129
1 02
13-4
1.15
13.7
4 1 1
0.06
6-0
0.12
6-11
0.18
79
0.26
8-5
0.34
9-2
0.42
9-9
0.52
104
0.62
10-11
0 72
11-5
084
120
095
125
1.07
2x6 16.0
4-6
0.06
5-6
0.11
65
0.17
72
0.24
7 10
0.31
8-5
0.39
9-1
048
9-7
057
10-1
0.67
10 7
0.77
11-1
0.88
116
0.99
19.2
42
0 05
51
0.10
5 10
0.15
6-6
0.22
72
0.28
7-9
036
8-3
0.44
89
0.52
9-3
0.61
98
0.71
101
0.80
106
0.91
24.0
3-8
0.05
4-6
0.09
5 3
0.14
5-10
0.19
6-5
0.25
6 1 1
0.32
7-5
0 39
7-10
0.47
8-3
0.55
88
0 63
9 1
072
9-5
0.81
12.0
6-11
0.07
85
0.13
9-9
0.20
10-11
027
11-11
0.36
12-10
0.45
13-9
0.55
147
0.66
15-5
0.77
162
0.89
16-10
1.02
177
1.15
13.7
6-5
0 06
7-11
0.12
9 1
0.18
102
026
112
0.34
12 1
0.42
12 10
0.52
13-8
062
145
0.72
15 1
084
15-9
0.95
165
1.07
2x8 16.0
6-0
0.06
7-4
0.11
8 5
0.17
9-5
0.24
10-4
0.31
112
039
1111
0.48
12 8
0.57
134
0.67
14-0
0.77
14-7
0.88
15-2
0.99
19.2
55
0.05
6-8
0.10
78
0.15
87
0.22
9-5
0.28
102
0.36
10-11
0.44
11-6
0.52
122
061
12 9
071
13-4
0.80
1310
0.91
240
4 10
005
6-0
0.09
6-11
0.14
78
0.19
8-5
0.25
9 1
0 32
9-9
039
10-4
0.47
10-11
0.55
115
0 63
11-11
0.72
125
0.81
12.0
8-9
0.07
109
0.13
125
0.20
13 11
0.27
152
0 36
165
045
17 7
0.55
18-7
0.66
19-8
077
20 7
0.89
21 6
1 02
225
1.15
13.7
83
0.06
10-1
0.12
117
0.18
13 0
0 26
143
0.34
15 4
0.42
16-5
052
175
062
184
0.72
19-3
0.84
20 1
0.95
20-11
1.07
2x10 160
7-7
0.07
9-4
0.12
10 9
0.19
120
026
13 2
0.34
143
0.43
15-2
0.53
162
0.63
170
0.74
17 10
0.85
18-7
0.97
19-5
109
19.2
611
0.05
8-6
0.10
9 10
0.15
11-0
0 22
120
0.28
130
0.36
13-11
0.44
149
0.52
156
0.61
163
0.71
170
080
178
0.91
24 0
62
0.05
7 7
0.09
89
0.14
9 10
0.19
109
0.25
1 1-7
0.32
125
0.39
132
0.47
13 11
0.55
147
0.63
15-2
0.72
15 10
081
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 652
TABLE 2105-18 (Continued)
RAFTERS: Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square) . Determine_aiz*-
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower
figure in each square) of lumber
to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress
n Bendin(
. "Fb" (ps.).
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
8-9
1.28
91
1.42
9-5
1 57
98
1.72
100
1 87
103
2 03
10-6
2.19
10-9
236
110
2.53
12.0
83
1.20
86
1 33
8-9
1 47
9 1
1 61
94
1.75
97
190
9 10
205
10-1
2.20
104
2.36
13.7
7 7
1.11
7 11
1.23
8-2
1.36
85
1 49
88
1 62
8 10
1 76
9-1
1 90
94
2.04
9 7
2.19
100
2.49
16.0 2x4
601
1.01
7 2
1.12
75
1.24
78
1.36
7 11
1 48
8 1
1 60
84
1 73
8-6
1.86
8-9
200
9 1
2.28
19.2
63
0 91
6-5
1 01
6-8
1.11
6 10
1.21
7 1
1.32
7 3
1.43
75
1.55
77
1.67
79
1.79
82
2.04
88
2.43
24.0
13-10
1.28
14-4
1 42
14-9
1.57
15-3
1 72
15 8
1.87
16 1
2.03
166
2.19
16-11
2.36
17-4
2.53
12.0
17-11
1 20
134
1 33
13-10
1 47
14 3
1.61
148
1.75
15 1
1 90
155
2.05
15-10
220
162
2 36
s-
13.7
120
1.11
125
1 23
129
1.36
132
1 49
137
1.62
13-11
1.76
14-4
1.90
14-8
2.04
150
2 19
15-8
2.49
16.0 2x6
10-11
1.01
114
1.12
118
1.24
120
1 36
125
1.48
129
1 60
13-1
1.73
13 4
1.86
13 8
2.00
14-4
228
19.2
99
091
10 1
1.01
105
1.11
109
1.21
11-1
1.32
115
1.43
11-8
1.55
120
1.67
12-3
1.79
12-9
2.04
13-7
243
24.0
182
1 28
18 10
1 42
196
1.57
20 1
1 72
20 8
1 87
21 3
203
21-9
2.19
224
236
22 10
2.53
120
170
1 20
178
1 33
182
1.47
189
1 61
194
1 75
19 10
1.90
204
2.05
20 10
220
21-4
2.36
13.7
15 9
1.11
164
1.23
1610
1 36
174
1.4C
17 11
162
184
1.76
1810
1.90
19 4
204
199
2.19
208
2.49
16.0 2x8
145
1.01
14-11
1.12
155
1 24
15-10
1 36
164
1 48
16 9
1.60
17 2
1.73
17 8
1.86
181
2.00
1810
2.28
19.2
,1210
091
134
1.01
13-9
1.11
14 2
1.21
14 7
1.32
150
1.43
155
1 55
15-9
1.67
162
1.79
16-10
2.04
17-11
2.43
24.0
233
1.28
24-1
1.42
24 10
1.57
25 7
1 72
26-4
1.87
27 1
2.03
279
2.19
285
2.36
29 1
253
12.0
219
1.20 .
226
1 33
23-3
1.47
23-11
1.61
248
1 75
254
1.90
26-0
2.05
26 7
2.20
273
2.36
13.7
20 1
1.22
20-10
1.35
216
1.49
222
1.63
22 10
1.78
235
1 93
24 1
208
24-8
2.24
253
2.40
16.0 2x10
18-4
101
190
1 12
19-8
1.24
203
1 36
20 10
1.48
21 5
1 60
21-11
1 73
226
1 86
230
200
24 1
228
192
16-5
0.91
17 0
1.01
17 7
1.11
18 1
1.21
187
1.32
192
1.43
19-8
1 55
20 1
1.67
20 7
1.79
216
2.04
22 10
243
24 0
Note: The modulus of elasticity
Is shown below each span.
"B", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch
1/1/78
Vol. 18
653
TABLE 2105-19
ALLOWABLE SPAN FOR HIGH SLOPE RAFTERS
Slope over 3 in 12 - 40 Lbs. Per Sq.
(Light Roof Covering)
Ft. Live Load
DESIGN CRITERIA:
Strength - 7 lbs. per sq. ft. dead load plus
40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load determines
fiber stress.
Deflection - For 40 lbs. per sq. ft. live load.
Limited to span in inches divided by 180.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table
with span of rafters (upper figure
in each square). Determine size
and spacing (first column) based
on stress grade (top row) and
modulus of elasticity (lower
figure in each square) of lumber
to be used.
RAFTER
SIZE SPACING
(IN) (IN)
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, "Fu" (psi).
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
12.0
2 11
006
37
012
4 2
0.18
4-8
0 25
5-1
0.34
5-6
0.42
5 11
0.52
6-3
JD62
67
0.72
6 11
0.83
7 3
0.95
76
1.07
13.7
29
0.06
35
0.11
3 11
0.17
44
024
49
0.31
52
0.40
56
0 48
5 10
0.58
6-2
0.67
6-6
0.78
69
0.89
7-0
1 00
2x4 16.0
2-7
006
3 2
010
3 7
0 16
4-0
0.22
45
0 29
4-9
0 37
5 1
0.45
55
053
58
062
60
0.72
63
0.82
66
0.93
192
2-4
0 05
2 10
0.09
34
0.14
38
0.20
4-0
0.26
44
0 33
48
0.41
4 11
0.49
5-3
0.57
56
0.66
5-8
0.75
5 11
0.85
24.0
2-1
005
2 7
0.08
2 11
0 13
3 4
0.18
3-7
0.24
3 11
0 30
42
0.36
4-5
0.44
48
0.51
4-11
0.59
5-1
0.67
5-4
0.76
12.0
48
006
58
0.12
67
0.18
74
0.25
80
0.34
88
042
9-3
0.52
9-10
0.62
104
0.72
10-10
0.83
114
0 95
11 10
1.07
13.7
4-4
006
5-4
0.11
6 2
0.17
6 10
0.24
7-6
0.31
8 1
0.40
8-8
0.48
92
0.58
98
0.67
102
0.78
107
089
11-1
1.00
2x6 16.0
40
006
4-11
010
58
0.16
6-4
022
6-11
0.29
76
037
80
045
86
0.53
90
062
9-5
072
9 10
0.82
103
0.93
19.2
38
0 05
46
009
52
0 14
5-9
0.20
64
0 26
6-10
0.33
7-4
0.41
7-9
0.49
82
0.57
8-7
0.66
90
0.75
94
0.85
24.0
33
0 05
40
0.08
4-8
0.13
52
0.18
58
024
62
030
6-7
0.36
6 11
0.44
7-4
0.51
7-8
0.59
80
0.67
8-4
0.76
12.0
6-1
0.06
76
012
8 8
0.18
98
0.25
107
0 34
115
0.42
123
0.52
12-11
062
138
0.72
14 4
0.83
14 11
0.95
15-7
1.07
13.7
5-9
0.06
70
011
8 1
0 17
9-0
0.24
9 11
0.31
108
040
115
0 48
12-1
0.58
129
0.67
135
078
140
0.89
14-7
1.00
2x8 16.0
53
0.06
6-6
0 10
76
0.16
- 84
0 22
92
0 29
9 11
0 37
107
0 45
113
0.53
11-10
062
125
0.72
12-11
082
13 6
0.93
19.2
4-10
0.05
5-1 1
0 09
610
0.14
78
0 20
84
0 26
90
0 33
98
0.41
103
0 49
1010
0.57
114
066
11 10
0.75
124
0.85
24.0
44
0.05
53
008
6 1
0.13
6 10
0 18
76
024
8-1
0.30
88
0.36
9-2
0.44
9 8
051
102
0.59
107
0.67
110
076
120
7"9
006
96
0.12
110
0.18
124
0.25
136
0.34
14 ?
0.42
15 7
0.52
16-6
0.62
17-5
0.72
183
0.83
19-1
0.95
19-10
1.07
137
7-3
006
8 11
0.11
104
0 17
116
024
12-7
031
13 8
0.40
14-7
0.48
155
0.58
16 4
067
17-1
0 78
17-10
0.89
187
1.00
2x10 16.0
69
0 06
83
010
96
0.16.
108
0 2?
11 8
0 29
127
0.37
136
0.45
14 4
053
15-1
062
15-10
0.72
166
0.82
172
0.93
19.2
62
0.05
7 7
0.09
8 9
0 14
99
0.20
108
026
116
033
124
041
13-1
049
139
0.57
14 5
066
15-1
075
158
085
24.0
56
0.05
69
0.08
79
013
89
0.18
96
0.24
104
0.30
110
036
11-8
0.44
124
0.51
12-11
0.59
13-6
0.67
14-1
0.76
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E", in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is shown
below each span.
Vol. 18 - 654
TABLE 2105-19 (Continued)
RAFTERS : Spans are measured along the
horizontal projection and loads are
considered as applied on the horizontal
projection.
HOW TO USE TABLES: Enter table with
span of rafters (upper figure in
each square) . Determine size and
spacing (first column) based on
stress grade (top row) and modulus
of elasticity (lower figure in each
square) of lumber to be used.
Allowable Extreme Fiber Stress
n Bending, "F. " (pii).
I
RAFTER
SPACING SIZE
(IN) (IN)
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2400
2700
710
1.19
8-1
1.32
84
1.46
8-7
1.60
8-10
1.74
9-1
i.89
9-4
204
9 7
2 19
9-9
2.35
120
2x4
7-4
1.12
7-7
1.24
7-10
1.37
8-0
1.50
8 3
1.63
8-6
1.77
89
1.91
8-11
205
9^2
2.20
9-7
2.51
13.7
6-9
i 1.03
7-0
1.15
7-3
1.26
7-5
1.38
78
1.51
7-10
1.64
8-1
1.77
83
1.90
8-6
204
8 10
232
16.0
6-2
1 0.94
6-5
1.05
6-7
1.15
6-10
1.26
7-0
1.38
7-2
1.49
7-4
1.61
77
1.74
79
1.86
8 1
2 12
87
2.53
192
i 5-6
0.84
58
0.94
5-11
1.03
6-1
1.13
63
1.23
6-5
1.34
6-7
1.44
69
1.55
6 11
1.66
73
1.90
7-8
2.26
240
' 12-3
12 8
13-1
1.46
13-6
1.60
13-11
1.74
143
1.89
148
2.04
150
2.19
154
2.35
12.0
2x6
i '-1'
11-10
'■2A
12 3
1.37
12-8
1.50
130
1.63
13-4
1.77
13-8
1.91
140
2.05
144
2.20
150
2.51
137
i 10-7
1 103
110
1. 15
11-4
1.26
n-8
1.38
12-0
1.51
12 4
1.64
12 8
1.77
130
1.90
13 4
204
13 11
2.32
16.0
98
0.94
100
1.05
10-4
1.15
10-8
1.26
110
1.38
11-3
1.49
117
1.61
11-10
1.74
12 2
1.86
12-8
2.12
13 5
2.53
19.2
8-8
0.84
9-0
0.94
9-3
1.03
97
1.13
910
1.23
10-1
1.34
10 4
1.44
10-7
1.55
10-10
1.66
114
1.90
120
2.26
24.0
162
1.19
16-9
1.32
17-3
1.46
17-10
1.60
18-4
1.74
1810
1.89
19 4
2.04
19-9
2.19
203
2.35
12.0
2x8
15-1
1.12
15 8
1 24
162
1.37
16 8
1.50
17-2
1.63
17-7
1.77
18 1
1.91
18-6
2.05
18-11
2.20
19 9
2.61
13.7
14-0
1.03
14-6
1.15
14 11
1.26
15-5
1.38
15-10
1.51
16-4
1.64
169
1.77
17-2
1.90
17 6
2.04
184
2.32
16.0
12-9
0.94
13-3
1.05
13 8
1.15
14-1
1.26
14-6
1.38
14-11
1.49
15-3
1.61
158
1.74
160
1 86
169
2 12
179
253
19.2
11-5
0.84
11-10
0.94
12 3
1.03
12-7
1.13
12-11
1.23
13-4
1.34
13 8
1.44
14 0
1.55
144
1 66
14 11
1 90
15-10
2.26
24.0
20-7
1.19
21 4
1.32
220
1.46
22-9
1.60
23-4
1.74
240
1.89
248
2.04
25 3
2.19
25 10
235
12.0
2x10
19-3
1.12
19-11
1.24
20-7
1.37
21-3
1.50
21-10
1.63
226
1.77
23 1
191
23-7
2.05
242
2.20
25 3
251
13.7
17-10
1.03
18-6
1.15
19 1
1.26
198
1.38
20-3
1.51
20-10
1.64
21-4
1.77
21 10
1.90
224
2.04
23 4
2.32
16.0
16-4
0.94
16-10
1.05
17-5
1.15
17-11
1.26
18 6
1.38
19 0
1.49
19-6
1.61
1911
1.74
205
1.86
21 4
2.12
228
2.53
19.2
14-7
0.84
15-1
0.94
15-7
1.03
16-1
1.13
166
1.23
17 0
1.34
175
1.44
17 10
1.55
183
1.66
191
1.90
203
2.26
24.0
Note: The modulus of elasticity, "E",
shown below each span.
in 1,000,000 pounds per square inch is
1/1/78
Vol. 18 " 655
TABLE 2105-20 REQUIRED PURLIN SIZE BASED ON RAFTER SPAN
(Shown ir Figure 2105-1)
T
SIZE OF
ROOF PURLIN
BRACED C3 4' o.c.
2" X 4n
2" X 6»J
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE RAFTER SPAN3
30 pds. per sq,
ft. L.L. & D.L.
5* - 0"
11' - 6"
40 pds. per sq.
ft. L.L. & D.L.
3' - 6"
Note 1: Maximum Rafter Span is maximum distance between ex-
terior or interior wall support and purlin, between
ridge member and purlin or between purlins.
FIGURE 2105-1 ROOF AND SUPPORT FRAMING
i rsicoa board
K*'L 'O QACTfQ
BLOCK. NO
-
'- DOJSLE PLATB
— STUO
- ,J»4." PLATi
A
nv:
29« so scuttle
FOUMOATIOW ?IATI V
■ FOJNOATlON
CEILIN4 jOIST
<3£i TAftLlS
2105-/ thru 2I0S- 6-
<su» stoors
1
I J'
1
. . TQUSSgft MAy ©E APPOOvtO POO JS£ .M 1X6 &CCX Ff3AMlKIQ *YSTftM
praovioeo theio oesiaw admits of a oahonal analysis m AceoraoANCft
Win* ESTABLISHED PRINCIPLES Of WECUAMICS OQ HAVI ISilN PT30PEOLV TESTED
iki an xPPfio vao mahns ra
2. wHerae cttuua joi»ts pun puaptwoieuLAra to tm» -QAFrtrs^ i »*"coLLA*a Tits
SMALL *M KUILIO TO TM& raAFrfiSS MSATa TKC PLATE LInE AWO SP*C*0 NOT MOT3E
T^an ♦'•o-oe.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 656
provided by eave or cornice vents.
2105.6 ATTK ACCFSS: A readily accessible attic access opening
not less than twenty-two (22) inches by thirty (30) inches shall
be provided to any attic area having a clear height of over
twenty-four (24) inches.
SECTION 2106.0 ROOF COVERINGS
2106.1 GENERAL: Conformity with applicable material, test, constuc-
tion and design standards specified in the reference standards
of this article shall be acceptable as providing compliance with
the requirements of this article.
Roofs shall be covered with Class A, B, or C roof covering.
EXCEPTION: The roof coverings set forth in Sections 2106.3,
2106.8, 2106.9, 2106.10 may be used provided the building is
located in areas designated by law as permitting their use and not
less than ten (10) feet are provided between buildings.
The roofing materials set forth in Sections 2106.4, 2106.5,
2106.6 and 2106.7 and concrete slabs may be accepted as Class A
roof covering.
2106.2 BASE SHEET APPLICATION: Base sheets shall be applied
only to solid surface roofs and shall be cemented to a suitable
deck using not less than twenty-five (25) pounds of hot asphalt
or not less than two (2) gallons of cold bituminous compound in
accordance with the manufacturer's published specifications or
thirty (30) pounds of hot coal tar pitch per roofing square, or
nailed to roof sheathing using not less than one (1) nail to
each one and one-third (1 1/3) square feet, or may be spot-cemented
to a non-nailable deck using not less than ten (10) pounds of
.hot asphalt per roofing square.
Successive layers shall be cemented to the base sheets using no
less cementing material than that specified for solidly cemented
base sheets.
Nails for composition roofs shall be not smaller than No. 12
gauge, with heads not less than seven-sixteenths (7/16) inch and
shall be long enough to penetrate into the sheathing three-quarter
(3/4) inch or through the thickness of the sheathing, whichever
is less. Smaller size head nails may be used provided metal discs
are used with them. Exposed nails and shingle nails shall be
corrosion-resistant .
2106.3 COMPOSITION ASPHALT ORGANIC FELT SHINGLES: Composition
shingles shall be applied only to solidly sheathed roofs.
Compostion shingles shall not be installed on a roof having
a slope of less than four (4) in twelve (12) unless approved by
the building official.
1/1/78 Vol_ 18 - 657
Composition shingle roofs shall have an underlay of not less than
fifteen (15) pound felt, applied as required for a base sheet. The
underlay may be omitted over existing roofs, or where the roof
slope exceeds seven (7) inches to twelve (12) inches, or where
shingles are laid not less than three (3) thicknesses at I any
point.
Nails for composition roofs shall be not smaller than No. 12
gauge, with heads not less than three-eighths (3/8) inch in
diameter for shingle application and shall be long enough to
penetrate into the sheathing three-quarter (3/4) inch or through
the thickness of the sheathing, whichever is less. Smaller size
head nails may be used provided metal discs are used with them.
Exposed nails and shingle nails shall be corrosion-resistant.
Composition shingles shall be fastened according to manufacturer 'c
printed instructions but not less than four (4) nails per each
strip shingle not more than thirty-six (36) inches wide and two (*
nails per each individual shingle less than twenty (20) inches wide
Roof valley flashing shall be provided of not less than No. 28
galvanized sheet gauge corrosion-resistant metal and shall extend
at least eight (8) inches from the center line each way, and shall
have a splash diverter rib not less than three-quarter (3/4) inch
high at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections
of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than four (4) inches.
Roof valley flashing may be of laced composition shingles, applied
in an approved manner, with an underlay of not less than thirty
(30) pound felt extending ten (10) inches from the center line each
way, or shall be of two (2) layers of ninety (90) pound mineral
surfaced cap sheet cemented together with the bottom layer not less
than twelve (12) inches wide laid face down, and the top layer
not less than twenty-four (24) inches wide laid face up.
2106.4 SLATE SHINGLES: Slate shingles shall be applied in an
approved manner and securely fastened with corrosion-resistant
nails or corrosion-resistant nails and wire.
Slate shingle roofs shall have an underlay of not less than two
(2) layers of fifteen (15) pound felt or one (1) layer of thirty
(30) pound felt, applied as required for a base sheet.
Nails for slate shingle tiles shall be not less than No. 14
gauge copper or No. 14 gauge corrosion-resistant as specified
and shall be long enough to penetratf: into the sheathing three-
quarter (3/4) inch, or through the thickness of the sheathing,
whichever is less.
Roof valley flashing shall be provided of not less than No. 28
gauge galvanized sheet corrosion-resistant metal and shall extend
at least eleven (11) inches from the center line each way and shall
have a splash diverter rib not less than one (1) inch high at the
flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing
Vol.
l/l/7n
shall have an end lap of not less than four (4) inches.
2106.5 ASBESTOS CEMENT SHINGLES: Asbestos-cement roofing shal]
be applied in an approved manner. Asbestos-cement roofing shall
have an underlay of not less than fifteen (15) pound felt, applied
as required for a base sheet. The underlay may be omitted where
the asbestos-cement shingles or sheets are applied over an existing
roof covering.
Asbestos-cement roofing shall not be installed on a roof having
a slope of less than three (3) in twelve (12) unless approved by
the building official.
Corrugated asbestos-cement roofing not less than five-sixteenths
(5/16) inch thick may be used wherever No. 24 galvanized sheet
gauge corrugated steel is permitted.
Nails for asbestos-cement shingles shall be not less than No. 11
gauge corrosion-resistant and shall be long enough to penetrate
into the sheathing three-quarter (3/4) inch or through the thick-
ness of the sheathing, whichever is less.
Roof valley flashing shall be the same as required for slate
shingles.
2106.6 METAL: Flat sheets or shingles shall be applied only to
solidly sheathed roofs.
Metal roofing shall be applied in an approved manner.
Metal shingles shall not be installed on a roof having a slope
of less than three (3) in twelve (12) unless approved by the
building official.
Metal shingles shall be applied over an underlay of not less than
thirty (30) pound felt, applied as required for a base sheet.
2106.7 TILE, CLAY OR CONCRETE SHINGLES: All roof tile shall be
securely fastened with corrosion-resistant nails or nails and wire,
or other approved means.
Tile shall not be installed on a roof having a slope of less than
three (3) in twelve (12) unless approved by the building official.
Tile with projection anchor lugs at the bottom of the tile shall
be held in position by means of one (1) inch by two (2) inch
wood stripping, treated to resist moisture deterioration, nailed
to the roof sheathing over the underlay, or other approved means.
Tile roofs shall have an underlay of not less than two (2)
layers of fifteen (15) pound felt or one (1) layer of thirty (30)
pound felt, applied as required for a base sheet.
Nailing and valley flashing shall be the same as required for
slate shingles.
Vol. 18 - 659
1/1 /7n
2106.8 BUILT-UP ROOFING: Mineral aggregate surfaced builc-up
roofing shall consist of three (3) layers of fifteen (15) pound
fiber felt installed in accordance with this section on roofs
having slopes not greater than three (3) in twelve (12).
Built-up roofing shall be applied only to solid surface roofs.
Base sheets shall be cemented to a suitable deck, using not less
than twenty-five (25) pounds of hot asphalt or not less than two (2)
gallons of cold bituminous compound in accordance with manufacturer's
published specifications or thirty (30) pounds of hot coal tar
pitch per roofing square, or nailed to roof sheathing using not
less than one (1) nail to each one and one-third (1 1/3) square
feet, or may be spot-cemented to a non-nailable deck using not
less than ten (10) pounds of hot asphalt per roofing square.
Successive layers shall be cemented to the base sheets using no
less cementing material than that specified for solidly cemented
base sheets.
Mineral aggregate surfaced roofs shall be surfaced with not less
than fifty (50) pounds of hot asphalt or other cementing material
in which is embedded not less than three hundred (300) pounds of
gravel or other approved surfacing materials or two hundred fifty
(250) pounds of crushed slag per roofing square.
Cap sheets shall be cemented to the base sheets using no less
cementing material than that specified for solidly cemented base
sheets.
Hot asphalt shall be applied at a temperature of not less than
3750F. nor more than 450°F. for high melt types. Low melt types
shall not be applied at a temperature of less than 350°F. nor more
than 400°F.
Coal tar pitch shall not be heated to a temperature above 375°F.
2106.9 WOOD SHINGLES: Wood shingles may be applied to roofs with
solid or spaced sheathing. The spaced sheathing shall be spaced
not to exceed four (4) inches clear nor more than the width of
the sheathing board. Spaced sheathing shall be not less than
one (1) inch by three (3) inches nominal dimensions.
Shingles shall be laid with a side iap of not less than one and
one-half (1 1/2) inches between joints in adjacent courses, and
one-half (1/2) inch in alternate courses. Spacing between shingles
shall be not less than one-quarter (1/4) inch nor more than three-
eighths (3/8) inch. Each wood shingle shall be fastened to the
sheathing with two (2) nails only.
Shingles shall not be installed on a roof having a slope less
than four (4) in twelve (12) unless they are installed over an
underlay of not less than fifteen (15) pound felt, applied as
required for a base sheet.
]/]/;„ Vol. 18
Roof valley flashing shall be provided of not less than No. 28
gauge galvanized sheet corrosion-resistant metal and shall extend
eight (8) inches from the center line each way. Sections of
flashing shall have an end lap of not less than four (4) inches.
Weather exposures shall not exceed those set forth in Section
RS-21-9. Hip and ridge weather exposures shall not exceed those
permitted for the field of the roof.
2106.10 WOOD SHAKES: Wood shakes may be applied to roofs with
solid or spaced sheathing. The spaced sheathing shall be spaced
not to exceed four (4) inches clear nor more than the width of
the sheathing board. Spaced sheathing shall be not less than one
(1) inch by four (4) inches nominal size. In snow areas, sheathing
shall be solid and the shakes shall be applied over an underlay
of not less than fifteen (15) pound felt, applied as required
for a base sheet.
Shakes may be laid in straight or staggered courses with a
side lap of not less than one and one-half (1 1/2) inches between
joints in adjacent courses. Spacing between sha'kes shall be not
more than one-half (1/2) inch.
Each wood shake shall be fastened to the sheathing with two (2)
nails. The starter course at the eaves shall be doubled and the
bottom layer shall be either fifteen (15) inch or eighteen (18)
inch wood shakes or wood shingles. Fifteen (15) inch or eighteen
(18) inch shakes may be used for the final course at the ridge.
Shakes shall be laid with not less than eighteen (18) inch wide
strips of not less than thirty (30) pound felt shingled between
each course in such manner that no felt is exposed to the weather
below the shake butts.
Shakes shall not be installed on a roof having a slope less than
four (4) in twelve (12) unless they are installed over an underlay
of not less than thirty (30) pound felt, applied as required for
a base sheet.
Roof valley flashing shall be provided of not less than No. 28
gauge galvanized sheet corrosion-resistant metal and shall extend
at least eleven (11) inches from the center line each way and
shall have a splash diverter rib not less than one (1) inch high
at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections of
flashing shall have an end lap of not less than four (4) inches.
Weather exposures shall not exceed those set forth in Section
RS-21-9. Hip and ridge weather exposures shall not exceed those
permitted for the field of the roof.
1/1/70
Vol. 18 - 661
TABLE 2106-1 ROOF COVERINGS
ROOF
COVERING
MATERIAL
FASTENER SPECIFICATIONS
Spacing Specifications'
1
Fastene- 1 Min. O.D.
Style Crown
O.D Leg
Lengths
Base Sheet
(Rooting Felt)
12 ga. Roo'ing Nail
7/8
All metal discs placed and stapled
or nailed 12 mrhes on center
16 gs. Staple j 7/16
3/4
Composition
12 g». 3/8" HO Rooting Nail
IX
14) Nails or staples per each 36"
section of shingle
16 ga. Staplt
3/4
1
16 ga. Staple
7/16
1V.
161 Staples per each 36" section
of shingle
Competition
Ridge. Hip.
Caps
12ga. 3/8" HO Roofing Nail
154
A minimum of (4) nails or staples
are required for ridge capping
16 ga. Staple ! 3/4
1
16 ga. Staple | 716
1%
Wood
.076 Shingle NaH
IV.
16" and 18" Shingle - 12) festanarl
per shingle
.080 T Nail
-
1'.i
16 ga. Staple
7/16
114
080 Shingte Nail
IS
24" Shingle - (2) fasteners per
shingle
OeOTNail '
IV;
16 ga. Staple | 7/16
IS
Wood
Shako
.0915 -Shingle Nail
2
(2) Nails or staples per each shake
.0915to.099T.Nail
2
16 ga. Staple | 7/16
2
Note 1: Shingles and shakes attached to roof
sheathing having the underside of the
sheathing exposed to visual view may be
attached in these locations with nails
or staples having shorter lengths than
specified so as not to penetrate the
exposed side of the sheathing.
Note 2: All nails and staples shall be rust-re-
sistant (galvanized-zinc or aluminum).
Note 3: Nails may have T-heads, clipped round
heads or standard heads.
Note 4: Roof coverings shall be fastened in an
approved manner.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 662
SECTION 2107.0 CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES
2107.1 GENERAL: Conformity with the applicable material, test,
construction and design standards specified in the reference standards
of this article shall be acceptable as providing compliance with
the requirements of this article.
2107.2 SUPPORT: Masonry chimneys shall be constructed in accord-
ance with Figure 2107-1.
2107.3 ADDITIONAL LOAD: Chimneys shall not support loads other
than their own weight unless they are designed and constructed to
support the additional load.
2107.4 TERMINATION: Chimneys shall extend at least three (3)
feet above the highest point where they pass the roof of a building
and at least two (2) feet higher than any portion of the building
within ten (10) feet.
2107.5 WALL THICKNESS: Masonry chimneys shall be constructed of
solid masonry units or of reinforced concrete with walls not less
than four (4) inches in thickness.
2107.6 FLUE LINING (MATERIAL): Masonry chimneys shall be lined
with fireclay flue liners not less than five-eighths (5/8) of an
inch in thickness or with other approved liner of material that
will resist, without cracking or softening, a temperature of
1800° F.
EXCEPTION: Masonry chimneys may be constructed without flue
liners when walls are at least eight (8) inches in thickness.
2107.7 FLUE LINING (INSULATION): Flue liners shall extend
from a point not less than eight (8) inches below the lowest
inlet, or in the case of fireplaces, from the top of the smoke
chamber, to a point above the enclosing walls. Fireclay flue
liners shall be laid with tight mortar joints left smooth on
the inside.
2107.8 MULTIPLE FLUES: Where more than two (2) flues are located
in the same chimney, masonry wythes shall be built between adjacent
flue linings so that there are not more than two (2) flues grouped
together between such wythe separation. The masonry wythes shall
be at least four (4) inches thick and bonded into the walls of the
chimney. Where two (2) flues adjoin each other in the same chimney
with only flue lining separation between them, the joints of the
adjacent flue linings shall be staggered at least seven (7) inches.
2107.9 FLUE AREA (APPLIANCE): Chimney flues shall not be smaller
in area than that of the area of the connector from the appliance.
2107.10 FLUE AREA (FIREPLACE): Chimney flues for fireplaces
shall not be smaller in area than the values set forth in Table
2107.1.
1/1/71) Vol. 18 - 663
FIGURE 2137-1 FIREPLACE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
chimmiv am© re trjAMS %i j.'/V
BOLT* SQ &.ia,0 HAIL* PIS WTJAP
wwrsi joiwr* »we piOALLSi. re
cHiumi «tt3ap» to »« aanecreo >©
Twr»0 .atr ftJOM ;*« of chimmii
UMLIMED CMIMMBy SECTION
P»Ult-l
unio CttiMi«y seer iow
-Td'UMUMIO
V IP tlNtO HIT* not eoics
ALU FCCTIM04 TO fiXTlMO iHTO
NATURAL. UMOIfiTaOBeO <3QDUMO
StLOW F009T LHJ6
PLAM AT TOP o» HjAOTM
HOTrt
I. *HEJ36 PWTC* *» CUT AwOtOPJ TO CHIUM1V ftSe'il" &TTKL «TTMPS HOOKtO IN TO OliMMfY
AWO ATTAOWO TO PLATM e>K 1 »ft" X »M LAG SCUIWS, «W BCO* on <0 -\<Od HAIL*.
1. ««eP3£ wMPew Aiac u*ip -rvey »hall not ei lev* -haw mo.pj oa, mctal and w»«n puult
QpEM IMS rSAWPSra OPtWIMG SHALL »€ NCT t*«* Tt»AN SO'/e W TUB TitQUIQEP FUJI AOfA
NOTE". Tuc FinePLACt A**P7T AnO CLBAMOUT 9HONW I* OPTIONAL.
Vol. 18
664
1/1/7B
TABLE 2107-1 MINIMUM FLUE AREA FOR MASONRY
CHIMNEYS CONNECTED TO FIREPLACES
TYPE OF FLUE
Round Lined
Square or
Rectangle Lined
Lined with Fire-
brick or Unlmed
1/12 of fireplace
opening area but
not less than 50
square inches
1/10 of fireplace
opening area but
not less than 64
square inches
1/8 of fireplace
opening area but
not less than 100
square inches
2107.11 INLET: Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from the
side. All inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay, rigid refractory
material, metal, or other arrangement that will prevent the connector
from pulling out of the inlet or from extending beyond the wall
of the liner.
2107.12 CLEANOUT OPENING: Cleanout openings shall be provided
in masonry chimneys in accordance with Figure 2107-1 and shall
be equipped with ferrous metal doors and frames arranged to remain
tightly closed when not in use. Cleanout openings shall be
located not less than two (2) feet below the lowest inlet to the
flue.
2107.13 CHIMNEY CLEARANCE: Wood beams, joists, headers and studs
shall not be placed within two (2) inches from the outside face
of a masonry chimney built partially or entirely within the dwelling.
Masonry chimneys built entirely outside of the dwelling may be
placed one (1) inch minimum from combustible material.
2107.14 CHIMNEY FIRESTOPPING: All spaces between masonry chimneys
and wood beams, joists, or headers shall be firestopped by placing
noncombustible material to a depth of one (1) inch at the bottom
of such spaces.
2107.15 FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS:
of an approved type.
Factory-built chimneys shall be
2107.16 FIREPLACE WALLS: Masonry fireplaces shall be constructed
of solid masonry units, stone, or reinforced concrete in accordance
with Figure 2107-1. Where a lining of firebrick at least two (2Y
inches in thickness or other approved lining is provided, the total
thickness of back and sides, including the lining, shall be not
less than eight (8) inches. Where no lining is provided, the
thickness of back and sides shall be not less than ten (10) inches.
2107.17 STEEL FIREPLACE UNITS: Steel fireplace units incorporating
a firebox liner of not less than one-quarter (1/4) inch in thick-
ness and an air chamber may be installed with masonry to provide
a total thickness at the back and sides of not less than eight (8)
inches, of which not less than four (4) inches shall be of solid
masonry. Warm air ducts employed with steel fireplace units of
the circulating air type shall be constructed of metal or masonry.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 665
2107.18 LINTEL: Masonry over a fireplace opening shall be
supported by a lintel of noncombustible material.
2107.19 HEARTH EXTENSION (MATERIAL): Masonry fireplaces at or
near the floor level shall have hearth extensions of brick, concrete,
stone, tile or other approved noncombustible material properly
supported or reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed
loads. Combustible forms and centers used during the construction
of hearth and hearth extension shall be removed after the construc-
tion is completed.
2107.20 HEARTH EXTENSION: Hearth extensions shall extend at
least sixteen (16) inches in front of, and at least eight (8)
inches beyond each side of fireplace opening. Where the fireplace
opening is six (6) square feet or larger, the hearth extension
shall extend at least twenty (20) inches in front of, and at
least twelve (12) inches beyond each side of the fireplace
opening .
2107.21 FIREPLACE CLEARANCE: Wood or combustible framing shall
not be placed within two (2) inches of outside face of a masonry
fireplace and not less than six (6) inches from inside surface
of nearest flue lining. Wood framing and other combustible
material shall not be placed within four (4) inches of the back
surface of a masonry fireplace.
2107.22 FIREPLACE FIRESTOPPING : All spaces between masonry
fireplaces and wood beams, headers, joists or trimmers shall be
firestopped by placing noncombustible material to a depth of
one (1) inch at the bottom of such spaces.
2107.23 COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: Woodwork or other combustible
materials shall not be placed within six (6) inches of a fire-
place opening. Combustible material within twelve (12) inches of
the fireplace opening shall not project more than one-eighth (1/8)
of an inch for each inch distance from such opening.
2107.24 FACTORY-BUILT FIREPLACES: Factory-built fireplaces that
consist of a fire chamber assembly, one or more chimney section,
a roof assembly and other, parts as tested and listed as an assembly
by a nationally recognized testing laboratory and apprpved by
the State Building Code Commission may be installed when complying
with all the following provisions:
a) The fire chamber assembly is installed to provide clearance
to combustible materials not less than set forth in the
listing.
b) The chimney sections are installed to provide clearance to
combustible material not less than specified in the listing
and if the fireplace chimney extends through floors and
ceilings, factory-furnished firestops or f irestop-spacers
shall be installed. Portions of chimneys which extend
through rooms or closets are to be enclosed to avoid
l/l/78 Vol. 18 - 666
personal contact, contact of combustible material, and
damage to the chimney.
c) Hearth extensions shall be not less than three-eighths (3/8)
inch thick asbestos, hollow metal, stone, tile or other
approved noncombustible material. Such hearth extensions
may be placed on combustible subflooring or finish flooring.
The hearth extension shall be readily distinguished from
the surrounding floor.
d) Hearth extensions shall extend not less than sixteen (16)
inches in front of and at least eight (8) inches beyond
both sides of the fireplace opening.
2107.25 FACTORY-BUILT FIREPLACE STOVES: Factory-built fireplace
stoves, consisting of a free-standing fire chamber assembly, that
have been tested and are listed by a nationally recognized testing
laboratory and approved by the State Building Code Commission, may
be installed, in accordance with the requirements of said listing.
SECTION 2108.0 MECHANICAL, DEFINITIONS
2108.1 GENERAL: Conformity with the applicable material, test,
construction and design standards specified in the reference
standards of this article shall be acceptable as providing
compliance with the requirements of this article.
2108.2 DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of the mechanical requirements
the terms used shall be defined as follows and as set forth in
the Basic Code.
ABSORPTION UNIT: A factory tested assembly of component parts
producing refrigeration for comfort, heating or cooling by
the application of heat.
BOILER, LOW PRESSURE HOT WATER AND LOW PRESSURE STEAM: A boiler
furnishing hot water for air conditioning at pressures not
exceeding one hundred sixty (160) pounds per square inch and
at temperatures not more than 250°F. , or steam at pressures
not more than fifteen (15) pounds per square inch.
B.T.U. RATING: The listed maximum input capacity of any appliance,
expressed in British thermal units input per hour.
CONTROL, LIMIT: An automatic control responsive to changes in
liquid level, pressure or temperature for limiting the operation
of the controlled equipment.
CONTROL, PRIMARY SAFETY: The automatic safety control intended
to prevent abnormal discharge of oil at the burner in case of
ignition failure or flame failure; barometric oil feed is not
considered a primary safety control.
CONTROL, SAFETY COMBUSTION: A primary safety control responsive
Vol. 18 - 667
1/1/78
directly to flame properties, sensing the presence of flame and
causing fuel to be shut off in event of flame failure.
DAMPER: Any device which when installed will restrict, retard or
direct the flow of air in any duct, or the products or combustion
in any heat producing equipment, its vent connector, vent or
chimney therefrom.
DRAFT HOOD: A device placed in and made part of the vent connector
from an appliance, or in the appliance itself, which is designed
to (1) insure the ready escape of the products of combustion in
the event of no draft, back-draft or stoppage beyond the draft
hood; (2) prevent a back-draft from entering the appliances;
(3) neutralize the effect of stack action of the chimney flue
upon the operations of the appliance.
DUCT SYSTEMS: All ducts, duct fittings and plenums assembled to
form a continuous passageway for the transmission of air.
EVAPORATIVE COOLER: A device used for reducing the heat of air for
comfort cooling by the process of evaporation of water into an
air stream.
FLOOR FURNACE: A self-contained furnace suspended from the floor
of the space which is being heated, with means of observing the
flame and lighting the furnace from such space.
FORCED AIR TYPE CENTRAL FURNACE: A central fumace equipped with
a fan or blower which provides the primary means for circulation
of air. It may be of the horizontal, upflow or downflow type.
FURNACE, GRAVITY-TYPE WARM-AIR: A warm-air furnace depending pri-
marily on circulation of air through the furnace by gravity.
This definition also shall include any furnace approved with a
booster-type fan, which does not materially restrict free circu-
lation of air through the furnace when the fan is not in operation.
LABELED: The word "labeled" refers to equipment or material bearing
the inspection label of an approved inspection agency.
NONCOMBUSTIBLE: A material which will not ignite and burn when
subjected to fire.
PLENUM CHAMBER: An air compartment or enclosed space to which one
or more distributing air ducts are connected.
PUMP, AUTOMATIC OIL: A pump, not an integral part of a burner,
stove or unit, which automatically pumps oil from the supply
tank and delivers the oil by gravity under a constant head to
an oil-burning appliance. The pump is designed to stop pumping
automatically in case of total breakage of the oil supply line
between the pump and the appliance.
Vl/78
Vol. 18 - 668
REFRIGERANT; The medium used to produce cooling or refrigeration
by the process of expansion or vaporization.
REFRIGERATING SYSTEM: A combination of interconnected refrigerant
containing parts ,-onst i ( uting one (1) closed refrigerant
circuit in which a refrigerant is circulated for the purpose
of extracting heat.
In a Direct Refrigerating System the refrigerant is in direct
contact with the material or space to be refrigerated or is
located in air circulating passages.
In an Indirect Refrigerating System brine is cooled by a
refrigerating system and circulated to the material or space
to be refrigerated or is used to cool circulated air.
ROOM HEATER: A free standing, nonrecessed, comfort heating
appliance installed in the space being heated and not connected
to ducts.
SEALED COMBUSTION SYSTEM APPLIANCES: Obtain all combustion air
from, and all flue gases are discharged to, the outside
atmosphere.
TANK, AUXILIARY: An auxiliary supply tank, having a capacity
of not over sixty (60) gallons, listed for installation in the
supply piping between a burner and its main fuel supply tank.
TANK, INTEGRAL: A tank which is furnished by the manufacturer
as an integral part of an oil-fired appliance.
TANK, STORAGE: A separate tank which is not connected directly
or t.-j a pump to the oil-burning appliance.
TANK, VACUUM OR BAROMETRIC: A tank not exceeding five (5) gallons
capacity which maintains an oil tank in a sump or similar
receptacle by barometric feed. Fuel is delivered from the sump
to the burner by gravity.
VENT: A passageway, vertical or nearly so, for removing vent
gases to the outer air.
TYPE B GAS VENT: Listed factory-made gas vents for venting listed
or approved appliances, equipped to burn only gas, except those
specifically listed for use with chimneys only.
TYPE BW GAS VENT: Listed factory-made gas vents for venting listed
or approved gas-fired vented recessed heaters.
TYPE L GAS VENT: Low-Temperature, Venting Systems. A venting
system consisting of listed factory made piping and fittings for
use with fuel burning appliances listed as exhausting low tem-
perature flue gases and approved for use with a type L venting
system.
ww7fl Vol. 18 - 669
VENT CONNECTOR: (vent connector pipe.) That portion of the vent
system which connects the gas appliance to the gas vent or
chimney.
VENTED DECORATIVE APPLIANCE: A vented appliance whose function
lies in the esthetic effect of the flames rather than functional
effects.
VENTED WALL FURNACE: Vented comfort heating appliance designed
for incorporation in a permanent attachment to a wall or par-
tition and arranged to furnish heated air by gravity br by a
fan.
VENT COLLAR: The outlet opening of an appliance or draft hood
provided for connection of the vent system.
VENTING SYSTEM: The gas vent or chimney and vent connector, if
used, assembled to form a continuous unobstructed passageway
from the gas appliance to the outside atmosphere for the purpose
of removing vent gases.
WARM-AIR FURNACE: A solid, liquid or gas-fired appliance for
heating air to be distributed with or without duct systems to
the space to be heated.
2109.0 EQUIPMENT GENERAL
2109.1 GENERAL: Conformity with the applicable material, test,
construction and design standards specified in the reference
standards of this article shall be acceptable as providing complianc
with the requirements of this article.
2109.2 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: All installation
of gas appliances must comply with the Massachusetts Code for
Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping established under
Chapter 737, Acts of 1960. The construction, installation and
operation of oil burning equipment is subject to the provisions
of FPR-3, established in accordance with Chapter 148, Section 10
of the MGLA, as amended. The construction, installation, testing
and inspection of boilers, air tanks, ammonia compressor valves,
and refrigeration and air-conditioning systems of five (5) tons
of more capacity are subject to *"he Rules and Regulations
issued by the Board of Boiler Rules under authority of Chapter 146
of the MGLA, as amended.
2109.3 COOPERATING AGENCIES: Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to nullify the provisions of other legal statutes or regu-
lations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts governing the opera-
tion and maintenance of boilers and other heating appliances and
equipment.
2109.4 LABELED HEATING AND COOKING APPLIANCES: Approved oil-fired
warm air furnaces, floor furnaces, unit heaters, domestic incinera-
tors, cooking and heating stoves and ranges and other heating equip-
ment, inspected and approved by approved agencies shall be accepted
by the building official when installed with the clearances pro-
Vol. 18 - 670
1/1/78
vided in Tables 2109-1 and 2109-2 and in accordance with their
listings.
2109.5 TYPE OF FUEL: Each comfort heating appliance shall be
designed for use with the type of fuel to which it will be
connected. Appliances shall not be converted from the1 fuel
specified on the rating plate for use with a different fuel
without securing reapproval from the building official and as
recommended by the manufacturer of either the original equipment
or the conversion equipment.
2109.6 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REGULATIONS: Oil burners
and related equipment are subject to the Rules and Regulations
promulgated in FPR-3, made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10, Chapter 148 of the MGLA, as amended. Unvented room
heaters are prohibited by section 1011.52 of the Basic Code.
2109.7 SHUTOFF VALVE: A readily accessible approved shutoff
valve shall be installed ahead of the union or other connection
in the fuel piping outside and within three (3) feet of the
appliance.
EXCEPTION: Shutoff valves may be accessibly located inside
or under an appliance provided the appliance can be removed
without removal of the shutoff valve.
2109.8 APPLIANCE INSTALLATION: Except as otherwise provided in
this article or the Basic Code, the installation of comfort heating
appliances shall conform to the conditions of their listing. The
manufacturer's installation and operating instructions shall remain
attached to the appliance.
2109.9 APPLIANCE ACCESS: Comfort heating appliances shall be
accessible for inspection, service, repair and replacement without
removing permanent construction.
Not less than thirty (30) inches working space and platform shall
be provided in front of the appliance firebox opening of fuel-
burning appliances except unit and room heaters which must have a
minimum of eighteen (18) inches.
2109.10 CONTROL DEVICES: Automatic gas-burning comfort heating
appliances shall be equipped with listed devices which will shut
off the gas to the main burner or burners in the event of pilot
failure.
EXCEPTION: The listed shutoff devices shall not be required
on range or cooking tops, log lighters, lights, or other open
burner manually operated appliances, or listed appliances not
requiring such devices.
Liquid fuel-burning appliances shall be equipped with primary
safety controls which will shut off flow of fuel to the burners
in the event of ignition failure.
Vol. 18 - 671
Vl/78
TABLE 2109-1 STANDARD INSTALLATION CLEARANCES
HEAT-PRODUCING APPLIANCES1
These clearances apply unless otherwise shown
on listed appliances. Appliances shall not be
installed in alcoves or closets unless so listed.
For installation on combustion floors see footnote 2.
AffllANCI
CHIMNEV
CONNECTOR
con
•fCTOI'
Hiatal
RESIDENTIAL TYPE APPLIANCES
Taol S"'"("
cZ,. *"►«•
*m-*> < ■£,""" "
— i Ra
Hiatal
•at : Ma
llttal i lio«al
BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS' FUEL
Sfaam ftoilm-Hp.ii
HtmtoOtn-TVPr
Wmr rlMton-aODB f.
AD Watar W-M-cj or Jackaled
Automatic Oil Of ,
Combination Gai a —
•mon
'
•
-
~
Automat* Ga* ; o 1 -
'•
•
•
-
>
So,* | . | -
«•
•
•
tft
-
FURNACES-CENTRAL
Gfevtty. Uprlow. Downflow.
Horrrontal and duct
WarmAir-TSOOF maximum
Automatic Oil Of
Comb>natton Gaa
and Oil
••
•'
»
•
•
••
-
Automatic Gaa
••
•'
it
•
•
-
•
Solid
!•■
!•■
■
11
ii
i<
-
ElactT*
• '
• '
M
•
•
-
-
FURNACES-FLOOR
Fa> Mount**) ,n Combuttibta
Fleen
Automatic Oil or
CombTUiion Gat
and Chi
* 1 -
■
-»
"
,. 1 -
1
Automatic Gai
* | -
"J
»
ii
-
HEAT EXCHANGER. SUPPLIED FROM A REMOTE SOURCE
Staam- 15 p-t-i maximum
Hoi aratar-JSOP F. maximum
1 ■
i
'
•
'
'
-
-
ROOM HEATERS AND ROOM HEATING STOVES BURNING SOLID FUfL
Orauuxant Type Van tad or
Unwind
OH or SOW
M
-
X
II
1!
■I
-
Cm
3ft
-
M
!J
■>
-
1
Radiant or Otnar Tyoa
Oil or Solid
»
-
M
M
a
u
-
6a
■
-
M
II
u
-
I
Ga «»i* Ooutxi
UIUI or Ccrvrnc
bet
» |
"
"
"
-
'
RADIATORS. KLF -CONTAINED*
Seam or Hot Water | Gai | X ] -
«
. | . | -
'
ranges-cooking stoves •
Srde t-SB
VitarJ or OwwrtUd
Oil
X
-
W
II
11
-
Ga
X
-
-
•
•
I
-
I
SoW-Ow linad
«
-
"
J*
M
It
'■
"
SolKlunl.rwo
Finpat
"
-
"
"
a
"
•■
"
Etactrk
X
-
-
•
I
-
-
CLOTHES DRYERS
UM1*.
Ga
1
-
M
l
■
-
i
EI«vk
•
-
M
o
0 — «»
-
-
Note 1: Standard clearances may be reduced in
existing construction only by affording
protection to combustible material in
accordance with Table 2109-2.
Note 2: An appliance may be mounted on a combustible
floor if the appliance is listed for such
installation or if the floor is protected
in an approved manner.
Note 3: Rooms which are large in comparison to the
size of the appliance are those having a
volume equal to at least twelve (12) times
the total volume of a furnace and at least
sixteen (16) times the total volume of a
boiler. If the actual ceiling height of a
room is greater than eight (8) feet, the
volume of a room shall be figured on the
basis of a ceiling height of eight (8) feet.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 672
NOTES FOR TABLE 2109-1 (Continued)
Note A: The minimum dimension shall be that
necessary for servicing the appliance
including access for cleaning and normal
care, tube removal, etc.
Note 5: The minimum dimension shall be eighteen
(18) inches for gas appliances not equipped
with draft hoods, except clothes dryers.
The dimension may be six (6) inches for
listed gas appliances equipped with draft
hoods and for boilers and furnaces equipped
with listed conversion burners and with
draft hoods. A vent connector of listed
Type B or L venting material may be used
with listed gas appliances with draft
hoods and may be installed at clearances
marked on the material.
Note 6: Steampipes and hot-water heating pipes
shall be installed with a clearance of
at least one (1) inch to all combustible
construction or material, except that
at the points where pipes carrying steam
or hot water at not over fifteen (15)
pounds gage pressure emerge from a floor,
wall, or ceiling, the clearance at the
opening through the finish floor boards
or wall ceiling boards may be reduced to
not less than one- half (H) inch. Each
such opening shall be covered with a
plate of noncombustible material.
Such pipes passing through stock shelving
shall be covered with not less than one (1)
inch of approved insulation.
Wood boxes or casings enclosing uninsulated
steam- or hot-water heating pipes, or
wooden covers to recesses in walls in
which such uninsulated pipes are placed,
shall be lined with metal or asbestos
millboard.
Where the temperature of the boiler piping
does not exceed 160°F. , the provisions
of this Table shall not apply.
Coverings or insulation used on steam-
or hot-water pipes shall be of noncombustible
material.
Note 7: For a listed oil, combination gas-oil, gas
or electric furnace this dimension may be
two (2) inches if the furnace limit control
cannot be set higher than 250°F., or this
1/1/78
Vol. 18 " 673
NOTES FOR TABLE 2109-1 (continued)
dimension may be one' (1) inch if the limit con-
trol cannot be set higher than 200°F.
I
Note 8: The dimension may be six (6) inches for
an automatically stoker-fired forced
warm-air furnace equipped with 250°F.
limit control operated by draft intensity of
.13-inch water gage.
Note 9: To combustible material or metal cabinets.
If the underside of such combustible material
or metal cabinet is protected with asbestos
millboard at least one-quarter (*£) inch
thick covered with sheet metal of not less
than No. 28 gage, the distance may be not
less than twenty-four (24) inches.
Comfort heating fuel-burning appliances whose manual fuel controls
are not readily accessible from the main portion of the building
being heated shall be equipped with remote controls.
Forced-air and gravity-type warm-air furnaces shall be equipped
with a listed air outlet temperature limit control which cannot be
set for temperatures higher than 250°F. The controls shall be
located in the bonnet or plenum, within two (2) feet of the dis-
charge side of the heating element of gravity furnaces or in
accordance with the conditions of listing.
2109.11 RANGES—VERTICAL CLEARANCE ABOVE COOKING TOP: Domestic
freestanding or built-in ranges shall have a vertical clearance
above the cooking top of not less than thirty (30) inches to
unprotected combustible material. When the underside of such
combustible material is protected with asbestos millboard at least
one-quarter (1/4) inch thick covered with sheet metal of not less
than No. 28 U.S. gauge or a metal ventilating hood, the distance
shall be not less than twenty-four (24) inches.
2109.12 RANGES—HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE TO BUILT-IN TOP COOKING UNITS:
The minimum horizontal distance from the center of the burner
head(s) of a top (or surface) cooking unit to surrounding top or
surface shall be not less then that distance specified by the
permanent marking on the unit.
2109.13 OPEN TOP BROILER UNITS: Listed open top broiler units
and hoods shall be installed in accordance with their listing and
the manufacturer's instructions.
2109.14 DOMESTIC CLOTHES DRYERS: Where a clothes dryer is con-
nected to a moisture exhaust duct, it shall be installed in accord-
ance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
A clothes dryer moisture exhaust duct shall not be connected
into any vent connector, gas vent or chimney.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 674
4*1
:si
IU
n
5»i
lis
» = 2 Si
s a
as
o
x:
w e
o
CO 0) iH
<U JC «
o w y
c <y
cd o w
M 4J O
CO H
01 01 b
.-i y
y c oc
CO C
i-H 1-1 1-1
f-l -1 C
CO O. 01
a >
•H
» cfl M
Cfl
^-s a)
1-1
01 CD 4J
u
^j: c
0)
U M
4J
e
CO
•h >*-i >,
0
o c •
T3 cfl ,H
01
a) oi co
r-l
x> y 60 iH
-O
■H CO C l-i
•H
l-i U-l i-t 0)
4-1
y u -a *j
CO
» 3 U cfl
3
a; to co e
XI
T3 60
s
h CI 11
0
C 01 U iH
y
0 4J CO .o
c
•H 3 -H i-l
o
U OT3 U
a
y to
01 OH 3
tj-i
•U X! CO Xj
o
O *-> iH B
h u o
0)
a, g oi y
XI
o <u
0) U CO 0)
•o
jc y-i 6 J=
iH
4J 4J
3
•O 0)
Q
M 01 iH O
X!
O hju
a
«M 3 iH
CO 4J T3
CO
•u to CO 01
u
a oi s i-i
0)
0) S J3H
y
y go.
x o) 5 o.
CO
a
U ^ U cfl
co
1/1/78
Vol. 18 ~ &75
Ducts for exhausting moisture from clothes dryers shall not be
constructed with sheet metal screws or other fastening means which
extend into the duct.
In no case shall the moisture exhaust terminate beneath the
building or in the attic.
Domestic clothes dryers shall be moisture exhausted to the
outside in an habitable room or room containing other fuel-
^burning appliances.
2109.15 FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCE LABELING: Every fuel-burning
comfort heating appliance shall bear a permanent and legible
factory applied nameplate on which shall appear:
a) The manufacturer's name or trademark.
b) The B.t.u. rating.
c) The model and serial number.
d) Instructions for the lighting, operation and shut-down of
the appliance.
e) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance.
f) A seal indicating approval of the appliance by an approved
testing agency, if acceptance is based on such approval.
2109.16 ELECTRICAL APPLIANCE LABELING: Every electric appliance
listed in Table 2109-1 shall bear a permanent and legible factory
applied nameplate on which shall appear:
a) Name or trademark of the manufacturer.
b) The catalog (model) number or equivalent.
c) The electrical rating in volts, amperes and phase.
d) Individual marking for each electrical component in amperes
or watts, volts and phase shall appear on nameplate of that
component.
2109.17 APPLIANCE: Appliances installed in garages or other areas
where they may be subjected to mechanical damage shall be suitably
guarded against damage.
Appliances generating a flame, glow or spark capable of igniting
flammable vapors may be installed on the floor of a garage provided
that a door of the garage opens to an adjacent ground or driveway
level that is at or below the level of the garage floor. When
this condition does not exist appliances shall be installed so that
the ignition source is at least eighteen (18) inches above the
garage floor.
Vol. 18
1/1/78
EXCEPTION: Sealed combustion system appliances may be installed
at floor level.
2110.0 COMBUSTION AIR
2110.1 GENERAL AIR SUPPLY: All fuel-burning equipment shall have
a sufficient supply of air for fuel combustion, ventilation draft
hood dilution.
2110.2 VOLUME REQUIRED: Additional combustion air shall be
provided for fuel-burning appliances if the volume of an appliance
room in cubic feet is less than one-twentieth (1/20) of the
masimum input B.t.u. rating of all appliances therein.
EXCEPTION: Sealed combustion system appliances, cooking
appliances, refrigerators and clothes dryers.
2110.3 AIR SUPPLY: Rooms containing fuel-burning appliances and
not having the volume required in section 2110.2 shall be provided
with two (2) square inches of combustion air opening for each
input of one thousand (1000) B.t.u. rating with a total of not less
than two hundred (200) square inches.
EXCEPTION: One (1) square inch for each input rating of one
thousand (1000) B.t.u. 's may be permitted provided the compart-
ment floor area is more than twice the floor area of the
appliance and the total area if not less than one hundred (100)
square inches.
One-half (1/2) of the required combustion air opening shall extend
within the upper twelve (12) inches of the room and the other
one-half (1/2) shall extend within the lower twelve (12) inches.
EXCEPTION: In any room containing gas or liquid burning appli-
ances which has more than twice the floor area of all such
appliances, the required combustion air supply may be reduced
fifty (50) percent, but not less than one hundred (100) square
inches and in all rooms larger than fifty (50) square feet the
required combustion air opening may be located within the upper
twelve (12) inches of the room.
2110.4 COMBUSTION AIR SOURCE: Combustion air may be obtained
from interior spaces whose volume in cubic feet is equal to
one-twentieth (1/20) of the input B.t.u. rating of all fuel-
burning comfort and water heating appliances in the space.
Outside combustion air shall be supplied through openings or
ducts of the required cross-sectional area extending to the
appliance room.
The same duct shall not serve both the upper and lower combustion
air supply openings. The duct serving the upper air opening must
be level or extended upward from appliance room.
Vol. 18 - 677
1/1/78
2110.5 ATTIC COMBUSTION AIR:
from an attic area provided:
Combustion air supply may be obtained
a) The attic ventilation is sufficient to provide the required
volume of combustion air.
b) Circulating air supplies for blower-type furnaces shall
not be obtained from the area.
2110.6 UNDER FLOOR COMBUSTION AIR: The lower combustion air
supply required by Section 2110.3 may be obtained from under floor
areas having unobstructed openings to the outside equivalent to
not less than twice the required combustion air opening between
the under floor space and the appliance room.
2110.7 OPENING REQUIREMENTS: Outside combustion air openings
shall be covered with corrosion-resistant screen of one-quarter
(1/4) inch mesh.
2110.8 COMBUSTION AIR DUCTS: Combustion air supply ducts shall
be of corrosion-resistant material having a cross-sectional dimen-
sion of not less than three (3) inches and terminating in a space
not less than six (6) inches in depth in front of, or open to,
the front or firebox side of the appliance. The space shall extend
from the floor to the ceiling of the appliance room.
2110.9 GRAVITY- TYPE WARM-AIR FURNACES: Gravity-type warm-air
furnaces shall be provided with combustion air supply specified
in this section.
TABLE 2110-1 APPLIANCE ROOM COMBUSTION AIR RE-
QUIREMENTS IN COLD CLIMATES
(TIGHT CONSTRUCTION)
TYPE
OF
OPENINGS
Minimum total free area of
ducts or openings, where
volume of compartment is
less than 16 times of the
appliances therein
Minimum total free area of
ducts or openings, where
volume of compartment is
more than 16 times of the
appliances therein
Direct
Opening or
Vertical
Ducts to
Outside
1 Square Inch
for each
4000 B.t.u.'s
1 Square Inch
for each
5000 B.t.u.'s
Horizontal
Ducts
to Outside
1 Square Inch
for each
2000 B.t.u.'s
1 Square Inch
for each
2500 B.t.u.'s
To Inside *
of
Building
1 Square Inch
for each
1000 B.t.u.'s
1 Square Inch
for each
2000 B.t.u.'s
*Combustion air shall be taken from other interior
areas complying with Section 2110.2
1/1/78
Vol. 18
678
2110.10 EXHAUST AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS: Air requirements for
the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation systems, clothes
dryers and fireplaces shall be considered in determining the
adequacy of a space to provide combustion air requirements.
2110.11 COLD CLIMATE: Appliance rooms of unusually tight construc-
tion located in areas where temperatures prevail at lower than
20°F., may be provided with combustion air as set forth in Table
2110.1. Opening shall conform to Section 2110.3.
EXCEPTION: Sealed combustion systems.
SECTION 2111.0 WARM-AIR FURNACE
2111.1 INSTALLATION: A direct-fired furnace shall not be located
downstream from a regrigerant evaporator or other air cooling coil
unless the heating equipment is listed for such use.
A refrigerant evaporator or cooling coil shall not be located
in the air discharge duct of a warm-air furnace except where the
furnace is listed for operation at not less than 0.5- inch water
column static pressure or for use with a cooling coil.
Conversion of existing furnaces for use with cooling coils
shall be permitted only if approved by the building official.
2111.2 COMBUSTION AIR: Fuel-burning warm-air furnaces shall be
supplied with adequate combustion air as required by Section 2110.0
of this article.
The combustion chamber opening shall be separated from the fan
plenum of a forced air furnace by an airtight separation.
2111.3 WORKING SPACE: A working space not less than thirty (30)
inches deep and thirty (30) inches high shall be provided to the
front or firebox side of all furnaces.
A space not less than twenty-four (24) inches wide and thirty (30)
inches high shall be provided to the access panel to the temperature
limit control, air filter and where applicable, fuel control valve.
A space not less than twenty- four (24) inches wide and eighteen (18)
inches high shall be provided to the vent collar of fuel-burning
furnaces.
2111.4 PROHIBITED LOCATION: Warm-air furnaces shall not be
located in a bedroom, bathroom, closet or confined space with
access only to such room or space.
EXCEPTIONS :
a) Access to attic or underfloor furnaces may be through a
closet.
b) Sealed combustion systems.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 679
c) Enclosed furnaces.
d) Electric furnaces.
2111.5 ROOM ACCESS: Any room containing a warm-air furnace
shall have access thereto by a door and passageway of not less
than two (2) feet by six (6) feet six (6) inches and large enough
to permit removal of equipment.
EXCEPTION: Under floor and attic installations.
2111.6 CLEARANCE OF WARM-AIR FURNACES: Clearances shall be
provided for warm-air furnaces in accordance with the requirements
of Table 2109-1 or their listing. The clearance of the combustion
chamber opening side shall be not less than six (6) inches for
fuel-burning appliances.
2111.7 ATTIC FURNACES: A warm-air furnace installed in an attic
less than five (5) feet in height shall be listed for that location.
A passageway thirty (30) inches by thirty (30) inches minimum
shall be provided from the attic opening to the furnace and its
controls. The opening and passageway shall be large enough to
allow replacement of any part and the attic opening shall not be
located more than twenty (20) feet from the furnace measured along
the center line of the passageway. The passageway shall be
unobstructed and have solid flooring not less than twenty-four
(24) inches wide.
2111.8 UNDERFLOOR FURNACES: Warm-air furnaces installed in the
underfloor area shall comply with the following requirements:
a) An access opening and passageway shall be provided of
sufficient height and width to permit removal of the
furnace but not less than thirty (30) inches by thirty (30)
inches and which extends to the working space in front of
the furnace. The distance from the passageway opening to
the heating equipment shall not exceed twenty (20) feet.
b) Furnaces supported on the ground shall rest on concrete or
masonry bases extending not less than three (3) inches above
the adjoining ground level.
c) Furnaces suspended from the building shall have a clearance
of at least six (6) inches from the ground. Furnace exca-
vations shall extend to a depth of not less than six (6)
inches below and twelve (12) inches beyond the sides of the
furnace, except that the control side shall have a clearance
of not less than thirty (30) inches. Walls of excavations
exceeding twelve (12) inches in depth shall be lined with
concrete masonry extending not less than four (4) inches
above the adjoining ground level. In flood plane areas
not less than a twelve (12) inch clearance shall be provided
between the furnace and finish grade.
Vol. 18 - 680
1/1/78
2111.9 EXTERIOR FURNACES: Warm-air furnaces located on the roof
of a building shall be listed for outdoor installation and approved
for such use.
Warm-air furnaces installed on the exterior of buildings shall
comply with the following requirements:
a) Unless listed for outside installation, an appliance located
on the exterior of a building shall be enclosed in a
weather-resistant housing. A weatherproof housing may be
constructed of No. 24 gage galvanized steel or No. 22 gage
aluminum. The enclosure shall have not less than a six (6)
inch clearance from the furnace.
b) The appliance shall be installed on a level platform.
c) For ground installations the appliance shall be supported
on a concrete or masonry base extending not less than three
(3) inches above the adjoining ground level.
2111.10 CIRCULATING AIR SUPPLY—GENERAL: The circulating air
supply shall be taken from outside the building or from the
conditioned area inside the building or from both sources.
The circulating air supply for a forced air comfort heating
system shall be conducted through ducts complying with Section 2114.0
or through concealed spaces provided vent or vent connectors do not
extend into or through these spaces.
A volume damper shall not be placed in the circulating air supply
inlet so as to reduce the supply to the furnace.
The outside circulating air supply inlet shall be covered with
screen having one-quarter (1/4) inch openings.
2111.11 CIRCULATING AIR SUPPLY—REQUIREMENT: The unobstructed
area of circulating air supply openings to a gravity-type warm-air
furnace shall be not less than seven (7) inches for each input of
one thousand (1000) B.t.u. rating or as required by the listing
conditions of the furnace.
The unobstructed area of circulating air supply openings or ducts
to a forced air warm-air furnace shall be not less than two (2)
square inches for each input of one thousand (1000) B.t.u. rating
of the furnaces or as required by the conditions of listing.
The total area of circulating air supply openings need not be
larger than the minimum sized circulating air supply opening as
required by the conditions of listing.
2111.12 CIRCULATING AIR SUPPLY— SOURCE : The circulating air
supply for a comfort heating system shall not be taken from the
following locations:
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 681
a) Within ten (10) feet of an appliance or plumbing vent outlet
which is located less than three (3) feet above the circulating
air supply inlet.
b) Areas having objectionable odors, fumes or flammable vapors,
c) Areas whose volume is less than twenty-five (25) percent of
the volume served by the system and where permanent openings
to supplemental areas are not provided in accordance with
this section.
EXCEPTION: Openings for a warm-air furnace may be reduced
to not less than fifty (50) percent of the required circu-
lating air supply area provided the balance is taken from
a room or hall having at least three (3) doors leading
to other rooms served by the furnace.
d) Areas having a direct-fired fuel-burning appliance.
EXCEPTIONS :
1) A gravity-type comfort heating system.
2) A blower-type comfort heating system where the circu-
lating air supply is taken from an area having a
volume exceeding one (1) cubic foot for each ten (10)
B.t.u. 's of fuel input rating of all fuel-<-burning
appliances therein and at least seventy-five (75)
percent of the conditioned air is discharged back into
the area provided the circulating air supply inlet is
not located within ten (10) feet of an appliance
firebox or draft diverter.
2111.13 CONDITIONED AIR SUPPLY: The minimum unobstructed total
area of the conditioned air ducts from a blower-type warm-air
furnace shall be not less than two (2) square inches for each one
thousand (1000) B.t.u. approved hourly input rating of the furnace
and the minimum unobstructed total area of the conditioned air
ducts from a gravity- type warm-air furnace shall be not less than
seven (7) square inches for each one thousand (1000) B.t.u.
approved hourly input rating or as specified by the conditions of
listing of the furnace.
In no case need the total area of the conditioned air ducts be
larger than the outlet plenum collar opening on the furnace.
For the purpose of this section a volume damper, grill, or
register installed for the purpose of controlling the conditioned
air flow shall not be considered an obstruction.
SECTION 2112.0 VENTED DECORATIVE APPLIANCES, FLOOR FURNACES,
VENTED WALL FURNACES AND VENTED ROOM HEATERS
2112.1 GENERAL: A vented deoorative appliance, floor furnace,
vented wall furnace, or vented room heater shall not be located
under a stairway.
Vol. 18 - 682
1/1/78
2112.2 VENTED DECORATIVE APPLIANCES: Vented decorative appliances
shall comply with the requirements for comfort heating appliances.
2112.3 PROHIBITED USE: Unvented room heaters are prohibited in
accordance with Chapter 688 of the Acts of 1962 of the General
Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
2112.4 FLOOR FURNACES LOCATION: Flat floor furnaces shall be
installed not less than- six (6) inches from walls.
Wall register floor furnaces shall be installed not less than
six (6) inches from inside room corners.
EXCEPTION: Replacement floor furnaces of the same or lesser
input rating may be installed in the original location when
approved by the building official.
Floor furnaces shall not be located where draperies or a door
can swing within twelve (12) inches of the warm air outlet.
Floor furnaces warm air outlets shall not be installed less than
sixty (60) inches below overhead projections.
A clear floor space of fifteen (15) inches shall be provided
along two (2) adjoining sides of flat floor furnaces.
The floor furnace burner assembly shall not project into an
occupied under floor area.
2112.5 FLOOR FURNACE ACCESS: An opening and passageway not less
than twenty-four (24) by eighteen (18) inches shall be provided
to every floor furnace. The passageway shall be not more than
twenty (20) feet in length from the access opening or from an
under floor area thirty (30) inches or more in height.
2112.6 FLOOR FURNACE INSTALLATION: Floor furnaces shall be
supported independently of the grill and shall have not less than
six (6) inches clearance from grade.
EXCEPTION: Sealed furnaces may have a grade clearance of two (2)
inches minimum.
Furnace excavations shall extend not less than eighteen (18) inches
beyond the control side and twelve (12) inches beyond the sides
and back of the furnace. The excavation shall slope outward from
the bottom to the natural grade at an angle not greater than
forty-five (45) degrees from the horizontal.
Floor furnaces shall not be installed on concrete slabs on
grade.
2112.7 WALL FURNACE LOCATION: Vented wall furnaces designed
to be installed in a nominal four (4) inch wall shall be not less
than six (6) inches from inside room corners except where listed
1/1/78 VDl- 18 " 683
for reduced clearances.
EXCEPTION: Vented wall furnaces replacements approved by the
building official.
Vented wall furnaces shall not be located where a door can swing
within twelve (12) inches of the furnace air inlet or cutlet and
shall not be installed less than eighteen (18) inches below over-
head projections.
2112.8 WAL1, FURNACE COMBUSTION AIR: Vented wall furnaces shall
be provided with combustion air in accordance with Section 2110.0.
EXCEPTION: Combustion air openings may be omitted to the area
in which a vented wall furnace is installed provided a cased
opening or archway leads from that area into other rooms having
a minimum combined volume in cubic feet equivalent to one-
twentieth (1/20) of the input B.t.u. rating of the furnace.
2112.9 WALL FURNACE INSTALLATION: Ducts shall not be attached
to a wall furnace. Casing extensions or boots may be installed
if listed as part of the appliance.
2112.10 VENTED ROOM HEATERS: Floor mounted type unit heaters
shall be installed in accordance with Table 2109-1.
2112.11 ROOM HEATERS: Vented room heaters shall be installed
in accordance with Table 2109-1 or as listed.
$142^12 UNVENTED ROOM HEATERS: No unvented fuel-burning room
heaters shall be installed.
SECTION 2113.0 VENTING OF APPLIANCES
2113.1 GENERAL: All fuel-burning comfort heating and comfort
cooling appliances shall be vented to the outside. Venting systems
shall consist of approved chimneys, approved vents or a venting
assembly which is an integral part of a listed appliance or may
be designed in accordance with accepted engineering practices.
Venting systems which are integral parts of vented appliances
shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing,
manufacturer's installation requirements and applicable requirements
of this article.
2113.2 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS REQUIREMENTS: Gas vents
required for appliances or equipment using fuel gases of any kind
such as natural gas, manufactured gas. undiluted liquified
petroleum gases, liquified petroleum gas-air mixtures, or mixtures
of any of these gases shall comply with the requirements of the
Massachusetts Code for Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas
Piping, established under Chapter 737, Acts of 1960.
1/1/78
2113.3 TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEMS REQUIRED: Gas appliances shall be
vented in conformance with the regulations provided in Section 2113.2.
Oil burning appliances may be used with type L ventes where so listed.
2113.4 INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION: Manually operated dampers
shall not be placed in chimneys, vents or vent connectors of liquid
or gas-burning appliances. Fixed baffles on the appliance side of
draft hoods and draft regulators shall not be classified as dampers.
Automatically operated dampers shall be of approved type designed
to maintain a safe damper opening and arranged to prevent firing
of the burner unless the damper is opened to a safe position.
2113.5 LOCATION: Vents shall not extend into or through an air
supply duct or plenum.
EXCEPTION: Venting systems may pass through a combustion air
duct.
Appliances shall not be vented into a fireplace or into a chimney
serving a fireplace.
2113.6 LENGTH PITCH—CLEARANCE: Gravity vents shall not have more
than two (2) offsets of more than forty-five (45) degrees from the
vertical.
The horizontal run of a gravity vent and its connectors shall not
be greater than seventy-fi>e (75) percent of the vertical height
of the venMng system measured from the appliance outlet.
Vent connectors in gravity- type venting systems shall have contin-
uous rises of not less than one-quarter (1/4) inch per foot of length
measured from the appliance vent collar to the vent.
Single wall metal vent connectors for an appliance shall be located
entirely within the room or area where the appliance is located.
2113.7 VENT TERMINATION—GENERAL: Vents shall extend above the roof
surface, through a flashing and terminate In a listed vent cap.
2113.8 GRAVITY VENT TERMINATION: Gravity-type venting systems,
other than Type BW or venting systems which are integral with
listed appliance, shall terminate not less than five (5) feet above
the highest vent collar which they serve.
2113.9 B OR BW VENT TERMINATION: Type B or BW gas vents shall ter-
minate not less than one (1) foot above the roof nor less than four
(4) feet from a portion of the building which extends at an angle of
more than forty-five (45) degrees upward from the horizontal.
2113.10 L VENT TERMINATION: Type L venting systems shall terminate
not less than two (2) feet above the roof nor less than four (4)
feet from a portion of the building which extends at an angle of
more than forty-five (45) degrees upward from the horizontal.
Vol. 18 - 685
1/1/78
2113.11 SPECIAL VENT REQUIREMENTS: Venting systems shall terminate
not less than four (4) feet below, four (4) feet horizontally from
or one (1) foot above a door, window or gravity air inlet into a
building.
EXCEPTION: Venting systems which are integral parts of listed
equipment may be located, closer provided the door, window or
gravity air inlet is serving the same room in which the appli-
ance is located; the venting system does not terminate less than
nine (9) inches from the door, window or gravity air inlet;
and the appliance does not exceed an input rating of fifty
thousand (50,000) B.t.u.'s.
Venting systems shall terminate not less than three (3) feet
above forced air inlets located within ten (10) feet (horizontally);
nor less than four (4) feet from private property lines.
2113.12 VENT SIZE: Vent systems shall have internal cross-section-
al areas of not less than the area of the vent collars but not
less than seven (7) square inches except where the vents are
integral parts of listed appliances.
2113.13 MULTIPLE APPLIANCE VENTING SYSTEMS: Two (2) or more
listed appliances may be connected to common gravity-type venting
systems provided the appliances are equipped with listed primary
safety controls and listed safety shutoff devices for oil and
gas fuel respectively and comply with the following requirements:
a) Appliances which are connected to common venting systems
shall be located in the same story of the building, except
engineered systems as set forth in Section 2113.1.
b) Two (2) or more connectors shall not enter common venting
systems unless the inlets are offset so that no portion
of an inlet is opposite the other inlets.
c) The venting system area shall be not less than the area of
the largest vent connector plus fifty (50) percent of the
areas of the additional vent connectors. An oval vent may
be used provided its capacity is not less than the capacity
of the round vent 'for which it is substituted.
2113.14 EXISTING VENTING SYSTEMS: Existing venting systems may
be connected to replaced appliances in accordance with the follow-
ing requirements:
a) The venting system shall have been installed in accordance
with the Code in effect at that? time and have no apparent
defects.
b) The internal area of the venting systems shall be in accord-
ance with Section 2113.11.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 686
2113.15 DRAFT HOODS: Draft hoods shall be located in the same
room or space as the combustion air openings of the appliances and
shall be located so that the relief opening is not less than six
(6) inches from any surface other than the appliance it serves,
measured in a direction ninety (90) degrees to the plane of the
relief opening.
2113.16 FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS: Approved factory-built chimneys
shall be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing,
the manufacturer's instructions, and the applicable requirements
of this article.
2113.17 MASONRY CHIMNEYS DESIGN: Masonry chimneys shall be designed,
anchored, supported and reinforced as set forth in Section 2107.0
of this article.
SECTION 2114.0 DUCTS
2114.1 MATERIAL: Ducts conveying air from outside the building or
air from evaporative coolers shall be constructed of galvanized
steel or corrosion-resistive metal.
Ducts or concealed spaces used for inside circulating air may
be of combustible material. Where space between studs in walls
or partitions is used as a duct the portions of such space so used
shall be cut off from all remaining unused portions by tight-fitting
stops of sheet metal or of wood not less than two (2) inches
nominal thickness. Not more than one (1) firestop may be crossed.
Ducts conveying heated conditioned air shall be of noncombustible
material.
Approved ducts, plenums and fittings constructed of asbestos-
cement, concrete or ceramic may be installed in the ground or in
a concrete slab.
Metal ducts shall conform to Table 2114-1.
Ducts constructed of gypsum products shall not be subject to
air temperatures of more than 125°F.
2114.2 INSTALLATION: When required, ducts shall be insulated
equivalent to Table 2114-2 and metal ducts shall be securely
fastened in place at changes of direction in accordance with Table
2114-3.
Metal ducts shall not be installed within four (4) inches of the
ground except when encased in not less than two (2) inches of
concrete.
Rectangular metal duct supports set forth in Table 2114-3 shall
be riveted, bolted or screwed to each side of the duct.
Horizontal round duct supports set forth in Table 2114-3 shall
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 687
TABLE 2114-1 GAGES OR METAL DUCTS AND PLENUMS
USED FOR COMFORT HEATING OR COOL-
ING FOR A DWELLING UNIT
COMFORT HEATING OR COOLING
GALVANIZED STEEL
Approximate
Aluminum
B &S Gage
Nominal
Thickness
(in inches)
Equivalent
Galvanized
Sheet Gage
Number
Round Ducts and
Enclosed Rectangular Ducts
14" or less
Over 14"
0.016
0.019
30
28
26
24
Exposed Rectangular Ducts
14" or less
Over 14"
0.019
0.022
28
26
24
23
TABLE 2114-2 INSULATION OF DUCTS1
DUCT LOCATION
Roof or Exposed to Outside Air
B and W
None Required
Attics3
A
Underfloor Spaces
A
Within the Conditioned Space2
Cement Slab or Within Ground
None Required
Note A: One (1) inch of fiber glass or rock-wool insulation with
a minimum density of 0.65 pound per cubic foot or two (2)
layers of one-quarter (k) inch air cell asbestos or air
cell foil.
1/1/7H
Vol. 18 - 688
NOTES FOR TABLE 2114-2 (Continued)
Note B: Two (2) inches of fiber glass or rock-wool insulation with
a minimum density of 0.75 pound per cubic foot or four (4)
layers of one-quarter (h) inch air cell asbestos or
one-quarter (h) inch air cell foil, or one (1) inch fiber
glass insulation with a minimum density of one and one-half
(lh) pounds per cubic foot.
Note W: Approved weatherproof vapor barrier.
Note 1: Insulation not required for evaporative systems.
Note 2: Insulation may be omitted on that portion of a duct which
is located within a vertical wall space if the wall space
is directly adjacent to the occupied portion of the
building.
Note 3: Vapor barrier should be provided for cooling ducts in
attics or areas of high humidity.
TABLE 2114-3 METAL DUCT SUPPORTS
DUCT TYPE
MAX. SIDE
OR DIA.
DUCT
POSITION
HANGER OR STRAP
SIZE AND SPACING
CIRCULAR
10
Vertical
No. 18 gage galvanized
iteel x 2"© 12'o.c.
Horizontal
No. 30 gage galvanized
tteel x 1"or No. 18
iteel wire & 10' o.c.
20
Vertical
No. 16 gage galvanized
tteel x 2" ® 12' ox.
Horizontal
No. 28 gage galvanized
steel x 1"or No. 18
tteel wire 9 10' o.c.
RECTANGULAR
24
Vertical
1 " x 1 /8" tteel galvan-
ized strap 9 12' o.c.
Horizontal
No. 18 gage galvanized
steel x 1" O 10' o.c.
36
Vertical
1"x 1-1/8" tteel gal-
vanized angle 917 or.
Horizontal
1 " x 1 1B" steel strap
galvanized 9 10' ox.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 689
consist of one (1) hanger installed in accordance with the following
requirements:
I
a) The hanger shall be attached to one (1) inch wide circular
bands of same gage as duct extending around and supporting
ducts exceeding ten (10) inches in diameter.
b) The ducts shall be braced to prevent lateral displacement.
SECTION 2115.0 COMFORT COOLING
2115.1 COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS RULES AND REGULATIONS: All
installations of gas appliances shall be subject to and must comply
with the Massachusetts Code for Installation of Gas Appliances and
Gas Piping established under Chapter 737 of the MGLA as amended.
All oil-burning appliances shall be subject to the regulations made
in accordance with Section 10 of Chapter 148 of the MGLA as amended,
governing the construction, installation and operation of oil-burning
equipment. Also, compliance shall be required with the provisions
of the rules and regulations issued by the Board of Boiler Rules
under the authority of Chapter 146 of the MGLA, as amended, governing
the construction, installation, testing and inspection of boilers,
air tanks, ammonia compressor safety valves, and refrigeration and
air-conditioning systems of five (5) tons or more capacity.
2115.2 COOPERATING AGENCIES: Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to nullify the federal, state or municipal rules and regula-
tions governing the storage and use of flammable and explosive gases
and chemicals, or the requirements of the Interstate Commerce Com-
mission or other federal statutes governing the transportation and
use of hazardous gases, explosives and other flammablve substances.
2115.3 PERMITS: One and two-family dwellings shall not be required
to have permits unless the refrigerating systems contain more than
ten (10) pounds of refrigerants or are actuated by motors or engines
of one and one-half (1 1/2) horsepower or larger.
2115.4 INSTALLATION: Group 2 refrigerants shall not be used in
direct refrigerating systems.
An approved means shall be provided for the collection and dis-
posal of condensate from the air cooling coil to outside the build-
ing or other approved locations.
Comfort cooling equipment, other than ducts and piping, shall be
located not less than three (3) inches above the ground.
Electric lighting shall be provided for equipment located inside
a building.
2115.5 ACCESS: Equipment requiring servicing shall be accessible
by means of passageway two (2) feet by six (6) feet six (6) inches
minimum.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 690
EXCEPTION: An access opening to the attic or underfloor area may
be reduced to a thirty (30) inch dimension provided the equipment
can be replaced.
Equipment shall be provided with an unobstructed space thirty (30)
inches by six (6) feet six (6) inches minimum on the service side.
EXCEPTION: The height of the working space may be reduce to
thirty (30) inches for an air handling unit, air filter or
refrigerant and brine control valves. Fan coils in drop ceilings
may be serviced through combination return air grills.
2115.6 CIRCULATING AIR SUPPLY SOURCE: A positive separation shall
be provided between the combustion air and the circulating air
supply.
The circulating air supply source shall conform to the requirements
of a blower type comfort heating system as set forth in Section
2111.10.
2115.7 RETURN AIR LIMITATION: Comfort cooling systems shall be
arranged so that the circulating air from one (1) dwelling unit
does not discharge into another dwelling unit.
2115.8 SCREEN: Exterior circulating air supply inlets shall be
covered with screen having one-quarter (1/4) inch openings.
2115.9 REFRIGERANT PIPING: All refrigerant pipe and fittings
installed within a building or structure and which may reach
surface temperatures that will result in condensation forming on
the piping shall be insulated.
SECTION 2116.0 ABSORPTION UNITS AND ABSORPTION SYSTEMS FOR
COMFORT COOLING AND COMFORT HEATING
2116.1 GENERAL: Absorption units used for comfort heating or
comfort cooling systems shall conform to the requirements of
Sections 2109.0, 2110.0 and 2114.0.
2116.2 IDENTIFICATION: Fuel-burning absorption units shall bear
a label containing the following information:
a) Manufacturer's name
b) Model number
c) Amount and type of refrigerant
d) Factory test pressures or pressures applied
e) Normal B.t.u. input rating
f) Cooling capacity in B.t.u. 's
Vol. 18 - 691
1/1/78 v
g) Type of fuel
h) Symbol of the organization certifying the approval of the
equipment
i) Instructions for the lighting, operation and shutdown of the
system
SECTION 2117.0 FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEMS
2117.1 GENERAL: New fuel supply systems, except parts thereof
controlled and maintained by a public utility, shall conform
to the requirements of this section and shall not be made operative
until first approved by the building official.
Fuel supply system design, construction and workmanship shall
be consistent with generally accepted good practice and in conform-
ity with nationally recognized applicable standards acceptable to
the State Building Code Commission.
2117.2 LOCATION: Location of fuel supply tanks, meters, main
shutoff valves, relief valves, and regulators other than integral
appliance regulators shall be approved by the building official
and shall conform to state and local regulations.
2117.3 AUTHORITY TO DISCONNECT: The building official is hereby
authorized to order disconnected any fuel supply or appliance which
does not conform to this Code or which is found to be defective
and may endanger life or property.
A notice shall be attached to the piping or appliances stating
the reasons for disconnection. Such notice shall not be removed
nor shall the system or appliance be reconnected until authorized
by the building official.
2117.4 PIPING SUPPORT: Gas piping shall be supported by metal
straps or hooks at not more than six (6) feet on center for piping
one (1) inch or less in size and not more than ten (10) feet on
center for piping larger than one and one-quarter (1 1/4) inches.
Piping shall be protected against physical damage. Buried piping
shall be laid in a solid bed.
Gas piping shall not be strained or bent and appliances shall
not be supported by supply piping.
2117.5 LIQUID FUEL SUPPLY: Supply piping and all related
equipment serving oil-burning appliances shall be subject to the
Rules and Regulations promulgated in FPR-3 made in accordance
with the provisions of Section 10 of Chapter 148 of the MGLA as
amended.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 " 692
Reference Standards - Article 21
RS-21-1 Shower Compartment Finish
Glazed Ceramic Wall Tile installed with Portland Cement Mortar.
ANSI A108. 1-1967
Ceramic Tile installed with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable
Tile-Setting and Grouting Epoxy-ANSI A108. 6-1969
Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar (for installation of ceramic tile)-
ANSI A118. 1-1967
Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-Setting and Grouting
Epoxy-ANSI A118. 3-1969
Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile-ANSI A136.1-
1967 (Type I only in Shower Compartments)
Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile-ANSI A137. 1-1967
Ceramic Tile installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.
ANSI A108. 5-1967
Ceramic Mosaic Tile Installed with Portland Cement Mortar. ANSI
A108. 2-1967
Ceramic Tile Installed with Water-Resistant Organic Adhesives. ANSI
A108. 4-1968
RS-21-2 Glazing Materials
Glass. F.S. DD-G 451c
Safety Glazing Materials. ANSI Z97. 1-1972
RS-21-3 Foundations
Building Brick and Facing Brick. (Made from Clay or Shale.)
Standard Specifications C62-58 and C216-66 of the ASTM.
Sand-Lime Building Brick. Standard Specification C73-51 of the
ASTM.
Concrete Building Brick. Standard Specification C55-55 of the
ASTM.
Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. Standard Specifica-
tion C90-59 of the ASTM.
Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. Standard Specification
C145-59 of the ASTM.
Vol. 18 - 693
Vl/78
Reference Standards - Article 21
Method of Test for Concrete Masonry Units. Standard Specification
C140-63T of the ASTM.
Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile. Standard Specifications
C34-62 and C112-60 of the ASTM.
Cast Stone. Specification ACI 704-44 of the American Concrete
Institute.
Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. Standard Speci-
fication A82 of the ASTM.
Cement. Masonry. Standard Specification C91-67 of the ASTM.
Quicklime for Structural Purposes. Standard Specification C5-59
of the ASTM.
Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. Standard Specification C207-
49 of the ASTM.
Processed Pulverized Quicklime. Standard Specification C51-47 of
the ASTM.
Mortar for Masonry Other than Gypsum. Specifications C161-44T
and C270-59T of the ASTM.
Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. Specification C144-52T of the ASTM.
Aggregates for Grout. Standard Specification C404 of the ASTM.
Sampling and Testing Brick. Standard Specification C67-60 of the
ASTM.
Portland Cement. Standard Specifications C150-62 and C175-66 of
the ASTM.
Portland Blast Furnace Slag Cement. Specification C205-62T of the
ASTM.
Portland Pozzolan Cement. Specification C340-62T of the ASTM.
Concrete Aggregates. Specification C33-61T of the ASTM.
Concrete Proportions. ACI 613-54 and 613A-59 of the American
Concrete Institute.
Concrete Reinforcement. Specifications A615-68, A616-68, A617-68
and A82-66 of the ASTM.
Steel Bar Mats. Standard Specifications A184-65, A615-68, A616-68
and A617-68 of the ASTM.
Welded Steel Wire Fabric. Specification A185-61T of the ASTM.
1/1/78 Vo1' 18 " 694
Reference Standards - Article 21
Admixtures for Concrete. Standard Specification C494-62T of the
ASTM.
Concrete Tests. Standard Specifications C31-62, C39-61, C42-61
and C192-62 of the ASTM.
Splitting Tensile Strength. Specification C496-62T of the ASTM.
Ready -Mixed Concrete. Standard Specification C94-62 of the ASTM.
Welding Reinforcing Steel. Metal Inserts and Connections in Rein-
forced Concrete Construction. AWS D12. 1-61 of the American
Welding Society.
Hollow Brick. (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) Stan-
dard Specification C652-70 of the ASTM.
Building Brick and Facing Brick, (made from Clay or Shale) Standard
Specifications C62-69 and C216-69 of the ASTM. -
Mortar for Masonry Other than Gypsum. Standard Specification C270-
68 of the ASTM.
Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. Standard Specification C144-70 of
the ASTM.
Aggregate for Masonry Grout. Standard Specification C404-70 of
the ASTM.
Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick. Standard S deification C67-66
of the ASTM.
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standard RS-21-5.
RS-21-4 Preservatives
AWPB Standards CP-22, CP-33, CP-44, CP-55, and CP-77 for pressure
treated poles.
AWPB Standards LP-2, LP-3, LP-4, LP-5 and LP-7 for pressure treated
softwood lumber used above ground.
AWPB Standards LP-22, LP-33, LP-44, LP-55 and LP-77 for pressure
treated softwood lumber used in contact with the ground.
RS-21-5 Wall Construction
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standard RS-21-3.
Classification, Definition and Methods of Grading for all Species
of Lumber. Standard D245-70 of the ASTM; American Softwood
Lumber Standards PS 20-70 of the U.S. Department of Commerce. vol. 18 - 695
1/1/78
Reference Standards - Article 21
Eastern Pine, Jack Pine, Eastern Spruce, Balsam Fire, Eastern
Hemlock and Tamarack. Grading Rules, Northern Hardwood and
Pine Manufacturers Association (September 1, 1970).
National Design Specification for Stress-Grade Lumber and Its
Fastenings. National Forest Products Association 1970 with
May 1971 Supplement.
Northeastern Lumber-Standard Grading Rules, Northeastern Lumber
Manufacturers Association (September 1970).
Pine, Southern. Grading Rules, Southern Pine Inspection Bureau
(September 1970).
Redwood . Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber
of the Redwood Inspection Service (November 1970) .
Softwood Plywood. Construction and Industrial Product Standard
PS 1-66 (June 1969) of the U.S. Department of Commerce,
Bureau of Standards.
TPI 1970 Roof Truss Specification.
West Coast Lumber. Standard Grading Rules, West Coast Lumber
Inspection Bureau (September 1, 1970).
Western Lumber. Standard Grading Rules, Western Wood Products
Association (September 1, 1970).
Wood Poles. Specification and Dimensions for Wood Poles, ANSI
05.1-1963.
Plank-and-Beam Framing. Wood Construction Data No. 4, National
Forest Products Association.
Fiberboard Nail-Base Sheathing and Structural Insulating Board.
Standard Specifications D2277-66 and C208-66 of the ASTM.
Particleboard. U.S. Department of Commerce, Commercial Stan-
dard CS 236-66.
Material Specifications for Structural Steel. Standard Specifications
A27, A36, A53, A148, A167, A235, A237, A242, A245, A252,
A303, A307, A325, A354, A374, A375, A412, A440, A441,
A446, A449, A490, A500, A501, A502, A514, A529, A570,
A572 and A588 of the ASTM.
Standard Specification for Structural Glued Laminated Timber Using
"E" Rated and Visually Graded Lumber of Douglas Fir, Southern
Pine, Hem-Fir and Lodepole Pine, August 1971, American Institute
of Timber Construction.
Canadian Lumber -National Lumber Grades Authority 1970 Standard
Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber, by Canadian Lumber Standards
Administrative Board. Vol. 18 - 696
1/1/78
Reference Standards - Article 21
Specifications for Aluminum Structures of the Aluminum Association.
Connectors other than those specified in Section 2102.0 of this
Code may be used in accordance with Table RS-21-6.
Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings, American Institute of Steel Construction, 1969
Edition and Supplements Nos. 1 and 2.
RS-21-6 Wall Covering
Applicable Standards and Publications in Reference Standards
RS-21-2 and RS-21-5.
Aluminum Structures. Specifications for, by the Aluminum
Association (November 1967).
Plaster Liquid Bonding Agents. U.S. Government Military Speci-
fication MIL-B-19235 (Docks) (1965), and Standards Speci-
fications of the California Lathing and Plastering Contractors
Association (1965), and Recommendations of the Gypsum Association.
Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing.
Specification C557-67 of the ASTM.
Perlite, Vermiculite and Sand Aggregates for Gypsum and Portland
Cement Plaster. Standard Specification C35-70 of the ASTM.
Metal Lath, Wire Lath, Wire Fabric Lath and Metal Accessories.
Approved Standard A42. 4-1967, of the American National Stan-
dards Institute, Inc.
Gypsum Wallboard Tape and Joint Compound. Standard Specifications
C475-70 and C474-67 of the ASTM.
Gypsum Backing Board. Standard Specification C442-67 of the
ASTM.
Gypsum Lath. Standard Specification C37-69 of the ASTM.
Lime. Standard Specifications C206-68 and C6-49 of the ASTM.
Gypsum Plasters. Standard Specification C28-68 of the ASTM.
Gypsum Sheathing Board. Standard Specification C79-67 of the
ASTM.
Gypsum Veneer Plaster. Standard Specification C587-68 of the
ASTM.
Gypsum Veneer Base. Standard Specification C588-68 of the ASTM.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 697
TABLE RS-21-6 ALTERNATE ATTACHMENTS
NOMINAL
MATERIAL
THICKNESS
DESCRIPTION w
OF
FASTENER & LENGTH
SPACING ' OF FASTENERS
cnrcc 1 INTERMEDIATE
EDGES j SUPPORTS
Plywood Subfloor. Roof and Walt Sheathing to Framing
5/16"
.097 • .099 Nail IV
Staple 15 ga. 1-3/8"
6"
12"
3/8" -
Staple 15 ga. 1-3/8"
6"
12"
.097 - .099 Nail IV
4"
10"
1/2"
Staple 15 ga. IV
6"
12"
.097- .099 Nail 1-5/8"
3"
6"
5/8"
.113 Nail 1-7/8"
Staple 15 and 16 ga. 1-5/8"
6"
12"
.097 - .099 Nail IV
3"
6"
3/4"
Staple 14 ga. IK"
6"
12"
Staple 15 ga. IV
5"
10"
.097 - .099 Nail 1-7/8"
3"
6"
1"
Staple 14 ga. 2"
5"
10"
.113 Nail 2V
Staple 15 ga. 2"
4"
8"
.097 - .099 Nail 2-1/8"
3"
6"
Floor Underlayment; Plywood - Hardboard - Particleboard
1/4"
and
5/16"
.097 - .099 Nail IV
Staple 15 and 16 ga. IV
6"
12"
.080 Nail 1V
5"
10"
Staple 18 ga. 3/16 crown 7/8"
3"
6"
3/8"
.097 - .099 Nail IV
Staple 15 and 16 ga. 1-3/8"
6"
12"
.080 Nail 1-3/8"
5"
10"
1/2"
.113 Nail 1-7/8"
Staple 15 and 16 ga. IV
6"
12"
.097 - .099 Nail IV
5"
10"
Note 1: Nail is a general description and may be
T-head, modified round head, or round
head.
Note 2: Staples shall have a minimum crown width
of seven-sixteens (7/16) inch o.d. as
noted*
Note 3: Nails or staples shall be spaced at not
more than six (6) inches o.c. at all
supports where spans are forty-e:.ght
(48) inches or greater. Nails or
staples shall be spaced at not more
than ten (10) inches o.c. at intermediate
supports for floors.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
698
Reference Standards - Article 21
Gypsum Wallboard. Standard Specification C36-70 of the ASTM.
Keene's Cement. Standard Specification C61-64 of the ASTM.
Gypsum Molding Plaster. Standard Specification C59-50 of the
ASTM.
Gypsum Plastering. Standard Specification A42. 1-1964 of the ASA.
Interior Lathing and Furring. Standard Specifications A42. 4-1967
of the ASTM.
Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard. Standard Specifi-
cations A97.1-65 of the ANSI.
Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Standard
Method of Test E84-70 of the ASTM.
RS-21-7 Floors
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standards
RS-21-3 and RS-21-5.
Maximum Spans for Joists and Rafters, Technical Bulletin 2, of
SFPA.
Canadian Dimension Lumber, 1971, Canadian Wood Council.
RS-21-8 Roof-Ceiling
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standards
RS-21-3 and RS-21-6.
Maximum Spans for Joists and Rafters, Technical Bulletin 2, of
SFPA.
Canadian Dimension Lumber, 1971, Canadian Wood Council.
RS-21-9 Roof Coverings
Aluminum Sheet Metal Work in Building Construction by the
Aluminum Association (October 1967).
Composition Roofing. Standard Specification 55-A (May 1967)
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Roofing Asphalt. Standard Specification D312-44 of the ASTM.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 699
Reference Standards - Article 21
Composition Roofing. Standard Specification 55-B. (April, 1962)
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Sheet Metals. Standard Specifications A245-62aT, A361-63T and
B209-70 of the ASTM.
. Corrosion-Resistant Metals. Standard Specifications A219-58,
A239.-41 and B209-70 of the ASTM.
Composition Roofing Testing. Standard Specification 790 (Sep-
tember, 1958), Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
Hand-Split Shakes. Grading and Packing Rules, Hand -Split Red
Cedar Shakes 1971, Red Cedar Shingle and Hand-Split Shake
Bureau.
Asbestos-Cement Shingles. Standard Specification C222-60 of the
ASTM.
Slate Shingles. Standard Specification C406-57T of the ASTM.
Wood Shingles. Commercial Standard CS31-52, U.S. Department of
Commerce, National Bureau of Standards. Grading and Packing
Rules for Red Cedar Shingles (1971) Red Cedar Shingles and
Handsplit Shake Bureau.
Wire. Standard Specifications B134-62, B211-63, and B250-62 of
the ASTM.
RS-21-10 Chimney and Fireplace
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standards
RS-21-3 and RS-21-5.
RS-21-11 Mechanical Materials
Galvanized Sheet Metals. Standard Specification A525-64T of the
ASTM.
Tank Piping and Valves for Oil Burning Appliances. Pamphlet
No. 31, June, 1965, of the NFPA.
Nonmetallic Ducts. Standard No. 181 of the UL. -
Refrigeration. Standard No. B9. 1-1964 of the ANSI.
Wrought Steel and Wrought Iron Pipe. Standard B36. 10-1959 of
the ANSI.
Seamless Copper Tube, Copper Pipe and Red Brass Pipe. Standard
Specifications B42-62, B43-62, B68-60, B88-66, B251-66 and
B280-66 of the ASTM.
Vol. 18 - 700
1/1/78
Reference Standards - Article 21
Compression (neoprene) Gaskets (including hubless piping system)
for Cast Iron Piping and Fittings in Condensate Drain Lines.
Standard Specification C564-70 of the ASTM, or CISPI Standards
HSN-72 and 301-72.
Stainless Steel Coupling (hubless piping system) for Cast Iron
Piping and Fittings in Condensate Drain Lines. CISPI Standard
301-72.
Load Calculation for Residential Winter and Summer Air Condition-
ing. Manual J, Third Edition, of NISC.
Installation of Gas Appliances and Gas Piping. Standard No. 54,
1969 or the NFiPA.
Installation of Gas Piping and Gas Equipment on Industrial Premises
and Certain Other Premises. Standard No. 54-A, 1969 of the
NFiPA.
Chimeys, Fireplaces and Venting Systems. Standard No. 211, 1970
of the NFiPA.
Installation of Residence-type Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning
Systems. Standard No. 90-B, 1971 of the NFiPA.
RS-21-12 Mechanical Equipment
Applicable Standards or Publications in Reference Standard RS-21-11.
Mechanical Ventilation. Testing and Rating Procedures of Home
Ventilating Institute.
RS-21-13 Smoke/Heat Detectors
NFPA Standard No. 101 of 1971-1972
NFPA Standard No. 74 of 1971-1972
1/1/78 Vol_ 18 _ 701
NON-TEXT PAGE
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 702
ARTICLE 22
BUILDING CODE PROVISIONS FOR ENERGY CONSERVATION
Contained within this article of the State Building Code are pro-
visions which shall regulate energy conservation for buildings. These
provisions are supplied to provide a single comprehensive basic ref-
erence for energy conservation for buildings.
The requirements for the use of energy for buildings are also sup-
plied in other articles of the Basic Code on a performance-oriented
basis. This article supplies far more extensive information on ac-
ceptable specifications, details, and methods of construction for the
use of energy for buildings.
The provisions supplied within Article 22, as they apply to the
use of energy for buildings, shall be considered as being applicable
•as stated, independently of the rest of the Basic Code. Any require-
ments for which provision is not made within this article, shall be
subject to the provisions of the other articles of the Basic Code.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 703
GLOSSARY OF SYMBOLS
ASHRAE
Btu
cfm
COP
F
gpm
h
HVAC
OTTV
R
RS
SC
SF
Std.
t
AT
TD_
U
u
c
W
EQ
American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air Conditioning
Engineers
British thermal unit
cubic feet per minute
coefficient of performance
Fahrenheit
gallons per minute
hour
heating, ventilating, and air
conditioning
overall thermal transfer value
thermal resistance
Reference Standard
shading coefficient
solar factor value
standard
temperature
temperature differential
temperature difference equivalent
thermal transmittance
overall thermal transmittance
watts
1/1/78
Vol. 18
704
ARTICLE 22
ENERGY CONSERVATION
SECTION 2200.0 SCOPE
This article sets forth requirements for buildings and structures
or portions thereof, additions, and alterations, hereafter designed
primarily for human occupancy, covering their exterior envelopes and
selection of their HVAC, service water heating, electrical distribu-
tion, and illuminating systems and equipment for effective use of
energy.
SECTION 2201.0 ADMINISTRATIVE
2201.1 COMPLIANCE: Buildings shall be in compliance with this ar-
ticle when they are designed according to the provisions of the fol-
lowing:
a) Component Design (see Section 2204.0); or,
b) Building design by systems analysis (see Section 2205.0); or,
c) Buildings utilizing non-depletable energy sources (see Section
2206.0).
2201.11 Nothing in this article shall require the removal, altera-
tion, or abandonment of, or prevent the continuance of the use and
occupancy of, a lawfully existing building, unless provided other-
wise specifically by this article.
2201.2 EXEMPT BUILDINGS: The following buildings are exempt from
the provisions of this article:
a) Buildings and structures or portions thereof whose peak design
rate of energy usage is less than one (1) watt per square foot
or three and four tenths (3.4) Btu/h per square foot of floor
area for all purposes.
b) Buildings which are neither heated nor cooled.
2201.3 EXISTING BUILDINGS
2201.31 ADDITIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS: Additions to existing
buildings or structures may be made without making the entire build-
ing or structure comply. The new construction shall conform to the
provisions of this article as they relate to the addition only.
2201.32 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING BUILDINGS: Alterations to existing
buildings shall comply with this article on a component basis. When
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 705
there are alterations to the building enclosure elements (wall, roof,
or floor), mechanical systems, service water heating systems, electri-
cal power distribution or lighting, those components only shall com-
ply.
2201.4 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
2201.41 PERMITS: Any construction, additions, alterations, or re-
pairs subject to the provisions of this article shall require a build-
ing permit.
2201.42 DETAILS: In addition to the requirement of section 113.5,
the data submitted shall show all pertinent information and features
to be incorporated into the building, including but not limited to:
the exterior envelope component materials, the R values of the re-
spective elements, the U values of the overall assembly; the size and
type of apparatus and equipment; calculations of the OTTV and overall
U0 of the walls, roof/ceiling, and floors; controls, and other perti-
nent data to indicate conformance to this article.
2201.5 INSPECTIONS
2201.51 GENERAL: All construction for which a permit is required
shall be subject to inspections by the building official as specified
in sections 108.14 and 111.0.
2201.6 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
2201.61 IDENTIFICATION: Where practicable, all materials and equip-
ment referenced in section 2201.42 shall be marked in order to show
compliance with the approved plans and specifications.
2201.62 ALTERNATE MATERIALS - METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION, DESIGN, OR
INSULATING SYSTEMS: The provisions of this article are not intended
to prevent the use of any material, method of construction, design,
or insulating system not specifically prescribed herein, provided
that such construction, design, or insulating system has been approved
by the Commission as determined by section 108.13.
2201.63 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION: Service systems which require pre-
ventive maintenance to maintain efficient operation shall be fur-
nished with complete necessary maintenance information. Required
routine maintenance actions, as specified by the manufacturer, shall
be stated clearly and incorporated on a readily accessible label on
the equipment. Such label may be limited to identifying, by title
or publication number, the operation and maintenance manual for that
particular model and type of product.
2201.631 MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBLITY: The owner or his designated
agent shall be responsible for the proper maintenance of the build-
ing or structure and its service systems.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 706
SECTION 2202.0 DEFINITIONS
AIR CONDITIONING: The process of treating air so as to control si-
multaneously the temperature, humidity, cleanliness, and distribu-
tion to meet the requirements of the conditioned space.
AIR TRANSPORT FACTOR: The ratio of the rate of useful sensible heat
removal from the conditioned space to the energy input to the sup-
ply and return fan motor(s), expressed in consistent units and un-
der the designated operating conditions.
AUTOMATIC: Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism when actuated
by some impersonal influence such as a change in electric current,
pressure, temperature, or mechanical configuration. (See definition
of manual)
BOILER CAPACITY: The amount of heat output in Btu/h at the design
temperature rise and rated input.
BUILDING ENVELOPE: The elements of a building which enclose con-
ditioned spaces through which thermal energy may be transferred
to or from the exterior.
COEFFICIENT OF PERFORMANCE (COP): See section 2204.34 for the def-
initions of COP as appropriate:
Electrically Operated HVAC Equipment - Cooling
Applied HVAC System Components - Cooling
Heat Operated HVAC System Equipment - Cooling
Heat Pump - Heating
COMFORT ENVELOPE: The area on a psychrometric chart enclosing all
those conditions described in Std RS-4, as being comfortable.
COMPONENT: An integral part of a building or its mechanical systems;
an element of a building envelope.
CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA: All portions of interior gross floor area
which are contained within exterior walls and which are conditioned
directly or indirectly by an energy-using system. (See gross floor
area)
DEGREE DAY, HEATING: A unit, based upon temperature difference and
time, used in estimating fuel consumption and specifying nominal
heating load of a building in winter. For any one day, when the
mean temperature is less than 65°F there exists as many degree days
as there are Fahrenheit degrees difference in temperature between
the mean temperature for the day and 65°F.
Vol. 18 - 707
1/1/78
EFFICIENCY, OVERALL SYSTEM: For a designated time period, the ratio
of useful energy at the point of use to the thermal energy input
expressed in percent.
ENERGY: The capacity for doing work. Energy takes a number of forms
which may be transformed from one into another, such as thermal
(heat), mechanical (motion), electrical, and chemical. In customary
units, energy is measured in kilowatt-hours (kwh) or British thermal
units (Btu) .
ENERGY EFFICIENCY RATIO (EER) : The ratio of net cooling capacity in
Btu/h to total rate of electric input in watts under designated op-
erating conditions.
FENESTRATION: Any light-transmitting devices in the building envelope
admitting natural light.
FUEL: a solid, liquid, or gaseous substance with a high energy content
that can be burned to release the energy.
GROSS FLOOR AREA: The floor area within the perimeter of the outside
walls of the building, with no deduction for hallways, stairs,
closets, thickness of walls, columns, or other features.
GROSS WALL AREA: The exterior wall area bounding interior space which
is conditioned by an energy-using system. It includes the opaque
wall, and window and door areas.
HEAT: The form of energy that is transferred by virtue of a temper-
ature difference.
HEATED SPACE: Space, within a building, that is provided with a pos-
itive heat supply to maintain air temperature of 50 F or higher.
HUMIDISTAT: An instrument which measures changes in humidity and
controls a device(s) for maintaining a desired humidity.
HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning.
HVAC SYSTEM: A system that provides either collectively or individu-
ally the processes of comfort heating, ventilating, and/or air con-
ditioning within or associated with a building.
ILLUMINATION: The density of the luminous flux incident on a surface;
it is the quotient of the luminous flux and the area of the surface
when the latter is uniformly illuminated.
INFILTRATION: The uncontrolled inward air leakage through cracks and
interstices in any building element and around windows and doors of
a building, caused by the pressure effects of wind and/or the effect
of differences in the indoor and the outdoor air density.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 708
MANUAL: Capable of being operated by personal intervention. (see
automatic)
NON-DEPLETABLE ENERGY SOURCES: Sources of energy (excluding min-
erals) derived from incoming solar radiation including photosyn-
thetic processes; from phenomena resulting therefrom including
wind, waves and tides, lake or pond thermal differences; and energy
derived from the internal heat of the earth, including nocturnal
thermal exchanges.
OPAQUE AREAS: All exposed areas of a building envelope which enclose
conditioned space, except openings for windows, skylights, doors,
and building service systems.
OUTSIDE AIR: Air taken from the outdoors and, therefore, not pre-
viously circulated through the system.
OVERALL THERMAL TRANSFER VALUE, OTTV: Overall heat gain through the
building wall.
PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONER: A factory-selected combination of
heating and cooling components, assemblies, or sections, intended
to serve a room or zone.
POSITIVE HEAT SUPPLY: Heat supplied to a space by design.
POWER: In connection with machines, power is the time rate of doing
work. In connection with the transmission of energy of all types,
power refers to the rate at which energy is transmitted; in custom-
ary units, it is measured in watts (W) or British thermal units per
hour (Btu/h).
READILY ACCESSIBLE: Capable of being reached quickly for operation,
maintenance, or inspection, without requiring those to whom ready
access is requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort
to portable ladders, chairs, etc.
RECOVERED ENERGY: Energy utilized which would otherwise be wasted
from a system that utilizes energy for any purpose.
REHEAT: The application of sensible heat to the supply air that has
been previously cooled below the temperature of the conditioned
space by either mechanical refrigeration or the introduction of
outdoor air.
RESET: Adjustment of the set point of a control instrument to a
higher or a lower value, either automatically or manually in order
to conserve energy.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 709
ROOM AIR CONDITIONER: An encased assembly designed as a unit for
mounting in a window or through a wall, or as a console. It is
designed primarily to provide free delivery of conditioned air to
an enclosed space, room or zone. It includes a prime source of
refrigeration for cooling and dehumidification and means for cir-
culating and cleaning air, and may also include means for ventilat-
ing and heating.
SENSIBLE HEAT: Heat added or removed which can be measured by a change
in temperature of the substance.
SEQUENCE: A consecutive series of operations.
SERVICE SYSTEMS: All energy-using systems in a building that are op-
erated to provide services for the occupants or processes housed
therein, including HVAC, service water heating, illumination, trans-
portation, cooking or food preparation, laundering or similar func-
tions.
SERVICE WATER HEATING: Supply of hot water for domestic or commercial
purposes other than comfort heating.
SERVICE WATER HEATING DEMAND: The maximum design rate of heated water
withdrawal from a service water heating system in a designated per-
iod of time (usually an hour or a day).
SHADING COEFFICIENT: The ratio of the solar heat gain through a glaz-
ing system corrected for external and internal shading to the solar
gain through an unshaded single light of double strength sheet glass
under the same set of conditions.
SOLAR ENERGY SOURCE: Source of thermal, chemical or electrical energy
derived directly from conversion of incident solar radiation.
SYSTEM: A combination of equipment and/or controls, accessories, in-
terconnecting means, and terminal elements by which energy is trans-
formed and delivered to desired areas so as to perform a special
function, such as HVAC, service water heating, or illumination.
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE EQUIVALENT, TDEQ: Total heat flow through the
structure caused by solar radiation and outside temperature.
TERMINAL ELEMENT: The means by which the transformed energy from a
system is finally delivered; i.e., registers, diffusers, lighting
fixtures, faucets, etc.
THERMAL RESISTANCE, R: A measure of the ability to retard the flow
of heat. The R value is the reciprocal of the heat transfer co-
efficient. R = 1/U
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 710
THERMAL TBANSMITTANCE , U: Coefficient of heat transmission (air to
air) expressed in units of Btu per hour per square foot per degree
F. It is the time rate of heat flow. The U value applies to com-
binations of different materials used in series along the heat flow
path, single materials used in series along the heat flow path,
single materials that comprise a building section, cavity air spaces,
and surface air films on both sides of a building element.
THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE OVERALL, UQ or Overall U0: Overall (average)
heat transmission of a gross area of the exterior building envelope,
expressed in units of Btu per hour per square foot per degree F.
The U0 value applies to the combined effect of the time rate of heat
flows through the various parallel paths, such as windows, doors,
and opaque construction areas, comprising the gross area of one or
more exterior building components, such as walls, floors, or
roof/ceiling.
THERMOSTAT: An instrument which measures changes in temperature, and
controls device (s) for maintaining a desired temperature.
UNITARY COOLING AND HEATING EQUIPMENT: One or more factory-made as-
semblies which normally include an evaporator or cooling coil, a
compressor and condenser combination, and may include a heating func-
tion as well. Where such equipment is provided in more than one
assembly, the separate assemblies shall be designed to be used to-
gether.
UNITARY HEAT PUMP: One ore more factory -made assemblies which normally
include an indoor conditioning coil, compressor(s) and outdoor coil
or refrigerant-to-water heat exchanger, including means to provide
both heating and cooling functions. It is designed to provide the
functions of air-circulation, air cleaning, cooling, and heating
with controlled temperature, and de-humidifying, and may optionally
include the function of humidifying. When such equipment is pro-
vided in more than one assembly, the separate assemblies shall be
designed to be used together.
VENTILATION AIR: That portion of supply air which comes from outdoors,
plus any recirculated air that has been treated to maintain the de-
sired quality of air within a designated space. (See Std. RS-3 and
section 2203.3 of this article).
ZONE: A space or group of spaces within a building with heating
and/or cooling requirements sufficiently similar so that comfort
conditions can be maintained throughout by a single controlling
device.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 711
SECTION 2203.0 DESIGN CONDITIONS
2203.1 GENERAL: The criteria of this section establish the minimum
requirements for the thermal design of the exterior envelope of build-
ings and for HVAC systems and their parts.
2203.11 A building that is designed to be both heated and cooled shall
meet the more stringent of the heating or cooling requirements as pro-
vided in this article when requirements differ.
2203.12 The design of buildings for energy conservation shall not
create conditions of accelerated deterioration from moisture conden-
sation.
2203.2 DESIGN PARAMETERS: The following design parameters shall be
used for calculations required under this section.
a) Table 22-1
Design Temperatures .and
Degree Days
Heating
Cooling
Cooling
Degree
Heating
Degrees F.
Degrees F.
Days
Degrees F.
Dry Bulb
Wet Bulb
Boston
5634
+10
88
74
Clinton
6517
+2
85
74
Fall River
5774
+9
86
74
Framingham
6144
+3
89
74
Lawrence
6195
+1
88
74
Lowell
6056
+3
89
74
New Bedford
5395
+13
84
73
Pittsfield
7578
+1
84
74
Springfield
5844
+1
88
74
Taunton
6184
+5
86
75
Worcester
6969
+1
87
73
b) Indoor design temperature shall be 72 deg. F for heating and
78 deg. F for cooling.
c) Indoor design relative humidity for heating shall not exceed
30 percent. For cooling, the actual design relative humidity
within the comfort envelope as defined in Std. RS-4 shall be
selected for minimum total HVAC system energy use in accord-
ance with accepted practice.
2203.3 VENTILATION: Ventilation air shall conform to Std. RS-3.
The minimum value for each type of occupancy shall be used for de-
sign. The ventilation quantities specified are for 100 percent out-
door air ventilating systems. A reduction to 33 percent of the spe-
cified outdoor values for recirculating HVAC systems is permitted.
In no case shall the outdoor air quantity be less than 5 cfm per per-
son. The air quality shall conform with the requirements of Std. RS-3.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 712
EXCEPTION: If outdoor air quantities other than those specified are
used or required because of special occupancy or process requirements
source control of air contamination, or other standards, the required
outdoor air quantities shall be used as the basis for calculating the
heating and cooling design loads.
SECTION 2204.0 COMPONENT DESIGN
2204.1 GENERAL: All buildings that are heated or mechanically cooled
shall be constructed so as to provide the required thermal performance
of the various components.
2204.2 BUILDING ENCLOSURE ELEMENTS
2204.21 GROSS WALL AREA: For the purposes of this article, the gross
area of exterior walls consists of all opaque wall areas, including
foundation walls above grade, between floor spandrels, peripheral edges
of floors, window areas including sash, and door areas, where such sur-
faces are exposed to outdoor air and enclose a heated or mechanically
cooled space including interstitial areas between two such spaces.
2204.22 ROOF ASSEMBLY: For the purposes of this article, a roof as-
sembly shall be considered as all components of the roof/ceiling en-
velope through which heat flows, thereby creating a building trans-
mission heat loss or gain, where such assembly is exposed to outdoor
air and encloses a heated or mechanically cooled space.
The gross area of a roof assembly consists of the total interior sur-
face of such assembly, including skylights exposed to the heated or
mechanically cooled space.
Where air ceiling plenums are employed, the roof /ceiling assembly
shall:
a) For thermal transmittance purposes, not include the ceiling
proper nor the plenum space as part of the assembly; and,
b) For gross area purposes, be based upon the interior face of the
upper plenum surface.
2204.23 BUILDING INSULATION
a) Materials used for insulation shall be of proven effectiveness
and adequate durability to assure that required design conditions
concerning heat losses or fire rating are attained. Insulation
in contact with the ground shall not be adversely affected by
soil, vermin, or water.
b) Conditions of Use:
1) Foam plastic insulation shall have a flame spread racing of
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 713
0-75 tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. In habitable and
nonhabitable areas foam plastic insulation shall be covered
and protected by an interior finish material having a finish
rating of at least 15 minutes.
2) When blown or poured type of insulation is installed in at-
tics, caution shall be exercised to assure complete and ad-
equate application of insulation. When eave vents are in-
stalled, adequate baffling must be provided so as to deflect
the incoming air above the surface of the insulation. Baf-
fles shall be installed prior to insulation, shall be of dur-
able material and shall be installed over the exterior wall
at an angle to provide a 2 in. clearance under the roof deck
for upward flow of ventilation air to the fixed vents in the
upper portion of the attic.
2204.24 CRITERIA FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS
a) The requirements herein shall apply to all buildings and struc-
tures or portions thereof in use groups L-l, L-2 and L-3 (hotels,
multi-family, and one- and two-family) that are heated or mech-
anically cooled when not more than three (3) stories or forty
(40) feet in height.
b) Insulation may be omitted from floors over unheated areas when
foundation walls are insulated.
c) In the case of slab on grade floors, the insulation shall extend
downward from the top of the slab for a minimum of 24 inches
below exterior grade or downward to the bottom of the slab then
horizontally beneath the slab for a minimum total distance of
24 inches.
d) Air leakage (see section 2204.27).
e) The following table gives thermal transmittance values for all
buildings in these classes.
An overall U value of 0.20 for the combination of walls, doors
o
and windows may be used in lieu of the separate U values listed
for "walls", 'foundation walls", and "doors and windows". The
overall U of 0.20 must be used when the fenestration exceeds
20 percent of the gross exterior wall area. See equation 1 for
the calculation of the overall U .
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 714
TABLE 22-2
MAXIMUM U VALUES OF WALLS, ROOF/CEILINGS, AND FLOORS
FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS OF SECTION 2204.24
ELEMENT
DESCRIPTION
U VALUE
Walls, except
foundation walls
All Construction
0.08 Note 1
Foundation walls
All Construction
0.17
Roof/Ceiling
All Other Roof/Ceilings
0.05 Note 2
Doors and Windows
All Construction
0.65 Note 3
Floors
Floor Sections Over Areas
Exposed to Outside Air
0.08
Unheated Slab on Grade
5.50 Note 4
Heated Slab on Grade
7.75 Note 4
Note 1: This value may be used when the fenestration does
not exceed 20 percent of the gross exterior wall area.
Note 2: Exception: Roof/Ceiling assemblies in which the
finished interior surface is essentially the under-
side of the roof deck, such as a wooden cathedral
ceiling, may have a maximum U value of 0.08.
Note 3: Double glazing or permanently installed storm windows
will satisfy the required U value of 0.65.
Note 4: R value for perimeter insulation.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 715
2204.25 CRITERIA FOR ALL BUILDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE COVERED BY
SECTION 2204.24:
a) Li, L2> and L, residential building over three stories or over
forty feet high, and all non-residential buildings shall have
an overall thermal transmittance value (U0) based upon the fol-
lowing formula (Equation 1) and not exceeding the values shown
in Table 22-3.
TABLE 22-3
MAXIMUM OVERALL U0 VALUES OF WALLS, ROOF AND FLOORS
FOR BUILDINGS OF SECTION 2204.25
ELEMENT
DESCRIPTION
OVERALL UQ VALUE
Walls
Note 1
3 Stories and Under
0.25
Over 3 Stories
0.30
Roof
All Construction
0.07
Floors
Over Unheated Spaces
0.08
Unhealed Slab on Grade
5.50Note 2
Heated Slab on Grade
7.75 Note 2
Note 1: For cooling see section 2204.25b.
Note 2: R-Value for Perimeter Insulation.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 716
U =UA +UA + u\A,
6 5 (Equation 1)
Where
U = the average or combined transmittance of the gross ex-
terior wall, floor, or roof/ceiling assembly.
A = the gross exterior wall, floor, or roof/ceiling assembly
area.
U = the thermal transmittance of the components of the opaque
wall, floor, or roof/ceiling assembly.
Aw= opaque wall, floor, or roof /ceiling assembly area.
U = the thermal transmittance of the glazing (window or sky-
8 light).
Ag= glazing area.
Uj= the thermal transmittance of the door or similar opening.
Acj= the door area.
NOTE: Where more than one type of wall, window, roof/ceiling, door,
and skylight is used, the U and A terms for those items shall
be expanded into sub-elements as Uw^, A^ and Uw2» A-^j etc.
b) Where cooling is a consideration, the formula (Equation 2) for
overall thermal transfer value for exterior walls (OTTV) applies
for all buildings except Lo residential buildings. The maximum
allowable values for OTTV shall be 34.2 Btu/h/sq. ft. of gross
area of exterior walls for the portion of building being cooled.
OTTV = (UwAwTDeQ) + (AfSFSC) + (UfAfAT) ■
" e1 i r _ (Equation 2)
Where
OTTV ~ overall thermal transfer value for exterior walls.
A = gross exterior wall.
Uw = U value of opaque wall (all elements)
aJ. = opaque wall area.
Uf = U value of fenestration area.
Af = fenestration area.
TDEq = temperature difference value (from Table 22-4).
SC = shading coefficient of the fenestration (see definition).
AT = temperature difference between exterior and interior design
conditions, degrees Fahrenheit.
SF = solar factor value (130 Btu/h/sq. ft.)
NOTE: Where more than one type of wall and/or fenestration is used,
the respective terms for those elements shall be expanded into
sub-elements .
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 717
TABLE 22-4
TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCES FOR USE WITH EQUATION 2
WEIGHT OF WALL CONSTRUCTION
LBS/FT.2
TD_„ FACTOR
tQ
0-25
44
26-40
37
41-70
30
71 and above
23
2204.26 ALTERNATES: The stated U (or U) value of any one assembly,
such as roof /ceiling, wall or floor, may be increased and the U0 (or
D) value for other components decreased provided that the overall
heat gain or loss for the entire building envelope does not exceed
the total resulting from conformance to the stated U_ (or U) values.
2204.27 AIR LEAKAGE FOR ALL BUILDINGS
a) The requirements of this section shall apply to all buildings
and structures and apply to those locations separating outdoor
ambient conditions from interior spaces that are heated or
mechanically cooled and are not applicable to the separation
of interior conditioned spaces from each other.
b) Exterior joints around windows and door frames; openings between
walls and foundations, between walls and roof and between wall
panels; openings at penetrations of utility services through
walls, floors and roofs; and all other such openings in the
building envelope shall be caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped,
or otherwise sealed.
c) All exterior doors and windows shall be designed to limit air
leakage into or from the building envelope, and shall have air
infiltration rates no greater than those shown in Table 22-5.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
718
TABLE 22-5 ALLOWABLE AIR INFILITRATION RATES
WINDOWS RESIDENTIAL DOORS COMMERCIAL DOORS
(cfm per linear
foot of operable
sash crack)
(cfm per square
foot of door area)
(cfm per linear
foot of crack)
Sliding
Glass
Entrance
Swinging, sliding,
Revolving
0.5
0.5
1.25
11.0
1) When tested at a pressure differential of 1.567 lb./sq. ft.
which is equivalent to the impact pressure of a 25 mph wind.
2) Compliance with the criteria for air leakage of all types of
doors shall be determined by Std. RS-2.
EXCEPTION: Required fire doors with a fire resistive rating over
one (1) hour, and fire windows are exempt from this section.
2204.3 MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
SCOPE: This section covers the determination of heating and cool-
ing loads, design requirements, and equipment and component perform-
ance and control requirements. Criteria are established for insula-
ting HVAC systems and for duct construction.
EXCEPTION: Special application, including but not limited to hos-
pitals, laboratories, rooms containing thermally sensitive equipment
such as computers, may be exempted from the requirements of this sec-
tion. Certification of special needs shall be submitted under sec-
tion 2201.4.
2204.31 CALCULATION OF HEATING AND COOLING LOADS
CALCULATION PROCEDURES: For the purpose of sizing HVAC systems,
heating and cooling design loads shall be determined in accordance
with techniques recommended in the appropriate ASHRAE publications.
The design parameters specified in section 2203.0 shall apply for
all computations.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 719
Infiltration for heating and cooling design loads shall be calculated
using techniques recommended in the appropriate ASHRAE publications.
Infiltration rates shall not exceed those of Table 22-5.
SYSTEM DESIGN HEATING/COOLING CAPACITY: The rated capacity of the
heating/cooling system at design conditions shall not be greater than
125% of the design output load calculated in accordance with this
article. Equipment designed for standby purposes is not included in
the capacity limitation requirement. The cooling cycles of heat pumps
are exempt from this requirement.
2204.32 SIMULTANEOUS HEATING AND COOLING
Simultaneous heating and cooling by reheating or recooling supply
air or by concurrent operation of independent heating and cooling
systems serving a common zone shall be restricted as delineated below.
a) Recovered energy, provided the new energy expended in the re-
covery process is less than the amount recovered, may be used
for control of temperature and humidity. (New energy is defined
as energy, other than recovered, utilized for the purpose of
heating or cooling.)
b) New energy may be used, when necessary, to prevent relative
humidity from rising above 60 percent for comfort control or
to prevent condensation on terminal units or outlets.
c) New energy may be used for control of temperature if minimized
as delineated in paragraphs (d) through (h) .
d) Reheat Systems; Systems employing reheat and serving more than one
zone, other than those employing variable air volume for temp-
erature control, shall be provided with controls that will au-
tomatically reset the system cold air supply. The temperature
shall be the highest level that will satisfy the zone requiring
the coolest air. Reheat systems serving only one zone shall be
controlled to sequence reheat and cooling.
e) Dual Duct and Multi Zone Systems: These systems shall be pro-
vided with controls that will automatically reset: (1) the
cold deck air supply to the highest temperature that will satis-
fy the zone requiring the coolest air, and (2) the hot deck air
supply to the lowest temperature that will satisfy the zone re-
quiring the warmest air.
f) Recooling Systems; Systems in which heated air is recooled,
directly or indirectly, to maintain space temperature shall be
provided with controls that will automatically reset the temp-
erature to which the supply air is heated. The temperature
shall be the lowest level that will satisfy the zone requiring
the warmest air.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 720
g) For systems with multiple zones, one or more zones may be chosen
to represent a number of zones with similar heating/cooling
characteristics. A multiple zone HVAC system that employs re-
heating or recooling for control of not more than 5,000 cfm, or
20 percent of the total supply air of the system, whichever is
less, shall be exempt from the supply air temperature reset re-
quirement of paragraphs (d) through (f).
h) Concurrent operations of independent heating and cooling systems
serving common spaces and requiring the use of new energy for
heating or cooling shall be minimized by one or both of the fol-
lowing:
1) By providing sequential temperature control of both heating
and cooling capacity in each zone.
2) By limiting the heating energy input through automatic re-
set control of the temperature of the heating medium to only
that necessary to offset heat loss due to transmission and
infiltration and, where applicable, to heat the ventilation
air supply to the space.
2204.33 ENERGY RECOVERY
Consideration shall be given to the use of recovery systems which
will conserve energy (provided the amount expended is less than the
amount recovered) when the energy transfer potential and the operat-
ing hours are considered.
2204.34 HVAC EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a) The requirements of this section apply to equipment and com-
ponent performance for heating, ventilating, and air condition-
ing systems. Where equipment efficiency levels are specified,
data furnished by the equipment supplier, or certified under
a nationally-recognized certification program or rating pro-
cedure, shall be used to satisfy these requirements.
b) HVAC-System Heating Equipment, Heat Pumps-Heating Mode: Heat
pumps whose energy input is entirely electric shall show a
coefficient of performance (COP heating, as defined herein) not
less than the values shown in Table 22-6.
1) These requirements apply to, but are not limited to, unitary
heat pumps (air source and water source) in the heating
mode, and to heat pumps in the packaged terminal air-con-
ditioner and room air-conditioner forms in the heating mode.
Field assembled unitary heat pumps, consisting of one or
more components, shall show compliance with this section.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 721
2) Coefficient of performance Heating; The ratio of the rate
of net heat output to the rate of total energy input, ex-
pressed in consistent units and under designated rating
conditions .
The rate of net heat output shall be defined as the change
in the total heat content of the air between entering and
leaving the equipment (not including supplementary heat).
Total energy input shall be determined by combining the en-
ergy inputs to all elements of the heat pump except supple-
mentary heaters. This includes, but is not limited to, com-
pressor^), pump(s), supply-air fan(s), return-air fan(s),
outdoor-air fan(s), cooling-tower fan(s), and the HVAC-system
equipment control circuit.
3) Supplementary Heater: The heat pump shall be installed with
a control to prevent supplementary heater operation when
the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone.
Supplementary heater operation is permitted during transient
periods, such as start-ups, following room thermostat set-
point advance, and during defrost.
A two-stage thermostat, which controls the supplementary
heat on its second stage, shall be accepted as meeting this
requirement. The cut-on temperature for the compression
heating shall be higher than the cut-on temperature for the
supplementary heat, and the cut-off temperature for the com-
pression heating shall be higher than the cut-off temperature
for the supplementary heat. Supplementary heat may be de-
rived from any source of electric resistance heating or com-
bustion heating.
c) HVAC-System Combustion Heating Equipment: All gas and oil fired
comfort heating equipment shall show a minimum combustion ef-
ficiency of 75 percent at maximum rated output. Combustion ef-
ficiency is defined as 100 percent minus stack losses in percent
of heat input. Stack losses are:
1) Loss due to sensible heat in dry flue gas.
2) Loss due to incomplete combustion.
3) Loss due to sensible and latent heat in moisture formed by
combustion of hydrogen in the flue.
d) Mechanical Ventilation: Each mechanical ventilation system
(supply and/or exhaust) shall be equipped with a readily ac-
cessible means for either shut-off or volume reduction, and
shut-off when ventilation is not required.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 722
e) HVAC-System Equipment, Electrically Operated Cooling Mode:
HVAC-system equipment as listed below whose energy input in
the cooling mode is entirely electric, shall show a Coefficient
of Performance (COP) cooling as defined herein not less than the
values shown in Table 22-7.
1) These requirements apply to, but are not limited to, unitary
cooling equipment (air-cooled, water-cooled and evaporatively-
cooled); the cooling mode of unitary heat pumps (air source
and water source); packaged terminal air-conditioners; and
room air-conditioners.
EXCEPTION: These requirements do not apply to equipment
used in areas having open refrigerated food display cases.
2) Coefficient of Performance Cooling: The ratio of the rate
of net heat removal to the sate of total energy input, ex-
pressed in consistent units and under designated rating con-
ditions.
The rate of net heat removal shall be defined as the change
in the total heat content of the air between entering and
leaving the equipment (without re-heat).
Total energy input shall be determined by combining the en-
ergy inputs to all elements of the equipment, including,
but not limited to, compressor(s) , pump(s), suppiy-air fan(s),
return-air fan(s), condenser-air fan(s), cooling-tower fan(s),
and pump(s), and the HVAC-system equipment control circuit.
f) Applied HVAC-System Components, Electrically Operated, Cooling
Mode: HVAC-system components, as listed in Table 22-8, whose
energy input is entirely electric, shall show a Coefficient of
Performance (COP) cooling, as defined herein, and not less than
the values shown in Table 22-8.
1) Coefficient of Performance (COP) Cooling: The ratio of the
rate of net heat removal to the rate of total energy input,
expressed in consistent units and under designated rating
conditions.
The rate of net heat removal is defined as the difference
in total heat content o f the water or refrigerant entering
ar.d leaving the component .
Total energy input shall be determined by combining the en-
ergy inputs to all elements and accessories of the component,
including but not limited to compressor(s) , internal circu-
lating pump(s), condenser-air fan(s) , evaporative-condenser
cooling water pump(s), purge, and the HVAC-system component
control circuit.
Vl/78
Vol. 18 - 723
g) HVAC-System Equipment - Heat Operated Cooling Mode. Efficiency
Limitation, Equipment: Heat operated cooling equipment shall
show a (COP) cooling not less than the values shown in Table
22-9. These requirements apply to, but are not limited to ab-
sorption equipment, engine driven equipment, and turbine drive
equipment.
1) Where the refrigeration components are supplied by different
manufacturers, it shall be the responsibility of the system
designer to determine compliance with these requirements,
using data provided by the suppliers of the elements.
2204.35 ENERGY FOR AIR DELIVERY
The air transport factor for each all-air HVAC system shall not be
less than 4.0. The factor shall be based on design system air flow
for constant volume systems. The factor for variable air volume sy-
stems may be based on average conditions of operation. Energy for
transfer of air through heat recovery devices shall not be included
in determining the factor; however, such energy shall be included in
the evaluation of the effectiveness of the heat recovery system.
Space Sensible Heat Removal*
Air Transport Factor = (supply +' Return Fan(s) Power Input)*
*Expressed in Btu/h
2204.36 CONTROLS
a) Temperature Control: Each HVAC system shall be provided with
at least one thermostat for the regulation of temperature.
Each thermostat shall be capable of being set as follows:
1) Where used to control heating only 55-75°F.
2) Where used to control cooling only 70-85°F.
3) Where used to control both heating and cooling it shall be
capable of being set from 55-85°F and shall be capable of
operating the system heating and cooling in sequence. It
shall be adjustable to provide a temperature range of up to
10°F between full heating and full cooling, except as al-
lowed in 2204.32(h).
b) Humidity Control: If an HVAC system is equipped with a means
for adding moisture to maintain specific selected relative hu-
midities in spaces or zones, a humidistat shall be provided.
This device shall be capable of being set to prevent new energy
from being used to produce space relative humidity above 30 per-
cent relative humidity. Where a humidistat is used in an HVAC
system for controlling moisture removal to maintain specific
^Z78 Vol. 18 -724
selected relative humidities in spaces or zones, it shall be
capable of being set to prevent new energy from being used to
produce a space relative humidity below 60 percent relative
humidity.
c) Zoning for Temperature Control
1) One and Two-Family Dwellings: At least one thermostat for
regulation of space temperature shall be provided for each
separate HVAC system. In addition,- a readily accessible
manual or automatic means shall be provided to partially
restrict or shut off the heating and/or cooling input to
each zone or floor.
EXCEPTION: Non-conditioned basements and garages.
2) Multi-Family Dwellings: For multi-family dwellings, each
individual dwelling unit shall be considered separately and
shall meet the above requirements. Spaces other than living
units shall meet the requirements of paragraph 3 below.
3) All Other Types of Buildings or Occupancies: At least one
thermostat for regulation of space temperature shall be pro-
vided for:
a) Each separate HVAC system.
b) Each separate zone as defined In section 2202. As a
minimum each floor of a building shall be considered
as a separate zone. In a multi-story building where
the perimeter system offsets only the transmission losses
of the exterior wall, an entire side of uniform exposure
may be zoned separately. A readily accessible manual or
automatic means shall be provided to partially restrict
or shut off the heating and/or cooling input (for the
exposure) to each floor.
4) Control Setback and Shut-Off
a) Residential Occupancy (Groups L2> L_): The thermostat
required in paragraphs (c) 1 & 2, or an alternate means
such as a switch or clock, shall provide a readily ac-
cessible, manual or automatic means for reducing the
energy required for heating and cooling during periods
of non-use or reduced need, such as, but not limited to,
unoccupied periods and sleeping hours.
Vol. 18 - 725
1/1/78
b) Other Buildings and Occupancies: Each HVAC system shall be
equipped with a readily accessible means of shutting off or
reducing the energy used for HVAC during periods of non-use or
alternate uses of the building spaces or zones served by the
system. The following are examples that meet this requirement:
1) Manually adjustable automatic timing devices.
2) Manual devices for use by operating personnel.
3) Automatic control systems.
c) Lowering thermostat set points to reduce energy consumption
of heating systems shall not cause energy to be expended to
reach the reduced setting.
2204.37 DUCT CONSTRUCTION
All duct work shall be constructed and erected in accordance with
the Basic Code and Std. RS-5.
a) High-pressure and medium-pressure ducts shall be leak-tested
in accordance with Std. RS-5.
b) When low pressure supply air ducts are located outside of the
conditioned space (except return air plenums), all transverse
joints shall be sealed using mastic or mastic plus tape. For
fibrous glass duct-work, pressure sensitive tape may be used.
c) Automatic or manual dampers installed for the purpose of shut-
ting off outside air intakes for ventilation air shall be de-
signed with tight shut-off characteristics to minimize air
leakage.
2204.38 AIR HANDLING DUCT SYSTEM INSULATION:
All ducts, plenums and enclosures installed in or on buildings shall
be thermally insulated as follows:
a) All duct systems, or portions thereof, shall be insulated to
provide a thermal resistance, excluding film resistances of:
R = £t (hr) (F) (ft2)/Btu
15
where At = the design temperature differential between the air
in the duct and the surrounding air in °F.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 726
EXCEPTION: Duct insulation (except where required to prevent
condensation) is not required in any of the following cases:
o
1) Where At is 25 F or less for hot air only ducts.
2) Supply or return air ducts installed in crawl -spaces with
insulated walls, and basements or cellars with insulated
walls in one- and two-family dwellings.
3) When the heat gain or loss of the ducts, without insulation,
will not increase the energy requirements of the building.
4) Within HVAC equipment.
5) Exhaust air ducts.
b) Vapor Barriers shall be provided (where required) to prevent
condensation.
2204.39 COOLING WITH OUTDOOR AIR (ECONOMIZER CYCLE)
Each fan system shall be designed to use up to and including 100
percent of the fan system capacity for cooling with outdoor air au-
tomatically whenever its use will result in lower usage of new energy.
Activation of economizer cycle shall be controlled by sensing outdoor
air enthalpy and dry-bulb temperature jointly or outdoor air dry-bulb
temperature alone to accomplish the above.
EXCEPTIONS: Cooling with outdoor air is not required under any one
or more of the following conditions:
a) Fan system capacity less than 5,000 cfm or 134,000 Btu/h total
cooling capacity.
b) The quality of the outdoor air is so poor as to require extensive
treatment of the air.
c) The need for humidification or dehumidification requires the use
of more energy than is conserved by the outdoor air cooling.
d) The use of outdoor air cooling may affect the operation of other
systems so as to increase the overall energy consumption of the
building.
e) Internal/external zone heat recovery or other energy recovery is
used.
f) When all space cooling is accomplished by a circulating liquid
which transfers space heat directly or indirectly to a heat re-
jection device such as a cooling tower without the use of a
refrigeration system.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 727
r.xiu i; no. 22-6
MINIMUM COP FOR IIIAI' I'HMI'S, MIA I 1 NU MOIJK
SOURCE AND OU'lDuOR
TEMPERATURE (°F.)
MINIMUM COP
Air Source - 47 dB/43WB
2.2
Air Source - 17 dB/l5WB
1.2
Watei Source - 60 Entering
2.2
TABLE NO. 22-7M1NJMUM EER AND COP
FOR ELECTRIC I1EATINC, VENTILATING AND
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
STANDARD RAT INC CAPACITY
EER
COP
Under 65,000 BTU/hr (19,050 watts)
6.1
1.8
65,000 BTU/hr (19,050 watts) and over
6.8
2.0
TABLE NO 22-8 MINIMUM COP FOR
ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN HEATING, VENTILATING
AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM COMPONENTS
COMPONENT
CONDENSING
MEANS
AIR
WATER
IVAPORATOR
EER
COP
EER
COP
EER
COP
Centrifugal
7.5
2.2
12.9
3.8
Self-contained
Water chillers
Positive
Displacement
7.2
2.1
10.9
3.2
Condenserless
Water chillers
Positive
Displacement
8.9
2.6
10.9
3.2
Compressor and
Condenser units
65,000 BTU/hr
(19,050 watts
Positive
Displacement
7.8
2.3
11.3
3.3
11.3
3.3
and over)
TABLE NO 22-9 "MINIMUM COP
FOR HEATINC, VENTILATING AND AIR
CONDITIONING SYSTEM HEAT OPERATED
COOLING EQUIPMENT
HEAT SOURCE
MINIMUM COP
Direct fired (gas, oil)
0.40
Indirect fired (steam, hot water)
0.6S
TABLE NO. 22-10
MINIMUM PIPE INSULATION
PIPING SYSTEM TYPES
FLUID
TEMPER-
ATURE
RANCE, F.
INSULATION
INCHES FOR
THICKNESS IN
PIPE SIZES
RUN-
OUTS
UP TO
2"
1"
AND
LESS
1-1/4
TO
2"
2-1/2
TO
4"
5"
TO
6"
8"
AND
LARCER
HEATINC SYSTEMS
Steam and Hot Water
lllfjh Pressure/Temp
Med. Pressure/Temp
Low Pressure/Temp
Low Temperature
306-450
251-305
201-250
120-200
1-1/2
1-1/2
1
1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1
3/4
2
2
1-1/2
1
2-1/2
2-1/2
1-1/2
1
3-1/2
3
2
1
3-1/2
3
2
1-1/2
Slcjn Condensate
(for Feed Water)
Any
1
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
COOLING SYSTEMS
Chilled Water
40-55
1/2
1/2
3/4
1
1
1
Refrigerant, or
Brine
| Uclow 40
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
Vl/78
Vol. 18 - 728
2204.310 BALANCING
The HVAC system design shall provide means for balancing the air
and water systems such as but not limited to dampers, temperature
and pressure test connections, flow measuring stations or meters and
balancing valves. The HVAC systems shall be field balanced to achieve
conditions stated in the plans and specifications.
2204.311 PIPING INSULATION
All piping installed to serve buildings and within buildings shall
be thermally insulated in accordance with Table 22-10, except as
stated herein (for service water heating systems see section 2204.4).
a) Other Insulation Thickness; Insulation thickness in Table
22-10 are based on insulation having thermal resistance in the
range of 4.0 to 4.6 per inch of thickness on a flat surface at
a mean temperature of 75°F. Minimum insulation thickness shall
be increased for materials having R values less than 4.0, or
may be reduced for materials having R values greater than 4.6.
1) For materials with thermal resistance greater than R = 4.6,
the minimum insulation thickness may be reduced as follows:
4.6 X Table 22-10 Thickness = New Minimum Thickness
Actual R
2) For materials with thermal resistance less than R = 4.0,
the minimum insulation thickness shall be increased as fol-
lows:
4.0 X Table 22-10 Thickness = New Minimum Thickness
Actual R
b) Vapor barriers shall be provided to prevent condensation where
required.
c) EXCEPTIONS: Piping insulation is not required in any of the
following cases;
1) Piping installed within HVAC equipment.
2) Piping for fluids at temperatures between 55 F and 120°F.
3) When the heat loss and/or heat gain of the piping, without
insulation, does not increase the heating and/or cooling
energy requirements of the building.
4) Piping, installed in crawl spaces with insulated walls, and
basements or cellars with insulated walls in one- and two-
family dwellings.
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 729
2204.4 SERVICE WATER HEATING
2204.41 SCOPE: The purpose of this section is to provide criteria
for design and equipment selection that will produce energy savings
when applied to service water heating.
2204.42 WATER HEATERS, STORAGE TANKS, BOILERS, AND PIPING
a) Performance Efficiency.
1) All automatic, electric, storage water heater(s) shall have
a stand-by loss not exceeding 4 W/ft. of tank surface area;
when tested in accordance with Std. RS-7.
2) All gas and oil fired, automatic storage heaters shall have
a recovery efficiency (Er) not less than 75 percent and a
stand-by loss percentage (S) not exceeding:
S = 2.3 + 67/V
Where
V = rated volume in gallons
When tested in accordance with Std. RS-7.
EXCEPTION: When using Std. RS-7, oil fired units have a
CF = 1.0;Q equals total gallons of oil consumed; and H
equals total heating value of oil in Btu/gal.
3) Insulation: Heat loss from unfired hot water storage tanks
shall be limited to a maximum of 15 Btu/h/sq. ft. of ex-
ternal tank surface area. The design ambient temperature
shall be no higher than 65°F for calculating heat losses.
4) Combination Service Water Heating/Space Heating Boilers:
Service water heating equipment shall not be dependent
upon year round operation of space heating boilers (that
is, boilers that have winter space heating as another fun-
ction) .
EXCEPTIONS :
a) Exempt from these requirements are systems with service/
space heating boilers having a stand-by loss in Btu/h
less than.-
13.3 pmd + 400 pmd = probable maximum
n d ema nd
n = fraction of year when outdoor daily mean temperature
exceeds 64.9 F.
Vol. 18 - 730
1/1/78
The stand-by loss is to be determined for a test period
of 24 hour duration while maintaining a boiler water
temperature of 90°F above ambient.
b) Type L3 residential buildings.
b) Temperature Controls
1) Service water heating systems shall be equipped with auto-
matic temperature controls capable of adjustment from the
lowest to the highest acceptable temperature settings for
the intended use.
2) Shut down; A separate switch shall be provided to permit
turning off the energy supplied to electric service water
heating systems. A separate valve shall be provided to
permit turning off the fuel supplied to the main burner(s)
of all other types of service water heating systems.
3) Swimming Pools
a) Heated swimming pools shall be equipped with controls
to limit heating water temperatures to no more than
80°F.
EXCEPTION: Pools used for therapeutic purposes are
exempt from this requirement when approved by the
building official.
b) Uncovered (unenclosed) heating pools shall be controlled
so that the electric or fossil-fueled pool water heating
systems are inoperative whenever the outdoor air temp-
erature is below 60 F.
2204.43 PUMP OPERATION
Circulating hot water systems shall be arranged so that the cir-
culating pump(s) can be conveniently turned off, automatically or
manually, when the hot water system is not in operation.
2204.44 INSULATION
Service hot water supply and recirculation piping (except runouts
to fixtures not longer than 10 feet in length) shall be insulated in
accordance with Table 22.10 for low temperature heating system piping.
2204.45 CONSERVATION OF HOT WATER
a) Showers: Showers used for other than safety reasons shall be
equipped with flow control devices to limit total flow to a
maximum of 3 gpm per shower head.
Vol. 18 - 731
Vl/78
b) Lavatories in restrooms of public facilities shall;
1) Be equipped with outlet devices which limit the flow of
hot water to a maximum of 0.5 gpm.
2) Be equipped with devices which limit the outlet temperature
to a maximum of 110°F.
3) Be equipped with self-closing valves that limit delivery
to a maximum of 0.25 gal. of hot water.
2204.5 ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION
2204.51 SCOPE: Electrical distribution systems shall be designed
for efficient distribution of electrical energy from the service en-
trance to the points of use.
2204.52 POWER FACTOR: Utilization equipment rated greater than
100,000 W and lighting equipment greater than 15 W with an inductive
reactance load component, shall have a power factor of not less than
85 percent under rated load conditions. Power factor of less than 85
percent shall be corrected to at least 90 percent under rated load
conditions. Power factor corrective devices, installed to comply with
the Basic Code, shall be switched with the utilization equipment, ex-
cept where this results in an unsafe condition or interferes with the
intended operation of the equipment.
2204.53 SERVICE VOLTAGE: Where a choice of service voltages is avail-
able, a computation shall be made to determine which service voltage
would produce the least energy loss, and that voltage shall be select-
ed.
2204.54 LIGHTING SWITCHING
a) Each area enclosed by ceiling height partitions shall have in-
dependent control of the lighting within that area.
b) All switching devices used to control lighting within an area
shall be readily accessible to personnel occupying that area.
c) For all areas larger than 500 square feet, the connected light-
ing load shall be so controlled that the illumination may be
reduced by at least one half. The maximum area that may be con-
trolled by any two switching devices shall be limited to that
area which can be served by two (2) 20 ampere single pole cir-
cuits, loaded to no more than 80 percent.
Vol. 18 - 732
1/1/78
d) In all interior areas where effective use may be made of natural
light, lighting circuiting shall be arranged so that units, in
portions of the area where natural light is available, are
switched independently of the remainder of the area.
e) In all exterior areas, lighting fixtures shall be switched au-
tomatically for non-operation when natural light is available
2204.55 ELECTRIC ENERGY DETERMINATION: In all multi-family dwellings,
each dwelling unit shall be separately metered.
EXCEPTION: Central, electrically fired heating and/or cooling sy-
stems serving multiple dwelling units.
Vol. 18 - 733
1/1/78
SECTION 2205.0 BUILDING DESIGN BY SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
2205.1 GENERAL: This section establishes design criteria in terms
of total energy use by a building including all of its systems.
2205.11 Compliance with this section is optional and will require an
analysis of the annual energy consumption. Section 2204.0 establishes
criteria for different energy consuming and enclosure elements of the
building which, if followed, will eliminate the requirement for an an-
nual energy analysis while meeting the intent of this article.
A building designed in accordance with this section will be deemed
as complying with this article if the annual energy consumption is
not greater than a similar building (defined as a "standard design")
whose enclosure elements and energy consuming systems are designed in
accordance with section 2204.0.
"Building of similar design" shall mean a building of the same size
and shape, utilizing the same energy source(s) for the same functions,
and having equal floor area, environmental requirements, occupancy,
climate data and usage operational schedule.
2205.12 The standard design, conforming to the criteria of section
2204.0, and the proposed alternative design, shall be designed on a
common basis as specified herein.
The comparison shall be expressed as Btu input per square foot of
gross floor area per year.
Identical energy sources must serve the same purpose in both the
standard and the proposed alternative design. If the proposed al-
ternative design results in an increase in consumption of one energy
source and a decrease in another energy source, each energy source
shall be converted to equivalent Btu units for purposes of comparing
the total energy used .
2205.2 ANALYSIS PROCEDURE: The analysis of the annual energy usage
of the standard and the proposed alternative building and system de-
sign shall meet the following criteria:
a) The building heating/cooling load calculation procedure used
for annual energy consumption analysis shall be of sufficient
detail to permit the evaluation of the effect of the factors
specified in section 2205.21.
b) The calculation procedure used to simulate the operation of
the building and its service systems through a full year oper-
ating period shall be of sufficient detail to permit the eval-
uation of the effect of system design, climatic factors, oper-
ational characteristics, and mechanical equipment on annual
energy usage. Manufacturer's data or comparable field test
Vol. 18 - 734
Vl/78
data shall be used when available in the simulation of all sy-
stems and equipment. The calculation procedure shall be based
upon 8760 hrs . of operation of the building and its service
systems and shall utilize techniques recommended in the appro-
priate ASHRAE publications.
2205.21 The calculation procedure shall cover the following items:
a) Environmental requirements as indicated in section 2203.0.
b) Climatic Data: Coincident hourly data for temperatures, solar
radiation, wind and humidity of typical days in the year repre-
senting seasonal variation.
c) Building data: Orientation, size, shape, transfer character-
istics of mass, air, moisture and heat.
d) Operational characteristics: Temperature, humidity, ventila-
tion, illumination, control sequence for occupied and non-
occupied hours.
e) Mechanical equipment: Design capacity, part load profile.
f) Internal heat generation from lighting, equipment, number of
people during occupied and non-occupied periods.
g) Electrical equipment: Lighting, power consumption.
2205.22 DOCUMENTATION: Proposed alternative designs, submitted as
requests for exception to the standard design criteria, shall be ac-
companied by an energy analysis comparison report prepared by a Mass-
achusetts registered engineer or registered architect. The report
shall provide sufficient technical detail on the two building and
systems designs, and on the data used in and resulting from the com-
parative analysis, to verify that both the analysis and the designs
meet the criteria of this article.
The documentation shall demonstrate that the analysis used is con-
sistent with ASHRAE techniques and accepted engineering practice.
EXCEPTION: Proposed alternative designs for buildings having an
area of 5,000 square feet or less and having the indoor temperature
controlled from a single point are exempted from the full -year energy
analysis as described above. A comparison of energy consumption be-
tween the alternative design and the standard design shall be pro-
vided in a report prepared by a Massachusetts registered professional
engineer or architect. Such analysis shall follow the bin or degree
day methods or other simplified analysis procedures consistent with
accepted engineering practice.
Vol. 18 - 735
1/1/78
2206.0 BUILDING UTILIZING SOLAR, GEOTHERMAL, WIND, OR OTHER NON-
DEPLETABLE ENERGY SOURCES AS ALTERNATIVE DESIGNS
When a proposed alternative building, submitted in accordance with
section 2205.1, utilizes solar, geothermal, wind or other non-deplet-
able energy, that portion supplied to the building shall be excluded
from the total energy chargeable to the proposed alternative design.
To qualify for this exclusion, such energy must be derived from a
specific collection, storage and distribution system. The solar en-
ergy passing through windows shall also be considered as qualifying
if: windows are provided with (1) such operable insulating shutters
or other devices which, when drawn or closed, shall cause the window
area to reduce maximum outward heat flows to *:hose in accordance with
section 2204.0 and, (2) the window areas are shaded or otherwise pro-
tected from the direct rays of the sun during periods when cooling is
required.
This provision shall also apply to nocturnal cooling processes in
lieu of energy consuming processes.
All other criteria covered in section 2205.1 and 2205.2 shall apply
to the proposed alternative designs utilizing non-depletable sources
of energy.
2206.1 DOCUMENTATION: Proposed alternative designs, submitted as re-
quests for exception to the standard design criterial shall be accom-
panied by an energy analysis, as specified in section 2205.2. The re-
port shall provide sufficient technical detail on the alternative build-
ing and system designs and on the data employed in and resulting from
the comparative analyses to verify that both the analyses and the de-
signs meet the criteria of this article.
The energy derived from non-depletable sources and the reduction in
conventional energy requirements derived from nocturnal cooling, shall
be separately identified from the overall building energy use. Support-
ing documentation, on the basis of the performance estimates for the
aforementioned non-depletable energy sources or nocturnal cooling means,
must be submitted.
The documentation shall demonstrate that the analysis used is con-
sistent with ASHRAE techniques.
EXCEPTION: Proposed alternative designs that derive over 50 percent
of their annual thermal requirements (heating, cooling, service water
heating) or over 30 percent of their annual total energy requirements
from non-depletable sources shall be exempted from the necessity of
comparing the proposed design to a standard design which follows the
provisions of section 2205.1. Documentation, verifying the percentage
of annual energy use derived from such non-depletable sources shall be
required as provided in section 2206.1 and shall be prepared by a
Massachusetts registered engineer or architect.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 736
REFERENCE STANDARDS - ARTICLE 22
STANDARD
RS-1
RS-2
RS-3
RS-4
RS-5
RS-6
RS-7
STANDARD TO BE BASED ON THE PROVISIONS
NECESSARY FOR ENFORCEMENT OF THE FOLLOWING
(omitted )
ASTM E 283-73
Standard Method of Test for Rate of Air
Leakage through exterior windows , curtain
walls , and doors; plus
ANSI AI34.I, 13^.2; NWMA
ASHRAE Standard 62-73
"Natural and Mechanical Ventilation"
ASHRAE Standard 55-74
"Thermal Environmental Conditions for
Human Occupancy"
Sheetmetal and Air Conditioning Contractors
National Association:
Low Velocity and Duct Construction
Standards, 4th ed., 1969
High Velocity Duct Construction Standards ,
2nd ed., 1969
Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards
3rd ed., 1972
Standards for Evaluation of Various Heating
A/C Equipment and Devices (34 Standards)
included in ASHRAE 90-75
Hot Water Heater Standards
ANSI C72.1-72
"Household Automatic Electric Storage Type
Water Heaters"
ANSI 221.10.3-74
"Gas Water Heaters Vol. Ill, Circulating Tank"
Vol. 18 - 737
1/1/78
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 738
APPENDIX A
ACCREDITED AUTHORITATIVE AGENCIES
CONCRETE
American Concrete Institute
P. 0. Box 4754 Redford Station
22400 West Seven Mile Road
Detroit, Michigan 48219 ACI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
228 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601 CRSI
Gypsum Association
201 North Wells Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606 GA
National Concrete Masonry Association
2009 Fourteenth Street, North
Arlington, Virginia 22201 NCMA
National Lime Association
4000 Brandywine Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20016 mJi
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, Illinois 60076 • • • PCA
ELECTRICAL
Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers, Inc.
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017. IEEE
Illuminating Engineers Society
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017 IES
International Association of
Electrical Inspectors
802 Busse Highway
Park Ridge, Illinois 60068 XAE1
Vol. 18 - 739
1/1/78
National Electrical Manufacturers
Association
155 East 44th Street
New York, New York 10017 NEMA
National Electric Sign Association
10922 South Western Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60642 NESA
EQUIPMENT
Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration
Institute
1815 North Fort Myer Drive
Arlington, Virginia 22209 ARI
American Gas Association
1032 East 62nd Street
Cleveland, Ohio 44103 AGA
American Petroleum Institute
1625 K Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20005 API
American Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning
Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017 ASHRAE
The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017 ASME
Home Ventilating Institute
230 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60601 HVI
Incinerator Institute of America
2425 Wilson Boulevard
Arlington, Virginia 22201 IIA
The Institute of Boiler and
Radiator Manufacturers
393 Seventh Avenue-lOth Floor
New York, New York 10001 I-B-R
Vol. 18 - 740
1/1/78
National Automatic Sprinkler and
Fire Control Association, Inc.
2 Holland Avenue
White Plains, New York 10603 NASFCA
National Elevator Industry, Inc.
600 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10016 NEI
National LP-Gas Association
79 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603 NLPGA
National Oil Fuel Institute, Inc.
60 East 42nd Street
New York, New York 10017 NOFI
National Environmental Systems
Contractors Association
221 N. LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601 NESCA
Uniform Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Laws Society, Inc.
57 Pratt Street
Hartford, Connecticut 06103 UBPVLS
GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Public Health
Boston, Mass. 02111 Mass-DPH
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Department of Public Safety
Boston, Mass. 02215 Mass-DPS
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Executive Office of Human Services
Boston, Mass. 02202 Mass-EOHS
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Outdoor Advertising Board
Boston, Mass. 02116 Mass-OAB
Department of Defense
Office of Civil Defense
Office of the Secretary of the Army
Washington, D. C. 20390. DOD-OCD
1/2/78 Vo1- 18 ~ 741
Federal Aviation Agency
Systems Research and Development
Service
Washington, D. C. 20553 FAA
Federal Specifications
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D. C. 20234 FS
Forest Products Laboratory
United States Department of
Agriculture
Madison, Wisconsin 53705 FPL
Housing and Home Finance Agency
Division of Housing Research
Washington, D. C. 20410 HHFA
Joint Army-Navy Specifications
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts
Navy Department
Washington, D. C. 20225
Air Material Command
Wright-Patterson Air Force Base
Dayton, Ohio 45433 JAN
National Bureau of Standards
(Department of Commerce)
Washington, D. C. 20234 NBS
National Research Council of Canada
Division of Building Research
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada NRCC
Naval Facilities Engineering
Command
(formerly Bureau of Yards and Docks)
Navy Department
Washington, D. C. 20390 NFEC
Navy Specifications
Bureau of Supplies and Accounts
Navy Department
Washington, D. C. 20225 NS
Product Standards Section
Office of Engineering Standards
Services
National Bureau of Standards
Washington, D. C. 20234 . PS
Vl/78 Vol. 18 - 742
Public Health Service
Department of Health, Education
and Welfare
Washington, D. C. 20201 PHS
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D. C. 20402 GPO
United States Department of
Agriculture
Washington, D. C. 20225 USDA
United States Department of Commerce
Construction Division
Washington, D. C. 20225 USDC
United States Forest Service
Madison, Wisconsin 53705 USFS
United States Department
of Health, Education and Welfare
Washington, D. C. 20201. USHEW
United States Naval Supply Depot
5801 Tabor Avenue
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120 USNSD
INTERIOR FINISHES AND MASONRY
Acoustical and Insulating Materials
Association
205 West Touhy Avenue
Park Ridge, Illinois 60068 . . AIMA
American Hardboard Association
20 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606 AHA
Asphalt and Vinyl Asbestos Tile
Institute
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017 AVATI
Facing Tile Institute
333 North Michigan Avenue
Chicago, Illinois 60601 FTI
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 743
Gypsum Association
201 North Wells Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606 GA
Marble Institute of America, Inc.
Pennsylvania Building
Washington, D. C. 20004 MIA
Indiana Limestone Institute of
America, Inc.
400 East 7th Street-P. 0. Box 489
Bloomington, Indiana 47401 ILIA
National Building Granite Quarries
Association, Inc.
P. 0. Box 444
Concord, New Hampshire 03302 \ NBGQA
National Concrete Masonry Association
2009 Fourteenth Street, North
Arlington, Virginia 22201 NCMA
National Lime Association
4000 Brandywine Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20016 NLA
National Particleboard Association
711 Fourteenth Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20005 NPA
Perlite Institute, Inc.
45 West 45th Street
New York, New York 10036 PI
Portland Cement Association
5420 Old Orchard Road
Skokie, Illinois 60076 PCA
The Society of the Plastics
Industry, Inc.
250 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017 SPI
Brick Institute of America
1750 Old Meadow Road
McLean, Virginia 22101 BIA
(Formerly Structural Clay
Products Institute)
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 744
Tile Council of America
Research Center-P. 0. Box 326
Princeton, New Jersey 08540 TCA
Verraiculite Institute
141 West Jackson Blvd.
Chicago, Illinois 60604 VI
METAL AND STEEL
Aluminum Association
750 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10017 AA
American Institute of Steel
Construction, Inc.
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10017 AISC
American Iron and Steel Institute
150 East 42nd Street
New York, New York 10017 AISI
American Welding Society
2501 N. W. Seventh Street
Miami, Florida 33125 AWS
Architectural Aluminum
Manufacturers Association
35 East Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601 AAMA
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
2029 K Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20006 CISPI
Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
228 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601 CRSI
Copper Development Association, Inc.
405 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 CDA
Lead Industries Association, Inc.
292 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10017 LIA
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 745
Metal Building Manufacturers
Association
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115 MBMA
Metal Lath Association
12703 Triskett
Cleveland, Ohio 44111 MLA
National Association of Architectural
Metal Manufacturers
228 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60601 NAAMM
Rail Steel Bar Association
38 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603 RSBA
Research Council on Riveted and
Bolted Structural Joints of the
Engineering Foundation
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, N. Y. 10017 RCRBSJEF
Steel Deck Institute
9836 W. Roosevelt Road
Westchester, Illinois 60153 SDI
Steel Bar Mills Association
(formerly Rail Steel Bar
Association)
38 South Dearborn Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603 SBMA
Steel Door Institute
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115. . SDI
Steel Joist Institute
2001 Jefferson Davis Highway
Arlington, Virginia 22202 SJI
Steel Scaffolding & Shoring Institute
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115 SSSI
The Steel Window Institute
2130 Keith Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44115 SWI
1/1/78 VDl- 18 " 746
Wire Reinforcement Institute
5034 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Washington, D. C. 20016 VKl
GENERAL STANDARDS AND TESTING LABORATORIES
American Insurance Association
85 John Street
New York, New York 10038 . . AIA
American National Standards Institute, Inc.
(formerly United States of America
Standards Institute, Inc USA5I)
(formerly American Standards Association)
1430 Broadway
New York, New York 10018 Mii>l
American Society for Testing and
Materials
P. 0. Box 7510
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101 ... A5TM
Factory Mutual Engineering Division
Standards-Laboratories Department
1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike
Norwood, Massachusetts 02062 FMED
General Electric Company
3198 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101 GE
National Fire Protection Association
470 Atlantic Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02110 NFiPA
National Sanitation Foundation
Testing Laboratory, Inc.
School of Public Health
P. 0. Box 1468
Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106 N5*1L
United States of America
Standards Institute, Inc.
(See American National Standards, Inc ANSI)
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, Illinois 60611 ULI
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 747
FIRE TESTING LABORATORIES (FLOOR, WALLS, ROOF AND SIMILAR TESTS)
National Bureau of Standards
(Department of Commerce)
Superintendent of Documents
Government Printing Office
Washington, D. C. 20234 NBS
The Ohio State University
Building Research Laboratory
2070 Neil Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43210 OSU
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, Illinois 60611 ULI
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062 . . . ULI
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
1655 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95050 ULI
University of California at Berkeley
College of Engineering
Berkeley, California 94720 UCB
FLAMESPREAD TESTING LABORATORIES
Southwest Research Institute
8500 Culebra Road
San Antonio, Texas 78228 SWRI
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
1655 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, California 95050 ULI
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062 ULI
STRUCTURAL TESTING LABORATORIES
The Detroit Testing Laboratory, Inc.
12800 Northend Avenue
Detroit, Michigan 48237 DTL
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 748
Forest Products Laboratory
United States Department
of Agriculture
Madison, Wisconsin 53705 FPL
General Electric Company
3198 Chestnut Street
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19101 GE
Robert W. Hunt Company
810 South Clinton
Chicago, Illinois 60607 RWH
IIT Research Institute
(formerly Armour Research
Foundation)
10 West 35th Street
Chicago, Illinois 60616 IITRI
NAHB Research Foundation, Inc.
Research Laboratory
Rockville, Maryland NAHB
H. C. Nutting Company
4120 Airport Road
Cincinnati, Ohio 45226 HCN
The Ohio State University
Building Research Laboratory
2070 Neil Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43210 OSU
The Pennsylvania State University
Research Institute
University Park, Pennsylvania 16802 PSU
Pittsburgh Testing Laboratory
1330 Locust Street
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219 PTL
University of Detroit
Research Institute
Detroit, Michigan 48221 U°
UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS
The American Institute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue, NW
Washington, D. C. 20006 AIA
Vol. 18 - 749
1/1/78
American Public Health Association
1790 Broadway
New York, New York 10017 APHA
American Society of Civil Engineers
United Engineering Center
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017 ASCE
American Society of Sanitary
Engineering *"
960 Illuminating Building
Cleveland, Ohio 44113 ASSE
American Water Works Association
2 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10016 AWWA
Building Officials and Code
Administrators International, Inc.
1313 East 60th Street
Chicago, Illinois 60637 BOCA
Building Research Advisory Board
Division of Engineering
National Research Council
2101 Constitution Avenue
Washington, D. C. 20418 BRAB
International Association of Plumbing
& Mechanical Officials
5032 Alhambra Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90032 IAMPO
International Conference of
Building Officials
5360 South Workman Mill Road
Whittier, California 90601 ICBO
Manufacturing Chemists' Association, Inc.
1825 Connecticut Avenue, NW
Washington, D. C. 20006 MCA
Mineral Fiber Products Bureau
509 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022 MFPB
1/:i/78 Vol. 18 - 750
Mobile Homes Manufacturers
Association
20 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606 MHMA
National Association of
Building Manufacturers
1619 Massachusetts Avenue, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20036 NABM
National Association of Home Builders
National Housing Center
1625 L Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20036 NAHB
National Clay Pipe Institute
P. 0. Box 310
350 West Terra Cotta Avenue
Crystal Lake, Illinois 60014 NCPI
National Insulation Manufacturers
Association
441 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017 NIMA
National Mineral Wool Insulation
Association
Rockefeller Center
1270 Sixth Avenue
New York, New York 10020 NMWIA
National Research Council
Ottawa 2, Canada NRC
National Society of Professional
Engineers
2029 K Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20006 NSPE
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning
Contractor's National
Association, Inc.
1611 North Kent Street
Arlington, Virginia 22209 SMACNA
Southern Building Code Congress
3617-Eighth Avenue, South
Birmingham, Alabama 35222 SBCC
Vol. 18 - 751
1/1/78
Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
Suite 800
919 Eighteenth Street, NW
Washington, D. C. 20006 TPI
WOOD AND WOOD PRODUCTS
Acoustical and Insulating Materials
Association
205 West Touhy Avenue
Park Ridge, Illinois 60068 AIMA
American Hardboard Association
20 North Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606 AHA
American Institute of Timber
Construction
333 W. Hampden Avenue
Englewood, Colorado 80110. . . . AITC
American Plywood Association
1119 A Street
Tacoma, Washington 98401 APA-DFPA
American Wood Preservers'
Association
1625 Eye St., N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20006 AWPA
American Wood Preservers'
Bureau
P. 0. Box 6085
Arlington, Virginia 22206 AWPB
American Wood Preservers'
Institute
1651 Old Meadow Road
McLean, Virginia 22101 AWPI
Appalachian Hardwood
Manufacturers, Inc.
1015 Mercantile Library Building
414 Walnut Street
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202 AHM
1/1/78 v°l- 18 - 752
Association of Timber and Timber
Treatment of Inspection Agencies
729 Fisher Road
Grosse Pointe, Michigan 48230 ATTTIA
California Redwood Association
617 Montgomery Street
San Francisco, California 94111 CRA
Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers
Association
P. 0. Box 6246
Arlington, Virginia 22206. . HPMA
National Forest Products Association
1619 Massachusetts Avenue, NW
Washington, D. C. 20036 NFoPA
National Particleboard Association
2306 Perkins Place
Silver Springs, Maryland 20910 NPA
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers
Association, Inc.
13 South Street
Glen Falls, New York 12801 NELMA
Northern Hardboard and Pine
Manufacturers Association, Inc.
501 Northern Building
Green Bay, Wisconsin 54301 NHPMA
Product Fabrication Service
P. 0. Box 5038
Madison, Wisconsin 53705 PFS
Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit
Shake Bureau
5510 White Building
Seattle, Washington 98101 RCSHSB
Lumber Manufacturers Association
805 Sterick Building
Memphis, Tennessee 38103 SHLMA
Southern Forest Products
Association
P. 0. Box 52468
New Orleans, Louisiana 70150 SFPA
(Formerly Southern
Pine Association)
Vol. 18 - 753
1/1/78
Timber Engineering Company
5530 Wisconsin Ave., N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20015 TECO
Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
919-18th Street, N. W.
Washington, D. C. 20006 TPI
Western Wood Products
Association
1500 Yeon Building
Portland, Oregon 97204 ..... WWPA
Vol. 18 - 754
1/1/78
APPENDIX B
ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE STANDARDS
(See also appendices C, D, E, F and G for standards on specific
materials or test of units or assemblies; some of which include
engineering practice standards for specific applications.)
CONCRETE
Concrete Formwork-Recommended Practice for
Inspection & Testing Agencies for
Concrete and Steel
Manufacturing Reinforced Concrete Floor
and Roof Units-Recommended Practice for.
Reinforced Concrete-Building Code
Requirements for
Reinforced Concrete Structures, Manual of
Standard Practice for Detailing
Reinforced Gypsum Concrete-Specifications
for
Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts
and Connections in Reinforced Concrete
Construction, Recommended Practices for
. ACI 347-68
ASTM E329-70
. ACI 512-67
ACI 318-1971
ACI 315-1965
ANSI A59. 1-1954
. AWS D 12.1-61
ELECTRICAL ILLUMINATION
Daylight ing-Recommended Practices of IES RP5-1962
Design Criteria for Lighting
Interior Living Spaces IES RP11-1969
Electrical Code-Massachusetts State Mass-DPS-FPR 11
Industrial Lighting ANSI A 11.1-1970
Lighting Handbook. IES-1972
Office Lighting-Recommended Practice IES RPI-1966
School Lighting-Recommended Practice IES RP3-1970
EQUIPMENT
Guide and Data Book, Applications ASHRAE, 1968
Guide and Data Book, Equipment ASHRAE, 1969
Guide and Data Book, Handbook of
Fundamentals ASHRAE, 1967
Air Conditioning and Ventilating
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
of Other Than Residence Type NFiPA 90A-1973
Vol. 18 - 755
1/1/78
Air Conditioning, Warm Air Heating,
Residence Type NFiPA 90B-1973
Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust,
Stock and Vapor Removal or Conveying NFiPA 91-1973
Gas-Fired Absorption Summer Air Conditiong
Appliances ANSI Z 1.40.1-1969
Vapor Removal From Commercial Cooking
Equipment NFiPA 96-1973
Elevators and Lifts
Automotive Lifts USDC CS 142-65
Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators and
Moving Walks-Safety Code for ANSI A17. 1-1971
Manlifts-Safety Standard for . ANSI A90. 1-1969
Heating
Boiler Code and Unfired Pressure Vessel
Code ASME-1971
Central Heating Gas Appliances-Approved
Requirements for
-Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Floor
Furnaces ANSI Z21. 48-1967
-Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Vented
Wall Furnaces ANSI Z21. 49-1972
-Gas-Fired Gravity and Forced Air Central
Furnaces ANSI Z21. 47-1971
-Gas-Fired Low Pressure Steam and Hot Water
Boilers ANSI Z21. 13-1972
Chimneys, Fireplaces and Venting Systems-
Standard for NFiPA 211-1972
Flue Linings, Sizes of ANSI A62. 4-1947
Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces ANSI Z21. 34-1971
Gas-Fired Gravity and Fan Type Sealed
Combustion System Wall Furnaces ANSI Z21. 44-1971
Gas-Fired Heavy Duty Forced Air
Heaters. ANSI Z83.5-1967
Gas-Fired Room Heaters, Vol. 1, Vented
Room Heaters-Approval Requirements
for ANSI Z21. 11. 1-1971
Gas-Fired Single Firebox Boilers ANSI Z21. 52-1971
Gas Unit Heaters ANSI Z21. 16-1971
Oil Burning Equipment NFiPA 31-1972
Vented Decorative Gas Appliances ANSI Z21. 50-1968
Venting Systems, For Temperature
Type L-Testing Standards for ULI 641-1965
Incinerators
Air Setting Refractory Mortar ASTM C178-1958
Domestic Gas-Fired Incinerators .ANSI Z21. 6-1969
Incinerator Standards 11A-1970
Refractories for Incinerators ASTM C106-1967
Refrigeration
Mechanical Refrigeration-Safety Code
for ASHRAE 15-1970
also
ANSI B9. 1-1971
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 756
Unclassified Miscellaneou s
Draft Hoods, Listing Requirements for. . . .ANSI Z21. 12-1937
Mobile Homes, Body and Frame Design
and Construction and Installation
of Plumbing, Heating and Electrical
Systems NFiPA 501B-1973
General Standards of Construction and
Equipment for Hospital and Medical
Facilities USHEW HRA-74-4000
One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code BOCA, AlnA, SSBC,
ICBO-1971
FIRE PROTECTION AND SAFETY PRACTICES
Life Safety Code NFiPA 101-1973
NOTE: NFiPA 101-1973 is acceptable for
matters of design of exits not provided
for by this Code. Finish and Con-
struction requirements incorporated therein
are not applicable.
Aircraft Hangars NFiPA 409-1973
Cutting and Welding-Oxygen Fuel
Gas Systems for NFiPA 51-1973
-in Confectionery Manufacturing Plants. . . . NFiPA 657-1967
Dip Tanks Containing Flammable or
Combustible Liquids NFiPA 34-1966
Dry-Cleaning and Dry-Dyeing, and the Keeping,
Storage and Use of Cleaning and Dyeing
Fluid in Connection Therewith Mass-DPS FPR 2-1963
Dry Cleaning and Dry Dyeing Plants NFiPA 32-1972
Dust Explosions and Ignition, Prevention of
-in Country Grain Elevators NFiPA 64-1959
-in Flour and Feed Mills and
Allied Grain Storage Elevators NFiPA 61C-1973
-in Grain Elevators, Bulk Handling
Facilities NFiPA 61B-1973
-in Industrial Plants-Fundamental Principles
for NFiPA 63-1971
-in Plastic Industry NFiPA 654-1963
-in Spice Grinding Plants NFiPA 656-1959
-in Starch Factories NFiPA 61A-1973
Explosion Venting Guide NFiPA 68-1954
Film, Motion Picture, Cellulose Nitrate-
Storing and Handling of NFiPA 40-1967
Flammable Fluids, Solids, or Gases-
Keeping, Storage, Manufacture or Sale
in Limited Quantities Mass-DPS FPR 13-1965
Garages
-Construction and Maintenance of Buildings
or other Structures Used as Garages and
the related Storage, Keeping and Use of
Gasoline Mass-DPS FPR 4-1968
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 757
•Parking Structures NFiPA 88A-1973
-Repair Garages NFiPA 88B-1973
Gases, Liquefied Petroleum
-Storage and Handling of NFiPA 58-1972
-at Utility Gas Plants-Storage and Handling
of NFiPA 59-1968
Construction, Location, Installation and
Operation of Liquefied Petroleum Gas
Systems, Gas Piping and Appliance
Installations in Buildings Mass-DPS FPR 5-1962
Guide for Smoke and Heat Venting NFiPA 204-1968
Incinerators, Rubbish Handling NFiPA 82-1972
Liquids, Flammable NFiPA Vol. 1-1969-70
Liquids, Flammable and Combustible NFiPA 30-1973
Outdoor Assembly, Places of (Grandstands,
Tents and Air Supported Structures) NFiPA 102-1972
Piers and Wharves-Construction and
Protection of NFiPA 87-1971
Plastics-Manufacturing and Handling
of Mass-DPS FPR 6-1948
Pulverized Fuel Systems-Installation
and Operation of NFiPA 60-1973
Pyroxylin Plastics in Factories-
Storage, Handling and Use of NFiPA 42-1967
Pyroxylin Plastics in Warehouses, Wholesale
and Retail Stores NFiPA 43-1967
Recommended Safe Practices for Gas Shielded
Are Welding AWS A6.0-66
Safe Practices for Welding and Cutting
Containers That Have Held Combustibles .... AWS A6. 0-65
Safety in Welding and Cutting ANSI Z49. 1-1967
Safety Film, Motion Picture ANSI PH22. 31-1967
Spray Finishing Using Flammable and
Combustible Materials NFiPA 33-1973
Underground Flammable and Combustible
Liquid Tanks, Leakage From NFiPA 329-1965
GLASS
Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings,
Performance, Specifications and Methods
of Test for ANSI Z97. 1-1972
INTERIOR FINISHES
Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters, Standard
Specification for ASTM C588-68
Vl/78 Vol. 18 _ 758
Gypsum Board Products and Gypsum
Partitions Tile or Block, Physical
Testing of ASTM C473-70
Gypsum Lath, Standard Specification for ASTM C37-69
Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete-
Standard Method for Physical Testing of. . . .ASTM C472-73
Gypsum Plastering-Specifications for ANSI A42. 1-1964
Gypsum Plastering-Specifications for ASTM C28-68
Gypsum Veneer Plaster ASTM C587-68
Gypsum Veneer Plaster-Specifications for
Application Gyp. Assoc. -1970
Gypsum Wallboard-Specif ications for. ...... ASTM C36-/3
Application and Finishing of Wallboard
Specifications for ANSI A97. 1-1965
Interior Lathing and Furring-
Specif ications for ANSI A42. 4-1967
Interior Marble-Specifications for ANSI A94. 1-1961
Portland Cement and Portland Cement-
Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco)
and Interior, Lathing and Furring for,
Specifications for ANSI A42. 3-1971
Portland Cement and Portland Cement-
Lime Plastering, Exterior (Stucco)
and Interior, Lathing and Furring for,
Specifications for .ANSI A42. 2-1971
Screw Type Steel Framing Members to
Receive Gypsum Board GA 203-72
Tile, Ceramic, Installed with
-Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable
Tile-Setting Epoxy ANSI A108. 6-1969
-Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108. 5-1967
-Water Resistant Organic Adhesives ANSI A108. 4-1968
USDC CS181-1952
Tile, Ceramic Mosaic, Installed with
Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108. 2-1967
Tile, Glazed Ceramic Wall, Installed with
Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108. 1-1967
Tile, Quarry and Paver, Installed with
Portland Cement Mortar ANSI A108. 3-1967
Vermiculite Plastering and Vermiculite
Acoustical Plastic for Sound
Conditioning-Standard Specifications
for VI-1963
MASONRY
Cold Weather Masonry Construction SCPI(BIA)-1968
Design and Construction of Loadbearing
Concrete Masonry-Specifications for NCMA-1970
Engineered Brick Masonry-Requirements for. . .SCPI(BIA)-1969
NOTE: This standard (SCPI(BLA)-1969) is only
applicable to brick masonry of solid
masonry units made from clay or shale.
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 759
Marble, Exterior Thin, in Curtain or Panel
Walls-Specifications for ANSI A94. 3-1961
Marble, Exterior Thin Veneer-
Specifications for ANSI A94. 2-1961
Marble, Interior-Specifications for. .( See Interior Finishes)
Masonry-Building Code Requirements for ANSI A41. 1-1953
Reinforced Masonry-Building Code
Requirements for ANSI A41. 2-1960
Shotcreting-Recommended Practice for ACI 506-1966
ALUMINUM
Aluminum Construction Manual, Aluminum
Formed Sheet Building Sheathing Design
Guide AA-1969
Aluminum Construction Manual, Specifications
for Aluminum Structures AA-1971
STEEL
Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel-
Specification for AISC-1960
Deep Longspan Steel Hoists, DLJ
and DLH Series SJI/AISC-1972
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural
Members-Specification for AISI-1968
Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural
Steel for Buildings-Specification for AISC-1969
Supplement No. 1 AISC-1970
Supplement No. 2 AISC-1971
Design of Light Gage Cold-Formed Stainless
Steel Structural Members-Specification for AISI-1968
Design Practices Manual for Metal
Buildings, Recommended MBMA-1971
Gas Systems for Welding and Cutting (See Fire Protection
and Safety Practice)
Light Gauge Steel Studs, Runners, and
Rigid Furring Channels, Specification for. . .ASTM C645-1970
Longspan Steel Joists, LJ Series and
LH Series-Standard Specifications for SJI/AISC-1972
Open Web Steel Joists, J-Series and H-Series-
Standard Specification for SJI/AISC-1972
Steel Drill Screw Application of Gypsum Sheet
Material to Light Gage Steel Studs,
Specification for ASTM C646-72
Structural Applications of Steel Cables for
Buildings-Criteria for AISI-1973
Strutural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts-
Specification for AISC 1972
Welding Code, Structural AWS Dl.1-72
1/1/78 VDl- 18 - 76°
WOOD AND WOOD PRODUCTS
Adhesives for Field Gluing Plywood to
Wood Framing APA-1973
APA Glued Floor System APA-1972
Hurricane-Resistant Plywood Construction APA-1966
Pile Foundations Know How AWPI-1969
Pole Building Design AWPI-1969
Plywood Beams-Design and Fabrication of APA-1972
Plywood Construction Systems APA-1972
Plywood Curved Panels-Design of APA-1968
Plywood Curved Panels-Fabrication of APA-1971
Plywood Design Specifications APA-1966
Plywood Diaphragm Construction APA-1970
Plywood Folded Plate Fabrication APA-1971
Preservative Treatment of Wood-Standard
Instructions for the Inspection of AWPA M2 1962
Pressure Treated Timber Foundation Piles for
Permanent Structures AWPI-1967
Pressure-Treated Wood Products — Standard for
the Care of AWPA M4-1962
Span Tables for Joists and Rafters in
Residential Construction NFoPA-1970
Stress Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings-
National Design Specifications for NFoPA-1973
Structural Design Data-Wood NFoPA-1970
Timber Construction Manual AITC-1966
Timber Construction Standards
(except AITC 117, 118 and 120) AITC-100-1972
Timber Structural Glued Laminated
-Inspection Manual for AITC 200-73
-Standard for AITC 103-65-1965
Trusses, Metal Plate Connected Wood Roof TPI-1970
Wood Handbook USDA Handbook No. 72-1955
UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS
Billboards, Signs and other Advertising Devices-
Rules and Regulations for the Control and
Restriction of Mass-OAB-1973
Building Materials and Equipment Coordination
of Dimensions of ANSI A62. 1-1957
Chimneys, Factory-Built ANSI A131. 1-1971
ULI 103-1964
Clay Flue Linings-Sizes of ASTM C315-72
Demolition, Safety Requirements for ANSI A10. 6-1969
Fallout Shelters-Suggested Building Code
Provisions for DOD-OCD-TR- 36-1966
Fibrous Glass Air Duct Construction Standards. . . SMACNA-1972
Floor and Wall Openings, Railings, and
Toe Boards-Safety Requirements for ANSI A12.0.-1967
Floors-Waterproofing of NFiPA 92-1972
Vl/78 VGl- 18 "761
Homes-Prefabricated USDC CS 125-1947
Hospital and Medical Facilities-General
Standards of Construction and
Equipment for USHEW HRA-74-4000
Installing Vitrified Clay Sewer Pipe ASTM C12-72
Loads, Minimum Design in Buildings and Other Structures,
Building Code Requirements for ANSI A58. 1-1972
Safety Code for Vertical Shoring-
Recommended Standard SSSI-68
Signs and Outdoor Display Structures-
Standards for ANSI A60. 1-1949
Swimming Pools and Other Public Bathing Places,
Recommended Practice for Design, Equipment
and Operation APHA-1957
Swimming Pools-Minimum Standards for. . Mass-DPH Article VI-1969
Welding in Building Construction-Code for. . . .AWS Dl. 0-69-1969
Vol. 18 - 762
1/1/78
APPENDIX C
MATERIAL STANDARDS
(See also Appendix D for standards for tests of specific materials.)
CONCRETE
Aggregates, Concrete Specifications for ASTM C33-71a
Aggregates, Lightweight for Structural
Concrete-Specifications for ASTM C330-69
Aggregates, Lightweight, for Concrete
Masonry Units {See Masonry)
Aggregates, Lightweight, for Insulating
Concrete-Specifications for ASTM C332-66
Forms for One-way Concrete Joist Construction-
Types and Sizes of USDC PS 16-69
Gypsum Concrete-Specifications for ASTM C317-70
Manufacturing Reinforced Concrete Floor and
Roof Units-Recommended Practice for ACI 512-67
Masonry Units-Concrete (See Masonry)
Natural Cement-Specifications for ASTM C10-70a
Portland Cement-Specifications for ASTM C150-72
Ready Mix Concrete-Specifications for ASTM C94-72
Reinforcing {See Metals)
Thin-Section Precast Concrete Construction-
Minimum Requirements for ACI 525-1963
Vermiculite Concrete-Roofs and Slabs on
Grade, Specifications for ANSI A122. 1-1965
Waterproof Paper for Curing Concrete-
Specifications for ASTM C171-69
INTERIOR FINISHES
Adhesives, Organic, for Installation of
Ceramic Tile-Standard for ANSI A136. 1-67
Aggregates, Inorganic, for use in
Gypsum Plaster-Specifications for. . .. ASTM C35-70
Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar-
(For Ceramic Tile) (See Masonry)
Epoxy, Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable
Tile-Setting and Grouting-Standard
Specifications for ANSI A118. 3-1969
Gypsum-Specifications for ASTM C22-1950
Gypsum and Gypsum Products, Chemical Analysis
of-Standard Methods for ASTM C471-72
Gypsum Base for Veneer Plaster—Specifications
for ASTM C588-68
Gypsum Board Products and Gypsum Partition
Tile or Block, Physical Testing of-
Standard Methods for ASTM C473-70
Vol. 18 - 763
1/1/78
Gypsum Lath-Specifications for. ASTM C37-69
Gypsum Plasters-Specifications for. ASTM C28-68
Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete, Physical
Testing of-Standard Methods for. ASTM C472-73
Gypsum Veneer Plaster-Specifications for. ASTM C587-68
Gypsum Wallboard-Specif ications for. ASTM C36-73
Lime Hydrated, Normal Finishing-Specifications f or. . . . . ASTM C6-68
Lime Hydrated, Special Finishing-Specifications f or. . ASTM C206-68
Lime-Cement Stucco-Standard Specifications for. ...ANSI A42. 5-1960
Quicklime and Hydrated Lime-Method of
Physical Testing of. ASTM C110-71
Quicklime for Structural Purposes-Specifications for. ..ASTM C5-68
Tile, Ceramic-Standard Specifications for ANSI A137. 1-67
Tile, Structural Clay-Specifications for ASTM C57-1957
MASONRY
Aggregate, Fine-Effect of Organic Impurities in,
on Strength of Mortar... ASTM C87-69
Aggregates, Lightweight, for Concrete Masonry Units-
Specifications for ASTM C331-69
Aggregate for Masonry Grout-Specifications for ASTM C404-70
Aggregate for Masonry Motor-Specifications for ASTM C144-70
Brick, Building (Solid Masonry Units Made from
Clay or Shale) -Specifications for ASTM C62-69
Brick, Concrete Building-Specifications for ASTM C55-71
Brick, Face, Calcium Silicate (Sand Lime Brick) -
Specifications for ASTM C73-72
Brick, Facing (Solid Masonry Units Made from
Clay or Shale) -Specif ications for ASTM C216-71
Brick, Hollow (Solid Masonry Units Made from
Clay or Shale) -Specif ications for ASTM C652-1970
Brick, Sand-Lime Building-Specifications for ASTM C73-72
Cement, Blended Hydraulic-Specifications for ASTM C595-1968
Cement, Keene1 s-Specifications for ASTM C61-1964
Cement, Masonry-Specifications for ASTM C91-71
Ceramic Tile (Veneers) (See Interior Finishes)
Clay Facing Tile, Structural-Specifications for ASTM C212-70
Clay Load Bearing Wall Tile, Structural-
Specifications for ASTM C34-70
Clay Nonload Bearing Screen Tile, Structural-
Specification for ASTM C530-70
Clay Nonload Bearing Wall Tile, Structural-
Specification for ASTM C56-71
Concrete Masonry, the Design and Construction
of Load Bearing NCMA-1971
Concrete Masonry Units, Hollow Load Bearing-
Specifications for ASTM C90-70
Concrete Masonry Units, Hollow Nonload Bearing-
Specifications for ASTM C129-71
Concrete Masonry Units, Solid Load Bearing-
Specifications for ASTM C145-71
Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar-Standard
Specifications for c ANSI "18.1-72
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 764
Glazed Units-Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay
Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry
Units-Specifications for , ASTM C126-71
Gypsum Partition Tile and Block-
Specification for ASTM C52-72
Lime, Hydrated for Masonry Purposes-
Specification for ASTM C207-68
Limes (See Interior Finishes)
Masonry Unit, Chemical Resistant ASTM C279-1954
Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal
Insulation ASTM C612-1967T
Mortar and Grout for Reinforced Masonry-
Specification for ASTM C476-71
Mortar for Unit Masonry-Specification for ASTM C270-71
Portland Cement-Specification for (See Concrete)
Refractories, Castable ASTM C401-1968
METAL
Alloy Steel Bolts, Quenched and Tempered, for
Structural Steel Joints-Standard Specifications
for ASTM A490-7 1
Alloy Steel Sheets and Strip, Regular Quality
Hot-Rolled and Cold Rolled-Specification for. ASTM A506-64
Aluminum-Alloy Bars, Rods and Wire-
Standard Specifications for ASTM B211-72
Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Shapes
and Tubes-Standard Specifications for. ASTM B221-72
Aluminum-Alloy Die and Hand Forgings-
Standard Specifications for. ASTM B247-73
Aluminum Alloy Seamless Pipe and
Seamless Extruded Tubing
Standard Specifications for. ASTM B241-72
Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate-
Standard Specifications for. ASTM B209-72a
Aluminum-Alloy Standard Structural Shapes,
Rolled or Extruded-Standard Specifications f or . . . . ASTM B308-72
Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes-
Standard Specifications for. ASTM B210-72
Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe
and Tube-Standard Specifications for. ASTM B429-72
Aluminum-Alloy Round Welded, Tubes-
Standard Specifications for ASTM B313-72
Aluminum-Alloy Rivet and Cold Heading
Wire and Rods-Standard Specifications for. ASTM B316-72
Aluminum-Base Alloy Die Castings-Standard
Specifications for ASTM B85-73
Aluminum Alloy Permanent Mold Castings-
Standard Specifications for ASTM B108-72
Aluminum Alloy Sand Castings-Standard
Specifications for ASTM B26-72
Aluminum Sliding Glass Doors-Specifications f or. . . . . AAMA 402.7-71
Aluminum Windows-Specifications for AAMA 302.7-71
Bare Mild Steel Electrodes and Fluxes for
Submerged Arc Welding-Specifications for. .AWS A5. 17-69
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 765
Bolts, High Strength, for Structural Steel
Joints Including Suitable Nuts and Plain
Hardened Washers-Specifications for ! ASTM A325-71
Bolts and Studs, Quenched and Tempered Steel,
Specifications for ASTM A449-68
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High-Pressure and High-Temperature Service-
Specifications for ASTM A194-73
Carbon-Steel Castings Suitable for Fusion
Welding for High Temperatue Service-
Specifications foe ASTM A216-70A
Carbon Steel Nuts-Specifications for ASTM A563-72
Carbon Steel Plates of Structural Quality,
Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength-
Specifications for, (Plate 2 inches and
under in thickness) ASTM A283-70a
Carbon Steel Strip, Cold-Rolled-
Specifications for ASTM A109-72
Castings, Mild- to-Medium Strength Carbon
Steel for General Application-
Specifications for ASTM A27-71
Castings, Gray Iron-Specification for ASTM A48-71
Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon
Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds
and Squares-Specifications for ASTM A500-72
Steel Castings for Structural Purposes,
High Strength-Specifications for ASTM A148-71
Electrodes, Low Alloy Steel Covered Arc
Welding-Specifications for AWS A5.5-69
Electrodes, Mild Steel Arc Welding
Specifications for AWS A5. 1-69
Forgings, Alloy Steel for General Industrial
Use-Specifications for ASTM A237-67
Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Industrial
Use-Specifications for ASTM A235-67
General Requirements for Carbon and High
Strength Low Alloy Steel, Hot Rolled
Strip, Hot Rolled Sheets, and Cold Rolled
Sheets-Specifications for ASTM A568-71
High Strength, Low Alloy Structural Steel
with 50,000 psi minimum yield point to
4 inches thick-Specifications for ASTM A588-71
Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel
Structural Tubing-Specifications for ASTM A501-71a
Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless High-Strength
Low-Alloy Structural Tubing-
Specifications for ASTM A618-71
Hot Rolled Carbon Steel Sheets and Strip,
Structural Quality-Specifications for ASTM A570-72
Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by
the Hot-Dip Process for Roofing,
Specification for ASTM A361-71
Vol. 18 - 766
1/1/78
Steel, Sheet,' Cold Rolled, Long Terne
Coated, Specification for ASTM A308-69
Low Carbon Steel, External and Internal
Threaded, Standard Fasteners-
Specification for ASTM A307-68
Mild Steel Electrodes for Flux-Cored Arc
Welding-Specifications for AWS A5. 20-69
Mild Steel Electrodes for Gas Metal-Arc
Welding-Specifications for ...AWS A5. 18-69
Piles, Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe-
Specifications for ASTM A252-71
Pipe, Metal (See Plumbing and Piping)
Reinforcement, Axle-Steel Deformed Bars
for Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A617-72
Reinforcement, Deformed Billet-Steel Bars
for Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A615-72
Reinforcement, Deformed Steel Wire for
Concrete-Specification for ASTM A496-72
Reinforcement, Rail-Steel Deformed Bars
for Concrete-Specification for .ASTM A616-72
Reinforcement, Steel Wire, Cold-Drawn, for
Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A82-72
Reinforcement, Steel Wire, Welded Fabric for
Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A185-72
Reinforcement, Welded Deformed Steel Wire
Fabric for Concrete ASTM A497-72
Seven-Wire Stress-Relieved Strand, Uncoated,
for Prestressed Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A416-68
Steel Drill Screw Application of Gypsum
Sheet Material to Light Gauge Steel Stud ASTM C646-72
Uncoated Stess-Relieved Wire for Prestressed
Concrete-Specifications for ASTM A421-72
Sheet Piling Steel-Specifications for ASTM A328-70
Steel, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Carbon Structural-
Specifications for ASTM A611-72
Steel, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled Sheet and
Strip, High- Strength, Low-Alloy Columbium
and/or Vanadium-Specifications for ASTM A607-70
Steel, Hot-Rolled and Cold-Rolled Sheet and
Strip, High-Stength, Low-Alloy with
Improved Corrosion Resistance
Specifications for ASTM A6.06-71
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium Steel
Plate, Sheet and Strip-Standard for... ASTM A176-72
Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel
Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip-Standard for ASTM A167-70
Steel Structural Rivets-Specifications for... ASTM A502-65
Steel Studs, Light Gauge, Runners and
Rigid Furring Channels, Specifications for ASTM C645-70
Structural Steel-Specifications for ASTM A36-70a
Structural Steel, High Strength-
Specifications for ASTM A440-70a
Structural Steel, High Strength Low Alloy-
Specif ications for ASTM A242-70a
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 767
Structural 'Steel, High strength Low Alloy
Columbium Vanadium-Specifications for ASTM A572-72
Structural Steel, High Strength Low Alloy
Manganese Vanadium-Specifications for ASTM A441-70a
Structural Steel, High Yield Strength,
Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Plate,
Suitable for Welding, Specifications for ASTM A514-70
Structural Steel with 42,000 psi Minimum Yield
Point (\ in. Maximum Thickness) -
Specification for ASTM A529-72
ROOFING AND SIDING
Asphalt for Dampproofing and Waterproof ing-
Specif ications for ASTM D449-71
Asphalt for Use in Constructing Built-Up
Roof Coverings-Specifications for ASTM D312-71
Asphalt Roll Roofing Surfaced with
Mineral Granules-Specification for ASTM D249-68
Asphalt Roll Roofing Surfaced with Powdered
Talc or Mica-Specifications for ASTM D224-68
Asphalt Shingles Surfaces with Mineral
Granules-Specifications for ASTM D225-70
Asphalt Siding Surfaced with Mineral
Granules-Specifications for ASTM D699-70
Fiberboard Nail-Base Sheathing-
Standard Specification for ASTM D2277-72
Fiber Insulation Board, Structural-
-Manufacturers Standards for Fiberboard
Nail-Base Sheathing IB Spec. No. 2-72
-Manufacturers Standards for Insulating
Roof Deck IB Spec. No. 1-70
-Method of Testing (Made from Vegetable
Fiber) ASTM C209-66
-Specifications for (Made from Vegetable
Fiber) ASTM C208-66
Formboard, Structural Insulating (Made from
Vegetable Fibers)-Specification for ASTM C532-66
Gypsum Sheathing Board-Specification for ASTM C79-67
Wood Shingles (Red Cedar, Tidewater, Red
Cypress and California Redwood) USDC CS 31-52
WOOD AND WOOD PRODUCTS
American Softwood Lumber Standard USDC PS20-70
Fireretardant Pressure Treatment, Plywood AWPA C27-70
Fireretardant Pressure Treatment,
Structural Lumber AWPA C20-70
Glue Laminated Structural Lumber Standards-
Structural Glued Laminated Southern Pine SPIB-65
Hardboard, Commercial Standard for USDC CS 251-63
Method for Establishing Structural
Grades of Lumber ASTM D245-70
1/1/78 Vo1- 18~ 768
Particleboard-Commercial Standard for USDC CS 236-66
Piles, Timber, Round-Specifications for .ASTM D25-70
Piles, Wood Foundation, Creosotol .AWPA C12-69
Plywood -Preservative Treatment for
Pressure Process AWPA C9-72
Preservative Treatment
-Of Lumber, Timber, Bridge Ties, and
Mine Ties (All Species) -Standards for AWPA C2-72
-Of Piles by Pressure Process-Standards for AWPA C3-72
-Of Poles by Pressure Process-Standards for AWPA C4-72
-By Pressure Process-All Timber Products-
Standards for AWPA Cl-72
Quality Control Standards for Pressure-
Treated Lumber and Plywood
-With Creosote or Creosote Coal Tar
Solution (for Above Ground Use) AWPB-LP-5-71
-With Creosote or Creosote Coal Tar
Solution (for Ground Contact) AWPB-LP-55-71
-With Heavy Petroleum Solvent-Penta
Solution (for Above Ground Use) AWPB-LP-7-71
-With Heavy Petroleum Solvent-Penta
Solution (for Ground Contact) AWPB-LP-77-71
-With Light Petroleum Solvent-Penta
Solution (for above ground use) AWPB-LP-3-71
-With Light Petroleum Solvent-Penta
Solution (for Ground Contact) AWPB-LP-33-71
-With Volatile Petroleum Solvent (LPG)-
Penta Solution (for Above Ground Use) AWPB-LP-4-71
-With Volatile Petroleum Solvent (LPG)-
Penta Solution (for Ground Contact) AWPB-LP-44-71
-With Water-Borne Preservatives (for
Above Ground Use) AWPB-LP-2-71
-With Water-Borne Preservatives (for
Ground Contact) AWPB-LP-22-71
Shingle s (See Roofing and Siding)
Glued Laminated Structural Lumber
Standards
-Structural Glued Laminated Members and
Laminations Before Gluing of Southern
Pine, Pacific Coast Douglas Fir and
Western Hemlock by Pressure Process AWPA C28-72
-Structural Glued Laminated Timber USDC PS 56-73
-Structural Glued Laminated Timber of
Douglas Fir, Western Larch, Southern
Pine and California Redwood AITC 117-1971
-U. S. Product Standard PSI-66 for
Softwood Plywood-Construction and
Industrial USDC-1970
UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS
Felt-Methods of Testing ASTM D461-72
Flammability of Flexible Plastic-
Method of Test for ASTM D568-72
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 769
Flammability of Self-Supporting Plastic-
Method of Test for ASTM D635-72
Formboard, Gypsum-Specification for ASTM C318-67
Insulated Metal Roof Deck Standard FMED Standard 4450
Mortar, Ground Fire Clay ASTM C105-1947
Perlite Loose Fill Insulation-
Standard Specifications for ASTM C549-67
Plastics-Defintions of Terms Relating to ASTM D883-72
Plastics, Deformation of, Under Load-
Method of Test for ASTM D621-64
Preservatives for Wood
-Creosote-Standards for AWPA P 1-65
-Creosote, Coal Tar Solutions-Standards for AWPA P 2-68
-Oil-Borne Preservative-Standards for AWPA P 8-64
-Oil-Borne Solvents-Standards for AWPA P 9-72
-Water-Borne Preservatives-Standards for AWPA P 5-72
Thickness of Solid Electrical Insulation-
Method of Test for ASTM D374-73
Vermiculite Loose Fill Insulation-
Standard Specifications for ASTM C516-67
1/1/78
Vol. i8 _ 7?0
APPENDIX D
STRUCTURAL UNIT TEST STANDARDS
(See also appendices B and C for engineering practice standards
and material standards which contain unit test methods.)
CONCRETE
Coarse Aggregates, Resistance to Abrasion
of Small Size, by use of the Los Angeles
Abrasion Machine-Test for ASTM C131-69
Fine and Coarse Aggregates Sieve or Screen
Analysis of-Test of (A 37.8-1967) ASTM C136-71
Concrete, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of ASTM C42-68
Concrete Test
-Compression and Flexure Test Specimens
in the Field, Making and Curing ASTM C31-1966
-Sampling Fresh... ASTM C172-1968
-Specimens in the Laboratory-Making and Curing ASTM C192-69
Concrete, Molded Cylinders-Test for
Compressive Strength of ASTM C39-72
Lightweight Insulating Concrete,
Compressive Strength-Test for . . . . ASTM C495-69
Concrete Masonry Units*Sampling and Testing
(A 84.1-1967) ASTMC140-70
Concrete Masonry Units, Hollow Load Bearing-
Specifications for ASTMC90-70
Concrete Masonry Units, Solid Load Bearing-
Specifications for (A 81.1-1967) ASTM C145-71
Concrete, Hardened Portland Cement-Test for
Cement Content of (A 1.22-1967) ASTM C85-66
Concrete, Portland Cement-Test for Slump of ASTM C143-1966
Concrete, Ready Mixed-Specifications for
(A 37.69-1967).... AS™ C,'lt
Sands for Concrete-Test for Organic Impurities on ASTM C40-7Z
INTERIOR FINISHES
Gypsum and Gypsum Products, Chemical Analysis of-
Standard Methods for . ASTM C471-72
Gypsum Board Products and Gypsum Partition Tile
or Block, Physical Testing of-Standard Methods for. .ASTM C473-68
Gypsum Concrete-Specifications for .ASTM C3 17-70
Gypsum Formboard-Specif ications for ASTM c31°"°^
Gypsum Lath-Specifications for ASTM C37-69
Gypsum Plasters-Specifications for ASTM C28-b8
Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete, Physical
Testing of-Standard Methods for ASTM C472-70
Gypsum Sheathing Board-Specifications for ASTM C79-67
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 771
Gypsum Wallboard-Specif ications for ASTM C3b-,
Insulating Board, (Made from Vegetable fiber)
-Methods of Testing ASTM C209-66
-Specifications for ASTM C208-66
Lime (See Masonry)
MASONRY
Aggregate for Masonry Mortar-Specifications for ASTM C144-70
Brick, Concrete Building-Specifications for ASTM C55-71
Brick-Methods of Testing and Sampling ASTM C67-66
Cement, Masonry-Specifications for ASTM C91-71
Ceramic Tile (Veneers) (See Interior Finishes)
Chemical Analysis of Limestone, Quicklime and
Hydrated Lime ASTM C25-72
Concrete Masonry Units (See Concrete)
Glazed Units-Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay
Facing Tile, Facing Bricks and Solid Masonry
Units-Specifications for ASTM C126-71
Lime and Limestone Products-Methods of Sampling,
Inspection, Packing and Marking of. ....ASTM C50-68
Lime, Hydrated and Quick-Methods of Physical
Testing of ASTM C110-71
Lime, Hydraulic Hydrated for Structural Purposes- -
Specifications for ASTM C141-67
Mortars, Hydraulic Cement-Method of Test for
Compressive Strength of (Using 2 inch cube
Specimens) ASTM C109-70T
Mortars, Hydraulic Cement-Method of Test for
Tensile, Strength af ASTM C19--72
Stone, Natural Building-Methods of Test for
Absorption and Bulk Specific Gravity of ASTM C97-70
Stone, Natural Building-Method of Test for
Compressive Strength of ASTM C170-70
Stone, Natural Building-Methods of Test for
Modulus of Ruptures of ASTM C99-70
METALS
Cast Iron-Method of Testing Compression of ASTM A256-46
Metallic Materials-Methods of Tension Testing of ASTM E8-69
UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS
Cement, Hydraulic-Methods of Sampling ASTM C183-71
Cement, Natural-Specifications for ASTM Cl0-70a
Cement, Portland-Specifications for ASTM C150-72
Clay Pipe, Testing ASTM C301-72
Plastics Under Load-Method of Test for Deforma-
tion of ASTM D621-64
Tile, Clay Drain-Specifications for ASTM C4-70
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 772
WOOD AND WOOD PRODUCTS
Evaluating the Properties of Wood-Base Fiber '
and Particle Panel Materials ASTM D1037-72
Timber, Small Clear Specimens-Method of Testing ASTM D143-72
Timbers in Structural Sizes-Methods of Static
Tests of ASTM D198-67
Veneer, Plywood and Other Glued Veneer Construction-
Methods of Testing ASTM D805-72
APPENDIX E
STRUCTURAL ASSEMBLY TEST STANDARDS
(See also appendix D for standards for test of unit materials.)
Metal Fasteners in Wood, Testing of ASTM D1761-68
Heavy Truss Assemblies, Testing ASTM E73-70
Panels for Building Construction-Methods
of Conducting Strength Test of ASTM E72-68
1/1/78 Vol. 18-773
APPENDIX F
DURABILITY- TEST STANDARDS
(See also appendices C, D and E for tests of individual materials or
unit assemblies.)
CONCRETE AND CONCRETE AGGREGATE
Concrete, Aggregate-Method of Tests for
Voids in ASTM C30-70
Concrete, Air Content of Freshly Mixed, by
the Pressure Method-Method of Test for ASTM C231-72
Concrete, Weight per Cubic Foot, Yield and Air
Content of-Method of Test for ASTM C138-71T
Organic Impurities in Sand for Concrete-
Method of Test for ASTM C40-72
MASONRY AND MASONRY PRODUCTS
Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile,
Facing Brick and Solid Masonry Units-
Specifications for (Autoclave Test) ASTM C126-71
Freezing and Thawing Tests (See Specifications
for Materials)
-Bricks-Methods of Sampling and Testing. ....... ASTM C67-66
-Drain Tile-Specifications for ASTM C4-70
PLASTICS
Water Absorption of Plastics-Methods of
Test for ASTM D570-72
ROOFING AND SIDING
Asphalt Roll Roofing, Cap Sheets, and Shingles-
Methods of Testing ASTM D228-69
Bituminous Materials, Accelerated Test of
Weathering-Recommended Practice for ASTM D529-73
Felted and Woven Fabrics Saturated with
Bituminous Substance for Use in
Waterproofing and Roofing-Methods of
Sampling and Testing ASTM D146-72
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 774
UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS
Fibre Building Boards-Method of
Accelerated Aging ASTM D1037-72
Gypsum and Gypsum Products, Chemical Analysis of-
Standard Methods for ASTM C471-72
Gypsum Board Products and Gypsum Partition
Tile or Block, Physical Testing of-
Standard Methods of ASTM C473-68
Gypsum Plasters and Gypsum Concrete, Physical
Testing of-Standard Methods for ASTM C472-70
VV78 V01' 18 - 775
APPENDIX G
FIRE TEST AND FLAME SPREAD TEST STANDARDS
COMBUSTIBLE OR NON COMBUSTIBLE PROPERTIES
Fire Hazard Classification of Building ULI Standard Test Method
Materials-Test Method for Subject 723-1960
Fireretardant Treatments of Building Materials NFiPA 703-1961
Flameresistant Textiles and Films, Standard
Method of Tests for NFiPA 701-1969
Noncombustibility of Elementary Materials-
Method of Test for Determining ASTM E136-65
Plastics-Standard Method of Test for Measuring
the Density of Smoke from the Burning or
Decomposition of ASTM D2843-1970
Wood Treated-Method of Test for Combustible
Properties of
-by the Crib Test ASTM E160-69
-by the Fire Tube Apparatus ASTM E69-69
FIRERESISTANCE PROPERTIES
Building Construction and Materials-
Method of Fire Test of ASTM E119-71
Ceiling Construction (See Building
Construction)
Door Assemblies-Methods of Fire Tests of „ ASTM E152-72
Plastics, Ignition Properties of-Test for ASTM D1929-1968
Roof Coverings-Method of Fire Test of ASTM E108-70
Window Assemblies-Standard Methods of
Fire Tests of ASTM E163-1965
FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES
Flameresistance Tests-Acoustical Units,
Prefabricated Fed. Spec. SS-5-118A-67
Flameresistant Textiles and Films-
Standard Methods of Fire Test for NFiPA 701-1969
Surface Burning Characteristcs of Building
Materials-Method of Test for ASTM E84-70
Textile Test, Method 5190-Burning Rate U. S. Federal Test Method
of Cloth; Thirty Degree Angle Standard 191-1968
FLASH POINT
Fuel Oils, by Pensky-Masters Closed Tester-
Methods of Test for Flash Point ASTM D93-72
Liquids other than Fuel Oil, by Tag Closed Tester-
Method of Test for Flash Point (JTNW D01-2400) ASTM D56-70
Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open Cup-
Method of Test for ..ASTM D92-72
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 776
APPENDIX H
FIRE PROTECTION STANDARDS
ALARM AND DETECTING SYSTEMS
Alarms Systems, Public Fire Service Communications . .NFiPA 73-1973
Signaling Systems, Central Station Protective —
For Watchman, Fire Alarm and Supervisory Service,
Installation, Maintenance and Use of NFiPA 71-1972
Signaling Systems — Installation, Maintenance and Use
-Local Protective NFiPA 72A-1972
-Auxiliary Protective NFiPA 72B-1972
-Remote Station Protective NFiPA 72C-I972
-Proprietary Protective NFiPA 72D-1972
PREVENTION OF SPREAD OF FIRE
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
-other than Residence Type , NFiPA 90A-1973
-Residence Type. . NFiPA 90B-1973
Aircraft Hangars NFiPA 409-1973
Doors, Tin-Clad Fire ULI 10(a)-68
Dust Explosion Prevention (See App. B)
Fire Dampers ULI Standard 555-1970
Fire Doors and Windows — Standard for NFiPA 80-1973
Fireresistance Ratings AIA-1968
Hardware, Sliding, for Standard Horizontally Mounted
Tin-Clad Fire Doors ULI 14(b)-1973
Hardware, Swinging, for Standard Tin-Clad Fire
Doors ULI 14(c)-1973
Equipment, Materials Service for Conservation of
Property Approval Guide 1973 FMED-73
PROTECTION SYSTEMS
Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems NFiPA 12-197.'1
Extinguishers, Portable Fire — Installation NFiPA 10-19/ J
Extinguishers, Portable Fire, Maintenance and Use. NFiPA 10A-1973
Foam Extinguishing Systems NFiPA 11-1973
Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems . .NFiPA 16-1968
Hose Systems (See Standpipe
and Hose Systems)
Outside Protection (Yard Piping) NFiPA 24-1973
Private Fire Brigades — Organization, Training and
Equipment of NFiPA 27-1967
Pumps, Centrifugal Fire-Installation of NFiPA 20-1972
Sprinkler Systems
-Installation of NFiPA 13-1973
-Care and Maintenance of NFiPA 13A-1971
Standpipe and Hose Systems NFiPA 14-1973
Valves Controlling Water Supplies for Fire Protection —
Supervision of NFiPA 26-58
Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection NFiPA 22-1971
Water Spray Systems NFiPA 15-73
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 777
APPENDIX I
UNIT DESIGN DEAD LOADS FOR STRUCTURAL DESIGN PURPOSES
WALLS AND PARTITIONS (UNPLASTERED)
Pounds per Square Foot
12 inch common brick 120
12 " pressed brick 130
12 " sand-lime brick 105
12 " hollow concrete block--Stone Aggregate 74
Lightweight 55
10 " hollow concrete block--Stone Aggregate 62
Lightweight 46
8 " hollow concrete biock--Stone Aggregate 50
Lightweight 36
6 " hollow concrete block--Stone Aggregate 42
Lightweight 36
4 " hollow concrete block--Stone Aggregate 27
Lightweight 20
12 " solid concrete block--Stone Aggregate 108
Lightweight 72
10 " solid concrete block--Stone Aggregate 84
Lightweight 62
8 " solid concrete block--Stone Aggregate 67
Lightweight 48
6 " solid concrete block--Stone Aggregate 50
Lightweight 37
4 " solid concrete block--Stone Aggregate 45
Lightweight 34
12 " combination brick and clay tile 80
8 " " " " " " 60
12 " combination brick and concrete block 90
g •• »i ii ii ii n to
12 inch load bearing clay tile 60
8 " " " " " 40
6 " " » " " 36
4 »■ ii n n ii 24
10 " non-load bearing clay tile 40
3 ii it n ii it ii o£
6 II M II II II II OQ
4 ii ii ii ii ii ii 20
3 II II II II II II TO
2 ii ii i» ii ii ii ii
8 " non-load bearing hollow concrete block 40
6 " " " " " " " 30
4 ii ii n ii ii ii ii on
T.C. 1% inch split terra cotta furring 8
2 inch split terra cotta furring 10
3 it n ii tin 12
6 " hollow gypsum block 24
5 " " " " 18
4 " " " " 15
3 " " " " 10
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 778
Pounds per Square Foot
4 inch solid gypsum block 24
3 n ii ii ii 18
2 ii ii ii ii 12
4 " glass block 18
Pounds per Cubic Foot
Cas t s tone sol id 144
Granite ashlar 168
Limestone ashlar 168
Marble ashlar 168
Sandstone ashlar 156
Rubble stone masonry 156
Terra cotta architectural (filled) 120
Terra cotta architecutral (unfilled) 72
Concrete, stone (plain) 144
Concrete, stone (reinforced) 150
Concrete, cinder 108
Fill, cinder 60
Earth (dry) 96
Earth (damp) 108
Earth (wet) 120
Cork 15
Timber, Ash 40
Timber, Douglas Fir 36
Timber, Cypress * 30
Timber, Hemlock 30
Timber, Oak 48
Southern Pine, Short Leaf 36
Southern Pine, Long Leaf 48
Redwood 28
Spruce. ..." 30
PLASTER WORK
Pounds per Square Foot
Gypsum (one side) 5
Cement (one side) 10
Gypsum on wood lath 8
Gypsum on metal lath 8
Gypsum on plaster board or fiber board S
Cement on wood 1 a th 10
Cement on metal lath 10
SUSPENDED CEILINGS
Pounds per Square Foot
Cement on wood lath 12
Cement on metal lath 15
Gypsum on wood or metal lath 10
LATH AND PLASTER PARTITIONS
Pounds per Square Foot
2 inch solid cement on metal lath 25
2 " solid gypsum on metal lath 18
2 " " " on gypsum lath 18
2 " metal studs gypsum & metal lath both sides 18
on ii ii ii ii ii " " " 19
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 779
Pounds per Square Foot
A inch metal studs gypsum & metal lath both sides 20
6 inch wood studs plaster and wool lath, both sides... 18
6 " " " " " metal lath, both sides 18
6 " " " " " plaster boards, both sides 18
6 " " " unplastered gypsum board, both sides
(dry wall) 10
FLOOR AND ROOF CONSTRUCTION Pounds per Square Foot
Cinder fill per inch depth 5
Cinder concrete per inch depth 9
Stone concrete per inch depth 12
Floor finish tile per inch depth 12
Cement finish per inch depth 12
Gypsum slabs per inch depth 4
Precast concrete plank per inch depth (as determined by test)
Hardwood flooring per inch depth 4
Underflooring per inch depth 3
Linoleum 2
Asphalt tile 2
ROOFS AND ROOFING Pounds per square Foot
Metal Skylights 10
3-ply roofing 4
4 " " 5
5 " " 6
Wood sheathing (1") 3
Plywood sheathing (5/16") 1
Corrugated iron roofing 3
Formed steel decking 3
Sheet lead 3
Slate tile roofing 10
Cement tile 16
Spanish tile 20
Shingles, asbestos 6
Shingles, asphalt 6
Shingles , wood 6
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 780
APPENDIX J
UNIT WORKING STRESSES FOR ORDINARY MATERIALS
Unless otherwise specified herein, the allowable working stresses
for ordinary materials, as defined in sections 701 and 722, shall be
reduced ten (10) percent below the recommended values of the accepted
engineering standards listed in the reference standards of article 8.
When the structural material is identified in regard to manufacture
and grade and the identification is accompanied by satisfactory mill
tests or the strength and stress grade of the materials are otherwise
confirmed to the satisfaction of the building official, the allowable
"orking stresses may be increased to comply with the accepted engineer-
ing standards.
J-l MASONRY STRESSES
J-l-A MORTAR FOR UNIT MASONRY: Mortar for unit masonry shall comply
with either the proportion specifications as set out in section 816.2,
or shall meet the property specifications of the accepted engineering
standard listed in the reference standards of article 8. Unless lab-
oratory data are presented to show that the mortar meets the require-
ments of the property specifications, the proportion specifications
shall govern.
J-l-B COMPRESSIVE STRESSES: Except as permitted in other sections
of the Basic Code, the compressive stresses in masonry shall not ex-
ceed the values as shown in table J-l.
J-l-C SHEAR AND TENSILE STRESSES: Except as permitted in other sec-
tions of the Basic Code, the allowable shear or tensile stresses in
masonry shall not exceed the values permitted in the accepted engi-
neering practice standards listed in the reference standards of arti-
cle 8.
Vol. 18 " 781
1/1/78
TABLE J-l ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES GROSS CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA
(EXCEPT AS NOTED)
TYPE OF MASONRY AND GRADE OF
MASONRY UNIT (PSI GROSS AREA)
TYPE OF MORTAR
N
Solid masonry of brick and other
solid units of clay or shale; sand-
lime or concrete:
8000 plus psi
from 4500 to 8000 psi
from 2500 to 4500 psi
from 1500 to 2500 psi
psi psi psi psi
400
350
300
200
250
225
200
150
175
160
140
100
125
115
100
75
350
275
200
275
215
155
-
225
175
125
-
Grouted masonry of solid masonry
units:
from 4500 to 8000 psi
from 2500 to 4500 psi
from 1500 to, 2500 psi
Solid masonry of solid concrete
masonry units:
1800 plus psi
from 1200 to 1800 psi
175
125
160
115
140
100
100
75
Masonry of hollow units
85
75
70
Hollow walls (cavity or masonry bonded)
Solid masonry units
2500 plus psi
from 1500 to 2500 psi
Hollow masonry units
140
130
110
-
100
90
80
-
70
60
55
-
800
720
640
500
500
450
400
325
400
360
320
250
Stone ashlar masonry
Granite
Limestone or marble
Sandstone or cast stone
Rubble stone, coursed,
rough or random
140 120 100
80
Note 1: On gross cross-sectional area of wall minus area of cavity be-
tween wythes. The allowable comprehensive stresses for cavity
walls are based upon the assumption that the floor loads bear
upon but one (1) of the two (2) wythes. Where hollow walls
are loaded concentrically, the allowable stresses may be in-
creased by twenty-five (25) percent.
1/1/78
Vol. 18
782
J-2 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRESSES
The allowable working stresses for ordinary materials shall be based
on the following proportions (see table J-2) by dry volumetric measure-
ment and maximum water content per sack of cement in accordance with the
standard requirements for reinforced concrete specified in the reference
standards of article 8 subject to the ten (10) percent reduction pre-
scribed for ordinary materials.
J- 3 REINFORCED GYPSUM CONCRETE STRESSES
When ordinary materials are used, the allowable working stresses
shall be based on the following proportions, measured dry by weight with
sufficient water to make a plastic mix that will fill the forms: one hun-
dred (100) percent neat calcined gypsum; ninety-seven (97) percent gyp-
sum and three (3) percent wood chips, shavings or fibers; and eighty-seven
and five tenths (87.5) percent gypsum and twelve and five tenths (12.5)
percent wood chips, shavings or fibers; with ultimate compressive strengths
of eighteen hundred (1,800), one thousand (1000) and five hundred (500)
pounds per square inch, respectively.
The working stresses shall not exceed the values prescribed in the stan-
dard for reinforced gypsum concrete listed in the reference standards of
article 8 subject to the ten (10) percent reduction prescribed for ordinary
materials.
J-4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT STRESSES
The allowable working stresses for reinforcement specified in the
standard requirements for reinforced concrete listed in the reference
standards of article 8 shall be used in all reinforced construction, in-
cluding reinforced concrete, reinforced gypsum concrete and all forms of
reinforced masonry subject to the ten (10) percent reduction specified
for ordinary, unidentified materials.
J-5 STRUCTURAL STEEL STRESSES
When ordinary materials which are not identified as to manufacture
and grade are used, the allowable working stresses specified in the stan-
dard for design, fabrication and erection of structural steel listed in
the reference standards of article 8 shall be reduced ten (10) percent.
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 " 783
w
H
)-l u-l 1
S
HI o
u
00
z
• <fl
o
H X
CJ
p
XI c
H N Irt
w
• i-t <u
w
z
to g
VO lO •»
o
H
• -3" Q)
H
H
ss
3 On U
2
H
z
W
0) >»
U X
H
1
S 4J
Z
erf
H O X
H
O -H 6C
-a- vo o
s
<
(fl 4J -H
m -a- -a-
w
X <t) 0)
u
1
H
< H 3
o o o
Crf
w
W
u U-i
H
erf
OJ o
<
u
a
3
z
o
00
W
u
.-I XI
C) vO 00
ij
(0
CQ
Q
O • -U
r~. vo in
H
w
Xi c
to
z
• M 4)
tO
H
to B
H
31
H
Z
• «tf 0)
W
Do* U
Ph
W
1
erf
H
4) >N
JJ X)
S W
.-n o x
H-
1
O -H M
m CO r-l
X
z
tn w -h
i© in m
o
z
x <n <i>
o o o
to Crf
irf w
O &4 U
< Q H
to h 3 W
z -2 erf
2 W >* u
Jf
52 Z
m m ^o
s w u o
M O M U
z pa
H h P b
SOUO
<"N
M
in
cu
w --<
>-H
Q M
U Ul S
M CO H
fe uo a
m 2 z
o o o
o o o
U a, W
w 2 «
in o m
n n m
a. oh
wow
DO
C
0)
M
J-)
to
<
60 M
c
H
•H
M
4J
0)
•o
<u
c
e
(0
to
M
4-1
t-l
c
M
0)
X
(0
4J
X
on
4J
C
oo
<y
c
u
0)
j-i
M
(0
JJ
en
ps
0)
>>
•o
n
1/1/78
Vol. 18
784
J-6 CAST IRON STRESSES
Maximum stress in
pounds per square inch
Tension 3,000
Extreme Tension (Fiber Stress in Bending) 3,000
Extreme Compression (Fiber Stress in Bending) .. 16,000
Shear 3,000
Column Compression 9,000 minus 40 1_
r
Ratio _1 not to exceed seventy (70)
r
J- 7 COLD FORMED STEEL CONSTRUCTION STRESSES
When ordinary materials which are not identified as to manufac-
ture and grade are used, the allowable working stresses specified in
the standard for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Cold-Formed
Structural Steel listed in the reference standards of article 8, shall
be reduced ten (10) percent.
J-8 LUMBER STRESSES
When the grade of lumber is not identified as provided in section
722 for controlled materials, the maximum allowable working stresses
for the species of lumber used shall be determined in accordance with
the principles for stress grade lumber as set forth in the National De-
sign Specification for Stress-Grade Lumber and Its Fastenings, listed
in the reference standards of article 8.
Vol. 18 - 785
1/1/78
APPENDIX K
SPECIALIZED CODES
Executive Office of Public Safety
Department of Public Safety
BOARD OF FIRE PREVENTION REGULATIONS
FPR-2 Rules and Regulations Governing Dry-
Cleaning and Dry-Dyeing and the Keep-
ing, Storage and Use of Cleaning and
Dyeing Fluid in Connenction Therewith
FPR-3 Rules and Regulations Governing the
Construction, Installation and Opera-
tion of Oil Burning Equipment and the
Keeping, Storage and Use of Fuel Oil
or Other Inflammable Liquid Products
used in Connection Therewith
FPR-4 Rules and Regulations Governing the
Construction and Maintenance of Build-
ings or Other Structures Used as Ga-
rages, and the Related Storage, Keep-
ing and Use of Gasoline.
FPR-5 Rules and Regulations Governing the
Construction, Location, Installation
and Operation of Liquefied Petroleum
Gas Systems, Gas Piping and Appliance
Installations in Buildings
FPR-6 Rules and Regulations Governing the
Manufacturing and Handling of Plas-
tics
FPR-8 Rules and Regulations Governing Con-
struction, Location, Use and Mainte-
nance of Tanks and Containers
FPR-9 Rules and Regulations for the Pur-
pose of remedying any Condition
Found to Exist in or about any Build-
ing or Other Premises or on any Ship
or Vessel in Respect to Fires, the
Prevention of Fire and Fire Hazards
FPR-11 Massachusetts State Electrical Code
1/1/78 Vo1- 18 - 786
FPR-13 Rules and Regulations Governing the
Keeping, Storage, Manufacture or Sale
in Limited Quantities of Flammable
Fluids, Solids or Gases
BOARD OF BOILER RULES
BLR-1 Part I of Steam Boiler Rules
BLR-l-A Part I-A of Steam Boiler Rules, Atomic En-
ergy Installations
BLR-2 Part II of Steam Boiler Rules, Power and
Miniature Class
BLR-3 Low Pressure Steam-Heating Boilers
BLR-4 Part IV - Steam Boiler Rules
BLR- 5 Part I - Air Tank Regulations, Installa-
tion and Inspection
BLR-6 Part II - Air Tank Regulations, Installa-
tion and Inspection
BLR-7 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
BLR-8 - Material Specifications
BLR-9 Welding Specifications
BLR-11 Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic Pressure
Vessels
BOARD OF ELEVATOR REGULATIONS
ELV-1 Elevator and Escalator Regulations
ELV-2 Elevator, Dumbwaiter, Escalator, and
Moving Walk Regulations
BOARD TO FACILITATE THE USE OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS BY
THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
PHR-1 Rules and Regulations of the Board to
Facilitate the Use of Public Buildings
by the Physically Handicapped
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 787
Executive Office of Consumer Affairs
Department of Public Utilities
GAS REGULATORY BOARD
Massachusetts Code for Installation of Gas
Appliances and Gas Piping
Division of Registration
BOARD OF STATE EXAMINERS OF PLUMBERS
Massachusetts State Plumbing Code
Executive Office of Human Services
Department of Public Health
DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH
The State Sanitary Code
ARTICLE I General Application and Ad-
ministration
ARTICLE II Minimum Standards of Fitness
for Human Habitation
ARTICLE III Housing and Sanitation Stan-
dards for Farm Labor Camps
ARTICLE IV Sanitation Standards for Rec-
creational Camps for Children
ARTICLE VI Minimum Standards for Swimming
Pools
ARTICLE VIII Minimum Standards for Developed
Family Type Camp Grounds
ARTICLE X Minimum Sanitation Standards
for Food Service Establishments
DIVISION OF HEALTH CARE AND STANDARDS
Designer's Guide (Bureau of Planning and Construction)
Licensure Rules and Regulations for Hospitals in Mass-
achusetts, 1971
Intensive Care Unit Amendment, May 26, 1972
Rules and Regulations for the Licensure of Dispensaries
and Clinics, 1964
Rules and Regulations for General Standards of Construc-
tion-Long Term Care Facilities in Massachusetts,
September 29, 1972
1/1/78 Vo1' 18 - ?88
Executive Office of Manpower Affairs
Department of Labor and Industries
DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
Industrial Bulletin No. 12
Industrial Bulletin No. 13
Industrial Bulletin No. 18
Rules and Regulations
for Prevention of
Accidents on Construction
Operations
Revised Rules and Regulations
and Recommendations Pertaining
to Structural Painting
Lighting Code for Factories,
Workshops, Manufacturing,
Mercantile Establishments
Executive Office of Environmental Affairs
Outdoor Advertising Division
OUTDOOR ADVERTISING BOARD
Rules and Regulations for the Control and Restriction
of Billboards, Signs, and other Advertising Devices,
October 1, 1973
Vol. 18
789
1/1/78
APPENDIX L
LIST OF AGENCIES AND DEPARTMENTS ON THE TECHNICAL CODE COUNCIL
Board to Facilitate the Use of Public Buildings by the
Physically Handicapped
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. Robert Lynch, Chairman (617) 566-4500
Board of Boiler Rules
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. John K. Olsen, Supervising District
Engineering Inspector (617) 566-4500
Board of Elevator Regulations
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. Adam Strachan, Chairman (617) 566-4500
Board of Fire Prevention Regulations
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. Samuel Gronich, Chairman (617) 566-4500
Board of Schoolhouse Structural Standards
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. Francis S. Harvey, Acting Chairman . . . (617) 566-4500
Board of State Examiners of Electricians
Division of Registration
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
Mr. John F. Cullen, Executive Secretary. . . (617) 727-3050
Board of State Examiners of Plumbers
Division of Registration
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
Mr. Irving J. Risi, Executive Secretary. . . (617) 727-3046
1/1/78 Vol. 18 - 790
Bureau of Community Sanitation
Department of Public Health
600 Washington Street
Boston, MA 02100
Mr. Harold Rose, Senior Sanitary Engineer. . (617) 727-2656
Bureau of Engineering and Construction
Department of Public Health
80 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02116
Mr. Richard Knapp, Director (617) 727-8985
Division of Environmental Health
Department of Public Health
600 Washington Street
Boston, MA 02100
Mr. John C. Collins, Director (617) 727-2690
Division of Health Care Standards
Department of Public Health
80 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02116
Dr. Harvey Remmer, Acting Director (617) 727-7836
Division of Industrial Safety
Department of Labor and Industries
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
Mr. Everett L. Grady, Director (617) 727-3567
Division of Inspection
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. John R. Loynd, Acting Chief of
Inspections (617) 727-5152
Division of Outdoor Advertising
Executive Office of Environmental Affairs
80 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02116
Mr. Peter B. Bronson, Acting
Executive Director (617) 426-0708
Engineering and Maintenance
Department of Mental Health
190 Portland Street
Boston, MA 02114
Mr. James Kerr, Director (617) 727-5647
1/1/78
Vol. 18 - 791
Gas Regulatory Board
Department of Public Utilities
100 Cambridge Street
Boston, MA 02202
Mr. George Coogan, Chairman (617) 727-3539
Mobile Home Commission
1153 Boston Road
Springfield, MA 01119
Mr. Frank C. Gotta, Chairman (413) 783-6114
Office of the State Fire Marshal
Department of Public Safety
1010 Commonwealth Avenue
Boston, MA 02215
Mr. Joseph G. Sneider, State Fire Marshal . .(617) 566-4500
State Building Code Commission
Department of Community Affairs
141 Milk Street
Boston, MA 02109
Mr. Charles J. Dinezio,
Executive Secretary (617) 727-6916
Vol. 18 - 792
1/1/78
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE, SUPPLE-
MENT CONTAINING AMENDMENTS IN EFFECT ON AUGUST 1, 1978
Foreword
This supplement is designed for use with 780 CMR 2.00, THE COMMONWEALTH
OF MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE, published by the Secretary of
the Commonwealth.
It contains all amendments in effect on August 1, 1978, arranged in the order of
the corresponding sections and supplementary materials of the parent Massachu-
setts State Building Code. It also includes the CMR numbers of regulations of
other Massachusetts state agencies in the Code of Massachusetts Regulations
cited in the Building Code. A table of sections amended or added by this sup-
plement appears after this foreword.
For amendments after August 1, 1978, consult the Massachusetts Register.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 793
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
TABLE OF PARTS OF THE MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING
CODE AMENDED OR ADDED BY THIS SUPPLEMENT
The following table is a list of all sections, tables, and supplemental parts
amended, repealed, or added by this supplement. Completely new sections or
sections repealed in their entirety are so marked. Partially amended sections are
unmarked. Sections in which only citations have been renumbered are marked
"CMR."
Sections Page
Section 101.0 800
Section 107.8 800
Section 108.1 800
Section 108.15 800
Table 1-1 802
Section 108.2 804
Section 109.11 804
Section 111.43 (repealed) 804
Section 113.5 804
Section 113.52 (new) 805
Section 113.6 805
Section 113.61 (new) 805
Section 114.1 805
Section 114.6 805
Section 114.8 806
Section 122.12 806
Section 127.31 806
Section 127.32 (new) 806
Rules and Regulations for Licensing of
Concrete Testing Laboratories (new) 807
Rules and Regulations for Concrete
Testing Personnel (new) 812
Section 127.33 (new) 815
Rules and Regulations Controlling the
Use of Native Lumber (new) 815
Section 130.0 (new) 817
Section 130.1 (new) 817
Section 130.2 (new) 818
Section 201.0 818
Section 201.2 818
Section 207.0 819
Section 209.2 819
Table 2-5 819
Table 2-6 819
Section 400.5 (CMR) 820
Section 403.11 (CMR) 820
Section 403.12 (CMR) 820
Section 403.21 820
Table 4-1 (repealed) 820
Section 405.1 (CMR) 820
Section 407.3 820
Section 407.31 820
Section 408.0 (CMR) 820
Section 409.13 (CMR) 820
Section 411.6 (CMR) 821
Section 413.0 (CMR) 821
Section 413.1 821
Section 413.15 (CMR) 821
Section 413.2 821
Section 413.21 821
Section 414.2 (CMR) 821
Section 416.64 (CMR) 822
Section 416.821 822
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 794
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Sections Page
Section 416.822 822
Section 417.0 822
Section 417.2 822
Section 417.4 (repealed) 822
Section 418.0 822
Section 418.1 (repealed) 822
Section 420.11 (new) 822
Section 422.45 (CMR) 823
Section 422.5 (CMR) 823
Section 422.61 (CMR) 823
Section 422.71 (CMR) • 823
Section 422.8 823
Section 423.0 (CMR) 823
Section 424.43 823
Section 424.51 823
Section 424.9 (CMR) 823
Section 426.0 823
Section 427.0 824
Section 427.1 824
Section 427.2 824
Section 427.21 824
Section 427.22 824
Section 427.3 824
Section 427.31 824
Section 427.32 824
Section 427.33 824
Section 427.4 824
Section 427.41 824
Section 427.411 824
Section 427.412 825
Section 427.5 825
Section 427.51 825
Section 427.52 825
Section 427.521 825
Section 427.522 825
Section 427.53 826
Section 427.54 826
Section 427.55 826
Section 427.6 826
Section 427.7 826
Section 427.8 826
Section 427.9 826
Section 427.10 826
Section 427.101 826
Section 427.20 827
Section 427.30 827
Section 428.0 (new) 827
Section 428.1 (new) 827
Section 428.2 (new) 827
Section 428.3 (new) 827
Section 428.31 (new) 827
Section 428.4 (new) 828
Section 428.41 (new) 828
Section 428.5 (new) 828
Section 429.0 (new) 828
Section 429.1 (new) 828
Section 429.2 (new) 828
Section 429.3 (new) 829
Section 429.31 (new) 829
Section 429.32 (new) 829
Section 429.321 (new) 829
Section 429.322 (new) 829
Section 429.323 (new) 830
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 795
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Sections
Section 429.324 (new)
Section 429.33 (new)
Section 429.4 (new)
Section 429.41 (new)
Section 429.42 (new)
Section 429.43 (new)
Section 429.431 (new)
Section 429.432 (new)
Section 429.44 (new)
Section 429.441 (new)
Section 429.442 (new)
Section 429.45 (new)
Section 460.23 (CMR)
Section 460.231 (CMR)
Section 460.25 (new)
Section 460.251 (new)
Section 460.311
Reference Standards - Article 4 (CMR)
Section 501.0
Section 503.3
Section 512.6 (CMR)
Section 515.0 (CMR)
Reference Standards - Article 5 (CMR)
Section 601.0
Section 605.0
Section 605.1
Section 605.2
Section 605.21
Section 605.3
Section 605.4
Table 6-1
Section 607.4 (repealed)
Table 6-2
Section 609.11
Section 609.12
Section 610.31 (new)
Section 612.2
Section 612.41
Section 615.0
Section 616.8
Section 620.1 (CMR)
Section 621.0
Section 621.1
Section 621.2
Section 621.3
Section 621.31
Section 621.32
Section 621.33
Section 621.34
Section 623.1
Section 623.2
Section 624.2
Section 709.1 (CMR)
Section 718.53
Section 816.31 (new)
Section 816.32 (new)
Section 851.11 (new)
Section 851.5
Section 863.4 (CMR)
Section 868.1
Reference Standards - Article 8 (Part B)
Section 903.61
Section 903.62 (repealed)
830
830
830
830
830
830
830
830
831
831
831
831
831
831
831
832
832
832
832
833
833
833
833
833
833
833
833
833
834
834
834
834
834
834
834
834
835
835
835
835
835
835
835
836
836
836
836
836
836
836
836
836
837
837
837
837
837
838
838
838
838
838
839
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 796
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Sections Page
Section 903.7 839
Section 903.71 839
Section 903.72 (new) 839
Section 905.0 (CMR) 840
Section 905.5 (CMR) 840
Section 905.63 840
Section 910.43 840
Section 911.0 840
Section 917.22 840
Table 9-3 840
Section 922.3 (new) 840
Section 1000.11 (CMR) 841
Section 1008.35 841
Section 1011.2 841
Reference Standards - Article 10 841
Section 1100.1 841
Section 1100.11 (CMR) 841
Section 1117.42 (CMR) 842
Section 1121.5 842
Section 1127.0 (CMR) 842
Section 1200.0 842
Section 1201.0 843
Section 1203.3 (CMR) 843
Section 1206.0 843
Table 12-1 843
Section 1212.7 (CMR) 843
Section 1216.1 (CMR) 843
Section 1218.211 843
Section 1218.213 (repealed) 848
Section 1218.215 848
Reference Standards - Article 12 848
Section 1300.0 (CMR) 849
Section 1408.2 (CMR) 849
Section 1415.0 (CMR) 849
Reference Standards - Article 14 (CMR) 849
Article 15 (CMR) 849
Article 16 (CMR) 849
Article 17 (CMR) 850
Section 1800.11 (CMR) 850
Section 1809.1 (CMR) 850
Reference Standards - Article 18 850
Section 1901.0 850
Section 1905.11 (new) 850
Section 1905.2 850
Section 1908.0 850
Rules and Regulations for Manufactured Buildings,
Building Components and Mobile Homes 850
Section 1.2 850
Section 1.4 851
Section 1.5 851
Section 1.6 851
Section 2.1 851
Section 2.3 851
Section 2.4 851
Section 2.5 851
Section 2.6 851
Section 2.7 851
Section 2.8 851
Section 2.9 851
Section 3 852
Section 3.11 852
Section 3.21 852
Section 3.22 852
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 797
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Sections
Section 3.3 852
Section 3.5 852
Section 3.6 852
Section 4.3 852
Section 4.4 852
Section 5.6 853
Section 7.2 853
Section 9 853
Section 9.11 853
Section 9.12 853
Section 9.17 853
Section 12.1 853
Section 12.3 853
Section 13.1 853
Section 13.21 853
Section 13.23 853
Part IV 853
Section 14.1 853
Section 14.2 854
Section 15 854
Section 16 854
Section 18 854
Section 18.1 854
Section 18.3 854
Section 18.4 854
Section 2100.6 855
Section 2100.10 855
Section 2100.11 856
Section 2100.13 856
Section 2100.15 856
Section 2100.18 856
Section 2100.19 (new) 858
Section 2101.9 858
Section 2102.2 858
Section 2104.2 858
Section 2104.5 858
Section 2105.2 858
Figure 2107-1 859
Section 2107.24 859
Section 2107.25 859
Section 2107.6 859
Section 2109.15 859
Section 2109.2 (CMR) 859
Section 2113.2 (CMR) 860
Section 2115.1 (CMR) 860
Section 2117.5 (CMR) 860
Section 2201.2 860
Section 2204.21 861
Section 2204.23 861
Section 2204.24 861
Table 22-2 863
Table 22-5 864
Section 2204.54c 864
Section 2204.6 (new) 864
Section 2204.61 (new) 864
Section 2204.62 (new) 864
Section 2204.63 (new) 865
Section 2204.64 (new) 865
Section 2204.641 (new) 865
Section 2204.65 (new) 865
Section 2204.66 (new) 865
Section 2204.67 (new) 866
Section 2204.68 (new) 866
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 798
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Sections Page
Table 22-11 (new) 866
Section 2207.0 (new) 866
Section 2207.1 (new) 866
Section 2207.2 (new) 866
Section 2207.21 (new) 866
Section 2207.3 (new) 867
Section 2207.4 (new) 867
Section 2207.5 (new) 867
Section 2207.51 (new) 867
Section 2207.6 (new) 867
Section 2207.7 (new) 867
Section 2207.8 (new) 868
Section 2207.9 (new) 868
Section 2297.91 (new) 868
Section 2207.92 (new) 868
Section 2207.93 (new) 868
Table 22-12 (new) 869
Appendix A, Page A-10 869
Appendix B, Pages A-17, A-19, A-20, A-23, A-24 (CMR) 870
Appendix K, Pages A-48, A-49, A-50, A-51 (CMR) 870
Index 871
Pages 1-16, 1-28 871
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 799
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 101.0
Add the following to the end of Section 101.0:
EXCEPT AS PROVIDED OTHERWISE IN THE BASIC CODE,
a) All buildings and structures erected or substantially altered
prior to the effective date of the Basic Code shall meet, and
shall be presumed to meet, the provisions of the applicable
codes, rules or regulations, by-laws or ordinances in effect at
the time such building or structure was erected or substantially
altered.
b) In cases where no applicable codes, rules or regulations, by-
laws or ordinances were in use at the time of such erection or
substantial alteration, the provisions of section 104.0 of the
Basic Code shall apply.
c) In cases where the provisions of the Basic Code are less strin-
gent than the applicable codes, rules or regulations, by-laws or
ordinances in force at the time of such erection or substantial
alteration, the applicable provisions of the Basic Code shall
apply, providing such application of these provisions does not
result in danger to the public as determined by the building
official.
Section 107.8
Repeal Section 107.8 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
107.8 RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYEES: No full-time building com-
missioner, inspector of buildings, or full-time local inspector as
defined herein shall be engaged in, or directly or indirectly con-
nected with, the furnishing of labor, materials or appliances for the
construction, alteration or maintenance of a building or structure,
or the preparation of plans or of specifications therefor within the
city, town or region for which he is appointed, unless he is the
owner of the building or structure; nor shall any officer or em-
ployee associated with the building department engage in any work
which conflicts with his official duties or with the interests of the
department.
Section 108.1
On the ninth line of Section 108.1 delete the following words:
"except as may otherwise be specifically provided for by statutory
reguirements or as herein provided."; and substitute the following:
"established by the legislature but not owned by the Commonwealth,
such authorities to include, but not be limited to the Massachusetts
Bay Transportation Authority, Massachusetts Turnpike Authority
and the Massachusetts Port Authority."
Section 108.15
Repeal Section 108.15 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
108.15 INSPECTION AND CERTIFICATION - SPECIFIED USE
GROUPS: The building official shall periodically inspect and certify
buildings and structures or parts thereof in use groups F, H, L-l,
and L-2, according to Table 1-1. No certificate of inspection as
herein specified shall be issued until an inspection is made certi-
fying that the building or structure, or parts thereof, complies
with all the applicable reguirements of the Basic Code, and until
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 800
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 108.15: continued
Table 1-1
the fee is paid as specified in Table 1-1. Municipalities may waive
only in its entirety, the fees as specified in Table 1-1 for buildinqs
and structures, or parts thereof; municipalities may not revise or
modify, or waive in part said fees, except those fees for buildinqs
or structures, or parts thereof, owned by the municipality or
county and for buildings and structures or parts thereof used
solely for religious purposes. All state-owned buildings and 'struc-
tures are exempt from said fees. A copy of said certificate shall be
kept posted as specified in section 121.2.
Repeal Table 1-1 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the attached new Table.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 801
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
OS
fa Z
u o
OS l-H
W S E-i
(up<Q
£ cj o
X
CJ
T3
u
C4H XI
CO 1—1 l-H I— 1
td x fa os
o
<u
LO
LTl
01
IT)
01
U
u
1) 0)
W<HU
4->
CM
r4
-i
CM
4-1
4J
4-1
4-1 4-1
InSHl
</>
o
c
■co-
o
c
</>
o
3
O
d
o
3
o o
3 3
Z
o
H
CO
CO
<
CO
CJ
l-l
in
ra
14
Ij
U
1-
10 u
to
18
01
10
to
10
CO
0) to
gha
4)
01
>•
01
01
Ol
01
u
0>
Oh U
>-•
>H
tw
X
►h
Oh
Oh
>H
0-
HHH
01
11
>< OS OS
oi
Ol
>
01
01
01
O
o
OJ
> U
< w w
s
3
■H
3
3
3
3
3
3
■H 3
s cj fa
o
O
fa
o
O
o
H
t^
o
fa O
XI
CJ
01
4-1
>>
01
CO
01
u
CO
XI 4H
■H
Z
4-1 O
1+4
o
3
•H
c
>.
O 01
-J
>.
S f->
c
4-1 CJ
p <->
<
l-H
3
01
£ fa
l-l 10
u
to
i-i O-i
•H
3
O 3
3
Z CO
E
3
■i-4 CO
3
d
l-H Z
1
3
l-l CO
CD
d
S3 l-H
CO
<
fa -rt
3
<S
-o
>>
>>
CO O
u
U
^4 -<f
c
CO
u
u
01
o
1
3
CO
c
3
4-1 00
•H
o
o
3
CJ
OJ
01
C 3
^J
CO
O
4-1
u
u
CJ
to
01 -H
ra
4-1
l-l
CO
i-H
01
co
to
CO
n
en
M
U 4-1
10
11
3
01
o
CJ
11
•H '
to
4-1
.
T3
a
d
•o
3
co
C T3
u
T3
O.
•H
CO
c
01
o •
3
01
11
O O
11
CJ
3
c^
—
01
00
CO
u
o
•H CJ
o
l-l
4J
4-1
~s-
CO
CO
4-1
ra
o
4-> 4-1
o
4-1
10
4-> §
01
CO
>.
CO
o
3
V
01
<i-
co u
<r
01
u
10 o
>.
T3
as
o
4-1
00
OJ
V
0C
OJ
o
01 CJ
4-1
01
X
3
-H
i
XI
o
J=
E
S-l
u -
l-i
X
E
IH CJ
•H
CO
u
E
i
d
4-1
fa
<L
cj co
aj
4-1
f-
o
u <s
u
o
1)
^
■o
oo
co
co
>
OJ ,-H
>
CQ
to
o
01 --^
3
01
E
O
u
3
<u
O
u co
o
1)
-J-
l-l
01
CO
XI
CO
OJ
1
4-1
■H
A
•H
-a
a
XI
TJ
TD
OJ
CJ
u
T3
oo
>.
4-1
>
c
oo
00
4-1
>
3
00
- V
CO
o
3
1)
4->
T3
•H
o
a
3
m s
c
O
to
c
CO 4-1
3
3
cu
<4-l
u
d
o
•h d
3
z;
■r-l
•H
3
E
•H
4-1
r-4 11
O
ra
X
o
O
01
3
4-1
•H
to
fa
i-H
S 01
CO u
fa T3
x
CO 4-J
X
"m -
1-1
1-1
10
2
„
3
■a
X!
73
3
■o
XI W
11
D
4-1 •
CO 00
o
O
0
•H
o
X
CO CJ
U U
••H -H
O
01 co
01 10 W
01
E
CO
01 4-1
d 4-i
11 01
4-1 XI
)
:- l-i
o
u a co
X
■H
^H
00
OS 01
l-H 01
4-1 4-1
i-H CJ
«1
>
4->
o
3 01
O
CO o
4J
o
3 --4 01
CJ
CO
•H
o
fa
3
O O
3
u
3
XI
u
4-1 4-1
u
01 -*
XI
u
u
•o
o
1
1
cc d
52 n
u
oo
u
cj d
u
l-l
ao
u
cj C
3
-o
XI
4-1
1
1
O
^
s°
CO
01 01
4-1 M
01 01 u
X
3
tJ
■
1 <4H
10
2
►J o
"5 3
z
1-4 4-1 O
CJ
CO
<
^3
1
OJ •
3
01 -t-l
CO
&
ja *
J
XI 4-1
i
d
a
i-H"
^H fa
H
0
1
H to
1
o
o
to e
o
7
3
•O
•H
•r4
OS
>.
3
>>
>>
0» O
!>.
>.
>.
>>
>>
>•
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1 o
o
r-H
i— 1 S
co
3
d
d
d
XI
X
XI
Xi E
X
XI
X
X
X
X
4->
4-1
01
U IH
w
E
3
E
B
E O
01
E
s
E
E
E
E
■H
•iH
"O
•a aj
co
<u
J /— n
H
01
11 o
01
1)
01
OJ
01
Oj
4-1
•rH
3
w
J o
0 o
m
to
W CO
^
CO
CO
CO
w
CO
CO
to
CO
CO
CO
d
CO
d
01
oi 5
<•-
-^-<r
<
<
< ^-J
o
<
<
<
<
<
<
1-1
1-1
OS
OS CO
+
+
<
CQ
+
+
<
cq
I—1
*-t
CM
CO
•"•
"-'
CM
in
<t
m
^
r^-
"-•
CM
•~*
tM
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
fa
33
i
|X|
►J
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 802
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
NOTES TO TABLE 1-1
Following Table 1-1, add the following "Notes to Table 1-1":
NOTES TO TABLE 1-1
General:
The maximum certification period specified on Table 1-1 is intended
to provide administrative flexibility. For those buildings and struc-
tures or parts thereof allowing more than a one-year, maximum
certification period, the building official may determine the length
of validity of the certificate issued. For example, a building in the
L-2 Use Group could be issued a certificate valid for 1, 2, 3, 4, or
5 years. The total amount of fees charged for a certificate or
certificates issued during the maximum certification period cannot
exceed the fee listed or referenced in column 4 of Table 1-1. For
example, if the building official issues a certificate valid for two (2)
years for a building in the L-2 Use Group, then the fee charged
would be 2/5 times the FEE PER MAXIMUM CERTIFICATION PERIOD
as determined for the building in question using the formula in note
f below.
Specific :
Note a: For all buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in the
F-3+ Use Group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one (1) year is $50 for accommo-
dations for up to five thousand (5,000) persons, plus $10
for the accommodations for each additional one thousand
(1,000) persons or fraction thereof.
Note b: For all buildings or structures, or parts thereof, in the
F-5 Use Group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one (1) year is $25 for seating
accommodations for up to five thousand (5,000) persons,
plus $5 for the accommodations for each additional one
thousand (1,000) persons or fraction thereof.
Note c: For all buildings and structures, or parts thereof, in the
H-l Use Group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of two (2) years is $50 for each struc-
ture containing up to one hundred (100) beds, plus a $1
charge for each additional ten (10) beds or fraction there-
of over the initial one hundred (100) beds.
Note d: For hospitals, nursing homes, sanitariums, and orphanages
in the H-2 Use Group, the fee to be charged for the
maximum certification period of two (2) years is $50 for
each structure containing up to one hundred (100) beds,
plus a $1 charge for each additional ten (10) beds or
fraction thereof over the initial one hundred (100) beds.
All other buildings or structures or parts thereof in the
M-2 Use Group Classification shall be charged a fee of $50
for a two (2) year maximum certification period.
Note e: For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the
L-l Use Group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of one (1) year shall be $25 for up to
five (5) units plus $1 per unit for all over five (5) units.
A unit shall be defined as follows:
two (2) hotel guest rooms
two (2) lodging house guest rooms
two (2) boarding house guest rooms
four (4) dormitory beds
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 803
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Notes to Table 1-1: continued
Note f: For all buildings and structures or parts thereof in the
L-2 Use Group, the fee to be charged for the maximum
certification period of five (5) years shall be $50, plus $1
per dwelling unit, except three (3) family dwelling units
shall be exempt from such fees.
Note g: For purposes of determining the required number of in-
spections, the maximum certification period, and the fees,
as specified on Table 1-1, dormitories are included in the
L-l Use Group classification rather than the L-2.
Note h: (1) Summer camps for children in use group L-2 shall
be inspected and certified annually prior to the be-
ginning of each season.
(2) The annual fee shall be $10.00 for first twenty-five
(25) residential units; $5.00 for each additional
twenty-five (25) residential units; and $10.00 for
each assembly, building or use. (A residential unit
for this purpose shall be defined as four (4) beds.)
Section 108.2
Add the following new sentence to the end of Section 108.2:
All buildings and structures owned by any authority established by
the legislature shall be regulated in accordance with Section 108.1
of the Basic Code.
Section 109.11
On the first and second lines of Section 109.11, delete the date
"July 1, 1978" and substitute the date "July 1, 1979".
On the last line of Section 109.11, delete the date "June 30, 1978"
and substitute the date "June 30, 1979".
Section 111.43
Repeal Section 111.43 of the State Building Code in its entirety.
Section 113.5
After the first paragraph in Section 113.5 add the following new
paragraph:
When such application for a permit must comply with the provi-
sions of Article 4 or Article 12 of the Basic Code, the building of-
ficial shall cause one (1) such set of plans and specifications re-
ceived by him, to be forwarded simultaneously to the head of the
fire department for his file and approval of the items specified in
Section 1200.0 as they relate to the applicable sections of Article 4
and Article 12. The head of the fire department shall within ten
(10) working days from the date of receipt by him approve or dis-
approve such plans and specifications. Upon request by the head
of the fire department, the building official may grant one (1) or
more extensions for such review, providing, however, that the total
review by said head of the fire department shall not exceed thirty
(30) calendar days. If no such approval, disapproval or request
for an extension of time shall be received by the building official
within said ten (10) working days, the building official may deem
the plans and specifications to be in full compliance with the applic-
able sections of Article 4 and Article 12 and, therefore, approved
by the head of the fire department.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 804
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 113.52
After Section 113.51 add the following new subsection:
113.52 ARCHITECTS' AND ENGINEERS' SEAL: Unless otherwise
provided in the Basic Code, all plans and specifications for build-
ings and structures containing more than thirty-five thousand
(35,000) cubic feet of enclosed space shall bear the Massachusetts
seal of registration of a qualified registered professional engineer or
architect.
Plans, specifications, plats and records whenever stamped with the
seal of a registered professional engineer or architect shall be
signed by the registrant named thereon. The use of a facsimile
signature stamp shall not be deemed to comply with this section.
Section 113.6
Repeal Section 113.6 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
113.6 SITE PLAN: There shall also be filed prior to a permit
being granted for the excavation or for the erection of any building
or structure a site plan showing to scale the size and location of all
new construction and all existing structures on the site, distances
from lot lines, the established street grades, if they exist (fur-
nished by the owner and verified by the town or city engineer) and
proposed finished grades. In the case of demolition, the site plan
shall show all construction to be demolished and the location and
size of all existing buildings and construction that are to remain on
the site or plot. The site plan shall not be changed except as
specified in Section 115.4.
Section 113.61
After Section 113.6, add the following new section:
113.61 EXCEPTIONS: Interior alterations and equipment instal-
lations in accordance with the provisions of Section 113.0 that do
not include change of use or occupancy and do not affect the fol-
lowing items shall be exempt from the requirements of Section
113.6:
1) Exterior wall structural strength or stability;
2) Exterior wall fire rating or fire resistance;
3) Exterior wall area of openings.
Section 114.1
Delete the second sentence of Section 114.1 in its entirety.
On the eighth line after the words "requirements of" add the follow-
ing new words: "Section 113, other related sections of".
On the ninth line after the word "application" add the words "in
writing".
Section 114.6
On the last line of Section 114.6 the words "application of the
plans" should read "application or the plans".
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 805
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 114.8
Repeal Section 114.8 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
114.8 POSTING OF PERMIT: A copy of the building permit pro-
vided by the building department shall be kept in view and pro-
tected from the weather on the site of operation during the entire
time the work is under execution and until the certificate of use
and occupancy shall have been issued. The building permit shall
serve as an inspection record card to allow the building official
conveniently to make entries thereon regarding inspection of the
work.
Section 122.12
Under Item c) after the word "registered" add the following new
words: "or certified"; so that Item c) reads:
c) by sending him a copy of the order registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, if he is within the Commonwealth; or
In Item d), first line, after the word "unknown" delete the words
"or outside the Commonwealth"; so that Item d) reads:
d) if his last and usual place of abode is unknown, by posting a
copy of the order or notice in a conspicuous place on or about
the premises in violation and by publishing it for at least three
(3) out of five (5) consecutive days in one or more newspapers
of general circulation wherein the building or premises affected
is situated.
Section 127.31
On the first line of Section 127.31 delete the words "On and after
the first day of January, 1975".
On the second and third lines of Section 127.31 after the words
"field testing", delete the words "plant testing or field inspection";
so that the entire section reads:
127.31 CONCRETE TESTING: No person shall engage in the ac-
tivities of field testing of concrete unless such person is licensed to
do so by the Commission. Any person who violates the provisions
of this section, any person who fraudulently issues or accepts such
a license shall be punished as provided in Section 122.0 of this
Code. The Commission shall require strict adherence to the stan-
dards of the American Society for Testing and Materials, Desig-
nation E-329, entitled, "Recommended Practice for Inspection and
Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction".
Section 127.32
Add the following section after Section 127.31:
127.32 CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES: No person shall
engage in the activities of a Testing Laboratory, Branch Labora-
tory, and/or Project Laboratory for purposes of testing concrete
and concrete materials for use in buildings and structures subject
to the Basic Code and unless licensed by the Commission in accor-
dance with the Basic Code and the rules and regulations promul-
gated pursuant thereto.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 -
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR LICENSING
OF CONCRETE TESTING LABORATORIES
PART 1 GENERAL
Section 1 - Administration
1.1 TITLE: As authorized by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and in accordance with Section 127 of the State Building Code,
establishing the Construction Materials Safety Board, the following
Rules and Regulations are adopted for Licensing of Concrete Test-
ing Laboratories.
1.2 DEFINITIONS: Unless otherwise expressly stated in the State
Building Code, the following terms shall, for the purpose of these
Rules and Regulations, have the meaning indicated in this section:
ACCREDITED LABORATORY: A laboratory which has been licensed
in accordance with these regulations by the State Building Code
Commission.
BOARD: Construction Materials Safety Board (CMSB).
BRANCH LABORATORIES: A branch of a Testing Laboratory
physically removed from the location of the headquarters or main
testing facility of the Testing Laboratory.
CODE: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code (SBC).
COMMISSION: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code
Commission (SBCC).
LABORATORIES: Testing Laboratory, branch laboratory, and
project laboratory.
PERSON: Individual, partnership, corporation, trust, joint ven-
ture, etc.
PRE-QUALIFYING AGENCY: Construction Materials Safety Board
(CMSB).
PROJECT LABORATORY: A temporary on-site facility providing
concrete testing services for a specific project in accordance with
these licensing regulations.
TESTING AGENCY: National Bureau of Standards Cement and Con-
crete Reference Laboratory (CCRL) or other agency designated by
the SBCC.
TESTING LABORATORY: A proprietorship, corporation, partner-
ship or agency which conforms to the requirements of ASTM E
. 329-72 as modified in these regulations.
1.3 LICENSING: All laboratories defined by these regulations as
Testing Laboratories, Branch Laboratories and Project Laboratories
which are engaged in the testing of concrete and concrete materials
for use in buildings and structures subject to control according to
the provisions of Section 128.0 of the Massachusetts State Building
Code shall be licensed by the State Building Code Commission in
accordance with these regulations.
1.4 APPLICATION FOR LICENSING: Each laboratory desiring to
obtain such license shall make application to the Commission upon
such form and in such manner as the Commission shall prescribe
and shall furnish evidence satisfactory to the Commission that the
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 807
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1.4: continued
laboratory equipment meets the requirements of Section 2 and its
management personnel are qualified in accordance with Sections 4
and 5 of these rules and regulations.
1.5 PRE-QUALIFYING AGENCY: The Commission hereby desig-
nates the Construction Materials Safety Board as its pre-qualifying
agency, provided however, that the Commission may revoke such
designation at any time, and may designate any other agency or
agencies which it deems qualified, from time to time, to act as its
pre-qualifying agency. The pre-qualifying agency shall examine,
or cause to be examined, the evaluation performed by the Testing
Agency and the personnel on each Concrete Testing Laboratory
application and make its recommendation to the Commission regard-
ing such license.
1.6 TESTING AGENCY: The Commission hereby designates the
Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Bureau
of Standards as the agency to examine and evaluate all laboratories
desiring to be licensed in the practice of concrete testing provided,
however, that the Commission may revoke such designation at any
time, and may designate any other agency or agencies which it
deems qualified, from time to time, to act as its Testing Agency.
1.7 NOTIFICATION OF TESTING AND TESTING RESULTS: The
Testing Agency shall notify the applicant of the date for evaluation.
The Commission shall be informed by the Testing Agency/Pre-Quali-
fying Agency of the evaluation results and recommendations. If the
applicant is notified by the Commission that the laboratory has met
all the requirements herein established, he shall submit to the said
Commission, the license fee in accordance with Section 1.8 of these
rules and regulations.
1.8 LICENSING FEE: The fee for licensing shall be one hundred
($100) dollars per annum or in accordance with the fee schedule
established by the Commission from time to time.
1.9 NUMBER AND CLASSIFICATION:
by the Commission shall be issued
Each laboratory so licensed
number and classification.
1.10 RENEWALS: Commencing January 1, 1978, all licenses issued
shall expire on December 31 of the year issued. Within ninety (90)
days before the expiration date of any such license, the Executive
Director of the Commission shall forward to each laboratory so li-
censed an application form for renewal. The said Executive Direc-
tor, upon receipt of the completed form and fee, shall renew the
license for a period of one (1) year or notify such applicant of the
Commission's refusal with reasons thereof.
1.11 PENALTIES: Any such person and/or laboratory who fails to
comply with the requirements of these rules and regulations or who
files a false report shall be subject to the penalties and actions as
prescribed in Section 122 of the Code.
Section 2 - Laboratory Licensing Requirements
2.1 ASTM TESTING REQUIREMENTS: Except as modified in these
regulations, all testing laboratories including branch laboratories
shall conform to Section 5 and 6 of the ASTM E 329-72 standard
requirements for testing of concrete and its constituent materials.
Exception:
ply:
The following sections of ASTM E 329-72 shall not ap-
8/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2.1: continued
Sections 2.2; 2.3;
10.
2.7; 3.2.7; 3.3; 3.4; C 360 of 6.2; 7; 8; 9 and
2.2 ASTM EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS: All
laboratories subject to these regulations shall be approved and
licensed in accordance with the ASTM E 329-72 standard for the
performance of those functions recommended in standard ASTM E
329-72 for equipment and personnel, as modified in these regula-
tions .
Section 3 - Pre-Qualification Requirements for Laboratories
3.1 EVALUATION:
a) Testing and Branch laboratories subject to these regulations
shall be examined and evaluated, upon notification from the State
Building Code Commission, by a testing agency designated by
the SBCC. The interval between such examination and evalu-
ation shall not exceed three years.
b) Project laboratory equipment which is used in the testing of con-
crete materials for use in buildings and structures subject to the
provisions of the Massachusetts State Building Code Commission
shall conform to the requirements of ASTM E 329-72 as modified
by Section 2.
c) Reports of Evaluations by the testing agency shall be filed with
the State Building Code Commission within ten (10) days of re-
ceipt of the report by the laboratory, unless a waiver is granted
by the laboratory to have the report sent directly to the State
Building Code Commission by the testing agency.
d) Laboratory deficiencies cited in the report of the testing agency
shall be corrected within two (2) months of the date of issue of
the report and shall be so certified by an affidavit submitted by
the laboratory on a form supplied by the State Building Code
Commission .
3.2 REVIEW OF DEFICIENCIES: Laboratories which fail to meet
the requirements of items (c) and (d) shall be subject to review
and revocation of their licenses by the State Building Code Com-
mission.
3.3 TESTING MACHINES: Compression testing machines used for
testing materials subject to these regulations shall be calibrated and
verified, with equipment traceable to the National Bureau of Stan-
dards, at least annually or as required by the State Building Code
Commission, and the results submitted to the Commission.
Section 4 - Personnel
The management and supervision of each laboratory subject to these
regulations shall be in accordance with the following requirements:
4.1 REQUIRED: Each accredited licensed Concrete Testing Labora-
tory must have an individual approved by the Commission in each of
three (3) distinctly different categories: Director of Testing Ser-
vices, Supervisory Laboratory Technician and Supervisory Field
Technician. An individual may fill more than one position at the
particular laboratory if he meets all the qualifications for each
position, but he may not fill positions concurrently at a separate
(branch or project) laboratory.
8/1/78
Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 4: continued
4.2 FILING OF QUALIFICATIONS: Each individual being certified
for a position must submit his credentials and qualifications under
penalty of perjury with his signature notarized. Individuals apply-
ing for certification in more than one (1) category must file sepa-
rate applications for each position as described in Section 5.
Application for certification shall be filed within thirty (30) days of
employment for such duties. It is the responsibility of the Director
of Testing Services to notify the Commission within seven (7) days
of any vacancy of any position.
Section 5 - Qualifications
5.1 QUALIFICATIONS FOR DIRECTOR OF TESTING SERVICES:
The testing services of each laboratory (main, branch or project)
shall be under the direction of a Director of Testing Services who
shall be a full-time resident employee of that laboratory and shall
be qualified in accordance with any one (1) of the following three
(3) sets of requirements:
a) He shall be a Professional Engineer, registered in the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts with at least five (5) years of exper-
ience in responsible charge of work related to Structural Engi-
neering, Construction Engineering or Construction Materials
Testing. He shall be subject to demonstrate his ability to inter-
pret the results of tests of concrete and concrete aggregates as
stated in ASTM E 329-72; or,
b) He shall have a bachelors degree in Engineering from an accred-
ited institution and an additional total of three (3) years exper-
ience performing tests on concrete and concrete materials which
shall include two (2) years as a laboratory technician or super-
visor. He shall be subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret
the results of tests of concrete and concrete aggregates as
stated in ASTM 3 329-72; or,
c) He shall have at least eight (8) years experience including five
(5) years experience as a laboratory technician or supervisor
and shall be subject to demonstrate his ability to interpret the
results of tests of concrete and concrete aggregates as stated in
ASTM E 329-72.
5.2 QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUPERVISORY LABORATORY TECH-
NICIAN: A Supervisory Laboratory Technician shall have at least
five (5) years experience performing tests on construction materials
including concrete and concrete aggregates. He shall be subject to
demonstrate either by oral or written examination or both, his
ability to perform correctly tests of concrete and concrete aggre-
gates as stated in ASTM E 329-72. "Class A" accreditation by the
pre-qualifying agency shall be required as qualification for concrete
only. (See rules and regulations for concrete testing personnel.)
5.3 QUALIFICATIONS FOR SUPERVISORY FIELD TECHNICIAN: A
Supervisory Field Technician shall have at least (5) years exper-
ience performing tests on construction materials including concrete.
He shall be subject to demonstrate either by oral or written exam-
ination, or both, his ability to perform correctly the tests of con-
crete as stated in ASTM E 329-72. "Class A" accreditation by the
pre-qualifying agency shall be required as qualification for concrete
only. (See rules and regulations for concrete testing personnel.)
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 810
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 7 - Project Affidavit
In accordance with Section 113.51 of the basic code, those struc-
tures subject to control as required in Section 128.0, affidavits
must be submitted with the building permit application, that the
individuals and testing laboratories responsible for carrying out the
duties of Section 128.0 have been licensed and registered by the
Commission through the provisions of Sections 800.4, 800.41 and
800.42 of the Basic Code.
7.1 AFFIDAVIT: Form number SBCC-L-303-76, as furnished by
the licensed laboratory (sample submitted to each laboratory) shall
be used by the licensed laboratory for each building project.
7.2 NOTICE OF TERMINATION: The building official shall receive
written notification of the termination of laboratory functions certi-
fying that the owner has also been so notified. Such termination
shall be effective no earlier than three (3) working days from the
notification received by the building official.
7.3 SUCCESSOR LABORATORY: If concrete testing is to be
continued for the said project by a successor laboratory, such
notice shall be given to the building official and a new project
affidavit shall be filed with the building official.
Section 8 - Revocation and Suspension Procedures
8.1 REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION: The State Building Code
Commission on its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board, may suspend or revoke the
license of any Testing Laboratory, or Project Laboratory found to
be in non-compliance with these rules and regulations, the State
Building code, or the standards of good practice. Notice of sus-
pension or revocation of such license shall be in writing with the
reasons for suspension or revocation clearly set forth therein, and
served in accordance with Section 122.12 of the Basic Code.
8.2 NOTICE AND CONFERENCE: Prior to suspension, revocation,
or refusal to renew the license of an accredited laboratory, written
notice of such intent shall be served by the Construction Materials
Safety Board of SBCC in accordance with Section 122.12 of the
Basic Code. Within ten calendar days of receipt of such notice, the
affected accredited laboratory may request a conference before a
three member panel designated by the chairman of the Construction
Materials Safety Board, who will hear facts and make their recom-
mendations to the Construction Materials Safety Board.
8.3 EFFECT OF: Upon suspension or revocation of the license,
the accredited laboratory shall immediately cease engaging in the
testing of concrete and concrete materials for use in buildings and
structures which are subject to the provisions of the Massachusetts
State Building Code and no action brought before the Board of
Appeals as specified in Section 3.1 of these regulations or in any
court of competent jurisdiction shall stay the said suspension or
revocation unless said Board of Appeals or court shall issue an
order for a stay of the Commission's suspension or revocation.
Section 9 - Appeals
9.1 BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD: Any laboratory or indi-
vidual aggrieved by the suspension or revocation of their license or
by an interpretation, order, requirement, direction or failure to act
under these Rules and Regulations may appeal to the State Building
Code Appeals Board as provided in Section 126 of the Basic Code;
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 811
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 9.1: continued
however, entry of an appeal from the Commission's order of revoca-
tion or suspension shall not stay such revocation or suspension
unless so ordered by the State Building Code Appeals Board in a
preliminary hearing conducted expressly for the purpose of a stay
in accordance with that part of Section 126-32 of the Basic Code
dealing with the procedure required for a hearing on such stay.
RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR
CONCRETE TESTING PERSONNEL
PART 1 GENERAL
Section 1 - Administration
1.1 TITLE: As authorized by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and in accordance with Section 127 of the State Building Code
establishing the Construction Materials Safety Board, the following
Rules and Regulations are adopted for Concrete Testing Personnel.
1.2 DEFINITIONS: Unless otherwise expressly stated in the State
Building Code, the following terms shall, for the purpose of these
Rules and Regulations, have the meaning indicated in this section:
BOARD: The Construction Materials Safety Board (CMSB).
CODE: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code
(SBC).
COMMISSION: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building
Code Commission (SBCC).
CONCRETE TESTING PERSONNEL: A person issued a Class "A",
"B" or "C" license by the Commission authorizing such person to
test/inspect concrete.
FIELD CONCRETE TECHNICIAN: A person issued a Class "A"
license by the Commission to test concrete in the field.
PRE-QUALIFYING AGENCY: Construction Materials Safety Board
(CMSB).
TESTING AGENCY: Massachusetts Construction Industry Board
(MCIB).
1.3 LICENSING: All Concrete Personnel engaged in the testing/
inspection of concrete for use in buildings and structures subject to
control according to the provisions of Section 128.0 of the Code
shall be licensed by the Commission in accordance with these regu-
lations.
1.4 APPLICATION FOR LICENSING: Each person desiring to ob-
tain such license shall make application to the Commission upon such
form in such manner as the Commission shall prescribe and shall
furnish evidence satisfactory to the Commission that he is qualified
to be licensed in accordance with these Rules and Regulations.
1.5 PRE-QUALIFYING AGENCY: The Commission hereby desig-
nates the Construction Materials Safety Board as its Pre-qualifying
Agency, provided however, that the Commission may revoke such
designation at any time and may designate any other agency or
agencies which it deems qualified, from time to time, to act as its
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 812
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1.5: continued
Pre-qualifying Agency. The Pre-qualification Agency shall examine
or cause to be examined, the examination results and evaluation
performed by the Testing Agency on each Concrete Testing Per-
sonnel application and make its recommendation to the Commission
regarding such license.
1.6 TESTING AGENCY: The Commission hereby designates the
Massachusetts Construction Industry Board (MCIB) as the agency to
examine and evaluate all persons desiring to be licensed in the
practice of concrete testing, provided, however, that the Commis-
sion may revoke such designation at any time, and may designate
any other agency or agencies which it deems qualified, from time to
time, to act as its Testing Agency. The Testing Agency shall
submit all examination results and evaluation on each Concrete
Testing application and make its recommendations to the Pre-qualifi-
cation Agency regarding such license.
1.7 EXAMINATION: Accompanied by the application, there shall
be paid to the Testing Agency an initial examination fee to cover
the cost of such testing. The Testing Agency may also assess fees
for partial or complete retesting. The Testing Agency is authorized
to require the applicant to provide all required test equipment.
1.8 NOTIFICATION OF EXAMINATION AND EXAMINATION RE-
SULTS: The Testing Agency shall notify the applicant of the time
and place for the examination. The Commission shall be informed
by the Testing Agency/Pre-qualifying Agency of the examination
results, evaluation and recommendations. Within fourteen (14) days
therefrom, the Commission shall notify the applicant of its decision.
If the applicant fails fully or partially, he may request of the
Testing Agency a retesting. If the applicant is notified by the
Commission that he has met all the requirements herein established,
he shall submit to the said Commission, the license fee in accord-
ance with Section 1.9 of the Rules and Regulations, and his 1 1/4"
x 1 1/4", full face, black and white or color photograph.
1.9 LICENSING FEE: The fee for licensing is twenty ($20) dollars
in accordance with the fee schedule established by the Commission.
Concrete Testing Personnel employed for that purpose by a munici-
pality or county, or the federal government, or the Commonwealth
or any department, commission, agency or authority of, or created
by, the Commonwealth, shall be exempt from this fee.
1.10 NUMBER AND CLASSIFICATION: Each person so licensed by
the Commission shall be issued a number and classification.
1.11 RENEWALS: Licenses shall be valid for two (2) years.
Within ninety (90) days before the expiration date of any such
license, the Executive Director of the Commission shall forward to
each person so licensed an application form for renewal. The said
Executive Director, upon receipt of the completed form and fee,
shall renew the license for a period of two (2) years or notify such
applicant of the Commissions' refusal with the reasons thereof. Any
application for renewal of a license which has expired shall require
the payment of a new license fee and be treated as an application
for a new license requiring retesting and re- evaluation; the Commis-
ission, however, may waive the requirement of such retesting and
re-evaluation.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 813
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2: - Pre-Qualification Requirements for Persons Desirous
of Being Licensed for Concrete Testing
2.1 EVALUATION: Field Concrete Technicians, subject to these
Regulations, shall be examined and evaluated by the Massachusetts
Construction Industry Board to determine the applicants knowledge
and ability to perform the following ASTM Standard Test Proce-
dures.
a. ASTM C172:
b. ASTM C143:
c. ASTM C31:
d. ASTM C231
e. ASTM C173
f. ASTM C138
g. ASTM C192
Sampling Fresh Concrete
Test for Slump
Making and Curing Test Specimens in the Field
Test for Air Content - Pressure Method
Test for Air Content - Volumetric Method
Test for Weight per Cubic Foot (Density)
Storage and Transportation of Test Cylinders
The applicant's performance of these tests is to be observed and
evaluated by three qualified jurors designated by the Testing
Agency (MCIB), using detailed data sheets. The said jurors' eval-
uations are appraised by the certification committee of the Testing
Agency and reappraised by the Board of Trustees of the said
Testing Agency. Three (3) categories of performance are to be
used in the final evaluation process as follows:
1. PASS: The applicant has satisfactorily completed the exam-
ination .
2. PARTIAL: The applicant has failed one of the five performance
tests and must take a partial re-test.
3. FAIL: The applicant has failed two or more of the five
performance tests and must take a complete re-test.
Section 3 - Revocation and Suspension Procedures
3.1 REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION: The Commission on its own
initiative or upon the recommendation of the Construction Materials
Safety Board or the Massachusetts Construction Industry Board,
may suspend or revoke the license of any one so engaged in the
practice of Concrete Testing found to be in non-compliance with
these Rules and Regulations, the Code or the standards of good
practice. Notice of suspension or revocation of such license shall
be in writing with the reasons for suspension or revocation clearly
set forth therein, and served in accordance with Section 122.12 of
the Code.
3.2 NOTICE AND CONFERENCE: Prior to suspension, revocation
or refusal to renew such license, written notice of such intent shall
be served by the Pre-qualifying Agency or Commission in accor-
dance with Section 122.12 of the Code. Within ten (10) calendar
days of receipt of such notice, the affected licensee may request a
conference before a three (3) member panel designated by the
chairman of the said agency, who will hear facts and make their
recommendations to the Pre-qualifying Agency.
3.3 EFFECT OF: Upon suspension or revocation of the license,
the licensee shall immediately cease engaging in the testing of
concrete and concrete materials for use in buildings and structures
which are subject to the provisions of the Code and no action
brought before State Building Code Appeals Board as specified in
Section 4.1 of these Regulations or in any court of competent juris-
diction shall stay the said suspension or revocation unless said
Appeals Board or court shall issue an order for a stay of the
Commission's suspension or revocation.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 814
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 4 - Appeals
4.1 MASSACHUSETTS STATE BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD:
Any one engaged in the practice of Concrete Testing aggrieved by
the suspension or revocation of his license or by an interpretation,
order, requirement, direction or failure to act under these Rules
and Regulations may appeal to the State Building Code Appeals
Board as provided in Section 126 of the Code; however, entry of
an appeal from the Commission's order of revocation or suspension
shall not stay such revocation or suspension unless so ordered by
the Appeals Board in a preliminary hearing conducted expressly for
the purpose of a Stay in accordance with that part of Section
126.32 of the Code dealing with the procedure required for a hear-
ing on such Stay.
Section 127.33
Add the following new Section after Section 127.32:
127.33 NATIVE LUMBER: On and after the first day of Septem-
ber, 1976, no person shall engage in the producing of native lum-
ber for use in buildings or structures within the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts unless registered by the Commission in accordance
with the Basic Code and the rules and regulations promulgated
pursuant thereto.
STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
RULES AND REGULATIONS CONTROLLING THE USE OF NATIVE LUMBER
PART I GENERAL
Section 1 - Administration
1.1 TITLE: As authorized by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and in accordance with Section 127 of the State Building Code
establishing the Construction Materials Safety Board, the following
Rules and Regulations are adopted for Controlling the Use of Native
Lumber.
1.2 DEFINITIONS: Unless otherwise expressly stated in the State
Building Code, the following terms shall, for the purpose of these
Rules and Regulations, have the meaning indicated in this section:
BOARD: Construction Materials Safety Board
CODE: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code
COMMISSION:
Commission
Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code
NATIVE LUMBER: Native lumber is wood processed in the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts by a mill registered in accordance with the
regulations of the State Building Code Commission. Such wood is
ungraded but is stamped or certified in accordance with the re-
quirements of Section 851.11 of the Code. For the purpose of this
definition, native lumber shall be restricted to use in one and
two-story dwellings, barns, sheds, agricultural and accessary
buildings and structures and other low-stress uses.
PERSON: Individual, partnership, corporation, trust, joint ven-
ture, etc.
WOOD PRODUCERS: Persons or corporations in the business of mil-
ling wood into native lumber within the Commonwealth of Massa-
chusetts.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 815
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1: continued
1.3 REGISTRANTS: No person shall engage in the producing of
native lumber for use in buildings or structures within the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts unless registered by the State Building
Code Commission.
1.4 APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION: Each person desiring to
obtain registration as wood producer of native lumber shall make
application to the Commission upon such form and in such manner
as the Commission shall prescribe and shall furnish evidence satis-
factory to the Commission that he is gualified to be registered in
accordance with these rules and regulations.
1.5 APPLICATION FEE: Applications shall be accompanied by a
registration fee of twenty-five ($25.00) dollars. This initial regis-
tration fee shall be for two (2) years. Registration shall be re-
viewed every two (2) years in accordance with the Rules and Regu-
lations of the Commission. The fee thereafter for a two (2) year
renewal shall be ten (10) dollars.
1.6 RENEWALS: Registration shall be valid for two (2) years and
shall be renewed biennially. Within ninety (90) days before the
expiration date of any such registration, the Executive Director of
the Commission shall forward to each person so registered an appli-
cation form for renewal. The said Executive Director, upon receipt
of the completed form and fee, shall renew the registration for a
period of two (2) years or notify such applicant of his refusal with
reasons thereof. Any application for renewal of registration which
has expired shall require the payment of a new registration fee .
1.7 PRE-QUALIFYING AGENCY: The Commission hereby desig-
nates the Massachusetts Wood Producers' Association as its pre-
qualifying agency, provided however, that the Commission may
revoke such designation at any time, and may designate any other
agency or agencies which it deems qualified, from time to time, to
act as its pre-qualifying agency for pre -examination registration.
1.8 PENALTIES: Any such person who fails to comply with the
requirements of these rules and regulations or who files a false
report shall be subject to the penalties and actions as prescribed in
Section 122 of the Code.
Section 2 - Registration
2.1 STAMP: Each person registered by the Commission shall be
issued a name and number for use in stamping or certifying the
native lumber which he produces.
2.2 STAMP CONTENTS: Each stamp filed with this Commission
shall be a minimum of two inches by four inches (2" x 4"), with a
minimum of thirty-six (36) pt. letters and shall contain the follow-
ing information.
a) Name of native lumber producer
b) Registration Number
c) Specie of wood
2.3 STAMP USE: Each piece of native lumber produced shall bear
the stamp so registered with this Commission.
2.4 STAMP - UNLAWFUL USE: Each registered mill shall be as-
signed an individual number. It shall be unlawful to use such
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 816
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2.4: continued
registration number in any mill other than the mill so registered.
2.5 STAMP - MANUFACTURE: Each producer shall be responsible
for the manufacture and use of this stamp in accordance with the
requirements of the Commission and these rules and regulations.
Section 3 - Revocation and Suspension Procedures
3.1 REVOCATION AND SUSPENSION: The State Building Code
Commission on its own initiative or upon the recommendation of the
Construction Materials Safety Board, may suspend or revoke the
registration of any such mill registered in accordance with these
rules and regulations, the state building code or the standards of
good practice. Notice of suspension or revocation of such registra-
tion shall be in writing with the reasons for suspension or revoca-
tion clearly set forth therein, and served in accordance with Sec-
tion 122.12 of the Basic Code.
3.2 NOTICE AND CONFERENCE: Prior to suspension or revocation
of the registration of any such mill so registered, written notice of
such intent shall be served by the Construction Materials Safety
Board in accordance with Section 122.12 of the Basic Code. Within
ten (10) calendar days of receipt of such notice, the affected mill
may request a conference before a three (3) member panel desig-
nated by the chairman of the Construction Materials Safety Board,
who will hear facts and make their recommendations to the Construc-
tion Materials Safety Board.
3.3 EFFECT OF: Upon suspension or revocation of the registra-
tion of any such mill so registered such mill shall immediately cease
engaging in the stamping or certifying of native lumber. The filing
of an appeal with the State Building Code Appeals Board shall stay
such suspension or revocation subject to Section 126.32 of the Basic
Code.
Section 4 - Appeals
4.1 BUILDING CODE APPEALS BOARD: Any one aggrieved by the
decision of the Commission, the Construction Materials Safety
Board, the Massachusetts Wood Producers' Association or others may
appeal to the State Building Code Appeals Board in accordance with
Section 126 of the Code.
Section 5 - Qualification
5.1 EVALUATION: Evaluation by the pre-qualifying agency shall
be required prior to registration of a mill subject to these rules and
regulations. The agency shall examine and evaluate the application
of all mills and make its recommendations to the Construction Mater-
ials Safety Board. The Construction Materials Safety Board shall
make its recommendations to the Commission who shall act on the
application of the mill so requesting registration.
Section 130.0
Section 130.1
After Section 129.0 add the following new section:
SECTION 130.0 FIRE PREVENTION - FIRE PROTECTION BOARD
After Section 130.0 add the following new subsection:
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 817
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 130.1: continued
130.1 CONSTITUTION OF THE FIRE PREVENTION - FIRE PRO-
TECTION BOARD: There shall be a board under the control of the
commission called the Fire Prevention - Fire Protection Board,
hereinafter in section 130 called the board, which shall consist of
eleven (11) members, two (2) of whom shall be members of the
commission; one (1) of whom shall be the State Fire Marshal or his
designee, all three (3) of whom shall be ex officio and voting
members of the board, and eight (8) members to be appointed by
the Chairman of the Commission for a term of one (1) year; three
(3) of whom shall be representatives of the Fire Chiefs Association;
two (2) of whom shall be representatives of the Massachusetts Fire
Prevention Association; one (1) of whom shall be a representative of
the International Municipal Signalmen's Association; one (1) of whom
shall be a member of the Board of Fire Prevention Regulations and
one (1) of whom shall be a Fire Protection Engineer. A chairman
and a vice chairman shall be chosen by the members of the board to
serve for one (1) year. A member of an agency or board of the
state shall not be eligible for the office of chairman or vice chair-
man.
Section 130.2
After Section 130.1 add the following new subsection:
130.2 PURPOSE: The board will review and recommend to the
Commission changes to the Basic Code relating to fire prevention
and fire protection and more specifically those matters as contained
in Article 12 of the Basic Code.
Section 201.0
Under Section 201.0 delete the following section referenced in the
definition for Group Residence: "(See Section 433.1)" and substi-
tute the following: "(See Section 424.1)".
Add the following new definition to Section 201.0:
NATIVE LUMBER: Native lumber is wood processed in the Common-
wealth of Massachusetts by a mill registered in accordance with the
regulations of the State Building Code Commission. Such wood is
ungraded but is stamped or certified in accordance with the re-
quirements of Section 851.11 of the Code. For the purpose of this
definition, native lumber shall be restricted to use in one and
two-story dwellings, barns, sheds, agricultural and accessary
buildings and structures, and other low-stress uses.
Section 201.2
On line 6 of Section 201.2 after the word "Massachusetts" add "(524
CMR 3.00 through 11.00 and 524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00)".
Add the following new definition after the definition for "Raised
Platform" :
RAISED PLATFORM, ENCLOSED: A raised portion of a floor, to be
used for simple stage purposes that involve a minimum of fire haz-
ard, has a ceiling which extends not more than five (5) feet above
the top of the proscenium opening, contains a proscenium opening
curtain, contains no gridiron, fly gallery or other apparatus above
or below the stage for the movement of scenery, does not extend
more than eight (8) feet beyond the curtain line and has two (2)
separate and independent means of egress such that no point be-
hind the curtain shall be more than fifty (50) feet from an egress
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 818
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 201.2: continued
doorway. The curtain shall be in conformance with the require-
ments of Section 416.67.
After General Definition of "REQUIRED" add the following Defini-
tion:
RESIDENTIAL UNIT: (see section 1201.0)
Section 207.0
On the sixth line of Section 207.0, add after the words "civic
administration activities" the word "courthouses".
On the seventh line of Section 207.0, add after the words "pro-
fessional services" the word "clinics operated on an outpatient basis
which do not harbor patients overnight".
Section 209.2
Table 2-5
On the third line of Section 209.2, add after the word "clinics" the
words "which are intended to be used for harboring patients over-
night" .
Add to the end of Section 209.2 after the word "uses", the words
"but not including courthouses (see Use Group E)".
In Table 2-5 in items 3 and 4 delete the words "(See Table 16)"
and substitute the following: "(See Table 9-1)".
Notes to Table 2-5
Table 2-6
Repeal Note h of Table 2-5 of the State Building Code in its en-
tirety and substitute the following new Note h:
Note h Fire retardent treated wood, complying with Section 903.71,
may be used as provided in Section 903.72.
Amend Table 2-6 for F-6 Use, 4B Type Construction as follows:
Delete "NP" and insert in its place "1 ST 20'"
" 4,800 "
Change Table 2-6 for F-6 Assembly as Follows:
Add reference to Note o.
Add note "p' to F-6 Type 4B construction and also to H-2 Type 4B
construction .
Table 2-6 Notes
Add the following note to the Notes for Table 2-6 after Note n:
Note o The tabular area for use group F-6 Schoolhouse, Type 4B
Construction shall be limited to four thousand eight hundred
(4,800) square feet. (No increase allowed for sprinklers or acces-
sibility.)
Add the following new Note p:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 819
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Table 2-6 Notes: continued
Note p: See Section 427.3 for applicable height and area limita-
tions .
Section 400.5
At the end of Section 400.5, add the CMR number for the Electrical
Code: "(527 CMR 12.00)."
Section 403.11
On the first line of Section 403.11 delete the words "FPR -4, FPR-13"
and substitute "527 CMR 5.00, 9.00 and 14.00."
Section 403.12
In section 403.12 delete "FPR - 4" and substitute "527 CMR 5.00."
Section 403.21 and Table 4-1
Delete the entire Section 403.21, including Table 4-1, and substitute
the following:
403.21 OUTSIDE UNDERGROUND SYSTEM: Outside underground
tanks shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of 527 CMR
9.00, Rules and Regulations of the Department of Public Safety,
Board of Fire Prevention Regulations.
Section 405.1
On the sixth line of Section 405.1 delete "FPR - 5" and substitute
"527 CMR 6.00."
Section 407.3
In Section 407.3 change the title "PROJECTION ROOMS" to "PRO-
JECTION ROOMS USING SAFETY FILM."
In line 2 following the word "projectors" add the following words"
"employing cellulose acetate or other safety film,".
Section 407.31
Delete the last sentence of Section 407.31 and substitute the
following :
The aggregate of parts and oenings for projection equipment shall
not exceed twenty-five (25) percent of the area of the wall between
the projection room and the auditorium. All openings shall be pro-
vided with glass or other approved materials so as to completely
close the opening.
Section 408.0
On the last line of Section 408.0 delete "FPR-13" and substitute
"527 CMR 14.00."
Section 409.13
At the end of Section 409.13, add the CMR number for the Elec-
trical Code, "(527 CMR 12.00)."
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 820
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 411.6
On the third line of Section 411.6 after the word "Code" add the
CMR number for the Electrical Code, "(527 CMR 12.00)."
Section 413.0
On the last line of Section 413.0 delete "FPR-4" and substitute "527
CMR 5.00."
Section 413.1
In Line 4 following the word "shall" add the following new words:
"conform to the height and area limitations of Table 2-6, except as
herein specifically provided. The areas used for dispensing gaso-
line in such buildings shall"; so as the entire section reads:
413.1 CONSTRUCTION: All group one (1) public garages here-
after erected shall be classified as storage buildings, moderate haz-
ard (use group B-l) and all Group 2 public garages shall be class-
ified as storage buildings, low hazard (use group B-2), and shall
conform to the height and area limitations of Table 2-6, except as
herein specifically provided. The areas used for dispensing gaso-
line in such buildings shall be located on the grade floor and shall
comply with the requirements of section 414.0.
Section 413.15
On the fifth line of Section 413.15 after the word "Code" add the
CMR number for the Plumbing Code, "(248 CMR 2.00)."
Section 413.2
In line 4 following the figure "(10,000)" add the following new
words: "or one-tenth of one percent" and after the figure (.01
percent) add the following new words: "or the concentration of
gasoline vapors in excess of twenty (20) percent of the lower"; so
as the entire section reads:
413.2 VENTILATION: All public garages and airplane hangars
shall be provided with mechanical or natural ventilation adequate to
prevent the accumulation of carbon monoxide or exhaust fumes in
excess of one (1) part in ten thousand (10,000) or one-tenth of one
percent (.01 percent) or the concentration of gasoline vapors in
excess of twenty (20) percent of the lower explosive limit. The
building official may require a test by a qualified testing laboratory
to determine the adequacy. The cost of such test shall be borne
by the owner. The building official may require certification of the
adequacy of the system by a qualified registered professional engi-
Section 413.21
Repeal Section 413.21 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
413.21 BELOW GRADE: Enclosed and below grade public garages
shall be equipped with mechanical ventilation adequate to provide
six (6) air changes per hour. The ventilation system shall be
operated at all times wherein the garage areas are occupied by
human beings.
Section 414.2
On the last line of Section 414.2 delete "FPR-4" and substitute "527
CMR 5.00."
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 821
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 416.64
On the fourth line of Section 416.64 after the word "Code" add the
CMR number for the Eectrical Code, "(527 CMR 12.00)."
Section 416.821
On the fourth line change the words "five (5) foot candles" to "one
(1) foot candle".
Section 416.822
On the fourth line change the words "five (5) foot candles" to "one
(1) foot candle".
Section 417.0
In Section 417.0 on the tenth line delete "Section 418.0" and sub-
stitute the following: "Section 416.0".
In the 11th line delete the following "(F-l)" and substitute the
following: "(F-l-B)".
Section 417.2
On the last line of Section 417.2 delete "Section 421.7" and sub-
stitute "Section 419.0".
Section 417.4
Repeal Section 417.4 of the State Building Code in its entirety.
Section 418.0
Repeal Section 418.0 of the State Building Code filed and promul-
gated on July 1, 1974 and substitute the following:
SECTION 418.0 AMUSEMENT PARKS: All buildings and structures
used as part of an amusement park shall be subject to this Code.
This section specifically includes any building or structure support-
ing a moving device. The jurisdiction of structures or buildings is
limited to the points of interface of the moving device and rails,
said device is to be controlled by 520 CMR 5.00, Rules and Regula-
tions for the Safety, Construction and Operation of Ferris Wheels 7
Carousels , Inclined Railways or Similar Amusement Devices , filed
with the Secretary of State on December 16, 1974.
Section 418.1
Repeal Section 418.1 of the State Building Code filed and promul-
gated on July 1, 1974.
Section 420.11
Add the following new Section after Section 420.1:
420.11 REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAME RESISTANT TREATMENT:
Every tent used as a place of assembly composed of combustible
fabric material shall have submitted to the building official a certifi-
cate signed and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer,
showing that the material has been tested and approved for flame
resistance in accordance with the recommendations of NFPA No. 701
within a period of twelve (12) months of the date on which the use
will terminate under any building permit issued.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 822
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 422.45
Note: Article VI of the Sanitary Code has been transferred to the
Department of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become
310 CMR 16.00.
Section 422.5
Note: Article VI of the Sanitary Code has been transferred to the
Department of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become
310 CMR 16.00.
Section 422.61
On the sixth line of Section 422.61 after the words "Plumbing Code"
add "(248 CMR 2.00)."
On the sixth line of Section 422.61 after the words "Electrical Code"
add "(527 CMR 12.00)."
Note: Article VI of the Sanitary Code has been transferred to the
Department of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become
310 CMR 16.00.
Section 422.71
On the last line of Section 422.71 after the word "of" add "527 CMR
12.00 of."
Section 422.8
Add the following sentence to the end of Section 422.8.
Cities or towns may enact by-laws or ordinances for enclosing
private swimming pools by requiring the installation of fences or
equivalent enclosures or means of protection from access to the
pool.
Section 423.0
On the second line of Section 423.0 delete "FPR-4" and substitute
"527 CMR 5.00."
Section 424.43
The citation at the end of Section 424.43 is incorrect.
Section 424.51
On the last line of Section 424.51 delete "Section 6" and substitute
"Section 424.6".
Section 424.9
On the second and third lines of Section 424.9 delete the words "9
CHSR 5.51 Title 9 Code of Human Services Regulations, Section 51"
and substitute "101 CMR 5.00."
Section 426.0
Repeal Section 426.0 in its entirety and subsitute the following new
section:
SECTION 426.0 NURSING HOMES, REST HOMES, CHARITABLE
HOMES FOR THE AGED, CONVELESCENT HOMES AND HOSPITALS
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 823
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 426.0: continued
Buildings in use group H-2 shall conform to the applicable pro-
visions of the Basic Code, this section, and the following reference
standard: Buildings used as nursing homes, rest homes, charitable
homes for the aged, convelenscent homes, and hospitals shall meet
the provisions of NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 1973.
Section 427.0
Repeal Section 427.0 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following sections:
SECTION 427.0 DAY CARE CENTERS
Day Care Centers shall be subject to the applicable provisions of
the Basic Code and the special requirements of this section. Day
Care Centers licensed by the Office for Children may be subject to
compliance with the rules and regulations of that authority. These
provisions shall apply to new and existing Day Care Centers.
427.1 HIGH HAZARD RESTRICTION: No Day Care Center shall
occupy the same building with or be located within two hundred
(200) feet of a high hazard occupancy.
427.2 DAY CARE CENTER USE GROUPS
427.21 LESS THAN TWO (2) YEARS AND NINE (9) MONTHS:
Buildings and portions thereof licensed by the Office for Children
as Day Care Centers for children two (2) years and nine (9) months
in age or younger shall be classified as H-2 use group.
427.22 OVER TWO (2) YEARS AND NINE (9) MONTHS: Buildings
and portions thereof licensed by the Office for Children as Day
Care Centers for children over two (2) years and (9) months in age
shall be classified as F-6 use group.
427.3 HEIGHT AND AREA LIMITATIONS
427.31 H-2 Day Care use group (209.2), when of type 4 construc-
tion, shall be limited to buildings not more than three (3) stories
and forty (40) feet in height. The Day Care Center shall be
restricted to the first floor and cellar or basement use and not more
than two thousand four hundred (2,400) square feet per floor. All
required egresses shall be directly to grade.
427.32 F-6 Day Care use group (208.6), when of type 4 construc-
tion, shall be limited to buildings not more than three (3) stories
and forty (40) feet in height. The Day Care Center shall be
restricted to the first two (2) stories and the basement or cellar
use and not more than four thousand eight hundred (4,800) square
feet per floor.
427.33 No increase in height or area shall be allowed for F-6 or
H-2 Day Care Center use groups.
427.4 DAY CARE CENTERS CLASSIFIED AS H-2 USE GROUP
427.41 BASEMENT AND CELLAR USE IN TYPE 3C AND 4B CON-
STRUCTION BUILDINGS
427.411 BASEMENT USE: A basement, as defined in the Basic
Code, of a type 3C or 4B construction structure, may be used for
a Day Care Center in accordance with the following requirements;
there shall be two (2) separate and independent means of egress,
remote from each other:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 824
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 427.411: continued
a) leading to grade; or,
b) leading to a one (1) hour fire-rated enclosed stairway not more
than four (4) feet in height vertically which leads directly to
grade and is separated from any other use as an egress by one
(1) hour fire-rated partitions and self-closing doors.
427.412 CELLAR USE: A cellar, as defined in the Basic Code, of
a type 3C or 4B construction may be used for a Day Care Center in
accordance with the following requirements:
a) There shall be at least two (2) separate and independent interior
means of egress, remote as possible from each other and leading
directly to grade or to a one (1) hour fire-rated enclosed stair-
way not more than four (4) feet in height, vertically. Any such
stairway serving as a required means of egress from a Day Care
Center shall serve only the Day Care Center.
b) Smoke detectors shall be located in the story of use and in the
story below, if one exists, directly beneath the area being used
for the Day Care Center.
c) Interior stairways used as required means of egress shall contain
smoke detectors connected to alarms audible throughout the Day
Care Center.
427.5 EGRESS REQUIREMENTS FOR H-2 AND F-6 DAY CARE
CENTER USE GROUPS
427.51 BELOW GRADE: All Day Care Centers or parts thereof
located below grade, except for H-2 Day Care Center Use in type
3C and 4B construction, as provided in Section 427.411 and
427.412, shall conform to the following requirements:
a) There shall be at least two (2) separate and independent means
of egress, remote as possible from each other, at least one (1)
of which shall lead directly to grade.
b) Required interior stairways shall be of at least one (1) hour
fire-rated construction enclosed with self-closing fire doors.
c) Required interior stairways shall contain smoke detectors con-
nected to alarms audible throughout the Day Care Center.
427.52 EGRESS ON FLOORS OTHER THAN BASEMENT OR CELLAR:
Each story of the day care center shall be provided with not less
than two (2) independent means of egress, remote as possible from
each other, and such additional approved egresses leading from the
occupied spaces so that to reach an egress it will not be necessary
to pass through a common corridor or space.
427.521 BUILDINGS OF TYPE 1, 2A AND 2B CONSTRUCTION: In
buildings of type 1, 2A or 2B construction, except for L-2 use
group, equipped with a fire suppression system in compliance with
section 1212.0, a single common corridor shall be acceptable for
providing access to two (2) means of egress as required in this
section .
427.522 COMMON CORRIDORS USED AS EXITWAYS: Common
corridors may be sub-divided, for the purpose of section 427.52 to
provide separate and independent exitways by using smoke stop
partitions complying with the provisions of the Basic Code. The
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 825
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 427.552: continued
doors in the smoke stop partitions may be equipped with an auto-
matic hold open device connected to smoke or smoke and heat de-
tectors and designed to close automatically by activation of the
detector system.
427.53 EGRESS FROM EACH ROOM: Two (2) approved egresses
located as remotely as possible from each other shall be required
for each occuped room. One (1) such required egress may be by
communicating door.
427.54 ROOF EGRESS: Where the roof is used by a Day Care
Center, two (2) enclosed stairways shall be provided, one (1)
leading directly to an enclosed exitway system and one (1) leading
to a corridor on a floor below that leads to two (2) remote and
independent exitways. The stairways shall comply with all the
provisions of section 427.0 and the Basic Code.
427.55 EGRESS LIGHTING: Egress lighting shall be provided in
conformance with article 6, including requirements for emergency
lighting.
427.6 DOORWAYS: All required exitway doorways shall be at least
thirty-six (36) inches in width. All other egress doorways shall be
at least thirty-two (32) inches in width.
427.7 HANDRAILS: All required egress stairways shall be pro-
vided with double handrails on both sides, and these shall be
continuous including all runs and platforms and shall be built as
follows :
a) The upper rail shall be not less than thirty (30) inches nor more
than thirty-three (33) inches, measured vertically, above the
nosing of the treads.
b) The lower rail shall be installed at approximately twenty (20)
inches high measured vertically at the face of the riser.
427.8 HEATING SYSTEM: Any portable or permanent heater in
spaces occupied by children shall be separated from the occupied
space by partitions, guards, screens, or other means. Space and
unit heaters using combustible fuels shall be prohibited.
427.9 BOILER ROOMS: Boiler, furnaces or other fire units shall
be enclosed as required in section 1113. No boiler room door shall
open into an occupied area.
427.10 ROOFS: Where a roof is used by a Day Care Center, there
shall be a solid, smooth non-climbable fence or barrier a minimum of
seven (7) feet high on all sides and separating the Day Care Cen-
ter area from any other uses. Fences shall be set back at least
three (3) feet from the outside edge of the exterior wall below. A
weatherproof telephone or equivalent means of communication shall
be provided for use in emergencies and shall be openable without
keys, coins, etc.
427.101 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS: Fire alarm systems shall be
provided in Day Care Centers, in addition to those required in
Sections 427.32 and 427.33, in accordance with the requirements of
this Section. The requirements of Sections 427.412 and 427.51 may
be combined with the requirements of this section.
a) Facilities for up to twenty-four (24) children shall be provided
with a manual alarm system which will sound an alarm audible
throughout the Day Care Center.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 826
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 427.101: continued
b) Facilities for twenty-five (25) or more children shall be provided
with an automatic alarm system consisting of approved smoke
detectors located as provided in Section 427.20 and audible
throughout the Day Care Center or throughout each floor of the
Center. In addition, there shall be at least one (1) manual
alarm on each floor of the Day Care Center which will sound on
all floors when actuated.
427.20 LOCATION OF DETECTORS: Smoke detectors shall be
installed on the ceiling of each story occupied by the Day Care
Center in front of the doors to the stairways and at no greater
than thirty (30) foot spacing in the corridor providing required
means of egress on all floors of the Day Care Center. Smoke
detectors shall also be installed in all accessory spaces of the Day
Care Center not used for children, including storage over one
hundred (100) square feet in area. All required detectors shall be
located on the same circuit and interconnected so that when one (1)
sounds, all will sound. Required detectors shall be U.L. approved
and have alarm decibel ratings of at least 85.
427.30 FLOOR AND CEILING PROTECTION: When the floor occu-
pied by the Day Care Center is above any useable space, the floor
shall have a minimum of three quarter (3/4) hour fire rating. When
the floor occupied by the Day Care Center is below any useable
space, the ceiling shall have at least a three quarter (3/4) hour
fire rating or the floor above shall be equipped with smoke detec-
tors.
Section 428.0
Add the following sections after Section 427.30:
SECTION 428.0 SUMMER CAMPS FOR CHILDREN
428.1 DEFINITION: A premise, operated solely between April and
October of each year for recreational or other purposes, and having
residential facilities. The use of such accommodations for purposes
of inspection, certification and inspection fees shall be considered
as being similar to a dormitory in L-2 use group and subject to the
following provisions.
428.2 NEW AND EXISTING OCCUPANCIES: These regulations shall
apply to existing and new summer camps for children as defined in
Section 428.1 of this Code.
428.3 MEANS OF EGRESS: All one-story, one-room buildings
having one thousand (1,000) square feet or less and having twenty-
five (25) occupants or less shall require only one (1) means of
egress provided that:
a) The length of travel does not exceed fifty (50) feet from any
point in the building to the outside at grade; and,
b) The minimum width for aisles and corridors shall be three (3)
feet.
428.31 EMERGENCY ESCAPE: Every sleeping room shall have at
least one (1) exterior door or openable window to permit emergency
exit or rescue; the windows shall conform to the following restric-
tions:
a) Must be openable from the inside without the use of separate
tools .
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 827
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 428.31: continued
b) The sill height shall not be more than thirty-six (36) inches
above the finish floor and with a maximum six (6) foot drop from
the window sill to grade below the window.
c) Provide a minimum net clear opening area of 3.3 sguare feet with
a rectangle having minimum net clear opening dimensions of
twenty (20) inches by twenty-four (24) inches.
428.4 FIRE PROTECTION: Smoke detectors shall be reguired for
existing and new residential units in accordance with Section
2100.18 of this Code and may be either A.C. wired or battery-
operated.
428.41 If camps are heated, then the building must conform to all
applicable basic code sections and specialized codes, notwithstanding
any of the provisions in Section 428.0.
428.5 ENFORCEMENT AND INSPECTIONS: Enforcement shall be by
the local building official who shall inspect and certify the summer
camps yearly, prior to season opening. Fees charged shall be in
accordance with Table 1-1 of the basic code.
Section 429.0
Add the following new Section and Sub-Sections after Section 428.5:
SECTION 429.0 HISTORIC BUILDINGS
429.1 SCOPE: The provisions of Section 429.0 shall govern all
buildings and structures in the Commonwealth which are legally
designated as historic buildings. This section shall pre-empt all
other regulations of the Basic Code governing the reconstruction,
alterations, change of use and occupancy, repairs, maintenance and
additions for the conformity of historic buildings and structures to
the Basic Code, with the exception of Section 126.0 for appeals, or
unless otherwise specified.
429.2 DEFINITIONS
HISTORIC BUILDINGS: Any individual building or structure, but
excluding districts, so designated by the National Register of
Historic Places or certified by the Massachusetts Historic Commission
and ratified by the Massachusetts Building Code Commission as
listed in Reference Standards RS 429.1 and RS 429.2. Historic
buildings shall be further defined as totally or partially preserved
buildings.
PARTIALLY PRESERVED BUILDINGS: Any building or structure
designated as an historic building by the State Building Code
Commission or listed in Reference Standard RS 429.2 and not des-
ignated as totally preserved buildings.
RESTORATION: Restoration is the process of accurately recon-
structing the form and details of a building or structure or portion
thereof as it appeared at a particular period or periods of time by
means of removal of later work and/or the replacement of missing
original work.
TOTALLY PRESERVED BUILDINGS: A totally preserved building is
an historic building or structure. The principal use of such a
building or structure must be as an exhibit of the building or
structure itself which is open to the public not less than twelve
(12) days per year, although additional uses, original or ancillary
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 828
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 429.2: continued
to the principal use, shall be permitted within the same building up
to a maximum of twenty-five (25%) percent of the gross floor area
Totally preserved buildings shall be those listed in Reference Stan-
dard RS 429.3.
429.3 TOTALLY PRESERVED BUILDINGS
429.31 STATE BUILDING CODE EXCEPTIONS: A totally preserved
building shall be subject to the following exceptions:
a) Repairs, maintenance and restoration shall be allowed without
conformity to the Basic Code if the provisions of Section 429.32
have been fully complied with.
b) In case of fire or other casualty to a totally preserved building,
it may be rebuilt, in total or in part, using such techniques and
materials as are necessary to restore it to its original condition
and use group.
c) If an historic building or structure, as a result of proposed
work, would become eligible for certification as a totally pre-
served building and the Massachusetts Historical Commission so
certifies by affidavit and it is submitted to the building official
with the permit application, then the building official shall allow
the work to proceed under the provisions of this section.
429.32 MANDATORY SAFETY REQUIREMENTS: All totally pre-
served buildings shall comply to the following requirements:
429.321 FIRE PROTECTION EQUIPMENT:
a) MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING EQUIPMENT: All use groups,
other than residential L-3, shall have approved manual fire
extinguishing equipment, as determined by the fire official.
b) AUTOMATIC FIRE WARNING SYSTEM: All residential buildings
in Use Groups L-l, L-2, and L-3 shall conform to the require-
ments of Section 1218.211 of the Basic Code. All other use
groups shall comply with Items 1 and 2 below:
1) Locations: Provide one (1) smoke detector, but not less than
one, for every 1200 s.f. of floor area per level. In addition,
all lobbies, common corridors, hallways and exitway access
and discharge routes shall be provided with approved smoke
detectors with no more than a thirty (30) foot spacing be-
tween detectors. All required smoke detectors shall have an
alarm audible throughout the structure or building.
2) Single Station and Multiple Station Smoke Detection Devices:
Smoke detectors of single station and multiple station types
shall meet the requirements of U.L. 217 and be listed or
approved by a nationally-recognized fire-testing laboratory.
c) MANUAL PULL STATIONS: A manual fire alarm pull station shall
be provided in the natural path of egress in all use groups
except L-3. Manual pull stations shall be connected to the
building fire warning system in conformance with NFPA 72A
(1974).
429.322 EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS: Approved exit
signs and emergency lighting, where designated by the local build-
ing official, shall be provided in compliance with Section 623.0 and
624.0 of this Code.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 829
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 429.322: continued
EXCEPTION: All totally preserved buildings need not comply with
Sections 623.0 and 624.0 if not occupied after daylight hours,
except that paths of egress shall have exit signs.
429.323 MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY: Occupancy shall be limited by the
actual structural floor load capacity as certified by a qualified
Massachusetts registered professional engineer or registered archi-
tect or as per Section 606.0, whichever is less. Said floor load
shall be posted as per the procedures set forth in Sections 120.0,
121.0, and 707.2. The owner shall submit evidence of this certi-
fication and related computations to the building official upon re-
quest.
429.324 LIMITED EGRESS: Where one or more floors of a totally
preserved building are limited to one means of egress, the occu-
pancy load shall be as follows:
Floors below the first story: Not more than one occupant per 100
square feet of gross floor area with a maximum occupancy of 49.
First story: Not more than one occupant per 50 square feet of
gross floor area.
Second story and above: Not more than one occupant per 100
square feet of gross floor area, or 30 occupants per unit of egress
width, whichever condition results in the lesser occupancy load.
429.33 INSPECTIONS: The building official and fire official shall
inspect all totally preserved buildings not less frequently than once
every year in order to determine that the building or structure
continues to conform to Section 429.32. A qualified Massachusetts
registered professional engineer or architect shall certify every five
(5) years thereafter as to the exact floor load capacity of the
building or structure. The building official shall certify all totally
preserved buildings not less frequently than once every year.
Fees shall be established at $25 per building per inspection.
429.4 PARTIALLY PRESERVED BUILDINGS
429.41 APPLICABILITY: This Section shall apply to all HISTORIC
BUILDINGS which are NOT defined as TOTALLY PRESERVED
BUILDINGS.
429.42 CONTINUATION OF USE AND OCCUPANCY: The legal use
and occupancy of any partially preserved building may be continued
without change or further compliance to the Basic Code. The pro-
visions of Section 429.32 shall be required for historic buildings
accessible to the public on more than fifty (50) days per year.
429.43 REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE: The owner of a partially
preserved building may perform any repairs and maintenance with-
out increased conformity to the Basic Code, as defined in Section
102, and provided that a building permit has been issued and that
no change of Use and Occupancy occurs.
429.31 NEW SYSTEMS: When an entirely new electrical or mechan-
ical system and/or equipment is installed in a partially preserved
building, they shall be subject to the provisions of Section 103.0
and Sections 1102.0, 2201.1a, 2201.2, and 2201.4.
429.432 FIRE DAMAGE: If a building or structure is damaged from
fire or other casualty, it may be restored to its original condition
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 830
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 429.432: continued
using techniques and methods consistent with its original construc-
tion OR it shall meet the Basic Code provided the Basic Code re-
quirements DO NOT compromise the features for which the building
was considered historic when listed in the Reference Standards of
this article.
429.44 CHANGE IN OCCUPANCY: Before any change in the use or
occupancy of any partially preserved building or parts thereof, the
building official shall inspect the building and shall determine
whether the proposed new use and occupancy constitutes lesser,
equal, or greater hazard in accordance with Table 2-6. Any in-
crease in the proposed density or occupancy not in conformance
with Sections 605 and 706 and not having a change in use shall also
constitute a greater hazard.
Any change in use or occupancy shall be evaluated relative to the
last known legal occupancy of the building. After the building
official determines that the building conforms to Section 429.4, he
shall issue a Certificate of Use and Occupancy.
429.441 LESSER AND EQUAL HAZARD: If a partially preserved
building, after a change in use or occupancy, will be in a lower or
equal Hazard Group (Table 2-6), no increase in compliance to the
Basic Code will be required provided that it conforms to Sections
404, 501, 506, 605, 623, 624, 706 and 1006. The removal of non-
original safety features introduced into partially preserved buildings
in order to meet more stringent code requirements for prior occu-
pancies may be permitted if lesser hazard exists and if such fea-
tures are not required for the proposed use or occupancy.
429.442 GREATER HAZARD: If a partially preserved building,
after a change in use or occupancy, will be in a higher hazard
group (Table 2-6), total compliance to the Basic Code shall be
required, for that use group.
429.45 INSPECTION, A CERTIFICATION AND FEES: The building
inspector shall inspect all partially preserved buildings not less
frequently than once a year in order to determine that the building
or structure continues to conform to Section 429.4 and/or 429.32.
If in conformance, then he shall issue a certification. Fees shall be
in conformance with Table 1-1.
RS 429.1 Criteria and procedures for nominating historic build-
ings.
RS 429.2 Massachusetts historic buildings as recognized by the
National Register of Historic Places.
RS 429.3 Massachusetts totally preserved buildings as ratified by
the State Building Code Commission.
Section 460.23
On the last line of Section 460.23 after the word "Code" add "(248
CMR 2.00)."
Section 460.231
Note: Form PHR-1 has been superseded by 521 CMR 3.00, Archi-
tectural Barriers Board.
Section 460.25
Add the following new Section after Section 460.24
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 831
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
460.25 UNPROTECTED FRAME (4B) CONSTRUCTION: Buildings
for F-6 Use, of Type 4B Construction shall be limited, within the
allowable fire area of four thousand eight hundred (4,800) square
feet in accordance with Table 2-6, to a total of four (4) classrooms.
Section 460.251
Add the following new Section after Section 460.25.
460.251: AUTOMATIC ALARM SYSTEMS: Approved smoke detec-
tors shall be installed as follows:
1) One for each twelve hundred (1,200) square feet of area in each
classroom, connected to the school alarm system.
2) In exitway access hallways, with a spacing of no more than
thirty (30) feet between detectors, connected to the school alarm
system.
Section 460.311
Repeal Section 460.311 of the State Building Code in its entirety
and substitute the following:
SECTION 460.311. All classrooms used for students below grade 7,
and a minimum of fifty (50) percent of all other classrooms shall be
provided with natural lighting, at the rate of six (6) percent of the
floor area of the classroom, from transparent glass windows in
outside walls. Colleges and universities are exempt from this
requirement.
Reference Standards - Article 4
In Reference Standards - Article 4, p. 4-47
Delete "FPR-2" and substitute "527 CMR 3.00."
Delete "FPR-4" and substitute "527 CMR 5.00."
Delete "FPR-5" and substitute "527 CMR 6.00."
Delete "FPR-6" and substitute "527 CMR 7.00."
Delete "FPR-13" and substitute "527 CMR 14.00."
Add the following notes:
Article VI of the Sanitary Code has been transferred to the Depart-
ment of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become 310 CMR
16.00.
PHR-1 has been replaced by 521 CMR 3.00 of the Architectural
Barriers Board.
Section 501.0 Definitions
Under the definition for "Habitable Room, Minimum Height", on the
second line after the words "finished ceiling of not less than" delete
the words "seven and one-half (7-1/2) feet" and substitute the
words "seven and one-quarter (7-1/4) feet"; so that the entire
definition reads:
HABITABLE ROOM, MINIMUM HEIGHT: a clear height from finished
floor to finished ceiling of not less than seven and one-quarter
(7-1/4) feet, except that in attics and top half-stories the height
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 832
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 501.0: continued
shall be not less than seven and one-third (7-1/3) feet over not
less than one-third (1/3) the area of the floor when used for sleep-
ing, study or similar activity.
Section 503.3
On the fourth line change the words "three (3) foot candles" to
"one (1) foot candle".
Section 512.6
On the third line of Section 512.6 after the word "Code" add "(248
CMR 2.00)."
Section 515.0
On the second line of Section 515.0 delete "ELV-2" and substitute
"524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00."
Reference Standards - Article 5
In Reference Standards - Article 5
Delete "Article IV" and substitute "105 CMR 410.000."
Delete "ELV-2" and substitute "524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00."
Section 601.0
Add the following new definition for ELEVATOR LOBBY to Section
601.0:
ELEVATOR LOBBY: That portion of a floor, platform, or alcove
immediately adjacent to the elevator shaft opening, used to receive
and discharge passengers or freight, or used as a waiting area.
Section 605.0
Repeal Section 605.0 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new sections:
605.0 EXISTING BUILDINGS
605.1 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY: In accordance with Section 104.0
of the Code, the owner of every existing building structure shall
be responsible for the safety of all persons in, or occupying such
premises with respect to the means of egress therefrom.
605.2 UNSAFE MEANS OF EGRESS: In any existing building or
structure not now provided with safe means of egress facilities as
herein prescribed for new buildings and in which the exitways are
deemed inadequate for safe egress by the building official, such
additional provision shall be made for safe means of egress as he
shall order.
605.21 TESTING AND CERTIFICATION: All exterior bridges, steel
or wooden stairways, fire escapes and egress balconies shall be
tested and certified for structural adequacy and safety every five
(5) years by a Massachusetts Registered Professional Engineer, or
others qualified and acceptable to the building official, who shall
then submit an affidavit to the building official.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 833
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
605.3 OBSTRUCTIONS: It shall be unlawful to obstruct or reduce
in any manner, the clear widths of any doorway, hallway, passage-
way or any other part of a means of egress required by the pro-
visions of this Code.
605.4 MAINTENANCE: All required means of egress components
shall at all times be maintained in a safe useable condition. All
exterior stairways, fire escapes, egress balconies and bridges shall
be kept free of snow and ice. All corrodible structural parts
thereof shall be kept painted, or otherwise protected against rust
and corrosion both before and after erection. All wood structural
members shall be maintained to prevent rotting and decaying.
Where these elements tie directly into the building structural sys-
tem, all joints shall be sealed to prevent water from damaging or
corroding the structural elements.
Table 6-1
Add to Table 6-1 the following words "sleeping rooms . . .40 Net/
Person" under Residential 200 Gross; so that it reads:
Residential 200 Gross
Sleeping Rooms 40 Net/Person
Section 607.4
Repeal Section 607.4 of the State Building Code in its entirety.
Table 6-2
Add a new line to Table 6-2 under "Storage (B)" so that it reads
as follows:
Storage (B) 100 150
Public Garages:
Group 1 and 2 .... 150 200
Section 609.11
Delete the title in Section 609.11 and substitute the following "EXIT-
WAYS IN RESIDENTIAL (L-2) USE GROUP."
Section 609.12
Delete the entire Section 609.12 and substitute the following:
609.12 EXITWAYS IN L-2 USE GROUP FOR TYPES 1-A, 1-B, 2-A,
AND 2-B CONSTRUCTION: In buildings of types 1-A, 1-B, 2-A
and 2-B construction, a single exitway shall be permitted for every
room, or group of less than four (4) rooms used for residential
occupancy on multi-family floors, provided that elevator lobbies on
all floors except the ground floor, are enclosed with self-closing
smoke doors and partitions. No entrance door of any room or
apartment shall be more than fifty (50) feet from the nearest egress
or fire partition, exclusive of those used to enclose elevator lobbies.
Doors from elevator lobbies, doors in segregating fire partitions,
and doors to stair enclosures, shall not be over two hundred (200)
feet apart. Sleeping facilities shall be limited to not more than
three (3) bedrooms beyond the enclosed stairs.
Section 610.31
After Section 610.3, add the following new section:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 834
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 610.31: continued
610.31 HEIGHT: A clear height of seven (7) feet six (6) inches
shall be provided for at least seventy-five (75) percent of the floor
area of the exitway corridors with no point less than seven (7) feet
in height. No projection below the ceiling shall be located so as to
obstruct the full view of exitway.
Section 612.2
In Section 612.2, fifth paragraph, after the first sentence add the
following new sentence:
Interior doors in dwelling units shall be a minimum of six (6) feet
six (6) inches in height.
Add the following new paragraph to the end of Section 612.2:
The minimum clear width of any interior doorway, in dwelling units,
except in closets and storage areas, shall be two (2) feet six (6)
inches.
Section 612.41
Repeal Section 612.41 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
612.41 DOOR LOCKING MECHANISMS: All locks and fastenings on
egress doors shall be readily openable from the inner side without
the use of keys. Except for egress doors in dwelling units, the
use of so-called draw bolts, hooks, and similar devices shall be
prohibited. The following shall be acceptable as door-locking
mechanisms for egress doors: crash bars, push paddles, quar-
ter-turn knobs and T handles.
Exception: A locking device to be used only after the normal
course of business hours to prevent theft may be used on exit
doors from a bank, trust company, jewelry store, or other similar
stores or establishments.
Section 615.0
On the last line of Section 615.0 delete the following words "ten
(10)" and substitute the following words "twelve (12)".
Section 616.8
On the fifth line of Section 616.8 change "Section 418.22" to "Sec-
tion 416.22".
Section 620.1
On the fifth line of Section 620.1 delete "ELV-2" and substitute
"524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00".
Section 621.0
Repeal Section 621.0 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following:
SECTION 621.0 FIRE ESCAPES
621.1 WHERE PERMITTED: Fire escapes shall not be permitted as
an element of a required means of egress except on existing build-
ings when more adequate egress facilities cannot be provided. Fire
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 835
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 621.1: continued
escapes shall not provide more than fifty (50) percent of the re-
quired exit capacity.
621.2 LOCATION: When located on the front of the building and
projecting beyond the building line, the lowest landing shall not be
less than seven (7) nor more than twelve (12) feet above grade and
shall be equipped with a counterbalance stairway to the street. In
alleyways and thoroughfares less than thirty (30) feet wide, the
clearance under the lowest landing shall be not less than twelve
(12) feet.
621.3 CONSTRUCTION: The fire escape shall be designed to
support a live load of one hundred (100) pounds per square foot
(psf), and shall be constructed of steel or other approved noncom-
bustible materials. Fire escapes may be constructed of wood not
less than two (2) inches nominal thickness on buildings of Type 4
construction, as specified in Section 851.21 of the Code.
621.31 CONNECTIONS: All structural connections to and through
the face of the building shall be designed to be corrosion and
deterioration resistant.
621.32 DIMENSIONS: Stairs shall be at least twenty-two (22)
inches wide with risers not more and treads not less than eight (8)
inches and landings at foot of stairs not less than forty (40) inches
wide by thirty-six (36) inches long, located not more than eight (8)
inches below the access window or door.
621.33 CAPACITY: The capacity shall provide for the intended
occupancy load as specified in Section 608.1 of this Code, but in no
case may the width be less than twenty-two (22) inches.
621.34 OPENING PROTECTIVES: Doors and windows along the fire
escape shall be protected with three-quarter (3/4) hour fire resis-
tance rated opening protectives.
Section 623.1
Repeal Section 623.1 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
623.1 SIZE AND LOCATION: Except in one and two-family dwell-
ings (L-3), and in exitways serving only three or fewer dwelling
units in L-2 multi-family dwelling uses, all required exitways shall
be provided with exit signs sufficient in number to indicate at any
point in the required exitway the approved direction of egress
discharge. Such signs shall incorporate, as an approved symbol,
the word "EXIT". Such symbol and lettering shall be at least six
(6) inches in height. Such signs shall have either red outlines on
a white background or the reverse, and shall be made of noncom-
bustible material. All required exit signs shall be illuminated in
conformance with section 623.2 and shall be of an approved type.
Section 623.2
On the third line change the word "wherever" to "whenever."
On the last line change the words "twenty-five (25) foot candles" to
"five (5) foot candles."
Section 624.2
On the second line change the words "three (3) foot candles" to
"one (1) foot candle."
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 836
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 709.1
On the last line of Section 709.1 delete "ELV-2" and substitute "524
CMR 15.00 through 33.00."
Section 718.53
Add the following exception to Section 718.53:
EXCEPTION: Structures subject to the provisions of sections 105.2
and 105.3 shall be exempt from meeting the requirements of the
Basic Code for mortar.
Section 816.31
Add the following new Section after Section 816.3:
816.31 Alternative methods of constructing masonry walls may be
used, providing that the structural requirements of Article 7 are
fully satisfied by the assembly.
Section 816.32
Add the following new Section after the new Section 816.31:
816.32 Masonry walls that are laid dry and are bonded on each
side with a formulation of portland cement and alkali-resistant glass
fibers with or without sand and mixed with water shall be per-
mitted, providing the following allowable working stresses, based on
gross area, are not exceeded:
Compression:
Standard Hollow Block 45 p.s.i.
Ground Hollow Block 85 p.s.i.
Solid Block:
1800 + p.s.i. 110 p.s.i.
1200 - 1800 p.s.i. 80 p.s.i.
Shear 10 p.s.i.
Flexural Tension-Vertical Span 18 p.s.i.
Flexural Tension-Horizontal Span 30 p.s.i.
Bearing walls so constructed shall have a minimum wall thickness of
six (6) inches.
Section 851.11
Add the following new Section after Section 851.1:
851.11 NATIVE LUMBER: Native lumber, as defined in this code,
shall be acceptable for use in one and two-story dwellings, barns,
sheds, agricultural and accessory buildings and structures and
other low-stress uses. Each piece of native lumber produced shall
be stamped with the name and registration number of the producer
in accordance with the rules and regulations of the State Building
Code Commission. In addition, all native lumber shall bear an
approved mark identifying the species of wood. In lieu of the
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 837
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 851.11: continued
stamp bearing the name and registration number and species ident-
ification, a certificate bearing the same information may be provided
by the producer for pre-cut or remanufactured lumber in accor-
dance with the rules and regulations of the State Building Code
Commission. When native lumber is used, it shall be subject to the
following requirements:
1) For lumber sized in accordance with the American Softwood
Lumber Standard PS-20-70, figures for maximum fiber stress and
modulus of elasticity for framing grade No. 2 will be used in
establishing span and spacing characteristics for all structural
members .
2) Lumber which is sized in excess of the dimensions established by
the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20-70 for the given
nominal size referenced shall be allowed to have a maximum fiber
stress increase above that provided in paragraph 1 above in
proportion to the increased bearing capacity of the cross section
as provided in Table 2100-2 or as calculated.
Section 851.5
On the fourth line of Section 851.5 delete "four (4) inches" and
substitute "one and one-half Oh) inches".
Section 863.4
On the last line of Section 863.4 after the word "Code" add "(527
CMR 12.00)".
Section 868.1
Delete that part of Section 868.1 as appears on Page 8-49, since the
complete section appears on Page 8-50.
Reference Standards - Article 8 (Part B)
Repeal reference standard "USDC CS31 1952 Wood Shingles (Red
Cedar, Tidewater, Red Cypress and California Redwood)" and
substitute the following:
"Red Cedar Shingle and 1975 Grading Rules for
Handsplit Shake Bureau Certigrade Red
Cedar Shingles"
Section 903.61
Repeal Section 903.61 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
903.61 NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS: The following tests shall
serve as criteria for acceptance of building materials (when tested
in the form and thickness in which they are used) as set forth in
Sections 215.0, 216.0, and 217.0 governing the combustibility of
building materials for use in Types 1, 2 and 3 construction.
a) Materials which pass the test procedure for defining noncombus-
tibility of elementary materials set forth in ASTM E 136 and
listed in the reference standards of this article when exposed to
a furnace temperature of thirteen hundred eighty-two (1382)
degrees F. for a period of five (5) minutes, and do not cause a
fifty-four (54) degrees F. above the furnace air temperature at
the beginning of the test and which do not flame after an expo-
sure of thirty (30) seconds.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 838
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 903.61: continued
b) Materials having a structural base of noncombustible material as
defined in paragraph 1 above, with a surfacing not more than
one-eighth (1/8) inch thick which has a flame-spread rating not
greater than fifty (50) when tested in accordance with the
method of test for surface burning characteristics of building
materials as set forth in ASTM E 84 and listed in the reference
standards of this article.
The term noncombustible does not apply to the flamespread charac-
teristics of interior finish or trim materials. A material shall not be
classed as noncombustible building construction material which is
subject to increase in combustible or flame spread rating beyond the
limits herein established through the effects of age, moisture or
other atmospheric conditions.
Section 903.62
Repeal Section 903.62 of the State Building Code in its entirety.
Section 903.7
Repeal Section 903.7 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
903.7 FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD
Section 903.71
Repeal Section 903.71 of the State Building Code in its entirety and
substitute the following new section:
903.71 TESTS: Where permitted for use as a structural element,
fire-retardant treated wood shall be tested in accordance with the
standard method of test for surface burning characteristics of build-
ing materials (tunnel test) listed in the reference standards of this
article and shall show a flame spread rating not greater than twenty-
five (25) when exposed for a period of not less than thirty (30)
minutes, without evidence of significant progressive combustion.
The material shall bear the identification of an accredited authorita-
tive testing or inspection agency showing the performance rating
thereof.
Section 903.72
Add the following new Section after Section 903.71:
903.72 USE LIMITATIONS: Wood that has been pressure treated
with fire-retardant chemicals in accordance with the standards for
pressure treatment of lumber or plywood in buildings listed in the
reference standards of this article or treated by other approved
means during manufacture may be used in Types 1 and 2 construc-
tion for partitions, structural elements and roof framing and sheath-
ing as indicated by Note h in Table 2-5, provided that the assembly
in which such material is used shall produce the required fire-resis-
tance rating when tested in accordance with the standard method of
fire test for building construction and materials listed in the refer-
ence standards. Where the material is to be subjected to sustained
high humidity or exposed to the weather, it shall be further identi-
fied to indicate that there is not an increase in listed fire hazard
classification after being subjected to the Underwriters' Laboratories
(ULI) Standard Rain Test. Where used as a structural element,
such material shall meet the requirements of Section 903.71. Where
used as interior finish, such material shall meet the requirements of
Section 904.0.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 839
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 905.0
In the last line of Section 905.0 delete "FPR-4" and substitute "527
CMR 5.00".
Section 905.5
In the last line of Section 905.5 delete "FPR-4 and 11" and substi-
tute "527 CMR 5.00 and 12.00".
Section 905.63
On the fourth line of Section 905.63 delete the words "ceilings and
enclosure walls" and substitute "floor/ceiling assembly and enclosure
walls".
Section 910.43
On the first line of Section 910.43 delete the words "structures or"
and substitute "structures of".
Section 911.0
On the third line change the section numbered "618" to "616"; so as
the entire section reads:
SECTION 911.0 VERTICAL SHAFTS AND HOISTWAYS
The provisions of this section shall apply to all vertical shaft enclo-
sures, except as provided for stairway enclosures in section 616,
flue enclosures in section 1009, incinerator chutes in sections 1014
and 1015, duct shafts in sections 1016 and 1017, and pipe shafts in
section 1115.
Section 917.22
Table 9-3
Under "Class C Doors" delete the sentence "Kitchen and service
pantries in places of assembly in accordance with Section 417"; so
that Class C Doors reads:
- CLASS C DOORS: projection and trial exhibition rooms in accord-
ance with Section 407.
Paint spray rooms in accordance with Section 410.
Service stations and repair shops in accordance with Sections 414
and 415.
Corridor rooms and all fire-resistive partitions in accordance
with Section 910.
Add to Table 9-3 the following:
Use Groups Exitways Corridors Rooms
F-6 Schools and I II III
Classrooms
Section 922.3
Delete the first two lines on Pages 9-34 and add the following new
section:
922.3 INTERIOR FINISH: Interior finish of walls and ceilings shall
have a flamespread rating not greater than that designated by the
class prescribed for the various occupancy groups listed in Table
9-3 when tested in accordance with the requirements of section 904.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 840
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1000.11
At the end of Section 1000.11 add "248 CMR 4.00 and 8.00".
Section 1008.35
On the second line after the word "clay" add the words "expanded
shale or pumice flue liners; so that the entire section reads:
1008.35 FLUE LINING MATERIALS: Flue linings shall be made of
fire clay, expanded shale or pumice flue liners or other approved
refractory materials capable of withstanding the action of flue gases
and of resisting the temperatures to which they are subjected but
not less than two thousand (2000) degrees F. without softening or
cracking. The thickness of the shell of flue linings shall be not
less than five-eighth (5/8) inches.
Section 1011.2
In second paragraph, first line, delete the following numbers: "5,
6, 7, and 8" and substitute the following letters: "e, f, g, and
h".
Reference Standards - Article 10
On line 9 under "Reference Standards - Article 10" change the year
from "1964" to "1971" to read as follows:
ULI 103 1971 Factory-Built Chimneys
Section 1100.1
Add at the end of Section 1100.1 the following words "except as
noted otherwise herein"; so that Section reads:
1100.1 ACCEPTED ENGINEERING PRACTICE: All such systems
and equipment constructed, installed and maintained in accordance
with the applicable standards listed in the reference standards of
this article shall be deemed to conform to the provisions of this
code except as noted otherwise herein.
Footnotes to Section 1100.1
Under the authority delegated by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and as directed in Article 1, Sections 102 and 103 of the State
Building Code, heating equipment and appliances must be approved
and labeled as directed by Articles 11 and 21. The State Building
Code Commission has placed a moratorium until July 1, 1979 on the
requirement for labels and nameplates.
All comfort heating/solid fuel burning appliances approved by the
building official shall be installed in strict accordance with the ap-
plicable provisions of Article 10, Sections 1100.0, 1100.1, 1100.3,
1102.0, 1102.2, 1112.0, 1121.5, 2107.0, 2107.7, 2107.8, 2107.9,
2109.4, 2109.8, 2109.9, 2109.15, 2109.17, 2110, 2110.4, Tables
2109-1 and 2109-2, 2111, 2112, 2113.
Section 1100.11
On the fourth line of Section 1100.11 after "1960" add "248 CMR
4.00 and 8.00".
On the fifth line of Section 1100.11 delete "FPR-3" and substitute
"527 CMR 4.00".
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 841
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1117.42
On the first line of Section 1117.42(c) after the word "of" add "527
CMR 12.00 of".
Section 1121.5
Repeal Section 1121.5 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
1121.5 ROOM HEATERS: The installation or use of unlisted elec-
tric room heaters is prohibited. The installation or use of unlisted
or unvented gas, oil or other fuel burning room heaters is prohib-
ited; however, until July 1, 1979, the building official shall accept
solid fuel burning appliances that are unlisted.
Footnotes to Section 1121.5
Under the authority delegated by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and as directed in Article 1, Sections 102 and 103 of the State
Building Code, heating equipment and appliances must be approved
and labeled as directed by Articles 11 and 21. The State Building
Code Commission has placed a moratorium until July 1, 1979 on the
requirement for labels and nameplates.
All comfort heating/solid fuel burning appliances approved by the
building official shall be installed in strict accordance with the ap-
plicable provisions of Article 10, Sections 1100.0, 1100.1, 1100.3,
1102.0, 1102.2, 1112.0, 1121.5, 2107.0, 2107.7, 2107.8, 2107.9,
2109.4, 2109.8, 2109.9, 2109.15, 2109.17, 2110, 2110.4, Tables
2109-1 and 2109-2, 2111, 2112, 2113.
Section 1127.0
On the fourth line of Section 1127.0 delete "FPR-3" and substitute
"527 CMR 4.00".
Section 1200.0
On the fifth line of paragraph 1 of Section 1200.0 after the word
"Code" add "(527 CMR 12.00)".
Delete in Section 1200.0, Paragraph 2, Lines two and three, the
following words "must have the approval of the various officials
having jurisdiction before installation begins" and substitute the
following words "shall be reviewed by the head of the local fire
department for approval of the following items".
Add the following new sixteen items after the second paragraph:
1) size of the water main and its capacity.
2) nearest hydrants.
3) access for fire fighting and rescue.
4) location of the Siamese connections.
5) provisions for a fire pump, if necessary, and a secondary
source of power for same.
6) provisions for dual water supply if needed.
7) electrical supervisory control of fire pump.
8) size, location, thread size, etc., of standpipes.
9) flow control valves if needed for zone control of sprinklers.
10) fire alarm panel, annunciator and supervisory controls of sprink-
lers and standpipes and fire alarm systems.
11) location and type of smoke, heat, and combination detectors.
12) necessary pressure gauges on standpipes, sprinklers, etc. to
visually supervise systems.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 842
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1200.0: continued
13) locations, types of fire alarm boxes, horns, speakers, and
audio visual devices.
14) elevator keys for control during fires, etc.
15) plans for all fire alarm systems.
16) smoke control.
Section 1201.0
After Definition of "PARTIAL SPRINKLER SYSTEM" add the follow-
ing Definition:
RESIDENTIAL UNIT:
a) In L-2 Multi-Family Use Group, a dwelling unit.
b) In L-2 Dormitory Use Group, a room or group of rooms occupied
as a single unit.
c) In L-l Use Group, a room or group of rooms occupied as a
single unit.
Section 1203.3
In the fifth line of Section 1203.3 after the word "of" add "527 CMR
12.00 of".
Section 1206.0
On the second and third lines of Section 1206.0, delete the words
"and all buildings heretofore erected".
Table 12-1 (Section 1206.11)
Amend the "Conditions contained in Table 12-1 under Section
1206.11 for use groups B-l, C, D and E to read as follows:
"3 stories and > 3,000 Q per floor"
Add under use group L-l the word "(Hotels)" to read as follows:
"L-l (Hotels)"
Section 1212.7
On the last line of Section 1212.7 after the word "Code" add "(248
CMR 2.00)".
Section 1216.1
On the seventh line of Section 1216.1 delete "ELV-2" and substitute
"524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00".
Section 1218.211
Repeal Section 1218.211 of the State Building Code in its entirety
and substitute the following new section:
SECTION 1218.211 AUTOMATIC FIRE WARNING SYSTEMS IN RESI-
DENTIAL USE GROUPS L-l, L-2, and L-3: Every building, struc-
ture or portion thereof for which a permit was issued on or after
January 1, 1975 and not exceeding seventy (70) feet in height
above mean grade, in Use Groups L-l, L-2 or L-3, shall be subject
to the provisions of this section. Buildings or structures which are
altered or repaired shall be subject to the provisions of section
106.0. A summary of the requirements is given in Table 12-4.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 843
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1218.211: continued
A) L-l and L-2 Use Groups: All buildings or portions thereof of
L-l and L-2 use groups shall incorporate automatic fire detectors
located as required in items A-6 and A-7 and subject to the fol-
lowing provisions:
1) All buildings of L-l and L-2 use groups which contain six (6)
or less separate residential units shall use a Type III system
with multiple station smoke detectors on each level of the
common spaces as defined in section 1218.211 A7a; or a Type
II system in conformance with section 1218.211 C.
2) All buildings of L-l and L-2 use groups which contain seven
(7) to twelve (12) separate residential units shall be provided
with a Type II system in conformance with section 1218.211
C.
3) All buildings of L-l and L-2 use groups which contain thir-
teen (13) or more separate residential units, or are three (3)
or more stories in height, shall incorporate manual pull sta-
tions located in conformance with section 1218.211 D.
4) All buildings of L-l and L-2 use groups which contain thir-
teen (13) or more separate residential units shall be provided
with a Type I system in conformance with section 1218.211 C,
and zoned in conformance with section 1218.211 E.
5) All buildings of L-l and L-2 use groups which contain twenty-
five (25) or more separate residential units shall incorporate
provision for automatic Fire Department notification in con-
formance with section 1218.211 F.
6) Approved Single or Multiple Station Smoke Detectors shall be
located within each residential unit to comply with the follow-
ing minimum requirements:
a. MINIMUM NUMBER OF DETECTORS
i) In residential units less than twelve hundred (1200)
square feet in area, at least one (1) permanently wired
A.C. powered smoke detector shall be provided.
ii) In residential units twelve hundred (1200) square feet
or more in area, at least one (1) permanently wired
multiple station smoke detector shall be provided for
each twelve hundred (1200) square feet of area or part
thereof.
b. LOCATION OF DETECTORS
i) One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located
outside of each separate sleeping area, in accordance
with the definition for "separate sleeping area" pro-
vided in paragraph B2bi of this section.
ii) One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located on
the ceiling near the base of, but not within, each
stairway.
iii) No smoke detector shall be located in or within six
(6) feet of a kitchen or cooking area.
7. Approved fire detectors also shall be located within the
structure to comply with the following minimum require-
ments:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 844
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1218.211: continued
a) CORRIDORS, LOBBIES AND EXITWAY DISCHARGE: All
lobbies, common corridors, hallways and exitway access
and discharge routes shall be provided with approved
smoke detectors with no more than a thirty (30) foot
spacing between detectors.
b) INSIDE RESIDENTIAL UNIT ENTRANCE DOORWAYS:
All residential unit doorways to corridors or hallways
shall be provided with an approved heat detector loca-
ted no more than six (6) feet inside the doorway and in
conformance with the requirements of NFPA 72E (1974).
c) OTHER ROOMS: All rooms of one hundred (100) square feet
in area or more, not in residential units, shall be equipped
with approved heat detectors or smoke detectors located in
accordance with the requirements of their listing and in
conformance with NFPA 72E (1974).
8. All detectors in item A-7 shall be arranged to activate the build-
ing fire alarms in accordance with section 1218.211 C.
9. Any building of L-l and L-2 use group that is completely pro-
tected by an approved automatic sprinkler system may omit the
detectors required in item A-7, provided that waterflow will
sound the building fire alarms in accordance with section
1218.211 C.
B) L-3 Use Group, Including Mobile and Manufactured Homes:
1. All buildings which are defined by this code as one or two-family
dwellings shall contain a Type HI system in conformance with
section 1218.211 C with smoke detectors located as required in
item B-2 of this section and in accordance with NFPA 72E
(1974).
2. Smoke detectors shall be located to comply with the following
minimum requirements:
a) MINIMUM NUMBER OF DETECTORS:
i) No less than one (1) approved smoke detector shall be
provided on the highest habitable level and on each floor,
story or level below, including basements or cellars.
ii) For any floor, level or story exceeding twelve hundred
(1200) square feet in area, one (1) approved smoke
detector shall be provided for each twelve hundred
(1200) square feet or part thereof.
b) LOCATION OF DETECTORS
i) One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located outside
of each separate sleeping area. By sleeping area is meant
the area or areas of the family living unit in which the
bedrooms (or sleeping rooms) are located. Bedrooms (or
sleeping rooms) separated by other use areas, such as
kitchens or living rooms (but not bathrooms), shall be
considered as separate sleeping areas for the purposes of
this regulation.
ii) One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located on the
ceiling near the base of, but not within, each stairway.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 845
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
55
• o
BS E- M
O Oh H
l-l U3 <C
CO 05 O <_>
fa
1-1 O i-l
> fa fa fa
O 2 m
05 m e-h
P CM
0-. fa O
55
Q
co i-i
CO rH
O
N
gS
Scm
CO
►-H 55
S °
Q
Q
CO i-h
CO i-h
53 CM
S5 CM
CO
>H
03 OS
§g
O
o
O
CO H
CO i-h
CO i-h
<c o
H Oh
CO
Scm
S CM
S CN
55
2 °
OS 3 H
<*
<
<
<;
frH O E->
O O O
CO i-h
CO i-i
CO rH
S eg
co i-i
Sis
O OS
Oh
55
E-| O
H S3 E-i
00
<
<
<
<c
h(hU
CO ■-<
CO rt
CO i-i
CO i-h
CO i— I
55 3 fcd
CJ o
P CM
gcN
S CM
S (N
£s
O OS
Oh
01
05
W CO
0J
B
CQ P=hi E— •
CM
-3*
s B
~
u
o
CM
1
CM
CI
o
in
VO
"
"
Oh
CM
CM
CM
CM
CO o
co
i
l-l
►J
1-3
hJ
S 05
>-)
o
i-i
■H
I-H
i-T
i-3
hJ
i-h
i-j
i-H O
i-H
3 w
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 846
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1218.211: continued
8/1/78
iii)No smoke detector may be required to be located in or
within six (6) feet of a kitchen, cooking area or garage.
iv) Detectors shall be ceiling mounted, except in mobile
homes, where mounting on an inside wall shall be re-
quired.
c) COMBINED COVERAGE: Smoke detectors required by item
B-2-a may be used to fulfill the requirements of item B-2-b.
C) TYPES OF SYSTEMS: Systems shall be one (1) of the following
types as required by this section:
1. TYPE I: A Type I system shall be installed in conformance
with the Massachusetts Electrical Code and NFPA 72A (1974).
A Type I system shall include an approved secondary source
of power and incorporate an annunciator at the grade level
located as directed by the local Fire Department. All detec-
tors shall be ceiling mounted.
2. TYPE II: A Type II system shall be installed in conformance
with the Massachusetts Electrical Code (527 CMR 12.00) and
NFPA 72A (1974) and include an approved secondary source
of power. All detectors shall be ceiling mounted.
3. TYPE III: A Type HI system shall be wired in conformance
with the Massachusetts Electrical code (527 CMR 12.00) and
installation shall be in accordance with NFPA 74 (1974).
Power shall be supplied from a permanently-wired connection
directly to an A.C. primary source of power or monitored
batteries. All power for A.C. powered detectors shall be
taken from a single branch circuit serving a habitable area;
and the power source for the detectors shall be on the supply
side, ahead of any switches. All required smoke detectors
shall be provided with a visible power-on indication. All
required smoke detectors shall be inter-connected so that
when one actuates all will sound to meet the requirements of
NFPA 74 (1974) section 2-2.3. All required smoke detectors
shall conform with section 1218.211 G, 1 and 5.
D) MANUAL PULL STATIONS: Where required, manual- pull stations
shall be located on the corridor side of, and within six (6) feet
of each entrance to an exitway. Manual pull stations shall be
connected to the building fire alarm system in conformance with
NFPA 72A (1974).
E) ZONES: Where required, each floor, level or story shall be
separately zoned. The length of any zone on any floor, level or
story shall not exceed two hundred (200) feet in any direction.
F) AUTOMATIC FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTIFICATION: Where re-
quired to provide automatic fire department notification, the
system shall be connected to the Fire Department Alarm Head-
quarters if so directed by the head of the local Fire Department,
in conformance with NFPA 72B (1974), NFPA 72C (1974) or
NFPA 71 (1974).
G) APPROVED DEVICES:
1. Single station and multiple station smoke detection devices:
Smoke detectors of single station and multiple station types
shall meet the requirements of U. L. 217 (1976) and be listed
Vol. 18 - 847
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 1218.211: continued
or approved by a nationally-recognized fire testing labora-
tory.
Exception: Until October 1, 1976, when listing of smoke
detectors can be obtained under U. L. 217 (1976) the follow-
ing smoke detectors shall be accepted:
Devices tested and listed under U. L. 167 and U. L. 168,
provided that the room fire test of U. L. 167 is met by both
optical or ionization type smoke detectors.
2. Smoke detectors, other than single-station and multiple station
devices, shall meet the reliability tests of U. L. 217, and the
room fire test provision of U. L. 167 in addition to carrying a
listing or approval as meeting U. L. 167 or U. L. 168.
Exception : Until July 1, 1976, units meeting all of the above
requirements, but not meeting the U. L. 217 reliability test
shall be accepted.
3. All heat detectors shall be listed or approved for a spacing
no less than thirty (30) feet.
4. All other alarm equipment used in this section shall be listed
or approved by a nationally recognized fire testing labora-
tory.
5. The State Building Code Commission shall withdraw the ap-
proval from any device or equipment which repeatedly fails to
perform under this section.
H) MAINTENANCE AND TESTING:
1. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to properly main-
tain the system.
2. All Type I and Type II systems shall be tested at least an-
nually in conformance with the NFPA 72A (1974) with the
performance of each initiating device and indicating device
recorded with the head of the Fire Department.
3. In addition to the above, all Type I systems connected to the
Fire Department shall be tested with advance notice as re-
quired by the head of the Fire Department.
Section 1218.213
Repeal Section 1218.213 in its entirety with no substitution.
Section 1218.215
In the third line of Section 1218.215 delete the word "manual".
Delete the second sentence in its entirety.
In the fifth line delete the word "otherwise".
Reference Standards - Article 12
Repeal all the reference standards in Article 12 of the State Build-
ing Code and substitute the following:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 -
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Reference Standards - Article 12: continued
Portable Fire Extinguishers
Halon 1301 Systems
Sprinkler Systems, Installation
Standpipe and Hose Systems
Dry Chemical Systems
Centrifugal Fire Pumps
Central Station Signaling Sys-
tems
Local Protective Signaling Sys-
tems
Auxiliary Signaling Systems
Remote Station Signaling Sys-
tems
Proprietary Signaling Systems
Automatic Fire Detectors
Household Fire Warning Equip-
ment
Life Safety Code
Life Safety Code
Life Safety Code
Construction and Maintenance
of Buildings or Other Struc-
tures Used for Garages, etc.
Massachusetts Electrical Code
On the last line of Section 1300.0 after the word "Operations" add
"(441 CMR 10.00)".
NFPA
No.
10
1975
NFPA
No.
12A
1973
NFPA
No.
13
1976
NFPA
No.
14
1976
NFPA
No.
17
1975
NFPA
No.
20
1976
NFPA
No.
71
1974
NFPA
No.
72A
1975
NFPA
No.
72B
1975
NFPA
No.
72C
1975
NFPA
No.
72D
1975
NFPA
No.
72E
1974
NFPA
No.
74
1974
NFPA
No.
101
1967
NFPA
No.
101
1971
NFPA
No.
101
1973
527 CMR
5.00
1975
527 CMR
12.00
1975
Section 1300.0
Section 1408.2
On the third line of Section 1408.2 after the word "Code" add "(527
CMR 12.00)".
Section 1415.0
On the second line of Section 1415.0 after the word "Code" add
"(527 CMR 12.00)".
Reference Standards - Article 14
Article 15
Article 16
In the second column of the entry for "Mass-OAB" add "311 CMR
3.00".
In the second column of the entry for "Mass-DPS" delete "FPR-11"
and substitute "527 CMR 12.00".
In the fifth line of Article 15 delete "(Form FPR-11)" and substitute
"(527 CMR 12.00)".
In the fifth line of Article 16 delete "Form ELV-1" and substitute
"524 CMR 3.00 through 11.00".
In the sixth line of Article 16 delete "Form ELV-2" and substitute
"524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00".
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 849
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Article 17
In the last line of the first paragraph after the word "Utilities" add
"(248 CMR 2.00)".
In the last line of the second paragraph after the word "Utilities"
add "(248 CMR 4.00 and 8.00)".
Section 1800.11
In the fourth line of Section 1800.11 after the word "amended" add
"(248 CMR 4.00 and 8.00)".
Section 1809.1
On the last line of Section 1809.1 after the word "Code" add "(248
CMR 2.00)".
Reference Standards - Article 18
The provisions of 527 CMR 12.00, the Massachusetts Electrical
Code, shall be applied whenever NFPA 90A references the National
Electrical Code.
Section 1901.0 (Definitions)
Add to the end of the definition for "BUILDING COMPONENT" in
Section 1901.0 the following words:
having concealed elements and/or identification.
Section 1905.11
After Section 1905.1 add the following new section:
1905.11 ROOF LOADS: Section 6.4 of the 1974 edition of the ANSI
A119.1, "Standards for Mobile Homes, Body and Frame Design and
Construction Requirements, and the Installation of Plumbing, Heat-
ing and Electrical Systems" is modified to read as follows: NORTH
ZONE: 35 lb/ft (including wind and snow loads).
Section 1905.2
On the fourth line of Section 1905.2, add after the words "(1974
edition)" the words "as amended by the State Building Code Com-
mission" .
Section 1908.0
On the last line of Section 1908.0 delete "Section 127" and substi-
tute "Section 126".
RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS,
BUILDING COMPONENTS AND MOBILE HOMES
Under Section 1.2, Definitions, in the last line of "LOCAL
ENFORCEMENT AGENCY"
After "Plumbing Code" add "(248 CMR 2.00)."
After "Electrical Code" add "(527 CMR 12.00)."
After "Gas Code" add "(248 CMR 4.00 through 8.00)."
Under Section 1.2, Definitions, in the sixth and seventh lines of
"SPECIALIZED CODES"
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 850
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
After "Plumbing Code" add "(248 CMR 2.00)."
After "Electrical Code" add "(527 CMR 12.00)."
After "Gas Code" add "(248 CMR 4.00 through 8.00)."
Under Section 1.2 Definitions, amend the "State Administrative
Agencies: as follows:
On the fifth line add after the words "Massachusetts Board of Fire
Prevention Regulations" the words "Massachusetts State Examiners
of Electricians".
1.4 ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT
fourth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
eleventh line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and sub-
stitute "Commission".
1.5 AUTHORIZATION OF THIRD PARTY INSPECTIONS
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
seventh line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
1.6 APPROVALS AND COMPLIANCE
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
2 . 1 APPROVAL
fourth line: delete "by the State Administrative Agencies".
fifth line: delete entire last sentence and substitute "The State
Enforcement Agencies shall notify the Commission of their rec-
ommendations of approval or disapproval within twenty (20) cal-
endar days from the date of their receipt of the building system
for their evaluation. If the said agencies shall fail to make their
recommendations to the Commission within the prescribed time,
said Commission may deem the agencies have recommended ap-
proval" .
2.3 REQUISITES
fourth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
2.4 NOTIFICATION OF DISAPPROVAL
second line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
2.5 APPROVAL - EVIDENCE
second line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
2.6 APPROVAL - REPORT
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
2.7 APPROVAL - VARIATIONS
third line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
2.8 AMENDMENTS - PROPOSED
second line: delete "for approvals by the State Administrative
Agencies" and substitute "for its approval".
2.9 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAM
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 851
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2.9: continued
sixth line: delete "approvals by the State Administrative Agen-
cies" and substitute "its approval".
SECTION 3 CERTIFICATION
fourth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission" .
3.11 CONTENTS
fourth line: delete
ment" .
'Administrative and substitute "Enforce-
3.21 CONTENTS
fourth line of a): delete "Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Building Code Commission".
first line of f) Date of Manufacture: delete "State Administrative
Agencies" and substitute "Commission" .
3.22 ISSUANCE
first sentence: delete entire sentence and substitute "The ap-
proved label shall be issued by the Commission or its agents in
accordance with the following:".
paragraph a): delete entire paragraph and substitute:
a) If the Commission delegated the issuance of labels to an
inspection agency, the agency shall be required to obtain ap-
proval from the Commission for the manner in which they are
handled:
delete "State Enforcement Agencies" and
delete "Administrative" and substitute
paragraph d) line one:
substitute "Commission".
paragraph d) line two:
"Enforcement".
paragraph d) line four: delete "Department" and substitute
"Commission".
paragraph d) line nine: delete "Department" and substitute
"Commission" .
3.3 RECORDS OF LABELS
last sentence: delete entire last sentence and substitute "A
copy of such records covering attachment of each label shall be
sent to the Commission upon request and the Commission shall
forward all such records to the State Enforcement Agencies".
3.5 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION
paragraph b) line two: delete "Department" and substitute
"Commission".
paragraph b) line eight: delete "Department" and substitute
"Commission".
3.6 VARIATIONS OF CERTIFIED UNITS
fifth line: delete "approval of the State Administrative Agen-
cies" and substitute "its approval".
thirteenth line: delete entire line and substitute "Commission or
the State Enforcement Agencies as inspection agencies for such
purposes".
4.3 INSPECTION OF DAMAGED COMPONENTS
ninth line: delete entire line and substitute "Commission or the
State Enforcement Agencies as the inspection agency".
4.4 MONITORING INSPECTION AGENCY
fourteenth line: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforce-
ment" .
eighteenth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and sub-
stitute "Commission" .
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 852
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
5.6 REPORTING OF VIOLATIONS TO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
SAFETY
eighth line: delete entire line and substitute "violations to the
Commission and the State Enforcement Agencies".
7.2 NOTIFICATION BY INSPECTION AGENCIES
last sentence: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforce-
ment" .
SECTION 9 BUILDING SYSTEMS
third line: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforce-
ment" .
9.11 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTATION
fifth line: delete "approvals" and substitute "recommendations".
9.12 FORM AND FEES
line one: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
9.17 SPACE FOR STATE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENCIES APPROVAL
STAMP
second line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
12.1 QUALIFICATIONS
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"the Commission" .
fourth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substi-
tute "Commission".
12.3 APPROVALS
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
13.1 GROUNDS
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
eighth line: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforce-
ment" .
13.21 GENERAL
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
13.23 LABELS
third line: delete "Department" and substitute "Commission".
PART IV RECIPROCITY
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies find" and sub-
stitute "Commission finds".
ninth line: delete "Department" and substitute "Commission".
thirteentH line: delete "Department" and substitute "Commis-
sion" .
fourteenth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies and so
notified the Department. The Department shall notify the State
Administrative Agencies of any action taken under this section."
and substitute "Commission and State Enforcement agencies and
so notified the Commission. The Commission shall notify the
State Enforcement Agencies of any action taken under this sec-
tion . "
14.1 EVALUATION
first line: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforcement".
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 853
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
14.2 METHOD OF EXTENDING RECIPROCITY
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
fourth line: delete "it may extend reciprocity to that jurisdic-
tion by:" and substitute "upon the recommendation of the State
Enforcement Agencies, as provided in section 2.1, it may extend
reciprocity to that jurisdiction by:".
SECTION 15 PROCEDURES FOR RECIPROCITY CERTIFYING MANUFACTURED
BUILDINGS, BUILDING COMPONENTS OR MOBILE HOMES
fifth line: delete "Administrative" and substitute "Enforcement".
SECTION 16 SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION
thirteenth line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and sub-
stitute "Commission".
SECTION 18 ESTABLISHMENT
first line: delete "State Administrative Agencies" and substitute
"Commission".
Section 18.1
In line 5 delete the words "one hundred ($100.00) dollars per" and
substitute the following new words: "five hundred ($500.00) dol-
lars for the"; so as the entire section reads:
18.1 COMPLIANCE ASSURANCE PROGRAMS AND BUILDING SYS-
TEMS
a) An initial fee of five hundred ($500.00) dollars shall be charged
each manufacturer for its certified compliance assurance program
for each plant desiring certification. There shall be an addi-
tional charge of five hundred ($500.00) dollars for the certified
building system, except that there shall be no such additional
charge per building component. The maximum fee charged under
this section shall be one thousand ($1,000.00) dollars for each
manufacturing plant.
Section 18.3
In the fourth and fifth line delete the words "two hundred and fifty
($250.00) dollars" and substitute the following new words: "five
hundred ($500.00) dollars"; so as the entire section reads:
18.3 ANNUAL RENEWAL FEES
a) One year from the date of certification of the manufacturer and
the third party inspection agency, and every year thereafter
certification is in effect, there shall be paid an annual renewal
fee of five hundred ($500.00) dollars for each such certification.
Section 18.4 Labels
third line of a): delete "Department" and substitute "Commission".
second line of b): delete "Department" and substitute "Commis-
sion".
second paragraph of b): delete entire paragraph and substitute:
"Tj Manufacturers of building components shall be permitted to use
any labels as approved by the Commission. If such labels are sup-
plied by any source other than the Commission, there shall be no
charge for such labels".
paragraphs numbered c), d) and e): delete in entirety and sub-
stitute:
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 854
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 18.4: continued
"c) Mutilated labels may be replaced at the option of the Commis-
sion at a cost of two ($2.00) dollars each."
"d) Upon satisfactory proof to the Commission of lost or stolen
labels, not the result of negligence, labels may be replaced at a
cost of two ($2.00) dollars each."
"e) Labels shall be purchased from the Commission by the inspec-
tion agency or manufacturer . "
Section 2100.6
Repeal Section 2100.6 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
2100.6 CEILING HEIGHT: Habitable rooms shall have an average
height of not less than seven (7) feet three (3) inches in at least
fifty (50) percent of their reguired area with no portion less than
five (5) feet in height.
EXCEPTION: Beams and girders spaced not less than six (6) feet
on center may project not more than seven (7) inches below the re-
guired average ceiling height.
All other rooms, including hallways and corridors, shall have a ceil-
ing height of not less than seven (7) feet measured to the lowest
projection from the ceiling.
Section 2100.10
The first sentence of Section 2100.10 is hereby repealed and the
following is substituted:
In one and two-family dwellings, each dwelling unit shall have two
(2) independent means of egress, remote as possible from each
other and leading to grade; in addition, every floor within a dwel-
ling unit shall have at least one (1) means of egress which shall
provide a continuous and unobstructed path leading to grade.
Delete the second paragraph and substitute the following:
Sleeping rooms shall have at least one (1) openable window or ex-
terior door to permit emergency exit or rescue. A reguired window
must be openable from the inside without the use of separate tools,
and shall conform to the following:
a) The sill height shall be not more than thirty-six (36) inches
above the finish floor; except in below-grade sleeping rooms, it
shall be not more than forty-four (44) inches; and,
b) Shall provide a minimum net clear opening area of 3.3 sguare
feet on the lower half of a double hung unit with a rectangle
having minimum net clear opening dimensions of twenty (20)
inches by twenty-four (24) inches.
Add the following new paragraph after the first paragraph of
Section 2100.10 as follows:
Access to grade at termination of the reguired means of egress may
be provided by the use of both side-hinged swinging doors or
sliding glass doors. Swinging doors provided to meet this reguire-
ment may swing inward.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 855
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2100.11
The entire section reads as follows:
2100.11 DOORWAYS AND HALLWAYS: The minimum clear width of
any interior doorway, except in closets, storage areas and bath-
rooms, shall be two (2) feet six (6) inches. There shall be no
minimum requirement for clear doorway width in closets, storage
areas and bathrooms.
The minimum clear width of every required exitway doorway to or
from a stairway shall be thirty-six (36) inches.
The minimum clear height of required egress doorways shall be six
(6) feet six (6) inches.
The minimum width of a hallway or exitway access shall be three
(3) feet.
Section 2100.13
On the fourth line of Section 2100.13, change "six (6) feet four (4)
inches" to "six (6) feet six (6) inches".
In Figure 2100-1, change the minimum headroom from: 6'8" to 6'6".
In Figure 2100-1 delete the words "stairway shall be not less than
2'6" wide" and substitute "stairway shall be not less than 3'0"
wide" .
On the third and fourth lines, second paragraph, of Section 2100.13
delete the words "and the minimum width is not less than six (6)
inches".
Section 2100.15
Add the following new sentence to the beginning of Section 2100.15:
"When a city or town requires by ordinance or by-law run-off con-
trol, then the provisions of sections 2100.15, 2100.16, and 2100.17
shall apply".
Section 2100.18
Repeal Section 2100.18 of the State Building Code in its entirety
and substitute the following new section:
2100.18 AUTOMATIC FIRE WARNING SYSTEMS IN RESIDENTIAL
USE GROUP L-3: Every building or structure for which a permit
was issued on or after January 1, 1975, and not exceeding seventy
(70) feet in height above mean grade shall be subject to the provi-
sions of this section. Buildings or structures which are altered or
repaired shall be subject to the provisions of section 106.0.
A. All buildings which are defined by this code as one or two-
family dwellings, including mobile and manufactured homes, shall
contain a Type III system in conformance with item C of this
section with smoke detectors located as herein required and in
conformance with NFPA 72E (1974).
B. Smoke detectors shall be located to comply with the following
minimum requirements:
1. Minimum Number of Detectors:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 856
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2100.18: continued
a. No less than one (1) approved smoke detector shall be
provided on the highest habitable level and on each floor,
story or level below, including basements or cellars.
b. For any floor, level or story exceeding twelve hundred
(1200) square feet in area, one (1) approved smoke detec-
tor shall be provided for each twelve hundred (1200)
square feet or part thereof.
2. Location of Detectors:
a. One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located outside
of each separate sleeping area, in accordance with the def-
inition of "separate sleeping area" in section 1218.211,
paragraph B2bi.
b. One (1) approved smoke detector shall be located on the
ceiling near the base of, but not within, each stairway.
c. No smoke detector may be required to be located in or
within six (6) feet of a kitchen, cooking area or garage.
d. Detectors shall be ceiling mounted, except in mobile homes
where mounting on an inside wall shall be required.
3. Combined Coverage: Smoke detectors required by item B-l of
this section may be used to fulfill the requirements of item
B-2 of this section.
C. Type III: A Type III system shall be wired in conformance with
the Massachusetts Electrical Code (527 CMR 12.00) and installa-
tion shall be in accordance with NFPA 74 (1974). Power shall be
supplied from a permanently-wired connection directly to an
A.C. primary source of power or monitored batteries. All power
for A.C. powered detectors shall be taken from a single branch
circuit serving a habitable area; and the power source for the
detectors shall be on the supply side, ahead of any switches.
All required smoke detectors shall be provided with a visible
power-on indication. All required smoke detectors shall be
inter-connected so that when one actuates all will sound to meet
the requirements of NFPA 74 (1974) section 2-2.3. All required
smoke detectors shall conform with the requirements for ap-
proved devices in Item D of this section.
D. Approved Devices:
1. Single station and multiple station smoke detection devices:
Smo"ke detectors of single station and multiple station types
shall meet the requirements of U.L. 217 (1976) and be listed
or approved by a nationally-recognized fire testing labora-
tory.
Exception: Until July 1, 1976, when listing of smoke detec-
tors can be obtained under U.L. 217 (1976) the following
smoke detectors shall be accepted:
Devices tested and listed under U.L. 167 and U.L. 168, pro-
vided that the room fire test of U.L. 167 is met by both opti-
cal or ionization type smoke detectors.
E. Maintenance and Testing:
1. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to properly main-
tain the system.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 857
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2100.19
Add the following new section after Section 2100.18:
2100.19 NATIVE LUMBER: Native lumber, as defined in this code,
shall be acceptable for use in one and two-story dwellings, barns,
sheds, agricultural and accessory buildings and structures and
other low-stress uses. Each piece of native lumber produced shall
be stamped with the name and registration number of the producer
in accordance with the rules and regulations of the State Building
Code Commission. In addition, all native lumber shall bear an
approved mark identifying the species of wood, In lieu of the
stamp bearing the name and registration number and species identi-
fication, a certificate bearing the same information may be provided
by the producer for pre-cut or remanufactured lumber in accor-
dance with the rules and regulations of the State Building Code
Commission. When native lumber is used, it shall be subject to the
following requirements .
1) For lumber sized in accordance with the American Softwood
Lumber Standard PS-20-70, figures for maximum fiber stress and
modulus of elasticity for framing grade No. 2 will be used in
establishing span and spacing characteristics for all structural
members .
2) Lumber which is sized in excess of the dimensions established by
the American Softwood Lumber Standard PS-20-70 for the given
nominal size referenced shall be allowed to have a maximum fiber
stress increase above that provided in paragraph 1 above in
proportion to the increased bearing capacity of the cross section
as provided in Table 2100-2 or as calculated.
Section 2101.9
In Section 2101.9, Item b), second line, under EXCEPTIONS delete
"(1/500)" and substitute "(1/1500)".
Section 2102.2
The following new EXCEPTION is to be inserted immediately follow-
ing the section heading "2102.2 WOOD":
EXCEPTION: NATIVE LUMBER: Items a) IDENTIFICATION and b)
GRADE of this section shall be subject to the provisions of section
2100.19 for native lumber
Section 2104.2
The following new EXCEPTION is to be inserted immediately follow-
ing the section heading "2104.2 WOOD":
EXCEPTION: NATIVE LUMBER: Items a) IDENTIFICATION and b)
GRADE of this section shall be subject to the provisions of section
2100.19 for native lumber.
Section 2104.5
On the third and fourth lines of Section 2104.5 change the words
"three-quarter (3/4) inch" to "one-quarter (1/4) inch".
Section 2105.2
The following new EXCEPTION is to be inserted immediately follow-
ing the section heading "2105.2 WOOD":
8/1/78 Vol. 18 -
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2105.2: continued
EXCEPTION: NATIVE LUMBER: Items a) IDENTIFICATION and b)
GRADE of this section shall be subject to the provisions of section
2100.19 for native lumber.
Figure 2107-1
In Figure 2107-1, on the last line delete "NOTE: The fireplace
ashpit and cleanout shown is optional" and substitute "NOTE: The
fireplace ashpit and cleanout location shown is optional".
Delete the following Note: "NOTE: The fireplace ashpit and clean-
out location shown is optional" and substitute the following two new
notes :
3. Fireplaces - ashpits and cleanouts are optional; however, when-
ever an ashpit is installed, a cleanout shall be required.
4. Chimneys - cleanouts shall be required when heating appliances
are tied into chimney flues.
Section 2107.24
Delete after the word "laboratory", the words: "and approved by
the State Building Code Commission" so that the paragraph reads:
Factory-built fireplaces that consist of a fire chamber assembly, one
or more chimney section, a roof assembly and other parts as tested
and listed as an assembly by a nationally recognized testing labora-
tory may be installed when complying with all the following provi-
sions .
Section 2107.25
Delete after the word "laboratory", the words: "and approved by
the State Building Code Commission" so that the paragraph reads:
Factory-built fireplace stoves, consisting of a free-standing fire
chamber assembly, that have been tested and are listed by a na-
tionally-recognized testing laboratory, may be installed, in accor-
dance with the requirements of said listing.
Section 2107.6
Repeal Section 2107.6 in its entirety and substitute the following:
2107.6 FLUE LINING MATERIAL: Masonry chimneys shall be lined
with fire clay, expanded shale or pumice flue liners or other ap-
proved refractory materials, not less than five-eighths (5/8) of an
inch in thickness, that will resist, without cracking or softening, a
temperature of one thousand eight hundred (1800) degrees F.
Section 2109.15
Repeal Section 2109.15 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
2109.15 FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCE LABELING: Every fuel-burn-
ing comfort heating appliance shall bear a permanent and legible
factory applied nameplate on which shall appear:
a) The manufacturer's name or trademark.
b) The B.t.u. rating.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 859
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2109.15: continued
c) The model and serial number.
d) Instructions for the lighting, operation and shut-down of the
appliance.
e) The type of fuel approved for use with the appliance.
f) A seal indicating approval of the appliance by an approved
testing agency, if acceptance is based on such approval.
EXCEPTION: Solid fuel-burning appliances shall be exempt from
Section 2109.15 until July 1, 1979.
Footnotes to Section 2109.15
Under the authority delegated by Chapter 802 of the Acts of 1972,
and as directed in Article 1, Sections 102 and 103 of the State
Building Code, heating equipment and appliances must be approved
and labeled as directed by Articles 11 and 21. The State Building
Code Commission has placed a moratorium until July 1, 1979 on the
requirement for labels and nameplates.
All comfort heating/solid fuel-burning appliances approved by the
building official shall be installed in strict accordance with the ap-
plicable provisions of Article 10, Sections 1100.0, 1100.1, 1100.3,
1102.0, 1102.2, 1112.0, 1121.5, 2107.0, 2107.7, 2107.8, 2107.9,
2109.4, 2109.8, 2109.9, 2109.15, 2109.17, 2110, 2110.4, Tables
2109-1 and 2109-2, 2111, 2112, 2113.
Section 2109.2
On the sixth line of Section 2109.2 delete "FPR-3" and substitute
"527 CMR 4.00".
Section 2113.2
On the last line of Section 2113.2 after "1960" add "(248 CMR 4.00
and 8.00)".
Section 2115.1
On the fourth line of Section 2115.0 after "amended" add "(248 CMR
4.00 and 8.00)".
Section 2117.5
On the third line of Section 2117.5 delete "FPR-3" and substitute
"527 CMR 4.00".
Section 2201.2
Delete the entire first sentence, lines one and two, and substitute
the following: "The following buildings are exempt from the provi-
sions of this article, with the exception of sections 2204.6 and
2207.0 dealing with the lighting requirements."; so that the entire
section reads:
2201.2 EXEMPT BUILDINGS: The following buildings are exempt
from the provisions of this article, with the exception of sections
2204.6 and 2207.0 dealing with the lighting requirements.
a) Buildings and structures or portions thereof whose peak design
rate of energy usage is less than one (1) watt per square foot
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 860
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2201.2: continued
or three and four tenths (3.4) Btu/h per square foot of floor
area for all purposes.
b) Buildings which are neither heated nor cooled.
Section 2204.21
Repeal Section 2204.21 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
2204.21 GROSS WALL AREA: For the purposes of this article, the
gross area of exterior walls consists of all opaque wall areas, includ-
ing foundation walls, walls between floor spandrels, peripheral
edges of floors, window areas including sash, and door areas,
where such surfaces enclose a heated or mechanically cooled space
including interstitial areas between two such spaces.
Section 2204.23
Repeal Section 2204.23 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
2204.23 BUILDING INSULATION
a) Foam plastic insulation shall have a flame spread rating of 0-75
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. In habitable and non-
habitable areas, foam plastic insulation shall be covered and pro-
tected by an interior finish material having a 15 minute mem-
brane protective rating.
b) When eave vents are installed in conjunction with attic insula-
tion, baffling shall be provided so as to deflect the incoming air
above the surface of the insulation. Baffles shall be installed
prior to insulation and shall be installed over the exterior wall at
an angle to provide a 2" minimum clearance under the roof deck
for upward flow of ventilation air to the fixed vents in the
upper portion of the attic.
c) In the case of slab on grade floors, perimeter insulation for slab
on grade construction shall be installed so that the concrete to
concrete contact between the foundation wall and the floor slab
is broken and extends downward the thickness of the slab and
then extends an additional 24" below exterior grade vertically,
or 24" horizontally beneath the floor slab.
Section 2204.24
Repeal Section 2204.24 in its entirety and substitute the following
new section:
2204.24 CRITERIA FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS: The following
requirements shall apply to all buildings and structures or portions
thereof in use groups L-l, L-2 and L-3 (hotels, multi-family, and
one- and two-family) that are heated or mechanically cooled when
not more than three (3) stories or forty (40) feet in height.
a) All buildings in these use groups shall conform to the thermal
transmittance values in Table 22-2.
b) An overall U value of 0.20 for the combination of walls, doors
and windows Containing heated space may be used in lieu of the
separate U values listed for "walls", "foundation walls", and
"doors and windows". The overall U of 0.20 shall be used
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 861
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2204.24: continued
Table 22-2
when the doors or windows exceed 20 percent of the gross ex-
terior wall area. See Equation 1 for the calculations of the
overall U . The U of 0.20 applies only to gross walls enclosing
a space provided with a positive heat supply, and not the entire
envelope.
c) Framing members shall not be included in the calculations of R
and U values.
Repeal Table 22-2 in its entirety and substitute the following new
Table:
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 862
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
TABLE 22-2
MAXIMUM U VALUES OF WALLS, ROOF/CEILINGS, AND FLOORS
FOR RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS OF SECTION 2204.24
ELEMENT
DESCRIPTION
U VALUE
TOTAL
R VALUE
NOTES
Walls
All wall construction con-
taining heated or mechan-
ically cooled space
0.08
12.5
1
Foundation Walls
Including Band
Joist
Containing heated or mech-
anically cooled space
0.08
12.5
Containing unheated space
0.17
5.9
5
Roof Assembly
Plank and beam construction
containing heated or mech-
anically cooled space
0.08
12.5
2
Roof Assembly
Construction other than
plank and beam containing
heated or mechanically
cooled space
0.05
20.0
Doors and Windows
All construction enclosing
heated or mechanically
cooled space
0.65
1.54
3
Floors
Floor sections over areas
exposed to outside air or
unheated areas
0.08
12.5
4
Unheated slab on grade
-
5.50
Heated slab on grade
-
7.75
Note 1: This value may be used when the doors and windows do not exceed
20 percent of the gross exterior wall area. When doors and win-
dows exceed 20 percent of the gross wall area, see Section
2204.24(c).
Note 2: Plank and beam assemblies are construction in which the finished
interior surface is the underside of the roof deck.
Note 3: Double glazing or storm windows will satisfy the required U value
of 0.65.
Note 4: Insulation may be omitted from floors over unheated areas when
foundation walls are provided with a U value of 0.17.
Note 5: The U value requirement of 0.17 for foundation walls may be
omitted when floors over unheated spaces are provided with a
U value of 0.08.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 863
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Table 22-5
Delete the "EXCEPTION" under Table 22-5 and add the following
new "EXCEPTION":
"EXCEPTION: Until July 1, 1979, storm windows and doors in-
stalled over exterior windows and doors shall be accepted when
windows and doors have not been tested for infiltration according to
Table 22-5";
so that the entire Table reads:
TABLE 22-5 ALLOWABLE AIR INFILTRATION RATES
WINDOWS
RESIDENTIAL DOORS
COMMERCIAL DOORS
(cfm per linear
foot of operable
sash crack)
(cfm per square
foot of door area)
(cfm per linear
foot of crack)
Sliding Entrance
Glass
Swinging, Sliding,
Revolving
0.5
0.5 1.25
11.0
1) When tested at a pressure differential of 1.567 lb./sq. ft.
which is equivalent to the impact pressure of a 25 mph wind.
2) Compliance with the criteria for air leakage of all types of
doors shall be determined by Std. RS-2.
EXCEPTION: Until July 1, 1979, storm windows and doors installed
over exterior windows and doors shall be accepted when windows and
doors have not been tested for infiltration according to Table 22-5.
Section 2204.54c
Repeal entire Item c) and substitute the following:
c) The maximum area to be switch controlled shall be 1,000 sq. ft.
For all areas larger than 500 sq. ft. the connected lighting load
shall be so controlled that the overall illumination may be re-
duced by at least one-half.
Section 2204.6
Add the following new Section and Sub-Sections after Section
2204.55:
2204.6 LIGHTING POWER LIMITS FOR NEW BUILDINGS
2204.61 GENERAL: This section establishes the maximum power
limits for interior and exterior illumination systems.
2204.62 EXEMPT BUILDINGS: The following buildings are exempt
from the provisions of this section:
a) Buildings in use group L-3 (one- and two-family); and
b) The dwelling unit portions of use group L-2 (multi-family); and
c) The manufacturing portion of industrial plants.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 864
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
2204.63 DEFINITIONS
CONNECTED LIGHTING LOAD: Total possible simultaneous demand
for lighting, including power used in the lamp itself and any losses
in the fixture and ballast.
LIMITED ACCESS: Available only to authorized personnel.
TASK LIGHTING: Illumination applied to an individual location,
with local control of switching. Examples include desk lights, ex-
amining lights, and machine lights.
2204.64 LIGHTING POWER LIMIT: A lighting power limit is the
upper limit of the power to be available to provide the lighting
needs of a building.
2204.641 Separate lighting power limits shall be calculated for the
building interior and for the building exterior.
2204.65 CALCULATION PROCEDURE: To establish a lighting
power limit, the following procedure shall be used:
a) Interiors
1) Determine the use categories for the various parts of the
building from Table 22-11.
2) Multiply the maximum power limit for each category by the
gross floor area included in that category.
3) Add the total number of watts for each area to arrive at the
total lighting power limit for the building.
4) In open-concept office spaces in excess of 2,000 sq. ft., with
no defined egress or circulation pattern, 25 percent of the
area shall be designated as category B.
5) In rooms with ceiling height in excess of twenty (20) feet, a
power allowance, in watts per square foot, of an additional
two percent per foot of height is permitted, up to a maximum
of twice the limit in Table 22-11.
b) Exteriors
1) Facade lighting: Multiply the limit given in Table 22-11 by
the number of linear feet in the building perimeter.
2) Parking and other exterior lighting: Multiply the value in
category F in Table 22-11 by the area to be illuminated.
c) Exceptions:
1) Task lighting shall not be included in the lighting power limit
calculation.
2) Lighting for, but not limited to, cleanrooms, and theatrical,
television, spectator sports and like performances shall not be
included in the total building limits. There shall be limited
access to the controls for such lighting.
2204.66 ALTERNATIVES: The installed lighting power for any in-
terior area may be increased or decreased from the values of Table
22-11 provided that the total interior lighting power limit calculated
in 2204.65 is not exceeded.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 865
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
2204.67 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: Bathrooms in hotels and motels
shall have a switchable, permanently-installed night light with a
maximum wattage of five (5) watts.
2204.68 DOCUMENTATION: Lighting power loads shall be included
with the plans and specifications submitted to the building official.
These data shall provide, for each category of Table 22-11, the
total area, the total connected lighting power load in watts, and the
average watts per square foot.
TABLE 22-11
LIGHTING LIMIT (CONNECTED LOAD)
FOR LISTED OCCUPANCIES: NEW BUILDINGS
TYPE OF USE MAX. WATTS/ SQ. FT.
INTERIOR
Category A: Classrooms, office areas, auto- 3.00
motive mechanical areas, museums, conference
rooms, drafting rooms, clerical areas, lab-
oratories, merchandising areas, kitchens,
examining rooms, book stacks, athletic fa-
cilities
Category B: Auditoriums, waiting areas, 1.00
spectator areas, restrooms, dining areas,
transportation terminals, working corri-
dors in prisons and hospitals, book stor-
age areas, active inventory storage, hos-
pital bedrooms, hotel and motel bedrooms,
enclosed shopping mall concourse areas,
stairways
Category C: Corridors, lobbies, ele- 0.50
vators, inactive storage areas
Category D: Indoor parking 0.25
EXTERIOR
Category E: Building perimeter: wall- 5.00
wash, facade, canopy (per linear foot)
Category F: Outdoor parking 0.10
Section 2207.0
Add the following new Section and Sub-Sections after Section
2206.1:
2207.0 LIGHTING POWER LIMITS FOR EXISTING BUILDINGS
2207.1 GENERAL: This section establishes the maximum power
limits for interior and exterior illumination systems for existing
buildings.
2207.2 REGULATED BUILDINGS: The provisions of section 2207
shall apply to all existing buildings and structures with a gross
floor area in excess of 10,000 sq. ft.
2207.21 EXISTING BUILDINGS: For the purpose of section 2207,
existing buildings shall be defined as all building and structures in
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 866
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2207.21: continued
existence on July 1, 1978, and buildings and structures for which a
building permit has been issued prior to July 1, 1978.
2207.3 EXEMPT BUILDINGS: The following buildings are exempt
from the provisions of this section:
a) Building in use group L-3 (one- and two-family); and
b) The dwelling unit portion of use group L-2 (multi-family); and
c) The manufacturing portion of industrial plants.
2207.4 DEFINITIONS:
CONNECTED LIGHTING LOAD: Total possible simultaneous demand
for lighting, including power used in the lamp itself and any losses
in the fixture and ballast.
LIMITED ACCESS: Available only to authorized personnel.
TASK LIGHTING: Illumination applied to an individual location,
with local control of switching. Examples include desk lights, ex-
amining lights, and machine lights.
2207.5 LIGHTING POWER LIMIT: The lighting power limit is the
upper limit of the power to be available to provide the lighting
needs of a building.
2207.51 Separate lighting power limits shall be calculated for the
building interior and for the building exterior.
2207.6 LIGHTING SWITCHING: In all areas exterior to the build-
ing lighting fixtures shall be capable of being switched automatically
for non-operation when natural light is available.
2207.7 CALCULATION PROCEDURE: To establish the lighting
power limit, the following procedure shall be used:
a) Interiors
1) Determine the use categories for the various parts of the
building from Table 22-12.
2) Multiply the maximum power limit for each category by the
area included in that category.
3) Add the total number of watts for each area to arrive at the
total lighting power limit for the building.
4) In open-concept office spaces in excess of 2,000 sq. ft., with
no defined egress or circulation pattern, 25 percent of the
area shall be designated as category B.
5) In rooms with ceiling height in excess of twenty (20) feet, a
power allowance, in watts per square foot, of an additional
two percent per foot of height is permitted, up to a maximum
of twice the limit in Table 22-12.
b) Exteriors
1) Facade lighting: Multiply the limit given in Table 22-12 by
the number of linear feet in the building perimeter.
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 867
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Section 2207.7: continued
2) Parking and other exterior lighting: Multiply the value in
category F in Table 22-12 by the area to be illuminated.
c) Exceptions:
1) Task lighting shall not be included in the lighting power limit
calculation.
2) Lighting for, but not limited to, cleanrooms, and theatrical,
television, spectator sports and like performances shall not be
included in the total building limit. There shall be limited
access to the controls for such lighting.
2207.8 ALTERNATES: The lighting power for any interior area
may be increased or decreased from the values of Table 22-12 pro-
vided that the total interior lighting power limit calculated in 2207.7
is not exceeded.
2207.9 DOCUMENTATION
2207.91 Prior to November 1, 1978, a report of the lighting power
load for every building subject to the provisions of section 2207.0
shall be submitted to the local building official and to the State
Building Code Commission by the building owner. The report shall
indicate for each building area corresponding to one of the catego-
ries of Table 22-12, the existing connected lighting power load in
watts, the total area, and the average watts per square foot. The
report shall be made on Lighting Power Audit forms available at
local building departments or at the Office of the State Building
Code Commission.
2207.92 When lighting power loads exceed the limits of Section
2207.0, the building owner shall include with his Lighting Power
Audit an implementation plan indicating how and when the building
will be brought into compliance with Section 2207.0. Implementation
shall be complete by February 1, 1979.
2207.93 Certification of the building lighting power load by a
registered engineer or architect may be required by the building
official .
8/1/78 Vol. 18
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
TABLE 22-12
LIGHTING LIMIT (CONNECTED LOAD)
FOR LISTED OCCUPANCIES: EXISTING BUILDINGS
TYPE OF USE MAX. WATTS/SQ. FT.
INTERIOR
Category A: Classrooms, office areas, auto- 3.00
motive mechanical areas, museums, conference
rooms, drafting rooms, clerical areas, lab-
oratories, merchandising areas, kitchens,
examining rooms, book stacks, athletic fa-
cilities
Category B: Auditoriums, waiting areas, 1.00
spectator areas, restrooms, dining areas,
transportation terminals, working corri-
dors in prisons and hospitals, book stor-
age areas, active inventory storage, hos-
pital bedrooms, hotel and motel bedrooms,
enclosed shopping mall concourse areas,
stairways
Category C: Corridors, lobbies, ele- 0.50
vators, inactive storage areas
Category D: Indoor parking 0.25
EXTERIOR
Category E: Building perimeter: wall- 5.00
wash, facade, canopy (per linear foot)
Category F: Outdoor parking 0.10
APPENDIX A
In Appendix A, Page A-10, under Fire Testing Laboratories (Floor,
Walls, Roof and Similar Tests), add Commercial Testing Company,
Inc., as an accredited Authoritative Agency for testing surface
burning characteristics for carpets using the ASTM E-84 Standard
and the National Bureau of Standards smoke chamber test only; so
that it reads:
Commercial Testing Company, Inc.
P. O. Box 94 - 407 Central Avenue
Dalton, Georgia 30720 CTC
(For testing carpeting for E-84 and the National Bureau of Stand-
ards Smoke Chamber Test only.)
In Appendix A, Page A-10, under Fire Testing Laboratories and
Flame-spread Testing Laboratories add U. S. Testing Company,
Inc., as an accredited Authoritative Agency for those tests listed in
Appendix G, Page A-38, with the exception of ASTM E-119, ASTM
E-152, and ASTM E-163; so that it reads:
U. S. Testing Company, Inc.
1415 Park Avenue
Hoboken, New Jersey 07030 UST
(For all tests listed in Appendix G, except ASTM E-119, E-152,
E-163.)
8/1/78 Vol. 18 - 869
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Appendix B
In Appendix B, Page A-17, under ELECTRICAL ILLUMINATION,
Electrical Code-Massachusetts State, delete "FPR-11" and substitute
"527 CMR 12.00".
In Appendix B, Pages A-19 and A-20, make the following changes
under FIRE PROTECTION AND SAFETY PRACTICES:
Under Dry-Cleaning delete "FPR-2-1963" and substitute "527
CMR 3.00".
Under Flammable Fluids delete "FPR 13-1965" and substitute "527
CMR 14.00".
Under Construction, Location, Installation and Operation . . .
delete "FPR 5-1962" and substitute "527 CMR 6.00".
Under Plastics delete "FPR 6-1948" and substitute "527 CMR 7.00".
In Appendix B, Page A-23, under UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS,
Billboards, Signs, and other Advertising Devices . . . delete
"1973" and substitute "311 CMR 3.00".
In Appendix B, Page A-24, under UNCLASSIFIED MISCELLANEOUS,
Swimming Pools-Minimum Standards for, add the note "Article VI of
the Sanitary Code has been transferred to the Department of En-
vironmental Quality Engineering and has become 310 CMR 16.00".
In Appendix K, SPECIALIZED CODES, make the following changes:
Pages A-48
Under
BOARE
OF FIRE PREVENTION REGULATIONS,
and A-
49:
Delete
"FPR-2
' and substitute "527 CMR 3.00".
Delete
"FPR-3
1 and substitute "527 CMR 4.00".
Delete
"FPR-4
' and substitute "527 CMR 5.00".
Delete
"FPR-5
1 and substitute "527 CMR 6.00".
Delete
"FPR-6
1 and substitute "527 CMR 7.00".
Delete
"FPR-8
1 and substitute "527 CMR 9.00".
Delete
"FPR-9
1 and substitute "527 CMR 10.00".
Delete
"FPR-1
1" and substitute "527 CMR 12.00".
Delete
"FPR-1
3" and substitute "527 CMR 14.00".
Under
BOARD
OF BOILER RULES, Page A-49:
Delete
"BLR-1
' and substitute "522 CMR 2.00".
Delete
"BLR-1
-A" and substitute "522 CMR 3.00".
Delete
"BLR-2
' and substitute "522 CMR 4.00".
Delete
"BLR-3
1 and substitute "522 CMR 5.00".
Delete
"BLR-4
" and substitute "522 CMR 6.00".
Delete
"BLR-5
" and substitute "522 CMR 7.00".
Delete
"BLR-6
" and substitute "522 CMR 8.00".
Delete
"BLR-7
" and substitute "522 CMR 9.00".
Delete
"BLR-8
" and substitute "522 CMR 10.00".
Delete
"BLR-9
" and substitute "522 CMR 11.00".
Delete
"BLR-1
1" and substitute "522 CMR 12.00".
Under BOARD OF ELEVATOR REGULATIONS, Page A-49:
Delete "ELV-1" and substitute "524 CMR 3.00 through 11.00".
Delete "ELV-2" and substitute "524 CMR 15.00 through 33.00".
Under BOARD TO FACILITATE THE USE OF PUBLIC BUILDINGS
BY THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED, Page A-49:
Add the note to PHR-1, "PHR-1 has been replaced by 521 CMR 3.00
of the Architectural Barriers Board".
GAS REGULATORY BOARD and BOARD OF STATE EXAMINERS OF
PLUMBERS (Page A-50) have been replaced by the Board of State
Examiners of Plumbers and Gas Fitters. Before Massachusetts Code
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 870
780 CMR: STATE BUILDING CODE COMMISSION
STATE BUILDING CODE SUPPLEMENT
Appendix B: continued
Index
for Installation ... add "248 CMR 4.00 and 8.00". Before Massa-
chusetts State Plumbing Code add "248 CMR 2.00".
Under DIVISION OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH, Page A-50:
Before ARTICLE I add "105 CMR 400.000".
Before ARTICLE II add "105 CMR 410.000"
Before ARTICLE III add "105 CMR 420.000".
Before ARTICLE IV add "105 CMR 430.000".
Before ARTICLE VI add "310 CMR 16.00", and add the note "Article
VI of the State Sanitary Code has been transferred to the De-
partment of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become 310
CMR 16.00".
Before ARTICLE VIII add "310 CMR 18.00" and add the note
"Article VIII of the State Sanitary Code has been transferred to the
Department of Environmental Quality Engineering and has become
310 CMR 18.00".
Before ARTICLE X add "105 CMR 595.000".
Under DIVISION OF HEALTH CARE AND STANDARDS, Page A-50:
Before Licensure Rules add "105 CMR 130.000".
Before Intensive Care Unit Amendment add "105 CMR 130 520
through 130.535".
Before Rules and Regulations for the Licensure of Dispensaries and
Clinics add "105 CMR 140.000".
Before Rules and Regulations for General Standards ... add "105
CMR 151.000".
Under DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY, Page A-51:
Before Industrial Bulletin No. 12 add "441 CMR 10.00".
Before Industrial Bulletin No. 13 add "441 CMR 11.00"!
Before Industrial Bulletin No. 18 add "441 CMR 16 00"
Under OUTDOOR ADVERTISING BOARD, Page A-51:
Under Rules and Regulations for the Control and Restriction of
Billboards ... add the note: "These regulations have been su-
perseded by 311 CMR 3.00".
On Page 1-16, repeal the reference to "Hoists for Construction
Operation, 1316.0" in its entirety.
The section referenced for "spray booths" should be Section 410.22
not 412.22.
8/1/78
Vol. 18 - 871
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11